Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2020.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware    3826    35-2515390

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

5858 Horton Street, Suite 320
Emeryville, California 94608
(510) 858-2855

   (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Eric D. Hobbs, Ph.D. Chief Executive Officer

5858 Horton Street, Suite 320 Emeryville, California 94608 (510) 858-2855

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Brian J. Cuneo

Alexander White

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 328-4600

 

Shaun M. Holt

Chief Financial Officer

5858 Horton Street, Suite 320

Emeryville, California 94608

(510) 858-2855

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Emily Roberts

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
   Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of each class of securities to be registered   Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price(1)
 

Amount of

registration fee(2)

Common Stock, $0.00005 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $12,980

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated June 26, 2020

Preliminary prospectus

                shares

 

 

LOGO

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

Common stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock by Berkeley Lights, Inc. We are offering                  shares of our common stock. The estimated initial public offering price is between $            and $            per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “BLI.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

 

     
      Per share        Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                      $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $          $    

Proceeds to Berkeley Lights, Inc. before expenses

   $          $    

 

 

 

(1)   See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                , 2020.

 

J.P. Morgan   Morgan Stanley   Cowen
William Blair

Prospectus dated     , 2020


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page  

Prospectus summary

     1  

Risk factors

     15  

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

     60  

Market, industry and other data

     62  

Use of proceeds

     63  

Dividend policy

     64  

Capitalization

     65  

Dilution

     67  

Selected consolidated financial data

     70  

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     74  

Business

     99  

Management

     135  

Executive compensation

     145  

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     156  

Principal stockholders

     160  

Description of capital stock

     163  

Shares eligible for future sale

     168  

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     171  

Underwriting

     175  

Legal matters

     186  

Experts

     186  

Where you can find more information

     186  

Index to audited consolidated financial statements

     F-1  

 

 

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of common stock offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including                , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have taken any action that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who have come into possession of this prospectus in a jurisdiction outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the sections titled “Risk factors,” “Special note regarding forward looking statements” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated herein or as the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Berkeley Lights,” “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Berkeley Lights, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary.

Overview

Berkeley Lights is a leading Digital Cell Biology company focused on enabling and accelerating the rapid development and commercialization of biotherapeutics and other cell-based products. The Berkeley Lights Platform captures deep phenotypic, functional and genotypic information for thousands of single cells in parallel and can also deliver the live biology customers desire in the form of the best cells. This is a new way to capture and interpret the qualitative language of biology and translate it into single-cell specific digital information, referred to as Digital Cell Biology. We currently focus on enabling the large and rapidly growing markets of antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology with our platform. Our goal is to establish the Berkeley Lights Platform as the standard throughout the cell-based product value chain by increasing the probability of successful product development for our customers.

Cells have tremendous capabilities and are an effective means to discover, develop and manufacture a wide range of products, including therapies for diseases, new and sustainable foods and industrial materials. Harnessing these capabilities requires finding and using the best cells, which can result in finding the next blockbuster drug or saving millions of dollars per year on manufacturing costs. However, biology is extremely complex and not deterministic. Cells are microscopic factories that make minute amounts of a variety of valuable proteins, such as antibodies, and therefore require a high degree of precision when analyzed individually. Finding the best cell can require searching through millions of cells, or often even more challenging, starting with a limited sample of precious cells. Finding the best cells requires more than just capturing a cell’s genetic code, it requires the deep understanding generated by functional characterization across many parameters, a process we call Deep Opto Profiling. Many existing methods to perform functional characterization of single cells are manual and fragmented processes that we believe do not scale to meet the significant challenges of measuring biological complexity. Furthermore, methods that characterize larger numbers of cells in bulk lack single-cell precision or operate at single-cell resolution but without functional validation of that cell. Cell-based product development requires living, functionally validated cells. We believe today’s methods functionally characterize insufficiently and too late in the process. We believe that harnessing the cell’s true capability, to develop biotherapeutics and other cell-based products, requires functional characterization of living single cells at large scale, cost effectively and in an integrated manner, early in the value chain.

We developed the Berkeley Lights Platform to provide the most advanced environment for rapid functional characterization of single cells at scale. The Berkeley Lights Platform consists of advanced automated systems that analyze live cells using proprietary consumables and application and workflow software to deliver robust single cell data. Our platform first characterizes the performance of cells relevant to the desired cell-based product early in the process and then connects this phenotypic data to the genetic code for each cell. In contrast, current genomic technologies find sequences first and fail to deliver the functional information early

 

1


Table of Contents

in the process. Performing functional validation early means letting poorly performing cells fail early, while rapidly advancing the best candidates forward, before incurring significant research and development expense. Our platform repeats this process of fail and advance many times throughout the process, delivering the best cells for what we believe will deliver the best product. We believe our platform rapidly provides the deepest information, with linked phenotypic and genotypic data, on tens of thousands of live single cells relevant to the customers’ end product specifications. We believe we are the only company exclusively focused on this approach to Digital Cell Biology, and we believe this level of scale and precision is not attainable with other approaches. This allows our customers to find the best cells by:

 

 

Performing rapid functional characterization of tens of thousands of single cells in parallel;

 

 

Precisely controlling the environment around each cell, and maintaining cells in a healthy state for further use;

 

 

Accessing a high degree of cell biodiversity;

 

 

Deep Opto Profiling of the relevant phenotypic characteristics, at single-cell resolution over time and connecting this to the genotypic information for each cell;

 

 

Performing a broad range of workflows, including single-cell assays, on an integrated platform; and

 

 

Digitally aggregating, accessing and analyzing a rich data library for each single cell.

Using our platform, customers can perform functional characterization of single cells at scale, effectively, more often and early in the product development process. We believe this enables them to find the best cells and best product candidates earlier and faster in their processes to:

 

 

Accelerate their product development cycles;

 

 

Improve process yield and lower costs throughout their value chain;

 

 

Enable a broad range of complex therapeutic modalities in biopharmaceuticals;

 

 

Increase the probability of successfully developing cell-based products;

 

 

Achieve revenue from their cell-based products sooner and potentially extend the product lifetime on the market prior to patent expiration; and

 

 

Increase return on investment for their cell-based products.

Our platform is a fully integrated, end-to-end solution, comprised of proprietary consumables, including our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems and advanced application and workflow software. Customers load onto our system their live cell samples, as well as media and reagents, then the cells are imported onto our OptoSelect chips where integrated workflows are performed to assess specific cell functions and attributes. Our platform captures and delivers rich single-cell data to find the best cells. We believe this brings common biological cell processing into the digital age. Our platform leverages proprietary OptoElectro Positioning (OEP) technology, which enables deterministic positioning of living single cells and other micro-objects using light. OEP is a core technology of our platform and allows for a high level of control over live single cells or other micro-objects throughout the functional characterization process.

We estimate that the combined end market sales of cell-based products in antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology were $148 billion in 2019 and are expected to grow to $255 billion by 2024 at 11% CAGR.

 

2


Table of Contents

While our platform is currently utilized primarily in the discovery and development stages of the value chain and marketed as research use only, or RUO, we believe that the capabilities of our platform will enable us to capture an increasingly greater share of our addressable market opportunity and the value chain across the cell-based product industries, including being incorporated into the commercial manufacturing process. Our platform may also enable us to develop biological assets to potentially participate in revenue in the cell-based product end markets. In order to fully serve our addressable market, including being incorporated into the commercial manufacturing process of cell-based therapeutics, we must apply for and receive authorization of our products and any resulting therapies would have to receive marketing approval from the FDA and/or other regulatory agencies. In addition, we must increase the reliability of our platform and workflow yields in order to continue to penetrate these markets and scale our customer base.

We believe we have established a solid foundation, from which to drive adoption of our platform across multiple markets, and across the value chain of cell-based product companies. As of December 31, 2019, our customer base was comprised of 45 customers, which include eight of the ten largest biopharmaceutical companies in the world ranked by 2019 revenue who comprised 18% of our revenue in 2019, biotechnology companies, leading contract research organizations, synthetic biology companies and academic institutions. Many of these customers are recent adopters and we believe there is significant opportunity to expand the use of our workflows and capitalize further throughout their value chains.

We drive customer adoption globally within our initial target markets, antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology, through business development efforts, a direct sales and marketing organization in the United States, parts of Europe and China and third party distributors and dealers in Asia.

As of March 31, 2020, we had 210 full-time employees, including 77 employees with Ph.D. degrees.

Our revenue has to date primarily been driven by early adopters of our technology for research and development purposes. Revenue was $31.3 million and $56.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $12.6 million and $13.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We generated net losses of $23.3 million and $18.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $4.2 million and $8.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Digital Cell Biology enabled by the Berkeley Lights Platform

The Berkeley Lights Platform is a fully integrated, end-to-end solution, comprised of proprietary consumables, including our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems and advanced application and workflow software:

 

 

OptoSelect chips—Proprietary single-use opto-fluidic chips on which thousands of single cells are functionally characterized in parallel. Aided by our software, these chips use OEP to select and move thousands of cells and other micro-objects in parallel through a microfluidic circuit into individual nanoliter sized chambers we call NanoPens, located on the chips. Within the NanoPens, our platform can precisely control the environment, perform a large variety of single-cell assays and record with high resolution imaging each single cell over time, providing a predictable analytical window into live single-cell biology. Our OptoSelect chips contain up to 14,000 individual NanoPens on a single chip and are compatible with both mammalian and non-mammalian cells.

 

 

Reagent kits—Support on-chip phenotypic and genotypic single-cell assays and off-chip processes for upstream and downstream analysis and support multiple species and cell types. We also supply media and media additives for certain cell types.

 

3


Table of Contents
 

Advanced automation systems—Three advanced automation systems, Beacon and Lightning, which are designed to run our proprietary workflows, and Culture Station, which allows our customers to increase the throughput of workflows requiring high volume, multi-day cell culture. Beacon can run workflows on four chips in parallel, utilizing up to 56,000 NanoPens, while Lightning runs workflows on one chip at a time.

 

 

Advanced application and workflow software—Tailored software packages that enable customers to design, automate and scale reproducible workflows and collect, aggregate, analyze and report data on each cell in each NanoPen, far beyond what we believe is possible with current manual workflows.

We believe our platform is well suited for supporting a distributed biological processing infrastructure by leveraging automation, standardization, commercial workflows, assay libraries and deep phenotypic profiling at the single-cell level; and, in the future, all accessible via the cloud at the point of care at any location, close to the patient, around the world. In contrast to traditional highly centralized infrastructure, we believe our platform can dramatically improve the ability to respond to emerging diseases around the world where they occur.

Our workflow and assay library

Our commercial workflows, each of which are distinct offerings, are made up of four modules we call Import, Culture, Assay and Export. These modules can be adapted, interchanged and deployed with a variety of single-cell assays to address specific applications and a variety of cell types. We believe this versatility facilitates rapid development of new workflow offerings and virtually unlimited workflow commercialization opportunities. We have developed and will continue to develop and commercialize proprietary workflows across large markets by leveraging existing workflows and assays. Over time, our goal is to enable customers to standardize many of their processes on our platform utilizing our workflows. We believe we are the only company commercializing a platform that can do this in a scalable way.

To drive new workflow development, we created our Berkeley Lights BioFoundry, which we believe represents the largest single location capacity for functionally characterizing cells. In our BioFoundry, we practice and develop workflows and functional assays that are applicable throughout the value chain of our target markets. Leveraging our BioFoundry’s capacity and the precision of our platform, we can also look deep into the immune repertoire to discover difficult to find proprietary biological assets, such as antibodies and T cell receptors, or TCRs, that may offer commercialization opportunities.

We have grown our workflow library with increasing velocity since the introduction of our first workflow in December of 2016, and as of May 31, 2020, we offered six commercial workflows, incorporating sixteen assays and eleven cell classes. Our current workflows target customers in the antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology markets. Commonalities among certain workflows used to functionally characterize single cells in one market allow us to leverage the workflows developed for that market to improve and accelerate workflow development timelines for another market and facilitate adoption of our platform across markets.

 

LOGO

 

4


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

LOGO

The output of a workflow is to recover the best cells and best product candidates through Deep Opto Profiling by recording critical data such as relevant phenotypic characteristics, genotypic information and real-time continuous images on thousands of cells, on an individual cell basis. We believe Deep Opto Profiling delivers a significant amount of relevant phenotypic, genotypic and imaging information for each single cell, across a number of interconnected dimensions, allowing our customers to find the best cells for their desired products.

 

5


Table of Contents

Market opportunity

We believe that the capabilities of our platform will enable us to capture an increasingly greater share of the value chain across cell-based product industries, beyond target and cell identification, and drive long-term expansion of our addressable market opportunities, including being incorporated into the commercial manufacturing process. Our current workflows target customers in the antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology markets. We estimate that end market sales of cell-based products in antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology were approximately $148 billion in 2019 and are expected to grow to $255 billion by 2024 at an 11% CAGR. We believe there are approximately 1,600 companies, academic institutions, and governmental and other organizations currently focused on developing cell-based products and we estimate our total addressable market to be approximately $23 billion, which includes addressable markets of approximately $6 billion in antibody therapeutics, approximately $15 billion in cell therapy and approximately $2 billion in synthetic biology. Our estimates of our total addressable markets are based on potential customer research and development spending, addressable aspects of potential customers’ end product development process, and potential platform usage. We also utilize estimated penetration and placement rates for our platform with potential customers in our target markets and historical patterns for consumables usage.

Our platform has capabilities applicable across these large markets. The precision and scale of our platform enable the discovery of rare antibodies that might only be 1 in 100,000 cells or 1 in 1,000,000. Our advanced antibody discovery workflows can be utilized for new complex modalities such as multi-specific antibodies, as well as in the rapid discovery of antibodies for SARS-CoV-2 near the point of outbreak. We believe our ability to place our platform locally at the point of pathogen emergence increases the ability to rapidly respond to diseases as compared to being restricted to a remote, centralized response. Being in proximity to the point of care is not only important for viral response, but also for treating diseases such as cancer with autologous cell therapies.

Business model and platform access

Our business model is focused on driving the adoption of the Berkeley Lights Platform and maximizing its use across our customers’ value chains. This is achieved by enabling more functional testing of single cells throughout our customers’ value chains and by finding opportunities for customers to perform single-cell functional testing earlier in their product development process to advance better product candidates. We engage with potential customers to identify a significant challenge they are facing and then evaluate which of our workflows and underlying assays can address their problem. Customers can gain access to our platform via direct purchase, subscription or strategic partnership. In many cases, we can address customers’ needs with existing or variants of existing workflows. Alternately, we may form strategic partnerships to develop substantially new workflows with our customers to address their needs. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, revenue was $21.2 million and $39.1 million from direct purchase (or 68% and 69%, respectively), respectively, none and $89,000 from subscription (or 0% for both periods), respectively, and $6.9 million and $9.6 million from strategic partnerships (or 22% and 17%, respectively), respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, revenue was $9.0 million and $9.4 million from direct purchase (or 71% and 69%, respectively), respectively, none and $55,000 from subscription (or 0% for both periods), respectively, and $2.3 million and $1.9 million from strategic partnerships (or 18% and 13%, respectively), respectively.

 

6


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our growth strategy

Our goal is to establish the Berkeley Lights Platform as the standard throughout the cell-based product value chain and drive substantial conversion of current cell biology workflows on to our platform. Our growth strategy is comprised of the following elements:

 

 

Drive new customer adoption of the Berkeley Lights Platform;

 

Expand the utilization of workflows across our customers’ value chains;

 

Increase the value of our workflows to our customers;

 

Drive utilization of our workflows and adoption of our platform across multiple customer sites;

 

Develop and monetize proprietary biological assets from our BioFoundry; and

 

Expand adoption of the Berkeley Lights Platform into new markets.

Risks associated with our business

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted under “Risk factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

 

We have incurred significant losses since inception, we expect to incur losses in the future and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and maintain profitability.

 

 

Our success depends on the success of our Berkeley Lights Platform and market acceptance of Digital Cell Biology. Our Berkeley Lights Platform and Digital Cell Biology may not achieve or maintain significant commercial market acceptance.

 

 

It may be difficult for us to implement our strategies for improving growth.

 

7


Table of Contents
 

Our limited operating history and rapid revenue growth make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.

 

 

Historically, our revenue has been primarily generated from direct platform sales, largely driven by Beacon, which requires a substantial sales cycle and is prone to quarterly fluctuations in revenue.

 

 

We may not successfully implement our strategy to provide customers access to our platform and Digital Cell Biology through alternative non-direct capital sales channels, including our subscription, partnering and services offerings.

 

 

The Berkeley Lights Platform is comprised of OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems and advanced application and workflow software, which may contain undetected errors or defects and may not meet the expectations of our customers, which means our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer.

 

 

Public health crises such as pandemics or similar outbreaks could cause a disruption of the development of our platform technologies and products, and adversely impact our business.

 

 

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for our technology, including the Berkeley Lights Platform, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our products may be impaired.

Implications of being an emerging growth company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include, but are not limited to:

 

 

reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this prospectus;

 

 

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and in our periodic reports and proxy statements;

 

 

an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; and

 

 

exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and the requirement to obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded

 

8


Table of Contents

$700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and we have adopted and will continue to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Corporate information

We were incorporated in Delaware in 2011 as Berkeley Lights, Inc. Our offices are located at 5858 Horton Street, Suite 320, Emeryville, California 94608. Our telephone number is (510) 858-2855. Our corporate website is www.berkeleylights.com. The information contained on or that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

This prospectus includes our trademarks and trade names, including, without limitation, Berkeley Lights, Inc., Beacon®, OptoSelect, NanoPen, Lightning, Culture Station and our Berkeley Lights logo, which are our property and are protected under applicable U.S. and foreign intellectual property laws. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to elsewhere in this prospectus appear without any “” or “®” symbol, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of any applicable licensor, to these trademarks and tradenames.

 

9


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

            shares

 

Underwriters option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock from us. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

            shares (or             shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares)

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million, or $             million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We currently expect to use our net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, for general corporate purposes, including working capital, and funding our research and development and sales and marketing activities. We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds, if any, to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies, including scientific expertise. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time. See “Use of proceeds” on page 61 for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk factors” beginning on page 15 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market trading symbol

“BLI”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 107,087,928 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, which includes 100,924,592 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2020 and excludes:

 

 

20,913,455 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.60 per share;

 

 

56,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after March 31, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.40 per share;

 

10


Table of Contents
 

1,809,390 shares of common stock that were reserved for future issuance as of March 31, 2020 under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2011 Plan (without giving effect to the issuance of stock options to purchase 56,000 shares of common stock subsequent to March 31, 2020 described above), which will become available for issuance under our 2020 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2020 Plan, upon the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan;

 

 

273,038 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock that will convert into a warrant exercisable for an equal number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of March 31, 2020, with an exercise price of $2.93 per share;

 

 

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2020 Plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan; and

 

 

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

 

 

the conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, into an aggregate of 100,924,592 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

 

the conversion of our outstanding warrant to purchase 273,038 shares of our convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase 273,038 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

 

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

 

no exercise of the outstanding options or warrants subsequent to March 31, 2020; and

 

 

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial data

The following tables set forth a summary of our consolidated financial and other data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2020, are derived from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results for any period and our results for the three months ended March 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of results expected for the year ending December 31, 2020. You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected consolidated financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.” The summary financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     
     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended March 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss data:

        

Revenue:

        

Product revenue

   $ 22,882     $ 43,460     $ 9,527     $ 10,683  

Service revenue

     8,417       13,233       3,114       3,095  
  

 

 

 

Total revenue

     31,299       56,693       12,641       13,778  

Cost of sales:

        

Product cost of sales

     6,585       11,245       2,456       2,620  

Service cost of sales

     1,596       1,972       340       1,179  
  

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     8,181       13,217       2,796       3,799  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     23,118       43,476       9,845       9,979  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development(1)

     29,077       38,414       8,743       10,976  

General and administrative(1)

     9,069       12,362       2,642       3,997  

Sales and marketing(1)

     6,131       9,237       1,837       3,234  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     44,277       60,013       13,222       18,207  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (21,159     (16,537     (3,377     (8,228

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (2,204     (1,425     (354     (357

Interest income

     872       909       232       151  

Other income (expense), net

     (777     (1,180     (687     25  
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (23,268     (18,233     (4,186     (8,409

Provision for income taxes

     69       69       19       16  
  

 

 

 

Net loss and net comprehensive loss

   $ (23,337   $ (18,302   $ (4,205     (8,425

 

  

 

 

 

 

12


Table of Contents
     
     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended March 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted(2)

   $ (5.09   $ (3.73   $ (0.92   $ (1.51
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in calculating net loss per share, basic and diluted(2)

     5,210,272       5,767,931             5,435,117       6,095,977  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

     $ (0.17     $ (0.08
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

       106,692,523         107,020,569  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other financial and operating data (unaudited):

        

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

   $ (14,976   $ (7,935   $ (1,405   $ (5,730

 

 

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands)    2018      2019                2019     

2020

 
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of sales

   $      $      $      $ 6  

Research and development

     1,040        1,672        398        511  

General and administrative

     678        1,763        324        529  

Sales and marketing

     268        325        92        133  
  

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,986      $ 3,760      $ 814      $ 1,179  

 

 

 

(2)   See Note 2 and Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details on the calculation of net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, the weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and unaudited pro forma information.

 

(3)   Adjusted EBITDA is a non-United States generally accepted accounting principle, or GAAP, financial measure that we define as net loss adjusted for interest expense, interest income, other income (expense), net, provision for income taxes, depreciation and stock-based compensation expenses. See the section titled “Selected consolidated financial data” for a reconciliation between Adjusted EBITDA and net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and a discussion about the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA.

The table below presents our consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2020 on:

 

 

an actual basis;

 

 

a pro forma basis, to reflect: (i) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2020 into an aggregate of 100,924,592 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

 

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments discussed above, and giving further effect to the sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

13


Table of Contents
   
     As of March 31, 2020  
(in thousands)    Actual    

Pro forma

    Pro forma as
adjusted(1)
 
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 70,306     $ 70,306     $                

Working capital(2)

     79,611       79,611    

Total assets

     122,778       122,778    

Total liabilities

     46,098       46,098    

Total convertible preferred stock

     224,769          

Accumulated deficit

     (158,725     (158,725  

Total stockholders’ equity

     76,680       76,680    

 

 

 

 

(1)   The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(2)   Working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

14


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations.

Risks related to our business and strategy

We have incurred significant losses since inception, we expect to incur losses in the future and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and maintain profitability.

We have incurred significant losses since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred net losses of $23.3 million and $18.3 million, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, we incurred net losses of $4.2 million and $8.4 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $158.7 million. We expect that our operating expenses will continue to increase as we grow our business and will also increase as a result of our becoming a public company. Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily from private placements of our convertible preferred stock, the incurrence of indebtedness, and to a lesser extent, revenue derived from our Berkeley Lights Platform. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to the development and commercialization of our Berkeley Lights Platform and to research and development activities related to advancing and expanding our scientific and technological capabilities. We will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve and sustain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. We may never be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or sustain profitability and our recent and historical growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance.

Our success depends on the success of our Berkeley Lights Platform and market acceptance of Digital Cell Biology. Our Berkeley Lights Platform and Digital Cell Biology may not achieve or maintain significant commercial market acceptance.

Our commercial success is dependent upon our ability to continue to successfully market and sell our Berkeley Lights Platform and provide customers access to Digital Cell Biology. Our ability to achieve and maintain commercial market acceptance of our Berkeley Lights Platform and provide customers access to Digital Cell Biology will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

 

our ability to increase awareness of the capabilities of our technology and solutions;

 

 

our customers’ willingness to adopt new technologies and workflows;

 

 

whether our platform reliably provides advantages over legacy and other alternative technologies and is perceived by customers to be cost effective;

 

 

our ability to execute on our strategy to provide multiple channels to access our Berkeley Lights Platform and Digital Cell Biology;

 

 

the rate of adoption of our platform and solutions by biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and others;

 

15


Table of Contents
 

prices we charge for a direct purchase of, or other access to, our platform;

 

 

the relative reliability and robustness of our platform as a whole and the components of our platform, including, for example, Beacon, Lightning and Culture Station;

 

 

our ability to develop new workflows and solutions for customers;

 

 

if competitors develop and commercialize a platform that performs functional testing of cells at scale;

 

 

the timing and scope of any approval that may be required by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for our next generation products and/or solutions;

 

 

the impact of our investments in product innovation and commercial growth;

 

 

negative publicity regarding our or our competitors’ products resulting from defects or errors; and

 

 

our ability to further validate our technology through research and accompanying publications.

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in addressing each of these criteria or other criteria that might affect the market acceptance of our products. If we are unsuccessful in achieving and maintaining market acceptance of our products, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

Historically, our revenue has been primarily generated from direct platform sales, largely driven by Beacon, which requires a substantial sales cycle and is prone to quarterly fluctuations in revenue.

We made our first commercial sale of Beacon in the United States in December 2016. Direct platform sales of Beacon and Lightning together accounted for 68% and 69% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 71% and 69% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We expect that, for at least the foreseeable future, direct capital sales of our Berkeley Lights Platform will continue to account for a substantial portion of our revenue while we develop alternative access channels to our platform and Digital Cell Biology. The sales cycle for capital equipment is slow and can take multiple quarters to complete. In addition, many purchases of our platform involve significant customization of the terms of the transaction requiring additional time and effort to negotiate and complete the sale, and several components of our systems require an order lead time of six months to ten months. Furthermore, in certain situations we have entered into feasibility study arrangements in advance of a direct sale in order to provide a customer with additional information to make the purchase decision and in such arrangements workflows may be customized for or by customers, a process which can be time consuming. As a result of this lengthy and unpredictable sales cycle, until such time as we establish a significant recurring revenue channel, we will be prone to quarterly fluctuations in our revenue as capital sales of our Berkeley Lights Platform will continue to comprise a significant component of our revenue. We may not be successful in increasing the proportion of revenue we derive from non-direct capital sales channels, in which case we will continue to depend on direct sales of our Berkeley Lights Platform for a significant portion of our revenue and our revenue will continue to fluctuate accordingly.

It may be difficult for us to implement our strategies for improving growth.

Our success will depend on our ability to grow market penetration in existing markets and our ability to identify new applications for our technologies to capture a greater share of the cell-based product value chain. Our ability to grow our market penetration in existing markets will depend on our ability to attract new customers by increasing awareness of the capabilities of our technology and solutions. Future revenue growth will also depend on our ability to develop and market new workflows, technologies and solutions to meet our existing customers’ evolving needs, as well as our ability to identify new applications and customers for our technology

 

16


Table of Contents

in additional markets beyond the antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology markets. As we continue to scale our business, we may find that certain of our products, certain customers or certain markets, including the biopharmaceutical market, may require a dedicated sales force or sales personnel with different experience than those we currently employ. Identifying, recruiting and training additional qualified personnel would require significant time, expense and attention. If we are unable to drive new customer conversion to Digital Cell Biology, expand adoption of Digital Cell Biology into new industries and markets, expand the application of workflows across our customers’ value chains, increase the usage and value of our workflows to our customers or develop and monetize proprietary biological assets, then our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

We may not successfully implement our strategy to provide customers access to our platform and Digital Cell Biology through alternative non-direct capital sales channels, including our subscription, partnering and services offerings.

Our ability to execute our growth strategy depends upon our ability to increase the adoption of the Berkeley Lights Platform. Historically, access to our platform was only available through direct capital sales of our systems. We have only recently implemented a strategy providing customers access to our platform through alternative channels, including through subscriptions, strategic partnerships or contracts for our services. Our ability to execute on these alternative access channels is unproven. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in developing these alternative access channels nor that any of them will gain market acceptance. Our failure to execute on this strategy will cause us to remain dependent on lengthy capital equipment sales and our revenue will continue to fluctuate accordingly.

Our revenue under our customer sales engagements, program agreements and strategic partnerships for any particular period can be difficult to forecast.

Because of the complexities and long sales cycles inherent in our business, including, in particular, certain customer feasibility study agreements and collaboration and development agreements, it is difficult to predict the timing of a customer’s purchase of our system and of the performance and completion of milestones under our customer and collaboration agreements. As a result, our revenue for any particular period can be difficult to forecast, especially in light of the challenging and inconsistent global macroeconomic environment and related market uncertainty. Our revenue may grow at a slower rate than in past periods or even decline on a year-over-year basis. For example, under our collaboration agreement with Ginkgo Bioworks, or Ginkgo, we are eligible to receive certain minimum annual payments from Ginkgo for purchases and services, as well as milestone payments upon the achievement of certain development and regulatory milestones resulting from the use of certain of our proprietary workflows. However, we are unable to predict with precision whether and the extent to which Ginkgo will exceed the minimum annual payments under our agreement, or the timing of the achievement of any milestones under the agreement, if achieved at all. In some cases, the timing and likelihood of payments to us under these agreements is dependent on our customers’ successful utilization of our products and workflows, which is outside of our control. Because of these factors, our operating results could vary materially from quarter to quarter from our forecasts.

If we cannot maintain our current relationships with customers, fail to sustain recurring sources of revenue with our existing customers, or if we fail to enter into new relationships, our future operating results would be adversely affected as a general matter.

In the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, revenue from our top five customers accounted for 40% and 35% of our total revenue, respectively, of which 8% and 10%, respectively, was from recurring revenue. In the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, revenue from our top five customers accounted for 87% and 69% of our total revenue, respectively, of which 5% and 3%, respectively, was from recurring revenue. The

 

17


Table of Contents

revenue attributable to these customers may fluctuate in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our business financial condition, results of operations and prospects. For example, we rely on field of use or workflow license fees as a source of recurring revenue from our customers. These field of use license fees are paid annually by our customers in consideration of continued use of workflows in specified fields of use in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the customer. However, our ability to monitor the specific fields of use and enforce the payment of these corresponding fees is limited. Additionally, customers may use our platform or workflows in ways that violate the contractual field of use and we may not be able to access additional revenue for these expanded uses. In addition, the termination of these relationships could result in a temporary or permanent loss of revenue.

Our future success depends on our ability to maintain these relationships, to increase our penetration among these existing customers and to establish new relationships. We engage in conversations with other companies and institutions regarding potential commercial opportunities on an ongoing basis, which can be time consuming. There is no assurance that any of these conversations will result in a commercial agreement, or if an agreement is reached, that the resulting relationship will be successful. Additionally, our field of use licensing model may lengthen the negotiations of, or prevent the successful conclusion of, commercial agreements with our potential customers due to such potential customer’s concerns with paying such recurring revenue. Speculation in the industry about our existing or potential commercial relationships can be a catalyst for adverse speculation about us, our products and our technology, which can adversely affect our reputation and our business.

We cannot assure investors that we will be able to further penetrate our existing markets or that our products will gain adequate market acceptance. Any failure to increase penetration in our existing markets would adversely affect our ability to improve our operating results.

Our operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

 

 

the level of demand for our platform and solutions, which may vary significantly;

 

 

the length of time of the sales cycle for purchases of our systems, including lead time needed to develop custom workflows or to manufacture component parts;

 

 

our ability to successfully implement alternative non-capital purchase channels, including subscription, partnership and services offerings and the design of any such alternatives;

 

 

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research, development, regulatory approval and commercialization activities relating to our products, which may change from time to time;

 

 

the start and completion of projects in which our development services are utilized;

 

 

the relative reliability and robustness of our platform, including our systems;

 

 

the introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or others in our industry;

 

 

expenditures that we may incur to acquire, develop or commercialize additional products and technologies;

 

18


Table of Contents
 

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals or applications;

 

 

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

 

 

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

The effect of one of the factors discussed above, or the cumulative effects of a combination of factors discussed above, could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

Our limited operating history and rapid revenue growth make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter.

We completed our first commercial platform sale in December 2016 and have experienced significant revenue growth in recent periods. Revenue increased 81% to $56.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. In addition, we operate in highly competitive markets characterized by rapid technological advances and our business has, and we expect it to continue, to evolve over time to remain competitive. Our limited operating history, evolving business and rapid growth make it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and the risks and challenges we may encounter and may increase the risk that we will not continue to grow at or near historical rates.

If we fail to address the risks and difficulties that we face, including those described elsewhere in this “Risk factors” section, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected. We have encountered in the past, and will encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies with limited operating histories in rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

New product and workflow development involves a lengthy and complex process and we may be unable to develop or commercialize products and workflows on a timely basis, or at all.

Products and workflows from our research and development programs will take time and considerable resources to develop, and may include improvements or changes to our systems, software and consumables, and we may not be able to complete development and commercialize them on a timely basis, or at all. There can be no assurance that our programs will produce commercial products and solutions and before we can commercialize any new products or workflows, we will need to expend significant funds in order to:

 

 

conduct substantial research and development, which may include validation studies and potentially clinical trials;

 

 

further develop and scale our laboratory, engineering and manufacturing processes to accommodate different products and workflows;

 

 

further develop and scale our infrastructure to be able to analyze increasingly large amounts of data; and

 

 

utilize data and analytical insights generated from running workflows on our current systems in our research and development programs in order to advance these programs.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our product and workflow development processes involve a high degree of risk, and these efforts may be delayed or fail for many reasons, including:

 

 

failure of the product or workflow to perform as expected; and

 

 

failure to reliably demonstrate the process advantages of our products or workflows.

In addition, if we are unable to generate additional data and insights from our research and development programs, then we may not be able to advance these programs as quickly, or at all, or without significant additional investment, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our product and workflow development efforts.

Even if we are successful in developing new products or workflows, it will require us to make significant additional investments in marketing and selling resources in order to commercialize any such products or workflows. As a result, we may be unsuccessful in commercializing new products or workflows that we develop, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The Berkeley Lights Platform is comprised of OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems and advanced application and workflow software, which may contain undetected errors or defects and may not meet the expectations of our customers, which means our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer.

Our platform is comprised of OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems and advanced application and workflow software, and may contain undetected errors or defects when first introduced or as new products are released. Disruptions or other performance problems with our platform or with the components that comprise our platform, including our proprietary workflows or those designed by our customers, may adversely impact our customers’ research or business, harm our reputation and result in reduced revenue or increased costs associated with repairs or replacements. If that occurs, we may also incur significant costs, the attention of our key personnel could be diverted or other significant customer relations problems may arise. We may also be subject to warranty claims or breach of contract for damages related to errors or defects in our solutions. Additionally, we may be subject to legal claims arising from any defects or errors in our platform, and in the workflows, systems and consumables that comprise our platform.

Our success depends on, among other things, the market’s confidence that the Berkeley Lights Platform is capable of substantially shortening the amount of time necessary to perform certain research activities as compared to the use of legacy and other alternative technologies, and will enable more efficient or improved pharmaceutical and biotechnology product development. We believe that pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are likely to be particularly sensitive to product defects and errors in the use of our platform, including if our platform fails to deliver meaningful acceleration of certain research timelines accompanied by results at least as good as the results generated using legacy or other alternative technologies. There can be no guarantee that our platform will meet the expectations of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies.

The complexity of our products and workflows and the amount of lead time required to deliver products and workflows to our customers have caused in the past, and may cause in the future, delays in releasing new products and workflows. In addition, we have experienced in the past, and may experience in the future, challenges with respect to the reliability of our systems and workflow yields. If there are delays in delivering our products or workflows to our customers or if our products or workflows fail to substantially shorten the amount of time necessary to perform certain research activities as compared to the use of legacy and other alternative technologies, or fail to generate reliable results for our customers, it could reduce or delay our revenue, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

20


Table of Contents

These complexities also require that we train our customers to operate them, which is expensive and time-consuming, in some instances, taking up to two weeks to complete. Any misuse of our products or workflows, including as a result of inadequate training, could cause our products or workflows not to perform as expected or to fail to demonstrate the process advantages of our products and workflows. The training requirement may also deter some customers from utilizing our products or workflows. Any of these results could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Repair or replacement costs due to warranties we provide on our products and consumables could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We provide a one-year assurance-type warranty on our system and chip consumables. Existing and future warranties place us at the risk of incurring future repair and/or replacement costs. At the time revenue is recognized, we establish an accrual for estimated warranty expenses based on historical data and trends of product reliability and costs of repairing and replacing defective products. We exercise judgment in estimating the expected product warranty costs, using data such as the actual and projected product failure rates, estimated repair costs, freight, material, labor and overhead costs. While we believe that historical experience provides a reliable basis for estimating such warranty cost, unforeseen quality issues or component failure rates could result in future costs in excess of such estimates, or alternatively, improved quality and reliability in our products and consumables could result in actual expenses that are below those currently estimated. As of March 31, 2020, we had accrued expenses of $1.2 million relating to product warranty accruals. Substantial amounts of warranty claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We generally recognize revenue from extended warranty and service contracts over the contract term, and changes in sales of such contracts may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We offer our customers the option to purchase extended warranty and service programs for regular system maintenance and system optimization on a fixed fee basis. We generally recognize revenue from our extended warranty and service contracts ratably over the contract term, which is typically twelve months, which could in some cases be subject to an early termination right. Revenue from our extended warranty and service contracts accounted for 31% and 43% of our recurring revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 49% and 42% of our recurring revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. A portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to extended warranty and service contracts entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed extended warranty and service contracts by our customers in any one quarter may not be immediately reflected in our revenue for that quarter. Such a decline, however, will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our services and potential changes in our rate of renewals may not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods.

If we were to be sued for product liability, we could face substantial liabilities that exceed our resources.

The marketing, sale and use of our products could lead to the filing of product liability claims were someone to allege that our products identified inaccurate or incomplete information regarding the cells analyzed or otherwise failed to perform as designed. We may also be subject to liability for errors in, a misunderstanding of or inappropriate reliance upon, the information we provide in the ordinary course of our business activities. A product liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time-consuming for us to defend.

We maintain product liability insurance, but this insurance may not fully protect us from the financial impact of defending against product liability claims. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future. Additionally,

 

21


Table of Contents

any product liability lawsuit could damage our reputation, or cause current customers to terminate existing agreements and potential clinical partners to seek other partners, any of which could impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be harmed if our customers discontinue or spend less on research, development and production and other scientific endeavors.

Our customers include biopharmaceutical companies and research institutions. Many factors, including public policy spending priorities, available resources and product and economic cycles, have a significant effect on the capital spending policies of these entities. Fluctuations in the research and development budgets of our customers could have a significant effect on the demand for our products. Our customers determine their research and development budgets based on several factors, including the need to develop new products, continued availability of governmental and other funding, competition and the general availability of resources. If research and development budgets are reduced, the impact could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to support demand for the Berkeley Lights Platform, and for our future product offerings, including ensuring that we have adequate capacity to meet increased demand, or if we are unable to successfully manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

As the number of customers accessing the Berkeley Lights Platform grows and our volume of installed systems increases, we will need to continue to increase our capacity for customer service and support, for billing and general process improvements, and expand our internal quality assurance programs. We will also need to purchase additional equipment, some of which can take several months or more to procure, setup and validate, and increase our personnel levels to meet increased demand. There is no assurance that any of these increases in scale, expansion of personnel, equipment, software and computing capacities or process enhancements will be successfully implemented, or that we will have adequate space, including in our laboratory facility, to accommodate such required expansion.

As we commercialize additional products, we will need to incorporate new equipment, implement new technology systems and laboratory processes, and hire new personnel, possibly with supplemental or different qualifications as compared to our current personnel. Failure to manage this growth or transition could result in turnaround time delays, higher product costs, declining product quality, deteriorating customer service and slower responses to competitive challenges. A failure in any one of these areas could make it difficult for us to meet market expectations for our products and could damage our reputation and the prospects for our business.

We will need to raise additional capital to fund our existing operations, improve our platform or develop and commercialize new products, workflows, consumables and reagent kits, or expand our operations.

Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our current cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the 12 months from the date of this prospectus. If our available cash resources, net proceeds from this offering and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements including because of lower demand for our products or the realization of other risks described in this prospectus, we may be required to raise additional capital prior to such time through issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, entrance into a credit facility or another form of third party funding or seek other debt financing.

 

22


Table of Contents

In any event, we may consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities or for other reasons, including to:

 

 

increase our sales and marketing efforts to drive market adoption of our Berkeley Lights Platform and address competitive developments;

 

 

fund development and marketing efforts of products from our programs or any other future products;

 

 

expand our technologies into additional markets;

 

 

acquire, license or invest in technologies;

 

 

acquire or invest in complementary businesses or assets; and

 

 

finance capital expenditures and general and administrative expenses.

Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

 

our ability to achieve revenue growth;

 

 

the cost of expanding our operations, including our biology and engineering laboratories and clean-room, and our offerings, including our sales and marketing efforts;

 

 

our rate of progress in launching and commercializing new products, and the cost of the sales and marketing activities associated with, establishing adoption of our Berkeley Lights Platform;

 

 

our rate of progress in, and cost of research and development activities associated with, products in research and development;

 

 

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

 

costs related to domestic and international expansion; and

 

 

the potential cost of and delays in product development as a result of any regulatory oversight applicable to our products.

The various ways we could raise additional capital carry potential risks. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. Any preferred equity securities issued also could provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we raise funds by issuing debt securities, those debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings pursuant to a credit agreement could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we raise funds through collaborations or licensing arrangements, we might be required to relinquish significant rights to our platform technologies or products or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, if we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges, or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our loan and security agreement contains covenants, which restrict our operating activities, and we may be required to repay the outstanding indebtedness in an event of default, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

On May 23, 2018, we entered into a loan and security agreement, which was subsequently amended, with East West Bank, or the Lender, pursuant to which the Lender agreed to provide us a $20.0 million term loan facility

 

23


Table of Contents

with a maturity date of May 23, 2022. The full amount of the loan was funded on May 23, 2018. Until we have repaid such indebtedness, the loan and security agreement subjects us to various customary covenants, including requirements as to financial reporting, liquidity ratios and insurance and restrictions on our ability to dispose of our business or property, to change our line of business, to liquidate or dissolve, to enter into any change in control transaction, to merge or consolidate with any other entity or to acquire all or substantially all the capital stock or property of another entity, to incur additional indebtedness, to incur liens on our property, to pay any dividends or make other distributions on capital stock other than dividends payable solely in capital stock, to redeem capital stock, to enter into in-bound licensing agreements, to engage in transactions with affiliates, and to encumber our intellectual property. Our business may be adversely affected by these restrictions on our ability to operate our business.

We are permitted to make interest only payments on the loan facility through May 2021, at which time amortization begins. However, we may be required to repay the outstanding indebtedness under the loan facility if an event of default occurs under the loan and security agreement. An event of default will occur if, among other things, we fail to make required payments under the loan and security agreement; we breach any of our covenants under the loan and security agreement, subject to specified cure periods with respect to certain breaches; the Lender determines that a material adverse change (as defined in the loan and security agreement) has occurred; we or our assets become subject to certain legal proceedings, such as bankruptcy proceedings; we are unable to pay our debts as they become due; or we default on contracts with third parties which would permit the third party to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness or that could have a material adverse change on us. We may not have enough available cash or be able to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings to repay such indebtedness at the time any such event of default occurs. In such a case, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or operations or grant to others rights to develop and market products that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. The Lender could also exercise its rights as secured lender to take possession of and to dispose of the collateral securing the term loan, which collateral includes substantially all of our property (excluding intellectual property, which is subject to a negative pledge). Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected as a result of any of these events.

Our actual operating results may differ significantly from any operating guidance we may provide.

From time to time, we may release guidance in our quarterly or annual earnings conference calls, quarterly or annual earnings releases, or otherwise, regarding our future performance that represents our management’s estimates as of the date of release. This guidance, which will include forward-looking statements, will be based on projections prepared by our management. These projections may not be prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, and neither our registered public accountants nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles or examines the projections. Accordingly, no such person will express any opinion or any other form of assurance with respect to the projections.

Projections are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that, while presented with numerical specificity, are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control and are based upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions, some of which will change. The principal reason that we may release guidance is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do not accept any responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such third parties.

Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the guidance furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

 

24


Table of Contents

Accordingly, our guidance is only an estimate of what management believes is realizable as of the date of release. Actual results may vary from our guidance and the variations may be material.

Any failure to successfully implement our operating strategy or the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances set forth in this “Risk factors” section in this prospectus could result in actual operating results being different from our guidance, and the differences may be adverse and material.

The sizes of the markets and forecasts of market growth for our Berkeley Lights Platform and other of our key performance indicators are based on a number of complex assumptions and estimates, and may be inaccurate.

We estimate annual total addressable markets and forecasts of market growth for our Berkeley Lights Platform and for our technologies under development. We have also developed a standard set of key performance indicators in order to enable us to assess the performance of our business in and across multiple markets, and to forecast future revenue. These estimates, forecasts and key performance indicators are based on a number of complex assumptions, internal and third party estimates and other business data, including assumptions and estimates relating to our ability to generate revenue from the development of new workflows. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates and key performance indicators are reasonable, there are inherent challenges in measuring or forecasting such information. As a result, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our assumptions or estimates may change at any time, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors and indicators. As a result, our estimates of the annual total addressable market and our forecasts of market growth and future revenue for our current or future products may prove to be incorrect, and our key performance indicators may not reflect our actual performance. If the annual total addressable market or the potential market growth for our platform is smaller than we have estimated or if the key performance indicators we utilize to forecast revenue are inaccurate, it may impair our sales growth and have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The life sciences technology market is highly competitive, and if we cannot compete successfully with our competitors, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenue, or achieve and sustain profitability.

We face significant competition in the life sciences technology market. We currently compete with both established and early stage life sciences technology companies that design, manufacture and market systems, consumables, reagent kits and software for, among other applications, genomics, single-cell analysis, spatial analysis and immunology, and/or provide services related to the same. Growing understanding of the importance of single-cell information is leading to more companies offering services related to collecting such information. Potential competitors within our space include Danaher, Menarini Silicon Biosystems, Miltenyi Biotec and Sphere Fluidics Ltd., among others. In addition, our customers may also elect to develop their workflows on legacy systems rather than our platform and may decide to stop using our platform.

Our competitors and potential competitors may enjoy a number of competitive advantages over us, including:

 

 

longer operating histories;

 

 

larger customer bases;

 

 

greater brand recognition and market penetration;

 

 

greater financial resources;

 

 

greater technological and research and development resources;

 

 

better system reliability and robustness;

 

25


Table of Contents
 

greater selling and marketing capabilities; and

 

 

better established, larger scale and lower cost manufacturing capabilities.

As a result, our competitors and potential competitors may be able to respond more quickly to changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their platforms or instruments than we can or sell their platforms or instruments, or offer services competitive with our platform and services at prices designed to win significant levels of market share. We may not be able to compete effectively against these organizations.

In addition, competitors may be acquired by, receive investments from or enter into other commercial relationships with larger, well-established and well-financed companies. Certain of our competitors may be able to secure key inputs from vendors on more favorable terms, devote greater resources to marketing and promotional campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote substantially more resources to product development than we can. If we are unable to compete successfully against current and future competitors, we may be unable to increase market adoption and sales of our platform, which could prevent us from increasing our revenue or achieving profitability.

We must develop new products, adapt to rapid and significant technological change and respond to introductions of new products by competitors to remain competitive.

We sell our products in industries that are characterized by significant enhancements and evolving industry standards. As a result, our customers’ needs are rapidly evolving. If we do not appropriately innovate and invest in new technologies, our offerings may become less desirable in the markets we serve, and our customers could move to new technologies offered by our competitors or make products themselves. Though we believe customers in our markets display a significant amount of loyalty to their supplier of a particular product, we also believe that because of the initial time investment required by many of our customers to reach a purchasing decision for a new product, it may be difficult to regain that customer once the customer purchases a product from a competitor. Without the timely introduction of new products, services and enhancements, our offerings will likely become less competitive over time, in which case our competitive position and operating results could suffer. Accordingly, we focus significant efforts and resources on the development and identification of new technologies, products and markets to further broaden our offerings. To the extent we fail to timely introduce new and innovative products or services, adequately predict our customers’ needs or fail to obtain desired levels of market acceptance, our business may suffer and our operating results could be adversely affected.

If we do not successfully manage the development and launch of new products, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Further development and commercialization of our current and future products are key elements of our growth strategy. For example, we launched Lightning in June of 2019 and were required to make significant investments in resources to facilitate the successful commercialization of the system. In the first three months of 2020, we launched Culture Station and also launched two new workflows, Opto Plasma B Discovery 2.0 and Opto Cell Line Development 2.0, and we intend to launch additional new products and new versions of existing products in the next six to twelve months. The expenses or losses associated with unsuccessful product development or launch activities, our inability to improve the functionality or reliability and robustness of our current products, or lack of market acceptance of our new products could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. This future growth could create strain on our organizational, administrative and operational infrastructure, including laboratory operations, quality control, customer service and sales organization management.

 

26


Table of Contents

We may be unable to manage our future growth effectively, which could make it difficult to execute our business strategy.

Since 2017, we have experienced rapid growth and anticipate further growth in our business operations. Our growth between 2017 and 2019 has required significant time and attention from our management, and placed strains on our operational and manufacturing systems and processes, financial systems and internal controls and other aspects of our business. We expect to continue to increase headcount and to hire more specialized personnel in the future as we grow our business. We will need to continue to hire, train and manage additional qualified scientists, engineers, laboratory personnel, client and account services personnel and sales and marketing staff and improve and maintain our technology to properly manage our growth. We may also need to hire, train and manage individuals with expertise that is separate, supplemental or different from expertise that we currently have, and accordingly we may not be successful in hiring, training and managing such individuals. If our new hires perform poorly, if we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees, or if we are not successful in retaining our existing employees, our business may be harmed.

Developing and launching new products and innovating and improving our existing products have required us to hire and retain additional scientific, engineering, sales and marketing, software, manufacturing, distribution and quality assurance personnel. As a result, we have experienced rapid headcount growth from 107 employees as of March 31, 2017 to 210 employees as of March 31, 2020. As we have grown, our employees have become more geographically dispersed. We currently serve customers located in approximately nine countries and plan to continue to expand to new international jurisdictions as part of our growth strategy, which will lead to increased dispersion of our employees, including sales employees and employees who are in our service and support groups. Moreover, we expect that we will need to hire additional accounting, finance and other personnel in connection with our becoming, and our efforts to comply with the requirements of being, a public company. Once public, our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. We may face challenges integrating, developing and motivating our rapidly growing and increasingly dispersed employee base.

We may not be able to maintain the quality, reliability or robustness of our platform, or the expected turnaround times of our services and support, or to satisfy customer demand as it grows. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures. To effectively manage our growth, we must continue to improve our operational and manufacturing systems and processes, our financial systems and internal controls and other aspects of our business and continue to effectively expand, train and manage our personnel. The time and resources required to improve our existing systems and procedures, implement new systems and procedures and to adequately staff such existing and new systems and procedures is uncertain, and failure to complete this in a timely and efficient manner could adversely affect our operations and negatively impact our business and financial results.

We depend on our information technology systems, and any failure of these systems could harm our business.

We depend on information technology and telecommunications systems for significant elements of our operations, including our laboratory information management system, our computational biology system, our Cell Analysis Suite (CAS), our knowledge management system, our customer reporting, our workflows and our platform, comprising our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems, and advanced application and workflow software. We have installed, and expect to expand, a number of enterprise software systems that affect a broad range of business processes and functional areas, including for example, systems handling human resources, financial controls and reporting, contract management, regulatory compliance and other infrastructure operations. For example, in 2018, we implemented a new customer relationship management system and, in 2019, we implemented a new enterprise resource planning system. These

 

27


Table of Contents

implementations were expensive and required a significant effort in terms of both time and effort. In addition to the aforementioned business systems, we intend to extend the capabilities of both our preventative and detective security controls by augmenting the monitoring and alerting functions, the network design and the automatic countermeasure operations of our technical systems. These information technology and telecommunications systems support a variety of functions, including manufacturing operations, laboratory operations, data analysis, quality control, customer service and support, billing, research and development activities, scientific and general administrative activities.

Information technology and telecommunications systems are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunications or network failures, malicious software, bugs or viruses, human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite network security and back-up measures, some of our servers are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Any disruption or loss of information technology or telecommunications systems on which critical aspects of our operations depend could have an adverse effect on our business and our reputation, and we may be unable to regain or repair our reputation in the future.

We have limited experience in marketing and sales, and if we are unable to expand our marketing and sales organization to adequately address our customers’ needs, our business may be adversely affected.

We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products. We may not be able to market, sell or distribute our current products, or future products that we may develop, effectively enough to support our planned growth.

Competition for employees capable of selling expensive instruments within the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries is intense. We may not be able to attract and retain personnel or be able to build an efficient and effective sales organization, which could negatively impact sales and market acceptance of our products and limit our revenue growth and potential profitability. In addition, the time and cost of establishing a specialized sales, marketing and service force for a particular product or service may be difficult to justify in light of the revenue generated or projected.

Our expected future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain and integrate additional employees. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our products and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage this potential future growth effectively, without compromising quality.

We rely on distributors for the sale of our products in certain countries outside of the United States, in some cases, in addition to direct sales in such countries. We exert limited control over these distributors under our agreements with them, and if their sales and marketing efforts for our products in the region are not successful, our business would be materially and adversely affected. Locating, qualifying and engaging distribution partners with local industry experience and knowledge will be necessary in at least the short to mid-term to effectively market and sell our platform in certain countries outside the United States. We may not be successful in finding, attracting and retaining distribution partners, or we may not be able to enter into such arrangements on favorable terms. Even if we are successful in identifying distributors, such distributors may engage in sales practices that violate local laws or our internal policies. Furthermore, sales practices utilized by any such distribution parties that are locally acceptable may not comply with sales practices standards required under U.S. laws that apply to us, which could create additional compliance risk. If our sales and marketing efforts by us or our distributors are not successful outside the United States, we may not achieve significant market acceptance for our products outside the United States, which would materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

28


Table of Contents

The loss of any member of our senior management team or our inability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists, engineers and salespeople could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends on the skills, experience and performance of key members of our senior management team, including Eric D. Hobbs, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer, and Keith J. Breinlinger, Ph.D., our Chief Technology Officer. The individual and collective efforts of these employees will be important as we continue to develop our platform and additional products, and as we expand our commercial activities. The loss or incapacity of existing members of our executive management team could adversely affect our operations if we experience difficulties in hiring qualified successors. Our executive officers are at-will employees, and we cannot guarantee their retention for any period of time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance on any of our employees.

Our research and development programs and laboratory operations depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists and engineers. We may not be able to attract or retain qualified scientists and engineers in the future due to the competition for qualified personnel among life science businesses. We also face competition from universities and public and private research institutions in recruiting and retaining highly qualified scientific and engineering personnel. We may have difficulties locating, recruiting or retaining qualified sales people. Recruiting and retention difficulties can limit our ability to support our research and development and sales programs. All of our employees are at-will, which means that either we or the employee may terminate their employment at any time.

We may acquire businesses or form joint ventures or make investments in other companies or technologies that could negatively affect our operating results, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense.

We may pursue acquisitions of businesses and assets. We also may pursue strategic alliances and joint ventures that leverage our technologies and industry experience to expand our offerings or distribution. We have no experience with acquiring other companies and limited experience with forming strategic partnerships. We may not be able to find suitable partners or acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete such transactions on favorable terms, if at all. The competition for partners or acquisition candidates may be intense, and the negotiation process will be time-consuming and complex. If we make any acquisitions, we may not be able to integrate these acquisitions successfully into our existing business, these acquisitions may not strengthen our competitive position, the transactions may be viewed negatively by customers or investors, we may be unable to retain key employees of any acquired business, relationships with key suppliers, manufacturers or customers of any acquired business may be impaired due to changes in management and ownership, and we could assume unknown or contingent liabilities. Any future acquisitions also could result in the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to fully recover the costs of any acquisition. Integration of an acquired company also may disrupt ongoing operations and require management resources that we would otherwise focus on developing our existing business. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, technology license, strategic alliance or joint venture. We also may experience losses related to investments in other companies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

To finance any acquisitions or joint ventures, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock as consideration, which would dilute the ownership of our stockholders. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we may not be able to acquire companies or fund a joint venture project using our stock as consideration.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our products could become subject to more onerous regulation by the FDA or other regulatory agencies in the future, which could increase our costs and delay or prevent commercialization of our products, thereby materially and adversely affecting our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We make our platform, including our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems, and advanced application and workflow software available to customers as research-use-only, or RUO, products. RUO products are regulated by the FDA as medical devices, and include in vitro diagnostic products in the laboratory research phase of development that are being shipped or delivered for an investigation that is not subject to the FDA’s investigational device exemption requirements. Although medical devices are subject to stringent FDA oversight, products that are intended for RUO and are labeled as RUO are exempt from compliance with most FDA requirements, including premarket clearance or approval, manufacturing requirements, and others. A product labeled RUO but which is actually intended for clinical diagnostic use may be viewed by the FDA as adulterated and misbranded under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and subject to FDA enforcement action. The FDA has indicated that when determining the intended use of a product labeled RUO, the FDA will consider the totality of the circumstances surrounding distribution and use of the product, including how the product is marketed and to whom. The FDA could disagree with our assessment that our products are properly marketed as RUOs, or could conclude that products labeled as RUO are actually intended for clinical diagnostic use, and could take enforcement action against us, including requiring us to stop distribution of our products until we are in compliance with applicable regulations, which would reduce our revenue, increase our costs and adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. In the event that the FDA requires us to obtain marketing authorization of our RUO products in the future, there can be no assurance that the FDA will grant any clearance or approval requested by us in a timely manner, or at all.

We may also in the future decide to develop medical device products that we expect to be intended for clinical or diagnostic uses. In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, new claim for or significant modification to an existing product, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, or approval of a premarket approval application from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. The process of obtaining approval or clearance from the FDA for new products, or with respect to enhancements or modifications to existing products, could take a significant period of time, require the expenditure of substantial resources, involve rigorous pre-clinical and clinical testing, require changes to products or result in limitations on the indicated uses of products. There can be no assurance that we will receive the required approvals or clearances for any new products or for modifications to our existing products on a timely basis or that any approval or clearance will not be subsequently withdrawn or conditioned upon extensive post-market study requirements. Moreover, even if we receive FDA clearance or approval of new products or modifications to existing products, we will be required to comply with extensive regulations relating to the development, research, clearance, approval, distribution, marketing, advertising and promotion, manufacture, adverse event reporting, recordkeeping, import and export of such products, which may substantially increase our operating costs and have a material impact on our business, profits and results of operations. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as: warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, termination of distribution, recalls or seizures of products, delays in the introduction of products into the market, total or partial suspension of production, refusal to grant future clearances or approvals, withdrawals or suspensions of current approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products, and in the most serious cases, criminal penalties. Occurrence of any of the foregoing could harm our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Due to the significant resources required to enable access in new markets, we must make strategic and operational decisions to prioritize certain markets, technology offerings or partnerships. We may expend our

 

30


Table of Contents

resources to access markets, develop technologies or form certain partnerships that do not yield meaningful revenue or we may fail to capitalize on markets, technologies or partnerships that may be more profitable or with a greater potential for success.

We believe our platform has potential applications across a wide range of markets and we have targeted certain markets in which we believe our technology has significant advantages, or for which we believe we have a higher probability of success or revenue opportunity or for which the path to commercialize products and realizing or achieving revenue is shorter. For example, in 2018 we entered into engagements regarding cell therapies with certain cancer centers and with an academic institution, and in 2019 we entered into engagements with several synthetic biology companies, including Amyris and Ginkgo. We seek to maintain a process of prioritization and resource allocation among our programs to maintain a balance between advancing near-term opportunities and exploring additional markets for our technology. However, due to the significant resources required for the development of workflows for new markets, we must make decisions on which markets to pursue and the amount of resources to allocate to each. Our decisions concerning the allocation of research, development, collaboration, management and financial resources toward particular markets or workflows may not lead to the development of any viable product and may divert resources away from better opportunities. Similarly, our potential decisions to delay, terminate or collaborate with third parties in respect of certain markets may subsequently also prove to be suboptimal and could cause us to miss valuable opportunities. In particular, if we are unable to develop additional relevant workflows for markets such as antibody therapeutics, cell therapy or the synthetic biology market it could slow or stop our business growth and negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our billing and collections processing activities are complex and time-consuming, and any delay in transmitting invoices or failure to comply with applicable billing requirements, could have an adverse effect on our future revenue.

Billing for our products, workflows and field of use licenses, consumables, reagent kits and services can be complex, time-consuming and expensive as many of our customers are large pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and engage various different models for their accounts payable matters, including outsourcing to third parties. We may face increased risk in our collection efforts, including long collection cycles and the risk that we may never collect at all, either of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Several factors make the billing process complex, including differences in information and billing requirements among our customers and the resources required to manage the billing process. These billing complexities and the related uncertainty in obtaining payment could negatively affect our revenue and cash flow, our ability to achieve profitability and the consistency and comparability of our results of operations.

If our sole operating facility becomes damaged or inoperable or we are required to vacate our existing facility, our ability to conduct and pursue our research and development efforts may be jeopardized.

We currently derive the majority of our revenue based upon scientific and engineering research and development, testing and manufacturing conducted at a single facility located in Emeryville, California. Our facility and equipment could be harmed or rendered inoperable or inaccessible by natural or man-made disasters or other circumstances beyond our control, including fire, earthquake, power loss, communications failure, war or terrorism, or another catastrophic event, such as a pandemic or similar outbreak or public health crisis, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to support our customers and develop updates, upgrades and other improvements to our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems, and advanced application and workflow software for some period of time. The inability to address system issues or manufacture consumables and reagent kits could develop if our facility is inoperable or suffers a loss of utilization for even a short period of time, may result in the loss of customers or harm to our reputation, and we

 

31


Table of Contents

may be unable to regain those customers or repair our reputation in the future. Furthermore, our facility and the equipment we use to perform our research and development work could be unavailable or costly and time-consuming to repair or replace. It would be difficult, time-consuming and expensive to rebuild our facility, to locate and qualify a new facility or license or transfer our proprietary technology to a third party. Even in the event we are able to find a third party to assist in research and development efforts, we may be unable to negotiate commercially reasonable terms to engage with the third party.

We carry insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, but this insurance may not cover all of the risks associated with damage or disruption to our business, may not provide coverage in amounts sufficient to cover our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which leaves us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter and our policies have limits and significant deductibles. Some of the policies we currently maintain include general liability, property, umbrella and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Any additional product liability insurance coverage we acquire in the future, may not be sufficient to reimburse us for any expenses or losses we may suffer. Moreover, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive and in the future we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses. A successful product liability claim or series of claims in which judgments exceed our insurance coverage could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including preventing or limiting the commercialization of any products we develop.

We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain existing insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Public health crises such as pandemics or similar outbreaks could cause a disruption of the development of our platform technologies and products, and adversely impact our business.

In late 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, which causes coronavirus disease 2019, or COVID-19, surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, COVID-19 has spread to multiple other regions and countries, including the San Francisco Bay Area, where our primary office and laboratory space is located. The COVID-19 pandemic is evolving, and to date has led to the implementation of various responses, including government imposed shelter-in-place orders, quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures, as well as reported adverse impacts on healthcare resources, facilities and providers, in California, across the United States and in other countries. In response to the spread of COVID-19, and in accordance with direction from state and local government authorities, we have restricted access to our facilities mostly to personnel and third parties who must perform critical activities that must be completed on-site, limited the number of such personnel that can be present at our facilities at any one time, and requested that most of our personnel work remotely. In the event that government authorities were to further modify current restrictions, our employees conducting research and development or manufacturing activities may not be able to access our laboratory or manufacturing space, and our core activities may be significantly limited or curtailed, possibly for an extended period of time.

 

32


Table of Contents

As a result of the COVID-19 outbreak, or similar pandemics and outbreaks, we have and may in the future experience severe disruptions, including:

 

 

interruption of or delays in receiving products and supplies from the third parties we rely on to, among other things, manufacture components to our systems or chips or to produce reagent kits for our workflows, due to staffing shortages, production slowdowns or stoppages and disruptions in delivery systems, which may impair our ability sell our products;

 

 

limitations on our business operations by local, state, or the federal government that could impact our ability to sell our products;

 

 

on-site visit limitations and prohibitions imposed by customers that could impact our ability to engage in pre-sales activities, such as in-person seminars and informational meetings on our Berkeley Lights Platform, and to provide post-sale activities, such as installation and verification, training and service and support;

 

 

business disruptions caused by workplace, laboratory and office closures and an increased reliance on employees working from home, travel limitations, cyber security and data accessibility, or communication or mass transit disruptions; and

 

 

limitations on employee resources that would otherwise be focused on the conduct of our activities, including because of sickness of employees or their families or the desire of employees to avoid contact with large groups of people.

Any of these factors could severely impact our research and development activities, business operations and sales, or delay necessary interactions with local regulators, manufacturing sites and other important contractors and customers. These and other factors arising from the COVID-19 pandemic could worsen in countries that are already afflicted with COVID-19, could continue to spread to additional countries, or could return to countries where the pandemic has been partially contained, and could further adversely impact our ability to conduct our business generally and have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition and results.

The extent to which the outbreak may negatively impact our operations and results of operations or those of our third party manufacturers, suppliers, partners or customers will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the ultimate geographic spread of the disease, the duration of the outbreak, travel restrictions, additional or modified government actions, new information that will emerge concerning the severity and impact of COVID-19 and actions to contain the outbreak or treat its impact, such as social distancing, quarantines, lock-downs or business closures.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information and expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including personally identifiable information, intellectual property and proprietary business information owned or controlled by ourselves or our employees, customers and other parties. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing a combination of on-site systems and cloud-based data centers. We utilize external security and infrastructure vendors to manage parts of our data centers. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business-critical information, including research and development information, patient data, commercial information and business and financial information. We face a number of risks relative to protecting this critical information, including loss of access risk, inappropriate use or disclosure, unauthorized access, inappropriate modification and the risk of our being unable to adequately monitor and audit and modify our controls over our

 

33


Table of Contents

critical information. This risk extends to the third party vendors and subcontractors we use to manage this sensitive data or otherwise process it on our behalf. The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of this critical information are vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information. Although we take reasonable measures to protect sensitive data from unauthorized access, use or disclosure, no security measures can be perfect and our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or viruses or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other malicious or inadvertent disruptions. Any such breach or interruption could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, breach, or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, and liability under federal or state laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and regulatory penalties. Notice of breaches may be required to affected individuals, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services or other state, federal or foreign regulators, and for extensive breaches, notice may need to be made to the media or State Attorneys General. Such a notice could harm our reputation and our ability to compete. Although we have implemented security measures and a formal, dedicated enterprise security program to prevent unauthorized access to patient data, such data is currently accessible through multiple channels, and there is no guarantee we can protect our data from breach. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also disrupt our operations and damage our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business.

We are currently subject to, and may in the future become subject to additional, U.S., state and foreign laws and regulations imposing obligations on how we collect, store and process personal information. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business. Ensuring compliance with such laws could also impair our efforts to maintain and expand our customer base, and thereby decrease our revenue.

We are, and may increasingly become, subject to various laws and regulations, as well as contractual obligations, relating to data privacy and security in the jurisdictions in which we operate. The regulatory environment related to data privacy and security is increasingly rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. These laws and regulations may be interpreted and applied differently over time and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and it is possible that they will be interpreted and applied in ways that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In the United States, various federal and state regulators, including governmental agencies like the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the Federal Trade Commission, have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws and regulations concerning personal information and data security. Certain state laws may be more stringent or broader in scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to personal information than federal, international or other state laws, and such laws may differ from each other, all of which may complicate compliance efforts. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which increases privacy rights for California residents and imposes obligations on companies that process their personal information, came into effect on January 1, 2020. Among other things, the CCPA requires covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers and provide such consumers new data protection and privacy rights, including the ability to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action may increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. In addition, laws in all 50 U.S. states require businesses to provide notice to consumers whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. State laws are changing rapidly and there is discussion in the U.S. Congress of a new comprehensive federal data privacy law to which we would become subject if it is enacted.

 

34


Table of Contents

Internationally, laws, regulations and standards in many jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, retention, security, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal information. For example, the E.U. General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which became effective in May 2018, greatly increased the European Commission’s jurisdictional reach of its laws and adds a broad array of requirements for handling personal data. EU member states are tasked under the GDPR to enact, and have enacted, certain implementing legislation that adds to and/or further interprets the GDPR requirements and potentially extends our obligations and potential liability for failing to meet such obligations. The GDPR, together with national legislation, regulations and guidelines of the EU member states and the United Kingdom governing the processing of personal data, impose strict obligations and restrictions on the ability to collect, use, retain, protect, disclose, transfer and otherwise process personal data. In particular, the GDPR includes obligations and restrictions concerning the consent and rights of individuals to whom the personal data relates, the transfer of personal data out of the European Economic Area or the United Kingdom, security breach notifications and the security and confidentiality of personal data. The GDPR authorizes fines for certain violations of up to 4% of global annual revenue or 20 million, whichever is greater.

All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs, such as costs related to organizational changes, implementing additional protection technologies, training employees and engaging consultants, which are likely to increase over time. In addition, such requirements may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, distract management or divert resources from other initiatives and projects, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with any applicable federal, state or similar foreign laws and regulations relating to data privacy and security could result in damage to our reputation, as well as proceedings or litigation by governmental agencies or other third parties, including class action privacy litigation in certain jurisdictions, which would subject us to significant fines, sanctions, awards, penalties or judgments, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

International expansion of our business exposes us to business, regulatory, political, operational, financial and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

We currently have limited international operations, but our business strategy incorporates potentially significant international expansion. We currently maintain relationships with distributors outside of the United States, and may in the future enter into new distributor relationships. We may also extend laboratory capabilities outside of the United States, both directly and possibly indirectly. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including:

 

 

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as privacy regulations, tax laws, export and import restrictions, tariffs, economic sanctions and embargoes, employment laws, regulatory requirements and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses;

 

 

failure by us or our distributors to obtain approvals to conduct our business in various countries;

 

 

differing intellectual property rights;

 

 

complexities and difficulties in obtaining intellectual property protection, enforcing our intellectual property and defending against third party intellectual property claims;

 

 

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

 

logistics and regulations associated with shipping systems and parts and components for systems, consumables and reagent kits, as well as transportation delays;

 

35


Table of Contents
 

travel restrictions that limit the ability of marketing, presales, sales, services and support teams to service customers;

 

 

financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, the impact of local and regional financial crises on demand and payment for our products and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

 

international trade disputes that could result in tariffs and other protective measures;

 

 

natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism and political unrest, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade and other business restrictions; and

 

 

regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over sales and distributors’ activities that may fall within the purview of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, its books and records provisions, or its anti-bribery provisions.

Any of these factors could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, certain international markets are subject to significant political and economic uncertainty, including for example the effect of the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union. Significant political and economic developments in international markets for which we intend to operate, or the perception that any of them could occur, creates further challenges for operating in these markets in addition to creating instability in global economic conditions.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and the anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws of the United States or other countries.

We are subject to the FCPA, which among other things prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making payments in violation of law to non-U.S. government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or securing any other improper advantage. We have engaged independent distributors in the past and currently use an independent distributor to sell our platform and solutions outside of the United States. Our reliance on independent distributors to sell the Berkeley Lights Platform internationally demands a high degree of vigilance in maintaining our policy against participation in corrupt activity, because these distributors could be deemed to be our agents and we could be held responsible for their actions. Other U.S. companies in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical field have faced criminal penalties under the FCPA for allowing their agents to deviate from appropriate practices in doing business with these individuals. We are also subject to similar anti-bribery laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the United Kingdom’s Bribery Act of 2010, which also prohibits commercial bribery and makes it a crime for companies to fail to prevent bribery, and the People’s Republic of China anti-bribery laws, including the PRC Anti-Unfair Competition Law amended in 2017, the PRC Criminal Law amended in 2017. These laws are complex and far-reaching in nature, and, as a result, we cannot assure you that we would not be required in the future to alter one or more of our practices to be in compliance with these laws or any changes in these laws or the interpretation thereof. Any violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our operations, involve significant management distraction, involve significant costs and expenses, including legal fees and could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We could also suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other remedial measures.

 

36


Table of Contents

Our employees, consultants, distributors and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements, and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, consultants, distributors and commercial partners. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional failures to comply with the applicable laws and regulations in the United States and abroad, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting and other business arrangements. Such misconduct could result in legal or regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and any other precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result in the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, which could have a significant impact on our business. Whether or not we are successful in defending against such actions or investigations, we could incur substantial costs, including legal fees and divert the attention of management in defending ourselves against any of these claims or investigations.

Risks related to manufacturing and supply

We and our third party manufacturing partners have limited experience in producing our systems and certain parts and components for our systems, and if we are unable to manufacture our systems in high-quality commercial quantities successfully and consistently to meet demand, our growth will be limited.

We have, to date, manufactured our systems in limited quantities. We currently manufacture our systems and related consumables and reagent kits through a combination of third party manufacturers and certain limited direct manufacturing at our facility in Emeryville, California. To manufacture our systems in the quantities that we believe will be required to meet anticipated market demand, we and our third party manufacturers will need to increase manufacturing capacity, which will involve significant challenges and may require additional quality controls and regulatory approvals. Neither we nor our third party manufacturers may successfully complete any required increase to existing manufacturing capacity in a timely manner, or at all.

If there is a disruption to our third party manufacturers’ operations, we will have no other means of producing our systems until the third party manufacturer restores the affected facilities or develop alternative manufacturing facilities. Additionally, any damage to or destruction of our or our third party manufacturers’ facilities or equipment may significantly impair our ability to manufacture systems on a timely basis.

If we or our third party manufacturers are unable to produce systems in sufficient quantities to meet anticipated customer demand, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be harmed. The lack of experience we and our manufacturing partners have in producing commercial quantities of our systems may also result in quality issues, and could result in system defects or errors or recalls. Manufacturing delays related to quality control could negatively impact our ability to bring our systems to market, harm our reputation and decrease our revenue. Any defects, errors or recalls could be expensive and generate negative publicity, which could impair our ability to market our systems and further affect our results of operations.

 

37


Table of Contents

We outsource the manufacturing of our systems, and components of our systems, to single source third party manufacturers. The failure of these manufacturers to manufacture systems or components on a timely basis could adversely affect our business.

We have engaged with two different third parties to manufacture our systems. One such third party manufacturer manufactures Beacon and Culture Station, and the other third party manufacturer manufactures Lightning. In addition, certain key parts of our systems are manufactured by various third parties. We do not have any control over the process or timing of the acquisition or manufacture of materials by our third party manufacturers, and cannot ensure that they will deliver to us the systems or components we order on time, or at all. If the operations of our third party manufacturers are interrupted, cease, or if they are unable to meet our delivery requirements due to capacity limitations or other constraints, we may be limited in our ability to fulfill new customer orders or to service or repair systems at current customer sites. Any change to another contract manufacturer, even if ultimately consummated, would likely entail significant delay, require us to devote substantial time and resources, result in additional costs, and could involve a period in which our systems could not be produced in a timely or consistently high-quality manner, any of which could harm our reputation and business, and frustrate our customers and cause them to turn to our competitors. Additionally, we may be unable to enter into agreements with another contract manufacturer on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could have a material adverse impact on our business.

We use biological and hazardous materials that require considerable expertise and expense for handling, storage and disposal and may result in claims against us.

We work with materials, including chemicals, biological agents and compounds that could be hazardous to human health and safety or the environment. Our operations also produce hazardous and biological waste products. Federal, state and local laws and regulations govern the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes. We are subject to periodic inspections by federal, state and local authorities to ensure compliance with applicable laws. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations is expensive, and current or future environmental laws and regulations may restrict our operations. If we do not comply with applicable regulations, we may be subject to fines and penalties.

In addition, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials or wastes, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development programs and business operations, as well as environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be liable for damages or penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources and our operations could be suspended or otherwise adversely affected. Furthermore, environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance.

Our manufacturing operations and those of our key third party manufacturers are dependent upon third party suppliers, including single source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

Our systems contain several critical components, including multiple optical components (DMD, camera, objectives and filters), OEP drive electronics, fluidic system components (syringe pumps, valves and tubing), motion stages, motors and temperature control components. Some of the suppliers of critical components or materials are single or sole source suppliers and the replacement of these suppliers or the identification and qualification of suitable second sources may require significant time, effort and expense, and could result in delays in production, which could negatively impact our business operations and revenue. We do not have supply agreements with certain suppliers of these critical components and materials beyond purchase orders

 

38


Table of Contents

and, although we maintain a safety stock inventory either at one of our third party manufacturers or at our facility in Emeryville, CA, for certain critical components, forecasted amounts may be inaccurate and we may experience shortages as a result of serious supply problems with these manufacturers. There can be no assurance that our supply of components will not be limited, interrupted, or of satisfactory quality or continue to be available at acceptable prices. In addition, loss of any critical component provided by a single source supplier could require us to change the design of our manufacturing process based on the functions, limitations, features and specifications of the replacement components.

In addition, several other non-critical components and materials that comprise our systems are currently manufactured by a single supplier or a limited number of suppliers. In many of these cases, we have not yet qualified alternate suppliers and rely upon purchase orders, rather than long-term supply agreements. A supply interruption or an increase in demand beyond our current suppliers’ capabilities could harm our ability to manufacture our systems unless and until new sources of supply are identified and qualified. Our reliance on these suppliers subjects us to a number of risks that could harm our business, including:

 

 

interruption of supply resulting from modifications to or discontinuation of a supplier’s operations;

 

 

delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects, reliability issues, or a supplier’s variation in a component;

 

 

a lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components with our suppliers;

 

 

inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner, or to obtain adequate supply on commercially reasonable terms;

 

 

difficulty and cost associated with locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our components in a timely manner;

 

 

a modification or change in a manufacturing process or part that unknowingly or unintentionally negatively impacts the operation of our systems;

 

 

production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers, and corresponding regulatory qualifications;

 

 

delay in delivery due to our suppliers prioritizing other customer orders over ours;

 

 

damage to our brand reputation caused by defective components produced by our suppliers;

 

 

increased cost of our warranty program due to product repair or replacement based upon defects in components produced by our suppliers; and

 

 

fluctuation in delivery by our suppliers due to changes in demand from us or their other customers.

Any interruption in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain substitute components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

We forecast sales to determine requirements for components and materials used in our systems, and if our forecasts are incorrect, we may experience delays in shipments or increased inventory costs.

We and our third party manufacturers keep limited materials, components and finished products on hand. To manage our operations with our third party manufacturers and suppliers, we forecast anticipated product orders and material requirements to predict our inventory needs and enter into purchase orders on the basis of these requirements. Several components of our systems require an order lead time of six months to ten

 

39


Table of Contents

months. Our limited historical commercial experience and rapid growth may not provide us with enough data to consistently and accurately predict future demand. If our business expands and our demand for components and materials increase beyond our estimates, our manufacturers and suppliers may be unable to meet our demand. In addition, if we or our third party manufacturers underestimate our component and material requirements, we may have inadequate inventory, which could interrupt, delay, or prevent delivery of our systems to our customers. By contrast, if we overestimate our component and material requirements, we may have excess inventory, which would increase our expenses. Any of these occurrences would negatively affect our financial performance and business results.

Shipping is a critical part of our business and any changes in our shipping arrangements or damages or losses sustained during shipping could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We currently rely on third party vendors for our shipping. If we are not able to negotiate acceptable pricing and other terms with these entities or they experience performance problems or other difficulties, it could negatively impact our operating results and our customers’ experience. In the past, some of our systems have sustained serious damage in transit and were not repairable. Although we have taken steps to improve our shipping containers, there is no guarantee our systems will not become damaged or lost in transit in the future. If a system is damaged in transit, it may result in a substantial delay in the fulfillment of the customer’s order, and depending on the type and extent of the damage and whether the incident is covered by insurance, it may result in a substantial financial loss. If our products are not delivered in a timely fashion or are damaged or lost during the delivery process, our customers could become dissatisfied and cease using our products or services, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks related to our intellectual property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for our technology, including the Berkeley Lights Platform, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our products may be impaired.

We rely on patent protection as well as trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights protection and contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technologies, all of which provide limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. If we fail to protect our intellectual property, third parties may be able to compete more effectively against us. In addition, we may incur substantial litigation costs in our attempts to recover or restrict use of our intellectual property.

To the extent our intellectual property offers inadequate protection, or is found to be invalid or unenforceable, we would be exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. If our intellectual property does not provide adequate coverage of our competitors’ products, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business. Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time-consuming and expensive.

As is the case with other life sciences and biotechnology companies, our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain protection of the intellectual property we may own solely and jointly with others, particularly patents, in the United States and other countries with respect to our products and technologies. We apply for patents covering our products and technologies and uses thereof, as we deem appropriate. However, obtaining and enforcing patents in our industry is costly, time-consuming and complex, and we may fail to apply for patents on important products, services and technologies in a timely fashion or at all, or we may fail to

 

40


Table of Contents

apply for patents in potentially relevant jurisdictions. We may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications, or maintain, enforce and license any patents that may issue from such patent applications, at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. We may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the rights to patents licensed to third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

As of June 1, 2020, our owned patent assets included approximately 25 U.S. patents, 62 pending U.S. patent applications, 15 pending patent cooperation treaty, or PCT, applications, 116 foreign patents and 293 pending foreign patent applications in various foreign jurisdictions, including Australia, Canada, China, the European Union, Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, South Korea, Singapore and Taiwan. As of June 1, 2020, our in-licensed patent assets included 9 U.S. patents, 1 foreign patent, 1 pending U.S. patent application, and 1 pending foreign patent application. It is possible that none of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents in a timely fashion or at all, and even if patents are granted, they may not provide a basis for intellectual property protection of commercially viable products or services, may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be challenged and invalidated by third parties. It is possible that others will design around our current or future patented technologies. It is possible that in the future some of our patents, licensed patents and patent applications may be challenged at the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or in proceedings before the patent offices of other jurisdictions. We may not be successful in defending any such challenges made against our patents or patent applications. Any successful third party challenge to our patents could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents and increased competition to our business. We may have to challenge the patents or patent applications of third parties. The outcome of patent litigation or other proceeding can be uncertain, and any attempt by us to enforce our patent rights against others or to challenge the patent rights of others may not be successful, or, if successful, may take substantial time and result in substantial cost, and may divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

The patent positions of life sciences companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in such companies’ patents has emerged to date in the United States or elsewhere. Courts frequently render opinions in the biotechnology field that may affect the patentability of certain inventions or discoveries.

Our in-licensed patent rights may be subject to a reservation of rights by one or more third parties. For example, we in-license certain patent rights from The Regents of the University of California, which were funded in part by the U.S. government. As a result, the U.S. government may have certain rights, including so-called march-in rights, to such patent rights and any products or technology developed from such patent rights. When new technologies are developed with U.S. government funding, the U.S. government generally obtains certain rights in any resulting patents, including a nonexclusive license authorizing the U.S. government to use the invention for non-commercial purposes. These rights may permit the U.S. government to disclose our confidential information to third parties and to exercise march-in rights to use or to allow third parties to use our licensed technology. The U.S. government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve the practical application of government-funded technology, because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of federal regulations, or to give preference to U.S. industry. In addition, our rights in such inventions may be subject to certain requirements to manufacture products embodying such inventions in the United States. Any exercise by the U.S. government of such rights could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

41


Table of Contents

Changes in patent law in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other countries or regions may diminish the value of our intellectual property. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third party patents. We may not develop additional proprietary products, methods and technologies that are patentable.

Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. On or after March 16, 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 16, 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO on or after March 16, 2013, but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our products or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our or our licensor’s patents or patent applications.

The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Therefore, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our owned or in-licensed patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our owned or in-licensed issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, the patent position of companies in the biotechnology field is particularly uncertain. Various courts, including the United States Supreme Court have rendered decisions that affect the scope of patentability of certain inventions or discoveries relating to biotechnology. These decisions state, among other things, that a patent claim that recites an abstract idea, natural phenomenon or law of nature (for example, the relationship between particular genetic variants and cancer) are not themselves patentable. Precisely what constitutes a law of nature or abstract idea is uncertain, and it is possible that certain aspects of our technology could be considered natural laws. Accordingly, the evolving case law in the United States may adversely affect our ability to obtain patents and may facilitate third party challenges to any owned or licensed patents.

Issued patents covering our products could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability. Some of our patents or patent applications (including licensed patents) have been, are being or may be challenged at a

 

42


Table of Contents

future point in time in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference. Any successful third party challenge to our patents in this or any other proceeding could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents, which may lead to increased competition to our business, which could harm our business. In addition, in patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability during patent litigation is unpredictable. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on certain aspects of our platform technologies. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, regardless of the outcome, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future products.

We may not be aware of all third party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our products. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until approximately 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not until such patent applications issue as patents. We might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and we might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions. To determine the priority of these inventions, we may have to participate in interference proceedings, derivation proceedings or other post-grant proceedings declared by the USPTO that could result in substantial cost to us. The outcome of such proceedings is uncertain. No assurance can be given that other patent applications will not have priority over our patent applications. In addition, changes to the patent laws of the United States allow for various post-grant opposition proceedings that have not been extensively tested, and their outcome is therefore uncertain. Furthermore, if third parties bring these proceedings against our patents, we could experience significant costs and management distraction.

We rely on in-licenses from third parties. If we lose these rights, our business may be materially adversely affected, our ability to develop improvements to our existing systems, workflows, consumables and reagent kits and to develop new systems, workflows, consumables and reagent kits may be negatively and substantially impacted, and if disputes arise, we may be subjected to future litigation as well as the potential loss of or limitations on our ability to develop and commercialize products and technology covered by these license agreements.

We are party to a royalty-bearing license agreement with The Regents of the University of California that grants us exclusive rights to exploit certain patent rights that are related to our systems. We may need to obtain additional licenses from others to advance our research, development and commercialization activities. Our license agreement with The Regents of the University of California imposes, and we expect that any future exclusive in-license agreements will impose, various development, diligence, commercialization and other obligations on us. We have also entered into engagements in the past, and may enter into engagements in the future, with other partners and customers under which we obtain certain intellectual property rights relating to our platform and technology. These engagements take the form of exclusive license or of actual ownership of intellectual property rights or technology from third parties. Our rights to use the technology we license are subject to the continuation of and compliance with the terms of those agreements. In some cases, we may not control the prosecution, maintenance or filing of the patents to which we hold licenses, or the enforcement of those patents against third parties.

Moreover, disputes may arise with respect to our licensing or other upstream agreements, including:

 

 

the scope of rights granted under the agreements and other interpretation-related issues;

 

 

the extent to which our systems and consumables, technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

43


Table of Contents
 

the sublicensing of patent and other rights under our collaborative development relationships;

 

 

our diligence obligations under the license agreements and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

 

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and

 

 

the priority of invention of patented technology.

In spite of our efforts to comply with our obligations under our in-license agreements, our licensors might conclude that we have materially breached our obligations under our license agreements and might therefore, including in connection with any aforementioned disputes, terminate the relevant license agreement, thereby removing or limiting our ability to develop and commercialize products and technology covered by these license agreements. If any such in-license is terminated, or if the licensed patents fail to provide the intended exclusivity, competitors or other third parties might have the freedom to market or develop products similar to ours. In addition, absent the rights granted to us under such license agreements, we may infringe the intellectual property rights that are the subject of those agreements, we may be subject to litigation by the licensor, and if such litigation by the licensor is successful we may be required to pay damages to our licensor, or we may be required to cease our development and commercialization activities which are deemed infringing, and in such event we may ultimately need to modify our activities or products to design around such infringement, which may be time- and resource-consuming, and which may not be ultimately successful. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In particular, if our license with The Regents of the University of California is terminated, we may suffer the foregoing consequences with respect to our business.

In addition, our rights to certain technologies, are licensed to us on a non-exclusive basis. The owners of these non-exclusively licensed technologies are therefore free to license them to third parties, including our competitors, on terms that may be superior to those offered to us, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage. Moreover, our licensors may own or control intellectual property that has not been licensed to us and, as a result, we may be subject to claims, regardless of their merit, that we are infringing or otherwise violating the licensor’s rights. In addition, certain of our agreements with third parties may provide that intellectual property arising under these agreements, such as data that could be valuable to our business, will be owned by the counterparty, in which case, we may not have adequate rights to use such data or have exclusivity with respect to the use of such data, which could result in third parties, including our competitors, being able to use such data to compete with us.

If we cannot acquire or license rights to use technologies on reasonable terms, we may not be able to commercialize new products in the future.

In the future, we may identify third party intellectual property and technology we may need to license in order to engage in our business, including to develop or commercialize new products or services, and the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use this technology. However, such licenses may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. The licensing or acquisition of third party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater development or commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. Even if such licenses are available, we may be required to pay the licensor in return for the use of such licensor’s technology, lump-sum payments, payments based on certain milestones such as sales volumes, or royalties based on sales of our platform. In addition, such licenses may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same intellectual

 

44


Table of Contents

property licensed to us. We may also need to acquire or negotiate licenses to patents or patent applications before or after introducing a commercial product. The acquisition and licensing of third party patent rights is a competitive area, and other companies may also be pursuing strategies to acquire or license third party patent rights that we may consider attractive. We may not be able to acquire or obtain necessary licenses to patents or patent applications. Even if we are able to obtain a license to patent rights of interest, we may not be able to secure exclusive rights, in which case others could use the same rights and compete with us. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected if we are unable to enter into necessary agreements on acceptable terms or at all, if any necessary licenses are subsequently terminated, if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the licenses or fail to prevent infringement by third parties, or if the acquired or licensed patents or other rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable. Moreover, we could encounter delays in the introduction of products or services while we attempt to develop alternatives. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us from commercializing products, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our systems, workflows, consumables and reagent kits in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and we may encounter difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in some or all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and may also export infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products. Our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. In addition, certain countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to other parties. Furthermore, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against other parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of any patents.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of many other countries do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology, which could make it difficult for us to stop the misappropriation or other violations of our intellectual property rights including infringement of our patents in such countries. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, or that are initiated against us, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our products, services and other technologies and the enforcement of intellectual property. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

 

45


Table of Contents

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business could be harmed.

We rely heavily on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, including parts of our technology platform, and to maintain our competitive position. However, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. In addition to pursuing patents on our technology, we take steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology by entering into agreements, including confidentiality agreements, non-disclosure agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements, with our employees, consultants, academic institutions, corporate partners and, when needed, our advisers. However, we cannot be certain that such agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties, and we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. For example, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements, and we may not be able to prevent such unauthorized disclosure, which could adversely impact our ability to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in the market. If we are required to assert our rights against such party, it could result in significant cost and distraction.

Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. If we were to enforce a claim that a third party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome would be unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets.

We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our confidential proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems, but it is possible that these security measures could be breached. If any of our confidential proprietary information were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, absent patent protection, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently discovered by a competitor or other third party, it could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

We have employed and expect to employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, advisors and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that our employees, advisors, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers or other third parties, or to claims that we have improperly used or obtained such trade secrets. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights and face increased competition to our business. A loss of key research personnel work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize potential products, which could harm our

 

46


Table of Contents

business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to protect and enforce our trademarks and trade names, or build name recognition in our markets of interest thereby harming our competitive position.

The registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we own may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition. In addition, third parties have filed, and may in the future file, for registration of trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to develop brand recognition of our technologies, products or services. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Further, we have and may in the future enter into agreements with owners of such third party trade names or trademarks to avoid potential trademark litigation which may limit our ability to use our trade names or trademarks in certain fields of business.

We have not yet registered certain of our trademarks in all of our potential markets, although we have registered Beacon, Berkeley Lights and the Berkeley Lights logo in the United States as well as certain of our trademarks outside of the United States. If we apply to register these trademarks in other countries, and/or other trademarks in the United States and other countries, our applications may not be allowed for registration in a timely fashion or at all; and further, our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. For example, we have not been able to obtain the registration of the marks Berkeley Lights, Beacon and Lightning in certain foreign jurisdictions, including China. In addition, opposition or cancellation proceedings have been, or may in the future be, filed against our trademark applications and registrations, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. For example, an opposition was filed against our Beacon trademark application in 2017 in the United States, which was amicably resolved, and an opposition was filed in the European Union and a request to extend the opposition period in the United States related to our Lightning trademark application in 2019. In addition, third parties may file first for our trademarks in certain countries. If they succeed in registering such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to market our products and technologies in those countries. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. And, over the long-term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks, then our marketing abilities may be materially adversely impacted.

 

47


Table of Contents

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship of our patents and other intellectual property.

We or our licensors may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. For example, we or our licensors may have inventorship disputes arise from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants or others who are involved in developing our products. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship of our or our licensors’ ownership of our owned or in-licensed patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property. If we or our licensors fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, intellectual property that is important to our systems, including our software, workflows, consumables and reagent kits. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees, and certain customers or partners may defer engaging with us until the particular dispute is resolved. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be involved in litigation related to intellectual property, which could be time-intensive and costly and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving intellectual property rights. We may in the future be involved with litigation or actions at the USPTO with various third parties that claim we or our partners or customers using our solutions and services have misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights. We expect that the number of such claims may increase as the number of our systems, workflows, consumables and reagent kits, and the level of competition in our industry segments, grow. Any infringement claim, regardless of its validity, could harm our business by, among other things, resulting in time-consuming and costly litigation, diverting management’s time and attention from the development of the business, requiring the payment of monetary damages (including treble damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses) or royalty payments, or result in potential or existing customers delaying purchases of our products or entering into engagements with us pending resolution of the dispute.

As we move into new markets and applications for our platform, incumbent participants in such markets may assert their patents and other proprietary rights against us as a means of slowing our entry into such markets or as a means to extract substantial license and royalty payments from us. Our competitors and others may now and, in the future, have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we currently have. In addition, future litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product or service revenue and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence or protection. Therefore, our commercial success may depend in part on our non-infringement of the patents or proprietary rights of third parties, or the invalidity of such patents or proprietary rights.

Our research, development and commercialization activities may in the future be subject to claims that we infringe or otherwise violate patents or other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation and other patent challenges, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology industry, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions and inter partes review proceedings before the USPTO, and corresponding foreign patent offices. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing products. As the biotechnology industry expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our products may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties. Numerous significant intellectual property issues have been litigated, are being litigated and will likely continue to be litigated, between existing and new participants in our existing and targeted markets, and one or more third parties may assert that our products

 

48


Table of Contents

or services infringe their intellectual property rights as part of a business strategy to impede our successful entry into or growth in those markets.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. We are also aware of issued U.S. patents and patent applications with subject matter related to our systems, workflows, consumables and reagent kits, and there may be other related third party patents or patent applications of which we are not aware. For example, we are aware of a third party U.S. issued patent that could possibly be construed to cover a part of one of our assay kits. In addition, we have received in the past, and may receive in the future, correspondence from third parties referring to the relevance of such third parties’ intellectual property to our technology, our workflows or our advanced automated systems. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our current or future products and services may infringe. In addition, similar to what other companies in our industry have experienced, we expect our competitors and others may have patents or may in the future obtain patents and claim that making, having made, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our platform, or the systems, workflows, consumables and reagent kits that comprise our platform, infringes these patents. Additionally, pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover our platforms, including our systems, workflows, consumables and reagent kits. Under the applicable law of certain jurisdictions, the scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products. We may incorrectly determine that our products are not covered by a third party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third party’s pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our products.

There can be no assurance that we will prevail in any suit initiated against us by third parties, successfully settle or otherwise resolve patent infringement claims. Third parties making claims against us may be able to obtain injunctive or other relief, which could block our ability to develop, commercialize and sell products or services, and could result in the award of substantial damages against us, including treble damages, attorney’s fees, costs and expenses if we are found to have willfully infringed. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may be required to pay damages and ongoing royalties, and obtain one or more licenses from third parties, or be prohibited from selling certain products or services. We may not be able to obtain these licenses on acceptable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all, or these licenses may be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. In addition, we could encounter delays and incur significant costs, in product or service introductions while we attempt to develop alternative products or services, or redesign our products or services, to avoid infringing third party patents or proprietary rights. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses or to develop a workaround could prevent us from commercializing products or services, and the prohibition of sale or the threat of the prohibition of sale of any of our products or services could materially affect our business and our ability to gain market acceptance for our products or services.

In addition, our agreements with some of our customers, suppliers or other entities with whom we do business require us to defend or indemnify these parties to the extent they become involved in infringement claims, including the types of claims described above. We could also voluntarily agree to defend or indemnify third parties in instances where we are not obligated to do so if we determine it would be important to our business relationships. If we are required or agree to defend or indemnify third parties in connection with any infringement claims, we could incur significant costs and expenses that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

49


Table of Contents

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims, even if resolved in our favor, may cause us to incur substantial costs and divert the attention of our management and technical personnel from their normal responsibilities in defending against any of these claims. Parties making claims against us may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating costs and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of intellectual property proceedings could harm our ability to compete in the marketplace. In addition, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Third parties, including our competitors, could be infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. From time to time, we seek to analyze our competitors’ products and services, and may in the future seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. However, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to enforce our rights as against such infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete and reduce demand for our products and services.

Litigation may be necessary for us to enforce our patent and proprietary rights or to determine the scope, coverage and validity of the proprietary rights of others. We are not currently engaged in any lawsuits based upon allegations of infringement of intellectual property rights. If we become engaged in litigation related to intellectual property rights and we do not prevail in such legal proceedings, we may be required to pay damages and we may lose significant intellectual property protection for our products or services, such that competitors could copy our products or services. Any litigation that may be necessary in the future could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In any lawsuit we bring to enforce our intellectual property rights, a court may refuse to the stop the other party from using the technology at issue on grounds that our intellectual property rights do not cover the technology in question. Further, in such proceedings, the defendant could counterclaim that our intellectual property is invalid or unenforceable and the court may agree, in which case we could lose valuable intellectual property rights. The outcome in any such lawsuits are unpredictable. Even if we do prevail in any future litigation related to intellectual property rights, the cost and time requirements of the litigation could negatively impact our financial results.

 

50


Table of Contents

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various required procedures, document submissions, fee payments and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States at several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we engage an outside service and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees due to non-U.S. patent agencies. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors may be able to enter the market without infringing our patents and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our products are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products. If one of our products requires extended development, testing and/or regulatory review, patents protecting such products might expire before or shortly after such products are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

Our use of open source software could compromise our ability to offer our services and subject us to possible litigation.

We use open source software in connection with our products and services. Companies that incorporate open source software into their products have, from time to time, faced claims challenging their use of open source software and compliance with open source license terms. As a result, we could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute software containing open source software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to the licensee’s software that incorporates, links or uses such open source software, and make available to third parties for no cost, any derivative works of the open source code created by the licensee, which could include the licensee’s own valuable proprietary code. While we monitor our use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur, or could be claimed to have occurred, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. There is little legal precedent in this area and any actual or claimed requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract could harm our business and could help third parties, including our competitors, develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

51


Table of Contents

Risks related to our common stock and this offering

There has been no prior public market for our common stock and an active trading market may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market may not develop following completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active trading market may impair the value of your shares and your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them. An inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of common stock or to acquire other complementary products, technologies or businesses by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

Upon closing of this offering, we expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. If we fail to satisfy the continued listing standards of Nasdaq, however, we could be de-listed, which would negatively impact the price of our common stock.

We expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially and you may not be able to sell the shares you purchase in this offering at or above the offering price.

The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering is determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:

 

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results, including fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results;

 

 

the introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or others in our industry;

 

 

variances in product and system reliability;

 

 

overall conditions in our industry and the markets in which we operate;

 

 

disputes or other developments with respect to our or others’ intellectual property rights;

 

 

actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or growth rate as a result of our competitors’ operating results;

 

 

our ability to develop, obtain any required regulatory clearance or approval for, and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

 

 

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

 

product liability claims or other litigation;

 

 

announcement or expectation of additional financing effort;

 

 

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

 

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

 

media exposure of our products or of those of others in our industry;

 

 

changes in applicable governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals or applications;

 

 

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; and

 

52


Table of Contents
 

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

In recent years, the stock markets generally have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of listed companies. Broad market and industry factors may significantly affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our common stock shortly following this offering. If the market price of shares of our common stock after this offering does not ever exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

In addition, in the past, class action litigation has often been instituted against companies whose securities have experienced periods of volatility in market price. Securities litigation brought against us following volatility in our stock price, regardless of the merit or ultimate results of such litigation, could result in substantial costs, which would hurt our financial condition and operating results and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

Securities analysts may not publish favorable research or reports about our business or may publish no information at all, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

If a trading market for our common stock develops, the trading market will be influenced to some extent by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage and the analysts who publish information about our common stock will have had relatively little experience with us or our industry, which could affect their ability to accurately forecast our results and could make it more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us provide inaccurate or unfavorable research or issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock price, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports covering us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” In particular, while we are an “emerging growth company,” we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; we will be exempt from any rules that could be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on financial statements; we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

53


Table of Contents

We may remain an “emerging growth company” until the fiscal year-end following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this initial public offering, though we may cease to be an “emerging growth company” earlier under certain circumstances, including if (i) we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue in any fiscal year, (ii) the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 or (iii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

The exact implications of the JOBS Act are subject to interpretations and guidance by the SEC and other regulatory agencies, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of all of the benefits of the JOBS Act. In addition, investors may find our common stock less attractive to the extent we rely on the exemptions and relief granted by the JOBS Act. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may decline or become more volatile.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our operating results could fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. If our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from our assumptions, our operating results may be adversely affected and could fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $                 per share, the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2020 after giving effect to this offering. For more information on the dilution you may suffer as a result of investing in this offering, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Dilution.” This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering and the exercise prices of stock options granted to our employees and our outstanding warrant. The exercise of any of these options or warrant would result in additional dilution.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares, could result in a decrease in the market price of our common stock. Immediately after this offering, we will have outstanding                 shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2020. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates. Of the remaining shares,

 

54


Table of Contents

                shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or 180-day lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold after the offering as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Shares eligible for future sale.” Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of up to 100,924,592 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of the shares of our convertible preferred stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.” We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”

Our directors, officers and principal stockholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

After this offering, our officers, directors and principal stockholders each holding more than 5% of our common stock will collectively control approximately                % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to control the management and affairs of our company and most matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock. This concentration of ownership may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways that you and other stockholders may not approve.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of proceeds.” Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment, and the failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We expect to incur significant additional costs as a result of being a public company, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Upon completion of this offering, we expect to incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements that will become applicable to us as a public company, including rules and regulations of the SEC, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as well as the rules of Nasdaq. These rules and regulations are expected to significantly increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming. We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. Accordingly, increases in costs incurred as a result of becoming a publicly-traded company may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

55


Table of Contents

If we experience material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual and interim financial statements will not be detected or prevented on a timely basis.

The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. To comply with the requirements of being a reporting company under the Exchange Act, including performing the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, we will need to implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting and finance staff. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures may be limited by a variety of factors, including:

 

 

faulty human judgment and simple errors, omissions or mistakes;

 

 

fraudulent action of an individual or collusion of two or more people;

 

 

inappropriate management override of procedures; and

 

 

the possibility that any enhancements to controls and procedures may still not be adequate to assure timely and accurate financial control.

We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to implement and maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

When we cease to be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our auditors will be required to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, unless we are then eligible for any other exemption from such requirement. If we are unable to confirm that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

56


Table of Contents

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team. Among others, these provisions include that:

 

 

our board of directors has the right to expand the size of our board of directors and to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

 

our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

 

our stockholders may not act by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

 

a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chair of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, or a majority of the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

 

 

our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

 

our board of directors may alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

 

the required approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or repeal the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;

 

 

stockholders must provide advance notice and additional disclosures in order to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company; and

 

 

our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

 

57


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving actions brought against us by stockholders; provided that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action against us or any of our directors, officers, employees or agents and arising under the Securities Act. We believe these provisions may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges, as applicable, particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, these provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The choice of forum provision requiring that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the exclusive forum for certain actions would not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act.

There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions, and there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find the exclusive forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws and the restrictions set forth in any of our contractual agreements, and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. In particular, unless waived, the terms of our loan and security agreement with East West Bank generally prohibit us from declaring or paying any cash dividends and making any other distributions. In addition, any future debt or preferred securities or future debt agreements we may enter may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

Our ability to use our net operating losses and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a cumulative change of more than 50 percentage points (by value) in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We have experienced at least one ownership change in the past, and we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of shifts in our stock ownership (some of which shifts are outside our control), including in connection with this offering. As a result,

 

58


Table of Contents

if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change NOL carryforwards to offset such taxable income may be subject to limitations. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to limit our use of accumulated state tax attributes. As a result, even if we attain profitability, we may be unable to use a material portion of our NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our future cash flows.

 

59


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business, operations and financial performance and condition. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “due,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “objective,” “plan,” “predict,” “potential,” “positioned,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

 

estimates of our addressable market, market growth, future revenue, key performance indicators, expenses, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

 

the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our products, workflows and technologies;

 

 

our ability to successfully implement alternative non-direct purchase channels, including subscription and partnership offerings and the design of any such alternatives;

 

 

our expectations regarding the rate and degree of market acceptance of our platform;

 

 

competitive companies and technologies and our industry;

 

 

our ability to manage and grow our business by expanding our sales to existing customers or introducing our products and workflows to new customers;

 

 

our ability to develop and commercialize new products and workflows;

 

 

our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property protection for our products and workflows or avoid claims of infringement;

 

 

the performance of third party manufacturers and suppliers;

 

 

the potential effects of government regulation;

 

 

our ability to hire and retain key personnel and to manage our future growth effectively;

 

 

our ability to obtain additional financing in this or future offerings;

 

 

the volatility of the trading price of our common stock;

 

 

our ability to attract and retain key scientific and engineering personnel;

 

 

our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

 

our expectations regarding use of proceeds from this offering; and

 

 

our expectations about market trends.

Forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate, and management’s beliefs and assumptions are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks,

 

60


Table of Contents

uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. As a result, any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. Furthermore, if the forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all.

Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those described in the section entitled “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Potential investors are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future. You should, however, review the factors and risks and other information we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this prospectus. See “Where you can find more information.”

 

61


Table of Contents

Market, industry and other data

This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our products, including data regarding the estimated size of those markets, their projected growth rates, the perceptions and preferences of potential customers, as well as market research, estimates and forecasts prepared by our management. We obtained the industry, market and other data throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from publicly available information, industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third-parties, including governmental agencies. All of the market and industry data in this prospectus involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. We have not independently verified any third party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus, and we believe the market position, market opportunity, market size and other information included in this prospectus is reliable, such information is inherently imprecise.

Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information based on various factors, including those discussed in “Risk factors.”

 

62


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $                million, or $                million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to      additional shares of common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $                million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purpose of this offering is to create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders.

As of March 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $70.3 million. We currently expect to use our net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, for general corporate purposes, including working capital, and funding our research and development and sales and marketing activities. We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds, if any, to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies, including scientific expertise. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions at this time.

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which intentions could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. Our management will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering, and our investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering.

Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the 12 months from the date of this prospectus. After this offering, we will need to raise additional capital in order to fund our existing operations, improve our platform or develop and commercialize new products, workflows, consumables and reagent kits, or expand our operations. For additional information regarding our potential capital requirements, see “Risk factors—We will need to raise additional capital to fund our existing operations, improve our platform or develop and commercialize new products, workflows, consumables and reagent kits, or expand our operations.”

Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

63


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws and the restrictions set forth in any of our contractual agreements, and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. In particular, unless waived, the terms of our loan and security agreement with East West Bank generally prohibit us from declaring or paying any cash dividends and making other distributions. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock may also be limited by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities we may issue or any future credit facilities we may enter into.

 

64


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2020:

 

 

on an actual basis;

 

 

on a pro forma basis to reflect: (i) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2020 into an aggregate of 100,924,592 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above, and to give further effect to the issuance and sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Use of proceeds,” “Selected consolidated financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

 

   
     As of March 31, 2020  
(in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)    Actual     Pro forma     Pro forma as
adjusted(1)
 
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 70,306     $ 70,306     $    
  

 

 

 

Total debt, less current portion

   $ 19,843     $ 19,843     $    

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Convertible preferred stock, $0.00005 par value per share; 101,648,657 shares authorized, 100,924,592 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     224,769          

Preferred stock, $0.00005 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted (unaudited)

              

Common stock, $0.00005 par value per share; 130,600,000 shares authorized, 6,163,336 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, 107,087,928 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted (unaudited)

           5    

Additional paid-in capital

     10,636       235,400    

Accumulated deficit

     (158,725     (158,725  
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     76,680       76,680    
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 96,523     $ 96,523     $                

 

 

 

(1)  

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents,

 

65


Table of Contents
 

additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming that the assumed initial price to the public remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering reflected in the table above is based on 107,087,928 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, which includes 100,924,592 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2020 and excludes:

 

 

20,913,455 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2020, having a weighted-average exercise price of $2.60 per share;

 

 

56,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after March 31, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.40 per share;

 

 

1,809,390 shares of common stock that were reserved for future issuance as of March 31, 2020 under our 2011 Plan (without giving effect to the issuance of stock options to purchase 56,000 shares of common stock subsequent to March 31, 2020 described above), which will become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan upon the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan;

 

 

273,038 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock that will convert into a warrant exercisable for an equal number of shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of March 31, 2020, with an exercise price of $2.93 per share;

 

 

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2020 Plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan; and

 

 

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

 

66


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding. As of March 31, 2020, our historical net tangible book value was $76.7 million, or $12.44 per share, based on 6,163,336 shares of common stock outstanding as of that date. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2020 was $76.7 million, or $0.72 per share, after giving effect to: (i) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2020 into an aggregate of 100,924,592 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of                shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2020 would have been $                million, or $                per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $                per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $                per share to new investors participating in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share           $              

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2020

   $ 12.44                     

Pro forma decrease in net tangible book value per share

     (11.72  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2020 as of March 31, 2020 attributable to the pro forma transactions described above

     0.72    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

     $    

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $                per share and the dilution per share to new investors by $                per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Assuming the assumed initial public price of $                per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, each increase of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2020 after this offering by $                million, or $                per share, and would decrease dilution to investors in this offering by $                per share, and a decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net

 

67


Table of Contents

tangible book value as of March 31, 2020 after this offering by $                million, or $                per share, and would increase dilution to investors in this offering by $                per share. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would be $                per share, and the dilution to new investors participating in this offering would be $                per share.

To the extent that outstanding stock options or warrants with an exercise price per share that is less than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

The table below summarizes, as of March 31, 2020, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by our existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

       
     Shares purchased      Total consideration      Average  price
per share
 
      Number      Percent      Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

     107,087,928        %      $ 224,802,503        %      $ 1.96  

New investors

              
  

 

 

    

Total

        100%        $        100%     

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own                % and our new investors would own                % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The foregoing discussion and tables above (other than the historical net tangible book value calculation) are based on 107,087,928 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, which includes 100,924,592 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2020 and excludes:

 

 

20,913,455 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2020, having a weighted-average exercise price of $2.60 per share;

 

 

56,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after March 31, 2020, with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.40 per share;

 

 

1,809,390 shares of common stock that were reserved for future issuance as of March 31, 2020 under our 2011 Plan (without giving effect to the issuance of stock options to purchase 56,000 shares of common stock subsequent to March 31, 2020 described above), which will become available for issuance under our 2020 Plan upon the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan;

 

 

273,038 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock that will convert into a warrant exercisable for an equal number of shares of

 

68


Table of Contents
 

common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of March 31, 2020, with an exercise price of $2.93 per share;

 

 

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2020 Plan, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan; and

 

 

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the ESPP, which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

To the extent any of the outstanding options or warrants described above are exercised, new options or warrants are issued or we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

69


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2020 are derived from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results for any period and our results for the three months ended March 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of results expected for the year ending December 31, 2020. You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.” The selected consolidated financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     
     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended March 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss data:

        

Revenue:

        

Product revenue

   $ 22,882     $ 43,460     $ 9,527     $ 10,683  

Service revenue

     8,417       13,233       3,114       3,095  
  

 

 

 

Total revenue

     31,299       56,693       12,641       13,778  

Cost of sales:

        

Product cost of sales

     6,585       11,245       2,456       2,620  

Service cost of sales

     1,596       1,972       340       1,179  
  

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     8,181       13,217       2,796       3,799  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     23,118       43,476       9,845       9,979  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development(1)

     29,077       38,414       8,743       10,976  

General and administrative(1)

     9,069       12,362       2,642       3,997  

Sales and marketing(1)

     6,131       9,237       1,837       3,234  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     44,277       60,013       13,222       18,207  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (21,159     (16,537     (3,377     (8,228

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (2,204     (1,425     (354     (357

Interest income

     872       909       232       151  

Other income (expense), net

     (777     (1,180     (687     25  
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (23,268     (18,233     (4,186     (8,409

Provision for income taxes

     69       69       19       16  
  

 

 

 

Net loss and net comprehensive loss

   $ (23,337   $ (18,302   $ (4,205     (8,425

 

  

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents
     
     Year ended December 31,     Three months ended March 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted(2)

   $ (5.09   $ (3.73   $ (0.92   $ (1.51
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in calculating net loss per share, basic and diluted(2)

     5,210,272       5,767,931       5,435,117       6,095,977  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

     $ (0.17     $ (0.08
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

       106,692,523         107,020,569  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other financial and operating data (unaudited):

        

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

   $ (14,976   $ (7,935   $ (1,405   $ (5,730

 

 

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months
ended March 31,
 
(in thousands)    2018      2019      2019     

2020

 
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of sales

   $      $      $      $ 6  

Research and development

     1,040        1,672        398        511  

General and administrative

     678        1,763        324        529  

Sales and marketing

     268        325        92        133  
  

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,986      $ 3,760      $ 814      $ 1,179  

 

 

 

(2)   See Note 2 and Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details on the calculation of net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, the weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and unaudited pro forma information.

 

(3)   Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net loss adjusted for interest expense, interest income, other income (expense), net, provision for income taxes, depreciation and stock-based compensation expenses.

 

     Management uses Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate the financial performance of our business and the effectiveness of our business strategies. We present Adjusted EBITDA because we believe it is frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry and it facilitates comparisons on a consistent basis across reporting periods. Further, we believe it is helpful in highlighting trends in our operating results because it excludes items that are not indicative of our core operating performance.

 

     Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. We may in the future incur expenses similar to the adjustments in the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA. In particular, we expect to incur meaningful stock-based compensation expense in the future. Other limitations include that Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect:

 

   

all expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

changes in our working capital needs;

 

   

provision for income taxes, which may be a necessary element of our costs and ability to operate;

 

   

the costs of replacing the assets being depreciated, which will often have to be replaced in the future;

 

   

the non-cash component of employee compensation expense; and

 

   

the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be reflective, on a recurring basis, of our ongoing operations.

 

 

71


Table of Contents
     In addition, Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies in our industry or across different industries.

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Three months ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands)    2018     2019               2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (23,337   $ (18,302   $ (4,205   $ (8,425

Provision for income taxes

     69       69       19       16  

Interest expense

     2,204       1,425       354       357  

Interest income

     (872     (909     (232     (151

Other income (expense), net

     777       1,180       687       (25

Depreciation expense

     4,197       4,842       1,158       1,319  

Stock-based compensation expense(a)

     1,986       3,760       814       1,179  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (14,976   $ (7,935   $ (1,405   $ (5,730

 

 

 

  (a)   Represents stock-based compensation expense related to option awards. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for details on our stock-based compensation expense.

 

     
     December 31,     March 31,  
(in thousands)    2018     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 99,617     $ 81,033     $ 70,306  

Working capital(1)

     103,647       80,428       79,611  

Total assets

     133,819       131,009       122,778  

Total liabilities

     36,188       47,226       46,098  

Total convertible preferred stock

     224,769       224,769       224,769  

Accumulated deficit

     (131,998     (150,300     (158,725

Total stockholders’ equity

     97,631       83,783       76,680  

 

 

 

(1)   Working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

72


Table of Contents

Quarterly results of operations

The following table sets forth unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss data for each of the periods presented. The information for each of these periods has been prepared in accordance with GAAP on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary for a fair presentation of our results of operations. This data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These selected quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 

   
     Three months ended  
(in thousands, except share and per
share data)
   March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
   

March 31,

2020

 
     (unaudited)  

Revenue:

          

Product revenue

   $ 9,527     $ 7,795     $ 13,200     $ 12,938     $ 10,683  

Service revenue

     3,114       3,968       2,467       3,684       3,095  
  

 

 

 

Total revenue

     12,641       11,763       15,667       16,622       13,778  

Cost of sales:

          

Product cost of sales

     2,456       1,949       3,387       3,453       2,620  

Service cost of sales

     340       242       610       780       1,179  
  

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

     2,796       2,191       3,997       4,233       3,799  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     9,845       9,572       11,670       12,389       9,979  

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     8,743       9,642       10,189       9,840       10,976  

General and administrative

     2,642       3,080       3,136       3,504       3,997  

Sales and marketing

     1,837       2,452       2,623       2,325       3,234  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     13,222       15,174       15,948       15,669       18,207  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (3,377     (5,602     (4,278     (3,280     (8,228

Other income (expense):

          

Interest expense

     (354     (350     (360     (361     (357

Interest income

     232       270       221       186       151  

Other income (expense), net

     (687     (488     (10     5       25  
  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,186     (6,170     (4,427     (3,450     (8,409

Provision for income taxes

     19       15       21       14       16  
  

 

 

 

Net loss and net comprehensive loss

   $ (4,205   $ (6,185   $ (4,448   $ (3,464   $ (8,425
  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.92   $ (1.21   $ (0.89   $ (0.71   $ (1.51
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in calculating net loss per share, basic and diluted

     5,435,117       5,744,399       5,886,354       5,998,365       6,095,977  

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected consolidated financial data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Risk factors.” Please also see the section titled “Special note regarding forward looking statements.”

Overview

Berkeley Lights is a leading Digital Cell Biology company focused on enabling and accelerating the rapid development and commercialization of biotherapeutics and other cell-based products. The Berkeley Lights Platform captures deep phenotypic, functional and genotypic information for thousands of single cells in parallel and can also deliver the live biology customers desire in the form of the best cells. This is a new way to capture and interpret the qualitative language of biology and translate it into single-cell specific digital information, referred to as Digital Cell Biology. We currently focus on enabling the large and rapidly growing markets of antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology with our platform. Our goal is to establish the Berkeley Lights Platform as the standard throughout the cell-based product value chain by increasing the probability of successful cell-based product development for our customers.

We developed the Berkeley Lights Platform to provide the most advanced environment for rapid functional characterization of single cells at scale. The Berkeley Lights Platform consists of advanced automated systems that analyze live cells using proprietary consumables and application and workflow software to deliver robust single cell data. Our platform first characterizes the performance of cells relevant to the desired cell-based product early in the process and then connects this phenotypic data to the genetic code for each cell. In contrast, current genomic technologies find sequences first and fail to deliver the functional information early in the process. Performing functional validation early means letting poorly performing cells fail early while rapidly advancing the best candidates forward, before incurring significant research and development expense. Our platform repeats this process of fail and advance many times throughout the process, delivering the best cells for what we believe will deliver the best product. We believe our platform rapidly delivers the deepest information, with linked phenotypic and genotypic data, on tens of thousands of live single cells relevant to the customers’ end product specifications. We believe we are the only company exclusively focused on this approach to Digital Cell Biology, and we believe this level of scale and precision is not attainable with other approaches. This allows our customers to find the best cells by:

 

 

Performing rapid functional characterization of tens of thousands of single cells in parallel;

 

 

Precisely controlling the environment around each cell, and maintaining cells in a healthy state for further use;

 

 

Accessing a high degree of cell biodiversity;

 

 

Deep Opto Profiling of the relevant phenotypic characteristics, at single-cell resolution over time and connecting this to the genotypic information for each cell;

 

 

Performing a broad range of workflows, including single-cell assays, on an integrated platform; and

 

 

Digitally aggregating, accessing and analyzing a rich data library for each single cell.

 

74


Table of Contents

Using our platform, customers can perform functional characterization of single cells at scale, effectively, more often and earlier in the product development process. We believe this enables them to find the best cells and best product candidates earlier and faster in their processes to:

 

 

Accelerate their product development cycles;

 

 

Improve process yield and lower costs throughout their value chain;

 

 

Enable a broad range of complex therapeutic modalities in biopharmaceuticals;

 

 

Increase the probability of successfully developing cell-based products;

 

 

Achieve revenue from their cell-based products sooner and potentially extend the product lifetime on the market prior to patent expiration; and

 

 

Increase return on investment for their cell-based products.

Our platform is a fully integrated, end-to-end solution, comprised of proprietary consumables, including our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems and advanced application and workflow software. Customers load onto our system their live cell samples, as well as media and reagents, then the cells are imported onto our OptoSelect chips where integrated workflows are performed to assess specific cell functions and attributes. Our platform captures and delivers rich single-cell data to find the best cells. We believe this brings common biological cell processing into the digital age. Our platform leverages proprietary OptoElectro Positioning (OEP) technology, which enables deterministic positioning of living single cells and other micro-objects using light. OEP is a core technology of our platform and allows for a high level of control over live single cells or other micro-objects throughout the functional characterization process.

Our commercial workflows, each of which are distinct offerings, are made up of four modules we call Import, Culture, Assay and Export. These modules can be adapted, interchanged and deployed with a variety of single-cell assays to address specific applications and a variety of cell types. We believe this versatility facilitates rapid development of new workflow offerings and virtually unlimited workflow commercialization opportunities. We have developed and will continue to develop and commercialize proprietary workflows across large markets by leveraging existing workflows and assays. Over time, our goal is to enable customers to standardize many of their processes on our platform utilizing our workflows. We believe we are the only company commercializing a platform that can do this in a scalable way.

We commercially launched our platform in December of 2016, which included Beacon and the alpha version of our Opto Cell Line Development 1.0 workflow, targeted to the antibody therapeutics market. From the initial launch of our platform through May 31, 2020, we have commercially launched six workflows and, in June of 2019, we launched our desktop Lightning system targeted for assay development and lower throughput workflows.

Revenue increased 81% to $56.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to $31.3 million in 2018, and 9% to $13.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2020 as compared to $12.6 million in the same period in 2019, primarily due to the adoption of our platform by new customers, increased workflow utilization from existing customers further deploying our advanced automation systems across their value chains along with the associated increased usage of consumables, as well as service and warranty revenue largely from annual contract renewals by existing customers. Total revenue by market was $49.4 million in antibody therapeutics, $2.6 million in cell therapy and $4.7 million in synthetic biology for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $30.3 million, $1.0 million and $10,000, respectively, in 2018. Total revenue by market was $11.8 million in antibody therapeutics, $0.4 million in cell therapy and $1.6 million in synthetic

 

75


Table of Contents

biology for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to $12.4 million, $0.2 million and $80,000, respectively, in the three months ended March 31, 2019. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, revenue from North America accounted for approximately 53% and 65% of our revenue, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, revenue from North America accounted for approximately 62% and 67% of our revenue, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, our customer base was comprised of 45 customers, which include eight of the ten largest biopharmaceutical companies in the world ranked by 2019 revenue who comprised 18% of our revenue in 2019, as well as biotechnology companies, leading contract research organizations, synthetic biology companies and academic institutions. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we added 22 new customers and for the year ended December 31, 2018, we added 16 new customers. For the three months ended March 31, 2020, we added four new customers. While we have seen significant growth in our customer and installed base, we believe we are still in the very early stages of platform adoption, with the majority of our historical revenue derived from early adopters of our technology for research and development purposes.

As of March 31, 2020, we employed a commercial team of 74 employees, including 24 with Ph.D. degrees and many with significant industry experience. Of the 74 commercial employees, 32 were in business development, sales and marketing. As of March 31, 2020, our commercial team included 17 quota carrying sales representatives, as compared to 13 as of December 31, 2019 and 7 as of December 31, 2018. We follow a direct sales model in North America, certain regions in Europe and China, while also selling through third party distributors and dealers in Asia.

We focus a substantial portion of our resources on platform, workflow and assay development, as well as on business development and sales and marketing. Our research and development efforts are geared towards developing new workflows and assay capabilities, as well as new advanced systems and OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, to meet both our customers’ needs and to address new markets. We incurred research and development expenses of $38.4 million and $29.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We incurred research and development expenses of $11.0 million and $8.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We intend to continue making significant investments in this area for the foreseeable future. We also intend to continue to make investments in building our sales team and marketing our products and services to potential customers. We incurred aggregate general, administrative, and sales and marketing expenses of $21.6 million and $15.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We incurred aggregate general, administrative, and sales and marketing expenses of $7.2 million and $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

We generally outsource all of our production manufacturing. Design work, prototyping and pilot manufacturing are performed in-house before outsourcing to third party contract manufacturers. Our outsourced production strategy is intended to drive cost leverage and scale, and avoid the high capital outlays and fixed costs related to constructing and operating a manufacturing facility. The contract manufacturers of our systems, reagent kits and OptoSelect chip components are located in the United States, Asia and Europe. Certain of our suppliers of components and materials are single source suppliers. We perform final manufacture and assembly steps of our OptoSelect chips in-house.

To date, we have financed our operations primarily from the issuance and sale of convertible preferred stock, borrowings under our long-term debt agreement, as well as cash flows from operations. Since our inception in 2011, we have incurred net losses in each year. Our net losses were $18.3 million and $23.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and $8.4 million and $4.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of March 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $158.7 million and cash and cash equivalents totaling $70.3 million. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and

 

76


Table of Contents

operating losses for the foreseeable future. We expect our expenses will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

 

 

attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

 

 

invest in processes and infrastructure to scale our platform;

 

 

support research and development to introduce new products;

 

 

market and sell new and existing products and services;

 

 

protect and defend our intellectual property; and

 

 

acquire businesses or technologies to support the growth of our business.

Access options to Digital Cell Biology enabled by the Berkeley Lights Platform

Our business model is focused on driving the adoption of the Berkeley Lights Platform and maximizing its use across our customers’ value chains. This is achieved by enabling more functional testing of single cells throughout our customers’ value chains and by finding opportunities for customers to perform single-cell functional testing earlier in their product development process to advance better product candidates. We engage with potential customers to identify a significant challenge they are facing and then evaluate which of our workflows and underlying assays can address their problem. Customers can gain access to our platform via direct purchase, subscription, or strategic partnership. In many cases we can address customers’ needs with existing or variants of existing workflows. Alternately, we may form strategic partnerships to develop substantially new workflows with our customers to address their needs. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, revenue was $21.2 million and $39.1 million from direct purchase (or 68% and 69%, respectively), respectively, none and $89,000 from subscription (or 0% for both periods), and $6.9 million and $9.6 million from strategic partnerships (or 22% and 17%, respectively), respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, revenue was $9.0 million and $9.4 million from direct purchase (or 71% and 69%, respectively), none and $55,000 from subscription (or 0% for both periods), and $2.3 million and $1.9 million from strategic partnerships (or 18% and 13%, respectively), respectively.

Direct purchase: Under this option the customer acquires the platform through a one-time purchase. In addition, the customer must acquire an annually renewable workflow license for any applicable workflow the customer plans to deploy. Customers can opt to buy extended warranty and service agreements and purchase the required consumables and reagents as needed.

Subscription: Through our recently launched subscription program, a customer is able to subscribe to a specific workflow and pay a quarterly fee over a fixed period of time which covers the annual workflow license, the advanced automation system, as well as warranty and service. Customers purchase the required consumables and reagents as needed.

Strategic partnership: This option can combine the direct purchase or subscription access option along with milestone payments for joint workflow development programs. Depending on the partnership, it may in the future include shared revenue arrangements in the form of royalties.

Under these access options we have the potential to generate recurring revenue streams in the form of OptoSelect chip and reagent kit sales, service and extended warranty arrangements, annual renewable workflow license fees, subscription fees, as well as the potential for the future sale of biological assets and royalty arrangements. Growth and predictability of recurring revenue is impacted by the mix between these access options, the total number and frequency of workflows deployed and performed, the length and

 

77


Table of Contents

magnitude of fee and subscription arrangements and their related renewal rates, and to a lesser extent, seasonal budget patterns of our customers. It is our goal and expectation that recurring revenue will grow over time, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of our revenue.

Our sales process can vary considerably depending upon the type of customer and engagement type. Our sales process can be long, with sales cycles spanning several quarters or more, depending upon the magnitude of the transaction. Given the variability of our sales cycle and the impact of system placement mix from the different access options, as well as the number of placements that require an upfront feasibility study, we expect continued fluctuations in our revenue on a period-to-period basis until we achieve broader adoption of our platform and recurring revenue grows to a higher percentage of our revenue. We enter a given period with limited backlog and our revenue relies on a high conversion percentage of orders to be booked and shipped in that period, which also results in somewhat limited revenue visibility from period to period.

Key factors affecting our results of operations and future performance

We believe that our financial performance has been, and in the foreseeable future will continue to be, primarily driven by multiple factors as described below, each of which presents growth opportunities for our business. These factors also pose important challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain our growth and improve our results of operations. Our ability to successfully address these challenges is subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described under the heading “Risk factors.”

New customer adoption of the Berkeley Lights Platform

Our financial performance has largely been driven by, and a key factor to our future success will be, our ability to increase the adoption of our platform. We plan to drive global customer adoption through business development efforts, a direct sales and marketing organization in the United States, parts of Europe, China, and third party distributors and dealers in Asia. We are investing in our direct sales organization and establishing distributors in certain global geographies. As part of this effort, we increased our direct sales force by 37% in the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, our installed base of advanced automation systems outside of our BioFoundry was 48 and 54, respectively. For the purposes of defining our installed base of advanced automation systems, we do not include Culture Station as it is not a direct driver of recurring revenue.

Adoption of the platform access options we offer

We offer different access options to our platform in order to meet customer budget and business model needs. We believe this helps to drive customer adoption of our platform. Customers can access our platform with a direct platform purchase or subscription. We also form strategic partnerships to jointly develop workflows, through which the customer can gain access to our platform through a combination of direct platform purchase or subscription, milestone payments and, in the future, potentially shared revenue arrangements. Substantially all of our customers to date have chosen to access our platform with a direct platform purchase or to form a strategic partnership with us. We launched the subscription access option in February of 2020 and believe that over time, a growing portion of our new customers will choose subscription. The degree to which customers adopt one access option over the other could create variations in the amount of and timing in which we recognize revenue and derive cash flow from operations. In addition, as adoption of the subscription access option increases, it will make it difficult to compare our future results with our historical results as a consequence of differing accounting treatment.

 

78


Table of Contents

Utilization and value of our workflows

Workflows represent a source of recurring revenue from customers using our platform. We are driving utilization of our workflows by engaging with customers leveraging our customer success organization to help them advance through the platform adoption cycle from early stage validation of the platform into an integrated solution. As our platform advances towards becoming fully integrated within customer processes, customers utilize more workflows. We also develop new workflows for use at multiple points within the discovery, development and production phases of our customers’ value chains. We increase the value of our workflows by building additional assays that can be used with a given workflow and by further integrating the workflows into our customers’ existing processes. We are also expanding the upstream and downstream reach of our workflows. This increases the workflow value to our customers and enables us to share in that value creation, which we believe will increase workflow adoption.

Adoption of our platform across existing customers’ organizations

There is an opportunity to increase broader adoption and utilization of our platform throughout our customers’ organizations by their purchasing of more systems to support multiple locations, to meet redundancy requirements, or driven by a need to increase capacity. Increased usage amongst existing customers can also occur as customers advance through the platform adoption cycle from early stage validation phase into an integrated solution.

Development and monetization of proprietary biological assets

Our ability to participate in the end markets of cell-based products is a function of how many proprietary biological assets are generated during new workflow development in our BioFoundry. Within our Berkeley Lights BioFoundry, we practice and validate workflows. In certain cases, we may use our own biology as part of this validation process. This enables us to commercialize new workflows and may also generate proprietary valuable biological assets we could sell outright or license to customers, such as functionally validated antibodies or new organisms applicable to synthetic biology.

Adoption of the Berkeley Lights Platform into new markets

Our market entry strategy involves identifying markets that have significant constraints, which can be addressed by our platform. This can be specific to certain diseases or pathogens and/or involve new therapeutic modalities and/or cell types. We drive our expansion into new markets by developing workflows for those markets, either by adapting existing workflows or by partnering with leaders in those markets to develop workflows that address their significant unmet needs, and have general value for other customers in that market. These partnerships can result in joint development of specific workflows and assays involving upfront and milestone arrangements. Depending on the agreement, we could also negotiate end product revenue participation through royalties. Furthermore, these partnerships enable us to generate insights about a particular market, which facilitates development of workflows that we may commercialize to the market broadly.

Leverage derived from our BioFoundry research and development infrastructure

We use our Berkeley Lights BioFoundry, which we believe represents the largest single location platform capacity globally, to drive new workflow development and functionally characterize cells. In our BioFoundry, we practice and develop workflows and functional assays that are applicable throughout the value chain of our target markets. Our workflows are made up of modules that can be adapted, interchanged and deployed with a

 

79


Table of Contents

variety of assays. We believe this versatility facilitates rapid development of new workflow offerings and virtually unlimited workflow commercialization opportunities. There can also be significant leverage among workflows and underlying assays used to functionally characterize single cells in these markets, allowing us to leverage the components developed for one market to improve and accelerate workflow development for another market. This allows us to capture workflow synergies which facilitate adoption of our platform across markets. We have and will continue to invest significantly in expanding our assay and workflow libraries. We have grown our workflow library since the introduction of our first workflow in December of 2016, and as of May 31, 2020, we offered six commercial workflows incorporating sixteen assays and eleven cell classes.

Further investment towards adoption of Digital Cell Biology

Driving the adoption of our platform and workflows across existing and new markets will require significant investment. We plan to further invest in research and development to support the expansion of our workflow and assay libraries as well as the addition of platform capabilities including new reagent kits and OptoSelect chips, and new advanced automation systems to address new markets and new workflows. We will continue to hire employees with the necessary scientific and technical backgrounds to enhance our existing products and help us introduce new products to market. We expect to incur additional research and development expenses and higher stock-based compensation expenses as a result. We further plan to invest in sales, marketing and business development activities to drive the commercialization of new products, migration to new markets and further growth within our existing markets. We have invested, and will continue to invest, significantly in our manufacturing capabilities and commercial infrastructure. We expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses and to have higher stock-based compensation expenses as we support our growth and our transition into a publicly traded company. As cost of revenue, operating expenses and capital expenditures fluctuate over time, we may experience short-term, negative impacts to our results of operations and cash flows, but we are undertaking such investments in the belief that they will contribute to long-term growth and sustainability.

Key business metrics

We regularly review the following key business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. We believe that the following metrics are representative of our current business; however, we anticipate these will change or may be substituted for additional or different metrics as our business grows.

 

         
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change      Three months
ended March 31,
     Change  
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      %      2019      2020      %  
                          (unaudited)  

Revenue from new and existing customers:

Revenue from new customers

   $ 16,185      $ 29,639        83%      $ 3,538      $ 5,964        69%  

Revenue from existing customers

     15,114        27,054        79%        9,103        7,814        (14%

Revenue streams:

Direct platform sales

   $ 21,233      $ 39,116        84%      $ 8,973      $ 9,448        5%  

Recurring revenue

     3,206        8,021        150%        1,340        2,479        85%  

Milestones and programs

     6,860        9,556        39%        2,328        1,851        (20%

Platform placements and installation base outside of our BioFoundry:

Direct platform sales placements

     12        26        117%        5        6        20%  

Total installed base

     22        48        118%        27        54        100%  

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Components of results of operations

Revenue

Our revenue consists of both product and service revenue, which is generated through the following revenue streams: (i) direct platform sales (advanced automation systems, fully-paid workflow license agreements and platform support), (ii) recurring revenue (annual workflow license agreements, workflow subscription agreements, consumables, service and warranty contracts) and (iii) revenue from partnerships related to our joint development agreements, and to a lesser extent feasibility studies, and potential revenue from sales of, or royalties from the out-licensing of proprietary biological assets that we may develop for our customers. Sales of advanced automation systems, recurring revenue from consumables, workflow subscription agreements, and workflow licenses are defined as product revenue, and revenue from joint development agreements and partnerships, service and warranty contracts, feasibility studies and platform support are defined as service revenue in our results of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, revenue was $0.2 million, $1.7 million, $6.1 million, $18.7 million, $31.3 million and $56.7 million, respectively.

Direct platform sales: Direct platform sales are comprised of our customers, distributors and dealer network directly purchasing our advanced automation systems. This included, during our early customer engagements, a fully paid workflow license to practice the desired workflow(s) in a specific field of use. In addition, we also offer platform support to the extent customers require further system and workflow optimization following platform implementation. Direct platform sales accounted for $39.1 million, or 69%, of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of 84% over our revenue of $21.2 million from direct platform sales in the year ended December 31, 2018. Direct platform sales accounted for $9.4 million, or 69%, of our revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of 5% over our revenue of $9.0 million from direct platform sales in the three months ended March 31, 2019.

Recurring revenue: Each platform placement, depending on the chosen access model, drives various streams of recurring revenue. With each workflow, our customers require certain consumables such as our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits to run their workflows. The OptoSelect chips can only be used with our platform and there are no alternative after-market options that can be used as a substitute. Each OptoSelect chip is considered single-use and only used once per workflow. Consumables are sold without the right of return and revenue is recognized upon transfer of control. Finally, we offer our customers extended warranty and service programs for regular system maintenance and system optimization. These services are provided primarily on a fixed fee basis. We recognize revenue from the sale of an extended warranty contract over the respective coverage period. Warranty and service contracts are typically short-term in nature, generally covering a one-year period.

Recurring revenue may also include annually renewable workflow licenses as well as quarterly workflow subscription payments from annual or multi-year subscription agreements. In late 2019, we piloted the subscription option for the antibody discovery and cell line development workflows. We are still in the early commercialization phase of assessing market acceptance of this access model. Recurring revenue accounted for $8.0 million, or 14%, of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of 150% over recurring revenue of $3.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. Recurring revenue accounted for $2.5 million, or 18%, of our revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of 85% over recurring revenue of $1.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019.

Revenue from joint development agreements and partnerships: Joint development agreements are arrangements whereby we provide services for the development of new workflows, cell, or organism types, or deliver specific biological assets to meet specific customers’ needs. Such contracts generally include defined milestones associated with these development activities over extended periods of time, some in excess of twenty-four

 

81


Table of Contents

months. There are formal customer acceptance clauses as each milestone is completed, and an approval to proceed with the next milestone is generally required. Some development agreements may also include a prerequisite feasibility study to determine proof of concept before any milestone work is initiated. We recognize revenue over time using an input measure of progress based on costs incurred to date as compared to the total estimated costs (i.e. percentage of completion). We periodically review and update our estimates which may adjust revenue recognized for the period. Milestone revenue can vary over time as different projects start and complete. On occasion, we also perform feasibility studies prior to a direct platform sale in the event customers require further platform validation prior to purchase. Milestone program and related revenue accounted for $9.6 million, or 17%, of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of 39% over our revenue of $6.9 million from milestone program and related revenue in the year ended December 31, 2018. Milestone program and related revenue accounted for $1.9 million, or 13%, of our revenue in the three months ended March 31 2020, a decrease of 20% from our revenue of $2.3 million from milestone program and related revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2019.

Costs of sales, gross profit and gross margin

Product cost of sales. Cost of sales associated with our products primarily consists of manufacturing related costs incurred in the production process, including personnel and related costs, costs of component materials, labor and overhead, packaging and delivery costs and allocated costs, including facilities and information technology.

Service cost of sales. Cost of sales associated with our services primarily consists of personnel and related costs, expenses related to the development of customized platforms and workflows, feasibility studies on our platforms and service and warranty costs to support our customers. We maintain continuous efforts to increase reliability and uptime of our advanced automation systems. During the year ended December 31, 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020, we incurred service and warranty costs of $2.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the support of our installed base.

Gross profit and gross margin. Gross profit is calculated as revenue less cost of revenue. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of revenue. Our gross profit in future periods will depend on a variety of factors, including: market conditions that may impact our pricing; sales mix among platform access options; sales mix changes among consumables, advanced automation systems and services; product mix changes between established products and new products; excess and obsolete inventories; our cost structure for manufacturing operations relative to volume; and product warranty obligations. We expect cost of sales to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as our revenue grows, and as we plan to hire additional employees to support our manufacturing, operations, service and support organizations.

Operating expenses

Research and development. Research and development costs primarily consist of salaries, benefits, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, laboratory supplies, materials expenses and allocated facilities costs for employees and contractors engaged in research and product development. We expense all research and development costs in the period in which they are incurred.

We plan to continue to invest in our research and development efforts, including hiring additional employees, to enhance existing products and develop new products. As a result, we expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods. We expect these expenses to vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue.

General and administrative. Our general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation costs for employees in our executive, accounting and finance, legal and human

 

82


Table of Contents

resource functions as well as professional services fees, such as consulting, audit, tax and legal fees, general corporate costs and allocated overhead expenses. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars after this offering, primarily due to increased headcount to support anticipated growth in the business and due to incremental costs associated with operating as a public company. We expect these expenses to vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue.

Sales and marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits, sales commissions and stock-based compensation costs for employees within our commercial sales functions, as well as marketing, travel expenses and allocated facilities and IT costs. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our commercial sales, marketing and business development teams, increase our presence globally and increase marketing activities to drive awareness and adoption of our platform. While these expenses may vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue, we expect these expenses to increase as a percent of sales in the short-term as we continue to grow our commercial organization to support anticipated growth in the business.

We expect our aggregate stock-based compensation to continue to increase in absolute dollar terms.

Other income (expense)

Interest expense. Interest expense consists primarily of interest related to borrowings under our debt obligations.

Interest income. Interest income primarily consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents which are invested in cash deposits and in money market funds.

Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net consists primarily of losses from our equity method investment and foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses relate to transactions and asset and liability balances denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily related to our operations in the United Kingdom. We expect our foreign currency gains and losses to continue to fluctuate in the future due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Provision for income taxes

Our provision for income taxes consists primarily of foreign taxes and state minimum taxes in the United States. As we expand the scale and scope of our international business activities, any changes in the United States and foreign taxation of such activities may increase our overall provision for income taxes in the future.

 

83


Table of Contents

Results of operations

The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in the prospectus. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented:

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Three months ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands)    2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue:

        

Product revenue

   $ 22,882     $ 43,460     $ 9,527     $ 10,683  

Service revenue

     8,417       13,233       3,114       3,095  
  

 

 

 

Total revenue

     31,299       56,693       12,641       13,778  

Costs of sales:

        

Product costs of sales

     6,585       11,245       2,456       2,620  

Service costs of sales

     1,596       1,972       340       1,179  
  

 

 

 

Total costs of sales

     8,181       13,217       2,796       3,799  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     23,118       43,476       9,845       9,979  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development(1)

     29,077       38,414       8,743       10,976  

General and administrative(1)

     9,069       12,362       2,642       3,997  

Sales and marketing(1)

     6,131       9,237       1,837       3,234  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     44,277       60,013       13,222       18,207  
  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (21,159     (16,537     (3,377     (8,228

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense

     (2,204     (1,425     (354     (357

Interest income

     872       909       232       151  

Other income (expense), net

     (777     (1,180     (687     25  
  

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (23,268     (18,233     (4,186     (8,409

Provision for income taxes

     69       69       19       16  
  

 

 

 

Net loss and net comprehensive loss

   $ (23,337   $ (18,302   $ (4,205   $ (8,425

 

 

 

(1)   Amounts include stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands)    2018      2019                2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of sales

   $      $      $      $ 6  

Research and development

     1,040        1,672        398        511  

General and administrative

     678        1,763        324        529  

Sales and marketing

     268        325        92        133  
  

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,986      $ 3,760      $ 814      $ 1,179  

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020

Revenue

 

   
     Three months ended  
     March 31,      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2019      2020      Amount     %  
     (unaudited)  

Product revenue

   $ 9,527      $ 10,683      $ 1,156       12%  

Service revenue

     3,114        3,095        (19     (1%
  

 

 

   

Total revenue

   $ 12,641      $ 13,778      $ 1,137       9%  

 

 

Product revenue increased by $1.2 million, or 12%, for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $0.8 million in consumable sales driven by the increase in our installed base and an increase of $0.4 million in direct platform sales resulting from six new system placements in the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to five new system placements in the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase in revenue from increased system placements in the three months ended March 31, 2020 was partially offset by the mix of system type placed.

Service revenue remained flat at $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019 and was primarily driven by an increase from sales of service warranty and milestones and programs, offset by decreases in revenue from feasibility studies and platform support arrangements.

We added four new customers in the three months ended March 31, 2020, and three new customers in the three months ended March 31, 2019. Total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was comprised of $6.0 million in revenue from those new customers and $7.8 million from existing customers compared to $3.5 million and $9.1 million, respectively, in the three months ended March 31, 2019.

Cost of sales, gross profit and gross margin

 

   
     Three months ended  
     March 31,      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)  

Product cost of sales

   $ 2,456      $ 2,620      $ 164        7%  

Service cost of sales

     340        1,179        839        247%  
  

 

 

    

Total cost of sales

   $ 2,796      $ 3,799      $ 1,003        36%  

Gross profit

   $ 9,845      $ 9,979      $ 134        1%  

Gross margin

     78%        72%        

 

 

Product cost of sales increased by $0.2 million, or 7%, for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase in product costs of sales was in line with revenue growth for consumables and platforms. Service cost of sales increased by $0.8 million, or 247%, for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to costs incurred related to milestones and programs under which we provide services on a time and materials basis.

 

85


Table of Contents

Gross profit increased by $0.1 million, or 1%, and gross margin declined by 6 percentage points for the three months ended March 31, 2020 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019, primarily due to product mix and the timing of revenue recognition with respect to sales of our platform equipment.

Operating expenses

Research and development

 

   
     Three months ended  
     March 31,      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)  

Research and development

   $ 8,743      $ 10,976      $ 2,233        26%  

 

 

Research and development expense increased by $2.2 million, or 26%, for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was due to a $1.4 million increase in personnel-related expenses, including a $0.1 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, resulting from increased headcount and a $0.8 million increase in testing and qualification materials and other costs related to various projects to develop and improve systems, workflows and assays.

General and administrative

 

   
     Three months ended  
     March 31,      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)  

General and administrative

   $ 2,642      $ 3,997      $ 1,355        51%  

 

 

General and administrative expense increased by $1.4 million, or 51%, for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was due to a $0.8 million increase in personnel-related expenses, including a $0.2 million increase in stock-based compensation due to growth in our overall operations, and a $0.6 million increase in professional fees and other expenses related to outside legal, accounting, consulting and IT services to support our continued growth.

Sales and marketing

 

   
     Three months ended  
     March 31,      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 1,837      $ 3,234      $ 1,397        76%  

 

 

Sales and marketing expense increased by $1.4 million, or 76%, for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase was due to a $0.6 million increase in personnel-related expenses, including a $41,000 increase in stock-based compensation as a result of higher headcount, a $0.4 million increase in marketing and advertising costs as we expand our market presence and launch new products, and a $0.4 million increase in other costs.

 

86


Table of Contents

Interest expense

 

   
     Three months ended  
     March 31,      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2019      2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)  

Interest expense

   $ 354      $ 357      $ 3        1%  

 

 

Interest expense remained flat at $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019. Interest expense resulted primarily from interest incurred on our loan from East West Bank, which carries a fixed rate of interest.

Interest income

 

   
     Three months ended  
     March 31,      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2019      2020      Amount     %  
     (unaudited)  

Interest income

   $ 232      $ 151      $ (81     (35%

 

 

Interest income decreased by $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower average cash balances and lower interest received on our cash and short-term deposits due to the continuing decline in interest rates.

Other income (expense), net

 

   
     Three months ended  
     March 31,      Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2019     2020      Amount      %  
     (unaudited)  

Other income (expense), net

   $ (687   $ 25      $ 712        104%  

 

 

Other income (expense), net increased by $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2019. Other expense for the three months ended March 31, 2019 included losses associated with our equity method investment, which ceased operations during fiscal 2019.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenue

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2018      2019      Amount      %  

Product revenue

   $ 22,882      $ 43,460      $ 20,578        90%  

Service revenue

     8,417        13,233        4,816        57%  
  

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 31,299      $ 56,693      $ 25,394        81%  

 

 

Product revenue increased by $20.6 million, or 90%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by an $18.5 million increase in direct platform sales resulting from 26 new system placements during the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 12 new

 

87


Table of Contents

system placements for the year ended December 31, 2018. Additionally, recurring revenue increased by $2.1 million as a result of an increase in consumable sales for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, resulting from the increase in our system placements and installed base. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we maintained an installed base of 48 systems globally outside of our BioFoundry, compared to 22 systems for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Service revenue increased by $4.8 million, or 57%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The growth was primarily due to a $3.8 million increase relating to our existing milestone arrangements supporting the development of customized workflows and platforms, and a $2.5 million increase from sales of service and warranty during the year ended December 31, 2019, driven by the increase in our installed base and customers renewing their service and warranty contracts, offset by decreases in feasibility studies and platform support arrangements of $1.5 million resulting from fewer customers requiring these arrangements during 2019 as compared to 2018.

We added 22 new customers for the year ended December 31, 2019, and 16 new customers were added for the year ended December 31, 2018. Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 was comprised of $29.6 million in revenue from those new customers versus $27.1 million from existing customers compared to $16.2 million and $15.1 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Costs of sales, gross profit and gross margin

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2018      2019      Amount      %  

Product cost of sales

   $ 6,585      $ 11,245      $ 4,660        71%  

Service cost of sales

     1,596        1,972        376        24%  
  

 

 

    

Total cost of sales

   $ 8,181      $ 13,217      $ 5,036        62%  

Gross profit

   $ 23,118      $ 43,476      $ 20,358        88%  

Gross margin

     74%        77%        

 

 

Product cost of sales increased by $4.7 million, or 71%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in product costs of sales was in line with revenue growth for both systems and consumables and included an increase in warranty repair costs driven by the increase in our installed base. Service cost of sales increased by $0.4 million, or 24%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to a $0.7 million increase in cost for extended warranty services as the installed base matured and customers renewed their service contracts, and more customers purchased extended warranty as the standard warranty expired, as well as a $0.5 million increase in direct costs of services related to the development of customized workflows and platforms, offset by a decrease of $0.8 million in direct costs for feasibility studies and platform support resulting from fewer customers requiring such arrangements in 2019 compared to 2018.

Gross profit increased by $20.4 million, or 88%, and gross margin improved by 3 percentage points for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to increased revenue as well as a higher mix of milestone revenue driven by percentage of completion. Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 77%.

 

88


Table of Contents

Operating expenses

Research and development

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2018      2019      Amount      %  

Research and development

   $ 29,077      $ 38,414      $ 9,337        32%  

 

 

Research and development expense increased by $9.3 million, or 32%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was due to a $4.6 million increase in testing and qualification materials, depreciation and other costs, and a $4.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses, including a $0.6 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, resulting from increased headcount devoted to working on various projects to develop and improve systems, workflows and assays.

General and administrative

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2018      2019      Amount      %  

General and administrative

   $ 9,069      $ 12,362      $ 3,293        36%  

 

 

General and administrative expense increased by $3.3 million, or 36%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was due to a $2.2 million increase in personnel-related expenses, including a $1.1 million increase in stock-based compensation, due to growth in our overall operations, and a $1.1 million increase in professional fees and other expenses related to outside legal, accounting, consulting and IT services.

Sales and marketing

 

     
     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2018      2019      Amount      %  

Sales and marketing

   $ 6,131      $ 9,237      $ 3,106        51%  

 

 

Sales and marketing expense increased by $3.1 million, or 51%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was due to a $1.9 million increase in personnel-related expenses, including a $0.1 million increase in stock-based compensation, as a result of higher headcount to support our revenue growth, a $0.5 million increase in marketing and advertising costs, and a $0.7 million increase in other costs.

Interest expense

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2018      2019      Amount     %  

Interest expense

   $ 2,204      $ 1,425      $ (779     (35%

 

 

Interest expense decreased by $0.8 million, or 35%, for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to the repayment of our debt with TriplePoint in May 2018, which was partially offset by interest incurred on our loan from East West Bank entered into in May 2018, which served to refinance the TriplePoint loan at a lower interest rate.

 

89


Table of Contents

Interest income

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2018      2019      Amount     %  

Interest income

   $ 872      $ 909      $ (37     (4%

 

 

Interest income remained relatively flat for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The slight increase was primarily due to increased average cash balances year over year.

Other income (expense), net

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Change  
(in thousands, except percentages)    2018     2019     Amount     %  

Other expense, net

   $ (777   $ (1,180   $ (403     (52%

 

 

Other expense, net increased by $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase is the result of increases in losses associated with our equity method investment, as well as certain one-time costs incurred upon the cessation of our joint venture in Optera Therapeutics Corp. in 2019.

Liquidity and capital resources

Since our inception, we have experienced losses and negative cash flows from operations, and as of March 31, 2020, we had a consolidated net loss of $8.4 million and an accumulated deficit of $158.7 million. We have primarily relied on equity and debt financings to fund our operations to date, including most recently raising gross proceeds of $95.0 million through the sale and issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock in 2018. As of March 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $70.3 million.

We expect to incur additional operating losses in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in the research and development of our product offerings, commercialize and launch platforms, and expand into new markets. Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs over at least the next 12 months following the date of this prospectus.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to our ability to successfully commercialize and launch products, and to achieve a level of sales adequate to support our cost structure. If we are unable to execute on our business plan and adequately fund operations, or if the business plan requires a level of spending in excess of cash resources, we will have to seek additional equity or debt financing. If additional financings are required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.

Sources of liquidity

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily from the issuance and sale of our convertible preferred stock, borrowings under long-term debt agreements, and to a lesser extent, cash flow from operations.

 

90


Table of Contents

Convertible preferred stock financings

Through March 31, 2020, we have raised a total of $224.8 million from the issuance and sale of convertible preferred stock, net of costs associated with such financings. Most recently, in 2018 we issued shares of Series E convertible preferred stock for gross proceeds of $95.0 million.

East West Bank Loan and Security Agreement

In May of 2018, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with East West Bank, or EWB, which was subsequently amended in April of 2019 and March of 2020, providing us with the ability to borrow up to $20.0 million. The full amount of the loan was funded in May of 2018, and $20.0 million of term loan borrowings were outstanding as of December 31, 2019. Borrowings under the term loan mature on May 23, 2022 and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6.73% per annum. We are required to make interest only payments on the term loan through May of 2021, after which equal monthly installments of principal and interest are due.

The EWB Loan Agreement is collateralized by substantially all of our property, except for intellectual property, which is subject to a negative pledge. The EWB Loan Agreement contains customary negative covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets and merge or consolidate with any other entity or to acquire all or substantially all the capital stock or property of another entity. The EWB Loan Agreement also contains customary affirmative covenants, including requirements to, among other things, deliver audited financial statements. In addition, the EWB Loan Agreement contains financial covenants that require us to maintain a certain percentage of our total cash holdings in accounts with EWB as well as maintain certain ratios of cash to cash burn. If we default under the EWB Loan Agreement and if the default is not cured or waived, the lender could cause any amounts outstanding to be payable immediately. Under certain circumstances, the lender could also exercise its rights with respect to the collateral securing such loans. Moreover, any such default would limit our ability to obtain additional financing, which may have an adverse effect on our cash flow and liquidity.

We were in compliance with all covenants under the EWB Loan Agreement as of March 31, 2020.

Cash flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Three months
ended March 31,
 
(in thousands)    2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Net cash (used in) provided by:

        

Operating activities

   $ (13,535   $ (10,533   $ (1,892   $ (9,988

Investing activities

     (8,418     (9,073     (2,200     (760

Financing activities

     95,557       1,022       217       21  
  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 73,604     $ (18,584   $ (3,875   $ (10,727

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities increased by $8.1 million to $10.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2020 compared to $1.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019. The increase resulted

 

91


Table of Contents

primarily from higher net losses during the three months ended March 31, 2020 and increased working capital requirements primarily related to an increase in inventory and prepaid and other current assets as a result of the continued growth of our business, offset by a reduction in deferred revenue due to the timing of recognition of revenue.

Net cash used in operating activities decreased by $3.0 million to $10.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $13.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease reflects lower net losses during the period, partially offset by increased working capital requirements primarily due to an increase in our inventory and prepaid and other current assets as a result of the continued growth of our business, in addition to a reduction in our operating lease liabilities associated with payments on our facility leases. In addition, net cash used in operating activities reflects an increase in non-cash charges of $4.2 million primarily driven by higher depreciation and stock-based compensation expenses as well as the amortization of the operating lease right-of-use asset associated with our facility leases.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2020 compared to $2.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily driven by the timing of capital expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities was $9.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $8.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily driven by higher capital expenditures.

Financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $21,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2020 compared with $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019. Net cash provided by financing activities related primarily to cash receipts from the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared with $95.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 resulted from cash receipts of $1.0 million from the issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 resulted primarily from net cash receipts of $94.8 million from the issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock net of issuance costs, $0.6 million of net proceeds from the refinancing of our loan with TriplePoint and $0.2 million cash receipts from the issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options.

Concentration of credit risk

For the three months ended March 31, 2019, five customers accounted for 32%, 15%, 14%, 13% and 13% of revenue, and for the three months ended March 31, 2020, six customers accounted for 17%, 14%, 13%, 13%, 12% and 12% of revenue. Four customers accounted for 25%, 18%, 18% and 16% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2020.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, no customers accounted for more than 10% of revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2018, one customer accounted for 12% of revenue. At December 31, 2019, four customers comprised 20%, 19%, 18% and 12% of accounts receivable. At December 31, 2018, five customers accounted for 19%, 17%, 17%, 16% and 13% of accounts receivable.

 

92


Table of Contents

Contractual obligations and commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2019:

 

   
     Payments due by period  
(in thousands)    Total      Less than
1 year
    

1 to 3

Years

    

3 to 5

Years

    

More than

5 years

 

Lease commitments(1), (2)

   $ 9,909      $ 2,529      $ 4,978      $ 2,402      $  

Debt obligations, including interest(3)

     21,989        7,098        14,891                

Purchase obligations(4)

     10,615        9,762        853                
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 42,513      $ 19,389      $ 20,722      $ 2,402      $  

 

 

 

(1)   We lease our office and laboratory space in Emeryville, California under multiple operating leases that expire in March 2028. We also lease multiple office facilities in Shanghai, China under operating leases that expire at various dates, the latest of which is February 2022.

 

(2)   On June 25, 2020, we entered into an operating lease for 34,789 square feet of additional space in Emeryville, California, as well as amended our existing lease arrangements to vacate certain existing space and extend the terms of our remaining existing space in Emeryville. The lease for additional space commences October 1, 2020 and all of the leases now expire on March 31, 2028. The total incremental non-cancelable lease payments under the new and amended lease agreements are $20.1 million through the remainder of the updated lease terms.

 

(3)   As of December 31, 2019, the outstanding principal balance of our term loan under the EWB Loan Agreement was $20.0 million. Borrowings under the term loan mature on May 23, 2022 and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6.73% per annum. Upon amendment of the EWB Loan Agreement on March 17, 2020, interest only monthly payments are due on the term loan through May 2021, after which equal monthly installments of principal and interest are due.

 

(4)   Purchase obligations relate primarily to our contract manufacturer which manufactures our instruments and makes advance purchases of components based on our sales forecasts and the placement of purchase orders by us, as well as to commitments made to certain providers of components for our consumable manufacturing. To the extent components are purchased by the contract manufacturer on our behalf and cannot be used by the contract manufacturer’s other customers, we are obligated to purchase such components.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Qualitative and quantitative disclosures about market risk

Interest rate risk

Customer financing exposure. We are indirectly exposed to interest rate risk because many of our customers depend on debt financings to purchase our platforms and systems. An increase in interest rates could make it challenging for our customers to obtain the capital necessary to make such purchases on favorable terms, or at all. Such factors could reduce demand or lower the price we can charge for our platforms and systems, thereby reducing our net sales and gross profit.

Fixed rate debt. In May 2018, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with East West Bank, which is due in May 2022, and carries a fixed interest rate of 6.73% per annum. If we refinance our loan agreement or enter into new debt arrangements, interest rates could increase and thereby increase our financing costs and increase our net loss. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates would have resulted in a $0.2 million increase in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Bank deposit, money market and note receivable exposure. As of December 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash, of $81.3 million, which consisted primarily of money market funds and bank deposits. The primary objective of our investment is to preserve principal and provide liquidity. These money market funds, and bank deposits generate interest income at variable rates below 1%. A hypothetical

 

93


Table of Contents

100 basis point decrease in interest rates would have lowered our interest income by $0.9 million and increased our net loss by this amount.

Foreign currency risk

The majority of our revenue has been generated in the United States. Through December 31, 2019, we did not generate any revenue denominated in foreign currencies. As we expand our presence in international markets, to the extent we are required to enter into agreements denominated in a currency other than the US dollar, our results of operations and cash flows may increasingly be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

We have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Our preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could therefore differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements, we believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition

We early adopted Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), or ASC 606, on January 1, 2018 using the full retrospective method.

We derive revenue from two primary sources, product revenue, which is comprised primarily of direct platform sales revenue, consumables revenue and service revenue, which is comprised of revenue from joint development agreements, service and warranty, platform support and feasibility studies on our platform. Revenue is recognized net of applicable taxes imposed on the related transaction.

We recognize revenue when we satisfy the performance obligations under the terms of a contract and control of our products and services is transferred to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive from our customers in exchange for those products and services. This process involves identifying the contract with a customer, determining the performance obligations in the contract, determining the contract price, allocating the contract price to the distinct performance obligations in the contract based on standalone selling price, and recognizing revenue when the performance obligations have been satisfied. A performance obligation is considered distinct from other obligations in a contract when it provides a benefit to the customer either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and is separately identified in the contract. We consider a performance obligation satisfied once we have transferred control of a good or service to the customer, meaning the customer has the ability to use and obtain the benefit of the good or service.

 

94


Table of Contents

Our agreements with customers often include multiple performance obligations, which can sometimes be included in separate contracts entered into within a reasonably short period of time. We consider an entire customer arrangement to determine if separate contracts should be considered combined for the purposes of revenue recognition.

In order to determine the stand-alone selling price, we conduct a periodic analysis to determine whether various goods or services have an observable stand-alone selling price as well as to identify significant changes to current stand-alone selling prices. If we do not have an observable stand-alone selling price for a particular good or service, then the stand-alone selling price for that particular good or service is estimated using an approach that maximizes the use of observable inputs. Our process for determining stand-alone selling price requires judgment and considers multiple factors that are reasonably available and maximizes the use of observable inputs that may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation. We believe that this method results in an estimate that represents the price we would charge for the product offerings if they were sold separately.

For most of our performance obligations, we have established stand-alone selling price as a range rather than a single value, such range being plus or minus 15% of the median of observables prices. If the contractually stated prices of all the performance obligations in a contract fall within their respective stand-alone selling price ranges, we will allocate the transaction price at the contractually stated amounts. In situations where the contractually stated price for one or more performance obligations in a contract fall(s) outside of their respective stand-alone selling price range, we will use the mid-point of the respective stand-alone selling price range for performance obligations in the contract priced outside of their respective stand-alone selling price range(s) and contract values for performance obligations priced within their respective stand-alone selling price range(s), to allocate the transaction price on a relative stand-alone selling price basis.

Taxes, such as sales, value-add and other taxes, collected from customers concurrent with revenue generating activities and remitted to governmental authorities are not included in revenue. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are included in cost of sales.

The following describes the nature of our primary types of revenue and the revenue recognition policies and significant payment terms as they pertain to the types of transactions we enter into with our customers.

Product revenue

Product revenue is comprised of two major revenue streams, direct platform sales and consumables. Direct platform sales revenue is comprised of advanced automation systems (including workflow licenses), as well as Culture Stations. Consumables revenue is comprised of OptoSelect chips required to run the system as well as reagent kits. Our standard arrangement with our customers is generally a purchase order or an executed contract. Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of the products to the customer, which generally occurs at a point in time upon the completion of installation and training for advanced automation systems or when the product is shipped or delivered for consumables and Culture Stations. Payment terms are generally thirty to ninety days from the date of invoicing.

On a limited basis, we also enter into fixed-term sales-type lease arrangements with certain qualified customers. Revenue from sales-type lease arrangements is generally recognized in a manner consistent with platform equipment, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Service revenue

Service revenue primarily consists of joint development agreements, service and warranty, platform support and feasibility studies on our advanced automation systems and workflows. Our services are provided primarily

 

95


Table of Contents

on a fixed fee basis; from time to time these fixed fee contracts may be invoiced at the outset of the arrangements. We recognize revenue from the sale of an extended warranty, enhanced service warranty arrangements and feasibility studies over the respective period, while revenue on platform support is recognized as the services are performed. Service contracts are typically short-term in nature. Payment terms are generally thirty to ninety days from the date of invoicing.

Joint development agreements are agreements whereby we provide services for the development of customized advanced automation systems and workflows to meet a specific customer’s needs. Such contracts generally include defined milestones associated with these development activities over extended periods of time, some in excess of twenty-four months. There are formal customer acceptance clauses as each milestone is completed, and an approval to proceed with the next milestone is generally required. We recognize revenue over time, using an input measure of progress based on costs incurred to date relative to total expected costs. Payment terms are generally thirty to ninety days from the achievement of each milestone. We place a constraint on a variable consideration estimate that focuses on possible future downward revenue adjustments (i.e. revenue reversals) if there is uncertainty that could prevent a faithful depiction of the consideration that we expect to be entitled to. The constraint estimate is reassessed at each reporting date until the uncertainty is resolved.

Contract assets and contract liabilities

Contract assets include amounts where revenue recognized exceeds the amount invoiced to the customer and the right to payment is not solely subject to the passage of time. Contract liabilities consist of fees invoiced or paid by our customers for which the associated services have not been performed and revenue has not been recognized based on our revenue recognition criteria described above. Such amounts are reported as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized during the following twelve months is recorded as a current liability and the remaining portion is recorded as non-current.

Contract assets and contract liabilities are reported in a net position on an individual contract basis at the end of each reporting period. Contract assets are classified as current or non-current on our consolidated balance sheet based on the timing of when we expect to complete the related performance obligations and invoice the customers. Contract liabilities are classified as current or non-current on our consolidated balance sheet based on the timing when the revenue recognition associated to the related customer payments and invoicing is expected to occur.

Costs to obtain or fulfill a contract

Origination costs relate primarily to the payment of incentive bonuses that are directly related to sales transactions. Fulfillment costs generally include the direct cost of services such as platform support and feasibility studies.

Origination and fulfillment costs that are internal to us are generally expensed when incurred because most costs are incurred concurrently with the delivery of the related goods and services, which are predominantly recognized at a point in time or short-term in nature. The origination costs that are related to long-term development agreements are capitalized and amortized over the relevant service period.

Stock-based compensation

We maintain an incentive compensation plan under which incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options are granted primarily to employees and non-employee consultants.

 

96


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock-based awards to employees is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We record forfeitures as they occur.

Stock-based compensation expense for non-employee stock options is measured at the grant date based on fair market value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is recorded as the options vest. Prior to January 1, 2019, nonemployee stock options subject to vesting were revalued periodically over the requisite service period, which was generally the same as the vesting term of the award. From January 1, 2019, the grant date fair market value of non-employee stock options is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period and forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

Common stock valuations

There has been no public market for our common stock to date. As such, the estimated fair value of our common stock has been determined at each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management, based on the information known to us on the grant date and upon a review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated per share fair value of our common stock. As part of these fair value determinations, our board of directors obtained and considered valuation reports prepared by a third party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

Beginning March 31, 2018, in contemplation of an initial public offering, we estimated the enterprise value of our business using a hybrid approach in determining the fair value of our common stock that includes a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, and an option pricing method, or OPM. Under a PWERM, the fair market value of the common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various future outcomes. Within one of those potential outcomes, we utilized the OPM. The OPM treats the rights of the holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock as equivalent to that of call options on any value of the enterprise above certain break points of value based upon the liquidation preferences of the holders of preferred stock, as well as their rights to participation and conversion. Based on the timing and nature of an assumed liquidity event in each scenario, a discount for lack of marketability either was or was not applied to each scenario, as appropriate. We then probability-weighted the value of each expected outcome to arrive at an estimate of fair value per share of common stock.

In addition to considering the results of these third party valuation reports, our board of directors used assumptions based on various objective and subjective factors, combined with management judgment, to determine the fair value of our common stock as of each grant date, including:

 

 

the prices at which we sold shares of preferred stock and the superior rights and preferences of the preferred stock relative to our common stock at the time of each grant;

 

 

external market conditions affecting the life sciences research and development industry and trends within the industry;

 

 

our stage of development and business strategy;

 

 

our financial condition and operating results, including our levels of available capital resources, and forecasted results;

 

 

developments in our business;

 

97


Table of Contents
 

the progress of our research and development efforts;

 

 

equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; and

 

 

general United States market conditions and the lack of marketability of our common stock.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions that are subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock. For valuations after the completion of this initial public offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock-based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

Recent accounting pronouncements

For information on recently issued accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements in this prospectus.

JOBS Act accounting election

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected not to use this extended transition period. We intend to rely on other exemptions provided by the JOBS Act, including without limitation, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

98


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

Berkeley Lights is a leading Digital Cell Biology company focused on enabling and accelerating the rapid development and commercialization of biotherapeutics and other cell-based products. The Berkeley Lights Platform captures deep phenotypic, functional and genotypic information for thousands of single cells in parallel and can also deliver the live biology customers desire in the form of the best cells. This is a new way to capture and interpret the qualitative language of biology and translate it into single-cell specific digital information, referred to as Digital Cell Biology. We currently focus on enabling the large and rapidly growing markets of antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology with our platform. Our goal is to establish the Berkeley Lights Platform as the standard throughout the cell-based product value chain by increasing the probability of successful product development for our customers.

 

 

LOGO

Cells have tremendous capabilities and are an effective means to discover, develop and manufacture a wide range of products, including therapies for diseases, new and sustainable foods and industrial materials. Harnessing these capabilities requires finding and using the best cells, which can result in finding the next blockbuster drug or saving millions of dollars per year on manufacturing costs. However, biology is extremely complex and not deterministic. Cells are microscopic factories that make minute amounts of a variety of valuable proteins, such as antibodies, and therefore require a high degree of precision when analyzed individually. Finding the best cells can require searching through millions of cells, or often even more challenging, starting with a limited sample of precious cells. Finding the best cells requires more than just capturing a cell’s genetic code, it requires the deep understanding generated by functional characterization across many parameters, a process we call Deep Opto Profiling. Many existing methods to perform functional characterization of single cells are manual and fragmented processes that we believe do not scale to meet the significant challenges of measuring biological complexity. Furthermore, methods that characterize larger numbers of cells in bulk lack single-cell precision or operate at single-cell resolution but without functional

 

99


Table of Contents

validation of that cell. Successful cell-based product development requires living, functionally validated cells. We believe today’s methods functionally characterize insufficiently and too late in the process. We believe that harnessing the cell’s true capability, to develop biotherapeutics and other cell-based products, requires functional characterization of living single cells at large scale, cost effectively and in an integrated manner, early in the value chain.

We developed the Berkeley Lights Platform to provide the most advanced environment for rapid functional characterization of single cells at scale. The Berkeley Lights Platform consists of advanced automated systems that analyze live cells using proprietary consumables and application and workflow software to deliver robust single cell data. Our platform first characterizes the performance of cells relevant to the desired cell-based product early in the process and then connects this phenotypic data to the genetic code for each cell. In contrast, current genomic technologies find sequences first and fail to deliver the functional information early in the process. Functional validation early means letting poorly performing cells fail early while rapidly advancing the best candidates forward, before incurring significant research and development expense. We repeat this process of fail and advance many times throughout the process, delivering the best cells for what we believe will deliver the best product. We believe our platform rapidly provides the deepest information, with linked phenotypic and genotypic data, on tens of thousands of live single cells relevant to the customers’ end product specifications. We believe we are the only company exclusively focused on this approach to Digital Cell Biology, and we believe this level of scale and precision is not attainable with other approaches. This allows our customers to find the best cells by:

 

 

Performing rapid functional characterization of tens of thousands of single cells in parallel;

 

 

Precisely controlling the environment around each cell, and maintaining cells in a healthy state for further use;

 

 

Accessing a high degree of cell biodiversity;

 

 

Deep Opto Profiling of the relevant phenotypic characteristics, at single-cell resolution over time and connecting this to the genotypic information for each cell;

 

 

Performing a broad range of workflows, including single-cell assays, on an integrated platform; and

 

 

Digitally aggregating, accessing and analyzing a rich data library for each single cell.

Using our platform, customers can perform functional characterization of single cells at scale, effectively, more often and early in the product development process. We believe this enables them to find the best cells and best product candidates earlier and faster in their processes to:

 

 

Accelerate their product development cycles;

 

 

Improve process yield and lower costs throughout their value chain;

 

 

Enable a broad range of complex therapeutic modalities in biopharmaceuticals;

 

 

Increase the probability of successfully developing cell-based products;

 

 

Achieve revenue from their cell-based products sooner and potentially extend the product lifetime on the market prior to patent expiration; and

 

 

Increase return on investment for their cell-based products.

Our platform is a fully integrated, end-to-end solution, comprised of proprietary consumables, including our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems and advanced application and workflow

 

100


Table of Contents

software. Customers load onto our system their live cell samples, as well as media and reagents, then the cells are imported onto our OptoSelect chips where integrated workflows are performed to assess specific cell functions and attributes. Our platform captures and delivers rich single-cell data to find the best cells. We believe this brings common biological cell processing into the digital age. Our platform leverages proprietary OptoElectro Positioning (OEP) technology, which enables deterministic positioning of living single cells and other micro-objects using light. OEP is a core technology of our platform and allows for a high level of control over live single cells or other micro-objects throughout the functional characterization process. Our platform includes:

 

 

LOGO

 

 

OptoSelect chips—Proprietary single-use opto-fluidic chips on which thousands of single-cells are functionally characterized in parallel. Aided by our software, these chips use OEP to select and move thousands of cells and other micro-objects in parallel through a microfluidic circuit into individual nanoliter sized chambers we call NanoPens, located on the chips. Within the NanoPens, our platform can precisely control the environment, perform a large variety of single-cell assays and record with high resolution imaging each single cell over time, providing a predictable analytical window into live single-cell biology. Our OptoSelect chips contain up to 14,000 individual NanoPens on a single chip and are compatible with both mammalian and non-mammalian cells.

 

 

Reagent kits—Support on-chip phenotypic and genotypic single-cell assays and off-chip processes for upstream and downstream analysis and support multiple species and cell types. We also supply media and media additives for certain cell types.

 

 

Advanced automation systems—Three advanced automation systems, Beacon and Lightning, which are designed to run our proprietary workflows, and Culture Station, which allows our customers to increase the throughput of workflows requiring high volume, multi-day cell culture. Beacon can run workflows on four chips in parallel, utilizing up to 56,000 NanoPens, while Lightning runs workflows on one chip at a time.

 

 

Advanced application and workflow software—Tailored software packages that enable customers to design, automate and scale reproducible workflows and collect, aggregate, analyze and report data on each cell in each NanoPen, far beyond what we believe is possible with current manual workflows.

Our commercial workflows, each of which are distinct offerings, are made up of four modules we call Import, Culture, Assay and Export. These modules can be adapted, interchanged and deployed with a variety of single-cell assays to address specific applications and a variety of cell types. We believe this versatility facilitates rapid development of new workflow offerings and virtually unlimited workflow commercialization opportunities. We have developed and will continue to develop and commercialize proprietary workflows across large markets by leveraging existing workflows and assays. Over time, our goal is to enable customers to standardize many of their processes on our platform utilizing our workflows. We believe we are the only company commercializing a platform that can do this in a scalable way.

To drive new workflow development, we created our Berkeley Lights BioFoundry, which we believe represents the largest single location capacity for functionally characterizing cells. In our BioFoundry, we practice and develop workflows and functional assays that are applicable throughout the value chain of our target markets.

 

101


Table of Contents

Leveraging our BioFoundry’s capacity and the precision of our platform, we can also look deep into the immune repertoire to discover difficult to find proprietary biological assets, such as antibodies and TCRs, that may offer commercialization opportunities.

We have grown our workflow library with increasing velocity since the introduction of our first workflow in December of 2016, and as of May 31, 2020, we offered six commercial workflows incorporating sixteen assays and eleven cell classes. Our current workflows target customers in the antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology markets. Commonalities among certain workflows used to functionally characterize single cells in one market allow us to leverage the workflows developed for that market to improve and accelerate workflow development timelines for another market and facilitate adoption of our platform across markets.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

While our platform is currently utilized primarily in the discovery and development stages of the value chain and marketed as research use only, or RUO, we believe that the capabilities of our platform will enable us to capture an increasingly greater share of our addressable market opportunity and the value chain across cell-based product industries, including being incorporated into the commercial manufacturing process. Our current workflows target customers in the antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology markets. We estimate that end market sales of cell-based products in antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology were approximately $148 billion in 2019 and are expected to grow to $255 billion by 2024 at an 11% CAGR. We believe there are approximately 1,600 companies, academic institutions, and governmental and other organizations currently focused on developing cell-based products, and we estimate our total addressable market to be approximately $23 billion. Our estimates of our total addressable markets are based on potential

 

102


Table of Contents

customer research and development spending, addressable aspects of potential customers’ end product development process, and potential platform usage. We also utilize estimated penetration and placement rates for our platform with potential customers in our target markets and historical patterns for consumables usage.

We believe we have established a solid foundation, from which to drive adoption of our platform across multiple markets, and across the value chain of cell-based product companies. As of December 31, 2019, our customer base was comprised of 45 customers, which include eight of the ten largest biopharmaceutical companies in the world ranked by 2019 revenue who comprised 18% of our revenue in 2019, biotechnology companies, leading contract research organizations, synthetic biology companies and academic institutions. Many of these customers are recent adopters and we believe there is significant opportunity to expand the use of our workflows and capitalize further throughout their value chains.

Our revenue has to date primarily been driven by early adopters of our technology for research and development purposes. Revenue was $31.3 million and $56.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $12.6 million and $13.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We generated net losses of $23.3 million and $18.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and $4.2 million and $8.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

As of March 31, 2020, we had 210 full-time employees, including 77 employees with Ph.D. degrees.

Industry

Cells are the basic building blocks of life and have evolved over billions of years to create enormous biodiversity. They share significant common functions but can look and behave very differently. Cells can make valuable products and many of these products, such as biotherapies, cannot be economically produced any other way. Over the past two decades a main focus within cell biology has been on the understanding of the cell’s genotypic information. This has given rise to large markets like next generation sequencing, single-cell genomic analysis and synthetic biology. However, cells express genotypic information in a variety of ways that, in most cases, cannot be accurately predicted. There remains a significant gap in the understanding of how a cell’s genetic code truly impacts its function, behavior and performance. Connecting a cell’s genotype to its phenotype requires functional testing, which we believe has become a critical bottleneck in the development and manufacturing of biotherapeutics and other cell-based products.

Increased understanding of cells has enabled the discovery, development and production of therapies for diseases, new and sustainable foods, industrial materials and many other items. While the applications and markets for cell-based products are significant and rapidly growing, we believe we are only at the beginning of harnessing cells’ full capabilities. We estimate that cell-based products across the antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology end markets generated approximately $148 billion in sales in 2019, and are expected to grow to $255 billion by 2024 at an 11% CAGR.

 

103


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

The challenges of harnessing biology and making cell-based products

Biology is complex. It is highly diverse, integrated and not deterministic, and therefore presents a challenge of scale. Despite significant advances in the understanding of cells and their tremendous capabilities, cells are exceptionally challenging to work with. They are very complex, heterogeneous, and at any moment, thousands of processes occur inside a cell that impact its production of a multitude of proteins, its energy expenditure and its performance of a specific function. Cells are also sensitive to their environment. They interact with other surrounding cells and when removed from their in vivo environment can quickly change their phenotype or die. Experiments to find the best biotherapeutic may require searching through millions of cells or starting with a limited sample of precious cells. Cells are microscopic factories that make small amounts of a variety of valuable proteins, such as antibodies, and finding the best cells requires highly precise and sensitive measurements of such limited cell output. Addressing these challenges requires a solution that can functionally test thousands of cells in parallel at the single-cell level.

Limitations of existing methods for functionally characterizing cells

Significant progress has been made in the functional characterization of single cells. High resolution microscopy, fluorescent imaging, high-speed fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) and sequencing have all contributed individually to advancement of this field. However, integration of these capabilities and automation of these common methods across technologies remain lacking, and we believe an integrated workflow is critical for rapid advancement of the functional characterization of single cells. In addition, these methods typically result in the death of most cells involved in the process, preventing the re-capture of the best cells with the right characteristics for the cell-based product. Current technologies and methods are either only capable of handling large numbers of cells in bulk or performing bulk sequencing at the single-cell level without functionally characterizing each single cell. We also believe these methods inadequately capture the complex parallel processes happening within a cell, as they often only capture a single snapshot of the behavior in time. Living cells are real-time systems that change and adjust over time to environmental changes across a very large number of variables. Furthermore, each individual cell is different, and therefore measurements on one set of cells may not correspond to the actual characteristics of another set of cells, especially when the

 

104


Table of Contents

measurements are made at different points in time and under different environmental conditions. We believe common methods lack precision, do not capture the multidimensional aspects of cell behavior and do not scale to meet the significant challenges of measuring a cell’s biological complexity. As a result, functional testing is deployed insufficiently or ineffectively across the cell-based product value chain.

Finding the best cells requires a solution that enables:

 

 

Performing rapid functional characterization of tens of thousands of single cells in parallel;

 

 

Precisely controlling the environment around each cell, and maintaining cells in a healthy state for further use;

 

 

Accessing a high degree of cell biodiversity;

 

 

Deep Opto Profiling of the relevant phenotypic characteristics, at single-cell resolution over time and connecting this to the genotypic information for each cell;

 

 

Performing a broad range of workflows, including single-cell assays, on an integrated platform; and

 

 

Digitally aggregating single-cell information to create a rich data library for each cell.

Limitations of centralized biology

Infectious diseases emerge in single locations globally. In the early stages of epidemic outbreak, the sum total of the human immune response to the pathogen occurs in that single location. Unfortunately today’s biopharmaceutical discovery infrastructure is largely centralized and not well suited to rapidly respond to these emerging pathogens. The recent SARS-CoV-2 outbreak clearly demonstrated the challenge between local pathogen emergence and centralized response. The people who had the most immediate access to recovering patient blood did not appear to have immediate access to certain state-of-the-art antibody discovery technology. The people who had certain state-of-the-art technology did not have immediate access to recovering patient blood. We believe that the speed and ability to respond to emerging pathogens can be dramatically improved with a solution that is proximal to the initial outbreak. If a proximal solution was available at the initial outbreak of SARS-CoV-2, we believe functional antibodies could have been discovered months earlier. It is our vision to place the Berkeley Lights Platform at CDCs and regional centers of excellence worldwide. We envision these platforms will be networked via the cloud to provide global access to the latest Berkeley Lights workflows, to rapidly return diverse functional antibody sequences to biopharmaceutical companies for development and manufacture of the therapeutic antibodies. This capability could potentially enable rapid discovery and development of therapeutic antibodies targeting emerging pathogens anywhere in the world. This strategy could also be applied to endemic infectious diseases in the ongoing search for broadly neutralizing antibodies. We believe that the Berkeley Lights Platform can leverage automation, workflow standardization and Deep Opto Profiling to become a key enabler of this form of distributed biological processing.

Digital Cell Biology enabled by the Berkeley Lights Platform

Digital Cell Biology

Digital Cell Biology is a new way to capture and interpret the qualitative language of biology, both phenotypic and genotypic information, from a highly biodiverse cell population, and translate it into a single-cell specific digital deep profile. The Berkeley Lights Platform combines bioscience, information and technology to deliver deep phenotypic and functional information linked to genotypes across thousands of living cells in parallel at the single-cell level. Using our platform, customers can leverage the power of Digital Cell Biology to rapidly engage in Deep Opto Profiling of cells they wish to understand, characterize and use in their cell-based product development processes.

 

105


Table of Contents

The Berkeley Lights Platform

We developed the Berkeley Lights Platform to create the most advanced environment for functional testing of single cells and provide customers local access to Digital Cell Biology for developing cell-based products on a global scale. Our platform delivers live biology, in the form of the best cells for the desired cell-based product. Using our platform, customers perform integrated workflows specific to a field of use to profile and capture relevant single-cell data, throughout the duration of the workflow, on tens of thousands of cells individually, in parallel and within a contained and precisely controlled environment.

Our platform is a fully integrated, end-to-end solution, comprised of proprietary consumables, including our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems and advanced application and workflow software. Our platform leverages our proprietary OptoElectro Positioning (OEP) technology, which provides deterministic positioning of living single cells and other micro-objects using light. We believe our platform delivers a high level of control over, and preservation of, living single cells or other micro-objects throughout the functional characterization process.

 

 

LOGO

 

106


Table of Contents

Our platform also uses our proprietary NanoPen technology. NanoPens are small, roughly 1 nanoliter (or 1/50,000th of a drop of water) sized chambers, with proprietary surface coatings that provide precise and deterministic control of the environment around the cells. Through biomimetic design, our platform provides nutrients to, and removes waste from, each NanoPen to keep the cells in a healthy state while outside of their native environment. These mechanisms enable performance of a large variety of single-cell assays on live biology, including single-cell real-time imaging at high resolution.

 

 

LOGO

 

107


Table of Contents

OptoSelect chips

Using OEP we select and move cells and other micro-objects in parallel into NanoPens on our proprietary OptoSelect chips. Within the NanoPens, our platform can precisely control the cell environment, perform a large variety of single-cell assays and real-time image each single cell, providing a predictable analytical window into live single-cell biology. We currently offer five types of OptoSelect chips, with different designs and numbers of NanoPens for various workflows. Our largest commercially available chip has 14,000 pens, and is primarily used for our antibody discovery workflow with plasma cells. OptoSelect chips are single-use consumables and replaced after each workflow.

 

 

LOGO

Reagent kits

We have commercialized a broad range of reagent kits that have been validated in the workflows using our platform. These reagent kits support the on-chip analysis on our advanced automation systems as well as many other upstream and downstream processes. Our reagent kits provide a variety of capabilities and benefits, including:

 

 

Sample preparation;

 

Modification of the surface chemistry in our chips to enable both adherent and non-adherent cell culture;

 

Enhancement of the culture of single cells including prolonging cell life;

 

Media and media additives for primary cells and other cell types;

 

Assays, such as binding, blocking and functional;

 

Quantification of antibody production that are animal component-free;

 

Lysis and capture of a single cell’s specific genomic material in a NanoPen; and

 

Enablement of a wide range of other phenotypic and genotypic assays.

In addition, our reagent kits have been optimized to support multiple species and cell types including mammalian cells such as B cells, T cells and dendritic cells, and non-mammalian cells including yeast and bacteria.

Advanced automation systems

We currently offer three advanced automation systems, Beacon and Lightning, which are designed to run our proprietary workflows, and Culture Station, which allows our customers to execute workflows requiring high volume, multi-day cell culture without breaking the continuity and control provisions of a single program run.

 

108


Table of Contents

Beacon

 

 

LOGO

Launched in December of 2016, Beacon is a fully automated, high throughput system that enables workflows on four OptoSelect chips in parallel, utilizing up to 56,000 NanoPens. Beacon captures brightfield and fluorescence images to track and assay individual cells across multiple points in time to allow Deep Opto Profiling of phenotypic and genotypic information on single cells. Beacon is used by our customers for high throughput applications, including antibody discovery and cell line development. Since its launch, we have focused on continuous improvement efforts in the form of activating additional system-level capabilities and enhancements, in turn, enhancing the value of the system for our customers. We will continue to evolve Beacon to further facilitate distributed decentralized biological processing globally.

Lightning

 

 

LOGO

Launched in June of 2019, our Lightning desktop system supports workflows on a single chip. Lightning captures brightfield and fluorescence images to track and assay individual cells across multiple points in time and allows Deep Opto Profiling of phenotypic and genotypic information on single cells. Lightning automation

 

109


Table of Contents

and throughput makes it an ideal system for customers to perform assay development for our platform and run lower throughput workflows.

Culture Station

 

 

LOGO

Launched in January of 2020, Culture Station enables the on-chip culture of cells outside of Beacon and Lightning, where workflows require an extended cell culture period. Culture Station consists of independent media, fluidics and software and can be seamlessly integrated into Beacon and Lightning workflows. Rather than occupy those systems during the Culture module, customers can transfer up to eight of our OptoSelect chips from Beacon or Lightning onto Culture Station. Once culture is completed, the chips can be moved back to Beacon or Lightning for further analysis. This seamless interface between systems increases throughput when cell culture becomes a constraint. Parallel processing of culture while simultaneously running assays on Beacon or Lightning reduces the product development cycle time and lowers cost, maximizing benefits to our customers.

Advanced application and workflow software

Software is a core capability of Berkeley Lights and a key element of our platform. We believe that we have developed proprietary automation and analysis software that facilitates running our systems, as well as the analysis and reporting of the data from workflows far beyond what is possible with traditional manual workflows. Our software includes:

 

 

Cell Analysis Suite (CAS) is our premier and primary application. It is the platform management system software that is the foundation for all workflows run on Beacon and Lightning. CAS software controls the systems, acquires and analyzes data and directs all operations included in each automated workflow, including cell and NanoPen selection, on-chip immunoassay analysis, real-time single-cell imaging, automatic clone selection and removal from the NanoPens and exporting living cells. New versions of CAS are released over time to provide incremental improvements of the user experience and support new applications.

 

 

Workflow Runner/Builder is used to develop and run all of our workflows on our platform. It is used within our company as a development tool but also gives our customers the power to create, change, configure, save and automate complex workflows. Customers can customize workflows with the click of a mouse allowing for rapid workflow development and deployment.

 

 

Assay Analyzer provides analysis of the visual history of each cell in a NanoPen. Using the unique chip and NanoPen identification, the Beacon or Lightning user can conduct the analysis of assays, morphology, growth rates and other characteristics across all NanoPens. Using multi-dimensional graphs and filters, the user can select NanoPens of interest for export. Assay Analyzer also provides analysis and reporting, including complete images for proof of monoclonality useful for electronic records and regulatory reports.

 

110


Table of Contents
 

Image Analyzer is a dynamic visualization application providing high resolution and real-time imaging of each NanoPen and its contents. Image Analyzer includes tools for optimizing cell counting, assay analysis and cell tracking over time, including particle counting for cells and beads, fluorescence identification of hits from positive assays, construction of high resolution images from fluorescence channels, cell scoring by color and recording of the imaging data.

 

 

PrimeSeq is an analysis and reporting tool integrating single-cell sequence library preparation into application-specific workflows. PrimeSeq can link sequencing files on each individual cell directly back to the specific NanoPen location for that cell. Using PrimeSeq and CAS, the Beacon and Lightning user can perform on-chip mRNA capture and reverse transcription, create single-cell sequencing libraries from select live single cells and explore phenotypic and genotypic information.

Workflows using our platform: Import, Culture, Assay and Export

Our customers have access to Berkeley Lights proprietary workflows, but can also develop and run their own customized workflows utilizing our Workflow Runner/Builder application software. The four modules of a workflow, Import, Culture, Assay and Export, are detailed below and depicted in simplified figures for purposes of illustration:

Import

 

 

LOGO

Cells are imported to the OptoSelect chip through a microfluidic path. Once in the main channel, cells are imaged, and then moved into the NanoPens using OEP technology.

The Import module begins after the customer loads the cell sample onto our advanced automation systems, and the system loads the sample into our OptoSelect chips. During the Import module, the customer uses our CAS software to select the cells and micro-objects of interest, and then our OEP technology is used to move the selected cells into NanoPens. This can be repeated multiple times so that, for example, a single NanoPen can be loaded with a bead, a cell to be interrogated and a reporter cell. Import can also be performed at various points during a workflow, for example, importing an antigen-specific bead during the Assay process.

Culture

 

 

LOGO

 

111


Table of Contents

Inside the NanoPens, cells can grow and divide under precisely controlled conditions. Our platform enables accurate control of the media around the cell to provide nutrients and remove waste products, allowing for optimal growth conditions. Additionally, our platform uses brightfield imaging of the cells, during the Culture module to track growth rate, cell diameter, circularity, motility and other morphological features in real-time. This module can also be run in parallel on Culture Station, without imaging, for higher chip throughput applications or when required cell culture times are long.

Assay

 

 

LOGO

During the Assay process, each NanoPen is imaged in up to five fluorescent channels, monitored and the behavior of each cell collected digitally over time and across a range of parameters relevant to the desired application. Our platform can measure a wide range of surface markers, the rate of secreted factors, the functional responses of those secreted factors and cell-to-cell interactions. For example, using Import functions, our platform can place a tumor cell in the same NanoPen as a T cell and then using Assay functions, watch the T cell attack the tumor cell and digitally record the interaction including fluorescent markers that signal death of the tumor cell. We are also able to capture the mRNA of the single cell in each NanoPen for downstream sequencing applications. Using our OptoSeq Library Kits customers can lyse, capture and barcode genetic information from select cells on a single OptoSelect chip, conduct reverse transcription, create cDNA libraries for sequencing and link sequencing results back to the unique cell identifiers.

Export

 

 

LOGO

Cells are exported from the OptoSelect chip to a well plate through a microfluidic path. Individual cells of interest can be precisely selected with our OEP technology and exported into a 96 well plate for further processing. Our platform enables the selection and export of individual single cells and other micro-objects at any time during the workflow either to remove cells of interest for further processing or to export cells not further needed and continue Assay on cells of interest. Our platform can export live single cells, groups of cells and clones into a humidified and temperature controlled well plate.

Business model and platform access

Our business model is focused on driving the adoption of the Berkeley Lights Platform and maximizing its use across our customers’ value chains. This is achieved by enabling more functional testing of single cells throughout our customers’ value chains and by finding opportunities for customers to perform single-cell functional testing earlier in their product development process to advance better product candidates. We engage with potential customers to identify a significant challenge they are facing and then evaluate which of

 

112


Table of Contents

our workflows and underlying assays can address their problem. Customers can gain access to our platform via direct purchase, subscription or strategic partnership. In many cases we can address customers’ needs with existing or variants of existing workflows. Alternately, we may form strategic partnerships to develop substantially new workflows with our customers to address their needs. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, revenue was $21.2 million and $39.1 million from direct purchase (or 68% and 69%, respectively), respectively, none and $89,000 from subscription (or 0% for both periods), respectively, and $6.9 million and $9.6 million from strategic partnerships (or 22% and 17%, respectively), respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, revenue was $9.0 million and $9.4 million from direct purchase (or 71% and 69%, respectively), respectively, none and $55,000 from subscription (or 0% for both periods), respectively, and $2.3 million and $1.9 million from strategic partnerships (or 18% and 13%, respectively), respectively.

 

 

LOGO

Our growth strategy

Our goal is to establish the Berkeley Lights Platform as the standard throughout the cell-based product value chain and drive substantial conversion of current cell biology workflows onto our platform. Our growth strategy is comprised of the following elements:

Drive new customer adoption of the Berkeley Lights Platform

Since the commercial launch of our platform in December of 2016 through December 31, 2019, 45 customers had leveraged our platform to perform a variety of workflows. We drive customer adoption globally within our initial target markets of antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology through business development efforts; a direct sales and marketing organization in the United States, parts of Europe and China; and third party distributors and dealers in Asia.

 

113


Table of Contents

Expand the utilization of workflows across our customers’ value chains

We are driving the adoption of workflows using our platform across our existing customers’ value chains. We are doing so by developing new workflows for use at multiple points within the discovery, development and production phases of our customers’ value chains. For example, customers that use our workflows for the antibody discovery phase may purchase our cell line development workflows to help within the development and production scale-up phases.

Increase the value of our workflows to our customers

We are increasing the value of our workflows by building additional assays that can be used with a given workflow and by further integrating the workflows into our customers’ existing processes. We are also expanding the upstream and downstream reach of our workflows. This increases the workflow value to our customers and enables us to share in that cost of ownership benefit. For example, we developed our Opto Plasma B Discovery 2.0 to improve the features of Opto Plasma B Discovery 1.0. This was achieved by increasing scale and adding sequence library preparation into our workflow, making the process easier and more efficient for our customers and enabling them to more broadly screen the antibody diversity of animals. We have multiple generations of workflows for antibody discovery and cell line development, and are developing new generations of workflows, including for cell therapy development, incorporating additional capabilities that have value for our customers.

Drive utilization of our workflows and adoption of our platform across multiple customer sites

We increase usage of our platform with existing customers by driving adoption of multiple advanced automation systems either to support multiple locations or drive increased usage of our workflows in any given location. There is an opportunity to increase utilization of our platform throughout our customers’ organizations. We accomplish this through a combination of sales and business development efforts as well as through our customer success organization to help customers to standardize their processes globally at multiple sites using our platform.

Develop and monetize proprietary biological assets from our BioFoundry

Within our Berkeley Lights BioFoundry, we practice and validate workflows. In certain cases, we may use our own biology as part of this validation process. This enables us to commercialize new workflows and may also generate proprietary valuable biological assets we could sell outright or license to customers, such as functionally validated antibodies or new organisms applicable to synthetic biology.

Expand adoption of the Berkeley Lights Platform into new markets

Our market entry strategy involves identifying markets that have significant constraints which can be addressed by our platform. This can be specific to certain diseases or pathogens and/or involve new therapeutic modalities and/or cell types. We drive our expansion into new markets by developing workflows for those markets, either by adapting existing workflows or by partnering with leaders in those markets to develop workflows that address their significant unmet needs but also have general value for other customers in that market. These partnerships can result in joint development of specific workflows and assays involving upfront and milestone arrangements. Depending on the agreement, we could also negotiate end product revenue participation through royalties.

 

114


Table of Contents

Our workflow and assay library

As of May 31, 2020, we offered six commercial workflows, incorporating sixteen assays that address different phases of our customers’ cell-based product value chains in our target markets. In each of these markets we are developing additional workflows that can extend use of our platform across our customers’ value chains and perform single-cell functional testing at critical yield steps as early as possible in their respective processes. We are also developing workflows to enter new cell-based product markets. Workflow development and market expansion are a function of incorporating additional cell types, product specific assays or adapting the four basic workflow modules.

We use our Berkeley Lights BioFoundry, which we believe represents the largest single location platform capacity globally, to drive new workflow development and functionally characterize cells. In our BioFoundry, we practice and develop workflows and functional assays that are applicable throughout the value chain of our target markets. Leveraging our BioFoundry’s capacity, we can also look deep into the immune repertoire to discover difficult-to-find proprietary biological assets, such as antibodies and TCRs, that may offer commercialization opportunities.

 

 

LOGO

The output of a workflow is to recover the best cells and best product candidate by recording critical data such as relevant phenotypic characteristics, genotypic information and multiple, high resolution images over time on thousands of cells, on an individual cell basis. This is a process we refer to as Deep Opto Profiling, a critical component of Digital Cell Biology. We believe Deep Opto Profiling delivers a significant amount of relevant phenotypic, genotypic and imaging information for each single cell, across a number of interconnected dimensions, allowing our customers to find the best cells for their desired product.

 

115


Table of Contents

LOGO

Through our platform, customers can now link the Deep Opto Profiling data to each cell’s genomic expression. For example, some customers are using our platform to recover paired heavy and light chain antibody sequences and others are using our platform to capture mRNA from target cells for gene expression profiling. Customers can characterize the transcriptome of the highest producing clones. We expect that customers will be able to use this linked data to improve cellular models which may enable better organism design. We envision Deep Opto Profiling data will be aggregated and made accessible via the cloud to existing and new customers, which over time could become a part of our distributed biology strategy and our product offering.

Antibody therapeutics workflows

In the antibody therapeutics market, as of May 31, 2020, we offered five commercial workflows, three targeting the discovery phase and two targeting the development phase of this market.

Opto Plasma B Discovery workflows versions 1.0, 2.0 and 3.0 – These workflows enable customers to functionally characterize single B cells to discover antibody therapeutic candidates. We designed our Opto Plasma B Discovery workflows to provide access to the highest level of biodiversity and to discover rare functional antibodies that cannot be easily or cost-effectively found with other common methods, such as hybridoma, or methods that involve sequencing B cells first and performing functional testing later. Our Opto Plasma B Discovery workflows can deliver functional monoclonal antibody sequences in three days, which compares to weeks or months using common methods.

 

116


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Opto Viral Neutralization 1.0—We adapted the modules and assays from our Opto Plasma B Discovery workflow 1.0 to enable recovery of antibodies from both immunized animals and human patients exposed to emerging and dangerous pathogens, like SARS-CoV-2. We developed reagent kits to process blood from patients surviving viral infection in order to find antibodies from both plasma and memory B cells against the virus. Using our platform, GenScript made an early discovery of binding antibodies in China against SARS-CoV-2. As part of our direct work on COVID-19, we have been collaborating with Vanderbilt University Medical Center in conjunction with the Department of Defense, to use Opto Viral Neutralization 1.0 to discover therapeutic antibody candidates. This work has resulted in the discovery of hundreds of antibody sequences from a single recovering patient targeting SARS-CoV-2. We are currently in beta release of this workflow and plan to commercially launch Opto Viral Neutralization 1.0 in mid-2020.

While our recent efforts have been focused on SARS-CoV-2, we believe that Opto Viral Neutralization 1.0 can be leveraged to discover potential therapies for many viruses and other emerging pathogens. The ability to process human patient samples provides access to the immune repertoire and antibodies that may represent therapeutic candidates for other infections suffered in the past. Previously, tapping directly into the human immune repertoire was not economically feasible because of the high costs associated with sequencing, re-expression and functional testing of thousands of cells. Our platform and Opto Viral Neutralization 1.0 allow for upfront functional screening which makes accessing the repertoire economically feasible.

Opto Cell Line Development versions 1.0 and 2.0—Following antibody discovery and antibody engineering, our Opto Cell Line Development workflows enable finding the highest productivity cell line by repeating the Culture and Assay modules on a small clone of 4 to 60 cells derived and grown from a single cell isolated on our chip. These workflows shorten the time to find the best production cell lines from 8 to 12 weeks for well plate-based approaches down to 1 week using our platform. Operation of a single large-scale bioreactor can cost approximately $50 million annually. The potential annual cost savings for finding a clone with just 20% higher titer could be on the order of $10 million per year per large-scale bioreactor. In certain cases, some customers have demonstrated even greater increases in titer. Our workflows also enable >99% monoclonality assurance, a quality metric important for regulatory approval, in the same workflow. By contrast, limiting dilution, a

 

117


Table of Contents

common method to provide monoclonality assurance, takes approximately four weeks and only achieves approximately 96% monoclonality assurance.

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Cell therapy workflows

As of May 31, 2020, we offered one commercial workflow for cell therapy development. We are also developing our platform to serve as an integrated solution to develop and manufacture T cell therapies, as well as monitor a patient’s immune response to such therapies.

Opto Cell Therapy Development workflow version 1.0—We announced version 1.0 in April of 2020, which enables customers to isolate, define and identify poly-functional T cells by precisely assembling T cell-target cell interactions in NanoPens. Our platform can selectively import phenotype specific T cells, cancer cells and cytokine capture beads into the NanoPens and co-culture them to determine what percentage of the T cell population demonstrates antigen-specific activation through multiple cytokine secretion measurements. Using this workflow, customers can also perform a time-lapse cytotoxicity assay in the NanoPens with T cells that have the ideal poly-functional cytokine phenotype to provide functional measurement of the T cell’s effectiveness in killing single or multiple tumor cells over time. It can be used to select specific T cells for TCR recovery and sequencing to accelerate the development of potential new cell therapies. With the Opto Cell Therapy Development 1.0, which includes the use of dendritic cells, our customers can evaluate thousands of individual T cells in parallel in a single day and on a single platform, and quickly derive actionable information on T cell function and then select and export the desired live cells for further downstream processing.

 

118


Table of Contents

Opto Cell Therapy Development workflow version 2.0—We are currently developing Opto Cell Therapy Development 2.0 which will upgrade 1.0 to include upstream off-chip activation and expansion of T cells prior to on-chip selection, using multi-cytokine and cytotoxicity assays. Opto Cell Therapy Development 2.0 will eliminate the need for dendritic cells, which will reduce overall process variation, time and cost.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Fully integrated cell therapy solution—We are developing workflows and a new advanced automation system to enable our platform to be deployed as a fully integrated solution for manufacture and therapy monitoring of cell therapies. We believe that these additions to our platform can address critical challenges and could enable the production of cell therapies on an integrated platform in a decentralized setting, close to the patient.

Synthetic biology workflows

In September of 2019, we signed a collaboration agreement with Ginkgo, a leader in the synthetic biology market, or the Ginkgo Agreement. Under the Ginkgo Agreement, Ginkgo has agreed to incorporate the Berkeley Lights Platform into its automated genetic engineering foundries. The collaboration will, among other things, drive jointly developed workflows that will help provide continued growth in output and efficiency of Ginkgo’s foundries and will establish our commercial workflow offering in the synthetic biology market. We are currently developing multiple workflows encompassing a variety of organisms with Ginkgo. For more information regarding our collaboration with Ginkgo, please see “—Intellectual property—Licenses and collaboration—Ginkgo collaboration agreement.”

 

119


Table of Contents

Market opportunity

While our platform is currently utilized primarily in the discovery and development stages of the value chain and marketed as research use only, or RUO, we believe that the capabilities of our platform will enable us to capture an increasingly greater share of our addressable market opportunity and the value chain across cell-based product industries, including being incorporated into the commercial manufacturing process. Our current workflows target customers in the antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology markets. We estimate that end market sales of cell-based products in antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology were approximately $148 billion in 2019 and are expected to grow to $255 billion by 2024 at an 11% CAGR. We believe there are approximately 1,600 companies, academic institutions, and governmental and other organizations currently focused on developing cell-based products and we estimate our total addressable market to be approximately $23 billion, which includes addressable markets of approximately $6 billion in antibody therapeutics, approximately $15 billion in cell therapy and approximately $2 billion in synthetic biology. Our estimates of our total addressable markets are based on potential customer research and development spending, addressable aspects of potential customers’ end product development process, and potential platform usage. We also utilize estimated penetration and placement rates for our platform with potential customers in our target markets and historical patterns for consumables usage.

Antibody therapeutics market opportunity

We believe traditional methods for antibody therapeutics discovery and development are lengthy and inefficient. According to a 2016 study by Tufts Center for the Study of Drug Development, developing a drug costs on average $2.6 billion. Development of a drug can also take an average 10 years to develop according to research published in 2015 by PhRMA. Furthermore, antibody therapeutics drug discovery and development are becoming more challenging as companies continue to pursue more complex drug targets, and use new modalities such as multi-specific antibodies. This rising complexity increases the time and cost of the pharmaceutical discovery and development cycle and puts further pressure on returns on investment in the antibody therapeutics industry. According to research published by the Deloitte Centre for Health Solutions in 2019, the top 12 biopharmaceutical companies ranked by research and development spend in 2009, saw their internal rate of return on research and development spend decline from 10.1% in 2010 to 1.8% in 2019.

Plasma B cell antibody discovery workflow market opportunity

The antibody therapeutics discovery process involves screening hundreds of thousands of antibody secreting cells to select a few final cell candidates to move into later stages of development. These cells are generally harvested from immunized animals that are having an immune response to the target disease being addressed. The response to any immunogen can vary wildly and, in certain cases, yield only a few cells that may secrete attractive antibody candidates for downstream development. Finding these rare cells is analogous to searching for a “needle in a haystack.” We believe that methods to rapidly functionally screen B cell repertoires are required to meet the demand for fast-paced therapeutic antibody discovery and that common methods are inadequate. The common methods for selecting candidates are characterized by high losses in biodiversity prior to functional screen for the desired antibody, or by skipping any functional screening before sequencing. This can increase the sequencing cost by hundreds of thousands of dollars and significantly extends the time for discovery of functionally validated candidates. The dilemma created by these two approaches is to either manage discovery and development cost in exchange for less biodiversity and yield, or to maximize biodiversity and yield, but increase time and costs. We believe the Berkeley Lights Platform addresses this dilemma and provides cost competitive access to the highest biodiversity, yield and the shortest discovery time.

 

120


Table of Contents

Current methods and limitations

Developed approximately 45 years ago, the hybridoma method remains the most common way to discover antibodies. However, we believe that the hybridoma method has significant inefficiencies. It generally takes approximately 8 to 12 weeks to complete a campaign and results in 99.9% process-based loss of the relevant immune repertoire at the beginning of the process. This biodiversity loss is particularly devastating for antibody discovery campaigns involving challenging immunogens, wherein the antigen specific repertoire is limited. This problem can be exacerbated if the starting cell sample is limited from the beginning, for example in the selection of plasma cells from human blood for antibodies. Furthermore, the hybridoma method generally is not used with certain cells such as lymph nodes or bone marrow, which contain some of the most attractive therapeutic candidates.

More recently, the antibody therapeutics industry has been implementing a direct B cell sequencing method to circumvent the biodiversity losses in the hybridoma method. While this allows for capture of a large part of the immune repertoire, it requires a very large number of sequences to be re-expressed, including for cells that may not have the desired functional characteristics. This method requires a tradeoff between increased biodiversity capture and cost to re-express thousands of potentially non-functioning antibodies. Re-expression of a single sequence in a cell line costs hundreds of dollars, and when multiplied by thousands of sequences, the total cost becomes significant.

Our platform performs early functional validation at the single B cell stage when the maximum immune repertoire is available. Our Opto Plasma B Discovery workflows discover functionally diverse therapeutic antibody candidates in days as compared to 8 to 12 weeks for hybridoma or approximately 5 to 8 weeks for direct B cell sequencing. One of our customers performed more than 15 hybridoma campaigns over multiple months and found only one hit, which turned out not to be a lead candidate. Using our platform to run our Opto Plasma B Discovery 1.0 workflow, the customer found over 200 hits.

Antibody discovery for viral neutralization market opportunity

Emerging viral pathogens are a threat to human life and the global economy. Rapid discovery and development of antibody therapeutics targeting emerging viral pathogens is a critical and unmet global need. As exemplified by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, time required to develop a therapeutic is critical, and days matter. B cell-based antibody drug discovery targeting an emerging viral pathogen can begin as soon as a patient has recovered. Access to the blood of recovering patients, therefore, becomes of paramount importance. We believe there is a significant advantage to be able to deploy the Berkeley Lights Platform locally across the globe, to have proximity to the sites of initial viral infection.

We recently created the Global Emerging Pathogen Antibody Discovery Consortium (GEPAD) to attack COVID-19 and other emerging viral pathogens. Leveraging the Berkeley Lights Platform, including our Opto Viral Neutralization 1.0 workflow, consortium members are engaging in rapid antibody discovery against emerging pathogens and advancing workflow development. We believe our platform can use the blood of recovering patients as the foundation for therapeutics, with COVID-19 representing a first example. Our goal is to create the quickest therapeutic response to emerging viral pathogens globally.

Opto Cell Line Development workflows market opportunity

Once antibody product candidates have been discovered, the functionally confirmed lead candidates move through antibody engineering to cell line development for the identification of clonal lines capable of producing product antibody at low cost, high quality and scale. Customers in the antibody therapeutics industry, therefore, require stable, monoclonal production cell lines that produce high titers of antibody in their

 

121


Table of Contents

production bioreactors. The productivity of the cell line has a strong correlation to the production cost and output.

We believe, much like the antibody discovery process, common cell line development methods are time consuming and laborious. In commonly used cell line development methods, the time from expansion through selection and cloning of production clones can take from 8 to 12 weeks. Our Opto Cell Line Development workflows find the high production cell lines in less than one week.

Common cell line development methods employ well plate-based screening of Chinese hamster ovary, or CHO, cell transfections to identify potential candidate clones for scale up. Once the transfected and selected CHO cells are cloned into well plates and cultured for weeks, the antibody titer is measured. Although well plates poorly predict titer measurements in large scale bioreactors, they are often used as a low-quality tool for initial down-selection of the cells. Our platform enables functional productivity screening of thousands of individual CHO clones to find the best cells and we believe our platform does so faster and more efficiently than common cell line development methods.

Cell therapy market opportunity

Cell therapy is a rapidly growing biopharmaceutical market that holds significant potential, particularly in treating certain cancers. According to Evaluate Pharma, end market sales in cell therapy reached $1 billion in 2019 and are projected to grow to $14 billion by 2024 at a 68% CAGR. We are focused on, among other things, the development and manufacture of patient-specific, autologous cell therapies. These therapies are custom manufactured for each patient as compared to antibody therapeutics where a single therapy can serve millions of patients. To date, there are two FDA approved autologous T cell therapies for cancer, but there are hundreds of clinical trials underway. In a typical autologous cell therapy workflow, T cells are extracted from a cancer patient, genetically altered and manufactured in a centralized facility, and then returned and infused into the patient.

Cell therapy is a newly emerging therapeutic modality, and many challenges to safety, efficacy and cost remain. Due, in part to the complexity and significant risk and side effects, cell therapies are only approved for patients with very advanced cancer. Given the compromised immune system of these patients has fewer capable T cells to begin with, finding and preserving the best cells to treat the cancer is essential. The critical challenges in this field are to keep the precious cells alive, dramatically improve cell characterization and reduce manufacturing time and the time to prepare the therapy for reintroduction to the patient. Today’s methods can take weeks from the time cells are taken from the patient until they are re-infused into the patient. The time and cell losses of cell extraction, labeling, freezing, shipping, receiving, identity verification, thawing, producing, analyzing, reformulating and reanalyzing, before freezing again, and shipping back to the point of care, make cell therapy adoption challenging. Centralization of these therapies, far removed from the patients, not only adds time but also requires freezing the cells. This leads to losses of very precious patient cells impacting the ability to manufacture the therapy. Finally, current cell therapies are expensive, limiting their broader use and availability.

We believe our solution has the potential to:

 

 

Improve the safety and efficacy of a cell therapy by improving patient diagnostics, monitoring and cell-based quality controls during manufacturing;

 

 

Utilize data to help determine optimal dosage;

 

 

Increase availability by scaling even minute usable T cell samples to therapeutically useful dosages; and

 

 

Improve manufacturing process and cycle time, resulting in a more predictable, timely therapy for patients.

 

122


Table of Contents

We believe there is a significant opportunity to simplify these methods with a closed, fully automated and self-contained cell therapy manufacturing system, decentralized, in proximity to the patient, operated at the point of care setting. We believe the expertise we have gained to manipulate, culture and interrogate cells can be leveraged to deploy our platform as a differentiated solution in this emerging market.

Opto Cell Therapy Development workflow market opportunity

Characterization of T cell therapeutics demand proof of potency, specificity, identity and sterility. The Opto Cell Therapy Development workflows are designed to measure critical quality attributes for cell therapies. For example, to assess product purity and identity, target cells, which express the therapeutically relevant antigen, and non-target cells, which do not express the antigen, can be preloaded into different sets of NanoPens on our OptoSelect chip, along with cytokine capture beads. A T cell product can then be imported into the chip. An assessment of product purity and identity can be made at this point. Recognition of the target antigen leads to the release of cytokines by the T cells and the magnitude of the release can be quantified and digitally captured. In addition, the absence of a response to the non-target cells can be verified. In this way, we expect in the future to generate a statistical analysis across thousands of individual measurements to assess the potency, specificity and identity of the cell therapy. This analysis could be performed at any point or at multiple points in the manufacturing process. We are currently extending these assay methods to measure other T cell responses to antigens, such as proliferative and killing capacities, for exploratory cell product characterization. In designing an end-to-end autologous cell therapy manufacturing system, we are embedding our OptoSelect chip-based analytics as a core capability.

 

 

LOGO

Pictured above: Assembly, visualization and characterization of individual cell-cell interactions and recovery of live cells of interest

 

123


Table of Contents

Cell therapy manufacturing market opportunity

The currently deployed centralized method for T cell manufacturing is long and laborious, has many manual steps, and results in significant amounts of product variation and high cost. We believe that our platform can address critical challenges and enable physicians and scientists to cost effectively discover, assess, develop and scale manufacturing of cell therapies on an integrated platform, located at the point of care.

We believe we can adapt our platform to accelerate the development path for cell therapies by automating and decentralizing the cell therapy manufacturing process. Our assays can measure the quality of the manufactured cell therapy product during the manufacturing process. We envision that cell therapies, enabled by our platform, can become defined, well characterized drug products, manufactured in proximity to the patient, generally at a lower cost than currently approved therapies.

We envision that each cell therapy treatment manufactured would be patient-specific and would require our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits on a per patient basis. Once a cell therapy has received regulatory approval on our system, we could become the manufacturing process of record for these therapies moving forward.

Pictured below: Cell therapy manufacturing system currently under development

 

 

LOGO

Cell therapy patient monitoring workflow market opportunity

Careful monitoring of patients throughout the duration of cell therapy treatment, from preparing and considering treatment options to monitoring the long-term recovery of the patients post therapy, is a crucial success factor. Collecting source material is critical to the selection of the final cell therapy and to the manufacturing process. Because currently approved cell therapies are autologous, patients must be evaluated carefully before they become candidates for the cell therapy.

We believe that immune monitoring of patients before and after cell therapy could be extremely valuable. Treatment options will be informed by the understanding of tumor microenvironments and mechanisms of patient specific immune-suppression by tumor. Our platform is highly efficient for extracting information from small cell samples. For example, samples from fine needle aspirates are usually recovered using an 18 or 22 gauge needle connected to a 1mL-2mL syringe barrel. This small volume contains very few cells and cannot be

 

124


Table of Contents

effectively run on a FACS machine or injected into a mass spectrometer. More importantly, neither FACS machines nor Mass Spectrometers can provide the functional assessments associated with cytokine release and cytotoxicity needed to determine if any T cell infiltration was associated with tumor cell killing. The Berkeley Lights Platform is well suited for processing these small and precious primary cell samples. By leveraging the cell therapy development assays from our Opto Cell Therapy workflows, we expect that we can quickly assemble workflows that will provide a functional assessment of an animal’s or a patient’s immune response in pre-clinical or clinical work, respectively. We believe this will further accelerate the rate at which lifesaving therapeutics can reach the market and to patients that need them. We also believe these workflows may have the opportunity to become companion diagnostics for cell therapies in the future.

Our market research, comprised of interviews with academic and pharmaceutical industry participants, found that respondents were excited by the power of our technology, especially for use with fine needle aspirates and core biopsies. We found that there are many oncology sample access points, each with different pricing points. Based on a per sample price of thousands of dollars per sample, the immune profiling opportunity for Berkeley Lights could be hundreds of millions of dollars.

Synthetic biology market opportunity

According to BCC Research, the synthetic biology market had end-market sales of approximately $5 billion in 2019 and is expected to grow to $19 billion by 2024 at a 29% CAGR. In synthetic biology, participants design and build millions of different strains per year from organisms, such as bacteria or yeast, by altering their genetic code. They then functionally test these millions of cells with different genetic alterations to find the best cells that not only produce the desired product, such as secreted proteins, enzymes and strains applicable to food, flavors, fragrances and materials, but do so in an economically viable way.

Just as with cell line development in the antibody therapeutics market, cell productivity is measured by secretion, growth, response to changing media and other factors to select the best cells. Understanding the correlation of cell productivity to a full production scale fermenter early in the process directly impacts manufacturing costs and the profitability of the product. Once the desired productivity metric is achieved, our customers commence production of their target product.

The synthetic biology process is characterized by three key steps: design, build and test. These three steps are continuously iterated to drive feedback into the design for the next iteration until the desired result is achieved. Using conventional methods requires significant time and capital. We expect iterations that take weeks using conventional methods are likely to be able to be completed in days using our platform.

 

LOGO

 

125


Table of Contents

Synthetic biology discovery workflow opportunity

In line with our strategy of entering new markets through partnerships with established leaders, we demonstrated results from our Opto Plasma B Discovery 1.0 and Opto Cell Line Development 1.0 workflows to Ginkgo. In September of 2019, we signed the Ginkgo Agreement with aggregate payments to us over the term of the agreement of up to $150 million with Ginkgo. For more information regarding our collaboration with Ginkgo, please see “—Intellectual property—Licenses and collaboration—Ginkgo collaboration agreement.”

Under the Ginkgo Agreement, Ginkgo has agreed to integrate the Berkeley Lights Platform into its automated genetic engineering foundries. The collaboration will drive, among other things, jointly developed workflows with the aim of continued growth in output and efficiency of Ginkgo’s foundries while expanding our commercial workflow offering and growth in this market.

Unlike biopharmaceuticals, where the constraint is associated with expensive and long-lead times in pre-clinical and clinical work, most products in synthetic biology are, at this time, less regulated. The major constraint in this market is rapidly discovering economically viable strains that can produce the desired product specifications by design and at a level of efficiency to be cost competitive. Decreasing design, build and test cycle times while increasing correlation to large scale fermentation has a direct impact on the rate at which products can get to market and the manufacturer’s return on investment. Revenue opportunities for Berkeley Lights in synthetic biology are largely a function of new customers, number of organisms supported and overall number of products pursued by this industry.

Commercial

We commercially launched the Berkeley Lights Platform in December of 2016, which included Beacon and the alpha version of our Opto Cell Line Development 1.0 workflow targeting the antibody therapeutics market. From the initial launch of our platform through May 31, 2020, we have launched a total of six commercial workflows and, in June of 2019, we launched our desktop Lightning system targeting assay development and lower throughput workflows. Our current workflows target potential customers across the antibody therapeutics, cell therapy and synthetic biology markets. This potential customer base is primarily comprised of companies developing biotherapeutics. As of December 31, 2019, our customer base was comprised of 45 customers and included eight of the ten largest biopharmaceutical companies in the world ranked by 2019 revenue who comprised 18% of our revenue in 2019, as well as biotechnology companies, leading contract research organizations, synthetic biology companies and academic research institutions.

As of March 31, 2020, we employed a commercial team of 74 employees, including 24 with Ph.D. degrees and many with significant industry experience. Of the 74 commercial employees, 32 were in business development, sales and marketing, while 42 were employed within our customer success organization, which is focused primarily on customer service and support efforts. As of March 31, 2020, our commercial team included 17 quota carrying sales representatives. We follow a direct sales model in North America, certain regions in Europe and China, while also selling through third party distributors and dealers in Asia.

Our business model is focused on driving the adoption of the Berkeley Lights Platform and maximizing its use across our customers’ value chains. This is achieved by enabling more functional testing of single cells throughout our customers’ value chains and by finding opportunities for customers to perform single-cell functional testing earlier in their product development process. We engage with potential customers to identify a significant challenge they are facing and then evaluate which workflows and underlying assays can address their problem. Customers can gain access to our platform via direct purchase, subscription, or strategic partnership. In many cases we can address customer needs with existing or variants of existing workflows.

 

126


Table of Contents

Alternately, we may form strategic partnerships to develop substantially new workflows with our customers to address their needs. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, revenue was $21.2 million and $39.1 million from direct purchase (or 68% and 69%, respectively), respectively, none and $89,000 from subscription (or 0% for both periods), respectively, and $6.9 million and $9.6 million from strategic partnerships (or 22% and 17%, respectively), respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, revenue was $9.0 million and $9.4 million from direct purchase (or 71% and 69%, respectively), respectively, none and $55,000 from subscription (or 0% for both periods), respectively, and $2.3 million and $1.9 million from strategic partnerships (or 18% and 13%, respectively), respectively.

Competition

We face significant competition in the life sciences technology market. We currently compete with both established and early stage life sciences technology companies that design, manufacture and market systems, consumables, reagent kits and software for, among other applications, genomics, single-cell analysis, spatial analysis and immunology, and/or provide services related to the same. Growing understanding of the importance of single-cell information is leading to more companies offering services related to collecting such information. Our potential competitors include Danaher, Menarini Silicon Biosystems, Miltenyi Biotec and Sphere Fluidics Ltd., among others. Our target customers may also elect to develop their workflows on legacy systems, or using traditional methods, rather than implementing our platform and may decide to stop using our platform. In addition, there are many large established players in the life science technology market that we do not currently compete with but that could develop systems, tools or other products that will compete with us in the future. These large established companies have substantially greater financial and other resources than us, including larger research and development staff or more established marketing and sales forces.

For further discussion of the risks we face relating to competition, see the section titled “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and strategy—The life sciences technology market is highly competitive, and if we cannot compete successfully with our competitors, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenue, or achieve and sustain profitability.”

Manufacturing and supply

We developed the Berkeley Lights Platform to create the most advanced environment for functional testing of single cells and provide customers local access to Digital Cell Biology for developing cell-based products on a global scale. Our platform is a fully integrated, end-to-end solution, comprised of our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems and advanced application and workflow software. Our platform leverages our proprietary OptoElectro Positioning (OEP) technology, which provides deterministic positioning of live single cells and other micro-objects using light. We believe our platform delivers a high level of control over, and preservation of, live single cells or other micro-objects throughout the functional characterization process.

Our manufacturing strategy relies heavily on third parties. Manufacturing of our systems, reagent kits and OptoSelect chip components is contracted out to third party contract manufacturers and suppliers located in the United States, Europe and Asia. We perform final assembly of our OptoSelect chips in-house. Our outsourced production strategy is intended to drive cost leverage and scale and avoid the high capital outlays and fixed costs related to constructing and operating a manufacturing facility. Certain suppliers of our components and materials are single source suppliers. For further discussion of the risks relating to our third party suppliers, see the section titled “Risk factors—Risks related to manufacturing and supply.”

 

127


Table of Contents

Consumables—OptoSelect chips and reagent kits

We obtain all components of our OptoSelect chips from third party suppliers. While some components are sourced from a single supplier, we have qualified, or are qualifying, second sources for several of our critical chip requirements, as well as our reagent kits, and proprietary chip surface coatings. We believe that having dual sources for certain of our components helps reduce the risk of a potential production delay caused by a disruption in the supply of a critical component. We perform final manufacturing and assembly of our OptoSelect chips at our facilities in Emeryville, California. We outsource the manufacturing of many of our commercially released reagent kits to third party contract manufacturers.

Advanced automation systems

We rely heavily on third party contract manufacturers for production and manufacturing of Beacon, Lightning and Culture Station. Design work, prototyping and pilot manufacturing of our advanced automation systems are performed in-house before outsourcing to the third party contract manufacturers. We currently rely on Korvis LLC for the manufacturing of Beacon and Culture Station. For additional information on our supply arrangement with Korvis, see below under “Korvis supply agreement.”

Korvis supply agreement

In February of 2015, we entered into a supply agreement with Korvis LLC, or Korvis, which was subsequently amended in April of 2019, or the Korvis Agreement. The Korvis Agreement governs the terms and conditions of any purchase orders that we submit to Korvis for the manufacture of Beacon and Culture Station. Under the terms of the Korvis Agreement, Korvis will manufacture our products according to agreed-upon specifications. Korvis is required to maintain minimum manufacturing capacity of a specified number of Beacon systems per month. In addition, we may issue purchase orders in such volumes that require Korvis to maintain at least a specified minimum number of Beacon systems in its finished goods inventory. We are not otherwise obligated to issue a purchase order, and Korvis is only obligated to accept purchase orders for any specified number of products if the purchase order is consistent with a forecast and aligns with Korvis’s then-current lead times. The initial term of the Korvis Agreement was 24 months, after which the agreement automatically renews for successive 12-month terms unless we or Korvis provide written notice of intent not to renew at least 90 days’ prior to the end of the then-current term. Either we or Korvis may terminate the Korvis Agreement (i) upon a material breach of the agreement that is not cured with 30 days of the other party’s notice of such breach, (ii) upon the other party’s bankruptcy or insolvency, or (iii) if, for any given consecutive 120-day period, both parties do not have any purchase orders outstanding and there is no finished goods inventory of Beacon systems being maintained by Korvis.

The Korvis Agreement also includes negotiated provisions relating to, among others, delivery, inspection procedures, warranties, intellectual property rights, indemnification, and confidentiality.

Intellectual property

Protection of our intellectual property is fundamental to the long-term success of our business. We seek to ensure that investments made into the development of our technology are protected by relying on a combination of patent rights, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, including know-how, license agreements, confidentiality agreements and procedures, non-disclosure agreements with third parties, employee disclosure and invention assignment agreements and other contractual rights.

Our patent strategy is focused on seeking coverage for various elements of our Berkeley Lights Platform, including our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems, including Beacon, Lightning,

 

128


Table of Contents

and Culture Station and advanced workflow software. In addition, we file for patent protection on the certain therapeutic and diagnostic products and processes discovered using or derived from the Berkeley Lights Platform.

As of June 1, 2020, our owned patent assets included approximately 25 U.S. patents, 62 pending U.S. patent applications, 15 pending patent cooperation treaty, or PCT, applications, 116 foreign patents and 293 pending foreign patent applications in various foreign jurisdictions, including Australia, Canada, China, the European Union, Hong Kong, Israel, Japan, South Korea, Singapore and Taiwan. Our owned patent assets include 16 patents and applications that are jointly owned by us and by the UC Regents, including 2 U.S. patents, 1 pending U.S. patent application, 1 pending PCT application, 6 foreign patents and 6 foreign patent applications, of which the 2 U.S. patents, the 6 foreign patents and 2 of the foreign patents applications are included within the scope of our exclusive licensing arrangement with the UC Regents. As of June 1, 2020, our in-licensed patent assets included 9 U.S. patents, 1 foreign patent, 1 pending U.S. patent application, and 1 pending foreign patent application. Excluding any patent term extension, the currently issued BLI-owned patents are expected to expire between 2033 to 2038. The currently issued in-licensed patents are expected to expire from 2022 to 2032. We do not expect that the expiration of any patent in 2022 will materially impact our business, future operations or financial position.

Various of our owned patents and patent applications relate to our advanced automation systems, including our Beacon, Lightning and/or Culture Station systems and our OEP technology, other of our patents and patent applications relate to our advanced application and workflow software, including our CAS software, our Workflow Runner/Builder software, our Image Analyzer software, and/or our Assay Analyzer software, still other of our owned patents and patent applications relate to our OptoSelect chips, and still other of our owned patents and patent applications relate to our reagent kits and/or our workflows. Certain of our owned patents and patent applications relate to more than one product group or technology. Our in-licensed patents and patent applications generally relate to micro opto-fluidics. We also have patents related to products or technology that are under development or are on our development roadmap.

We also rely on copyrights, trade secrets, including know-how, unpatented technology and other proprietary information, to strengthen our competitive position. We have determined that certain technologies, such as

certain processes, methods and surface coatings, are better kept as trade secrets. To mitigate the chance of trade secret misappropriation, it is our policy to enter into nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to trade secrets, such as our employees, collaborators, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants that obligate them to assign to us any inventions they have developed while working for us.

We also seek to protect our brand through procurement of trademark rights. As of March 31, 2020, we own three registered trademarks in the U.S. and 16 registered trademarks internationally, as well as five U.S. and 30 international pending trademark applications. Such international jurisdictions in which we own registered trademarks or pending trademark applications include Australia, Canada, China, the European Union, Israel, Japan, South Korea and Singapore. Our registered trademarks and pending trademark applications include trademarks for Berkeley Lights, NanoPen, OptoSelect, Beacon, Lightning, and our Berkeley Lights logo. In order to supplement protection of our brand, we have also registered several internet domain names.

Licenses and collaborations

UC Regents license agreement

In October of 2011, we entered into a license agreement, which was subsequently amended in March 2016, or the UC Agreement, with The Regents of the University of California, or the UC Regents, pursuant to which UC

 

129


Table of Contents

Regents granted us an exclusive (subject to certain non-commercial rights reserved by UC Regents and certain rights retained by the U.S. government, including so-called march-in rights), sublicensable, worldwide license under certain patent rights owned by UC Regents related to optoelectronic tweezer technology to develop, manufacture, use and commercialize products, services and methods that are covered by such patent rights, or the Licensed Products.

We paid UC Regents upfront payments totaling $15,000 in connection with executing the UC Agreement. In addition, we issued an aggregate of 501,986 shares of our common stock, which had an aggregate fair value at the time of issuance of approximately $30,000, to certain persons associated with UC Regents upon the occurrence of a qualifying financing event. Additionally, we must pay UC Regents a sub-single digit percentage royalty on our net sales of Licensed Products that are covered by a valid claim of the licensed patents, subject to an annual minimum royalty payment owed to UC Regents of $10,000. We are also obligated to pay UC Regents a percentage of certain royalty income received from our sublicensees ranging from the low- to mid-teens.

We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, manufacture and commercialize the Licensed Products.

The UC Agreement will continue until the expiration of the last to expire patent or last to be abandoned patent application that is licensed to us, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the UC Agreement. We may terminate the UC Agreement by providing advance written notice as specified in the UC Agreement. UC Regents may terminate the UC Agreement if we violate or fail to perform any term of the UC Agreement and we fail to cure such violation or failure within 90 days of notice thereof from UC Regents. Additionally, if we challenge the validity or enforceability of any of the licensed patents, UC Regents may remove such patents from the scope of our license.

Ginkgo collaboration agreement

In September of 2019, we entered into the Ginkgo Agreement with Ginkgo to collaborate on developing and deploying workflows on Beacon and Lightning, or the Berkeley Lights Systems, to accelerate the engineering of microbial organisms and mammalian cell lines, and pursuant to which Ginkgo will purchase from us the Berkeley Lights Systems and related consumables and support services on the terms and conditions set forth in the Ginkgo Agreement.

We and Ginkgo must use diligent efforts to perform our respective obligations under the Ginkgo Agreement, including with respect to our collaborative development of workflows for the Berkeley Lights Systems. Such initial development of workflows will be focused on yeast and mammalian cells, subject to the requirements specified in the Ginkgo Agreement. We and Ginkgo may also collaboratively develop additional workflows during the term of the Ginkgo Agreement, subject to the terms of the Ginkgo Agreement. The collaborative development of such workflows under the Ginkgo Agreement will be conducted by us and Ginkgo as set forth in workflow development plans drafted by the parties and approved by a joint review committee comprised of two (2) representatives of Ginkgo and two (2) of our representatives. Such joint review committee will oversee and make certain decisions regarding such collaborative development of workflows under the Ginkgo Agreement as set forth therein.

Pursuant to the Ginkgo Agreement, we received an upfront payment of $10.0 million, and such amount is fully creditable against certain other payments owed by Ginkgo to us during the term of the Ginkgo Agreement. Additionally, Ginkgo is obligated to pay us at least $109.0 million, and up to $150.0 million, over the term of the Ginkgo Agreement, such payments to us being comprised of (1) payments for our efforts under the workflow development plans and (2) payments for purchases of the Berkeley Lights Systems, associated consumables,

 

130


Table of Contents

related support services, annual license use fees, and certain other payments. Ginkgo has the right to pre-pay and buy down the remainder of such purchasing obligations, such right, the Buy-Down Right. We are also entitled to receive potential development and regulatory milestone payments, to the extent Ginkgo receives the same from a third party, of up to an aggregate of $11.5 million for each applicable antibody therapeutic product in the event that Ginkgo uses certain of our propriety workflows to conduct commercial services for a third party and such services results in the discovery of an antibody to be used as the active ingredient in a therapeutic product in connection with the development of such antibody therapeutic product.

Unless terminated earlier, or extended, in accordance with its terms, the Ginkgo Agreement will continue until the seventh anniversary of the effective date, subject to certain automatic extensions, including for our failure to supply. The Ginkgo Agreement will automatically terminate if Ginkgo, at any time after the second year of the Ginkgo Agreement term, elects to exercise its Buy-Down Right. In addition, either party may terminate the Ginkgo Agreement (1) for the material breach by the other party (including, with respect to us, a material supply failure), (2) upon the occurrence of certain insolvency related events of the other party, and (3) for certain force majeure events.

Government regulations

Our products and operations may be subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA and other federal, state, or local authorities, as well as foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA regulates, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, clearance, approval, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, advertising, promotion, marketing, distribution, post-market monitoring and reporting, and import and export of medical devices. Our products are currently marketed as research use only, or RUO.

RUO products cannot make any claims related to safety, effectiveness or diagnostic utility and they cannot be intended for human clinical diagnostic use. In November 2013, the FDA issued a final guidance on products labeled RUO, which, among other things, reaffirmed that a company may not make any clinical or diagnostic claims about an RUO product. The FDA will also evaluate the totality of the circumstances to determine if the product is intended for diagnostic purposes. If the FDA were to determine, based on the totality of circumstances, that our products labeled and marketed for RUO are intended for diagnostic purposes, they would be considered medical devices that will require clearance or approval prior to commercialization.

Regulatory framework for medical devices in the United States

Pursuant to its authority under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, the FDA has jurisdiction over medical devices, which are defined to include, among other things, in vitro diagnostic devices, or IVDs. IVDs that are marketed for RUO are not intended for use in a clinical investigation or for clinical diagnostic use outside an investigation and must be labeled “For Research Use Only. Not for use in diagnostic procedures.” Products that are intended for RUO and are properly labeled as RUO are exempt from compliance with the FDA’s requirements applicable to medical devices more generally, including the requirements for clearance or approval and compliance with manufacturing requirements known as the Quality System Regulation, or QSR. A product labeled RUO but intended to be used diagnostically may be viewed by the FDA as adulterated and misbranded under the FDCA and is subject to FDA enforcement activities. The FDA may consider the totality of the circumstances surrounding distribution and use of an RUO product, including how the product is marketed, when determining its intended use.

Although we currently market our products as RUO, we may in the future intend for them to be used for clinical or diagnostic purposes, or may develop other different products intended for clinical or diagnostic purposes, which would result in the application of a more onerous set of regulatory requirements. Specifically, unless an

 

131


Table of Contents

exemption applies, each new or significantly modified medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a premarket notification to the FDA requesting permission for commercial distribution under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval from the FDA of an application for premarket approval, or PMA. Both the 510(k) clearance and PMA processes can be resource intensive, expensive and lengthy, and require payment of significant user fees.

Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to provide reasonable assurances with respect to safety and effectiveness.

Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and effectiveness can be reasonably assured by adherence to a set of FDA regulations, referred to as the General Controls for Medical Devices, which require compliance with the applicable portions of the QSR facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse events and malfunctions, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below. Most Class I products are exempt from the premarket notification requirements.

Class II devices are those that are subject to the General Controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. These special controls can include performance standards, patient registries, FDA guidance documents and post-market surveillance. Most Class II devices are subject to premarket review and clearance by the FDA. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification process.

Class III devices include devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as life-supporting or life-sustaining devices, or implantable devices, in addition to those deemed novel and not substantially equivalent following the 510(k) process. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be reasonably assured solely by the General Controls and Special Controls described above. Therefore, these devices are subject to the PMA application process, which is generally more costly and time-consuming than the 510(k) process. Through the PMA application process, the applicant must submit data and information demonstrating reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use to the FDA’s satisfaction. Accordingly, a PMA typically includes, but is not limited to, extensive technical information regarding device design and development, pre-clinical and clinical trial data, manufacturing information, labeling and financial disclosure information for the clinical investigators in device studies. The PMA application must provide valid scientific evidence that demonstrates to the FDA’s satisfaction a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use.

After a device enters commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

 

 

the FDA’s QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

 

 

labeling regulations, unique device identification requirements and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or off-label uses;

 

 

advertising and promotion requirements;

 

 

restrictions on sale, distribution or use of a device;

 

 

PMA annual reporting requirements;

 

132


Table of Contents
 

PMA approval of product modifications, or the potential for new 510(k) clearances for certain modifications to 510(k)-cleared devices;

 

 

medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;

 

 

medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

 

 

recall requirements, including a mandatory recall if there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death;

 

 

an order of repair, replacement or refund;

 

 

device tracking requirements; and

 

 

post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. Medical device manufacturers are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA and other state, local and foreign regulatory authorities to assess compliance with the QSR and other applicable regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of any suppliers. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include sanctions such as: warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties; unanticipated expenditures, repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products; operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production; the FDA’s refusal of our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new products, new intended uses or modifications to existing products; the FDA’s refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries; and withdrawing 510(k) clearance or premarket approvals that have already been granted and criminal prosecution.

It is also possible that in the future we develop a therapeutic that would be subject to different but also comprehensive FDA regulatory requirements.

Employees

As of March 31, 2020, we had 210 full-time employees, with 88 in research and development, 74 in business development, sales, marketing and support, 21 in manufacturing and operations and 27 in general and administrative functions. None of our employees is represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment with us. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Emeryville, California, where we lease and occupy approximately 54,063 square feet of space. We currently sublease 5,400 square feet of the space we occupy at our corporate headquarters pursuant to a sublease that expires in February 2022. On June 25, 2020, we entered into an operating lease for 34,789 square feet of additional space in Emeryville, California, as well as amended our existing lease arrangements to vacate certain existing space and extend the terms of our remaining existing space in Emeryville. The lease for additional space commences October 1, 2020 and all of the leases now expire on March 31, 2028. We believe that such facilities meet our current and future anticipated needs.

 

133


Table of Contents

Legal proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings. We are not currently a party to any litigation or legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

134


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our current executive officers and directors as of June 25, 2020:

 

     
Name    Age    Position(s)

Executive officers and employee director

     

Eric D. Hobbs, Ph.D.

   43    Chief Executive Officer and Director

Shaun M. Holt

   42    Chief Financial Officer

Keith J. Breinlinger, Ph.D.

   45    Chief Technology Officer

Stuart L. Merkadeau

   59    General Counsel

Non-employee directors

     

Sarah Boyce

   48    Director

Igor Khandros, Ph.D.

   65    Director

Gregory Lucier

   56    Director

Michael Marks

   69    Director

Michael Moritz

   65    Director

Elizabeth Nelson

   59    Director

James Rothman, Ph.D.

   69    Director

Ming Wu, Ph.D.

   59    Director

Makoto Shintani

   70    Director

 

Executive officers and employee director

Eric D. Hobbs, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors and as our Chief Executive Officer since March 2017. Previously, Dr. Hobbs served as our Senior Vice President, Operations and Consumables, from March 2016 to March 2017, as our Vice President, Operations and Consumables, from February 2015 to March 2016, and as Senior Director, Research and Development, from May 2013 until February 2015. Prior to Berkeley Lights, Dr. Hobbs held roles of increasing responsibility at FormFactor Inc., or FormFactor, a publicly-traded semiconductor technology company, serving most recently as Senior Director of Product Management. Dr. Hobbs received his B.A. in Liberal Arts, with minors in Mathematics and Physics from Saint Mary’s College of California, his B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Southern California, and his M.S. and Ph.D. in Mechanical Engineering, Microelectromechanical Systems, from the University of California, Berkeley. We believe Dr. Hobbs is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience as our Chief Executive Officer and his educational background.

Shaun M. Holt has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2016. Previously, Mr. Holt served as our Vice President, Head of Finance and Accounting from November 2015 to March 2016. Mr. Holt previously served in a variety of finance leadership roles at Illumina, Inc., a publicly traded life sciences analytics company, from

 

135


Table of Contents

July 2008 until November 2015, including Senior Director, Head of Finance, Global Business Units and Research and Development, Finance Director, Head of EMEA Finance & Accounting, and Head of Commercial Financial Planning and Analysis. Mr. Holt also previously served as Manager of Financial Planning and Analysis at Websense, Inc. from June 2005 until July 2008. Mr. Holt was a Senior Financial Analyst at Kyocera Communications, Inc. from 2004 to 2005, and Cost Accountant, Cost Analyst and Financial Analyst at Macromedia, Inc. from 2001 to 2004. Mr. Holt received his B.B.A. in Finance from California State University, Stanislaus.

Keith J. Breinlinger, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Technology Officer since March 2013. Previously, Dr. Breinlinger was a Product and System Architect at FormFactor from July 2005 until March 2013, and a Mechanical Architect at Teradyne from 1996 to 2005. From 1993 until 1995, Dr. Breinlinger was a Mechanical Designer at iRobot. Dr. Breinlinger received his B.S., M.S. and Ph.D. in Mechanical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Stuart L. Merkadeau has served as our General Counsel since June 2015. Mr. Merkadeau previously served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of FormFactor from October 2002 until May 2015, and as Vice President, Intellectual Property of FormFactor from July 2000 to September 2002. Prior to this, Mr. Merkadeau was a partner at Graham & James LLP, a private law firm, where he oversaw a variety of licensing, corporate, and litigation matters across a broad range of technologies. Mr. Merkadeau received his B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Northwestern University and his J.D. from the University of California, Los Angeles School of Law. He is admitted to practice law in California and is registered before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

Non-employee directors

Sarah Boyce has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2019. Ms. Boyce has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Avidity Biosciences LLC, a privately-held biotechnology company, since October 2019. Previously, Ms. Boyce served as the President and served on the board of directors of Akcea Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly-traded biopharmaceutical company, from April 2018 to September 2019. Before that, Ms. Boyce was the Chief Business Officer of Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly-traded biotechnology company, from January 2015 to April 2018. Prior to joining Ionis, Ms. Boyce was Vice President, Head of International Business Strategy and Operations at Forest Laboratories, Inc., a publicly-traded pharmaceutical company that was acquired by Actavis Pharma, Inc. from 2012 to 2014. She was Vice President, Global Head Nephrology Therapeutics Area of Alexion Pharmaceuticals Inc., a publicly-traded pharmaceutical company, from 2010 to 2011. She held various positions at Novartis Group AG, a publicly-traded Swiss healthcare company, including Vice President, Global Program Head, Pediatric and Specialty from 2000 to 2010. Ms. Boyce currently serves on the board of directors of Avidity Biosciences LLC, a privately-held biotechnology company and Ligand Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a publicly-traded biopharmaceutical company. Ms. Boyce received her B.S. in Microbiology from the University of Manchester, England. We believe Ms. Boyce is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her extensive experience as an executive and director of public and private companies in the biotechnology industry.

Igor Khandros, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. Dr. Khandros has served as Chief Executive Officer of Nutcracker Therapeutics, Inc., a privately-held biotechnology company, since October 2017. Dr. Khandros is one of our Co-Founders and, from 2011 to March 2017, served as our Chief Executive Officer. Previously, Dr. Khandros founded and served on the boards of directors of two publicly-traded companies, FormFactor and Tessera Technologies, Inc., a technology licensing company. Dr. Khandros received an M.S.-equivalent degree in Metallurgical Engineering from Kiev Polytechnic Institute in Kiev, Ukraine, and a Ph.D. in Metallurgy from Stevens Institute of Technology. We believe Dr. Khandros is qualified to serve on our

 

136


Table of Contents

board of directors due to his educational background, his experience as a founder and former executive of our Company and his extensive experience as a founder, executive and board member at other public and private technology companies.

Gregory Lucier has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2020. Mr. Lucier has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Corza Health, Inc., a privately-held company focused on acquiring companies and assets as part of a strategy to build a market-leading healthcare business, since April 2019. Prior to that, he served as Chief Executive Officer of NuVasive, Inc., a publicly-traded medical device company, from June 2015 to December 2018. Before joining Nuvasive, Mr. Lucier was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Life Technologies Corporation (formerly Invitrogen Corporation), a publicly-traded global biotechnology company, from May 2003 until it was acquired by Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. in February 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Lucier was a corporate officer at General Electric Company, where he served in a variety of leadership roles. Mr. Lucier is Chairman of the boards of directors of Nuvasive, Inc., a publicly traded medical device company, and Epic Sciences, a privately-held biotechnology company, and has served as a director of Catalent, Inc., a publicly-traded pharmaceutical company, since April 2015, and previously served on the boards of directors of Life Technologies Corporation from May 2003 to February 2014, of CareFusion Corporation, a publicly-traded medical device company, from August 2009 until its sale to Becton Dickinson in March 2015, and of Invuity, Inc. from October 2014 until its sale to Stryker in October 2018. Mr. Lucier received his B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Pennsylvania State University and his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Lucier is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience as an executive and director at medical device and life sciences companies.

Michael Marks has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2014. Mr. Marks has served as Founding Managing Partner of WRVI Capital, a technology venture capital fund, since 2019, as Managing Partner of Paxion Capital, a venture capital fund, since 2017, as Founding Managing Partner of WRV Capital, a technology venture capital fund, since 2015 and as Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Founder of Katerra, Inc., or Katerra, a technology company, since 2015. Previously, Mr. Marks was a Founding Partner of Riverwood Capital, a private equity firm, from March 2007 until May 2019 and a Partner and Senior Advisor at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., a private equity firm, from 2006 to 2007. Prior to these roles, Mr. Marks served as Chief Executive Officer of Flextronics from 1994 until 2006 and as member of its board of directors from 1994 to 2007. Mr. Marks currently serves on the board of directors of several companies, including Katerra, Lolli & Pops, a privately-held candy manufacturing company, Bossa Nova, a privately-held robotics company, The Melt, a restaurant chain and H2O.ai, a software company. Mr. Marks previously served on the board of directors of publicly-traded companies, Schlumberger Limited, an oilfield services company, from January 2015 to July 2019, GoPro, Inc., a technology company from February 2011 to April 2017 and SanDisk Corporation, a manufacturer of flash memory products from 2003 to September 2016. Mr. Marks received his B.A. and M.A. in Psychology from Oberlin College and his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Marks is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience as chief executive officer and member of the boards of directors of numerous companies, his expertise in financial and accounting matters and his investment experience.

Michael Moritz has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2015. Mr. Moritz has been a Managing Partner of Sequoia Capital, a venture capital fund, since 1986. Mr. Moritz currently serves on the board of directors of numerous private companies, including Stripe, Inc., a financial technology company, Instacart, a grocery delivery technology company, Charlotte Tilbury, a cosmetics company, GameFly, a technology company, Klarna, a financial technology company, and Group Nine Media, a digital media company. Previously, Mr. Moritz served on the board of directors of LinkedIn Corporation, a publicly-traded professional networking company, from 2011 to June 2016 and Green Dot Corporation, a publicly-traded financial technology company, from 2003 to May 2016. Mr. Moritz received his M.A. in History from Christ Church, Oxford. We

 

137


Table of Contents

believe Mr. Moritz is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his background in and over 25 years’ experience with the venture capital industry, providing guidance and counsel to a range of internet and technology companies, and service on the boards of directors of various private and public companies.

Elizabeth Nelson has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2019. Since 2006, Ms. Nelson has served as principal of equusventures, an investment fund that she founded. From 1996 until 2005, Ms. Nelson served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Macromedia, Inc., software development company, where she also served as a director from January 2005 to December 2005. Ms. Nelson currently serves on the board of directors of Nokia Corporation, a Finnish publicly-traded telecommunications company, since July 2012, Upwork Inc., a publicly-traded technology company, since April 2015, and several private companies, including DAI Global, Noodle.ai and Smule. Previously, Ms. Nelson served on the board of directors of Zendesk, Inc., a publicly-traded software company, from July 2012 to May 2019, and Pandora Media, Inc., a music and software company, from July 2013 to June 2017. Ms. Nelson received her B.S. in Foreign Service from Georgetown University and her M.B.A. in Finance from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Ms. Nelson is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her financial, accounting and operational experience from prior experience as an executive and director for various private and public technology companies.

James Rothman, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2016. Dr. Rothman has been a faculty member at Yale University since 2008, where he serves as the Sterling Professor of Cell Biology, Chairman of the Yale School of Medicine’s Department of Cell Biology and is the Director and founder of the Nanobiology Institute. Dr. Rothman served as Chief Scientific Officer of GE Healthcare, from 2001 to 2013. Previously, Dr. Rothman founded and chaired the Department of Cellular Biochemistry and Biophysics at Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center from 1991 until 2004, where he held the Paul A. Marks Chair and served as Vice-Chairman. Previously, Dr. Rothman was the Wu Professor of Chemical Biology in the Department of Physiology and Cellular Biophysics at Columbia University and Director of Columbia University’s Sulzberger Genome Center, from 2004 to 2008. Dr. Rothman was awarded the 2013 Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine, for his work on vesicle trafficking. Dr. Rothman currently serves on the boards of directors for various private biotechnology companies. Dr. Rothman received his B.A. in Physics from Yale College and his Ph.D. in Biochemistry from Harvard University. We believe that Dr. Rothman is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his educational background and extensive experience in biochemistry and cell biology, as well as his experience as an executive of healthcare and biotechnology companies.

Ming Wu, Ph.D. is one of our Co-Founders and has served as a member of our board of directors since 2011. Dr. Wu currently serves as the Nortel Distinguished Professor of Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences at the University of California, Berkeley, and Co-Director of Berkeley Sensor and Actuator Center, and has been a faculty member at the University of California, Berkeley since 2004. In 1997, Dr. Wu co-founded a company that commercialized micro-electro-mechanical system optical switches. Dr. Wu was a professor in the electrical engineering department at the University of California, Los Angeles from 1992 to 2004, and was a member of the technical staff at AT&T Bell Laboratories, an industrial research and scientific development company, from 1988 to 1992. Dr. Wu received his B.S. in Electrical Engineering from National Taiwan University and Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from the University of California, Berkeley. We believe Dr. Wu is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience as a co-founder and director of our company, as well as his educational and academic background, and his expertise in optoelectronic tweezer technology.

Makoto Shintani has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2018. Mr. Shintani currently serves as a Senior Fellow of the Healthcare Business Unit of Nikon Corporation, a Japanese publicly-traded corporation specializing in optics and imaging products, and previously served as Corporate Vice President and Deputy General Manager from April 2015 until March 2019. From January 2007 to March 2011, Mr. Shintani served as a member of the board of directors of IS Japan and as a member of the board of directors and Chief

 

138


Table of Contents

Executive Officer of Irvine Scientific Sales. Mr. Shintani previously served on the board of directors of Beckman Coulter Life Sciences Japan, a privately-held healthcare company, from December 2013 to February 2015. Mr. Shintani received his B.S. in Biochemistry and Microbiology from the University of Tokyo, and subsequently served as an International Fellow of SRI International. We believe that Mr. Shintani is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience as an executive in technology and life sciences companies.

Family relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board composition

The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required. Our board of directors currently consists of ten directors.

Voting arrangements

The members of our board of directors were elected in compliance with the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and a voting agreement among certain of our stockholders. Pursuant to these provisions, the holders of our Series A, Series A-1 and Series A-2 convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class, have the right to elect two directors to our board of directors, the holders of our Series B convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to elect one director to our board of directors, the holders of our Series C convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to elect two directors to our board of directors, the holders of our Series E convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to elect one director to our board of directors, the holders of our common stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to elect one director to our board of directors, and the holders of our common stock and our convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class, have the right to elect the balance of the total number of our directors, which are designated as follows:

 

 

two members designated by the holders of a majority of our Series A, Series A-1 and Series A-2 convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class, for which Dr. Wu and Dr. Khandros have been designated;

 

 

one member designated by the holders of a majority of our Series B convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, for which Ms. Nelson has been designated;

 

 

two members designated by the holders of a majority of our Series C convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, for which Messrs. Marks and Moritz have been designated;

 

 

one member designated by the holders of a majority of our Series E convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, for which Mr. Shintani has been designated;

 

 

one member elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock, voting as a separate class, who shall be our then-serving Chief Executive Officer, for which Dr. Hobbs has been designated;

 

 

two members designated by the holders of a majority of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class, for which Dr. Rothman and Mr. Lucier have been designated; and

 

 

one member designated by the holders of a majority of our voting stock, together as a single class, for which Ms. Boyce has been designated.

 

139


Table of Contents

The provisions of our restated certificate of incorporate and voting agreement relating to the selection of our directors will terminate in connection with this offering.

Classified board of directors

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the completion of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

 

the Class I directors will be                 ,                  and                 , and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;

 

 

the Class II directors will be                 ,                 and                 , and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

 

 

the Class III directors will be                 ,                 ,                  and                 , and their terms will be expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will go into effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Director independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Under the listing requirements and rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, independent directors must compose a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within 12 months after its initial public offering. In addition, the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market require that, subject to specified exceptions and phase in periods following its initial public offering, each member of a listed company’s audit and compensation, nominating and governance committee be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, or Rule 10A-3. Under the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

To be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of our audit committee, our board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of

 

140


Table of Contents

directors has determined that none of our directors, other than Drs. Hobbs and Rothman, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the listing requirements and rules of the Nasdaq Global Market. Dr. Hobbs is not considered independent because he is an employee of Berkeley Lights. Dr. Rothman is not considered independent because he received compensation in excess of $120,000 during each of the preceding three years pursuant to our strategic/scientific advisor consulting agreement with him. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Our board of directors also determined that                 ,                  and                 , the members of our audit committee, upon the completion of this offering, satisfy the independence standards for the audit committee established by applicable rules of the SEC, and the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market and Rule 10A-3.

Our board of directors has determined that                 ,                  and                  the members of our compensation committee, upon the completion of this offering, are “non-employee directors” as that term is defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

Each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent within the meaning of the applicable listing standards, is a non-employee director and is free from any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment.

Board committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit committee

Our audit committee consists of                 ,                  and                 . The chair of our audit committee is                 , whom our board of directors has determined is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market. Our board of directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, the board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their experience in the corporate finance sector.

The responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

 

appointing, approving the compensation of and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

 

 

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

141


Table of Contents
 

monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

 

 

discussing our risk management policies;

 

 

reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

 

 

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

Compensation committee

Our compensation committee consists of                 ,                  and                 . The chair of our compensation committee is                 .

The responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

 

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers;

 

 

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

 

selecting independent compensation consultants and advisors and assessing whether there are any conflicts of interest with any of the committees compensation advisors; and

 

 

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of                  and                 . The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is                 .

The responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

 

identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

 

 

recommending to our board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

 

reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to management succession planning;

 

 

developing and recommending to the board corporate governance principles; and

 

 

overseeing a periodic evaluation of the board.

Role of the board in risk oversight

The audit committee of the board of directors is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes on behalf of the board of directors. Going forward, we expect that the audit committee will receive reports from management on at least a quarterly basis regarding our assessment of risks. In addition, the audit committee reports regularly to the board of directors, which also considers our risk profile. The audit committee and the board of directors focus on the most significant risks we face and our general risk management strategies. While the board of directors oversees our risk management, management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our board of directors expects management to consider

 

142


Table of Contents

risk and risk management in each business decision, to proactively develop and monitor risk management strategies and processes for day-to-day activities and to effectively implement risk management strategies adopted by the audit committee and the board of directors. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks we face and that our board of directors’ leadership structure, which also emphasizes the independence of the board of directors in its oversight of its business and affairs, supports this approach.

Risk considerations in our compensation program

We intend to conduct assessments of our compensation policies and practices for our employees to determine whether those policies and practices are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Code of business conduct and ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.berkeleylights.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of the Nasdaq Global Market concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is currently or has ever been our officer or employee. None of our executive officers serves, or has served during the last fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions, of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our compensation committee.

Director compensation

Historically, we have not had a formalized non-employee director compensation program. Our non-employee directors did not receive any cash consideration for their service in fiscal year 2019. In September 2019, we granted each of Ms. Boyce and Ms. Nelson an option to purchase 200,000 and 315,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, each with an exercise price per share equal to fair market value on the date of grant. The options are early exercisable in exchange for restricted stock and vest as to 1/48th of on each monthly anniversary of August 8, 2019, subject to the holder’s continued service through each applicable vesting date. Ms. Nelson early-exercised 93,438 unvested stock options subject to her award in fiscal 2019 and received a restricted stock award for shares our common stock, subject to our right of repurchase in the event that Ms. Nelson’s service with us terminates for any reason. Dr. Rothman received certain additional compensation for his participation on our Strategic Scientific Advisory Board and advice concerning research and development activities during 2019 in the aggregate amount of $250,000. In June 2016, we adopted an equity acceleration policy for our non-employee directors whereby in the event of a change in control, the vesting of 100% of each director’s stock options will be accelerated effect as of the change in control, subject to the applicable director executing a general release of claims against the company and its affiliates. In addition, we reimburse our non-employee directors for travel and other necessary business expenses incurred in the performance of their services for us.

 

143


Table of Contents

We intend to approve and implement a compensation policy for our non-employee directors to be effective on the consummation of this offering.

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

         
Name    Fees Earned
or
Paid in Cash
($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
     Total
($)
 

James Rothman, Ph.D.

                   250,000        250,000  

John Gunn(3)

                           

Sarah Boyce

            394,498               394,498  

Elizabeth Nelson

            621,334               621,334  

Igor Khandros, Ph.D.

                           

Michael Marks

                           

Michael Moritz

                           

Ming Wu, Ph.D.

                           

Makoto Shintani

                           

 

 

 

(1)   Amounts shown represents the grant date fair value of options granted during fiscal year 2019 as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for the assumptions used in calculating this amount. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by the director upon exercise of the applicable awards or sale of the underlying shares of stock. We did not grant stock options to any other non-employee director in fiscal year 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate number of equity awards held by each of our non-employee directors was as follows: Dr. Rothman held options to purchase 750,000 shares of our common stock; Mr. Gunn held options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock; Ms. Boyce held options to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock; Ms. Nelson held options to purchase 215,000 shares of our common stock and 73,750 restricted shares of our common stock acquired upon the early exercise of her option award.

 

(2)   Dr. Rothman received compensation of $250,000 associated with his participation on our Strategic Scientific Advisory Board during 2019.

 

(3)   Mr. Gunn resigned from our board of directors in June 2020.

Because Mr. Lucier joined our board of directors in June 2020 and did not receive any compensation in the year ended December 31, 2019, he is omitted from the table above.

Post-IPO director compensation program

In connection with this offering, we intend to implement a compensation program for our non-employee directors that we expect will consist of a combination of cash annual retainer fees and long-term equity-based compensation. Our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing this program.

 

144


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

The following is a discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers, or NEOs. This discussion contains forward looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies.

We seek to ensure that the total compensation paid to our executive officers is reasonable and competitive. Compensation of our executives is structured around the achievement of individual performance and near-term corporate targets as well as long-term business objectives.

Our named executive officers, or NEOs, for fiscal year 2019 were as follows:

 

 

Eric D. Hobbs, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer;

 

Shaun M. Holt, our Chief Financial Officer; and

 

Keith J. Breinlinger, Ph.D., our Chief Technology Officer.

2019 summary compensation table

The following table sets forth total compensation paid to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended on December 31, 2019.

 

           
Name and Principal Position   Year     Salary
($)
    Option
Awards
($)(1)(2)
   

Non-Equity Incentive
Compensation

($)(3)

    Total
($)
 

Eric D. Hobbs, Ph.D., Chief Executive Officer

    2019       513,750       6,934,085             7,447,835  

Shaun M. Holt, Chief Financial Officer

    2019       383,000       286,319             669,319  

Keith J. Breinlinger, Ph.D., Chief Technology Officer

    2019       375,000       715,694       64,453       1,155,147  

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   For the option awards column, amounts shown represents the grant date fair value of stock awards and options granted during fiscal year 2019 as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See Note 11 of the consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for the assumptions used in calculating this amount. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by the NEO upon exercise of the applicable awards or sale of the underlying shares of stock.
(2)   Dr. Hobbs’ option column includes 2,000,000 shares for which vesting is earned based on achievement of certain performance goals established for fiscal years 2019 to 2022. The grant date fair value of the performance-based shares subject to the option assuming the highest level of performance conditions will be achieved is $4,070,065. As of December 31, 2019, no performance criteria had been met and 1,750,000 such options remained outstanding.
(3)   For the non-equity incentive plan compensation column, the amount shown for Dr. Breinlinger represents the annual performance-based bonus earned based on the achievement of certain corporate and individual goals established for fiscal year 2019. This amount was paid to Dr. Breinlinger in early 2020 following certification of achievement. Please see the descriptions of the annual performance bonuses paid to Dr. Breinlinger under “2019 bonuses” below, including target amount. The other NEOs were not eligible for any annual performance-based bonus in fiscal year 2019.

Narrative to summary compensation table

2019 salaries

Our NEOs each receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities.

 

145


Table of Contents

The Company increased the base salary of each of Dr. Hobbs and Mr. Holt effective as of February 1, 2019 to $515,000 and $384,000, respectively. For fiscal year 2019, Dr. Breinlinger’s base salary was $375,000.

Our board of directors and compensation committee may adjust base salaries from time to time in their discretion.

2019 bonuses

For service in fiscal year 2019, Dr. Hobbs and Mr. Holt were not eligible to earn any bonuses. Dr. Breinlinger earned a bonus in fiscal year 2019 related to certain corporate and individual performance goals for the fiscal year. For fiscal year 2019, the total target bonus was established as 25% of Dr. Breinlinger’s eligible base salary. Our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer have historically reviewed these target percentages to ensure they are adequate, but does not follow a formula. Instead, our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer set these rates based on Dr. Breinlinger’s experience in his role with us and the level of responsibility held by Dr. Breinlinger.

For determining the amount of the target bonus to be paid, our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer set certain performance goals. In 2019, 50% of the target bonus was tied to revenue targets in the first half of fiscal year and 50% of the target bonus was tied to individual performance in the second half of fiscal year. Following review and determinations of corporate and individual performance for 2019, it was determined that Dr. Breinlinger’s annual bonus was earned at 69% of his target bonus, based on achievement of 100% of the revenue target in the first half of fiscal year 2019 and 38% of the individual performance targets in the second half of fiscal year 2019. The actual amount of the 2019 annual bonus paid to Dr. Breinlinger for 2019 was $64,453.

Equity-based compensation

In fiscal year 2019, we granted options to purchase our common stock to each of our NEOs. In February 2019, we granted each of Dr. Hobbs, Mr. Holt and Dr. Breinlinger an option to purchase 2,000,000, 200,000 and 500,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, each with an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Each of the awards vests and becomes exercisable as to 1/48th of the shares on each monthly anniversary of February 7, 2019, subject to the applicable holder’s continued service to the Company through the applicable vesting date. In September 2019, we granted Dr. Hobbs an additional option to purchase 2,000,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The shares become eligible to vest based on achievement of certain performance goals established for fiscal years 2019 to 2022, as determined by our board of directors. Vesting of the applicable number of shares subject to the option will occur in substantially equal installments over a 12- to 24-month period upon achievement of the applicable performance goal, subject to Dr. Hobbs’ continued service through the applicable vesting date. As of December 31, 2019, the performance goals in fiscal year 2019 were not achieved, resulting in a forfeiture of 250,000 shares and, as of December 31, 2019, none of the performance criteria had been achieved and therefore none of the shares were vested or exercisable.

In June 2016, we adopted a double trigger equity acceleration policy for our executive officers, including our NEOs, whereby if, within 12 months following a change in control, the applicable executive is terminated by us without cause or by the individual for good reason, then the vesting of 100% of the executive’s outstanding stock options will be accelerated as of such termination, subject to the applicable individual’s execution of a general release of claims against us and our affiliates. With respect to Dr. Hobbs’ performance-based stock option described above, all performance conditions subject to the option will be deemed satisfied at target in addition to the accelerated vesting described above, effective as of the date of the qualifying termination.

 

146


Table of Contents

We intend to adopt a 2020 Incentive Award Plan, referred to below as the 2020 Plan, in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and certain of its affiliates and to enable us to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. We expect that the 2020 Plan will be effective on the date on which it is adopted by our board of directors, subject to approval of such plan by our stockholders. For additional information about the 2020 Plan, please see the section titled “Equity compensation plans” below.

Other elements of compensation

Retirement savings and health and welfare benefits

We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.

All of our full-time employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including medical, dental and vision benefits; medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts; short-term and long-term disability insurance; and life and AD&D insurance.

Perquisites and other personal benefits

We provide limited perquisites to our NEOs when our compensation committee determines that such perquisites are necessary or advisable to fairly compensate or incentivize our employees. In 2019, we did not provide our NEOs with any perquisites that were not provided to all employees generally.

 

147


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at 2019 fiscal year end

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2019.

 

     
             Option Awards  
Name    Vesting
Commencement
Date(1)(2)
    Number
of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable
     Number
Of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
     Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Eric D. Hobbs,
Ph.D., Chief Executive Officer

    

5/6/2013

2/14/2015

8/16/2016

1/6/2015

3/24/2016

4/14/2017

11/2/2017

2/7/2019

9/12/2019

 

(3)(4)  

(4)  

 

 

(4)  

(4)  

(4)  

(5)  

   

150,000

100,000

104,166

75,000

108,000

333,333

520,833

416,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    


20,834

12,000

166,667

479,167

1,583,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    


1,750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   $

 

0.06

0.06

0.32

0.32

1.13

1.27

1.05

3.13

4.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

6/16/2023

2/26/2024

10/13/2024

2/12/2025

3/23/2026

4/13/2027

11/1/2027

2/6/2029

9/12/2029

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shaun M. Holt,
Chief Financial Officer

    

11/16/2015

3/24/2016

11/2/2017

2/7/2019

 

 

(4)  

(4)  

   

500,000

135,000

104,166

41,666

 

 

 

 

    


15,000

95,834

158,334

 

 

 

 

    


 

 

 

 

    

1.13

1.13

1.05

3.13

 

 

 

 

    

11/30/2025

3/23/2026

11/1/2027

2/6/2029

 

 

 

 

Keith J.
Breinlinger, Ph.D., Chief Technology Officer

    

3/18/2013

2/14/2015

8/16/2016

1/16/2015

3/24/2016

2/2/2017

11/2/2017

2/7/2019

 

(3)(4)  

(4)  

 

 

(4)  

(4)  

(4)  

   

112,000

100,000

83,333

50,000

67,500

177,083

156,250

104,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    


16,667

7,500

72,917

143,750

395,834

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

0.06

0.06

0.32

0.32

1.13

1.27

1.05

3.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

6/16/2023

2/26/2024

10/13/2024

2/12/2025

3/23/2026

2/1/2027

11/1/2027

2/6/2029

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Except as otherwise noted, options and stock awards vest as to 25% of the shares on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and vest as to 1/48th of the shares monthly thereafter, such that all awards will be vested on the four year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to the Company through such vesting date.

 

(2)   All of the stock options held by each of our NEOs are eligible to receive accelerated vesting, as described above under our equity acceleration policy.

 

(3)   The option is early exercisable in exchange for restricted shares subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company.

 

(4)  

1/48th of the shares vest on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, such that all awards will be vested on the four year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to the Company through such vesting date.

 

(5)   The shares become eligible to vest based on achievement certain performance goals established for fiscal years 2019 to 2022, established and evaluated by our board of directors. Vesting of the applicable number of shares subject to the option will occur in substantially equal installments over a 12-month period upon achievement of the applicable performance goal, subject to Dr. Hobbs’ continued service through the applicable vesting date, and the shares subject to the option are either achieved or not achieved. As of December 31, 2019, none of these criteria had been achieved and therefore none of the shares were vested or exercisable.

 

148


Table of Contents

Executive compensation arrangements

Offer letters

Eric D. Hobbs, Ph.D.

In May 2013, we entered into an offer letter with Dr. Hobbs, under which he was entitled to an annual base salary of $200,000, eligibility to participate in our benefit plans and an option to purchase 150,000 shares of our common stock. For a description of the material terms of this stock option grant, see footnotes 1 and 2 to the outstanding equity awards at 2019 fiscal year end table.

Shaun M. Holt

In October 2015, we entered into an offer letter with Mr. Holt, under which he was entitled to an annual base salary of $360,000, eligibility to participate in our benefit plans, $30,000 of relocation assistance to relocate to the San Francisco, Bay Area, temporary lodging for up to one month and an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock. For a description of the material terms of this stock option grant, see footnotes 1 and 2 to the outstanding equity awards at 2019 fiscal year end table.

Keith J. Breinlinger, Ph.D.

In February 2013, we entered into an offer letter with Dr. Breinlinger, under which he was entitled to an annual base salary of $200,000, eligibility to participate in our benefit plans and an option to purchase 180,000 shares of our common stock. For a description of the material terms of this stock option grant, see footnotes 1 and 2 to the outstanding equity awards at 2019 fiscal year end table.

Equity compensation plans

The following summarizes the material terms of the long-term incentive compensation plan in which our named executive officers will be eligible to participate following the consummation of this offering and our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2011 Plan, under which we have previously made periodic grants of equity and equity-based awards to our named executive officers and other key employees.

2020 Incentive Award Plan

We intend to adopt the 2020 Plan, which will be effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock. The principal purpose of the 2020 Plan is to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The material terms of the 2020 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Share reserve. Under the 2020 Plan,                shares of our common stock will be initially reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other stock-based awards, plus the number of shares remaining available for future awards under the 2011 Plan, as of the effective date of the 2020 Plan. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance or transfer pursuant to awards under the 2020 Plan will be increased by (i) the number of shares represented by awards outstanding under our 2011 Plan that are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which following the effective date are not issued under our 2011 Plan plus (ii) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2021 and ending in 2030, equal to the lesser of (A)                % of the shares of stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately

 

149


Table of Contents

preceding fiscal year and (B) such smaller number of shares of stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, that no more than                shares of stock may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options.

The following counting provisions will be in effect for the share reserve under the 2020 Plan:

 

 

to the extent that an award terminates, expires or lapses for any reason or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of shares, any shares subject to the award at such time will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

to the extent shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant, exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any award under the 2020 Plan, such tendered or withheld shares will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

to the extent shares subject to stock appreciation rights are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of stock appreciation rights on exercise thereof, such shares will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

to the extent that shares of our common stock are repurchased by us prior to vesting so that shares are returned to us, such shares will be available for future grants under the 2020 Plan;

 

 

the payment of dividend equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding awards will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan; and

 

 

to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by us or any of our subsidiaries will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan.

Administration. The compensation committee of our board of directors is expected to administer the 2020 Plan unless our board of directors assumes authority for administration. The compensation committee must consist of at least three members of our board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “independent director” within the meaning of the rules of the applicable stock exchange, or other principal securities market on which shares of our common stock are traded. The 2020 Plan provides that the board or compensation committee may delegate its authority to grant awards to employees other than executive officers and certain senior executives of the company to a committee consisting of one or more members of our board of directors or one or more of our officers, other than awards made to our non-employee directors, which must be approved by our full board of directors.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2020 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2020 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2020 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time remove the compensation committee as the administrator and revest in itself the authority to administer the 2020 Plan. The full board of directors will administer the 2020 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.

Eligibility. Options, SARs, restricted stock and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2020 Plan may be granted to individuals who are then our officers, employees or consultants or are the officers, employees or consultants of certain of our subsidiaries. Such awards also may be granted to our directors. Only employees of our company or certain of our subsidiaries may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs.

 

150


Table of Contents

Awards. The 2020 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock- or cash-based awards and dividend equivalents, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

 

 

Nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant’s continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the administrator. NSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator that does not exceed ten years.

 

 

Incentive stock options, or ISOs, will be designed in a manner intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, may only be granted to employees, and must not be exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2020 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years measured from the date of grant.

 

 

Restricted stock may be granted to any eligible individual and made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse, however, extraordinary dividends will generally be placed in escrow, and will not be released until restrictions are removed or expire.

 

 

Restricted stock units may be awarded to any eligible individual, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.

 

 

Stock appreciation rights, or SARs, may be granted in connection with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs granted in connection with stock options or other awards typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2020 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. SARs under the 2020 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator.

 

 

Other stock or cash-based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock. Other stock or cash-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards. The plan

 

151


Table of Contents
 

administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash-based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

 

Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend payments dates during the period between a specified date and the date such award terminates or expires, as determined by the plan administrator. In addition, dividend equivalents with respect to shares covered by a performance award will only be paid to the participant at the same time or times and to the same extent that the vesting conditions, if any, are subsequently satisfied and the performance award vests with respect to such shares.

Any award may be granted as a performance award, meaning that the award will be subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals.

Change in control. In the event of a change in control, unless the plan administrator elects to terminate an award in exchange for cash, rights or other property, or cause an award to accelerate in full prior to the change in control, such award will continue in effect or be assumed or substituted by the acquirer, provided that any performance-based portion of the award will be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. In the event the acquirer refuses to assume or replace awards granted, prior to the consummation of such transaction, awards issued under the 2020 Plan will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of such awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. The administrator may also make appropriate adjustments to awards under the 2020 Plan and is authorized to provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution or conversion of such awards in the event of a change in control or certain other unusual or nonrecurring events or transactions.

Adjustments of awards. In the event of any stock dividend or other distribution, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, recapitalization, repurchase or any other corporate event affecting the number of outstanding shares of our common stock or the share price of our common stock that would require adjustments to the 2020 Plan or any awards under the 2020 Plan in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available thereunder, the administrator will make appropriate, proportionate adjustments to: (i) the aggregate number and type of shares subject to the 2020 Plan; (ii) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards and terms and conditions of outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such awards); and (iii) the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding awards under the 2020 Plan.

Amendment and termination. The administrator may terminate, amend or modify the 2020 Plan at any time and from time to time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable stock exchange rule). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an option may be amended to reduce the per share exercise price below the per share exercise price of such option on the grant date and options may be granted in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation or surrender of options having a higher per share exercise price without receiving additional stockholder approval.

No incentive stock options may be granted pursuant to the 2020 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2020 Plan, and no additional annual share increases to the 2020 Plan’s aggregate share limit will occur from and after such anniversary. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2020 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2020 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

 

152


Table of Contents

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2011 Plan on June 10, 2011, which has been periodically amended from time to time, and was approved by our stockholders on December 16, 2011. Following this offering, and in connection with the effectiveness of our 2020 Plan, no further awards will be granted under the 2011 Plan. However, all outstanding awards under the 2011 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms under the 2011 Plan. Upon the circumstances set forth under the description of our 2020 Plan, shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2011 Plan will be added to the share reserve of the 2020 Plan. The purpose of the 2011 Plan is to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to our success by offering eligible persons an opportunity to participate in the 2011 Plan.

Share reserve. Under the 2011 Plan, we have previously reserved 25,256,695 shares of common stock. Upon the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan, no additional stock awards may be granted under the 2011 Plan. Any equity awards granted under the 2011 Plan will remain subject to the terms of the 2011 Plan and applicable award agreement, until such outstanding awards that are stock options are exercised, terminate or expire by their terms, and until any restricted stock awards become vested, terminate or are forfeited.

Administration. Our board of directors, or a committee appointed by our board of directors, acts as the administrator of the 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan provides that the board may delegate its authority to grant to a committee consisting of one or more members of our board of directors or one or more of our officers so long as such officer is a member of the board, other than awards made to our non-employee directors, which must be approved by our full board of directors. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2011 Plan, the administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2011 Plan. The administrator has the full power to implement and carry out the 2011 Plan.

Eligibility. Options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards under the 2011 Plan may be granted to officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its affiliates. Only employees of our company or certain of our subsidiaries may be granted incentive stock options, or ISOs.

Awards. The 2011 Plan provides for the grant or issue of stock options (both ISOs and NSOs), SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, other stock- or cash-based awards and dividend equivalents, or any combination thereof. Each award is set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award which indicates the type, terms and conditions of the award.

Adjustments of awards. In the event that the number of outstanding shares of our common stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in our capital structure without consideration, then (a) the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan, (b) the exercise prices of and number of shares subject to outstanding options and SARs and (c) the purchase prices of and/or number of shares of common stock subject to other outstanding awards will be proportionately adjusted.

Corporate transaction. In the case of an acquisition or other combination (as each such term is defined in the 2011 Plan), the administrator may, in its discretion, provide for (a) the assumption, replacement or substitution of awards in exchange for equivalent awards, substantially similar consideration or other property for the shares subject to outstanding awards or (b) if awards are not assumed, replaced or substituted, the cancellation of awards without accelerated vesting.

Amendment and termination. The administrator may terminate or amend the 2011 Plan at any time and from time to time and may terminate any and all outstanding options or SARs upon a dissolution or liquidation of the

 

153


Table of Contents

company, followed by the payment of creditors and the distribution of any remaining funds to our stockholders. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable law.

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we refer to as our ESPP, and which will become effective on the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock. The ESPP is designed to allow our eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The material terms of the ESPP, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below.

Administration. Subject to the terms and conditions of the ESPP, our compensation committee will administer the ESPP. Our compensation committee can delegate administrative tasks under the ESPP to the services of an agent and/or employees to assist in the administration of the ESPP. The administrator will have the discretionary authority to administer and interpret the ESPP. Interpretations and constructions of the administrator of any provision of the ESPP or of any rights thereunder will be conclusive and binding on all persons. We will bear all expenses and liabilities incurred by the ESPP administrator.

Share reserve. The maximum number of shares of our common stock which will be authorized for sale under the ESPP is equal to the sum of (a)                 shares of common stock and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2021 and ending in 2030, equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the shares of common stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) such number of shares of common stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, no more than                shares of our common stock may be issued under the ESPP. The shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP may be authorized but unissued shares or reacquired shares.

Eligibility. Employees eligible to participate in the ESPP for a given offering period generally include employees who are employed by us or one of our subsidiaries on the first day of the offering period, or the enrollment date. Our employees (and, if applicable, any employees of our subsidiaries) who customarily work less than five months in a calendar year or are customarily scheduled to work less than 20 hours per week will not be eligible to participate in the ESPP. Finally, an employee who owns (or is deemed to own through attribution) 5% or more of the combined voting power or value of all our classes of stock or of one of our subsidiaries will not be allowed to participate in the ESPP.

Participation. Employees will enroll under the ESPP by completing a payroll deduction form permitting the deduction from their compensation of at least 1% of their compensation but not more than the lesser of 15% of their compensation or $50,000. Such payroll deductions may be expressed as either a whole number percentage or a fixed dollar amount, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each purchase date. However, a participant may not purchase more than 15,000 shares in each offering period and may not subscribe for more than $25,000 in fair market value of shares of our common stock (determined at the time the option is granted) during any calendar year. The ESPP administrator has the authority to change these limitations for any subsequent offering period.

Offering. Under the ESPP, participants are offered the option to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount during a series of successive offering periods, the duration and timing of which will be determined by the ESPP administrator. However, in no event may an offering period be longer than 27 months in length.

The option purchase price will be the lower of 85% of the closing trading price per share of our common stock on the first trading date of an offering period in which a participant is enrolled or 85% of the closing trading price per share on the purchase date, which will occur on the last trading day of each offering period.

 

154


Table of Contents

Unless a participant has previously canceled his or her participation in the ESPP before the purchase date, the participant will be deemed to have exercised his or her option in full as of each purchase date. Upon exercise, the participant will purchase the number of whole shares that his or her accumulated payroll deductions will buy at the option purchase price, subject to the participation limitations listed above.

A participant may cancel his or her payroll deduction authorization at any time prior to the end of the offering period. Upon cancellation, the participant will have the option to either (i) receive a refund of the participant’s account balance in cash without interest or (ii) exercise the participant’s option for the current offering period for the maximum number of shares of common stock on the applicable purchase date, with the remaining account balance refunded in cash without interest. Following at least one payroll deduction, a participant may also decrease (but not increase) his or her payroll deduction authorization once during any offering period. If a participant wants to increase or decrease the rate of payroll withholding, he or she may do so effective for the next offering period by submitting a new form before the offering period for which such change is to be effective.

A participant may not assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) payroll deductions credited to a participant’s account or any rights to exercise an option or to receive shares of our common stock under the ESPP, and during a participant’s lifetime, options in the ESPP shall be exercisable only by such participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will not be given effect.

Adjustments upon changes in recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation, merger or asset sale. In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of our common stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the common stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, we will proportionately adjust the aggregate number of shares of our common stock offered under the ESPP, the number and price of shares which any participant has elected to purchase under the ESPP and the maximum number of shares which a participant may elect to purchase in any single offering period. If there is a proposal to dissolve or liquidate us, then the ESPP will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, and any offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our dissolution or liquidation. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new exercise date. If we undergo a merger with or into another corporation or sell all or substantially all of our assets, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or the parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume the outstanding options or substitute equivalent options, then any offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new purchase date to take place before the date of our proposed sale or merger. We will notify each participant of such change in writing at least ten business days prior to the new exercise date.

Amendment and termination. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, the board of directors may not amend the ESPP without obtaining stockholder approval within 12 months before or after such amendment to the extent required by applicable laws.

 

155


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, with our directors and executive officers, including those discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2017 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

 

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

 

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

 

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Sale of Series E convertible preferred stock

In March, April, May, June and September 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 18,207,257 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.2177 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $95.0 million. All shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering in accordance with our certificate of incorporation. The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock by our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them.

 

     
Participants(1)    Shares      Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Nikon Corporation(2)

     5,749,659      $ 29,999,995.77  

Entities affiliated with WRVI Capital(3)

     1,471,270      $ 7,676,645.48  

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(4)

     958,274      $ 4,999,986.25  

Paxion Capital, LP(5)

     574,965      $ 2,999,994.89  

The Marks Family Trust(5)

     38,460      $ 200,672.75  

 

 

 

(1)   Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in this prospectus under the caption “Principal stockholders.”

 

(2)   Represents securities acquired by Nikon Corporation. Makoto Shintani, a member of our board of directors, was then a corporate vice president at Nikon Corporation.

 

(3)   Represents securities acquired by Walden Riverwood Ventures, L.P., WRV-BLI II, LLC, WRV-BLI III, LLC, WRV-BLI IV, LLC, WRV-BLI, LLC and WRV II, L.P. Michael Marks, a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of WRVI Capital.

 

(4)   Represents securities acquired by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VI, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund XV, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture XV Principals Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VI Principals Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners Fund XV (Q), L.P. and Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners Fund XV, L.P. Michael Moritz, a member of our board of directors, is a general partner at Sequoia Capital, which is an affiliate of Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VI, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund XV, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture XV Principals Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VI Principals Fund, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners Fund XV (Q), L.P. and Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners Fund XV, L.P.

 

(5)   Michael Marks, a member of our board of directors, is an affiliate of the purchaser.

Investors’ rights agreement

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, or the Investors’ Rights Agreement, with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, as well as certain of our directors and executive officers. The Investors’ Rights Agreement grants rights to certain holders, including certain registration rights with respect

 

156


Table of Contents

to the registrable securities held by them, and also imposes certain affirmative obligations on us, including with respect to the furnishing of financial statements and information to the holders. See “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for additional information.

The Investors Rights Agreement also provides certain holders with information rights, which will terminate in connection with the completion of this offering, and a right of first refusal with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock, which will not apply to, and will terminate upon the completion of this offering. We will remain obligated to comply with reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.

Voting agreement

We are party to an amended and restated voting agreement, under which certain holders of our capital stock, including certain holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors and certain of our directors and executive officers, have agreed to vote in a certain way on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. The voting agreement will terminate in connection with the completion of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any continuing voting rights, including special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors, following this offering. For a description of the amended and restated voting agreement, see “Management—Board composition—Voting arrangements.”

Right of first refusal and co-sale agreement

We are party to an amended and restated first refusal and co-sale agreement with holders of our convertible preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, pursuant to which we have a right of first refusal, and certain holders satisfying an ownership threshold of convertible preferred stock have a right of first refusal and co-sale, in respect of certain sales of securities by specified holders of convertible preferred stock. The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate in connection with the completion of this offering.

Distribution agreement with Nikon Corporation

In January 2018, we entered into a distribution agreement with Nikon Instech Co., Ltd. and Nikon Corporation, or Nikon, as our exclusive distributor of our products in Japan. Nikon is the holder of greater than 5% of our capital stock, and Makoto Shintani, a member of our board of directors, was then a corporate vice president at Nikon. In March 2019, we entered into an amended and restated distribution agreement with Nikon, as our exclusive distributor of our products in Japan, Singapore, Thailand and South Korea and our non-exclusive distributor in China. As the exclusive distributor in Japan, Singapore, Thailand and South Korea, Nikon is required to purchase a minimum quantity of our products every six months throughout the term of the distribution agreement, which expires in March 2022. The revenue recognized by us under this distribution agreement during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 was $1.1 million, $3.7 million, $40,000 and $1.8 million, respectively. The accounts receivable balance under this distribution agreement as of December 31, 2018 was insignificant, and the accounts receivable under the distribution agreement at December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 was $127,000 and $1.8 million, respectively.

Advisory agreement with James Rothman, Ph.D.

In April 2017, we entered into a strategic/scientific advisor consulting agreement with James E. Rothman, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, pursuant to which Dr. Rothman agreed to provide us with consulting and

 

157


Table of Contents

advisory services relating to, among other things, our research and development activities and commercialization of our platform. In consideration of Dr. Rothman’s services, we agreed to pay Dr. Rothman $250,000 per year, reimburse his out of pocket expenses and grant him an option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock. The original term of the agreement was for a period of 36 months. In March 2020, we entered into an amendment to the agreement, pursuant to which we agreed to extend the term of the agreement for an additional 36 months (expiring on April 1, 2023), to pay Dr. Rothman $125,000 per year during the extended term, and to grant Dr. Rothman an option to purchase an additional 315,000 shares of our common stock.

Equity grants to executive officers and directors

We have granted options to our named executive officers and certain of our non-employee directors as more fully described in the sections entitled “Management—Director compensation” and “Executive compensation.”

Limitation of liability and indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

 

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that if Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we shall have the power to indemnify our employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

 

158


Table of Contents

The above description of the indemnification provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is filed as an exhibit to this registration statement to which this prospectus forms a part. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

Policies and procedures for related party transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in any fiscal year and a related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

159


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

The following table presents information as to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2020, for:

 

 

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

 

each named executive officer;

 

 

each of our current directors; and

 

 

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. Common stock subject to options or other rights to acquire common stock that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2020 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options or rights for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

The percentage of shares beneficially owned “prior to this offering” is computed on the basis of 107,087,928 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, which reflects the assumed conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 100,924,592 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 31, 2020 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. The percentage ownership information under the column titled “Beneficial ownership after this offering” is based on                shares of common stock outstanding on March 31, 2020, adjusted as described above, and which gives further effect to the issuance of                shares of common stock in this offering and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o Berkeley Lights, Inc., 5858 Horton Street, Suite 320, Emeryville, California 94608.

 

160


Table of Contents
     
    Beneficial ownership prior to this offering     Beneficial ownership after
this offering
 
Name of beneficial owner  

Number of

outstanding

shares

beneficially

owned

   

Number of

shares

exercisable

within 60

days

   

Number of

shares

beneficially

owned

   

Percentage

of beneficial

ownership

   

Number of

shares

beneficially

owned

   

Percentage

of beneficial

ownership

 

5% and Greater Stockholders:

           

Entities affiliated with WRVI Capital(1)

    27,324,715             27,324,715       25.5%      

Entities affiliated with Igor Khandros, Ph.D.(2)

    23,842,036             23,842,036       22.3%      

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(3)

    16,096,035             16,096,035       15.0%      

Nikon Corporation(4)

    8,721,427             8,721,427       8.1%      

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

           

Eric D. Hobbs, Ph.D.(5)

          2,210,103       2,210,103       2.0%      

Shaun M. Holt(6)

          843,750       843,750       *      

Keith J. Breinlinger, Ph.D.(7)

    88,000       983,875       1,071,875       *      

Sarah Boyce(8)

          200,000       200,000       *      

Igor Khandros, Ph.D.(2)

    23,842,036             23,842,036       22.3%      

Michael Marks(9)

    10,334,819             10,334,819       9.7%      

Michael Moritz(10)

                      *      

Elizabeth Nelson(11)

    100,000       215,000       315,000       *      

James Rothman, Ph.D.(12)

          758,750       758,750       *      

Ming Wu, Ph.D.(13)

    2,400,000             2,400,000       2.2%      

Makoto Shintani

                      *      

Gregory T. Lucier(14)

                      *      

All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

    36,764,855       5,886,478       42,651,333       37.8%      

 

 
*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

 

(1)   Consists of (i) 12,152,843 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock directly held by WRV-BLI LLC, (ii) 4,659,832 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock directly held by Walden Riverwood Ventures, L.P., or Walden, (iii) 3,917,574 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock directly held by WRV-BLI II, LLC, (iv) 1,706,484 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock directly held by Walden, (v) 1,485,884 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock directly held by WRV II, L.P., (vi) 1,930,828 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock directly held by WRV-BLI III LLC, (vii) 1,087,960 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock directly held by WRV-BLI IV, LLC and (viii) 383,310 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock directly held by WRV II, L.P. Walden Riverwood GP, LLC (“Walden GP”) is the general partner of Walden. Michael Marks, a member of our board of directors, and Lip-Bu Tan are members of the investment committee of Walden GP and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Walden. WIIG Communications Management LLC (“WIIG”) is the manager of WRV-BLI LLC, WRV-BLI II, LLC, WRV-BLI III LLC and WRV-BLI IV, LLC. Lip-Bu Tan is the sole director of WIIG and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by WRV-BLI LLC, WRV-BLI II, LLC, WRV-BLI III LLC and WRV-BLI IV, LLC. WRV GP II, LLC, or WRV GP II, is the general partner of WRV II. Lip-Bu Tan, Michael Marks and Nicholas Brathwaite are members of the investment committee of WRV GP II and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by WRV II. The address for WRVI Capital and for WIIG is One California Street, Suite 1750, San Francisco, CA 94111.

 

(2)   Consists of (i) 500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock directly held by the Khandros 1997 Trust I, or Trust I, (ii) 500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock directly held by the Khandros 1997 Trust II, or Trust II, (iii) 5,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock directly held by the Khandros-Bloch Revocable Trust U/A/D 1/24/1997, or the Revocable Trust, (iv) 2,500,002 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A-1 Preferred Stock directly held by the Revocable Trust, (v) 11,415,525 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A-2 Preferred Stock directly held by the Revocable Trust, (vi) 3,852,215 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock directly held by the Revocable Trust and (vii) 74,294 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock directly held by the Revocable Trust. Igor Khandros, Ph.D., a member of our board of directors, is a trustee of Trust I, Trust II and the Revocable Trust and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power with respect to shares held by Trust I, Trust II and the Revocable Trust.

 

161


Table of Contents
(3)   Consists of (i) 9,100,478 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock directly held by the Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VI, L.P., or US GF VI, (ii) 1,028,886 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock directly held by US GF VI, (iii) 663,549 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock directly held by US GF VI, (iv) 455,836 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock directly held by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VI Principals Fund, L.P., or US GF VI PF, (v) 11,233 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock directly held by US GF VI PF, (vi) 7,244 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock directly held by US GF VI PF, (vii) 3,381,705 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock directly held by Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund XV, L.P., or SC XV, (viii) 368,068 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock directly held by SC XV, (ix) 237,374 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock directly held by SC XV, (x) 51,195 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock directly held by Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners Fund XV, L.P., or STP XV, (xi) 5,572 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock directly held by STP XV, (xii) 3,593 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock directly held by STP XV, (xiii) 142,526 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock directly held by Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners Fund XV (Q), L.P., or STPQ XV, (xiv) 15,513 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock directly held by STPQ XV, (xv) 10,004 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock directly held by STPQ XV, (xvi) 520,137 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock directly held by Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture XV Principals Fund, L.P., or SC XV PF, (xvii) 56,612 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock directly held by SC XV PF, and (xviii) 36,510 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock directly held by SC XV PF. SC US (TTGP), Ltd. is (i) the general partner of SC U.S. Venture XV Management, L.P., which is the general partner of SC XV, STP XV, STPQ XV, and SC XV PF (collectively, the SC XV Funds); and (ii) the general partner of SC U.S. Growth VI Management, L.P., which is the general partner of US GF VI and US GF VI PF (collectively, the US GF VI Funds). As a result, SC US (TTGP), Ltd. may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the SC XV Funds and the SC US GF VI Funds. The address of each of these entities is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, California 94025.

 

(4)   Consists of (i) 2,971,768 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock and (ii) 5,749,659 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock directly held by Nikon Corporation, or Nikon. The address of Nikon is 2-15-3, Konan, Minato-ku, Tokyo 108-6290, Japan.

 

(5)   Consists of 2,210,103 shares of common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of March 31, 2020.

 

(6)   Consists of shares of common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of March 31, 2020.

 

(7)   Consists of 88,000 shares of common stock directly held by Dr. Breinlinger and 983,875 shares of common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of March 31, 2020.

 

(8)   Consists of shares of common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of March 31, 2020, of which 37,500 will be vested within 60 days of March 31, 2020 and 162,500 of which will be subject to the Company’s right of repurchase.

 

(9)   Consists of (i) 4,659,832 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock directly held by Walden, (ii) 1,706,484 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C Preferred Stock directly held by Walden, (iii) 1,485,884 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock directly held by WRV II, L.P., (iv) 1,485,884 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series D Preferred Stock directly held by Paxion Capital, L.P., or Paxion, (v) 574,965 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock directly held by Paxion, (vi) 38,460 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E convertible preferred stock directly held by the Marks Family Trust, and (vii) 383,310 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock directly held by WRV II, L.P. Walden GP is the general partner of Walden. Michael Marks, a member of our board of directors, and Lip-Bu Tan are members of the investment committee of Walden GP and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Walden. Paxion Partners, LP, or Paxion Partners, is the general partner of Paxion. Michael Marks is a member of the investment committee of Paxion Partners and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Paxion. WRV GP II, LLC, or WRV GP II, is the general partner of WRV II. Lip-Bu Tan, Michael Marks and Nicholas Brathwaite are members of the investment committee of WRV GP II and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by WRV II. Mr. Marks disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Walden, Paxion, WRV II, L.P. and the Marks Family Trust except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(10)   Does not include the shares described in footnote (3) above, beneficial ownership of which Mr. Moritz hereby disclaims, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(11)   Consists of shares of (i) 100,000 shares of common stock directly held by Ms. Nelson as of March 31, 2020, of which 59,062 shares will be vested within 60 days of March 31, 2020, and 40,938 shares will remain subject to the company’s right of repurchase within 60 days of March 31, 2020, and (ii) 215,000 shares of common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of March 31, 2020, all of which will remain subject to the company’s right of repurchase within 60 days of March 31, 2020.

 

(12)   Consists of shares of common stock that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options within 60 days of March 31, 2020.

 

(13)   Consists of shares of common stock held by the Wu Revocable Trust dated 2/25/10, of which Dr. Wu is a trustee.

 

(14)   Mr. Lucier joined our board of directors in June 2020.

 

162


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

General

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and convertible preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Upon the completion of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of                shares of common stock, par value $0.00005 per share, and                 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00005 per share.

Common stock

As of March 31, 2020, we had outstanding 107,087,928 shares of common stock held of record by 113 stockholders, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 100,924,592 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of the offering.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights and there are no sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. Our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred stock

As of March 31, 2020, there were 100,924,592 shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding, and 273,038 shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will convert into 100,924,592 shares of our common stock, and our outstanding warrant to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into a warrant to purchase 273,038 shares of our common stock.

Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval.

 

163


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, sinking fund terms and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the completion of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of March 31, 2020, options to purchase 20,913,455 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our equity compensation plans, of which 9,720,555 options were vested as of that date.

Warrants

As of March 31, 2020, 273,038 shares of convertible preferred stock were issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock, at an exercise price of $2.93 per share. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, this warrant to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into a warrant to purchase 273,038 shares of our common stock.

Registration rights

Our Investors’ Rights Agreement grants the parties thereto certain registration rights in respect of the “registrable securities” held by them, which securities include shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock; any shares of our common stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to the shares described in the foregoing clause; and the shares of our common stock issued upon conversion or exercise of any convertible security then outstanding. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights would enable the holders thereof to sell such shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. Under the Investors’ Rights Agreement, we will pay all expenses relating to such registrations, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the participating holders not to exceed $30,000 per transaction, and the holders will pay all underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the sale of their shares on a pro rata basis. The Investors’ Rights Agreement also includes customary indemnification and procedural terms.

Holders of 100,924,592 shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock are entitled to such registration rights pursuant to the Investors’ Rights Agreement. These registration rights will expire on the earlier of the date that is five years after the completion of this offering or, with respect to each stockholder following the completion of this offering, at such time as such stockholder can sell all of its registrable securities pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1)(i) of the Securities Act or holds one percent or less of our outstanding common stock and all of such stockholder’s registrable securities can be sold in any three month period without registration pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Demand registration rights

At any time beginning 180 days after the completion of this offering, certain holders of a majority of the registrable securities then outstanding may, on not more than two occasions, request that we prepare, file and

 

164


Table of Contents

maintain a registration statement to register registrable securities then outstanding if the anticipated aggregate offering price is at least $25 million. Once we are eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3, certain holders of the registrable securities then outstanding may request that we prepare, file and maintain a registration statement on Form S-3 covering the sale of their registrable securities, but only if the anticipated offering price is at least $5 million.

Piggyback registration rights

In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the stockholders party to the Investors’ Rights Agreement will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their registrable securities in such registration, subject to certain customary marketing and other limitations.

As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8, these holders will be entitled to notice of the registration and will have the right to include their registrable securities in the registration subject to certain limitations.

Anti-takeover provisions

Amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by consent in writing. A special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chair of our board of directors or our chief executive officer.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that, immediately after this offering, the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting as a single class, will be required to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to the size of the board, removal of directors, special meetings, actions by written consent and cumulative voting. The affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting as a single class, will be required to amend or repeal our bylaws, although our bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of our board of directors.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered terms.

Finally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive

 

165


Table of Contents

jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action against us or any of our directors, officers, employees or agents and arising under the Securities Act. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions, and there can be no assurance that such provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. We note that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of our Company by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change the control of our Company.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of our Company. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy rights. However, these provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of our Company or our management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

 

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

 

upon closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (1) persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

 

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

166


Table of Contents

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

 

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

 

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

 

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

 

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

 

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Limitations on liability and indemnification

See the section of this prospectus titled “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Limitation on liability and indemnification.”

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is                .

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “BLI.”

 

167


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2020, upon the completion of this offering and assuming (1) the conversion of all shares of our outstanding convertible preferred stock at March 31, 2020, (2) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock and (3) no exercise of any of our other outstanding stock options or warrants, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately                shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, and any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us, or will be issued and sold by us, in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of common stock that will be deemed restricted securities after this offering will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

 

no shares will be available for sale until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain limited exceptions provided for in the lock-up agreements; and

 

 

            shares will be eligible for sale beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject, in the case of shares held by our affiliates, to the volume limitations under Rule 144.

Rule 144

Affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in a “broker’s transaction” or certain a “riskless principal transaction” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

 

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares of our common stock immediately after this offering; or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume in shares of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period

 

168


Table of Contents

exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and Nasdaq concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement. Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

Lock-up agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our officers and directors and the holders of substantially all of our common stock, stock options, and other securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock have each entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of this offering that restricts, subject to certain exceptions, the sale of shares of our common stock by those parties for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, may, in their sole discretion, choose to release any or all of the shares of our common stock subject to these lock-up agreements at any time prior to the expiration of the lock-up period without notice. For more information, see the section titled “Underwriting.”

Equity plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options, as well as shares of common stock to be issued under our 2020 Plan and ESPP. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to the 2020 Plan and ESPP shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144 and expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements described above.

 

169


Table of Contents

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 100,924,592 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” for additional information.

 

170


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

 

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

 

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

 

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

 

 

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

 

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

 

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

 

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

 

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

 

tax-qualified retirement plans; and

 

 

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity or other arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF

 

171


Table of Contents

THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section of this prospectus titled “Dividend policy,” we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or other taxable disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable tax treaties.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends,

 

172


Table of Contents

as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or other taxable disposition

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

 

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

 

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (USRPI), by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (USRPHC), for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition of such holder’s holding period.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty), which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the Non-U.S. Holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to

 

173


Table of Contents

backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that does not have certain enumerated relationships with the United States generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional withholding tax on payments made to foreign accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (ii) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (i) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While, beginning on January 1, 2019, withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

174


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Cowen and Company, LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

   
Name   

Number of

shares

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

                       

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  

 

  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                 per share. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the common shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to                  additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares of common stock in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $                 per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     
      Without
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
     With full
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

 

 

 

175


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel related to the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority of the terms of sale of the shares of common stock offered hereby in an amount not to exceed $                .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, loan, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering.

Our directors and executive officers, and the holders of substantially all of our common stock, stock options, and other securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (such persons, the “lock-up parties”) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (such period, the “restricted period”), may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant (collectively with the common stock, the “lock-up securities”), (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (by any person or entity, whether or not a signatory to such agreement) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

176


Table of Contents

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including (a) transfers of lock-up securities: (i) as bona fide gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) by will, other testamentary document or intestacy, (iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or any immediate family member, (iv) to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party and its immediate family members are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv), (vi) in the case of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or its affiliates or (B) as part of a distribution to members, partners or stockholders of the lock-up party; (vii) by operation of law, (viii) to us from an employee or other service provider upon death, disability or termination of service of such person, (ix) as part of a sale of lock-up securities acquired from the underwriters in this offering or in open market transactions after the date of this prospectus, (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments, or (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by our board of directors and made to all stockholders involving a change in control, provided that if such transaction is not completed, all such lock-up securities would remain subject to the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph; (b) exercise of the options, settlement of RSUs or other equity awards, or the exercise of warrants granted pursuant to plans or agreements described in this prospectus, provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (c) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock, or convertible securities into shares of our common stock or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock, provided that any common stock or warrant received upon such conversion would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; and (d) the establishment by lock-up parties of trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of lock-up securities during the restricted period.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “BLI.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in

 

177


Table of Contents

the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly-traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

178


Table of Contents

Selling restrictions

General

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area and United Kingdom

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each, a “Relevant State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

(a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

(b)   to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

 

(c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

 

179


Table of Contents

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters have been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

180


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

 

does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

 

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and

 

 

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”).

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the “CO”) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be

 

181


Table of Contents

accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

Singapore SFA Product Classification — In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

 

(a)   to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;

 

(b)   to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

 

(c)   otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

(a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

(b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (ii)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (iii)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (iv)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (v)   as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

 

182


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in China

This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the shares will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorised to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended (the “CMA Regulations”). The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not

 

183


Table of Contents

approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the DIFC) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the DIFC) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the DIFC) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the DFSA.

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of the Company. The shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands), “BVI Companies”), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

 

184


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the “South African Companies Act”)) is being made in connection with the issue of the shares in South Africa. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. The shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96 (1) applies:

 

Section 96 (1)(a)   

the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

 

(i)  persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

(ii)   the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

(iii)  persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

(iv)  authorised financial service providers under South African law;

 

(v)   financial institutions recognised as such under South African law;

 

(vi)  a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

(vii) any combination of the person in (i) to (vi); or

Section 96 (1)(b)    the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African Companies Act.

Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act, 2002.

Notice to prospective investors in Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, (the “Israeli Securities Law”), and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the shares of common stock is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum (the “Addendum”), to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

 

185


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California, is acting as counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements of Berkeley Lights, Inc. as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2019 consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the accounting for leases upon the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, Leases.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to Berkeley Lights, Inc. and the shares of common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address is www.sec.gov.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.berkeleylights.com. Upon consummation of this offering, you may access our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on our website, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost to you, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

5858 Horton Street, Suite 320

Emeryville, California 94608

Attention: General Counsel

(510) 858-2855

 

186


Table of Contents

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

Index to consolidated financial statements

 

     Page(s)  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

     F-4  

Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity

     F-5  

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-6  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

Berkeley Lights, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Berkeley Lights, Inc. and subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Change in Accounting Principles

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases effective January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, Leases, and the related accounting standard updates.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

San Francisco, California

April 17, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

Consolidated balance sheets

 

       
     December 31,     March 31,     Pro forma
March 31,
2020
 
     2018     2019     2020  
(In thousands, except share and per share data)                  (unaudited)    

(unaudited)

(Note 2)

 
Assets         

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 99,617     $ 81,033     $ 70,306    

Trade accounts receivable

     11,723       9,334       10,021    

Inventory

     2,866       7,181       10,678    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,789       7,799       7,245    
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     118,995       105,347       98,250    

Restricted cash

     270       270       270    

Property and equipment, net

     14,104       16,472       15,865    

Operating lease right-of-use assets

           7,785       7,317    

Other assets

     450       1,135       1,076    
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 133,819     $ 131,009     $ 122,778    
  

 

 

 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity         

Current liabilities:

        

Trade accounts payable

   $ 2,702     $ 3,239     $ 4,366    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     3,164       6,229       6,528    

Current portion of notes payable

           5,765          

Deferred revenue

     9,482       9,686       7,745    
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     15,348       24,919       18,639    

Notes payable, net of current portion

     19,763       14,062       19,843    

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     31       1,461       1,376    

Lease liability, long term

           6,784       6,240    

Other non-current liabilities

     1,046                
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     36,188       47,226       46,098    
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

        

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Convertible preferred stock, $0.00005 par value. Authorized 101,648,657 shares at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; issued and outstanding 100,924,592 shares at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     224,769       224,769       224,769    

Common stock, $0.00005 par value. Authorized 124,433,107 shares at December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and 130,600,000 at March 31, 2020 (unaudited); issued and outstanding 5,380,554, 6,146,173 and 6,163,336 shares at December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), respectively; 107,087,928 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

                       5  

Additional paid-in capital

     4,860       9,314       10,636       235,400  

Accumulated deficit

     (131,998     (150,300     (158,725     (158,725
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     97,631       83,783       76,680     $ 76,680  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 133,819     $ 131,009     $ 122,778    

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss

 

     
    Year ended December 31,     Three months ended March 31,  
(In thousands, except share and per share data)   2018     2019     2019     2020  
                (unaudited)  

Revenue:

       

Product revenue

  $ 22,882     $ 43,460     $ 9,527     $ 10,683  

Service revenue

    8,417       13,233       3,114       3,095  
 

 

 

 

Total revenue

    31,299       56,693       12,641       13,778  

Cost of sales:

       

Product cost of sales

    6,585       11,245       2,456       2,620  

Service cost of sales

    1,596       1,972       340       1,179  
 

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

    8,181       13,217       2,796       3,799  
 

 

 

 

Gross profit

    23,118       43,476       9,845       9,979  

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

    29,077       38,414       8,743       10,976  

General and administrative

    9,069       12,362       2,642       3,997  

Sales and marketing

    6,131       9,237       1,837       3,234  
 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    44,277       60,013       13,222       18,207  
 

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (21,159     (16,537     (3,377     (8,228

Other income (expense):

       

Interest expense

    (2,204     (1,425     (354     (357

Interest income

    872       909       232       151  

Other income (expense), net

    (777     (1,180     (687     25  
 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (23,268     (18,233     (4,186     (8,409

Provision for income taxes

    69       69       19       16  
 

 

 

 

Net loss and net comprehensive loss

  $ (23,337   $ (18,302   $ (4,205   $ (8,425
 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share, basic and diluted

  $ (5.09   $ (3.73   $ (0.92   $ (1.51
 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in calculating net loss per share, basic and diluted

    5,210,272       5,767,931       5,435,117       6,095,977  
 

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockerholders per share, basic and diluted, unaudited

    $ (0.17     $ (0.08
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, unaudited

      106,692,523         107,020,569  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity

 

           
    Convertible preferred
stock
    Common stock     Additional
paid-in

capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
stockholders’

equity
 
(In thousands, except share data)   Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances at December 31, 2017

    82,597,335     $ 129,972       4,958,199     $     $ 2,439     $ (108,710   $ 23,701  

Impact of adoption of ASU 2017-11

                            270       49       319  
 

 

 

 

Balances as adjusted at January 1, 2018

    82,597,335       129,972       4,958,199             2,709       (108,661     24,020  

Shares issued in connection with:

             

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $206

    18,207,257       94,794                               94,794  

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock for cash from warrant exercise

    120,000       3                               3  

Exercise of stock options

                422,355             165             165  

Stock-based compensation

                            1,986             1,986  

Net loss

                                  (23,337     (23,337
 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2018

    100,924,592     $ 224,769       5,380,554     $     $ 4,860     $ (131,998   $ 97,631  
 

 

 

 

Shares issued in connection with:

             

Exercise of stock options

                765,619             606             606  

Vesting of shares subject to repurchase from early exercised options

                            88             88  

Stock-based compensation

                            3,760             3,760  

Net loss

                                  (18,302     (18,302
 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2019

    100,924,592     $ 224,769       6,146,173     $     $ 9,314     $ (150,300   $ 83,783  

Shares issued in connection with:

             

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                17,163             21             21  

Vesting of shares subject to repurchase from early exercised options (unaudited)

                            88             88  

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                            1,213             1,213  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                  (8,425     (8,425
 

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2020 (unaudited)

    100,924,592     $ 224,769       6,163,336     $     $ 10,636     $ (158,725   $ 76,680  
 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2018

    100,924,592       224,769       5,380,554             4,860       (131,998     97,631  

Shares issued in connection with:

             

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                201,267             217             217  

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                            814             814  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                  (4,205     (4,205
 

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2019 (unaudited)

    100,924,592     $ 224,769       5,581,821     $     $ 5,891     $ (136,203   $ 94,457  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

Consolidated statements of cash flows

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Three months ended
March 31,
 
(In thousands)    2018     2019    

2019

    2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net loss

   $ (23,337   $ (18,302   $ (4,205   $ (8,425

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:

        

Depreciation

     4,197       4,842       1,158       1,319  

Stock-based compensation

     1,986       3,760       814       1,179  

Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets

           1,673       373       468  

Non-cash interest and other (income) expense related to debt and note receivable agreements

     (108     4       (4     17  

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

     576       169       93       6  

Loss on impairment of property and equipment

     686       782       31       13  

Change in fair value of embedded derivative

     18       62       62        

Equity method losses in Optera Therapeutics Corp.

     755       806       625        

Net loss on dissolution of Optera Therapeutics Corp.

           236              

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Trade accounts receivable

     (6,973     2,389       2,955       (687

Inventory

     212       (4,019     (649     (3,469

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,161     (4,079     873       613  

Trade accounts payable

     1,146       494       148       1,160  

Deferred revenue

     7,545       1,634       (3,411     (2,026

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     947       782       (363     336  

Operating lease liabilities

           (1,766     (392     (492

Other non-current liabilities

     (24                  
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (13,535     (10,533     (1,892     (9,988

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Purchase of property and equipment

     (7,418     (8,423     (1,200     (760

Issuance of notes receivable

     (1,000     (1,000     (1,000      

Collection of notes receivable

           350              
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (8,418     (9,073     (2,200     (760

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     94,797                    

Proceeds from notes payable

     20,000                    

Principal payments on notes payable

     (19,132                  

Debt issuance costs

     (273                  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     165       606       217       21  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon early exercise of stock options

           416              
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     95,557       1,022       217       21  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     73,604       (18,584     (3,875     (10,727

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

     26,283       99,887       99,887       81,303  
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

   $ 99,887     $ 81,303     $ 96,012     $ 70,576  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

(1) The company and basis of presentation

Description of business

Berkeley Lights, Inc. (“Berkeley Lights”), was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on April 5, 2011. Berkeley Lights is a leading Digital Cell Biology company focused on enabling and accelerating the rapid development and commercialization of biotherapeutics and other cell-based products. Berkeley Light’s platform is a fully integrated, end-to-end solution, comprised of proprietary consumables, including our OptoSelect chips and reagent kits, advanced automation systems and advanced application and workflow software.

In 2017, Berkeley Lights incorporated BLI Europe International, Ltd. as a wholly-owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom to support Berkeley Lights’ planned expansion in Europe. Berkeley Lights also established a representative branch office in China during 2019 to support its pre-sales and marketing efforts in the region. Berkeley Lights and its consolidated subsidiary are hereinafter referred to as the “Company”. The Company’s headquarters are in Emeryville, California.

The Company commercially launched its platform in December of 2016, which included Beacon and the alpha version of its Opto Cell Line Development 1.0 workflow, targeted to the antibody therapeutics market. In June 2019, the Company launched its desktop Lightning system targeted for assay development and lower throughput workflows. The Company is expanding the platform capabilities through the commercial launch of additional workflows as well as to encompass cell and gene therapies and other research.

Basis of presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications served to change the classification of income on our cash and cash equivalents from other income (expense), net to interest income for the year ended December 31, 2018 and had no impact on previously reported total operating expenses or net income in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

Liquidity

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The Company has experienced losses from its operations since its inception and has relied primarily on equity and debt financing to fund its operations to date. For the year ended December 31, 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2020 (unaudited), the Company had a consolidated net loss of $18.3 million and $8.4 million, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $150.3 million and $158.7 million, respectively. The Company has continued to rely on equity and debt financing activities, including most recently raising gross proceeds of $95.0 million through the sale and issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock in 2018, as its primary source of cash, but has also benefited from operating cash flows from the sale of products, as well as certain development agreements with biopharmaceutical companies and research hospitals. The Company’s primary uses of cash are research and

 

F-7


Table of Contents

development of its technology platform and administrative activities including employee related expenses, as well as general, operating, sales, marketing and overhead expenses. The Company expects a significant portion of its short-term financing needs to be met by its existing cash on hand as well as through cash flows from operations. Management believes that it has sufficient resources to continue as a going concern through at least 12 months from the date the consolidated financial statements are issued.

Successful completion of the Company’s current and future business development programs, product commercialization and, ultimately, the attainment of profitable operations are dependent on future events, including, among other things, the Company’s ability to successfully commercialize and launch its technology platforms, to access additional potential markets, to obtain adequate financing to fulfill its business development activities, to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, to develop strategic alliances and to achieve a level of sales adequate to support the Company’s cost structure. If the Company is unable to execute on its business plan and adequately fund its operations, or if the business plan requires a level of spending in excess of cash resources, the Company may need to seek additional financing and/or reduce discretionary spending. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will be able to generate sufficient cash from operations to adequately fund operating needs or ultimately achieve profitability, or that additional financing will be available on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

(2) Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the estimate of the standalone selling price of performance obligations and allocation of contract price in multiple-element revenue arrangements, total expected costs associated with development agreements, estimated transaction price, including variable consideration, of the Company’s revenue contracts, accruals for product warranties, the fair value of equity awards and related share-based compensation, the collectability of accounts receivable, valuation of inventory and the realizability of deferred income taxes. Actual results could significantly differ from those estimates.

Unaudited financial information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2020, the interim consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows, and changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2020, and results of its operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020. The results as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2020 are not

 

F-8


Table of Contents

necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2020 or for any other future periods.

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

The Company records cash and cash equivalents as restricted when it is unable to freely use such cash and cash equivalents for general operating purposes. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), restricted cash consists of cash on deposit in a financial institution that is restricted from use for the Company’s corporate credit card program.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheets to the totals presented on the consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

 

       
     December 31,      March 31,      March 31,  
      2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 99,617      $ 81,033      $ 95,742      $ 70,306  

Restricted cash

     270        270        270        270  
  

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash as presented on the consolidated statements of cash flows

   $ 99,887      $ 81,303      $ 96,012      $ 70,576  

 

 

Trade accounts receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and the Company’s customers’ respective financial conditions, the amounts of receivables in dispute and the current receivables aging and current payment patterns. To the extent identified, account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. To date its customers have primarily been large biopharmaceutical and related companies and therefore we have not had any material write-offs or allowance for doubtful accounts in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 or in the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited).

Inventory

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. Inventory that is obsolete or in excess of forecasted usage is written down to its estimated net realizable value based on assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Inventory write-downs are charged to cost of goods sold and establish a new cost basis for the inventory. Costs included in inventories are raw materials, labor, supplies, allocable depreciation of manufacturing facilities and equipment and overhead.

Revenue recognition

The Company early adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASC 606”) on January 1, 2018 using the full retrospective method.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The Company derives revenue from two primary sources, Product revenues, which are comprised primarily of direct platform sales revenues and consumables revenues, and Service revenues, which are comprised of revenue from joint development agreements, service and warranty, platform support and feasibility studies on the Company’s platforms. Revenues are recognized net of applicable taxes imposed on the related transaction.

The Company recognizes revenue when the Company satisfies the performance obligations under the terms of a contract and control of its products and services is transferred to its customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive from its customers in exchange for those products and services. This process involves identifying the contract with a customer, determining the performance obligations in the contract, determining the contract price, allocating the contract price to the distinct performance obligations in the contract based on standalone selling price, and recognizing revenue when the performance obligations have been satisfied. A performance obligation is considered distinct from other obligations in a contract when it provides a benefit to the customer either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and is separately identified in the contract. The Company considers a performance obligation satisfied once it has transferred control of a good or service to the customer, meaning the customer has the ability to use and obtain the benefit of the good or service.

The Company’s agreements with customers often include multiple performance obligations, which can sometimes be included in separate contracts entered into within a reasonably short period of time. The Company considers an entire customer arrangement to determine if separate contracts should be considered combined for the purposes of revenue recognition.

In order to determine the stand-alone selling price, the Company conducts a periodic analysis to determine whether various goods or services have an observable stand-alone selling price as well as to identify significant changes to current stand-alone selling prices. If the Company does not have an observable stand-alone selling price for a particular good or service, then the stand-alone selling price for that particular good or service is estimated using an approach that maximizes the use of observable inputs. The Company’s process for determining stand-alone selling price requires judgment and considers multiple factors that are reasonably available and maximizes the use of observable inputs that may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation. The Company believes that this method results in an estimate that represents the price the Company would charge for the product offerings if they were sold separately.

For most of its performance obligations, the Company has established stand-alone selling price as a range rather than a single value, such range being plus or minus 15% of the median of observables prices. If the contractually stated prices of all the performance obligations in a contract fall within their respective stand-alone selling price ranges, the Company will allocate the transaction price at the contractually stated amounts. In situations where the contractually stated price for one or more performance obligations in a contract fall(s) outside of their respective stand-alone selling price range, the Company will use the mid-point of the respective stand-alone selling price range for performance obligations in the contract priced outside of their respective stand-alone selling price range(s) and contract values for performance obligations priced within their respective stand-alone selling price range(s), to allocate the transaction price on a relative stand-alone selling price basis.

Taxes, such as sales, value-add and other taxes, collected from customers concurrent with revenue generating activities and remitted to governmental authorities are not included in revenue. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are included in cost of sales.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

The following describes the nature of the Company’s primary types of revenue and the revenue recognition policies and significant payment terms as they pertain to the types of transactions the Company enters into with its customers.

Product revenues

Product revenues are comprised of two major revenue streams, direct platform sales and consumables. Direct platform sales revenues are comprised of advanced automation systems (including workflow licenses) as well as Culture Stations. Consumables revenues are comprised of OptoSelect Chips required to run the system as well as reagent kits. The Company’s standard arrangement with its customers is generally a purchase order or an executed contract. Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of the products to the customer, which, for the Company, generally occurs at a point in time upon the completion of installation and training for advanced automation systems or when the product is shipped or delivered for consumables and Culture Stations. Payment terms are generally thirty to ninety days from the date of invoicing.

On a limited basis, the Company also enters into fixed-term sales-type lease arrangements with certain qualified customers. Revenue from sales-type lease arrangements is generally recognized in a manner consistent with platform equipment, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Service revenues

Service revenues primarily consist of joint development agreements, service and warranty, platform support and feasibility studies on the Company’s advanced automation systems and workflows. The Company’s services are provided primarily on a fixed fee basis; from time to time these fixed fee contracts may be invoiced at the outset of the arrangements. The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of an extended warranty, enhanced service warranty arrangements and feasibility studies over the respective period, while revenue on platform support is recognized as the services are performed. Service contracts are typically short-term in nature. Payment terms are generally thirty to ninety days from the date of invoicing.

Joint development agreements are agreements whereby the Company provides services for the development of customized advanced automation systems and workflows to meet a specific customer’s needs. Such contracts generally include defined milestones associated with these development activities over extended periods of time, some in excess of twenty-four months. There are formal customer acceptance clauses as each milestone is completed, and an approval to proceed with the next milestone is generally required. The Company recognizes revenue over time, using an input measure of progress based on costs incurred to date relative to total expected costs. Payment terms are generally thirty to ninety days from the achievement of each milestone.

The Company places a constraint on a variable consideration estimate that focuses on possible future downward revenue adjustments (i.e. revenue reversals) if there is uncertainty that could prevent a faithful depiction of the consideration that the Company expects to be entitled to. The constraint estimate is reassessed at each reporting date until the uncertainty is resolved.

Contract assets and contract liabilities

Contract assets include amounts where revenue recognized exceeds the amount invoiced to the customer and the right to payment is not solely subject to the passage of time. The Company’s contract asset balances of $0.6 million, $5.2 million and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), respectively, are primarily from its development and feasibility study agreements. The Company does not have impairment losses associated with contracts with customers for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 or the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited).

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Contract liabilities consist of fees invoiced or paid by the Company’s customers for which the associated services have not been performed and revenues have not been recognized based on the Company’s revenue recognition criteria described above. Such amounts are reported as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheets. Deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized during the following twelve months is recorded as a current liability and the remaining portion is recorded as non-current.

Contract assets and contract liabilities are reported in a net position on an individual contract basis at the end of each reporting period. Contract assets are classified as current or long-term on the consolidated balance sheet based on the timing of when the Company expects to complete the related performance obligations and invoice the customers. Contract liabilities are classified as current or long-term on the consolidated balance sheet based on the timing when the revenue recognition associated to the related customer payments and invoicing is expected to occur.

Costs to obtain or fulfill a contract

Origination costs relate primarily to the payment of incentive bonuses that are directly related to sales transactions. Fulfillment costs generally include the direct cost of services such as platform support and feasibility studies.

Origination and fulfillment costs that are internal to the Company are generally expensed when incurred because most costs are incurred concurrently with the delivery of the related goods and services, which are predominantly recognized at a point in time or short-term in nature. The origination costs that are related to long-term development agreements are capitalized and amortized over the relevant service period.

The origination costs that are related to long-term development agreements are not material as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited).

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on plant and equipment is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Expenditures for major additions and improvements to property and equipment are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Assets not yet placed in use are not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives of Company’s property and equipment are as follows:

 

Equipment, tooling and molds

  

5—7 years

Computer equipment and software

  

3—7 years

Furniture, fixtures and other

  

3—7 years

Leasehold Improvements

  

Shorter of lease term or estimated useful life

 

Other assets

Other current assets and other assets consist primarily of prepaid rent, prepaid insurance and advance payments made to certain vendors for future delivery of goods or services and software implementation costs for cloud-based hosting arrangements that are a service contract.

The Company expenses all costs (internal and external) that were incurred in the planning and post-implementation operation stages of such implementations and capitalizes costs related to the application

 

F-12


Table of Contents

development stage of such projects. The capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of five years starting on the date that the projects are placed into production and are ready for their intended use. As of December 31, 2018 approximately $27,000 and $0.2 million of the capitalized costs were classified in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, approximately $0.2 million and $0.9 million of the capitalized costs were classified in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets, respectively. As of March 31, 2020 (unaudited), approximately $0.2 million and $0.8 million of the capitalized costs were classified in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets, respectively.

Deferred offering costs

Deferred offering costs, which consist of direct incremental legal, consulting, banking and accounting fees relating to equity offerings, are capitalized and will be offset against proceeds upon the consummation of the offerings within stockholders’ equity. In the event an anticipated offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, there were no capitalized deferred offering costs in the consolidated balance sheets. As of March 31, 2020 (unaudited), there were $0.2 million of deferred offering costs in the consolidated balance sheet.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs primarily consist of salaries, benefits, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, laboratory supplies, materials expenses and allocated facilities costs for employees and contractors engaged in development arrangements, research, regulatory affairs, and product development. The Company expenses all research and development costs in the periods in which they are incurred.

Advertising expenses

The cost of advertising, marketing and media is expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, advertising costs totaled $0.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), advertising costs totaled $0.1 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset-and-liability approach. Deferred income taxes comprise the impact of temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax reporting purposes, net operating loss carryforwards, and other tax credits measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. A valuation allowance is provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company determines whether a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The Company uses a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon tax authority examination, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company’s policy for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions is to recognize interest and penalties, if any, as a component of the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of

 

F-13


Table of Contents

operations and to include accrued interest and penalties within the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheets.

Currently, the Company has provided a valuation reserve equal to 100% of its deferred tax assets as the Company is not in a position to determine if its operating plans will be successful and result in taxable income to absorb any loss carryforwards.

Stock-based compensation

The Company maintains an incentive compensation plan under which incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options are granted primarily to employees and non-employee consultants.

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock-based awards to employees is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company records forfeitures as they occur.

Stock-based compensation expense for nonemployee stock options is measured at the grant date based on fair market value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is recorded as the options vest. Prior to January 1, 2019, nonemployee stock options subject to vesting were revalued periodically over the requisite service period, which was generally the same as the vesting term of the award. From January 1, 2019, the grant date fair market value of nonemployee stock options is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period and forfeitures are recognized as they occur.

Long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparison of the carrying amount to the future undiscounted net cash flows which the assets are expected to generate. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded asset impairments totaling $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and during the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), the Company recorded asset impairments totaling $31,000 and $13,000, respectively, on certain equipment (see Note 7 of these consolidated financial statements).

Fair value measurements

The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Company determines fair value based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels (see Note 6 to these consolidated financial statements):

 

   

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
   

Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

   

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at measurement date.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy on the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.

Product warranties

The Company provides a one-year assurance-type warranty on its platforms and chip consumables. At the time revenue is recognized, the Company establishes an accrual for estimated warranty expenses based on historical data and trends of product reliability and costs of repairing and replacing defective products. The Company exercises judgment in estimating the expected product warranty costs, using data such as the actual and projected product failure rates, estimated repair costs, freight, material, labor, and overhead costs. While management believes that historical experience provides a reliable basis for estimating such warranty cost, unforeseen quality issues or component failure rates could result in future costs in excess of such estimates, or alternatively, improved quality and reliability in the Company’s products could result in actual expenses that are below those currently estimated.

Foreign currency translation and transactions

The Company has determined that the functional and reporting currency for its operations in the United Kingdom is the U.S. Dollar. Gains or losses arising from currency exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the local functional currency are included in other income (expense), net.

Leases

Prior to 2019, the Company recognized rent expense associated with its operating lease agreements on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases. Incentives granted under its facility leases, including rent holidays, were capitalized and recognized as adjustments to rent expense on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases.

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company early adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“Topic 842”), using the optional transition method and applied the standard only to leases that existed at that date.

The Company determines the initial classification and measurement of its right-of-use assets and lease liabilities at the lease commencement date and thereafter, if modified. The lease term includes any renewal options and termination options that the Company is reasonably assured to exercise. The present value of lease payments is determined by using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate is readily determinable; otherwise, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate. The incremental borrowing rate is determined by using the rate of interest that the Company would pay to borrow on a collateralized basis an amount equal to the lease payments for a similar term and in a similar economic environment.

Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term based on the total lease payments and is included in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

For all leases, rent payments that are based on a fixed index or rate at the lease commencement date are included in the measurement of lease assets and lease liabilities at the lease commencement date.

The Company has elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components. The Company’s non-lease components are primarily related to property maintenance and insurance, which varies based on future outcomes, and thus is recognized in rent expense when incurred.

The Company also act as a lessor to provide equipment financing through sales-type lease arrangements with certain qualified customers. Revenue from sales-type leases is presented on a gross basis when the company enters into a lease to realize value from a product that it would otherwise sell in its ordinary course of business. Amounts due and receivable under these arrangements are recorded at the outset of the arrangement as a contract asset in prepaid expenses and other current assets until such time that invoices are issued in accordance with the terms of the lease, at which point they are recorded as trade accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheets.

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock; however, potential common equivalent shares are excluded if their effect is anti-dilutive. In computing diluted net loss per share, the Company utilizes the treasury stock method.

The Company applies the two-class method to compute basic and diluted net loss or income per share when it has issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net (loss) or income per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires net (loss) income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to share in the earnings as if all net (loss) income for the period had been distributed. The Company’s convertible preferred stock participates in any dividends declared by the Company and are therefore considered to be participating securities. The participating securities are not required to participate in the losses of the Company, and therefore during periods of loss there is no allocation required under the two-class method.

Unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders per share

In contemplation of an initial public offering (“IPO”), the Company has presented unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the three months ended March 31, 2020. Unaudited pro forma basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as of March 31, 2020 is computed to give effect to adjustments to the denominator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculation to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into 100,924,592 shares of common stock as if the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the original date of issuance, if later.

Unaudited pro forma diluted net loss is the same as unaudited pro forma basic net loss per share attributable for the period as the impact of any potentially dilutive securities was anti-dilutive, which has been computed to give effect to the adjustment noted above. The pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include proceeds to be received from nor does it include shares expected to be sold in the assumed IPO.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Unaudited pro forma balance sheet

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of March 31, 2020 assumes all shares of convertible preferred stock had automatically converted into an aggregate of 100,924,592 shares of the Company’s common stock upon the completion of an IPO.

Recently issued and adopted accounting standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASC 606, which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), and requires the recognition of revenue as promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. ASC 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs; Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Collectively, the Company refers to ASC 606 and Subtopic 340-40 as the “new revenue standard”. The Company adopted the new revenue standard on January 1, 2018 using the full retrospective method and have restated the prior reporting period presented under the new rules. Refer to Note 4 of these consolidated financial statements for a summary of the impacts of adopting this standard and for a discussion of the Company’s updated policies related to revenue recognition.

In February 2016, the FASB issued Topic 842, which requires a lessee to recognize on the balance sheets a right-of-use asset, representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, and a corresponding lease liability. The liability is equal to the present value of lease payments while the right-of-use asset is based on the liability, subject to adjustment, such as for initial direct costs. In addition, ASU 2016-02 expands the disclosure requirements for lessees.

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company early adopted ASC Topic 842 using the optional transition method and applied the standard only to leases that existed at that date. Under the optional transition method, the Company does not need to restate the comparative periods in transition and will continue to present financial information and disclosures for periods before January 1, 2019 in accordance with ASC Topic 840. The Company elected the package of practical expedients allowed under ASC Topic 842, which permits the Company to carry forward its historical lease classification, without reassessing the Company’s prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct cost. Further, the Company elected the short-term lease exception as a practical expedient.

As a result of the adoption of the new lease accounting guidance, on January 1, 2019, the Company recognized operating lease right-of-use assets of approximately $8.7 million and operating lease liabilities of approximately $9.8 million. The difference in the operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities is due to the derecognition of deferred rent of $1.1 million. The standard did not impact its statements of operations and had no impact on its cash flows, nor did the adoption of this standard result in a cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by more closely aligning the accounting for employee and nonemployee share-based payments. This pronouncement is effective for annual reporting periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted the provisions of this new guidance effective January 1, 2019, with such adoption not having a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (ASC Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (ASC Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (ASC Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception (ASU 2017-11), which served to, amongst other things, eliminated the requirement for equity-linked instruments or embedded equity-linked features to be accounted for as a liability solely because there is a down round feature. This guidance is effective for private entities in annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and for public companies in annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

ASU 2017-11 can be adopted by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the statement of financial position as of the beginning of the first fiscal year and interim period(s) in which it is effective. The cumulative effect of the change should be recognized as an adjustment of the opening balance of retained earnings in the fiscal year and interim period of adoption. Alternatively, it can be adopted retrospectively to outstanding financial instruments with a down round feature for each prior reporting period presented. The Company early adopted ASU 2017-11 retrospectively effective January 1, 2018 by means of a cumulative-effective adjustment to the statement of financial position resulting from the impact of the new guidance on its preferred stock warrants. The following table presents the impact of adoption of ASU 2017-11 to select line items of the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations and comprehensive loss as of January 1, 2018 (in thousands):

 

       
      As of
December 31,
2017
    Adjustments     As of
January 1,
2018
 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

      

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 2,480     $ (319   $ 2,161  

Total current liabilities

     10,433       (319     10,114  

Additional paid-in capital

     2,439       270       2,709  

Accumulated deficit

     (108,710     49       (108,661

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

     23,701       319       24,020  

 

 

With the exception of the new standards discussed above, there have been no other new accounting pronouncements that have significance, or potential significance, to the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Credit losses (Topic 326), which sets forth a “current expected credit loss” (CECL) model which requires the Company to measure all expected credit losses for financial instruments held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable supportable forecasts. This replaces the existing incurred loss model and is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost and applies to some off-balance sheet credit exposures. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2020 for private entities and December 31, 2019 for public entities, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted Topic 326 effective January 1, 2020; such adoption did not have a material impact on its unaudited consolidated financial statements.

Recently issued but not yet adopted accounting standards

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which removes certain exceptions related to intra-period tax allocations and deferred tax accounting on outside basis differences in foreign subsidiaries and equity method investments. Additionally,

 

F-18


Table of Contents

it provides other simplifying measures for the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2021 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the new guidance will have on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

(3) Significant risks and uncertainties including business and credit concentrations

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company’s cash equivalents are held by large, credit worthy financial institutions. The Company invests its excess cash in money market funds. The Company has established guidelines relative to credit ratings, diversification and maturities that seek to maintain safety and liquidity. Deposits in these banks may exceed the amounts of insurance provided on such deposits. To date, the Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.

The Company controls credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits, and monitoring procedures. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. Accounts receivable are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on management’s assessment of the collectability of specific customer accounts and the aging of the related invoices and represents the Company’s best estimate of probable credit losses in its existing trade accounts receivable. At each of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), the Company had not recorded any material allowance for doubtful accounts.

Most of the Company’s customers are located in the United States. For the year ended December 31, 2018, one customer accounted for 12% of revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2019, no customers accounted for more than 10% of revenue. Five customers accounted for 19%, 17%, 17%, 16% and 13%, respectively, of accounts receivable at December 31, 2018. Four customers comprised 20%, 19%, 18% and 12%, respectively, of accounts receivable at December 31, 2019. For the three months ended March 31, 2019 (unaudited), five customers accounted for 32%, 15%, 14%, 13% and 13% of revenue, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2020 (unaudited), six customers accounted for 17%, 14%, 13%, 13%, 12% and 12% of revenue, respectively. Four customers accounted for 25%, 18%, 18% and 16%, respectively, of accounts receivable at March 31, 2020 (unaudited).

(4) Revenue from contracts with customers

The Company adopted ASC 606 and related amendments on January 1, 2018, using the full retrospective method, and accordingly, has restated the prior reporting period presented to conform to the new rules. The most significant impact of the new standard relates to the Company’s accounting for development agreement arrangements. For development agreements, contracts generally include specific milestones associated with the development of customized platforms over extended periods of time. Under the prior rules, revenues were recognized over time using the percentage of completion method based on the input measure of costs incurred, subject to contingent revenue provision limits. Under the new standard, contingent revenue is no longer applicable, and revenue is also recognized over time using an input measure of progress based on costs incurred, subject to the variable consideration constraint, ensuring that a cumulative significant revenue reversal is not probable.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Disaggregation of revenue

The following table depicts the disaggregation of revenue by type of customer or sales channel, market segment as defined by nature of workflows and activities of the end customer and timing of revenue recognition (in thousands):

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
      2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Type of Sales Channel

           

Direct sales channel

   $ 30,182      $ 53,014      $ 12,601      $ 11,981  

Distributor channel

     1,117        3,679        40        1,797  
  

 

 

 

Net Revenues

   $ 31,299      $ 56,693      $ 12,641      $ 13,778  
  

 

 

 

Market Segment

           

Antibody Therapeutics

   $ 30,277      $ 49,428      $ 12,380      $ 11,821  

Cell Therapy

     1,012        2,550        181        351  

Synthetic Biology

     10        4,715        80        1,606  
  

 

 

 

Net Revenues

   $ 31,299      $ 56,693      $ 12,641      $ 13,778  
  

 

 

 

Timing of Revenue Recognition

           

Goods and services transferred at a point in time

   $ 22,831      $ 43,359      $ 9,527      $ 10,688  

Services transferred over time

     8,468        13,334        3,114        3,090  
  

 

 

 

Net Revenues

   $ 31,299      $ 56,693      $ 12,641      $ 13,778  

 

 

Revenues by geographical markets are presented in Note 18 to these consolidated financial statements.

Contract balances

The following table provides information about receivables, contract assets and deferred revenue from contracts with customers (in thousands):

 

     
     December 31,      March 31,
2020
 
      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Trade accounts receivable

   $ 11,723      $ 9,334      $ 10,021  

Contract assets, which are included in ‘Prepaid expenses and other current assets’

     646        5,234        4,441  

Deferred revenue (current)

     9,482        9,686        7,745  

Deferred revenue (non-current)

     31        1,461        1,376  

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), changes in the contract assets were associated with feasibility and development agreement revenues, primarily due to the timing difference of progress made on a project and the related right to bill upon completion of a feasibility program or achievement of milestones.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, deferred revenue increased by $9.2 million, primarily due to an increase in advance billings on advanced automation systems arrangements. This excludes the amounts recognized as revenue during the year. Of the amount of revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018, $1.6 million was included in the deferred revenue balance at December 31, 2017. The

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Company did not have a cumulative catch-up adjustment to revenue that affected the corresponding deferred revenue amounts during the year ended December 31, 2018.

For the three months ended March 31, 2019 (unaudited), deferred revenue decreased by $3.4 million, primarily due to a decrease in advance billings on advanced automation systems arrangements. This excludes the amounts recognized as revenue during the three-month period. Of the amount of revenue recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2019 (unaudited), $7.8 million was included in the deferred revenue balance at December 31, 2018. The Company did not have a cumulative catch-up adjustment to revenue that affected the corresponding deferred revenue amounts during the three months ended March 31, 2019 (unaudited).

For the year ended December 31, 2019, deferred revenue increased by $1.6 million, primarily due to an increase in advance billings for development agreements along with extended warranty and product purchases. This excludes the amounts recognized as revenue during the year. Of the amount of revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019, $9.1 million was included in the deferred revenue balance at December 31, 2018. The Company did not have a cumulative catch-up adjustment to revenue that affected the corresponding deferred revenue amounts during the year ended December 31, 2019.

For the three months ended March 31, 2020 (unaudited), deferred revenue decreased by $2.0 million, primarily due to recognition of previously deferred revenue associated with development agreements, offset by renewals and advance payments on extended and enhanced warranty programs. This excludes the amounts recognized as revenue during the three-month period. Of the amount of revenue recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2020 (unaudited), $1.9 million was included in the deferred revenue balance at December 31, 2019. The Company did not have a cumulative catch-up adjustment to revenue that affected the corresponding deferred revenue amounts during the three months ended March 31, 2020 (unaudited).

Performance obligations

A significant number of the Company’s product and service sales, as well as its feasibility study arrangements, are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less. For those contracts, the Company has utilized the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14 exempting the Company from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations if the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less.

As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations related to customer contracts that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied was $3.8 million which includes deferred revenue on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Of that amount, $0.9 million will be recognized as revenue during the year ended December 31, 2020 and approximately $2.9 million thereafter.

As of March 31, 2020 (unaudited), the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations related to customer contracts that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied was $2.5 million, which includes deferred revenue on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Of that amount, $1.1 million will be recognized as revenue over the next twelve months and approximately $1.4 million thereafter.

Sales-type lease arrangements

The company enters into sales-type lease arrangements with certain qualified customers. Revenue related to lease elements from sales-type leases is presented as product revenue and was $1.9 million for the year

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2019. The Company recorded no sales-type lease arrangement revenue in the year ended December 31, 2018 or in the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited).

The following table presents the future maturity of the Company’s fixed-term customer leases and reconciles the undiscounted cash flows to the amounts due from customers under such arrangements as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 

   
      Sales-Type
Leases
 

2020

   $ 982  

2021

     737  

2022

     368  

Thereafter

      
  

 

 

 

Total undiscounted cash flows

     2,087  

Less: unearned income

     (264
  

 

 

 

Total amounts due from customers, gross

   $ 1,823  

The following table presents the future maturity of the Company’s fixed-term customer leases and reconciles the undiscounted cash flows to the amounts due from customers under such arrangements as of March 31, 2020 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

   
      Sales-Type
Leases
 
     (unaudited)  

Remainder of 2020

   $ 552  

2021

     737  

2022

     368  

Thereafter

      
  

 

 

 

Total undiscounted cashflows

     1,657  

Less: unearned income

     (200
  

 

 

 

Total amounts due from customers, gross

   $ 1,457  

(5) Balance sheet accounts

Inventory

The following table shows the components of inventory (in thousands):

 

     
     December 31,      March 31,
2020
 
      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $ 1,227      $ 3,392      $ 4,438  

Finished goods

     1,639        3,789        6,240  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,866      $ 7,181      $ 10,678  

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

The following table shows the components of prepaid expenses and other current assets (in thousands):

 

     
     December 31,      March 31,
2020
 
      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Contract asset

   $ 646      $ 5,234      $ 4,441  

Vendor deposits

     1,988        65        74  

Deferred costs

     653        554        446  

Other

     1,502        1,946        2,285  
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,789      $ 7,799      $ 7,245  

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

The following table shows the components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities (in thousands):

 

     
     December 31,      March 31,
2020
 
      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued payroll and employee related expenses

   $ 1,908      $ 2,134      $ 2,020  

Lease liability—short-term

            2,067        2,118  

Accrued product warranty

     601        1,065        1,193  

Other

     655        963        1,197  
  

 

 

 
   $ 3,164      $ 6,229      $ 6,528  

 

 

(6) Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

The Company classifies its cash equivalents, which are comprised primarily of money market funds, within Level 1, as it uses quoted market prices in the determination of fair value.

During April 2018, the Company issued notes receivable that include embedded derivative features that were determined to require bifurcation and separate accounting at estimated fair value (see Note 17 of these consolidated financial statements). The Company estimated the fair value of the embedded derivative based on the estimated cash flows associated with the note receivable, which is a technique using Level 3 inputs. The inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the embedded derivative instrument include the probability of an underlying event triggering the redemption event and its timing prior to the maturity date of the notes receivable. The fair value measurement is based upon significant inputs not observable in the market. These assumptions are inherently subjective and involve significant management judgement.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

                                                                                                                           
         
      December 31,
2018
     Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical
assets
(level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs
(level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(level 3)
 

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 27,439      $ 27,439      $      $  

Convertible note derivative

     218                      218  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 27,657      $ 27,439      $      $ 218  

 

         
      December 31,
2019
     Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical
assets
(level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs
(level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(level 3)
 

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 28,035      $ 28,035      $      $  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 28,035      $ 28,035      $      $  

 

         
      March 31,
2020
     Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical
assets
(level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs
(level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(level 3)
 
     (unaudited)  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 28,121      $ 28,121      $      $  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 28,121      $ 28,121      $      $  

The carrying values and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments not measured at fair value were as follows (in thousands):

 

     
     December 31,      March 31,
2020
 
      2018      2019  
      Carrying
value
     Fair value      Carrying
value
     Fair value      Carrying
value
     Fair value  
                                 (unaudited)  

Long-term debt, including current maturities

   $ 19,763      $ 26,106      $ 19,827      $ 21,392      $ 19,843      $ 21,935  

 

    

 

 

 

The Company estimated fair value of its long-term debt using a market-based approach that considers an average cost of debt. The Company has incorporated its own credit risk for all liability fair value measurements. Such fair value measurements are considered Level 2 under the fair value hierarchy.

The Company did not have any transfers of financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis to or from Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 for any of the periods presented.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

(7) Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net comprised the following (in thousands):

 

     
     December 31,     March 31,
2020
 
      2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  

Equipment, tooling and molds

   $ 16,171     $ 19,510     $ 19,943  

Computer software and equipment

     1,711       1,905       2,076  

Furniture, fixtures and other

     1,019       1,599       1,695  

Leasehold improvements

     5,060       5,283       5,304  

Construction in process

     104       342       184  
  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

   $ 24,065     $ 28,639     $ 29,202  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (9,961     (12,167     (13,337
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 14,104     $ 16,472     $ 15,865  

 

 

Total depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $4.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively. Total depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited) was $1.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded losses for the impairment and disposal of certain assets totaling $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), the Company recorded losses of the impairment and disposal of certain assets totaling $31,000 and $13,000, respectively. These losses for the periods presented were primarily related to lab equipment and other supplies that were determined to be no longer usable.

(8) Leases

The Company leases office and laboratory facilities in Emeryville, California under multiple operating leases that expire in December 2023. The Company also leases multiple office facilities in Shanghai, China under operating leases that expires at various dates, the latest of which is February 2022. Some of the Emeryville leases contain options to early terminate the lease and options to extend the lease for an additional term. However, the Company is not reasonably assured to exercise any of these options. The monthly base rental rate of the leases is subject to adjustment upon renewal based on then current market rental conditions.

The maturity of the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019 is as follows (in thousands):

 

   
      Operating leases  

Undiscounted lease payments:

  

2020

   $ 2,529  

2021

     2,591  

2022

     2,387  

2023

     2,402  

Thereafter

      
  

 

 

 

Total undiscounted lease payments

     9,909  

Less: implied interest

     (1,059
  

 

 

 

Present value of operating lease payments

     8,850  

Less: current portion

     (2,067
  

 

 

 

Total long-term operating lease liabilities

   $ 6,783  

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The maturity of the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of March 31, 2020 (unaudited) is as follows (in thousands):

 

   
      Operating leases  
     (unaudited)  

Undiscounted lease payments:

  

Remainder of 2020

   $ 1,910  

2021

     2,591  

2022

     2,387  

2023

     2,402  

Thereafter

      
  

 

 

 

Total undiscounted lease payments

     9,290  

Less: implied interest

     (932
  

 

 

 

Present value of operating lease payments

     8,358  

Less: current portion

     (2,118
  

 

 

 

Total long-term operating lease liabilities

   $ 6,240  

 

 

The Company’s future undiscounted lease payments under operating leases (as defined by prior guidance) as of December 31, 2018 are as follows (in thousands):

 

   
      Rent
payments
 

Year ending December 31:

  

2019

   $ 2,166  

2020

     2,219  

2021

     2,264  

2022

     2,332  

2023

     2,402  

Thereafter

      
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 11,383  

 

 

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $2.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively. Rent expense for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited) was $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Under the terms of the lease agreements, the Company is also responsible for certain variable lease payments that are not included in the measurement of the lease liability. Variable lease payments for operating leases were $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2020 (unaudited), including non-lease components such as common area maintenance fees.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The following information represents supplemental disclosure for the statement of cash flows related to operating leases (in thousands):

 

     
      Year ended
December 31,
2019
    

Three months ended
March 31,

2020

 
            (unaudited)  

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease upon adoption of ASC 842

   $ 8,674      $  

Right-of-use assets obtained for new operating lease liabilities

     784         

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

     2,324        619  

 

 

The following summarizes additional information related to operating leases:

 

     
      December 31,
2019
     March 31,
2020
 
            (unaudited)  

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

     3.83        3.58  

Weighted average discount rate

     6.00%        6.00%  

 

 

The Company also enters into leasing transactions in which the Company is the lessor that to date have been classified as sales-type leases. See Note 4 of these consolidated financial statements for the related lease disclosures.

(9) Notes payable

In August 2016, the Company entered into a Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement with TriplePoint Capital LLC (the “TP Loan Agreement”), as amended in December 2016. The Loan Agreement provided for total borrowings of $25.0 million to be made available to the Company in two separate tranches. The first tranche, for $20.0 million, was available immediately through December 31, 2016, while the second tranche, for $5.0 million, was available to the Company upon its first shipment of a commercial unit, up to and through December 31, 2016. The Company drew down $20.0 million on the TP Loan Agreement in December 2016. Upon closing of the TP Loan Agreement, the Company paid a facility fee of $0.3 million and issued a warrant to TriplePoint Capital LLC to purchase 273,038 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at $2.93 per share with an initial fair value of $0.3 million (see Note 10 of these consolidated financial statements). These amounts were accounted for as loan commitment fees and were recorded as an asset upon issuance and amortized as interest expense over the term of the commitment, which expired on December 31, 2016.

In May 2018, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with East West Bank (the “EWB Loan Agreement”), which served to refinance the TP Loan Agreement in full. In conjunction with this refinancing, the Company repaid a total of $19.7 million to TriplePoint, such amount consisting of the total principal amount due, the final termination payment and certain legal fees and interest amounts, offset by advance payments made at the outset of the TP Loan Agreement. As a result of this refinancing and termination of the TP Loan Agreement, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of the TP Loan Agreement in the amount of $0.3 million, primarily associated with the acceleration of the final termination payment for the TP Loan Agreement, such amount being recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2018. Net proceeds to the Company from this refinancing were $0.3 million, before considering debt issuance costs incurred related to the financing of $0.3 million. These costs have been recorded against the debt balance and are being amortized as interest expense over the term of the debt arrangement.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The EWB Loan Agreement has a term of 48 months and carries an interest only period of 24 months from the draw date in May 2018, such interest only period subject to extension based on certain cash and revenue metrics. The note payable is collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Company, excluding intellectual property, which is subject to a negative pledge. The note carries an interest rate of 6.73% per annum.

The EWB Loan Agreement contains customary negative covenants that limit the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets and merge or consolidate. The EWB Loan Agreement also contains customary affirmative covenants, including requirements to, among other things, deliver audited financial statements. In addition, the EWB Loan Agreement contains covenants associated with cash holdings with East West Bank and ratios of cash to cash burn. As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), the Company was in compliance with the terms and covenants of the EWB Loan Agreement.

The following is a schedule of payments due on notes payable as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 

   
      Amount  

Year Ending December 31:

  

2020

   $ 7,098  

2021

     10,654  

2022

     4,237  
  

 

 

 

Total payments due

     21,989  

Less:

  

Interest payments, loan discounts and finanncing costs

     (2,162

Current portion, less loan discounts and financing costs

     (5,765
  

 

 

 

Notes payable, net of current portion

   $ 14,062  

 

 

The following is a schedule of payments due on notes payable as of March 31, 2020 (unaudited) (in thousands):

 

   
      March 31,
2020
 
     (unaudited)  

Year Ending December 31:

  

Remainder of 2020

   $ 1,028  

2021

     12,832  

2022

     8,475  
  

 

 

 

Total payments due

     22,335  

Less:

  

Interest payments, loan discounts and financing costs

     (2,492

Current portion, less loan discounts and financing costs

      
  

 

 

 

Notes payable, net of current portion

   $ 19,843  

 

 

Total interest cost incurred, excluding the loss on debt extinguishment, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $1.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively. Total interest cost incurred for both the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited) was $0.4 million.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

(10) Stockholder’s equity

Common stock

As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), the Company has authorized for issuance 124,433,107 and 130,600,000 shares of common stock, respectively, at $0.00005 par value. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and to receive dividends and, upon liquidation or dissolution, are entitled to receive all assets available for distribution to stockholders. The holders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. Common stock is subordinate to the preferred stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution of the Company.

Convertible preferred stock

Convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2018 consists of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

         
Series    Shares
authorized
     Shares issued
and
outstanding
     Proceeds, net
of issuance
costs
     Aggregate
liquidition
amount
 

Series A

     7,320,000        7,320,000      $ 179      $ 183  

Series A-1

     3,000,002        3,000,002        493        500  

Series A-2

     14,049,876        14,049,876        3,993        4,000  

Series B

     27,184,683        27,184,683        29,069        29,169  

Series C

     20,000,000        19,275,935        56,435        56,478  

Series D

     11,886,839        11,886,839        39,806        46,880  

Series E

     18,207,257        18,207,257        94,794        95,000  
  

 

 

 
     101,648,657        100,924,592      $ 224,769      $ 232,210  

 

 

Convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2019 consists of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

         
Series    Shares
authorized
     Shares issued
and
outstanding
     Proceeds, net
of issuance
costs
     Aggregate
liquidition
amount
 

Series A

     7,320,000        7,320,000      $ 179      $ 183  

Series A-1

     3,000,002        3,000,002        493        500  

Series A-2

     14,049,876        14,049,876        3,993        4,000  

Series B

     27,184,683        27,184,683        29,069        29,169  

Series C

     20,000,000        19,275,935        56,435        56,478  

Series D

     11,886,839        11,886,839        39,806        50,077  

Series E

     18,207,257        18,207,257        94,794        95,000  
  

 

 

 
     101,648,657        100,924,592      $ 224,769      $ 235,407  

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Convertible preferred stock at March 31, 2020 (unaudited) consists of the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

         
Series    Shares
authorized
     Shares issued
and
outstanding
     Proceeds, net
of issuance
costs
     Aggregate
liquidition
amount
 

Series A

     7,320,000        7,320,000      $ 179      $ 183  

Series A-1

     3,000,002        3,000,002        493        500  

Series A-2

     14,049,876        14,049,876        3,993        4,000  

Series B

     27,184,683        27,184,683        29,069        29,169  

Series C

     20,000,000        19,275,935        56,435        56,478  

Series D

     11,886,839        11,886,839        39,806        50,875  

Series E

     18,207,257        18,207,257        94,794        95,000  
  

 

 

 
     101,648,657        100,924,592      $ 224,769      $ 236,205  

 

 

The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series A, Series A-1, A-2, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Voting

Each holder of outstanding shares of Series A, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which such holder’s shares of Series A, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E are convertible as of the record date. The holders of the Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock have certain protective provisions related to the amendment of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and the increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares of their respective convertible preferred stock. Such changes require vote or written consent of the holders voting as a separate series, of at least 60% of the stock outstanding in the case of the Series B convertible preferred stock, a majority of the holders of the Series C convertible preferred stock, a majority of the Series D convertible preferred stock and a majority of the Series E convertible preferred stock.

Dividends

The holders of the Series E convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, a non-cumulative dividend in the amount equal to 8% of the original purchase price ($5.2177 per share). After payment, declaration or setting apart of any dividends declared for the Series E convertible preferred stock, the holders of the Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive a cumulative dividend at the annual rate of $0.269 per share, such dividends being payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors. After payment, declaration or setting apart of any dividends declared for the Series E and Series D convertible preferred stock, the holders of the outstanding shares of Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock (the ‘Prior Senior Preferred Stock’) are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, a non-cumulative dividend in the amount equal to 8% of the original purchase price ($1.073 per share for Series B shares and $2.93 per share for Series C shares). After payment, declaration or setting apart of any dividends declared for the Series E convertible preferred stock, Series D convertible preferred stock and Prior Senior Preferred Stock, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Series A, Series A-1, and Series A-2 convertible preferred stock (the ‘Junior Preferred Stock’) are entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, a non-cumulative dividend in the amount equal to 8% of the original purchase price ($0.025 per share for Series A shares, $0.1667 per share for Series A-1 shares and $0.2847 per share for Series A-2 shares). Such dividends are payable in preference to any dividends for common stock declared by the Board of Directors.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), a total of $10.1 million and $10.9 million of dividends, respectively, had accumulated on the Company’s Series D convertible preferred stock. No dividends have been declared or paid to date.

Conversion

Each share of Series A, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time, into shares of common stock. At December 31, 2018 and 2019, each share of Series A, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock. As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the conversion prices per share for all series of convertible preferred stock were equal to the original issue prices and the rate at which each share would convert into common stock was one-for-one.

In the event that the Company, at any time after the original issuance date of any series of convertible preferred stock, issues additional shares of common stock (including convertible securities) without consideration or for consideration per share that is less than the conversion price of a particular series of preferred stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issuance, then and in such event, the conversion price of that series shall be reduced, concurrently with such issuance.

Each share of Series A, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at the then effective conversion price for each such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) the Company’s sale of its common stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act resulting in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $70.0 million, or (ii) the date specified by the written consent or agreement of the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Series A, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

Liquidation

Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or upon a change of control or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets, the holders of outstanding Series E convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of the Series D convertible preferred stock, Prior Senior Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred stock and common stock, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the original issue price plus any dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, or (ii) an amount that would have been paid had such share been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

After distribution to the Series E convertible preferred stock holders, holders of the Series D convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the original issue price plus any dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid, or (ii) an amount that would have been paid had such share been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

After distribution to the Series D convertible preferred stock holders, holders of the Prior Senior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of shares of common stock or the Junior Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the original issue price plus any dividends declared but unpaid, or (ii) an amount that would have been paid had such share been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

After distribution to the holders of the Prior Senior Preferred Stock, the holders of outstanding Junior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of shares of common stock, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the original issue price plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) an amount that would have been payable had such share been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

The remaining assets will be distributed to holders of the Company’s common stock.

Other matters

The convertible preferred stock is not redeemable.

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

In connection with entering into the TP Loan Agreement (see Note 9 to these consolidated financial statements), the Company issued to TriplePoint Capital LLC a warrant to purchase 273,038 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at an exercise price set at the lower of: (i) $2.93 per share or (ii) the lowest price per share in the next round of equity financing. The term of the warrant is the greater of seven years from the issuance date or five years from the effective date of an initial public offering. If not exercised prior to or in connection with an initial public offering, upon the consummation of an initial public offering the warrant shall become exercisable to purchase 273,038 shares of the Company’s common stock.

The Company’s convertible preferred stock warrants were recorded to additional paid-in capital at fair value as of the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The fair value of the warrants at issuance was estimated at $0.3 million using the following assumptions: fair value of Series C convertible preferred stock shares on the issuance date of $2.93, risk-free interest rate of 1.45%, contractual term of 7 years, no anticipated dividends, and estimated volatility of 44.2%. The initial amount was accounted for as loan commitment fees and recorded as an asset upon issuance and amortized as interest expense over the term of the commitment, which expired on December 31, 2016.

(11) Stock compensation plan

Equity incentive plans

In 2011, the Company adopted the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), pursuant to which the Company’s Board of Directors may grant incentive and nonqualified stock options, as well as non-vested shares, to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. To date, the Company has granted non-vested shares and stock options settleable in shares. Stock options can be granted with an exercise price less than, equal to or greater than the stock’s fair value at the date of grant. The exercise price of an incentive stock option and nonqualified stock option granted to a 10% stockholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Stock-option awards generally have 10-year terms, except for incentive stock option awards to 10% stockholders which have 5-year terms, and awards to employees generally vest and become fully exercisable after 4 years of service from the date of grant.

At December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), the Plan provided for 25,256,695 shares to be reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to the Plan, of which 4,123,974 and 1,809,390 unissued shares, respectively, remain available for the Company to grant under the Plan.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Stock option activity

Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows (in thousands except share and per share data):

 

         
      Number of
options
outstanding
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Balance at December 31, 2018

     12,766,184     $ 1.15        7.90      $ 25,271  

Options granted

     8,528,087       3.77        

Options exercised

     (765,619     1.33        

Options cancelled

     (1,912,618     2.37        
  

 

 

         

Balance at December 31, 2019

     18,616,034     $ 2.22        7.89      $ 42,289  

Options granted (unaudited)

     2,512,550       5.53        

Options exercised (unaudited)

     (17,163     1.25        

Options cancelled (unaudited)

     (197,966     3.60        
  

 

 

         

Balance at March 31, 2020 (unaudited)

     20,913,455     $ 2.60        7.91      $ 61,194  
  

 

 

 

Unvested and expected to vest at December 31, 2019

     9,709,046     $ 3.13        6.94      $ 13,414  
  

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2019

     8,906,988     $ 1.23        6.71      $ 29,068  
  

 

 

 

Unvested and expected to vest at March 31, 2020 (unaudited)

     11,192,900     $ 3.74        9.08      $ 20,030  
  

 

 

 

Exercisable at March 31, 2020 (unaudited)

     9,720,555     $ 1.30        6.56      $ 41,164  

 

 

Amounts in the table above are inclusive of performance-based stock options as well as early exercised options, as discussed in more detail below.

The Company currently uses authorized and unissued shares to satisfy share award exercises.

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company granted 2,172,135 and 8,528,087 stock options, respectively, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.93 per share and $1.62 per share, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.6 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), the Company granted 4,143,487 and 2,512,550 stock options, respectively, with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $1.42 per share and $2.40 per share, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.4 million and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of exercise.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense

Stock-based compensation related to the Company’s stock-based awards was recorded as an expense and allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months
ended March 31,
 
      2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Cost of sales

   $      $      $      $ 6  

Research and development

     1,040        1,672        398        511  

General and administrative

     678        1,763        324        529  

Sales and marketing

     268        325        92        133  
  

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,986      $ 3,760      $ 814      $ 1,179  

 

 

At December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), there was $10.4 million and $15.0 million, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options granted under the Plan, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.03 years and 3.16 years, respectively.

There was no capitalized stock-based compensation during the years ended December 31, 2018 or 2019 as such costs subject to capitalization were immaterial. At March 31, 2020 (unaudited), capitalized stock-based compensation totaled $34,000.

Stock-based compensation associated with awards to employees

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The valuation model for stock compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation including the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), volatility of the Company’s common stock and an assumed-risk-free interest rate. The fair value of employee stock options was estimated using the following weighted-average valuation assumptions was as follows:

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months
ended March 31,
 
      2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Expected dividend yield

     —%        —%        —%        —%  

Expected volatility

     43.1%        44.5%        44.3%        45.2%  

Expected term (years)

     6.04        6.02        6.01        5.99  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.65%        2.20%        2.49%        0.74%  

 

 

Fair Value of Common Stock.    The fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Board of Directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including valuation of comparable companies, sales of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock, and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. In determining the fair value of the common stock, the methodologies used to estimate the enterprise value were performed using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting Practice Aid, Valuation of

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by the Board of Directors, after consideration of a third party valuation report, until the Company’s common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

Expected Volatility.    Since the Company is a private entity with no historical data regarding the volatility of its common stock, the expected volatility used is based on volatility of a group of similar entities, referred to as “guideline” companies. In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.

Expected Term.    The Company derived the expected term using the “simplified” method (the expected term is determined as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options), as the Company had limited historical information to develop expectations about future exercise patterns and post vesting employment termination behavior.

Risk-Free Interest Rate.    The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

Dividend Yield.    The Company has never paid any dividends and does not plan to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

Performance stock options

From time to time the Company may issue stock options that vest based on certain performance criteria. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company granted 2,000,000 such performance stock options to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, which are accounted for as equity awards. The number of units that ultimately vest depends on achieving certain performance criteria and can range from 0% to 100% of the number of units granted. The performance criteria relate to nine objectives specific to the role of the executive and were established and approved by the Board of Directors. Each of the performance-based stock options represents the contingent right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock if the vesting conditions are satisfied. Compensation expense related to these grants is based on the grant date fair value of the award and recorded from the period that achievement is determined to be probable through the stated service period associated with the award. As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), the Company considered one of the nine objectives probable of achievement and began recognizing expense for that portion of the award over the remaining service period.

Early exercise of options

Stock options granted under the Plan provide for certain employee and director option holders the right to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted shares of common stock which are subject to repurchase by the Company at the original issuance price in the event the optionee’s employment is terminated either voluntarily or involuntarily prior to the applicable vesting date. The consideration received for the early exercised options is recorded as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets and reclassified to stockholders’ deficit as the shares vest. As of December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), the total repurchase liability related to the unvested early exercised options was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, which is included in other current and noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. There were no shares subject to repurchase as of December 31, 2018.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

A summary of these restricted shares issued under the Plan is as follows:

 

     
      Shares     Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
 

Outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2018

         $  

Issued

     93,438       1.97  

Vested

     (19,688     1.97  

Forfeited or repurchased

            
  

 

 

   

Outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2019

     73,750     $ 1.97  

Issued (unaudited)

            

Vested (unaudited)

     (19,687     1.97  

Forfeited or repurchased (unaudited)

            
  

 

 

   

Outstanding and unvested as of March 31, 2020 (unaudited)

     54,063     $ 1.97  

 

 

Stock-based compensation associated with awards to non-employees

Since its inception, from time to time the Company has issued stock-based awards to non-employees, primarily in the form of stock options. Stock-based compensation expense related to stock-based awards to non-employees is recognized as the stock-based awards are earned, generally through the provision of services. The Company believes that the fair value of the stock-based awards is more reliably measurable than the fair value of the services received. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company granted 125,000 and 205,000 stock-based awards, respectively, to certain non-employees that vest over periods ranging from 1 to 3 years. Stock-based compensation expense related to non-employee awards was $0.5 million, and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), the Company granted 200,000 and 315,000 stock-based awards, respectively, to certain non-employees that vest over periods ranging from 1 to 3 years. Stock-based compensation expense related to non-employee awards was $0.2 million, and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2020 (unaudited), respectively.

The fair value of non-employee stock options was estimated using the following weighted-average valuation assumptions was as follows:

 

     
     Years ended
December 31,
     Three months
ended March 31,
 
      2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Expected dividend yield

     —%        —%        —%        —%  

Expected volatility

     45.9%        44.2%        44.2%        48.8%  

Expected term (years)

     9.56        5.44        5.46        5.77  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.74%        2.20%        2.22%        0.44%  

 

 

These assumptions are determined in a manner consistent with those of the option awards granted to employees other than the expected term, which is based on the contractual term of the award.

(12) Income taxes

Income taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, income from continuing operations before taxes consisted primarily of amounts related to U.S. operations, as income associated with the Company’s foreign operations

 

F-36


Table of Contents

was not material. Income tax expense attributable to income from continuing operations consists of (in thousands):

 

     
      2018      2019  

Current provision:

     

Federal

   $ 57      $ 24  

State

     12        45  
  

 

 

 

Total current provision

     69        69  
  

 

 

 

Deferred provision:

     

Federal

             

State

             
  

 

 

 

Total deferred provision

             
  

 

 

 

Total provision

   $ 69      $ 69  

 

 

Tax rate reconciliation

Income tax expense attributable to income from continuing operations was $0.1 million for both of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, and differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to loss from continuing operations as a result of the following (in thousands):

 

     
      2018     2019  

Tax benefit at federal statutory rate

   $ (4,866   $ (3,829

State income taxes

     (571     (341

Foreign rate differential

     (2     21  

Research and development credits

     (1,900     (2,312

Change in unrecognized tax benefits

     712       867  

Non-deductible stock-based compensation

     211       320  

Non-deductible permanent expenses

     173       20  

Other

     89       (127

Change in valuation allowance

     6,223       5,450  
  

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 69     $ 69  

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Significant components of deferred taxes

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2018 and 2019 are presented below (in thousands):

 

     
      2018     2019  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 34,682     $ 38,361  

Income tax credit carryforwards

     5,175       6,620  

Accruals and reserves

     1,382       1,369  

Deferred revenue

     2,294       2,582  

Operating lease liability

           2,050  

Stock-based compensation

     377       788  
  

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     43,910       51,770  

Less valuation allowance

     (40,274     (45,507
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     3,636       6,263  
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Contract assets

     (156     (1,213

Receivables and deferred costs

     (3,008     (2,540

Operating lease right-of-use asset

           (1,803

Prepaid assets

     (217     (337

Depreciation expense

     (255     (370
  

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     (3,636     (6,263
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $     $  

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had federal, California and other state net operating loss carryforwards of $142.9 million, $71.6 million and $49.9 million, respectively. The federal net operating losses incurred before January 1, 2018 and California net operating losses will begin to expire in 2031. The federal net operating losses incurred in 2018 and beyond do not expire. The net operating losses in the other states will begin to expire in 2035. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had credit carryforwards of approximately $6.5 million and $5.7 million available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal and California state income tax purposes, respectively. The federal research and development credit carryforwards expire beginning 2031, and California state credits can be carried forward indefinitely.

Management believes that, based on a number of factors, which includes the Company’s historical operating performance and accumulated deficit, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be utilized, such that a full valuation allowance has been recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Such assessment is required on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets consisted of the following activity for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

     
      2018      2019  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 33,834      $ 40,274  

Additions to valuation allowance

     6,440        5,233  
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 40,274      $ 45,507  

 

 

The Company intends to continue maintaining a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets until there is sufficient evidence to support the reversal of all or some portion of these allowances.

Utilization of net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited by ownership change rules, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 382”). Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Events which may cause limitations in the amount of the net operating losses that the Company may use in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. The Company has assessed the application of Section 382 during the year ended December 31, 2018, and concluded no limitation currently applies, and the Company will continue to monitor activities in the future. In the event the Company had subsequent changes in ownership, net operating losses and research and development credit carry-overs, which are reserved by the full deferred tax asset valuation allowance, could be limited and may expire unutilized.

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits increased by $0.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively. If the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was recognized, it would not have an impact to the effective tax rate as it would be offset by the reversal of related deferred tax assets which are subject to a full valuation allowance.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     
      2018      2019  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 3,086      $ 3,875  

Increase related to current year tax positions

     789        961  
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 3,875      $ 4,836  

 

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of the income tax provision. To date, such interest and penalties have not been material.

The Company files federal and state income tax returns. To date, the Company has not been subject to any federal or state income tax audits. As of December 31, 2019, all tax years remain open to examination.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

(13) Statements of cash flows

The supplemental cash flow information consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
      2018     2019          2019          2020  
                 

(unaudited)

 

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,761     $ 1,361      $ 340      $ 340  
  

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 1     $ 109      $      $  
  

 

 

 

Accrued issuance costs

   $ (1   $      $      $ 207  
  

 

 

 

Change in accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to purchases of property and equipment

   $ 212     $ 43      $ 109      $ (34
  

 

 

 

Release of repurchase rights on early exercised options

   $     $ 88      $      $ 88  

 

 

(14) Commitments and contingencies

Licensing Agreements

In October of 2011, we entered into a license agreement, which was subsequently amended in March 2016 (the “UC Agreement”), with The Regents of the University of California (the “UC Regents”), pursuant to which UC Regents granted us an exclusive, sublicensable, worldwide license under certain patent rights owned by UC Regents related certain of our products. We paid UC Regents upfront payments totaling $15,000 in connection with executing the UC Agreement. In addition, we issued 501,896 shares of common stock to certain persons associated with UC Regents in July 2013.

We pay UC Regents a sub-single digit percentage royalty on our net sales of certain products covered by the licensed patents, subject to an annual minimum royalty payment of $10,000. The UC Agreement will continue until the expiration of the last to expire patent or last to be abandoned patent application that is licensed to us, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the UC Agreement.

Legal proceedings

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal and administrative proceedings and claims of various types. The Company records a liability in its financial statements for these matters when a loss is known and considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The Company does not recognize gain contingencies until they are realized. Legal costs incurred relating to loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

The Company is not currently involved in any claims or legal actions, nor is management aware of any potential claims or legal actions, for which the ultimate disposition could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

Purchase commitments

The Company has entered into various purchase agreements, including inventory-related agreements with its contract manufacturers. Once these orders are placed, they are generally cancelable by providing notice prior to the expected ship date, however such cancelations could result in the Company incurring certain charges depending on the timing. The Company had non-cancellable purchase obligations to contract manufacturers and other suppliers of $10.6 million and $8.5 million at December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Product warranty

The table below represents the activity in the product warranty accrual included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

 

     
     December 31,     March 31,
2020
 
      2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 295     $ 601     $ 1,065  

Adjustments to existing warranties

     (2     (159     (122

Provision for new warranties

     704       1,430       330  

Settlement of pre-existing warranties

     (396     (807     (80
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 601     $ 1,065     $ 1,193  

 

 

(15) Net loss and unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders per share

Potentially issuable shares of common stock include shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding employee stock option awards. Awards granted with performance conditions are excluded from the shares used to compute diluted earnings per share until the performance conditions associated with the awards are met.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
    Three months
ended March 31,
 
      2018     2019     2019     2020  
                 (unaudited)  

Numerator

        

Net loss

   $ (23,337   $ (18,302   $ (4,205   $ (8,425

Cumulative undeclared dividends on Series D convertible preferred stock

     (3,198     (3,198     (789     (797
  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (26,535   $ (21,500   $ (4,994   $ (9,222
  

 

 

 

Denomintator

        

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per share, basic and diluted

     5,210,272       5,767,931       5,435,117       6,095,977  
  

 

 

 

Net loss per share

        

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (5.09   $ (3.73   $ (0.92   $ (1.51

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Since the Company was in a loss position for all periods presented, basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, as the inclusion of all potential shares of common stock outstanding would have been anti-dilutive. The following weighted-average common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented as they had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months
ended March 31,
 
      2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock (on an if-converted basis)

     100,924,592        100,924,592        100,924,592        100,924,592  

Options to purchase common stock

     12,766,184        18,616,034        16,220,085        20,913,455  

Restricted shares of common stock related to early exercise of options

            73,750               54,063  

Warrants to purchase Series C convertible preferred stock

     273,038        273,038        273,038        273,038  
  

 

 

 

Total

     113,963,814        119,887,414        117,417,715        122,165,148  

 

 

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share

The following table sets forth the computation of the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share and gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     
      Year ended
December 31, 2019
    Three months ended
March 31, 2020
 
    

(unaudited)

 

Numerator

    

Net loss

   $ (18,302   $ (8,425
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted

   $ (18,302   $ (8,425
  

 

 

 

Denominator

    

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

     5,767,931       6,095,977  

Weighted-average shares of common stock issued upon assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock in an IPO

     100,924,592       100,924,592  
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

     106,692,523       107,020,569  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.17   $ (0.08

 

 

(16) Equity method investment in joint venture

In 2017 Berkeley Lights entered into agreements with MDACC to form a joint venture, Optera, the purpose of which is, in part, to develop and standardize workflows and protocols to enable healthcare providers to implement proof of concept and/or clinical study protocols and cell processing to select and manipulate

 

F-42


Table of Contents

immune cells using the Company’s technology. Both Berkeley Lights and MDACC received 50% ownership of Optera in consideration for legal fees incurred to set up the new company.

In each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 the Company entered into a note receivable of $1.0 million, for a total of $2.0 million (see Note 17 to these consolidated financial statements).

The Company accounts for its investment and financial interests in Optera using the equity method of accounting and includes the Company’s proportionate share of the net loss in its consolidated net loss in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The total equity losses recorded under this arrangement were $0.8 million during both the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which are recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. These losses were recorded as a reserve against the note receivable balances as these amounts were considered part of the Company’s investment in Optera.

Summarized financial information for Optera consists of the following: (in thousands):

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
      2018      2019      2019      2020  
                   (unaudited)  

Total assets

   $ 430      $ 18      $ 852      $  

Total liabilities

     1,269        18        2,319         

Operating expenses

     733        935        624         

Net loss

     734        843        624         

 

 

In May 2019, the Optera Board of Directors determined that Optera would cease operations effective immediately and begin the process of dissolution and winding up of the operations. As a result, the Company impaired the carrying value of its notes receivable and related unpaid interest to reflect the amount expected to be received upon repayment, which was partially offset by the reversal of the Company’s share of equity losses that were recorded as a reserve against the notes receivable. The resulting charge of $0.2 million has been recorded in other income (expense), net on the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The dissolution and unwinding of Optera was completed in March 2020.

(17) Convertible note receivable and embedded derivative

In 2018, the Company entered into a note agreement with Optera (the “Optera Note”, see Note 16 to these consolidated financial statements). The Optera Note, which had an original maturity date in April 2019 and carries interest at 4.0%, was amended in December 2018 to extend the maturity date to October 2019. These notes convert automatically into the equity securities issued in the next Optera equity financing round greater than $20.0 million at a 20% discount to the issuance price. Alternatively, upon change of control or IPO, at the option of the holder the notes will either a) become and due and payable in cash or b) convert into common shares. Total amounts issued under the Optera Note were $2.0 million through the year ended December 31, 2019. The balance of the notes receivable, which are reported as prepaid and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets, was $0.9 million at December 31, 2018 and $10,000 at December 31, 2019.

The discounted conversion rate in the Optera Note is considered a redemption feature that is an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation and separate accounting at its estimated fair value. The estimated fair value of the embedded derivative upon issuance in April 2018 was an asset of $0.2 million. The estimated fair value of this derivative instrument was recognized as a note discount and as an embedded derivative asset on the consolidated balance sheet upon issuance. The Company will amortize the note discount into interest income

 

F-43


Table of Contents

using the effective interest method. Total amortization of the note discount was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $60,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The Company estimated the fair value of the embedded derivative based on the estimated cash flows associated with the note receivable. The inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the embedded derivative instrument include the probability of an underlying event triggering the redemption event and its timing prior to the maturity date of the Optera Note. The fair value measurement is based upon significant inputs not observable in the market. These assumptions are inherently subjective and involve significant management judgement.

The embedded derivative requires periodic re-measurements to fair value while the instrument is still outstanding. The change in the estimated value is recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The total amount recorded for the change in fair value of the embedded derivative was $18,000 and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Additionally, the Company recorded an impairment in the amount of $0.2 million for the full reduction in the fair value of the asset due to the resolution by the Optera Board of Directors to dissolve Optera (see Note 16 to these consolidated financial statements).

(18) Segments

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations. Accordingly, the Company has a single reportable segment structure. The Company’s principal operations and decision-making functions are located in the United States.

The following table provides the Company’s revenues by geographical market based on the location where the services were provided or to which product was shipped (in thousands):

 

     
     Year ended
December 31,
     Three months ended
March 31,
 
     2018      2019      2019      2020  
                      (unaudited)  

North America

   $ 20,466      $ 29,862      $ 8,476      $ 8,481  

Asia Pacific

     3,704        14,454        1,868        4,860  

Europe

     7,129        12,377        2,297        437  
  

 

 

 
   $ 31,299      $ 56,693      $ 12,641      $ 13,778  

 

 

North America includes the United States and related territories, as well as Canada. Asia Pacific also includes Australia.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019 and March 31, 2020 (unaudited), substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the United States of America.

(19) Subsequent events

In March 2020, the EWB Loan Agreement was amended to extend the interest only period by an additional twelve months through May 2021. There were no other changes to the loan agreement associated with this amendment.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Subsequent to year-end, the Company has granted 2,197,550 stock options to employees and 315,000 stock options to non-employees. The options had a weighted-average grant date fair value of $2.40 per share.

(20) Events (unaudited) subsequent to the date of the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

On June 25, 2020, the Company entered into an operating lease for 34,789 square feet of additional space in Emeryville, California, as well as amended its existing lease arrangements to vacate certain existing space and extend the terms of its remaining existing space in Emeryville. The lease for additional space commences October 1, 2020 and all of the leases now expire on March 31, 2028. The total incremental non-cancelable lease payments under the new and amended lease agreements are $20.1 million through the remainder of the updated lease terms.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

            shares

 

 

 

 

LOGO

Common stock

Prospectus

 

J.P. Morgan   Morgan Stanley   Cowen
William Blair

Prospectus dated                     , 2020


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of our common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee.

 

   
Item    Amount paid
or to be paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,980  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Nasdaq listing fee

         

Printing and engraving expenses

         

Legal fees and expenses

         

Accounting fees and expenses

         

Blue Sky qualification fees and expenses

         

Transfer agent fees and expenses

         

Miscellaneous expenses

         
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                    

 

*   To be completed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that none of our directors shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the DGCL prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he or she was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of

 

II-1


Table of Contents

the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or, while a director or officer, is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or, while a director or officer, is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. Please read “Item 17. Undertakings” for more information on the SEC’s position regarding such indemnification provisions.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

The following list sets forth information as to all securities we have sold since January 1, 2017, which were not registered under the Securities Act.

 

1.   In March, April, May, June and September 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 18,207,257 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock to 33 accredited investors at an average price per share of $5.2177, for aggregate gross consideration of approximately $95 million.

 

2.   We granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 19,244,372 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.99 per share, to certain of our employees, consultants and directors in connection with services provided to us by such persons.

 

3.   We issued and sold an aggregate of 1,998,668 shares of common stock at a weighted-average purchase price of $0.87 per share to employees, directors and consultants for aggregate proceeds to us of approximately $1.7 million upon the exercise of stock options.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sale and issuance of securities in the transactions described in paragraph (1) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for which we relied on Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D represented that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act. We claimed such exemption on the basis that (a) the purchasers in each case represented that they intended to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof and that they either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information and (b) appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (2) and (3) above under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities have not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits. The following documents are filed as exhibits to this registration statement.

 

       

Exhibit
number

        Incorporated by
reference
     Filed
herewith
 
   Exhibit description    Form      Date      Number  
  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.            
  3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of Berkeley Lights, Inc., as currently in effect.               X  
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Berkeley Lights, Inc., to become effective upon closing of this offering.                                    

 

II-3


Table of Contents
       

Exhibit
number

       Incorporated by
reference
     Filed
herewith
 
  Exhibit description    Form      Date      Number  
  3.3   Bylaws of Berkeley Lights, Inc., as currently in effect.               X  
  3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Berkeley Lights, Inc., to become effective upon closing of this offering.            
  4.1*   Reference is made to exhibits 3.1 through 3.4.            
  4.2*   Form of Common Stock Certificate.            
  4.3   Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated March 28, 2018, by and among Berkeley Lights, Inc. and the investors listed therein.               X  
  4.4   Plain English Warrant Agreement, dated August 24, 2016, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and TriplePoint Capital LLC.               X  
  5.1*   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.            
10.1(a)#   Berkeley Lights, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.               X  
10.1(b)#   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.               X  
10.2(a)#*   Berkeley Lights, Inc. 2020 Incentive Award Plan.            
10.2(b)#*   Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the 2020 Incentive Award Plan.            
10.2(c)#*   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2020 Incentive Award Plan.            
10.2(d)#*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice under the 2020 Incentive Award Plan.            
10.3#*   2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.            
10.4#*   Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.            
10.5*   Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.            
10.6#*   Employment Agreement, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and Eric Hobbs, Ph.D.            
10.7#*   Employment Agreement, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and Shaun Holt.            
10.8#*   Employment Agreement, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and Keith Breinlinger, Ph.D.            
10.9#*   Employment Agreement, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and Stuart Merkadeau.            
10.10#§   Strategic/Scientific Advisor Consulting Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2017, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and James Rothman, Ph.D., as amended.               X  
10.11(a)   Lease, dated as of November  3, 2014, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC, as amended.                                 X  

 

II-4


Table of Contents
       

Exhibit
number

       Incorporated by
reference
     Filed
herewith
 
  Exhibit description    Form      Date      Number  
10.11(b)   Lease, dated as of February 14, 2020, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and Emery Station Office II, LLC.               X  
10.11(c)   Sublease dated as of March 21, 2019, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and Exponential Interactive, Inc.               X  
10.11(d)*   Lease, dated as of June 24, 2020, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and Emery Station Office II, LLC.            
10.12§   Collaboration Agreement, dated as of September 13, 2019, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and Ginkgo Bioworks, Inc.               X  
10.13A§   Exclusive License, dated as of October 25, 2011, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and The Regents of the University of California.               X  
10.13B§   Amendment to Exclusive License, dated as of March 14, 2016, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and The Regents of the University of California.               X  
10.14A   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2018, as amended, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and East West Bank.               X  
10.14B   First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2019 by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and East West Bank.               X  
10.14C   Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2020, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and East West Bank.               X  
10.15A§   Terms and Conditions of Purchase, dated as of February 25, 2015, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and Korvis, LLC.               X  
10.15B§   Amendment No. 1 to Terms and Conditions of Purchase, dated as of April 23, 2019, by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc. and Korvis, LLC.               X  
21.1   Subsidiaries of Berkeley Lights, Inc.               X  
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.               X  
23.2*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).            
24.1   Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page to the Registration Statement.                                 X  

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

 

#   Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

§   Portions of the exhibit, marked by brackets, have been omitted because the omitted information (i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm if publicly disclosed.

(b) Financial statement schedules. Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Financial Statements or notes thereto.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registration has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time It was declared effective.

 

(2)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Emeryville, California, on June 26, 2020.

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Eric Hobbs, Ph.D.

Name:    Eric Hobbs, Ph.D.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Signatures and power of attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Eric Hobbs, Ph.D., Shaun Holt and Stuart Merkadeau, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this Registration Statement on Form S-1, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

     
Name    Title   Date

/s/ Eric Hobbs, Ph.D.

Eric Hobbs, Ph.D.

  

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  June 26, 2020

/s/ Shaun Holt

Shaun Holt

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

  June 26, 2020

/s/ Sarah Boyce

Sarah Boyce

  

Director

  June 26, 2020

/s/ Igor Khandros, Ph.D.

Igor Khandros, Ph.D.

  

Director

  June 26, 2020

/s/ Gregory Lucier

Gregory Lucier

  

Director

  June 26, 2020

/s/ Michael Marks

Michael Marks

  

Director

  June 26, 2020

 

II-7


Table of Contents
     
Name    Title   Date

/s/ Michael Moritz

Michael Moritz

  

Director

  June 26, 2020

/s/ Elizabeth Nelson

Elizabeth Nelson

  

Director

  June 26, 2020

/s/ James Rothman, Ph.D.

James Rothman, Ph.D.

  

Director

  June 26, 2020

/s/ Ming Wu, Ph.D.

Ming Wu, Ph.D.

  

Director

  June 26, 2020

/s/ Makoto Shintani

Makoto Shintani

  

Director

  June 26, 2020

 

II-8

Exhibit 3.1

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Berkeley Lights, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”), does hereby certify as follows.

1. The name of this corporation is Berkeley Lights, Inc. This corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on April 5, 2011 under the name Berkeley Lights, Inc.

2. The Board of Directors of this corporation duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows.

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

Exhibit A referred to in the resolution above is attached hereto as Exhibit A and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference.

3. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 26th day of October, 2016.

 

By:   /s/ Igor Khandros
  Igor Khandros
  President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

ARTICLE I: NAME.

The name of this corporation is Berkeley Lights, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II: REGISTERED OFFICE.

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE III: PURPOSE.

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE IV: AUTHORIZED SHARES.

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (a) One Hundred Six Million One Hundred Thousand (106,100,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.00005 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (b) Eighty Three Million Four Hundred Forty One Thousand Six Hundred Twenty Eight (83,441,628) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.00005 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”). As of the effective date of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Restated Certificate”), Seven Million Three Hundred Twenty Thousand (7,320,000) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock”, Three Million Two (3,000,002) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”, Fourteen Million Forty-Nine Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Six (14,049,876) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as “Series A-2 Preferred Stock”, Twenty Seven Million One Hundred Eighty Four Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-Three (27,184,683) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as “Series B Preferred Stock”, Twenty Million (20,000,000) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as “Series C Preferred Stock and Eleven Million Eight Hundred Eighty Thousand Sixty-Seven (11,887,067) shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as “Series D Preferred Stock”.

The following is a statement of the designations and the rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

1


A.

COMMON STOCK

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). Unless required by law, there shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Restated Certificate) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law and without a separate class vote of the holders of the Common Stock.

 

B.

PREFERRED STOCK

The following rights, powers and preferences, and restrictions, qualifications and limitations, shall apply to the Preferred Stock. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” in this Part B of this Article IV refer to sections of this Part B.

 

1.

Dividends.

1.1 Cumulative Series D Preferred Stock Dividend Preference. From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series D Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate per annum of $0.269 per share shall accrue on such shares of Series D Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock) (the “Accruing Dividends”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided, however, that except as set forth in the following sentence of this Section 1.1 or in Section 2.1, such Accruing Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Accruing Dividends. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Series D Preferred Stock and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series D Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series D Preferred Stock, in each case

 

2


calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series D Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series D Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1.1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series D Preferred Stock dividend.

1.2 Non-Cumulative Prior Senior Preferred Stock Dividend Preference. After payment or declaration and setting apart of the dividends in the full preferential amount specified in Section 1.1 above for the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Prior Senior Preferred Stock”) shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Junior Preferred Stock”) and the Common Stock of the Corporation, in an amount equal to 8% of the Original Issue Price (as defined below) per share of such Prior Senior Preferred Stock. The foregoing dividends shall not be cumulative and shall be paid when, as and if declared by the Board.

1.3 Non-Cumulative Junior Preferred Stock Dividend Preference. After payment or declaration and setting apart of the dividends in the full preferential amount specified in Section 1.1 and Section 1.2 above for the Series D Preferred Stock and the Prior Senior Preferred Stock, respectively, the Corporation shall not pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) in any calendar year unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Restated Certificate) the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, out of funds legally available therefor, a dividend on each outstanding share of Junior Preferred Stock in an amount equal to 8% of the Original Issue Price (as defined below) per share of such Junior Preferred Stock. The foregoing dividends shall not be cumulative and shall be paid when, as and if declared by the Board. The “Original Issue Price” means, (i) for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.025 per share, (ii) for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.1666665 per share, (iii) for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, $0.2847 per share, (iv) for the Series B Preferred Stock, $1.073 per share, (v) for the Series C Preferred Stock, $2.93 per share and (vi) for the Series D Preferred Stock, $3.365 per share (in each case subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on the such series of Preferred Stock in shares of such stock).

 

3


1.4 Participation. If, after dividends in the full preferential amount specified in Section 1.1, Section 1.2 and Section 1.3 above for the Preferred Stock have been paid or set apart for payment in any calendar year of the Corporation, the Board shall declare additional dividends out of funds legally available therefor in that calendar year, then such additional dividends shall be declared pro rata on the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holders. For this purpose each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is to be treated as holding the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

1.5 Non-Cash Dividends. Whenever a dividend provided for in this Section 1 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such dividend shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

2.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

2.1 Payments to Holders of Series D Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or any Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), before any payment shall be made to the holders of Prior Senior Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the funds and assets available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Original Issue Price for such Series D Preferred Stock, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all such Series D Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, the funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock the full amounts to which they are entitled under this Section 2.1, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the funds and assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.2 Payments to Holders of Prior Senior Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or any Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2.1 and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the holders of shares of Prior Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the funds and assets available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Original Issue Price for such series of Prior Senior Preferred Stock, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all such series of Prior Senior Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, the funds

 

4


and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Prior Senior Preferred Stock the full amounts to which they are entitled under this Section 2.2, the holders of shares of Prior Senior Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the funds and assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Prior Senior Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.3 Payments to Holders of Junior Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2.1 and to the holders of shares of Prior Senior Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2.2, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the funds and assets available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount per share equal to the greater of (a) the Original Issue Price for such series of Junior Preferred Stock, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (b) such amount per share as would have been payable had all such series of Junior Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, the funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock the full amounts to which they are entitled under this Section 2.3, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the funds and assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Junior Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.4 Payments to Holders of Common Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2.1, Section 2.2 and Section 2.3, the remaining funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

2.5 Deemed Liquidation Events.

2.5.1 Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least five days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

5


(a) a merger or consolidation (each a “Combination”) in which (i) the Corporation is a constituent party or (ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such Combination, except any such Combination involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such Combination continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for equity securities that represent, immediately following such Combination, at least a majority, by voting power, of the equity securities of (1) the surviving or resulting party or (2) if the surviving or resulting party is a wholly owned subsidiary of another party immediately following such Combination, the parent of such surviving or resulting party; provided that, for the purpose of this Section 2.5.1, all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined in Section 5 below) outstanding immediately prior to such Combination or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined in Section 5 below) outstanding immediately prior to such Combination shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such Combination and, if applicable, deemed to be converted or exchanged in such Combination on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged; or

(b) the sale, lease, exclusive license, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation, that constitutes an effective disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (or, if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by one or more subsidiaries, the sale or disposition (whether by consolidation, merger, conversion or otherwise) of such subsidiaries of the Corporation), except where such sale, lease, exclusive license, transfer or other disposition is made to the Corporation or one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of the Corporation (an “Asset Disposition”).

2.5.2 Allocation of Escrow. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the definitive agreement or escrow agreement entered into in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.5.2, consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

2.5.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The funds and assets deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such Combination or Asset Distribution shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. If the amount deemed paid or distributed under this Section 2.5.3 is made in property other than in cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property, as determined in good faith by the Board (including at least the Series B Director or one Series C Director); provided, however, that the following shall apply. For securities not subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(i) if traded on a securities exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing of such transaction;

 

6


(ii) if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing of such transaction; or

(iii) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall take into account an appropriate discount (as determined in good faith by the Board) from the market value as determined pursuant to clause (a) above so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

 

3.

Voting.

3.1 General. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward). Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.

3.2 Election of Directors.

3.2.1 Election. For so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Junior Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as such number is adjusted for stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on the Junior Preferred Stock in shares of such stock), the holders of record of the shares of Junior Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (each, a “Junior Preferred Director”). For so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as such number is adjusted for stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on the Series B Preferred Stock in shares of such stock), the holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred

 

7


Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series B Director”). For so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as such number is adjusted for stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on the Series C Preferred Stock in shares of such stock), the holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (each, a “Series C Director”). The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Common Director”). The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of every other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect the remaining number of directors of the Corporation (each, a “Remaining Director”).

3.2.2 Vacancies Not Caused by Removal. Any vacancy in the office of any director may be filled by the stockholders as specified in this Section 3.2 or by at least a majority of the members of the Board then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining member of the Board then in office, even if such directors or such sole remaining director were not elected by the holders of the class, classes or series that are entitled to elect a director or directors to office under the provisions of Section 3.2.1 (the “Specified Stock”’) and such electing director or directors shall specify at the time of such election the specific vacant directorship being filled.

3.2.3 Vacancies Caused by Removal. Any director elected as provided in the preceding paragraphs may be removed without cause by, and any vacancy in the office of any such removed director may be filled by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the Specified Stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.

3.2.4 Procedure. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Specified Stock entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director and the candidate or candidates to be elected by such Specified Stock shall be those who receive the highest number of affirmative votes (on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding shares of such Specified Stock; provided however that in the case of Series B Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 60% of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be required. In the case of an action taken by written consent without a meeting, the candidate or candidates to be elected by such Specified Stock shall be those who are elected by the written consent of the holders of a majority of such Specified Stock; provided however that in the case of Series B Preferred Stock, the written consent of the holders of at least 60% of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be required.

3.3 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as such number is adjusted for stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on the Preferred Stock in shares of such stock), the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate) the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting and evidenced in writing, of the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, consenting or voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis:

 

8


(a) alter or change the rights, powers or preferences of the Preferred Stock (or any series thereof) set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation;

(b) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or any series thereof);

(c) authorize or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of capital stock having rights, powers or preferences set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as then in effect, that are senior to or on a parity with any series of Preferred Stock or authorize or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any security convertible into or exercisable for any such new class or series of capital stock;

(d) redeem or repurchase any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, other than (i) pursuant to an agreement with an employee, consultant, director or other service provider to the Corporation or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, “Service Providers”) giving the Corporation the right to repurchase shares at the original cost thereof upon the termination of services, (ii) an exercise of a right of first refusal in favor of the Corporation pursuant to an agreement with any Service Provider, which exercise has been approved by the Board;

(e) declare or pay any dividend or otherwise make a distribution to holders of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, other than a dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock;

(f) liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent, agree or commit to any of the foregoing without conditioning such consent, agreement or commitment upon obtaining the approval required by this Section 3.3;

(g) increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board; or

(h) otherwise amend, alter, restate, or repeal any provision of the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation, as then in effect.

3.4 Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. For so long as 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as such number is adjusted for stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on the Preferred Stock in shares of such stock), the Corporation shall not, without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least 60% of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting as a separate series:

(a) amend the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (whether undertaken by merger, consolidation, or otherwise) in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely, but does not so affect the Preferred Stock as a class; or

(b) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

3.5 Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. For so long as 1,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as such number is adjusted for stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on the Preferred Stock in shares of such stock), the Corporation shall not, without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting as a separate series:

(a) amend the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (whether undertaken by merger, consolidation, or otherwise) in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series C Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely, but does not so affect the Preferred Stock as a class; or

 

9


(b) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

3.6 Series D Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. For so long as 1,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as such number is adjusted for stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on the Preferred Stock in shares of such stock), the Corporation shall not (whether undertaken by merger, consolidation, or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting as a separate series:

(a) amend the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (whether undertaken by merger, consolidation, or otherwise) in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series D Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely, but does not so affect the Preferred Stock as a class;

(b) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock;

(c) amend this Section 3.6; or

(d) agree or commit to do, or authorize any of, the foregoing.

4. Conversion Rights. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

4.1 Right to Convert.

4.1.1 Conversion Ratio. Each share of a series of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for such series of

 

10


Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price (as defined below) for such series of Preferred Stock in effect at the time of conversion. The “Conversion Price” for each series of Preferred Stock shall initially mean the Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock. Such initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.

4.1.2 Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent (a “Contingency Event”). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice (or, if later, the date on which all Contingency Events have occurred) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such time. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (a) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to such holder’s nominee(s), a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (b) pay in cash such amount as provided in Section 5.7.3 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (c) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

4.1.3 Effect of Voluntary Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock that shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Section 5.7.3 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued.

 

11


4.2 Mandatory Conversion.

4.2.1 Automatic Conversion. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act resulting in at least $70,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation, following which the Common Stock will be listed or admitted for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or The NASDAQ Stock Market trading platforms or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at the time of such vote or consent, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), (x) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the applicable ratio described in Section 4.1.1 as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 4 and (y) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

4.2.2 Mandatory Conversion Procedural Requirements.

(a) All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 4.2.1 and 10. Unless otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate, such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender such holder’s certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 4.2.

(b) If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to this Section 4.2, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 4.2.2(b). As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to such holder’s nominee(s), a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Section 5.7.3 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends

 

12


on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock (and the applicable series thereof) accordingly.

4.3 Termination of Conversion Rights. Subject to Section 4.1.2 in the case of a Contingency Event, in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the third day preceding the date fixed for the first payment of any funds and assets distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

5. Adjustments to Conversion Price.

5.1 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances.

5.1.1 Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article IV, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Option shall mean any right, option or warrant to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities from the Corporation.

(b) “Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock shall mean the date on which the first share of such series of Preferred Stock was issued.

(c) “Convertible Securities shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities issued by the Corporation that are directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d) “Additional Shares of Common Stock with respect to a series of Preferred Stock shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 5.1.2 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the applicable Original Issue Date for such series of Preferred Stock, other than the following shares of Common Stock and shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (collectively as to all such shares and shares deemed issued, “Exempted Securities”):

(i) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on such series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on or subdivision of shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 or 5.6;

(iii) up to 14,463,726 (or such greater number as may be approved from time to time by the Board (including at least the Series B Director or one Series C Director) shares of Common Stock or Options to acquire shares of Common Stock, including but not limited to stock appreciation rights payable in shares of Common Stock or in Options or Convertible Securities, issued to Service Providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or

 

13


retaining their services pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board, calculated from the Corporation’s inception, net of any repurchases of any such shares by the Corporation, net of any such expired or terminated Options or Convertible Securities and proportionally adjusted to reflect any subsequent adjustment pursuant to Sections 5.2 and 5.3;

(iv) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options, or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided that such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

(v) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a debt financing or equipment leasing transaction approved by the Board;

(vi) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to a bona fide acquisition of another entity by the Corporation by merger or consolidation with, purchase of substantially all of the assets of, or purchase of more than fifty percent of the outstanding equity securities of, the other entity, or issued pursuant to a bona fide joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board;

(vii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board;

(viii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a result of a decrease in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock resulting from the operation of Section 5.1.3;

(ix) shares of Common Stock issued in an offering to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission; or

(x) the issuance or deemed issuance of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, on an as-converted basis, agreeing that no adjustment shall be made as a result of the issuance or deemed issuance.

5.1.2 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the applicable Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability (including the passage of time) but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number including by way of anti-dilution adjustment) issuable upon the

 

14


exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 5.1.3, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (i) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (ii) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this Section 5.1.2(b) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (1) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (2) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities that are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 5.1.3 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 5.1.4) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date of such series of Preferred Stock), are revised after the Original Issue Date of such series of Preferred Stock as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (i) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (ii) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 5.l.2(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

15


(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) that resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 5.1.3, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock provided for in this Section 5.1.2 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in Sections 5.l.2(b) and 5.l.2(c)). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to such Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Section 5.1.2 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to such Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

5.1.3 Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the applicable Original Issue Date of a series of Preferred Stock issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 5.1.2), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-thousandth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

“CP2” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue or deemed issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

“CP1” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or deemed issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

16


“A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or deemed issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

“B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued or deemed issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

“C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock actually issued or deemed issued in such transaction.

5.1.4 Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 5.1, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue or deemed issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

(i) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

(ii) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board; and

(iii) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board.

(b) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 5.1.2, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

(i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

17


(ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

5.1.5 Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 5.1.2, then, upon the final such issuance, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period that are a part of such transaction or series of related transactions).

5.2 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this section shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

5.3 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying such Conversion Price then in effect by fraction:

(a) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(b) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

18


Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, such Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter such Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this section as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (ii) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of such series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

5.4 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock), then and in each such event the holders of such series of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities in an amount equal to the amount of such securities as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

5.5 Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock of the Corporation, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than by a stock split or combination, dividend, distribution, merger or consolidation covered by Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 or 5.6 or by Section 2.3 regarding a Deemed Liquidation Event), then in any such event each holder of such series of Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change.

5.6 Adjustment for Merger or Consolidation. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, if there shall occur any consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not a series of Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections 5.1, 5.3, 5.4 or 5.5), then, following any such consolidation or merger, provision shall be made that each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board) shall be made in the application of the provisions in Section 4 and this Section 5 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in Section 4 and this Section 5 shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

19


5.7 General Conversion Provisions.

5.7.1 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 15 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of any series of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (a) the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock then in effect and (b) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.

5.7.2 Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times while any share of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate. Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

5.7.3 Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

20


5.7.4 No Further Adjustment after Conversion. Upon any conversion of shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock, no adjustment to the Conversion Price of the applicable series of Preferred Stock shall be made with respect to the converted shares for any declared but unpaid dividends on such series of Preferred Stock or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

6. Redemption. The Preferred Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder thereof.

7. No Reissuance of Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Preferred Stock. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights, powers and preferences granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following the close of business on the third day preceding the Redemption Date for such shares.

8. Waiver. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Junior Preferred Stock that are set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of the Junior Preferred Stock as a class by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Junior Preferred Stock that are then outstanding, treating any convertible Preferred Stock as-if converted to Common Stock. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of Series B Preferred Stock that are set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock as a class by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least 60% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock that is then outstanding, treating any convertible Preferred Stock as-if converted to Common Stock. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of Series C Preferred Stock that are set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series C Preferred Stock as a class by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock that is then outstanding, treating any convertible Preferred Stock as-if converted to Common Stock. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of Series D Preferred Stock that are set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series D Preferred Stock as a class by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock that is then outstanding, treating any convertible Preferred Stock as-if converted to Common Stock.

9. Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall set a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

21


then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or subscription right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or subscription right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent (A) at least 20 days prior to the earlier of the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice or (B) such fewer number of days as may be approved the holders of at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock acting as a single class on an as-converted basis.

10. Notices. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article IV to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, given by the holder to the Corporation for the purpose of notice or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission. If no such address appears or is given, notice shall be deemed given at the place where the principal executive office of the Corporation is located.

ARTICLE V: PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.

No stockholder of the Corporation shall have a right to purchase shares of capital stock of the Corporation sold or issued by the Corporation except to the extent that such a right may from time to time be set forth in a written agreement between the Corporation and any stockholder.

ARTICLE VI: STOCK REPURCHASES.

To the extent one or more sections of any other state corporations code setting forth minimum requirements for the Corporation’s retained earnings and/or net assets are applicable to the Corporation’s repurchase of shares of Common Stock, such code sections shall not apply, to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law, in whole or in part with respect to repurchases by the Corporation of its Common Stock from Service Providers pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment. In the case of any such repurchases, such distributions or dividends by this corporation may be made without regard to the “preferential dividends arrears amount” or any “preferential rights amount,” as such terms may be defined in such other state’s corporations code.

 

22


ARTICLE VII: BYLAW PROVISIONS.

 

A.

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS. Subject to any additional vote required by the Restated Certificate or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

B.

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. Subject to any additional vote required by the Restated Certificate, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

C.

BALLOT. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

D.

MEETINGS AND BOOKS. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII: DIRECTOR LIABILITY.

A. LIMITATION. To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VIII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

B. INDEMNIFICATION. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

C. MODIFICATION. Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

23


ARTICLE IX: CREDITOR AND STOCKHOLDER COMPROMISES.

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of §291 of Title 8 of the General Corporation Law or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under §279 of Title 8 of the General Corporation Law order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

ARTICLE X: EXCLUDED OPPORTUNITY.

The Company renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Company.

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

24

Table of Contents

Exhibit 3.3

 

 

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

a Delaware Corporation

BYLAWS

As Adopted June 10, 2011

 

 


Table of Contents

CONTENTS

 

              Page

Article I: STOCKHOLDERS

  
 

Section 1.1 :

  

Annual Meetings

  
 

Section 1.2 :

  

Special Meetings

  
 

Section 1.3 :

  

Notice of Meetings

  
 

Section 1.4 :

  

Adjournments

  
 

Section 1.5 :

  

Quorum

  
 

Section 1.6 :

  

Organization

  
 

Section 1.7 :

  

Voting; Proxies

  
 

Section 1.8 :

  

Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record

  
 

Section 1.9 :

  

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

  
 

Section 1.10 :

  

Action by Written Consent of Stockholders

  
 

Section 1.11 :

   Inspectors of Elections   

Article II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

  
 

Section 2.1 :

  

Number; Qualifications

  
 

Section 2.2 :

  

Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies

  
 

Section 2.3 :

  

Regular Meetings

  
 

Section 2.4 :

  

Special Meetings

  
 

Section 2.5 :

  

Remote Meetings Permitted

  
 

Section 2.6 :

  

Quorum; Vote Required for Action

  
 

Section 2.7 :

  

Organization

  
 

Section 2.8 :

  

Written Action by Directors

  
 

Section 2.9 :

  

Powers

  
 

Section 2.10 :

  

Compensation of Directors

  

Article III: COMMITTEES

  
 

Section 3.1 :

  

Committees

  
 

Section 3.2 :

  

Committee Rules

  

Article IV: OFFICERS

  
 

Section 4.1 :

  

Generally

  
 

Section 4.2 :

  

Chief Executive Officer

  
 

Section 4.3 :

  

Chairperson of the Board

  
 

Section 4.4 :

  

President

  
 

Section 4.5 :

  

Vice President

  
 

Section 4.6 :

  

Chief Financial Officer

  
 

Section 4.7 :

  

Treasurer

  
 

Section 4.8 :

  

Chief Technology Officer

  
 

Section 4.9 :

  

Secretary

  
 

Section 4.10 :

  

Delegation of Authority

  
 

Section 4.11 :

  

Removal

  

 

i


Table of Contents

Article V: STOCK

  
 

Section 5.1 :

  

Certificates

  
 

Section 5.2 :

  

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates

  
 

Section 5.3 :

  

Other Regulations

  

Article VI: INDEMNIFICATION

  
 

Section 6.1 :

  

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

  
 

Section 6.2 :

  

Advance of Expenses

  
 

Section 6.3 :

  

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

  
 

Section 6.4 :

  

Indemnification Contracts

  
 

Section 6.5 :

  

Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit

  
 

Section 6.6 :

  

Nature of Rights

  

Article VII: NOTICES

  
 

Section 7.1 :

  

Notice

  
 

Section 7.2 :

  

Waiver of Notice

  

Article VIII: INTERESTED DIRECTORS

  
 

Section 8.1 :

  

Interested Directors

  
 

Section 8.2 :

  

Quorum

  

Article IX: MISCELLANEOUS

  
 

Section 9.1 :

  

Fiscal Year

  
 

Section 9.2 :

  

Seal

  
 

Section 9.3 :

  

Form of Records

  
 

Section 9.4 :

  

Reliance upon Books and Records

  
 

Section 9.5 :

  

Certificate of Incorporation Governs

  
 

Section 9.6 :

  

Severability

  

Article X: AMENDMENT

  

 

ii


Table of Contents

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

a Delaware Corporation

BYLAWS

As Adopted June 10, 2011

ARTICLE I: STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1: Annual Meetings. Unless members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting, as permitted by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) and these Bylaws, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as the Board shall each year fix. The meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine. Any proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

Section 1.2: Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the holders of shares of the Corporation that are entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders at such meeting, or by a majority of the “Whole Board,” which shall mean the total number of authorized directors, whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. Special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. If a special meeting of stockholders is called by any person or persons other than by a majority of the members of the Board, then such person or persons shall request such meeting by delivering a written request to call such meeting to each member of the Board, and the Board shall then determine the time and date of such special meeting, which shall be held not more than one hundred twenty (120) days nor less than thirty-five (35) days after the written request to call such special meeting was delivered to each member of the Board. The special meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine.

Section 1.3: Notice of Meetings. Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall be given in writing or by electronic transmission in the manner provided by law (including, without limitation, as set forth in Section 7.1.1 of these Bylaws) stating the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), such notice shall be given not less than ten (10), nor more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 1.4: Adjournments. The chairperson of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another time, date and place (if any). Any meeting of stockholders may adjourn from time to time, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, date and place (if any) thereof and the means of remote communications (if any) by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that

 

1


Table of Contents

if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, then a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Board may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special or annual meeting of stockholders before it is to be held, in which case notice shall be provided to the stockholders of the new date, time and place, if any, of the meeting as provided in Section 1.3 above.

Section 1.5: Quorum. At each meeting of stockholders the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, unless otherwise required by applicable law. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting may adjourn the meeting. Shares of the Corporation’s stock belonging to the Corporation (or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation are held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation), shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any other corporation to vote any shares of the Corporation’s stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity and to count such shares for purposes of determining a quorum.

Section 1.6: Organization. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by such person as the Board may designate, or, in the absence of such a person, the Chairperson of the Board, or, in the absence of such person, the President of the Corporation, or, in the absence of such person, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting. Such person shall be chairperson of the meeting and, subject to Section 1.11 hereof, shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 1.7: Voting; Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to take corporate action by written consent without a meeting, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such a proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by applicable law. Except as may be required in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, every matter other than the election of directors shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote on such matter that are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and are voted for or against the matter.

 

2


Table of Contents

Section 1.8: Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

1.8.1 Generally. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to take corporate action by written consent without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, except as otherwise required by law, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which shall not be more than sixty (60), nor less than ten (10), days before the date of such meeting, nor, except as provided in Section 1.8.2 below, more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board, then the record date shall be as provided by applicable law. To the fullest extent provided by law, a determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

1.8.2 Stockholder Request for Action by Written Consent. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent without a meeting shall, by written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, request the Board to fix a record date for such consent. Such request shall include a brief description of the action proposed to be taken. Unless a record date has previously been fixed by the Board for the written consent pursuant to this Section 1.8, the Board shall, within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. Such record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, then the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation as required by law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by applicable law, then the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the date on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 1.9: List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either on a reasonably accessible electronic network as permitted by law (provided that the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting) or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is held at a location where stockholders may attend in person, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present at the meeting. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access the list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

3


Table of Contents

Section 1.10: Action by Written Consent of Stockholders.

1.10.1 Procedure. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed in the manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, to its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the agent of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the Corporation as provided in Section 1.10.2 below. No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by law, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by law.

1.10.2 Form of Consent. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (a) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (b) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

4


Table of Contents

1.10.3 Notice of Consent. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action by stockholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent of the stockholders shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented thereto in writing and, who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting, if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as required by law. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then if the DGCL so requires, the certificate so filed shall state, in lieu of any statement required by the DGCL concerning any vote of stockholders, that written stockholder consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

Section 1.11: Inspectors of Elections.

1.11.1 Applicability. Unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation or by the DGCL, the following provisions of this Section 1.11 shall apply only if and when the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (a) listed on a national securities exchange; (b) authorized for quotation on an interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association; or (c) held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) stockholders. In all other cases, observance of the provisions of this Section 1.11 shall be optional, and at the discretion of the Board.

1.11.2 Appointment. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.

1.11.3 Inspector’s Oath. Each inspector of election, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.

1.11.4 Duties of Inspectors. At a meeting of stockholders, the inspectors of election shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share, (b) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.

1.11.5 Opening and Closing of Polls. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced by the chairperson of the meeting at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.

 

5


Table of Contents

1.11.6 Determinations. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in connection with proxies in accordance with any information provided pursuant to Section 211(a)(2)(B)(i) of the DGCL, or Sections 211(e) or 212(c)(2) of the DGCL, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification of their determinations pursuant to this Section 1.11 shall specify the precise information considered by them, including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.

ARTICLE II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.1: Number; Qualifications. The Board shall consist of one or more members. The initial number of directors shall be one (1) and, thereafter, unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of a majority of the Whole Board or the stockholders of the Corporation holding at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 2.2: Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies. The Board shall initially consist of the person or persons elected by the incorporator or named in the Corporation’s initial Certificate of Incorporation. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding: (a) any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors and (b) any vacancy occurring in the Board for any reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors to be elected by all stockholders having the right to vote as a single class, may be filled by the stockholders, by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Section 2.3: Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine. Notice of regular meetings need not be given if the date, times and places thereof are fixed by resolution of the Board.

Section 2.4: Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairperson of the Board, the President or a majority of the members of the Board then in office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the person or persons calling the meeting shall fix. Notice of the time, date and place of such meeting shall

 

6


Table of Contents

be given, orally, in writing or by electronic transmission (including electronic mail), by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four (4) days before the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, telegram, telex, mailgram, facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 2.5: Remote Meetings Permitted. Members of the Board, or any committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.6: Quorum; Vote Required for Action. Subject to Section 2.2 above regarding the ability of the members of the Board to fill a vacancy on the Board, at all meetings of the Board a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time without further notice thereof. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, or required by law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.

Section 2.7: Organization. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, or in such person’s absence by the President, or in such person’s absence by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.8: Written Action by Directors. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, respectively, in the minute books of the Corporation. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 2.9: Powers. The Board may, except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, exercise all such powers and manage and direct all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

Section 2.10: Compensation of Directors. Members of the Board, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board.

 

7


Table of Contents

ARTICLE III: COMMITTEES

Section 3.1: Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who are not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving, adopting, or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter (other than the election or removal of members of the Board) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.

Section 3.2: Committee Rules. Unless the Board otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS

Section 4.1: Generally. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer (who may be the Chairperson of the Board or the President), a Secretary and a Treasurer and may consist of such other officers, including a Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer and one or more Vice Presidents, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board. All officers shall be elected by the Board; provided, however, that the Board may empower the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint any officer other than the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer. Each officer shall hold office until such person’s successor is appointed or until such person’s earlier resignation, death or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board.

Section 4.2: Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the control of the Board and such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board, the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:

(a) To act as the general manager and, subject to the control of the Board, to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation;

 

8


Table of Contents

(b) Subject to Article I, Section 1.6, to preside at all meetings of the stockholders;

(c) Subject to Article I, Section 1.2, to call special meetings of the stockholders to be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such places as he or she shall deem proper; and

(d) To affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, guarantees, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the Board or which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation; to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation; and, subject to the direction of the Board, to have general charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board shall designate another officer to be the Chief Executive Officer. If there is no President, and the Board has not designated any other officer to be the Chief Executive Officer, then the Chairperson of the Board shall be the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 4.3: Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson of the Board shall have the power to preside at all meetings of the Board and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.4: President. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated one individual as the President and a different individual as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board, and subject to the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President), and subject to such supervisory powers and authority as may be given by the Board to the Chairperson of the Board, and/or to any other officer, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President) and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of President or that are delegated to the President by the Board.

Section 4.5: Vice President. Each Vice President shall have all such powers and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President, or that are delegated to him or her by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. A Vice President may be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability.

Section 4.6: Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated another officer as the Treasurer of the Corporation. Subject to the direction of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer.

 

9


Table of Contents

Section 4.7: Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of all moneys and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Treasurer, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.8: Chief Technology Officer. The Chief Technology Officer shall have responsibility for the general research and development activities of the Corporation, for supervision of the Corporation’s research and development personnel, for new product development and product improvements, for overseeing the development and direction of the Corporation’s intellectual property development and such other responsibilities as may be given to the Chief Technology Officer by the Board, subject to: (a) the provisions of these Bylaws; (b) the direction of the Board; (c) the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; and (d) those supervisory powers that may be given by the Board to the Chairperson or Vice Chairperson of the Board.

Section 4.9: Secretary. The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all authorized notices for, and shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The Secretary shall have charge of the corporate minute books and similar records and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.10: Delegation of Authority. The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 4.11: Removal. Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board; provided that if the Board has empowered the Chief Executive Officer to appoint any Vice Presidents of the Corporation, then such Vice Presidents may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.

ARTICLE V: STOCK

Section 5.1: Certificates. The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock may be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation (or the transfer agent or registrar, as the case may be). Notwithstanding the adoption of such resolution by the Board, every holder of stock that is a certificated security shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice

 

10


Table of Contents

President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. If any holder of uncertificated shares elects to receive a certificate, the Corporation (or the transfer agent or registrar, as the case may be) shall, to the extent permitted under applicable law and rules, regulations and listing requirements of any stock exchange or stock market on which the Corporation’s shares are listed or traded, cease to provide annual statements indicating such holder’s holdings of shares in the Corporation.

Section 5.2: Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock, or uncertificated shares, in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, , upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation and/or to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 5.3: Other Regulations. The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of stock certificates and uncertificated securities shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board may establish.

ARTICLE VI: INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1: Indemnification of Officers and Directors. Each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person (or a person of whom such person is the legal representative), is or was a member of the Board or officer of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor (as defined below) or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor as a member of the board of directors, officer or trustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (for purposes of this Article VI, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith, provided such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director

 

11


Table of Contents

or officer and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitees’ heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee seeking indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board or such indemnification is authorized by an agreement approved by the Board. As used herein, the term the “Reincorporated Predecessor” means a corporation that is merged with and into the Corporation in a statutory merger where (a) the Corporation is the surviving corporation of such merger; (b) the primary purpose of such merger is to change the corporate domicile of the Reincorporated Predecessor to Delaware.

Section 6.2: Advance of Expenses. The Corporation shall pay all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such an Indemnitee in defending any such Proceeding as they are incurred in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that (a) if the DGCL then so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by such an Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no appeal that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise; and (b) the Corporation shall not be required to advance any expenses to a person against whom the Corporation directly brings a claim, in a Proceeding, alleging that such person has breached such person’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation, committed an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or derived an improper personal benefit from a transaction.

Section 6.3: Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its discretion, to indemnify or advance expenses to persons whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to this Article VI.

Section 6.4: Indemnification Contracts. The Board is authorized to cause the Corporation to enter into indemnification contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification or advancement rights to such person. Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.

Section 6.5: Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. The following shall apply to the extent not in conflict with any indemnification contract provided for in Section 6.4 above.

6.5.1 Right to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article VI is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part

 

12


Table of Contents

in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (b) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in applicable law.

6.5.2 Effect of Determination. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.

6.5.3 Burden of Proof. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VI, or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.

Section 6.6: Nature of Rights. The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this Article VI shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or an Indemnitee’s successors shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a person pursuant to this Article VI and existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VII: NOTICES

Section 7.1: Notice.

7.1.1 Form and Delivery. Except as otherwise specifically required in these Bylaws (including, without limitation, Section 7.1.2 below) or by law, all notices required to be given pursuant to these Bylaws shall be in writing and may, (a) in every instance in connection with any delivery to a member of the Board, be effectively given by hand delivery (including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram, cablegram, overnight express courier, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission and (b) be effectively be delivered to a stockholder when given by hand delivery, by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid or, if specifically consented to by the stockholder as described in Section 7.1.2 of this Article VII by sending such notice by telegram,

 

13


Table of Contents

cablegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission. Any such notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall be deemed given (a) in the case of hand delivery, when received by the person to whom notice is to be given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, (b) in the case of delivery by mail, upon deposit in the mail, (c) in the case of delivery by overnight express courier, when dispatched, and (d) in the case of delivery via telegram, cablegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission, when dispatched.

7.1.2 Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given pursuant to this Section 7.1.2 shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

7.1.3 Affidavit of Giving Notice. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

Section 7.2: Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any waiver of notice.

 

14


Table of Contents

ARTICLE VIII: INTERESTED DIRECTORS

Section 8.1: Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its members of the Board or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are members of the board of directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

Section 8.2: Quorum. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IX: MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1: Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board.

Section 9.2: Seal. The Board may provide for a corporate seal, which may have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board.

Section 9.3: Form of Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of, diskettes, CDs, or any other information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the DGCL.

Section 9.4: Reliance upon Books and Records. A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

15


Table of Contents

Section 9.5: Certificate of Incorporation Governs. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.

Section 9.6: Severability. If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of these Bylaws (including without limitation, all portions of any section of these Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE X: AMENDMENT

Unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation, stockholders of the Corporation holding at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws. To the extent provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

16


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATION OF BYLAWS

OF

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

a Delaware Corporation

I, Igor Khandros, certify that I am Secretary of Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), that I am duly authorized to make and deliver this certification, that the attached Bylaws are a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of the Corporation in effect as of the date of this certificate.

Dated: June 10, 2011

 

/s/ Igor Khandros

Igor Khandros, Secretary

Exhibit 4.3

Execution Version

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 28, 2018, by and among Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the parties listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Investors”).

RECITALS

A. Certain of the Investors have agreed to purchase from the Company, and the Company has agreed to sell to such Investors (“Series E Investors”), shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, $0.00005 par value per share (the “Series E Preferred Stock”) on the terms and conditions set forth in that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated of even date herewith by and among the Company and such Investors (as may be amended from time to time, the “Series E Agreement”).

B. It is a condition to the closing of the sale of the Series E Preferred Stock that the parties hereto execute and deliver this Agreement.

C. Certain of the Investors are also holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock previously issued by the Company (the “Prior Investors”) and such Prior Investors have been granted certain rights under a Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2016 (the “Prior Agreement”), and pursuant to Section 5.1 thereof, the Prior Agreement may be amended by the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least (i) 60% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by the Major Investors and (ii) 60% of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock held by the Investors (as such terms are defined in the Prior Agreement) (together, the “Requisite Consent”).

D. The Company, the undersigned Prior Investors holding the Requisite Consent and the Series E Investors desire to enter into this Agreement in order to amend and restate the rights and obligations of the Prior Investors under the Prior Agreement, pursuant to the terms thereof, and to grant the Prior Investors and the Series E Investors the rights set forth in this Agreement, subject to the obligations set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the Investors and the Company hereby agree to enter into this Agreement to amend, restate and replace their rights and obligations under the Prior Agreement with the rights and obligations set forth in this Agreement.


1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement:

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person including without limitation any general partner, managing partner, managing member, officer, director or trustee of such Person, or any venture capital fund or registered investment company now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners, managing members or investment adviser of, or shares the same management company or investment adviser with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” or “under common control with” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of (a) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise or (b) the power to elect or appoint at least fifty percent (50%) of the directors, managers, general partners, or persons exercising similar authority with respect to such Person.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning given to that term in SEC Rule 405.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

business day” means a weekday on which banks are open for general banking business in New York, New York.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00005.

Damages” means any loss, damage, or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, and any free-writing prospectus and any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to such registration prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company; (b) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (c) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

Deemed Liquidation Event” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Restated Certificate, whether or not the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Company as provided in such definition.

Demand Notice” means notice sent by the Company to the Holders specifying that a demand registration has been requested as provided in Section 3.1.1.

 

2


Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Registration” means (a) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to an equity incentive, stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (b) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (c) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (d) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

FCPA” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

Form S-1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

Free Writing Prospectus” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

Immediate Family Member” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s spouse or Spousal Equivalent, the lineal descendant or antecedent, brother or sister, of such Person or such Person’s spouse or Spousal Equivalent, or the spouse or Spousal Equivalent, of any lineal descendant or antecedent, brother or sister of such Person, or such Person’s spouse or Spousal Equivalent, whether or not any of the above are adopted.

Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

Major Investor” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities.

New Securities” shall mean any Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company, whether now authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase such Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into such Common Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the term “New Securities” does not include the Exempted Securities as defined in the Restated Certificate and shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series E Agreement, as amended from time to time, subsequent to the date hereof.

 

3


Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

Pro Rata Share” means, for each Major Investor, the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares owned by such Major Investor, to (b) a number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the sum of (1) the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding plus (2) the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company into which all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of the Company are then convertible plus (3) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company reserved for issuance under any stock purchase and stock option plans of the Company and outstanding warrants.

Registrable Securities” means (a) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of Shares; and (b) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (a); excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 5.7, and excluding for purposes of Section 3 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 5.14 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall in no event be obligated to register any Preferred Stock of the Company, and Holders of Registrable Securities will not be required to convert their Preferred Stock into Common Stock in order to exercise the registration rights granted hereunder, until immediately before the closing of the offering to which the registration relates.

Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

Restated Certificate” means the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as may be amended from time to time).

Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 3.12 hereof.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

4


SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

SEC Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

Selling Holder Counsel” means one counsel for the selling Holders.

Series A Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.00005.

Series A-1 Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.00005.

Series A-2 Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.00005.

Series B Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.00005.

Series C Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.00005.

Series D Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.00005.

Shares” means the shares of Company’s Preferred Stock, held from time to time by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto and their permitted assigns.

Spousal Equivalent” means an individual who is registered with any state governmental entity as a domestic partner of the relevant person to whom such individual may be a Spousal Equivalent (a “Registered Domestic Partner”) or who (a) irrespective of whether or not the relevant person to whom such individual may be a Spousal Equivalent and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (b) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (c) neither are married to anyone else nor a Registered Domestic Partner with anyone else, (d) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (e) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (f) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (g) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

Standoff Period” means the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days or such longer period as may be required under applicable law).

 

5


2. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

2.1. Information Rights.

2.1.1. Basic Financial Information. The Company will furnish to each Major Investor: (i) monthly unaudited financial statements for each fiscal month of the Company, including an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal month, an unaudited statement of operations and an unaudited statement of cash flows of the Company for such month, promptly upon request by such Major Investor, (ii) quarterly unaudited financial statements for each fiscal quarter of the Company (except the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year), including an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, an unaudited statement of operations and an unaudited statement of cash flows of the Company for such quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, promptly and no later than thirty days after the end of the relevant quarter for which financial statements are required to be submitted pursuant to this Section 2.1.1, (iii) annual unaudited financial statements for each fiscal year of the Company, including an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year, an unaudited statement of operations and an unaudited statement of cash flows of the Company for such year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP, promptly and no later than thirty days after the end of the relevant year for which financial statements are required to be submitted pursuant to this Section 2.1.1; provided, however, that upon approval of the Board such annual financial statements shall be audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company; provided, further, that each of the financial statements provided pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above (x) may be subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments, (y) may not contain all notes thereto required in accordance with GAAP and (z) shall be accompanied with a comparison against the previously Board-approved operating plan for such time period. If the Company has audited records of any of the foregoing, it shall provide those in lieu of the unaudited versions.

2.1.2. Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Section 2 unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 2.1.2 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any existing Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, but only if such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iii) as may otherwise be required by law if the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

 

6


2.1.3. Inspection Rights. The Company shall permit each Major Investor to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by such Investor.

2.1.4. Suspension or Termination. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2 to the contrary but subject to Section 5.14, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 2 for a limited period not to exceed ninety (90) days prior to the filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 2 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

2.2. Employee Agreements. The Company will cause each person now or hereafter employed or engaged by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) to enter into a form proprietary information and inventions agreement providing (i) he, she or it is an at-will employee or a consultant of the Company, as the case may be, (ii) he, she or it will maintain all Company proprietary information in confidence, (iii) he, she or it will assign all inventions created by him as an employee or consultant during his employment or service to the Company, and (iv) he, she or it will not disclose any information related to the Company’s work force and will not solicit any employees or consultant from the Company for a period of time of twelve months, beginning on the last day of on which such individual provided services to the Company.

2.3. Employee Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board, all employees, directors, consultants and other service providers of the Company or its subsidiaries who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service (or the date of grant in the case of a grant to an existing employee or consultant), and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board, the Company shall retain the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

2.4. Insurance. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its Directors and Officers liability insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

2.5. Board Matters. The Company shall reimburse the nonemployee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

2.6. Green Dot. The Company shall not enter into any banking or nonbanking transaction with Green Dot Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (Next Estate Communications and Bonneville Bancorp) without the prior written consent of Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VI, L.P., or its Affiliates.

 

7


2.7. FCPA Matters. The Company represents that it shall not — and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to — promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official, in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the Bribery Act 2010 (“U.K. Bribery Act”), or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall — and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to — cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall — and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to — maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law.

2.8. Investor Provisions. Each party hereto hereby agrees, for the benefit of Nikon Corporation or one of its controlled entities (together, “Nikon”), that such party shall hold, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its representatives to hold, in confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of applicable law or permitted to disclose with Nikon’s prior written consent, all confidential documents and information concerning Nikon and its Affiliates and the transactions contemplated by the Series E Agreement, including the identity of Nikon and the existence and terms of each of the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Series E Agreement), except to the extent that such information is (a) in the public domain through no fault of such party and its Affiliates, in each case not in violation of this Agreement or another contractual or fiduciary obligation, (b) later lawfully acquired by such party from sources other than those related to the Transaction Agreements and not subject to a confidentiality obligation in respect of such information, or (c) was already known by such party, without confidentiality restrictions, at the time of disclosure, as shown by such party’s files and records immediately prior to the time of disclosure. Furthermore, the Company and the Investors hereby acknowledge that Nikon may be engaged in, or invested in, businesses that could be perceived to be directly or indirectly competitive with the Company’s current or future operations and commercial relationships. Nikon shall not be liable to the Company or any other Investors for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) any and all of Nikon’s commercial actions which could be perceived to be, or potentially are, directly or indirectly competitive to the Company’s current or future commercial relationships, (ii) any and all collaborations, partnerships, or investments by Nikon with any entity which could be perceived to be, or potentially are, directly or competitive to the Company, or (iii) any and all actions taken by any officer or other representative of Nikon to assist any such actions under (i) or (ii); provided, however, that nothing herein shall relieve (x) Nikon from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

2.9. Right to Conduct Activities. The Company and the Investors hereby acknowledge that each of Black Diamond Ventures XXII, LLC and its Affiliates (“BDV”), Paxion Capital, L.P. (“Paxion”), Sequoia Capital, L.P. and its Affiliates (“Sequoia”) and Walden Riverwood Ventures,

 

8


L.P. and its Affiliates (“Walden”) is a professional investment fund, and as such invests in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business. None of BDV, Paxion, Sequoia or Walden shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by BDV, Paxion, Sequoia or Walden, as applicable, in any entity competitive to the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of BDV, Paxion, Sequoia or Walden, as applicable, to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a board member of such competitive company or otherwise; provided, however, that nothing herein shall relieve (x) BDV, Paxion, Sequoia or Walden or any other party from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

3. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

3.1. Demand Registration.

3.1.1. Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after the earlier of (a) six (6) years after the date of this Agreement or (b) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to any Registrable Securities then outstanding (and the Registrable Securities subject to such request have an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $25,000,000), then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to as soon as practicable, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days after the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 3.1.3 and Section 3.2.

3.1.2. Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from any Holder of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000, then the Company shall (a) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (b) use reasonable best efforts to as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 3.1.2 and Section 3.3.

 

9


3.1.3. Delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 3 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (a) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (b) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (c) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that (i) the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period and (ii) the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

3.1.4. Limitations.

(a). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 3.1.1: (i) during the period that is ninety (90) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 3.1.1; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 3.1.1.

(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 3.1.2: (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if, with respect to request from the Holders pursuant to Section 3.1.2(a) the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 3.1.2 within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 3.1.4 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one registration on Form S-1 or S-3, as applicable, pursuant to Section 3.5, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 3.1.4; provided, that if such withdrawal is during a period the Company has deferred taking action pursuant to Subsection 3.1.3, then the Initiating Holders may withdraw their request for registration and such registration will not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 3.1.4.

 

10


3.2. Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 3.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 3.6.

3.3. Underwriting Requirements.

3.3.1. Inclusion. If, pursuant to Section 3.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 3.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company, subject only to the reasonable approval of the holders of at least 60% of Registrable Securities held by the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 3.4.5) enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned or held by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities owned or held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

3.3.2. Underwriter Cutback. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 3.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the

 

11


Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned or held by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (a) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, (b) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below 25% of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded entirely if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering or (c) notwithstanding clause (b) above, any Registrable Securities held by the Investors be excluded from such underwriting unless all Key Holder Registrable Securities are first excluded from such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Section 3.3.2 concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned or held by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

3.3.3. Registration Not Effected. For purposes of Section 3.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 3.3.1, fewer than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

3.4. Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 3 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

3.4.1. prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as promptly as practicable, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such 120-day period shall be extended for up to sixty (60) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

12


3.4.2. prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, the prospectus and, if required, any Free Writing Prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

3.4.3. furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

3.4.4. use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

3.4.5. in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

3.4.6. use its reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

3.4.7. provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

3.4.8. promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

3.4.9. notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed;

3.4.10. after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus;

 

13


3.4.11. use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain for the underwriters one or more “cold comfort” letters, dated the effective date of the related registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters;

3.4.12. use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain for the underwriters on the date such securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature;

3.4.13. to the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in SEC Rule 405 at the time any request for registration is submitted to the Company in accordance with Section 3.1, if so requested, file an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to effect such registration; and

3.4.14. if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its well-known seasoned issuer status for purposes of an outstanding Automatic Shelf Registration Statement used to effect a request for registration in accordance with Section 3.1.2 the Company determines that it is not a well-known seasoned issuer and (i) the registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement and (ii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not terminated, use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly amend the registration statement on a form the Company is then eligible to use or file a new registration statement on such form, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this Agreement.

3.5. Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 3 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

3.6. Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 3, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one Selling Holder Counsel, not to exceed $30,000 per transaction, shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that (a) the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 3.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of at least 60% of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of at least 60% of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 3.1.1 or Section 3.1.2, as the case may be, and (b) if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders

 

14


shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company not known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 3.1.1 or Section 3.1.2. All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 3 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

3.7. Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 3.

3.8. Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 3:

3.8.1. Company Indemnification. To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.8.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

3.8.2. Selling Holder Indemnification. To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that (a) the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.8.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any

 

15


such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (b) that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Sections 3.8.2 and 3.8.4 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of each Holder, in the event of fraud or willful misconduct solely by such Holder.

3.8.3. Procedures. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 3.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 3.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 3.8, solely to the extent that such failure prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action.

3.8.4. Contribution. To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (a) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 3.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (b) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 3.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that:

(a). in any such case, (A) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by

 

16


such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (B) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and

(b). in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 3.8.4, when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 3.8.2, exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses) paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

3.8.5. Underwriting Agreement Controls. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

3.8.6. Survival. Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 3.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 3, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3.9. Reports under the Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

3.9.1. use commercially reasonable efforts to make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

3.9.2. use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

3.9.3. furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

3.10. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least

 

17


60% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any registration if such agreement (a) would allow such holder or prospective holder to include a portion of its securities in any “piggyback” registration if such inclusion could reduce the number of Registrable Securities that selling Holders could be entitled to include in such registration under Sections 3.2 and 3.3.2 hereof or (b) would allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any of its securities at a time earlier than the Holders of Registrable Securities can demand registration under Section 3.1 hereof.

3.11. “Market Stand-off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that, during the Standoff Period, such Holder will not, without the prior written consent of the Company or the managing underwriter,

3.11.1. lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock, held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering; or

3.11.2. enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 3.11 shall apply only to the IPO and shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors, and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock) are similarly bound. For purposes of this Section 3.11, the term “Company” shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company into which the Company merges or consolidates. Subject to customary shareholding thresholds and exceptions, any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section 3.11 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to such shares until the end of such period. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 3.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 3.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

 

18


3.12. Restrictions on Transfer.

3.12.1. Agreement Binding. The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

3.12.2. Legends. Each certificate or instrument representing (a) the Preferred Stock, (b) the Registrable Securities, and (c) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (a) and (b), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 3.12.3) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 3.12.

3.12.3. Procedure. The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 3. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (a) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the

 

19


Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (b) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (c) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (i) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (ii) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided, that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 3.12. Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 3.12.2, except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act. Until the IPO, no Holder shall transfer any Restricted Securities to any person or entity that is determined to be a competitor of the Company, in the good faith judgment of the Board.

4. PARTICIPATION RIGHT.

4.1. General. Each Major Investor has the right of first refusal to purchase such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Share of all (or any part) of any New Securities that the Company may from time to time issue after the date of this Agreement, provided, however, such Major Investor shall have no right to purchase any such New Securities if such Major Investor cannot demonstrate to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that such Major Investor is at the time of the proposed issuance of such New Securities an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act.

4.2. Procedures. In the event that the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give to each Major Investor a written notice of its intention to issue New Securities (the “Notice”), describing the type of New Securities and the price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue such New Securities given in accordance with Section 6.2. Each Major Investor shall have ten (10) days from the date such Notice is effective, as determined pursuant to Section 6.2 based upon the manner or method of notice, to agree in writing to purchase such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Share of such New Securities for the price and upon the general terms specified in the Notice by giving written notice (an “Investor Notice”) to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased (not to exceed such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Share, except as set forth in the following sentence). In addition, each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all of its Pro Rata Share of such New Securities (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) may, in the Investor Notice, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to its Pro Rata Share, a portion of the New Securities, if any, for which other Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that are not subscribed for by such Major Investors. The amount of such overallotment that each Fully Exercising Investor shall be entitled to purchase is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of the Common Stock

 

20


issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares owned by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares owned by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. A Major Investor’s election may be conditioned on the consummation of the transaction described in the Notice.

4.3. Failure to Exercise. In the event that the Major Investors fail to exercise in full the right of first refusal within such ten (10) day period, then the Company shall have sixty (60) days thereafter to sell the New Securities with respect to which the Major Investors’ rights of first refusal hereunder were not exercised, at a price and upon general terms not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s Notice to the Major Investors. In the event that the Company has not issued and sold the New Securities within such sixty (60) day period, then the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without again first offering such New Securities to the Major Investors pursuant to this Section 4.

4.4. Alternate Procedure. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in lieu of complying with the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2, the Company may elect to give notice to the Major Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of New Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price, and terms of the New Securities, and the identities of the Persons to whom the New Securities were sold. Each Major Investor shall have twenty (20) days after the date the Company’s notice is given to elect, by giving notice to the Company, to purchase up to the number of New Securities that such Major Investor would otherwise have the right to purchase pursuant to Section 4.2 above had the Company complied with the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 in connection with the issuance of such New Securities under the terms and conditions set forth in the Company’s notice pursuant to this Section 4.4. Any Major Investor electing to purchase such New Securities shall also have rights of oversubscription to purchase New Securities that were purchasable by other Major Investors pursuant to the foregoing sentence but were not so purchased, and such rights of oversubscription shall be apportioned in a manner consistent with the apportionment among Fully Exercising Investors described in Section 4.2. The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date notice is given to the Major Investors.

5. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

5.1. Amendment and Waiver of Rights. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and (a) with respect to Section 2 and 4 and any other provision of this Agreement to the extent such provision pertains to Sections 2 or 4, the holders of at least 60% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by the Major Investors or (b) with respect to any other provision of this Agreement, the holders of at least 60% of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock held by the Investors (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis); provided that (i) the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 3.12.3 (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Section 3.12.3 shall be deemed to be a waiver); (ii) any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party; (iii) the Company may, without the consent or approval of any other party hereto, cause additional persons who purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock after the date hereof pursuant to the Series E Agreement to become party to this Agreement as Investors and amend Exhibit A hereto accordingly; and (iv) that if an amendment

 

21


or waiver alters or changes the rights or obligations of an Investor under this Agreement so as to affect such Investor adversely, but does not so affect all Investors as a group, then such amendment or waiver shall not be binding on the adversely-affected Investor without its separate written consent. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.1 shall be binding upon each Investor, each Holder, each permitted successor or assignee of such Investor or Holder and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 4 may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term thereof may not be waived with respect to any Major Investor without the written consent of such Major Investor, unless such amendment or waiver applies to all Major Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Major Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Major Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction); provided, that notwithstanding any waiver of the observance of any term of Section 4, in the event that (x) the provisions of Section 4 are waived by the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 5.1 in respect of a particular transaction, and (y) one or more Major Investors purchase securities in such transaction (the amount of such securities available to be purchased by any Major Investors, the “Post-Waiver MI Securities” and such participating Major Investors the “Post-Waiver Major Investors”), then each other Major Investor shall have the right to purchase all (or any part) of such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Share of the Post-Waiver MI Securities, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 4 (including without limitation the notice and election periods set forth therein) as if such Post-Waiver MI Securities were “New Securities” under Section 4, or, if greater, such number of Post-Waiver MI Securities as represents the same proportion of such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Share as the greatest proportion of Post-Waiver MI Securities being purchased by the Post-Waiver Major Investor represents of such Post-Waiver Major Investor’s Pro Rata Share. By way of example only, if a Post-Waiver Major Investor is purchasing 50% of its Pro Rata Share, then each other Major Investor shall have the right to purchase at least 50% of such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Share. If there are insufficient Post-Waiver MI Securities available, then each Major Investor shall be allocated Post-Waiver MI Securities based upon its relative Pro Rata Share (as measured against all other Major Investors purchasing Post-Waiver MI Securities).

5.2. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by facsimile or electronic mail during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on the signature page or Exhibit A or Exhibit B hereto, or to such address or facsimile number as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 5.2. If notice is given to the Company, it shall be sent to5858 Horton Street, Suite 320, Emeryville, CA 94608, Attention: Chief Executive Officer; and a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, California 94025 Attn: Brian J. Cuneo.

 

22


Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Investor consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth in the exhibit to this Agreement (or to any other facsimile number for such Investor in the Company’s records), or (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth in the exhibit to this Agreement (or to any other electronic mail address for the Investor in the Company’s records). This consent may be revoked by an Investor by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

5.3. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents referred to herein, together with all the Exhibits hereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, including but not limited to the Prior Agreement, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

5.4. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law.

5.5. Severability The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

5.6. Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

5.7. Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (a) is an Affiliate, partner, member, limited partner, retired or former partner, retired or former member, or stockholder of a Holder or such Holder’s Affiliate; (b) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; (c) after such transfer, holds at least one percent (1%) of the shares of Registrable Securities (or if the transferring Holder owns less than one percent (1%) of the Registrable Securities, then all Registrable Securities held by the transferring Holder); or (d) is a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided, however, that (i) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (ii) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (A) that is an Affiliate, limited partner, retired or former partner, member, retired or former member, or stockholder of a Holder or such Holder’s Affiliate; (B) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (C) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the

 

23


benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

5.8. Titles and Headings. The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

5.9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10. Costs and Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

5.11. Adjustments for Stock Splits, Etc. Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company of any class or series, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination or stock dividend of such class or series of stock, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.

5.12. Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

5.13. Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or electronically and upon such delivery the facsimile or PDF signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

5.14. Termination.

5.14.1. Generally. Except as set forth below, the rights, duties and obligations in the Agreement (other than Section 2.1.2, which shall survive indefinitely) shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (a) immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, (b) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (c) a Deemed Liquidation Event.

5.14.2. Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 3.1.1 or 3.1.2 shall

 

24


terminate upon the earliest to occur of: (a) when such Holder holds less than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and all such Holder’s Registrable Securities (together with the Registrable Securities held by any Affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) could be sold without any restriction on volume or manner of sale in any three-month period under SEC Rule 144 or any successor; (b) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event; or (c) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the IPO.

5.15. Dispute Resolution. Each party (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Northern District of California for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Series B Agreement), (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements except in the federal or state courts located in the Northern District of California, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement, the Transaction Agreements or the subject matter hereof and thereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

5.16. Acknowledgment. The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

5.17. Additional Investors. If the Company issues additional shares of Series E Preferred Stock after the date hereof, as a condition to the issuance of such shares the Company shall require that any purchaser of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a counterpart signature page hereto agreeing to be bound by and subject to the terms of this Agreement as an Investor hereunder. Each such person thereafter shall be deemed an Investor for all purposes under this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Eric Hobbs
Name:   Eric Hobbs
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

INVESTOR:

NIKON CORPORATION

 

By:   /s/ Masato Hamatani
Name:   Masato Hamatani
Title:   General Manager, Healthcare Business Unit

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

THE KHANDROS-BLOCH REVOCABLE

TRUST U/A/D 1/24/1997

 

By:   /s/ Igor Khandros
Name:   Igor Khandros
Title:   Trustee

THE KHANDROS 1997 TRUST I

 

By:   /s/ Igor Khandros
Name:   Igor Khandros
Title:   Trustee

THE KHANDROS 1997 TRUST II

 

By:   /s/ Igor Khandros
Name:   Igor Khandros
Title:   Trustee

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. VENTURE FUND XV, L.P.

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. VENTURE XV PRINCIPALS FUND, L.P.

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. VENTURE PARTNERS FUND XV, L.P.

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. VENTURE PARTNERS FUND XV (Q), L.P..,

all Cayman Islands exempted limited partnerships

 

By:

  

SC U.S. VENTURE XV MANAGEMENT L.P.

  

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, General Partner of Each

 

By:

  

SC US (TTGP), LTD.,

  

a Cayman Islands exempted company, its General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Michael Moritz
Name:   Michael Moritz
Title:  

Authorized Signatory

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. GROWTH FUND VI, L.P.

SEQUOIA CAPITAL U.S. GROWTH VI PRINCIPALS FUND, L.P.

All Cayman Islands exempted limited partnerships

 

By:

  

SC U.S. Growth VI Management, L.P.

  

A Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

  

General Partner of each

 

By:

  

SC US (TTGP) LTD.,

  

A Cayman Islands exempted company, its General Partner

 

By:   /s/ Michael Moritz
Name:   Michael Moritz
Title:  

Authorized Signatory

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

PAXION CAPITAL, LP

 

By:   Paxion Partners, LP
By:   /s/ Duncan Robertson
Name:   Duncan Robertson
Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

THE DAVIDOW FAMILY TRUST

 

By:   /s/ Bill Davidow
Name:   Bill Davidow
Title:   Trustee

BILL’S TRUST U/A LEONARD S. DAVIDOW

 

By:   /s/ Bill Davidow
Name:   Bill Davidow
Title:   Trustee

DAVIDOW DESCENDANTS TRUST

 

By:   /s/ Bill Davidow
Name:   Bill Davidow
Title:   Trustee

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

LUCAS VENTURE GROUP XXII, LLC

 

By:  

LVG GP IV, LLC

 

Its Managing Member

By:   /s/ Donald A. Lucas
Name:   Donald A. Lucas
Title:  

Authorized Signatory

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

SST HOLDINGS, INCORPORATED

 

By:   /s/Karen Higgins
Name:  
Title:  

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

PRESTRIDGE 1989 FAMILY TRUST

 

By:   /s/ James A. Prestridge
Name:   James A Prestridge
Title:   Trustee

LONE TREE WY, LLC

 

By:   /s/ James A. Prestridge
Name:   James A Prestridge
Title:   Administrative Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

FKS INVESTMENTS VIII, LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Richard Hoffman

Name:

 

Richard Hoffman

Title:

 

Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

LESLIE FAMILY TRUST U/A/ 2/7/96

 

By:

 

/s/ Mark Leslie

Name:

 

Mark Leslie

Title:

 

Trustee

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

WALDEN RIVERWOOD VENTURES, LP

 

By:

 

Walden Riverwood Ventures, LP

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

 

Lip-Bu Tan, Director

WRV II, LLC

 

By:

 

WRV II, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

 

Lip-Bu Tan, Director

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

WRV-BLI LLC

 

By:

 

WIIG Communications Management LLC

Its:

 

Manager

By:

 

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:

 

Lip-Bu Tan

Title:

 

Director

WRV-BLI II LLC

 

By:

 

WIIG Communications Management LLC

Its:

 

Manager

By:

 

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:

 

Lip-Bu Tan

Title:

 

Director

WRV-BLI III LLC

 

By:

 

WIIG Communications Management LLC,

its Manager

By:

 

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:

 

Lip-Bu Tan

Title:

 

Director

c/o Walden International

333 Bush St, Suite 2800 San

Francisco, CA 94104

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

METNI HOLDINGS, L.P.

 

By:

 

/s/ Alan Metni

Name:

 

Alan Metni

Title:

 

Pres., Metni Holdings G.P.-

General Partner

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

BLACK DIAMOND VENTURES XXII, LLC

 

By:

 

Black Diamond Ventures Manager

XXII, LLC, its Manager

By:

 

/s/ Christopher B. Lucas

Name:

 

Christopher B. Lucas

Title:

 

Managing Director

c/o Black Diamond Ventures, LLC

Ana Quintana 450 N. Brand Blvd., Suite 600

Glendale, CA 91203

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

COTA CAPITAL MASTER FUND, L.P.

 

By:

 

Cota Capital GP, LLC

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Babak Poushanchi

Name:

 

Title:

 

Manager

Address:

 

455 Market Street, Suite 1850

 

San Francisco, CA 94105

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Rafael Torres

Name:

 

Rafael Torres

Title:

 

SVP of Strategy and

Business Development

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

EDWARD AND KAREN GILHULY TRUST DTD 8/3/93

 

By:

 

/s/ Ned Gilhuly

Name:

 

Ned Gilhuly

Title:

 

Trustee

Address:

 

245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 250

 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

COTA OPPORTUNITIES II, LLC

 

By:

 

Cota Capital GP, LLC

Its:

 

Manager

By:

 

/s/ Babak Poushanchi

Name:

 

Babak Poushanchi

Title:

 

Manager

Address:

 

455 Market Street, Suite 1850

 

San Francisco, CA 94105

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

KTB CHINA SYNERGY FUND,

acting through KTB NETWORK CO., LTD.,

its general partner

 

By:

 

/s/ Jin Ho Shin

Name:

 

Jin Ho Shin

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

ATINUM GROWTH FUND 2018

acting through Atinum Investment Co, Ltd.,

its General Partner

 

By:

 

/s/ Ki Chun Shin

Name:  

Ki Chun Shin

Title:  

C.E.O.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

THE MARKS FAMILY TRUST

 

By:

 

/s/ Michael E Marks

Name:

 

Michael E Marks

Title:

 

Trustee

Michael E Marks

c/o Allison Halen

Paxion Capital LP

2494 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

BERKELEY MACK, LLC

By: Mack & Co., LLC

Its: Managing Member

By:

 

/s/ Roszell Mack III

Name:

 

Roszell Mack III

Title:

 

President and Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES FUND II LLC

By: Open Field Capital II LLC, its Manager

By: Open Field Capital LLC, its Managing Member

By:

 

/s/ Marc Weiss

Name:

 

Marc Weiss

Title:

 

Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

SHANGBAY CAPITAL

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

HONG KE, LP

By: ShangBay Capital, its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Hong, KE

Name:

 

Hong, KE

Title:

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

DAVID AND HALEY LAMEY

 

By:

 

/s/ David Lamey

Name:

 

David Lamey

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

OFPP LLC

 

By: OFPP Management LLC, its Manager

By:

 

/s/ Marc Weiss

Name:

 

Marc Weiss

Title:

 

Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

JTC BLI, LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Jose Medeiros

Name:

 

Jose Medeiros

Title:

 

Managing Member

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTOR:

SHANGBAY CAPITAL, LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ William Dai

Name:

 

William Dai

Title:

  Founding Partner

HONG KE, LP

 

By:

 

ShangBay Capital, LLC, its General Partner

By:

   

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]


EXHIBIT A

Schedule of Investors

 

Name, Address and E-Mail

   Series A
Shares
   Series A-1
Shares
   Series A-2
Shares
   Series B
Shares
   Series C
Shares
   Series D
Shares
   Series E
Shares

The Khandros-Bloch Revocable Trust

U/A/D 1/24/1997

######################

###############

#############

Igor.Khandros@berkeleylights.com

   5,000,000    2,500,002    11,415,525    3,852,215       74,294   

The Khandros 1997 Trust I

Attn: Robert S. Bradley, Trustee

c/o Howson & Simon LLP

101 Ygnacio Valley Road #310

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

   500,000                  

The Khandros 1997 Trust II

Attn: Robert S. Bradley, Trustee

c/o Howson & Simon LLP

101 Ygnacio Valley Road #310

Walnut Creek, CA 94596

   500,000                  

Bill’s Trust U/A Leonard S. Davidow

Attn: William H. Davidow, Trustee

   1,200,000    500,000    2,634,351            

Davidow Descendants Trust

#############

#############

#############

            885,368         

The Davidow Family Trust

###########

###############

Attn: ##############

            1,381,932         


Name, Address and E-Mail

   Series A
Shares
   Series A-1
Shares
   Series A-2
Shares
   Series B
Shares
   Series C
Shares
   Series D
Shares
   Series E
Shares

Walden Riverwood Ventures, L.P.

One California Street

Suite 2800

San Francisco, CA 94111

###################

F: ##########

P: ##########

            4,659,832    1,706,484      

WRV-BLI LLC

c/o Walden International

One California St.

Suite 2800

San Francisco, CA 94111

#################

            12,152,843         

WRV-BLI II LLC

c/o Walden International One

California St.

Suite 2800

San Francisco, CA 94111

###################

               3,917,574      

WRV II, L.P.

c/o Walden International

One California St.

Suite 2800

San Francisco, CA 94111

###################

                  1,485,884    383,310

Mathieu Family Trust U/A DTD

9/17/2004

###################

####################

Attn: #############

            609,528         

FKS Investments VIII LLC

7 Times Square

28th Floor

New York, NY 10036

#################

            1,218,099       29,717    27,023

 

2


Name, Address and E-Mail

   Series A
Shares
   Series A-1
Shares
   Series A-2
Shares
   Series B
Shares
   Series C
Shares
   Series D
Shares
   Series E
Shares

Prestridge 1989 Family Trust

###################

############

Attn: ################

            1,002,662          60,017

Lone Tree WY LLC

###################

############

Attn: ################

            214,958       29,717    170,066

Yoshikazu & Setsuko Hatsukano

################

#############

############

            607,693         

Dan Maydan TTEE Marital Share 1

#################

####################

Attn: #########

            479,463         

The Robert and Patricia Bradley

Family Trust U/A/D 9/25/2008

###############

#################

Attn: #############

            119,910         

Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund

VI, L.P.

c/o Sequoia Capital

2800 Sand Hill Road #101

Menlo Park, CA 94025

###################

               9,100,478    1,028,886    663,549

Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth VI

Principals Fund, L.P.

c/o Sequoia Capital

2800 Sand Hill Road #101

Menlo Park, CA 94025

##################

               455,836    11,233    7,244

 

3


Name, Address and E-Mail

   Series A
Shares
   Series A-1
Shares
   Series A-2
Shares
   Series B
Shares
   Series C
Shares
   Series D
Shares
   Series E
Shares

Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund

XV, L.P.

c/o Sequoia Capital

2800 Sand Hill Road #101

Menlo Park, CA 94025

###################

               3,410,375    371,189    237,374

Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners

Fund XV (Q), L.P.

c/o Sequoia Capital

2800 Sand Hill Road #101

Menlo Park, CA 94025

###################

               120,000    13,061    10,004

Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners

Fund XV, L.P.

c/o Sequoia Capital

2800 Sand Hill Road #101

Menlo Park, CA 94025

###################

               41,365    4,502    3,593

Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture XV

Principals Fund, L.P.

c/o Sequoia Capital

2800 Sand Hill Road #101

Menlo Park, CA 94025

###############

               523,823    57,013    36,510

Paxion Capital, LP

2494 Sand Hill Road

Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

###############

                  1,485,884    574,965

Metni Holdings, LP

8905 Mountbatten Circle

Austin, TX 78730

################

                  594,353    95,827

 

4


Name, Address and E-Mail

   Series A
Shares
   Series A-1
Shares
   Series A-2
Shares
   Series B
Shares
   Series C
Shares
   Series D
Shares
   Series E
Shares

Lucas Venture Group IV, LP

545 Middlefield Road

Suite 220

Menlo Park, CA 94025

#############

                  104,011   

Lucas Venture Group V, LP

545 Middlefield Road

Suite 220

Menlo Park, CA 94025

#############

                  74,294   

Lucas Venture Group XXII, LLC

545 Middlefield Road

Suite 220

Menlo Park, CA 94025

#################

                  199,108    25,873

Black Diamond Ventures XXII, LLC

400 N. Brand Blvd.

Suite 950

Glendale, CA 91203

#####################

                  1,040,118    705,100

SST Holdings, Incorporated

Craig Chambers

P.O. Box 71

Road Town, Tortola

VG 1110

British Virgin Islands

Attn. Lubna Olayan

#####################

                  297,176    191,655

 

5


Name, Address and E-Mail

   Series A
Shares
   Series A-1
Shares
   Series A-2
Shares
   Series B
Shares
   Series C
Shares
   Series D
Shares
   Series E
Shares

Nikon Corporation

Healthcare Business Unit, Nikon Corporation

2-15-1, Konan, Minato-ku, Tokyo

108-6290 Japan

Phone: ###########

Attn: ##############

Email:

############################

Attn: ##############

Email:

#########################

                  2,971,768    5,749,659

Leslie Family Trust U/A 2/7/96

#################

#####################

Attn: ##############

                     191,655

Cota Capital Master Fund, L.P.

455 Market Street

Suite 1950

San Francisco, CA 94105

                     1,964,466

WRV-BLI III LLC

c/o Walden International

One California St.

Suite 2800

San Francisco, CA 94111

##################

                  1,930,828   

WRV-BLI IV LLC

c/o Walden International

One California St.

Suite 2800

San Francisco, CA 94111

##################

                     1,087,960

 

6


Name, Address and E-Mail

   Series A
Shares
   Series A-1
Shares
   Series A-2
Shares
   Series B
Shares
   Series C
Shares
   Series D
Shares
   Series E
Shares

Cota Opportunities II, LLC

455 Market Street

Suite 1850

San Francisco, CA 94105

                     335,396

Edward and Karen Gilhuly Trust DTD

8/3/93

245 Lytton Avenue

Suite 250

Palo Alto, CA 94301

                     287,482

Varian Medical Systems, Inc.

3100 Hansen Way

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Jon Kuo, General Counsel

                     574,965

KTB China Synergy Fund

10FL, 670 Daewangpanyo-RO

Sungam 13494

South Korea

                     1,000,000

Atinum Growth Fund 2018

2F, Je-il Bldg. 9,

Teheran-ro 103-gil, Gagnam-gu,

Seoul, 06173

Korea

                     1,000,000

OFPP LLC

1140 Avenue of the Americas

9th Floor

New York New York 10036

                     95,827

ShangBay Capital, LLC

530 Lytton Ave

2nd Floor

Palo Alto, CA 94301

                     479,138

 

7


Name, Address and E-Mail

   Series A
Shares
   Series A-1
Shares
   Series A-2
Shares
   Series B
Shares
   Series C
Shares
   Series D
Shares
   Series E
Shares

Hong Ke, LP

##############

###############

                     479,138

Silver Harvest Ventures Limited

P.O. Box 957 Offshore Incorporations

Centre Road Town,

Tortola, British Virgin Islands

                     958,276

Emerging Technologies Fund II LLC

1140 Avenue of the Americas

9th Floor

New York New York 10036

                     143,741

JTC BLI, LLC

2494 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

                     253,943

David and Haley Lamey

##############

############

                     20,000

Berkeley Mack LLC

590 Madison Ave

21st Floor

New York, NY 10022

                     355,041

The Marks Family Trust

Michael E Marks

c/o Allison Halen

Paxion Capital LP

2494 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

                     38,460

 

8

Exhibit 4.4

 

LOGO

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED (the “1933 ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO YOU THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT

This is a PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT dated August 24, 2016 by and between BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC., a Delaware corporation, and TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

The words “We”, “Us”, or “Our” refer to the warrant holder, which is TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC. The words “You” or “Your” refers to the issuer, which is BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC., and not to any individual. The words “the Parties” refers to both TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC and BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. This Plain English Warrant Agreement may be referred to as the “Warrant Agreement”.

The Parties have entered into a Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 24, 2016, the “Loan Agreement”.

In consideration of such Loan Agreement, the Parties agree to the following mutual agreements and conditions set forth below:

 

WARRANT INFORMATION

Effective Date

  

Warrant Number

  

Loan Facility Number

August 24, 2016    0970-W-01    Part 1: 0970-GC-01
      Part 2: 0970-GC-02

 

Warrant Coverage

  

Number of Shares

  

Price Per Share

  

Type of Stock

Part 1: $800,000 (4.0% of $20,000,000) on the Effective Date

 

Part 2: $200,000 (4.0% of $5,000,000) on the Availability of the Part 2 Commitment Amount under the Loan Agreement

  

Part 1: 273,038 on the Effective Date, subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant Agreement

 

Part 2: 68,259 on the Availability of the Part 2 Commitment Amount under the Loan Agreement, subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant Agreement

   $2.93, subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant Agreement    Series C Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment as set forth in this Warrant Agreement

 

OUR CONTACT INFORMATION

Name

  

Address For Notices

  

Contact Person

TriplePoint Capital LLC    2755 Sand Hill Road, Ste. 150
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Tel: (650) 854-2090
Fax: (650) 854-1850
   Sajal Srivastava, President
Tel: (650) 233-2102
Fax: (650) 854-1850 email: legal@triplepointcapital.com
YOUR CONTACT INFORMATION

Customer Name

  

Address For Notices

  

Contact Person

Berkeley Lights, Inc.    5858 Horton Street, Suite 320
Emeryville, CA 94608
   Shaun Holt, CFO
Tel: 858-525-1421
Fax: N/A
email:shaun.holt@berkeleylights.com

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    1


1.

WHAT YOU AGREE TO GRANT US

Part 1: You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, that number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock equal to Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($800,000), divided by the Exercise Price.

Part 2: Upon the availability of Part 2 under the Loan Agreement, You grant to Us and We are entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from You, at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price, an additional number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Your Warrant Stock equal to Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000), divided by the Exercise Price.

The number of shares of Warrant Stock and the Exercise Price of such Warrant Stock are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4 hereof.

For purposes of this Warrant Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings given below:

“Exercise Price” means the lower of (a) $2.93 and (b) the lowest per share price for which Your preferred stock is sold in the Next Round.

“Next Round” means the next bona fide round of equity financing in which You issue and sell shares of your preferred stock for aggregate gross cash proceeds of at least $1,000,000 (excluding any amounts received upon conversion or cancellation of indebtedness) subsequent to the Effective Date.

“Warrant Stock” means (a) the class and series of Your preferred stock issued in the Next Round, if the lowest per share price for which such preferred stock is sold in the Next Round is less than $2.93, or (b) in all other cases, Your Series C Preferred Stock. For avoidance of doubt, if this Warrant Agreement is exercised prior to the Next Round then this Warrant Agreement shall be exercisable for Your Series C Preferred Stock.

The Parties agree that this Warrant Agreement to purchase the Warrant Stock has a fair market value equal to $100 and that $100 of the issue price of the investment will be allocable to the Warrant Agreement and the balance shall be allocable to the Loan Agreement for income tax purposes and the original issue discount on the Loan Agreement shall be considered to be zero.

 

2.

WHEN ARE WE ENTITLED TO PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

The term of this Warrant Agreement and Our right to purchase Warrant Stock will begin the Effective Date, and shall be available for the greater of (i) 7 years from the Effective Date or (ii) 5 years from the effective date of Your initial public offering.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Our right to purchase the Warrant Stock shall be automatically and fully exercised via the net issuance method described below (without surrender of the Warrant Agreement) upon the occurrence of a Merger Event, as defined below, with a Person that is not one of Your affiliates, in which Your common stock is exchanged for cash and/or stock that is traded on a recognized public exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market, provided that, upon consummation of the Merger Event, the consideration payable to Us pursuant to such exercise and on account of the Warrant Stock consists of (i) cash or (ii) stock

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    2


that is traded on a recognized public exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market and the total per share consideration is equal to or greater than two (2) times the aggregate Exercise Price (as adjusted). No less than ten (10) business days prior to any Merger Event, You shall provide Us with written notice of the proposed Merger Event together with a copy of the executed merger agreement, or other definitive documentation (and all schedules and exhibits thereto) and information concerning Your expected capitalization immediately prior to the Merger Event. Upon consummation of the Merger Event, You shall promptly provide Us with (a) a copy of any modifications or amendments to the executed merger agreement, (b) any other documents in connection therewith, (c) updated information, if any, concerning Your capitalization immediately prior to the Merger Event, and, (d) upon request, by Us any other information reasonably necessary to an informed evaluation of Our rights under this Agreement.

 

3.

HOW WE MAY PURCHASE YOUR WARRANT STOCK.

We may exercise Our purchase rights, in whole or in part, at any time, or from time to time, prior to the expiration of the term of this Warrant Agreement, by giving You a completed and executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached as Exhibit I. Promptly upon receipt of the Notice of Exercise and in any event no later than twenty-one (21) days after you have received Our Notice of Exercise and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares purchased, You will issue to Us a certificate for the number of shares of Warrant Stock that We have purchased and You will execute the Acknowledgment of Exercise in the form attached hereto as Exhibit II indicating the number of shares which will be available to Us for future purchases, if any.

We may pay for the Warrant Stock by either (i) cash or check, or (ii) by the net issuance method as determined below. If We elect the Net Issuance method, You will issue Warrant Stock using the following formula:

 

LOGO

 

Where:

   X = the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Us.
   Y = the number of shares of Warrant Stock We request to be exercised under this Warrant Agreement.
   A = the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock.
   B = the Exercise Price.

For purposes of the above calculation, current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall mean with respect to each share of Warrant Stock:

If the exercise is in connection with but not after the initial public offering of Your Common Stock, and if Your registration statement relating to such public offering has been declared effective by the SEC, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (x) the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus of the offering and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise;

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    3


If this Warrant Agreement is exercised after, and not in connection with Your initial public offering, and:

 

Þ

if traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing prices over a five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise; or

 

Þ

if actively traded over-the-counter, the fair market value shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted on the NASDAQ system (or similar system) over the five (5) day period ending three (3) days before the day the current fair market value of the securities is being determined and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise.

If this Warrant Agreement is exercised prior to or after Your initial public offering, and:

 

Þ

Your Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, the current fair market value of Warrant Stock shall be the product of (x) the fair market value of a share of Your Common Stock, as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors and (y) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Warrant Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise, unless You shall become subject to a merger, acquisition or other consolidation pursuant to which You are not the surviving party, in which case the fair market value of Warrant Stock shall be deemed to be the value received by the holders of Your Warrant Stock on a common equivalent basis pursuant to such merger or acquisition or other consolidation.

During the term of this Warrant Agreement, You will at all times from and after the Effective Date have authorized and reserved a sufficient number of shares of (a) Warrant Stock to provide for the exercise of our rights to purchase Warrant Stock, and (b) Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Warrant Stock.

If We elect to exercise part of the Warrant Agreement, You will promptly issue to Us an amended Warrant Agreement stating the remaining number of shares that are available. All other terms and conditions of that amended Warrant Agreement shall be identical to those contained in this Warrant Agreement.

If at the end of the term of this Warrant Agreement, the fair market value of one share of Warrant Stock (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance herewith is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant Agreement shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant hereto as to all shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and You shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the shares of Warrant Stock (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Us.

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    4


4.

WHEN WILL THE NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE CHANGE.

 

Þ

If You are Acquired. If at any time: (i) there is a reorganization of Your stock (other than a reclassification, exchange or subdivision of Your stock otherwise provided for in this Warrant Agreement); (ii) You merge or consolidate with or into another entity, whether or not You are the surviving entity; (iii) You sell or convey, or grant an exclusive license with respect to, all or substantially all of Your assets to any other person; or (iv) there occurs any transaction or series of related transactions that result in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the capital stock of You (each of the foregoing events are referred to as a “Merger Event”), then, as a part of such Merger Event, lawful provision shall be made so that We shall thereafter be entitled to receive, upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement, the number of shares of preferred stock or other securities of the successor or surviving person resulting from such Merger Event, that would have been issuable if We had exercised Our rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to the Merger Event. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by Your Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement with respect to Our rights and interest after the Merger Event so that the provisions of this Warrant Agreement (including adjustments of the Exercise Price and number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable) shall be applicable to the greatest extent possible.

 

Þ

If You Reclassify Your Stock. If at any time You reclassify or subdivide Your securities or otherwise change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Warrant Agreement will thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, subdivision or other change.

 

Þ

If You Subdivide or Combine Your Shares. If at any time You combine or subdivide the Warrant Stock, the Exercise Price will be proportionately decreased in the case of a subdivision, or proportionately increased in the case of a combination.

 

Þ

If You Pay Stock Dividends. If at any time You pay a dividend payable in, or make any other distribution (except any distribution specifically provided for in the above paragraphs) of the Warrant Stock, then the Exercise Price shall be adjusted, from and after the record date of such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of all shares of the Warrant Stock outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution. We will thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Warrant Stock (calculated to the nearest whole share) obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon the exercise hereof immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    5


Þ

“Pay to Play” Rights. In the event that any “pay to play” terms or conditions (i.e. terms or conditions that require a holder of shares of Your preferred stock (the “Preferred Stock”) to purchase securities in a future round of equity financing or else lose the benefit of anti-dilution protections applicable to shares of Preferred Stock or have such shares of Preferred Stock automatically convert into Common Stock or another class or series of capital stock) in Your Certificate of Incorporation are triggered in connection with any sale or issuance of securities (a “Trigger Event”), then, in each such event the purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement shall automatically adjust to provide Us, upon the later exercise hereof, with the same securities and/or rights that We would have received had We (x) exercised this Warrant Agreement prior to such Trigger Event, and (y) participated in the applicable equity financing in an amount sufficient to be deemed to have fully participated for purposes of such “pay to play” provision.

 

Þ

If You Change the Antidilution Rights of the Warrant Stock or Issue New Preferred or Convertible Stock. All antidilution rights applicable to the Warrant Stock purchasable under this Warrant Agreement are as set forth in Your Certificate of Incorporation, as amended through the Effective Date. You will promptly provide Us with any restatement, amendment, modification of or waiver of any right under Your Certificate of Incorporation. You will provide Us with copies of any notices that You send to Your stockholders with respect to any issuance of Your stock or other equity security to occur after the Effective Date (other than issuances of stock or equity securities pursuant to customary employee stock plans).

 

5.

WE CAN TRANSFER THIS PLAIN ENGLISH WARRANT AGREEMENT.

Subject to the terms and conditions contained in Section 7, We (or any successor transferee) may transfer in whole or in part this Warrant Agreement and all its rights, provided that as a condition of any such transfer, the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Warrant Agreement. You will record the transfer on Your books when You receive Our Notice of Transfer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit III, and Our payment of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges involved in such transfer.

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS FROM YOU.

 

Þ

Reservation of Warrant Stock. The Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights under this Warrant Agreement will be duly and validly reserved and when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant Agreement will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will be free of any taxes, liens, charges or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever (other than liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by Us); provided, however, that the Warrant Stock issuable pursuant to this Warrant Agreement may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or Federal securities laws. Upon Our exercise, You will issue to Us certificates for shares of Warrant Stock without charging Us any tax, or other cost incurred by You in connection with such exercise and the related issuance of shares of Warrant Stock. You will not be required to pay any tax, which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved and the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than TriplePoint Capital LLC.

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    6


Þ

Due Authority. Your execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement and the performance of Your obligations hereunder, including the issuance to Us of the right to acquire the shares of Warrant Stock, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on Your part and this Warrant Agreement is not inconsistent with Your Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, do not contravene any law or governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to it, do not and will not contravene any material provision of, or constitute a material default under, any indenture, mortgage, material contract or other instrument to which You are a party or by which You are bound, and this Warrant Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

 

Þ

Consents and Approvals. No consent or approval of, giving of notice to, registration with, or taking of any other action in respect of any state, Federal or other governmental authority or agency is required with respect to execution, delivery and Your performance of Your obligations under this Warrant Agreement, except for the filing of any required notices pursuant to Federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effective by the times required thereby.

 

Þ

Issued Securities. All of Your issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock, Warrant Stock or any other securities have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All outstanding shares of Common Stock and Warrant Stock were issued in full compliance with all Federal and state securities laws. In addition as of the Effective Date:

Your authorized capital consists of (A) 85,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 4,688,129 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, and (B) 71,554,561 shares of preferred stock, of which 70,710,496 shares are issued and outstanding.

You have reserved 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under Your Stock Incentive Plan, under which 7,846,995 options have been granted and remain outstanding. Except as otherwise provided in this Warrant Agreement and as noted above, there are no other options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights presently outstanding to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued shares of Your capital stock or other of Your securities.

Except as set forth in the Rights Agreement, a true, correct and complete copy of which has been delivered to Us prior to the issuance of this Warrant, Your stockholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase new issuances of Your capital stock.

 

Þ

Other Commitments to Register Securities. Except as set forth in this Warrant Agreement and the Rights Agreement, You are not, pursuant to the terms of any other agreement currently in existence, under any obligation to register under the 1933 Act any of Your presently outstanding securities or any of Your securities which may hereafter be issued.

 

Þ

Exempt Transaction. Subject to the accuracy of Our representations in Section 7 hereof, the issuance of the Warrant Stock upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement will constitute a transaction exempt from (i) the registration requirements of Section 5 of the 1933 Act, in reliance upon Section 4(2) thereof, and (ii) the qualification requirements of the applicable state securities laws.

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    7


Þ

Compliance with Rule 144. Subject to the other restrictions set forth in this Warrant Agreement, We may sell the Warrant Stock issuable hereunder in compliance with Rule 144 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Within ten (10) days of Our request, You agree to furnish Us, a written statement confirming Your compliance with the filing requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission as set forth in such Rule 144, as may be amended.

 

Þ

No Impairment. You agree not to, by amendment of Your Certificate of Incorporation, by-laws or other organizational or charter documents or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by You, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Our rights under this Warrant against impairment. However, You shall not be deemed to have impaired Our rights if You amend Your Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of Your preferred stock waive their rights thereunder, in a manner that does not (individually or when considered in the context of any other actions being taken in connection with such amendments or waivers) affect Us in a manner different from the effect that such amendments or waivers have on the rights of other holders of the same series and class as the Warrant Stock; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, You shall not impose any restrictions on the transferability or alienability of the Warrant Stock other than in effect as of the Effective Date without the express written consent of Us.

 

7.

OUR REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS TO YOU.

 

Þ

Investment Purpose. The right to acquire Warrant Stock or the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of Our rights contained herein and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion will be acquired for investment purposes and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and We have no present intention of selling or engaging in any public distribution of the same in violation of the 1933 Act.

 

Þ

Private Issue. We understand (i) that this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant Agreement and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock are not registered under the 1933 Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws on the ground that the issuance contemplated by this Warrant Agreement will be exempt from the registration and qualifications requirements thereof, and (ii) that Your reliance on such exemption is predicated on the representations set forth in this Section 7.

 

Þ

Disposition of Our Rights. In no event will We make a disposition of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock unless and until (i) We shall have notified You in writing of the proposed disposition, and (ii) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing to the applicable terms and conditions of this Warrant Agreement, and (iii) if You request, We shall have furnished You with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to You and Your counsel to the effect that (A) appropriate action

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    8


  necessary for compliance with the 1933 Act has been taken, or (B) an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act is available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions imposed upon the transferability of any of Our rights to acquire Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock issuable on the exercise of such rights or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock do not apply to transfers from the beneficial owner of any of the aforementioned securities to its nominee or from such nominee to its beneficial owner, and shall terminate as to any particular share of Warrant Stock when (1) such security shall have been effectively registered under the 1933 Act and sold by the holder thereof in accordance with such registration or (2) such security shall have been sold without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, or (3) a letter shall have been issued to You at Our request by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission or a ruling shall have been issued to You at Our request by such Commission stating that no action shall be recommended by such staff or taken by such Commission, as the case may be, if such security is transferred without registration under the 1933 Act in accordance with the conditions set forth in such letter or ruling and such letter or ruling specifies that no subsequent restrictions on transfer are required. Whenever the restrictions imposed hereunder shall terminate, as hereinabove provided, the holder of a share of Warrant Stock then outstanding as to which such restrictions have terminated shall be entitled to receive from You, without expense to such holder, one or more new certificates for the Warrant or for such shares of Warrant Stock not bearing any restrictive legend referring to 1933 Act registration or exemption.

 

Þ

Financial Risk. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and knowledge of Your business affairs and financial condition as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Our investment, and have the ability to bear the economic risks of Our investment.

 

Þ

Risk of No Registration. We understand that if You do not register with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), or file reports pursuant to Section 15(d), of the 1934 Act, or if a registration statement covering the securities under the 1933 Act is not in effect when We desire to sell (i) the rights to purchase Warrant Stock pursuant to this Warrant Agreement, or (ii) the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of the right to purchase, or (iii) the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, We may be required to hold such securities for an indefinite period. We also understand that any sale of Our right to purchase Warrant Stock or Warrant Stock or Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Stock, which might be made by it in reliance upon Rule 144 under the 1933 Act may be made only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that Rule.

 

Þ

Accredited Investor. We are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Rule 501 of Regulation D of the 1933 Act, as presently in effect.

 

Þ

Market Stand-off. We agree to be bound by the market stand-off provisions set forth in Section 3.11 of that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among You and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto dated April 1, 2015 (the “Rights Agreement”). We also agree to sign the form of lock-up letter requested by Your underwriters in Your initial public offering, provided all other

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    9


  stockholders bound by the market stand-off language in the Rights Agreement are similarly bound. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall such market stand-off provisions or lock-up letter restrict Our ability to exercise Our purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement, including the transfer of Common Stock to You solely to satisfy the exercise price pursuant to the Net Issuance Method.

 

8.

NOTICES YOU AGREE TO PROVIDE US.

You agree to give Us at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the following events:

 

Þ

If You pay a Dividend or distribution declaration upon Your stock.

 

Þ

If You offer for subscription pro-rata to the existing stockholders additional stock or other equity rights.

 

Þ

If You consummate or sign definitive documents providing for a Merger Event.

 

Þ

If You have an initial public offering.

 

Þ

If You dissolve or liquidate.

All notices in this Section must set forth details of the event, how the event adjusts either Our number of shares or Our Exercise Price and the method used for such adjustment.

Timely Notice. Your failure to timely provide such notice required above shall entitle Us to retain the benefit of the applicable notice period notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any insufficient notice received by Us.

 

9.

DOCUMENTS YOU WILL PROVIDE US.

Upon signing this Warrant Agreement You will provide Us with:

 

Þ

Executed originals of this Warrant Agreement, and all other documents and instruments that We may reasonably require

 

Þ

Secretary’s certificate of incumbency and authority

 

Þ

Certified copy of resolutions of Your board of directors approving this Warrant Agreement

 

Þ

Certified copy of Your Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws as amended through the Effective Date

 

Þ

Current Rights Agreement

So long as this Warrant Agreement is in effect, You shall provide Us with the following:

 

Þ

Within ten (10) Business Days after the closing of any equity financing, or extension of an existing round of equity financing, occurring after the Effective Date, in which You issue preferred stock or other securities You will provide Us with copies of the fully executed equity financing documents, including without limitation the related

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    10


  stock purchase agreement, investors rights agreement, voting agreement, amended or restated Certificates of Incorporation, current capitalization table and other related documents. Notwithstanding any term or condition contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, Your failure to comply with this paragraph shall not constitute a default unless You have not provided the information requested within ten (10) days of Our request.

 

Þ

Within thirty (30) days after completion You shall provide Us with any 409A Valuation Reports or other similar reports prepared for You. Notwithstanding any term or condition contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, Your failure to comply with this paragraph shall not constitute a default unless You have not provided the information requested within ten (10) days of Our request.

 

Þ

After all obligations under the Loan Agreement have been finally paid in full, within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter, You will provide Us with (1) an unaudited income statement, statement of cash flows, and an unaudited balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP accompanied by a report detailing any material contingencies, and (2) within one hundred eighty (180) days of the end of each fiscal year end, You will provide Us with audited financial statements accompanied by an audit report and an unqualified opinion of the independent certified public accountants. Notwithstanding any term or condition contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, Your failure to comply with this paragraph shall not constitute a default unless You have not provided the information requested within ten (10) days of Our request.

 

Þ

You shall submit to Us any other documents and other information that We may reasonably request from time to time and are necessary to implement the provisions and purposes of this Warrant Agreement.

 

10.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

The shares of Your Common Stock into which the Warrant Stock is convertible shall be entitled to “piggyback” and S-3 registration rights on the same terms, conditions, limitations and obligations imposed upon other holders of Your Preferred Stock, all as set forth in the Rights Agreement. The provisions set forth in the Rights Agreement relating to such registration rights in effect as of the date of this Warrant Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without Our prior written consent unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the shares of common stock into which the Warrant Stock is convertible in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class of stock as the Warrant Stock.

 

11.

OTHER LEGAL PROVISIONS THE PARTIES WILL ABIDE BY.

Effective Date. This Warrant Agreement shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Parties on the date hereof. This Warrant Agreement shall be binding upon any of the successors or assigns of the Parties.

Attorney’s Fees. In any litigation, arbitration or court proceeding between the Parties relating to this Warrant Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and reasonable costs of proceedings incurred in enforcing this Warrant Agreement.

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    11


Governing Law. This Warrant Agreement shall be governed by and construed for all purposes under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to that body of law pertaining to conflicts of laws.

Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue. All judicial proceedings arising in or under or related to this Warrant Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California. By execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement, each party hereto generally and unconditionally: (a) consents to personal jurisdiction in San Mateo County, State of California; (b) waives any objection as to jurisdiction or venue in San Mateo County, State of California; and (c) agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue in the aforesaid courts. Service of process on any party hereto in any action arising out of or relating to this Warrant Agreement shall be effective if given in accordance with the requirements for notice set forth in this Section, and shall be deemed effective and received as set forth therein. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of either party to bring proceedings in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

Mutual Waiver of Jury Trial; Judicial Reference. Because disputes arising in connection with complex financial transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the Parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), The Parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. EACH OF THE PARTIES SPECIFICALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CAUSE OF ACTION, CLAIM, CROSS-CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, THIRD PARTY CLAIM OR ANY OTHER CLAIM (COLLECTIVELY, “CLAIMS”) ASSERTED BY YOU AGAINST US OR OUR ASSIGNEE OR BY US OR OUR ASSIGNEE AGAINST YOU WITH RESPECT TO THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT. IN THE EVENT THAT THE FOREGOING JURY TRIAL WAIVER IS NOT ENFORCEABLE, ALL CLAIMS, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING THERETO, SHALL, AT THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY PARTY, BE DETERMINED BY JUDICIAL REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE. THE PARTIES SHALL MUTUALLY SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IN THE EVENT THAT THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE LAWFUL SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE SHALL ALSO DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE CLAIMS WILL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY. This waiver extends to all such Claims, including Claims that involve persons other than You and Us; Claims that arise out of or are in any way connected to the relationship between You and Us; and any Claims for damages, breach of contract, specific performance, or any equitable or legal relief of any kind, in each case arising out of this Warrant Agreement.

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    12


Counterparts. This Warrant Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Notices. Any notice required or permitted under this Warrant Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of (1) actual receipt or 3 days after mailing if mailed postage prepaid by regular or airmail to Us or You or (2) one day after it is sent by overnight mail via nationally recognized courier or (3) on the same day as sent via confirmed facsimile transmission, provided that the original is sent by personal delivery or mail by the sending party.

Remedies. In the event of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including but not limited to an action for damages as a result of any such default, and/or an action for specific performance for any default where such party will not have an adequate remedy at law and where damages will not be readily ascertainable. Each party expressly acknowledges and agrees that there is no adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Warrant Agreement and that in the event of any breach of this Warrant Agreement, the injured party shall be entitled to specific performance of any or all provisions hereof or an injunction prohibiting the other party from continuing to commit any such breach of this Warrant Agreement.

Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions of the Parties contained herein or made pursuant to this Warrant Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Warrant Agreement.

Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Warrant Agreement shall be unimpaired, and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a mutually acceptable valid, legal and enforceable provision, which comes closest to the intention of the Parties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.

Entire Agreement. This Warrant Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and undertakings of the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

Amendments. Any provision of this Warrant Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument signed by the Parties.

Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates. You covenant to Us that, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to You of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Agreement or any stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to You, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, You will make and deliver a new Warrant Agreement or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant Agreement or stock certificate.

Rights as Stockholders. We shall not, as a party to this Warrant Agreement, be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of the Warrant Stock or any of Your other securities which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon Us any of the rights of one of Your

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    13


stockholders or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant Agreement is exercised and the shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

Signatures. This Warrant Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or transmitted electronically in either Tagged Image Format Files (“TIFF”) or Portable Document Format (“PDF”) and, upon such delivery, the facsimile, TIFF or PDF signature, as applicable, will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

(Signature Page to Follow)

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have caused this Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers who are duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

You:   BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
Signature:   /s/ Igor Khandros
Print Name:   Igor Khandros
Title:   CEO

 

Us:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT AGREEMENT 0970-W-01]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have caused this Warrant Agreement to be executed by its officers who are duly authorized as of the Effective Date.

 

You:   BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title:    
Us:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
Signature:   /s/ Harold Zagunis
Print Name:   Harold Zagunis
Title:   CFO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT AGREEMENT 0970-W-01]

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    16


EXHIBIT I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:

[________________________]

 

1.

We hereby elect to purchase [______] shares of the Series [______] Preferred Stock of [______], pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement dated the [______] day of [______], [20__] (the “Plain English Warrant Agreement”) between You and Us, We hereby tender here payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

2.

Method of Exercise (Please initial the applicable blank)

 

  a.

______ The undersigned elects to exercise the Plain English Warrant Agreement by means of a cash payment, and gives You full payment for the purchase price of the shares being purchased, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

  b.

______ The undersigned elects to exercise the Plain English Warrant Agreement by means of the Net Issuance Exercise method of Section 3 of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

3.

In exercising Our rights to purchase the Series [______] Preferred Stock of [____________], We hereby confirm and acknowledge the investment representations, warranties and covenants made in Section 7 of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

Please issue a certificate or certificates representing these purchased shares of Series [______] Preferred Stock in Our name or in such other name as is specified below.

 

(Name)

 

(Address)
US:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
By:    
Title:    
Date:    

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    17


EXHIBIT II

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXERCISE

[____________], hereby acknowledges receipt of the “Notice of Exercise” from TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, to purchase [______] shares of the Series [______] Preferred Stock of [______], pursuant to the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement, and further acknowledges that [______] shares remain subject to purchase under the terms of the Plain English Warrant Agreement.

 

YOU:   BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By:    
Title:    
Date:    

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    18


EXHIBIT III

TRANSFER NOTICE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Plain English Warrant Agreement and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby transferred and assigned to

 

(Please Print)     
Whose address is     
         

 

Dated:    
Holder’s Signature:    
Holder’s Address:    
Transferee’s Signature:    
Transferee’s Address:    
Signature Guaranteed:    

NOTE: The signature to this Transfer Notice must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Plain English Warrant Agreement, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Plain English Warrant Agreement.

By signature hereto, Transferee agrees to be subject to and bound by the terms and conditions of (i) the Plain English Warrant Agreement, including the investment representations, warranties and covenants contained in Section 7 thereof and (ii) Section 3.11 (Market Standoff Agreement) of the Rights Agreement. Transferee also agrees to execute the form of lock-up letter requested by the underwriters of Berkeley Lights, Inc.’s initial public offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall such market stand-off provisions or lock-up letter restrict Our ability to exercise Our purchase rights under this Warrant Agreement, including the transfer of Common Stock to You solely to satisfy the exercise price pursuant to the Net Issuance Method.

 

Warrant (Loan) 0970-W-01    19

Exhibit 10.1(a)

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

As Amended on August 21, 2012

As Amended on July 18, 2014

As Amended on May 18, 2015

As Amended on March 8, 2016

1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries by offering eligible persons an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through the grant of Awards covering Shares. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 14 hereof. Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701, grants may be made pursuant to this Plan that do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o). Any requirement of this Plan that is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply if the Committee so provides.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

2.1 Number of Shares Available. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 11 hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be 10,000,000 Shares. Subject to Sections 2.2, 4.10 and 11 hereof, Shares subject to Awards that are cancelled, forfeited, settled in cash or that expire by their terms will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with other Awards. At all times the Company will reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as will be required to satisfy the requirements of all Awards granted and outstanding under this Plan.

2.2 Adjustment of Shares. In the event that the number of outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and SARS, and (c) the Purchase Prices of and/or number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws; provided, however, that fractions of a Share will not be issued but will either be paid in cash at the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share or will be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, as determined by the Committee; and provided, further, that the Exercise Price of any Option or SAR may not be decreased to below the par value of the Shares.

3. PLAN FOR BENEFIT OF SERVICE PROVIDERS.

3.1 Eligibility. The Committee will have the authority to select persons to receive Awards. ISOs (as defined in Section 4 hereof) may be granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. NQSOs (as defined in Section 4 hereof) and all other types of Awards


may be granted to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; provided such consultants render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction when Rule 701 is to apply to the Award granted for such services. A person may be granted more than one Award under this Plan.

3.2 No Obligation to Employ. Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

4. OPTIONS. The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons described in Section 3 hereof and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ISOs”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“NQSOs”), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following.

4.1 Form of Option Grant. Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement which will expressly identify the Option as an ISO or an NQSO (“Stock Option Agreement”), and will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

4.2 Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless a later date is otherwise specified by the Committee. The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

4.3 Exercise Period. Options may be exercisable immediately but subject to repurchase pursuant to Section 10 hereof or may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement governing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and (b) no ISO granted to a person who directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary (“Ten Percent Shareholder”) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

4.4 Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per Share unless expressly determined in writing by the Committee on the Option’s date of grant; provided that the Exercise Price of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder will not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased must be made in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

 

2


4.5 Method of Exercise. Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “Exercise Agreement”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant). The Exercise Agreement will state (a) the number of Shares being purchased, (b) the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and (c) such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. Each Participant’s Exercise Agreement may be modified by (i) agreement of Participant and the Company or (ii) substitution by the Company, upon becoming a public company, in order to add the payment terms set forth in Section 8.1 that apply to a public company and such other terms as shall be necessary or advisable in order to exercise a public company option. Upon exercise of an Option, Participant shall execute and deliver to the Company the Exercise Agreement then in effect, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased and payment of any applicable taxes.

4.6 Termination. Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 11 and 13.1 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following terms and conditions.

4.6.1 Other than Death or Disability or for Cause. If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such Options must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the Termination Date deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.

4.6.2 Death or Disability. If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such options must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participant’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (b) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for Participant’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

 

3


4.6.3 For Cause. If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

4.7 Limitations on Exercise. The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

4.8 Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) will not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). If the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the Options for the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) worth of Shares to become exercisable in such calendar year will be ISOs and the Options for the amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) that become exercisable in that calendar year will be NQSOs. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 13.1 hereof) to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

4.9 Modification, Extension or Renewal. The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. Subject to Section 4.10 hereof, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants by a written notice to them; provided, however, that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 4.4 hereof for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price; provided, further, that the Exercise Price will not be reduced below the par value of the Shares, if any.

4.10 No Disqualification. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant, to disqualify any Participant’s ISO under Section 422 of the Code. In no event shall the total number of Shares issued (counting each reissuance of a Share that was previously issued and then forfeited or repurchased by the Company as a separate issuance) under the Plan upon exercise of ISOs exceed 100,000,000 Shares (adjusted in proportion to any adjustments under Section 2.2 hereof) over the term of the Plan.

 

4


5. RESTRICTED STOCK. A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible person Shares that are subject to certain specified restrictions. The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the person may purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions to which the Shares will be subject, and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the following terms and conditions.

5.1 Form of Restricted Stock Award. All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement (“Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement”) that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Restricted Stock Award will be accepted by the Participant’s execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days from the date the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is delivered to the person. If such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within such thirty (30) days, then the offer will terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

5.2 Purchase Price. The Purchase Price of Shares sold pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted or at the time the purchase is consummated. Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

5.3 Restrictions. Restricted Stock Awards may be subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 9 and 10 hereof or, with respect to a Restricted Stock Award to which Section 25102(o) is to apply, such other restrictions not inconsistent with Section 25102(o).

6. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

6.1 Awards of Restricted Stock Units. A Restricted Stock Unit (“RSU”) is an Award covering a number of Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares at a date in the future. No Purchase Price shall apply to an RSU settled in Shares other than the payment of the aggregate par value of all Shares issuable upon such settlement. All grants of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

6.2 Form and Timing of Settlement. To the extent permissible under applicable law, the Committee may permit a Participant to defer payment under a RSU to a date or dates after the RSU is earned, provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (or any successor) and any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder. Payment may be made in the form of cash or whole Shares or a combination thereof, all as the Committee determines.

 

5


7. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

7.1 Awards of SARs. Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) may be settled in cash, or Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock or RSUs), having a value equal to the value determined by multiplying the difference between the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price and the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is being settled. All grants of SARs made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

7.2 Exercise Period and Expiration Date. A SAR will be exercisable within the times or upon the occurrence of events determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement governing such SAR. The Award Agreement shall set forth the Expiration Date; provided that no SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date the SAR is granted.

7.3 Exercise Price. The Committee will determine the Exercise Price of the SAR when the SAR is granted, and which may not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and may be settled in cash or in Shares.

7.4 Termination. Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 11 and 13.1 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Award Agreement, exercise of SARs will always be subject to the following terms and conditions.

7.4.1 Other than Death or Disability or for Cause. If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s SARs only to the extent that such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. SARs must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the SARs.

7.4.2 Death or Disability. If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participant’s SARs may be exercised only to the extent that such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such SARs must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the SARs.

7.4.3 For Cause. If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s SARs, but not to an extent greater than such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s SARs shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

 

6


8. PAYMENT FOR PURCHASES AND EXERCISES.

8.1 Payment in General. Payment for Shares acquired pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to the Participant;

(b) by surrender of shares of the Company that are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests and: (i) for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (ii) that were obtained by Participant in the public market;

(c) by tender of a full recourse promissory note having such terms as may be approved by the Committee and bearing interest at a rate sufficient to avoid imputation of income under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code; provided, however, that Participants who are not employees or directors of the Company will not be entitled to purchase Shares with a promissory note unless the note is adequately secured by collateral other than the Shares; provided, further, that the portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price, as the case may be, equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the laws under which the Company is then incorporated or organized;

(d) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant from the Company for services rendered;

(e) by participating in a formal cashless exercise program implemented by the Committee in connection with the Plan;

(f) subject to compliance with applicable law and solely in the discretion of the Committee, by exercising as set forth below, provided that a public market for the Company’s Common Stock exists:

(i) through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Award and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price directly to the Company; or

(ii) through a “margin” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Award and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the broker-dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the broker-dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price directly to the Company; or

 

7


(g) by any combination of the foregoing or any other method of payment approved by the Committee.

8.2 Withholding Taxes.

8.2.1 Withholding Generally. Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable tax withholding requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under this Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash by the Company, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable tax withholding requirements.

8.2.2 Stock Withholding. When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may in its sole discretion allow the Participant to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued up to the minimum number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined that is not more than the minimum amount to be withheld; but in no event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. Any elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose will be made in accordance with the requirements established by the Committee for such elections and be in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee.

9. RESTRICTIONS ON AWARDS.

9.1 Transferability. Except as permitted by the Committee, Awards granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the NQSOs are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “family member” as that term is defined in Rule 701, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process. During the lifetime of the Participant an Award will be exercisable only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative and any elections with respect to an Award may be made only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative. The terms of an Option shall be binding upon the executor, administrator, successors and assigns of the Participant who is a party thereto.

9.2 Securities Law and Other Regulatory Compliance. Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, grants may be made pursuant to this Plan that do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o). Any requirement of this Plan which is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply with respect to a particular Award to which Section 25102(o) will not apply. An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any

 

8


governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable, and/or (b) compliance with any exemption, completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the exemption, registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure so do.

9.3 Exchange and Buyout of Awards. The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. The Committee may at any time buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, Shares (including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.

10. RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES.

10.1 Privileges of Stock Ownership. No Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until such Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided, that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock. The Participant will have no right to retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Unvested Shares that are repurchased as described in this Section 10.

10.2 Rights of First Refusal and Repurchase. At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement (a) a right of first refusal to purchase all Shares that a Participant (or a subsequent transferee) may propose to transfer to a third party, provided that such right of first refusal terminates upon the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act and (b) a right to repurchase Unvested Shares held by a Participant for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness owed to the Company by the Participant following such Participant’s Termination at any time.

10.3 Escrow; Pledge of Shares. To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated. The Committee may cause a

 

9


legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificate. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of Participant’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided, however, that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant’s Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

10.4 Securities Law Restrictions. All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

11. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

11.1 Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor or Acquiring Entity. If an Acquisition or Other Combination shall occur, then any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor or acquiring entity (if any) of such Acquisition or Other Combination (or by any of its Parents, if any), which assumption, conversion or replacement will be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, any successor or acquiring entity in such Acquisition or Other Combination (or any of its Parents, if any) may substitute equivalent awards for outstanding Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants in respect of their outstanding Awards as was provided to stockholders of the Company in such Acquisition or Other Combination after taking into account the existing provisions of the outstanding Awards (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). Any successor or acquiring entity in such Acquisition or Other Combination (or any of its Parents, if any) may also substitute by issuing, in place of any Award of outstanding Shares of the Company held by a Participant, substantially similar shares of stock or other property subject to repurchase restrictions and other provisions no less favorable to such Participant than those that applied to such outstanding Shares immediately prior to such Acquisition or Other Combination.

11.2 Awards Not Assumed or Replaced in an Acquisition. If, in the event of an Acquisition, neither the successor or acquiring entity (if any) nor any Parent (if any) of such successor or acquiring entity assumes, converts, replaces or substitutes outstanding Awards as provided above in Section 11.1, then notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, and unless otherwise approved by the Committee or otherwise required by the terms of any Award Agreement or any separate written agreement governing such Award that has been approved by the Board, each such Award that has not already terminated in accordance with the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement shall terminate, without accelerating vesting,

 

10


immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition (or if such Acquisition is an Acquisition by Sale of Assets, immediately prior to the Company’s distribution of any funds or assets to the Company’s stockholders following such Acquisition by Sale of Assets) at such times and upon such conditions as the Committee may determine.

11.3 Assumption of Awards by the Company. The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another entity, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other entity or otherwise, by either (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other entity’s award or (b) assuming and/or converting such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other entity had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another entity, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option or SAR rather than assuming an existing option or stock appreciation right, such new Option or SAR may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

12. ADMINISTRATION.

12.1 Committee Authority. This Plan will be administered by the Committee or the Board if no Committee is created by the Board. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan. Without limitation, the Committee will have the authority to:

(a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;

(b) prescribe, amend, expand, modify and rescind or terminate rules and regulations relating to this Plan;

(c) approve persons to receive Awards;

(d) determine the form and terms of Awards;

(e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards granted under this Plan;

(f) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or awards under any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(g) grant waivers of any conditions of this Plan or any Award;

 

11


(h) determine the terms of vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards to be granted pursuant to this Plan;

(i) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award, any Award Agreement, any Exercise Agreement or any Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement;

(j) determine whether an Award has been earned;

(k) extend the vesting period beyond a Participant’s Termination Date; and

(l) make all other determinations necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of this Plan.

12.2 Committee Composition and Discretion. The Board may delegate full administrative authority over the Plan and Awards to a Committee consisting of at least one member of the Board (or such greater number as may then be required by applicable law). Unless in contravention of any express terms of this Plan or Award, any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award will be made in its sole discretion either (a) at the time of grant of the Award, or (b) subject to Section 4.9 hereof, at any later time. Any such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Award under this Plan. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under this Plan, provided that each such officer is a member of the Board.

12.3 Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and other equity awards otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

12.4 Governing Law. This Plan and all agreements hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

13. EFFECTIVENESS, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

13.1 Adoption and Stockholder Approval. This Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date”). This Plan will be approved by the stockholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, the Board may grant Awards pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that: (a) no Option or SAR may be exercised prior to initial stockholder approval of this Plan; (b) no Option or SAR granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the stockholders of the Company; (c) in the event that initial stockholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all

 

12


Awards for which only the exemption from California’s securities qualification requirements provided by Section 25102(o) can apply shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Award shall be canceled and any purchase of such Shares issued hereunder shall be rescinded; and (d) Awards (to which only the exemption from California’s securities qualification requirements provided by Section 25102(o) can apply) granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board which increase is not approved by stockholders within the time then required under Section 25102(o) shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Awards shall be canceled, and any purchase of Shares subject to any such Award shall be rescinded.

13.2 Term of Plan. Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date or, if earlier, ten (10) years from the date of stockholder approval.

13.3 Amendment or Termination of Plan. Subject to Section 4.9 hereof, the Board may at any time (a) terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan and (b) terminate any and all outstanding Options or SARs upon a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, followed by the payment of creditors and the distribution of any remaining funds to the Company’s stockholders; provided, however, that the Board will not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such stockholder approval pursuant to Section 25102(o) or pursuant to the Code or the regulations promulgated under the Code as such provisions apply to ISO plans.

14. DEFINITIONS. For all purposes of this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings.

Acquisition,” for purposes of Section 11, means:

(a) any consolidation or merger in which the Company is a constituent entity or is a party in which the voting stock and other voting securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such consolidation or merger represent, or are converted into, securities of the surviving entity of such consolidation or merger (or of any Parent of such surviving entity) that, immediately after the consummation of such consolidation or merger, together possess less than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all voting securities of such surviving entity (or of any of its Parents, if any) that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of such consolidation or merger;

(b) a sale or other transfer by the holders thereof of outstanding voting stock and/or other voting securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company, whether in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, pursuant to an agreement or agreements to which the Company is a party and that has been approved by the Board, and pursuant to which such outstanding voting securities are sold or transferred to a single person or entity, to one or more persons or entities who are Affiliates of each other, or to one or more persons or entities acting in concert; or

 

13


(c) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company and/or any Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (or, if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by one or more Subsidiaries, the sale or disposition (whether by consolidation, merger, conversion or otherwise) of such Subsidiaries of the Company), except where such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition is made to the Company or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Company (an “Acquisition by Sale of Assets”).

Affiliateof a specified person means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified (where, for purposes of this definition, the term “control (including the terms controlling, controlled by and under common control with) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Award” means any award pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Plan, including any Option, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Appreciation Right or Restricted Stock Award.

Award Agreement” means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award as approved by the Committee.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause” means Termination because of (a) any willful, material violation by the Participant of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the Participant’s conviction for, or guilty plea to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, or any willful perpetration by the Participant of a common law fraud, (b) the Participant’s commission of an act of personal dishonesty which involves personal profit in connection with the Company or any other entity having a business relationship with the Company, (c) any material breach by the Participant of any provision of any agreement or understanding between the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Participant regarding the terms of the Participant’s service as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, including without limitation, the willful and continued failure or refusal of the Participant to perform the material duties required of such Participant as an employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, other than as a result of having a Disability, or a breach of any applicable invention assignment and confidentiality agreement or similar agreement between the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Participant, (d) Participant’s disregard of the policies of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company so as to cause loss, damage or injury to the property, reputation or employees of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (e) any other misconduct by the Participant which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

14


Committee” means the committee created and appointed by the Board to administer this Plan, or if no committee is created and appointed, the Board.

Company” means Berkeley Lights, Inc., or any successor corporation.

Disability” means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, as determined by the Committee.

Exercise Price” means the price per Share at which a holder of an Option may purchase Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) if such Common Stock is then publicly traded on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal;

(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported by The Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by any newspaper or other source as the Committee may determine); or

(c) if none of the foregoing is applicable to the valuation in question, by the Committee in good faith.

Option” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan.

Other Combination” for purposes of Section 11 means any (a) consolidation or merger in which the Company is a constituent entity and is not the surviving entity of such consolidation or merger or (b) any conversion of the Company into another form of entity; provided that such consolidation, merger or conversion does not constitute an Acquisition.

Parent” of a specified entity means, any entity that, either directly or indirectly, owns or controls such specified entity, where for this purpose, “control” means the ownership of stock, securities or other interests that possess at least a majority of the voting power of such specified entity (including indirect ownership or control of such stock, securities or other interests).

Participant” means a person who receives an Award under this Plan.

Plan” means this 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

Purchase Price” means the price at which a Participant may purchase Restricted Stock pursuant to this Plan.

Restricted Stock” means Shares purchased pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award under this Plan.

 

15


Restricted Stock Award” means an award of Shares pursuant to 5 hereof.

Restricted Stock Unit” or “RSU” means an award made pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

Rule 701” means Rule 701 et seq promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 25102(o)” means Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shares” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock, 0.0001, par value per share, reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 11 hereof, and any successor security.

Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an award granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

Subsidiary” means any entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain owns stock or other equity securities representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity securities in one of the other entities in such chain.

Termination” or “Terminated” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Participant will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days (a) unless reinstatement (or, in the case of an employee with an ISO, reemployment) upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or (b) unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company’s Board and issued and promulgated in writing. In the case of any Participant on sick leave, military leave or an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “Termination Date”).

Unvested Shares” means “Unvested Shares” as defined in the Award Agreement for an Award.

Vested Shares” means “Vested Shares” as defined in the Award Agreement.

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

16

Exhibit 10.1 (b)

No. ______________

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

FORM OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the “Exercise Agreement”) is made and entered into as of ______________________, ____ by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the purchaser named below (the “Purchaser”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

Name of Purchaser

   Social
Security
Number
     Total
Number of
Shares
     Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Option No. or
Date of Grant
     ISO or
NQSO
 
         $          

1. EXERCISE OF OPTION.

1.1 Agreement to Exercise. Pursuant to exercise of that certain option (the “Option”) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, the Total Number of Shares set forth above (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “Exercise Price”). As used in this Exercise Agreement, the term “Shares” refers to the Shares purchased under this Exercise Agreement and includes all securities received (a) in replacement of the Shares, (b) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (c) all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.

1.2 Payment. Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Exercise Price in the manner permitted in the Plan as follows (check and complete as appropriate):

 

in cash (by check) in the amount of $_______________, receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company.

 

by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company currently owed to Purchaser in the amount of $_______________.

 

by the waiver hereby of compensation due or accrued for services previously rendered to the Company in the amount of $_______________.

 

by a cashless exercise under the Company’s formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Committee in connection with the Plan.

 

provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists and subject to compliance with applicable law and solely in the discretion of the Committee: (a) through a “same day sale” commitment from Purchaser and broker-dealer whereby Purchaser irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay for the total Exercise Price and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company, or (b) through a “margin” commitment from Purchaser and a broker-dealer whereby Purchaser irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the broker-dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company.

 

1


the following form of consideration approved by the Committee: __________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________________

2. DELIVERY.

2.1 Documents and Payment to be Delivered. Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company at its principal executive offices, Attn: President: (a) this completed and signed Exercise Agreement, (b) two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the “Stock Powers”), both executed by Purchaser and Purchaser’s spouse, if any, (c) if Purchaser is married, a Consent of Spouse in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto (the “Spouse Consent”) executed by Purchaser’s spouse, and (d) the Exercise Price and payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations (if paid by check, a copy of such check shall be attached hereto as Exhibit 3). Upon its receipt of the Exercise Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser, or, if applicable, Purchaser’s estate, to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 6.2 until expiration or termination of the Company’s Refusal Right described in Section 5.

2.2 Tax Withholding. Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Purchaser must pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. If the Committee permits, Purchaser may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the minimum number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of taxes required to be withheld; but in no event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. In such case, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to the Purchaser by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER. Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows.

3.1 Agrees to Terms of the Plan. Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, has read and understands the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions. Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

3.2 Shares Not Registered or Qualified. Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act, or with any securities regulatory agency administering any state securities laws, and that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

3.3 No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.

 

2


3.4 SEC Rule 701. The Shares are issued pursuant to SEC Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and may become freely tradable by non-affiliates (under limited conditions regarding the method of sale) ninety (90) days after the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC, subject to the lengthier market standoff agreement contained in Section 4 of this Exercise Agreement or any other agreement entered into by Purchaser. Affiliates must comply with the provisions (other than the holding period requirements) of Rule 144 which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities. Rule 144 is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that use of a promissory note as payment for the Shares may not be deemed to be “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of Rule 144 unless certain conditions are met and that, accordingly, the Rule 144 holding period of such Shares may not begin to run until such Shares are fully paid for within the meaning of Rule 144. Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.

4. MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT. Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act or other public offering that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any registered public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such managing underwriters, as the case may be, for a period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the managing underwriters may specify for employee-stockholders generally. For purposes of this Section 4, the term “Company” shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company into which the Company merges or consolidates. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of such period. Purchaser further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing and that such underwriters are express third party beneficiaries of this Section 4.

5. COMPANY’S REFUSAL RIGHT. Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares to be sold or transferred (the “Offered Shares”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Refusal Right”).

5.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (a) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (b) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”); (c) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (d) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “Offered Price”); and (e) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Refusal Right at the Offered Price as provided for in this Exercise Agreement.

 

3


5.2 Exercise of Refusal Right. At any time within thirty (30) days after the date the Notice is effective pursuant to Section 8.2, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

5.3 Purchase Price. The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

5.4 Payment. The purchase price for the Offered Shares will be paid, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

5.5 Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (a) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, (b) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (c) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the right of first refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

5.6 Exempt Transfers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following transfers of Shares will be exempt from the Refusal Right: (a) the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section 5 will continue to apply to the transferred Shares in the hands of such transferee; (b) any transfer of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or entities (except that, subject to Section 5.7, unless the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides, the Refusal Right will continue to apply thereafter to such Shares, in which case the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section 5); or (c) any transfer of Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “Immediate Family” will mean Purchaser’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above.

 

4


5.7 Termination of Refusal Right. The Refusal Right will terminate as to all Shares (a) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) or (b) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or entities if the common stock of the surviving entity or any direct or indirect parent entity thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

6. ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS UPON SHARE OWNERSHIP OR TRANSFER.

6.1 Rights as a Stockholder. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Refusal Right. Upon an exercise of the Refusal Right, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

6.2 Escrow. As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with the Stock Powers executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the date, name of transferee, stock certificate number and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “Escrow Holder”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Exercise Agreement. Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Exercise Agreement (or to any other person or entity) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Exercise Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Exercise Agreement. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of the Refusal Right.

6.3 Encumbrances on Shares. Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (a) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (b) the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to such Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party. Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.

6.4 Restrictions on Transfers. Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Exercise Agreement) unless and until:

(a) Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b) Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Exercise Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares, including but not limited to the Refusal Right and the Market Standoff; and

 

5


(c) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws, and (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration and qualification requirements of the Securities Act and any state securities laws, or of any exemption from registration or qualification, available thereunder (including Rule 144) have been taken.

Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Exercise Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Exercise Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to the Company’s Refusal Right granted in Section 5 and the market stand-off provisions of Section 4, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.

6.5 Restrictive Legends and Stop-transfer Orders. Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by applicable laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE REFUSAL RIGHT HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AND A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT, AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING THE REFUSAL RIGHT AND THE MARKET STANDOFF ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Exercise Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records. The Company will not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

 

6


7. TAX CONSEQUENCES. PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. PURCHASER REPRESENTS THAT: (a) PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER WHO PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (b) PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date the Plan was adopted by the Board of some of the U.S. Federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

7.1 Exercise of Incentive Stock Option. If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular U.S. Federal income tax liability or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for U.S. Federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject Purchaser to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

7.2 Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option. If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular U.S. Federal income tax liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Purchaser will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Purchaser is a current or former employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Purchaser’s compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

7.3 Disposition of Shares. The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

7.3.1 Incentive Stock Options. If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of the transfer of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for U.S. Federal and California income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

7.3.2 Nonqualified Stock Options. If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of the transfer of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

7.3.3 Withholding. The Company may be required to withhold from the Purchaser’s compensation or collect from the Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.

7.4 Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (a) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, and (b) the date one (1) year after transfer of such Shares to Participant upon exercise of the Option, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current wages or other compensation payable to Participant.

 

7


8. GENERAL PROVSIONS.

8.1 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Agreement, including its rights to purchase Shares under the Refusal Right. Neither Purchaser, nor any of Purchaser’s successors and assigns, may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Exercise Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Exercise Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

8.2 Notices. Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Exercise Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Exercise Agreement on the earliest of the following: (a) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (b) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (c) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (d) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by facsimile or by express courier. All notices not delivered personally or by facsimile will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number set forth below the signature lines of this Exercise Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto. Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: President.”

8.3 Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Exercise Agreement.

8.4 Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, together with all Exhibits thereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Exercise Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

8.5 Severability. If any provision of this Exercise Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Exercise Agreement and the remainder of this Exercise Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Exercise Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Exercise Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

 

8


THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT, IF NOT YET QUALIFIED WITH THE CALIFORNIA COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS AND NOT EXEMPT FROM SUCH QUALIFICATION, IS SUBJECT TO SUCH QUALIFICATION, AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE IS EXEMPT. THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES TO THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Stock Option Exercise Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative, and Purchaser has executed this Stock Option Exercise Agreement, as of the date first set forth above.

 

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.     PURCHASER
By:          
      (Signature)
       
(Please print name and title)     (Please print name)
Address:         Address:    
       
Fax No.:         Fax No.    

List of Exhibits

Exhibit 1: Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate

Exhibit 2: Spouse Consent

Exhibit 3: Copy of Purchaser’s Check

 

9


EXHIBIT 1

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE

 

10


STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Stock Option Exercise Agreement No. _____ dated as of _________________, _______, (the “Agreement”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto __________________________________________, ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ shares of the Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share of BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s). _____ delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO.

Dated: ______________________, ____

 

PURCHASER

 

(Signature)

 

(Please print name)

 

(Spouse’s Signature, if any)

 

(Please Print Spouse’s Name)

Instructions to Purchaser: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company to acquire the shares to exercise its “Refusal Right” set forth in the Exercise Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser or Purchaser’s Spouse, if any.

 

11


EXHIBIT 2

SPOUSE CONSENT

 

1


SPOUSE CONSENT

The undersigned spouse of                         (the “Purchaser”) has read, understands, and hereby approves the Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the “Agreement”) between Purchaser and BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (the “Company”). In consideration of the Company granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agrees that any community property interest I may have in the Shares shall similarly be bound by the Agreement. The undersigned hereby appoints Purchaser as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

Date: _________________

 

       
 

Print Name of Purchaser’s Spouse

 

  Signature of Purchaser’s Spouse
  Address:    
     
     
  ☐ Check this box, if Purchaser is not married.
   
  Signature of Purchaser

 

1


EXHIBIT 3

COPY OF PURCHASER’S CHECK

Exhibit 10.10

 

[****] Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10). Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.    LOGO

Via Email

March 20, 2020

James E. Rothman, Ph.D.

####################

 

Re:

Extension of Consulting Agreement

Dear Jim:

On behalf of Berkeley Lights, Inc. (the “Company”), I am pleased to provide this letter to memorialize our agreement to extend your relationship with the Company under that certain Strategic / Scientific Advisor Consulting Agreement originally effective as of April 1, 2017 (the “Consulting Agreement”) as Chairman of the Company’s Strategic / Scientific Advisory Board (the “SSAB”). Capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Consulting Agreement.

In particular, the Company agrees to the following amendments to the Consulting Agreement:

 

   

The “Term” shall be extended from April 1, 2020 (the “Extension Date”) for an additional thirty-six (36) month period.

 

   

The Advisor Fees shall be adjusted to US$125,000.00 annually, paid in equal monthly installments of $10,416.66 on or before the 10th day of each month, effective as of the Extension Date.

In addition, to the foregoing, in consideration of your continued Chairman role and service to the Company on the SSAB, as soon as reasonably practicable following the Extension Date, the Board will grant you an option to purchase 315,000 shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board. The option will vest in equal monthly installments over a period of 3 years (1/36th per month). The option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the Company’s equity incentive plan and an applicable stock option agreement.

Jim, we look forward to a continued productive and enjoyable relationship with you as a Board member and the Chairman of the SSAB.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Eric Hobbs
Eric D. Hobbs, Ph.D.
Chief Executive Officer

 

Agreed and Acknowledged:
/s/ James Rothman
James E. Rothman, Ph.D.
Dated 3/23/2020

Berkeley Lights, Inc. | 5858 Horton Street, Suite 320, Emeryville, CA 94608 | (510) 858-2855


Berkeley Lights, Inc.   
Strategic/Scientific Advisor Consulting Agreement   

This Strategic/Scientific Advisor Consulting Agreement (this “Agreement”) is effective as April 1, 2017 (“Effective Date”), by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a principal place of business at 5858 Horton Street, Suite 320, Emeryville, CA 94608 (“BLI”) and James E. Rothman, Ph.D., an individual having a residence at ## ######## ######, ########## ## #####, (“Rothman”). BLI and Rothman agree as follows:

 

1. Services    BLI is engaging Rothman to provide, and Rothman agrees to provide to BLI, services related to:
  

a.)   the formation, building and chairing of BLI’s Strategic/Scientific Advisory Board (the “SSAB”); and

  

b.)   advice concerning BLI’s research and development activities and the targeted commercialization of BLI’s Beacon and SearchLight platforms,

   (subsections a.) and b.) are, collectively, the “Services”), as more specifically defined and mutually agreed to in Appendix 1.
   Rothman will spend the equivalent of at least ten (10) and up to twelve (12) days during each 12-month period providing Services, including travel time. Specifically, during the remainder of 2017 there will be three (3) 2-day SSAB meetings at BLI and, by mutual agreement, up to two (2) additional days of meetings with key potential BLI customers and/or partners (including strategic investors). In 2018 and later years, there will be two (2) 1-day SSAB meetings, one at BLI and the other in New York City. In addition in 2018 and later years, Rothman will visit BLI on each of four (4) occasions for 2-day R&D reviews timed when possible to take place in connection with quarterly BLI Board of Directors meetings, and Rothman will also participate by mutual agreement in up to two (2) days of meetings with key potential BLI customers and/or partners (including strategic investors).
2. Fees and Expenses    In consideration of the Services, BLI agrees to pay Rothman as follows:
  

a.)   cash compensation in the form of US$250,000.00 annually, paid in equal monthly installments of $20,833.33 on or before the 10th day of each month (“Advisor Fees”), commencing in April 2017;

  

b.)   actual out-of-pocket and first class (business class for international) travel expenses (“Advisor Expenses”); and

  

c.)   a stock option grant of 500,000 shares, which based on BLI’s current 409(A) valuation opinion would have a current per share exercise price of $1.27, vesting in 1/36 equal monthly tranches over the Term (as defined below), which once approved by BLI’s Board of Directors (the “BLI Board”) will be documented separately in BLI’s standard Stock Option Agreement (the “Equity Award”).

3. Term    This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue for thirty-six (36) months (the “Term”).

 

2


4. Change of Control    The Acceleration Policy as adopted and approved by the BLI Board, a copy of which is attached as Appendix 2, shall be deemed to apply to the Equity Award.
5. Confidential Information    The confidentiality obligations, and all related provisions, within that certain Non-Disclosure Agreement entered into on December 23, 2014, between BLI and Rothman (the “CDA”), a copy of which is attached as Appendix 3, is incorporated into this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement, but not its existence, shall be treated as Confidential Information.
6. Other Engagements    Rothman agrees that, in addition to his obligations of confidentiality, during the Term he will not advise or provide consulting services to a third party engaged in a business that is directly competitive with BLI, including those reasonably within the use of BLI’s Beacon and SearchLight platforms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6 shall be deemed to narrow or limit any existing Rothman engagements, provided that in no event shall Rothman use, refer to or rely upon any BLI Confidential Information in such engagements. BLI acknowledges that Rothman’s current academic and commercial engagements do not pose a conflict with BLI. These commercial engagements consist of GlaxoSmithKline, General Electric, Herbal Science Group, Genprex, and Arsenal Capital Partners and its portfolio of healthcare companies.
7. Use of Rothman’s Name    BLI agrees that it will not use Rothman’s name or likeness in any materials distributed or published by the Company, in writing, online, or in any other media, including in securities offering materials, in advertising, on the Company’s website(s), or otherwise, without first providing the entire content of the materials to Rothman and receiving Rothman’s written approval of the use of his name or likeness. Rothman consents and authorizes BLI to identify Rothman as the Chairman of BLI’s Strategic/Scientific Advisory Board on BLI’s website and to issue a mutually agreeable press release. Rothman’s approval of the use of his name or likeness will not constitute confirmation of the accuracy or completeness of any BLI materials, nor will Rothman have any obligation to verify such matters.
   Upon termination of this Agreement, if Rothman does not continue to remain as a member of the BLI Board of Directors, the Company will cease using Rothman’s name and likeness unless, and to the extent, Rothman otherwise agrees in writing. Nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to either excuse Rothman, or preclude or prevent BLI, from complying with any applicable law, rule or regulation, including any U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission filing or submission requirements; provided that, whenever reasonably possible, the parties will provide both notice and the materials in advance to allow for Rothman’s review and approval before submission or filing.
8. Service on BLI Board of Directors    Rothman currently serves on BLI’s Board of Directors, and a copy of Rothman’s Board invitation letter (“Invitation Letter”) is attached as Appendix 4. This Agreement is not intended to supersede or modify any terms or conditions arising out of Rothman’s service as a BLI director, including as set forth in the Invitation Letter. For clarity, the Equity Award is not intended to replace or modify any previous stock option awards to

 

3


   Rothman, which remain in place and unchanged; and, the Services and time commitments set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement are in addition to those services and time commitments Rothman has as a BLI director, including as set forth in the Invitation Letter. Further, the termination or expiration of this Agreement is not intended to, and will not, serve to automatically terminate or modify Rothman’s service as a BLI director.
9. Additional Terms    The additional Terms and Conditions (“Ts&Cs”) set forth in Appendix 5 are hereby incorporated by reference.
10. Complete Agreement    This Agreement, including the referenced Appendices, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the Services and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties, except as noted under [8].

[Rest of page intentionally blank]

 

4


The signatures of authorized individuals of the parties where indicated below confirms this is a valid and binding agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.     James E. Rothman, Ph.D.
By:  

/s/ Eric D. Hobbs

   

/s/ James E. Rothman, Ph.D.

Name:   Eric D. Hobbs, Ph.D     Date: March 18, 2017
Title:   Chief Executive Officer    
Date:   March     , 2017 3/23/2017    

Appendices

 

Appendix 1:    Services
Appendix 2:    Acceleration Policy
Appendix 3:    NDA
Appendix 4:    Invitation Letter
Appendix 5:    Ts&Cs

 

5


Appendix 1

Services

BLI is engaging Rothman to act as a Strategic/Scientific Advisor to:

 

  a.

Build BLI’s Strategic/Scientific Advisory Board (SSAB) with the mandate to advise and guide the BLI Board and Senior Management on the intersection of BLI products/technology and the marketplace and the preferred focal areas for BLI’s development programs, including to:

 

  i.

serve as chair of the SSAB,

 

  ii.

take on lead responsibility for the identification and appointment of five to eight SSAB members, subject to BLI Board approval, with the SSAB composition encompassing knowledge related to the medical research and clinical uses of BLI’s Beacon and Searchlight platforms, and the commercial and regulatory experience in managing commercial bioprocess businesses,

 

  iii.

advise as to the appropriate compensation levels for SSAB members, which are currently contemplated to comprise equity awards to SSAB members totaling approximately 300,000 stock options and an annual cash compensation to SSAB members totaling approximately US$200,000 (with both equity and cash compensation estimates excluding Rothman’s Equity Award and Advisor Fees and any compensation that Igor Khandros, Ph.D. may receive for serving on the SSAB),

 

  iv.

conduct SSAB activities and meetings consistent with direction of the BLI Board and the input of BLI senior executive management, who will be invited to attend regularly scheduled SSAB meetings, and

 

  v.

report to the BLI Board on the SSAB activities and advice in the form of quarterly oral reports, with it being understood that the SSAB will keep and maintain minutes of the SSAB meetings and will provide answers to questions presented by the BLI Board and/or BLI senior executive management, including in written form as reasonably requested in connection with its regularly scheduled meetings.

 

  b.

Engage with BLI’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Scientific Officer and other senior scientists and technologists to advise the Company’s research and development and product commercialization efforts, including to provide insight into:

 

  i.

[****],

 

  ii.

[****],

 

  iii.

[****], and

 

  iv.

[****]

To facilitate the above, it is anticipated that BLI will engage (with Rothman’s advice) an external consulting company to periodically advise the SSAB and BLI senior executive management on related matters of market opportunity and competition.

 

Berkeley Lights Confidential    Initials BLI /s/ EH / Rothman /s/ JR


Appendix 2

Acceleration Policy

Single Trigger Acceleration. For all Company (as defined below) Directors (as defined below), in the event of a Change in Control (as defined below), and provided that the Director delivers to the Company a signed settlement agreement and general release and waiver of claims and non-disparagement agreement in favor of the Company, its employees, agents and its representatives and affiliated entities in a form reasonably specified by the Company (the “Release”), and satisfy all conditions to make the Release effective, then the vesting of the Director’s stock option(s) shall be deemed to be 100% accelerated as of the effective date of the Change of Control.

Double Trigger Acceleration. If within 12 months after a Change in Control a Company Executive’s (as defined below) employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or by the Company executive for Good Reason (as defined below), and provided that the Company executive delivers to the Company a Release within sixty (60) days following such termination, and satisfy all conditions to make the Release effective, then (i) for all Named Executive Officers (as defined below) the vesting of the Named Executive Officers’ stock options shall be for 100% of the outstanding options of awarded to the Named Executive Officer(s), and (ii) for all Non-NEO Executives (as defined below) the vesting of the Non-NEO Executives’ stock options shall be accelerated by an additional three (3) years effective as of such termination.

Definitions. As used herein:

Cause” means one or more of the following events: (i) the Executive’s commission of a felony or other crime, in each case involving moral turpitude; (ii) the Executive’s commission of any other act or omission involving fraud or intentional deceit with respect to the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their directors, stockholders, partners or members; (iii) any act or omission by the Executive involving dishonesty that causes material injury to the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their directors, stockholders, partners or members; (iv) willful misconduct by the Executive with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (v) any breach of a fiduciary duty owed by the Executive to the Company or its stockholders or the Executive’s contractual breach of this Agreement or any other agreement referred to herein (including the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement), provided that if such breach is reasonably curable, failure to cure such breach within ten (10) business days following the delivery written notice from the Company describing such breach; or (vi) the Executive continuing failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of the failure from the Company and a period of at least ten (10) business days following the delivery written notice to cure such failure.

Change in Control” means a “Deemed Liquidation Event”, as defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

Company” means Berkeley Lights, Inc.

Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of Berkeley Lights, Inc.

Executives” means both Named Executive Officers and Non-NEO Executives of the Company.

Good Reason” shall mean any of the following actions taken without Cause by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without the Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction of the Executive’s base salary (other than in connection with a general decrease in salary in the same proportion as for other executive employees of the Company); (ii) a material reduction in the Executive’s role or responsibilities in the successor entity or the parent entity as compared to the Executive’s role or responsibilities in the Company prior to the Change in Control; provided that a mere change of title and/or reporting authority alone shall not constitute such a material reduction; or (iii) relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a place greater than 50 miles from the Executive’s then-current principal place of employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Good Reason shall not be deemed to exist unless the Executive gives the Company written notice within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of the event which the Executive believe constitutes the basis for Good Reason, specifying the particular act or failure to act which the Executive believes constitutes the basis for Good Reason. If the Company fails to cure such act or failure to act, if curable, within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice, the Executive must resign within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Company’s ten (10) day remedial period.

 

Berkeley Lights Confidential    Initials BLI /s/ EH / Rothman /s/ JR


Named Executive Officer” means an individual who is a member of senior management of the Company who is a “named executive officer” or a “Section 16 officer” of the Company (or, if the Company is not a public entity, then those individuals who would be deemed to be a named executive officer or a Section 16 officer upon applying to the individual those terms as found in Section 16a-l and Item 402 of Regulation S-K of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), respectively).

Non-NEO Executive” means those members of senior management of the Company that are not Named Executive Officers.

 

Berkeley Lights Confidential    Initials BLI /s/ EH / Rothman /s/ JR


Appendix 3

CDA

(attached)

 

Berkeley Lights Confidential    Initials BLI        /Rothman        


NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

This Non-Disclosure Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of the 23nd day of December, 2014, between Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation located at 5885 Hollis Street, Emeryville, CA 94706 (“Berkeley Lights”), and James E. Rothman, Ph.D., an individual (“Individual”).

Berkeley Lights and Individual desire to engage in discussions regarding the current and potential applications of Berkeley Lights’ Technology, including its microfluidics platform and optoelectronic tweezer (OET) and opto-electrowetting (OEW) technologies (the “Intended Purpose”). In connection with such discussions, Berkeley Lights and Individual recognize that there is a need for Berkeley Lights to disclose to Individual certain confidential information of Berkeley Lights to be used only for the Intended Purpose and to protect such confidential information from unauthorized use and disclosure.

In consideration of the disclosure of such information by Berkeley Lights, Individual hereby agrees with Berkeley Lights as follows:

1. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means any technical or business information disclosed by Berkeley Lights to Individual which: (i) if disclosed in writing, is marked “confidential” or “proprietary” at the time of such disclosure; (ii) if disclosed orally or in presentation form, is identified as “confidential” or “proprietary” at the time of such disclosure; or (iii) under the circumstances, a person exercising reasonable business judgment would understand to be confidential or proprietary. To avoid confusion between the parties, Berkeley Lights will provide Individual with a written summary of the topics of any and all Confidential Information disclosed by Berkeley Lights to Individual no later than thirty (30) days after such disclosure; failure by Berkeley Lights to provide such summary to Individual will create a rebuttable presumption that the disclosed information is not, in fact, Confidential Information.

2. Confidential Information will not include any information that Individual can establish with documented evidence:

(i) is now or thereafter becomes generally known or available to the public, through no act or omission on the part of Individual;

(ii) was known by Individual prior to receiving such information from Berkeley Lights and without restriction as to use or disclosure;

(iii) is rightfully acquired by Individual from a third party who has the right to disclose it and who provides it without restriction as to use or disclosure; or

(iv) is independently developed by Individual without access to any Confidential Information.

3. Individual agrees: (i) to maintain all Confidential Information in strict confidence; (ii) not to disclose Confidential Information to any third parties; and (iii) not to use Confidential Information for any purpose except for the Intended Purpose. The provisions of this Section 3 will not restrict Individual from disclosing Confidential Information to the extent required by any law or regulation.

4. Upon Berkeley Lights’ request, Individual will promptly return to Berkeley Lights all tangible items or embodiments containing or consisting of Confidential Information and all copies thereof (including electronic copies).

5. All Confidential Information remains the sole and exclusive property of Berkeley Lights. Individual acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this Agreement will be construed as granting any rights to Individual, by license or otherwise, in or to any Confidential Information or any patent, copyright or other intellectual property or proprietary rights of Berkeley Lights, except as specified in this Agreement

 

Berkeley Lights Confidential    Initials BLI /s/ EH / Rothman /s/ JR


6. Individual acknowledges that the unauthorized use or disclosure of any Confidential Information would cause Berkeley Lights to incur irreparable harm and significant damages, the degree of which may be difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, Individual acknowledges that Berkeley Lights will have the right to obtain immediate equitable relief to enjoin any unauthorized use or disclosure of its Confidential Information, in addition to any other rights or remedies that it may have at law or otherwise.

7. This Agreement will be construed, interpreted, and applied in accordance with the laws of the State of California (excluding its body of law controlling conflicts of law). This Agreement is the complete and exclusive statement regarding the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and communications, oral or written, between the parties regarding the subject matter of this Agreement. Individual may not assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, without Berkeley Lights’ prior written consent, and any attempted assignment without such consent will be void.

8. This Agreement will commence on the date first set forth above and will remain in effect for three (3) years from the date of last disclosure of Confidential Information by Berkeley Lights, at which time it will terminate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Non-Disclosure Agreement by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.:       INDIVIDUAL:
Signature:  

/s/ George L. Fox

      Siganture:  

/s/ James E. Rothman Ph.D.

Printed Name:   George L. Fox       Printed Name:   James E. Rothman Ph.D.
Title:   Intellectual Property Counsel        

 

Berkeley Lights Confidential    Initials BLI /s/ EH / Rothman /s/ JR


Appendix 4

Invitation Letter

(attached)

 

Berkeley Lights Confidential    Initials BLI /s/ EH / Rothman /s/ JR


Via Email

####################

April 22, 2016

James E. Rothman, Ph.D.

### ##### ###### ###

### ####, ## #####

Re: Berkeley Lights Board of Directors

Dear Dr. Rothman:

On behalf of Berkeley Lights, Inc. (the “Company”), I am very pleased to invite you to join us as an independent, non-employee member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). This letter outlines the basic terms of your directorship.

Director Position. Once formally appointed and elected to the Board, which will be done promptly after you counter-sign and return a copy of this letter, you will have a fiduciary obligation to the stockholders of the Company. We expect to document the appointment/stockholder election process within one week. As a member of the Board, you will be expected to advise the Company and its officers, as needed, and to attend periodic meetings of the Board at the Company’s headquarters in Emeryville, CA. The Board currently meets 4 times per year, and conducts telephone calls as may be required. The Company will only expect you to attend at least two Board meetings per year in person. We understand that if you are not attending a meeting in person, you will attend by WebEx, or other online webcast capability. In conjunction with two of the Board meetings you attend in person, you will also be available to participate in 12 day strategic business and/or scientific sessions. Depending upon your schedule, these 12 day sessions will occur either the day before the Board meeting, or the day of the Board meeting. You will also be available twice a year, at your preferred East Coast location, for 12 day meetings with Igor Khandros and/or Kevin Chapman (and possibly joined by other BLI senior executives and/or scientists).

We understand you have pre-existing commitments that will prevent you from attending the May 6 and November 4, 2016 Board meetings. We are starting the process of setting our 2017 and 2018 Board calendar dates and we will certainly work with your schedule as we frame the calendar.

Equity Compensation. As compensation for service as a member of the Board, you will receive an option to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”), with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying shares on the grant date. Subject to your continued services as a member of the Board, this Option will vest monthly over four years following the day of your formal appointment/election to the Board, and will otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Your Option will have full accelerated vesting upon a single-trigger change in control during the period in which you remain on the Board. Additionally, if the Company adopts a non-employee director compensation policy in the future, you would be eligible for future compensation under any such policy.

Business Expenses. The Company will reimburse you for your reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses, including premium (first) class air travel, that you incur in connection with your Board service, including attending Board meetings, the 12 day sessions around Board meetings, and the “east coast” meetings mentioned above.

Indemnity. You will receive indemnification as a director of the Company as set forth in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws. The Company will also enter into an indemnification agreement with you, in a form to be provided by the Company. The Company does maintain Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance.

Conflicts. During your service on the Board, we ask that you please notify the Company’s legal department of any conflicts of interest that may arise with respect to the Company.


Use of Name. The Company agrees that it will not use your name or likeness in any materials distributed or published by the Company, in writing, online, or in any other media, including in securities offering materials, in advertising, on the Company’s website(s), or otherwise, without first providing the entire content of the materials to you and receiving your written approval of use of your name or likeness. Your approval of use of your name or likeness will not constitute confirmation of the accuracy or completeness of any such materials, nor will you have any obligation to verify such matters. Upon termination of your directorship, the Company will cease using your name and likeness unless, and to the extent, that you otherwise agree in writing at that time. Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to either excuse you, or preclude or prevent the Company, from complying with any applicable law, rule or regulation, including any U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission filing or submission requirements; provided that, whenever reasonably possible, we will provide both notice and the materials in advance to allow for your (and all directors’) review and approval before submission or filing.

Jim, the Board is very much looking forward to your joining as a Director. Following your appointment, we will forward a proposed press release for your review. To confirm your acceptance of our offer to join the Board, please sign below and return a copy of this letter to me.

 

Very truly yours,
Berkeley Lights, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Stuart L. Merkadeau

  Stuart L. Merkadeau
  General Counsel

Cc: Igor Khandros, Ph.D.

I have read and accept this offer to join the Berkeley Lights Board of Directors.

 

Signature:  

/s/ James Rothman

    Date:   May 1, 2016

 

Berkeley Lights Confidential    Initials BLI /s/ EH / Rothman /s/ JR


Appendix 5

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

Terms and Conditions to

Strategic/Scientific Advisor

Consulting Agreement

   

The following Terms and Conditions (“Ts&Cs”) are part of that certain Strategic/Scientific Advisor Consulting Agreement (“Agreement”) between Berkeley Lights, Inc. (“BLI”) and James E. Rothman, MD (“Rothman”). Capitalized terms used in these Ts&Cs shall be given the meanings accorded to them in the Agreement to which these Ts&Cs are attached as Appendix 4.

 

1. OWNERSHIP.

1.1 Work Product. Rothman agrees that all Services and any elements or parts thereof, created, performed, contributed or prepared by Rothman pursuant to this Agreement, and any results or proceeds thereof (collectively, “Work Product”), shall be the exclusive property of BLI, unless Rothman or a third party has Pre-Existing Rights (as defined in Paragraph 1.2, below). BLI and Rothman intend this to be a contract for services and each considers any and all Work Product delivered by Rothman hereunder to be works made for hire. With the exception of Pre-Existing Rights, (and also in the event that Work Product would not be considered a work made for hire under applicable law), Rothman hereby agrees to assign and does assign, transfer and convey to BLI, exclusively and perpetually, all right, title and interest in Work Product throughout the world, which Rothman has or may be deemed to have therein, including without limitation all copyrights, mask work rights, inventions (patentable or otherwise), rights of reproduction, and rights of ownership of any physical works of art embodied therein, and the right to secure registrations, renewal, reissues and extensions thereof. Rothman agrees to execute such further documents and to do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary to perfect, register or enforce BLI’s right, title and interest as set forth above. Rothman shall treat all Services and Work Product as Confidential Information of BLI.

1.2 Pre-Existing Rights. BLI recognizes that Rothman may have pre-existing property rights in certain tools, software code or other materials, which Rothman uses in performing the Services under this Agreement and creating the Work Product (hereinafter “Pre-Existing Rights”). BLI does not intend to abrogate or take away any such Pre-Existing Rights. In the event (and to the extent) that the Work Product contains any Pre-Existing Rights or other items or elements which may proprietary to Rothman,

Rothman hereby agrees that it will (i) provide BLI with timely written notice of the need to use Pre-Existing Rights, (ii) grant to BLI, and hereby does grant, a royalty-free license under the Pre-Existing Rights, including the right to sublicense, to make, use, execute, reproduce, display, perform, distribute, prepare derivative works based upon, Pre-Existing Rights in connection with Work Product or improvements or modifications thereof, or the incorporation of the Work Product into an instrument, a component therefore, or a related consumable, product or part.

2. REPRESENTATIONS. Rothman represents and warrants that: (i) his entering into this Agreement does not conflict with any other contractual arrangement to which Rothman is a party, and that he will not enter any conflicting agreements during the Term; and (ii) to the best of Rothman’s knowledge, the Services and all elements thereof, will not violate any patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights of any person or entity; and (iii) no third party has, or will have, any rights, title or interest in any Services or elements thereof (except as stated in advance in a writing by Rothman to BLI).

3. AUTHORITY/RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES. Rothman confirms he is entering into the Agreement, and will perform all Services hereunder, as an independent contractor and not as an employee of BLI. Rothman shall be solely responsible for the payment of any benefits and for withholding and remitting income taxes and social security payments. Rothman agrees to pay, as and when due, any and all taxes assessed or incurred in connection with Rothman’s compensation hereunder, including estimated taxes, and to provide BLI with documentation of such payment upon request. Rothman further agrees to indemnify and hold BLI harmless from and against liability for any and all such payments. Rothman agrees BLI may withhold from

 

 

Berkeley Lights Confidential    Initials BLI /s/ EH / Rothman /s/ JR


4. 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1833. Nothing in this Agreement, including the CDA, shall limit or restrict in any way Rothman’s immunity from liability for disclosing BLI trade secrets as specifically permitted by 18 U.S. Code Section 1833, the pertinent provisions of which are as follows:

Immunity From Liability For Confidential Disclosure Of A Trade Secret To The Government Or In A Court Filing. An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (A) is made, (i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

Use of Trade Secret Information in Anti- Retaliation Lawsuit. An individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual (A) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (B) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

5. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED, AND UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, EVEN IF BLI HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN ALL EVENTS BLI’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO ROTHMAN SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID (OR PAYABLE, MINUS DISPUTED AMOUNTS) BY BLI AS ADVISOR FEES AND ADVISOR EXPENSES HEREUNDER.

6. TERMINATION.

6.1 Termination for Default. In the event of any material breach of this Agreement by either party hereto, the other party may (without waiving any other remedies or rights under this

Agreement, in law or in equity) terminate this Agreement by giving ten (10) days’ prior written notice.

6.2 Termination For Convenience. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, either party may terminate this Agreement by giving the other party at least ninety (90) days’ prior written notice of its election to terminate. In case of termination for convenience by either party, BLI agrees to pay Rothman for all undisputed Advisor Fees and Advisor Expenses incurred by Rothman in connection with the Services up to the effective date of termination. Further in the event of a termination for convenience by BLI, BLI agrees (as its sole and only payment obligation) to pay Rothman a lump sum amount equal to twelve (12) months of his Advisor Fees, or US$250,000.

6.3 Obligations upon Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement, Rothman shall: (i) return to BLI each and every item of Confidential Information (as defined in the SAB Agreement) and any summaries or materials prepared by Rothman incorporating or referring to Confidential Information; and (ii) warrant to BLI that no Confidential Information has been retained by Rothman in any form whatsoever.

6.4 Effect of Termination. In all events, Advisor Fees will only be paid during the Term and the Equity Award will only vest during the Term. Paragraphs 1-5 and 8-10 of these Ts&Cs shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

7. ASSIGNMENT. Neither this Agreement nor any rights or duties hereunder may be assigned or delegated to any other person or entity by Rothman or by BLI without the express prior written consent of the other party.

8. GOVERNING THE LAW; JURISDICTION. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflicts of law principles. The parties will endeavor to resolve amicably any and all disputes arising out of or relating to this Agreement. If 30 days after written notice of a dispute is delivered by a party (by courier, overnight delivery, e.g., FedEx, or by certified mail) the matter is not resolved, the parties agree to submit the matter to binding arbitration in either Oakland or San Francisco, CA under the then-applicable Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association. The decision of the arbitrator shall be binding and enforceable exclusively within the federal and state courts of California, to which the parties hereby consent to sole and exclusive jurisdiction and venue.

 

 

Berkeley Lights Confidential    Initials BLI /s/ EH / Rothman /s/ JR


9. AMENDMENTS/SEVERABILITY. This Agreement may be amended only in a writing signed by both parties. Failure by either party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement, or to require at any time performance by the other party of any of the provisions hereof, shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions in any other circumstance or a waiver of any other provision. In the event any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the illegal or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by a revised provision, which, being valid, legal and enforceable, comes closest to the intention of the patties underlying the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, and the remainder of the Agreement will remain binding and in full force and effect.

10. NOTICES. All notices and other communications (collectively, “Notices”) in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be considered given as of (i) receipt if personally delivered to recipient, (ii) upon facsimile transmission if proof of transmittal is received, (iii) two (2) days after being deposited, prepaid, with an overnight courier service, and (iv) three (3) days after being deposited in the United States mail, with postage prepaid. All Notices shall be addressed to the recipient party at the address set forth in the Agreement.

 

 

Berkeley Lights Confidential    Initials BLI /s/ EH / Rothman /s/ JR

Exhibit 10.11(a)

LEASE

by and between

EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC (LANDLORD),

and

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (TENANT)

EmeryStation 1 Building

5858 Horton St.

Emeryville, California

THIS LEASE (“Lease”), dated for reference purposes as of November 3,2014 (“Effective Date”), is entered by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, and Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Landlord, on the basis of the following:

A. Tenant is a party to that certain lease dated October 30, 2012 (the “ESE Lease”) for Suites 370 and 380 at the project commonly referred to as the EmeryStation East Building, located at 5885 Hollis Street in Emeryville, California (the “ESE Building”). The landlord under the ESE Lease is E S East, LLC, a California limited liability corporation.

B. Landlord agrees to lease to Tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees to lease from Landlord, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth below, a total of 18,276 rentable square feet located on the 3rd floor of the EmeryStation 1 Building located at 5858 Horton Street, Emeryville, California 94608. The space being leased, as such space is more specifically defined in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein, shall be referred to as, and shall constitute for all purposes under this Lease, the “Premises”.

C. For their mutual convenience, Landlord and Tenant have elected to utilize the terms and conditions contained in the ESE Lease to; govern Tenant’s lease of the Premises, the terms of such ESE Lease modified as set forth below. A copy of the ESE Lease is attached hereto and all relevant terms and conditions thereof, to the extent not modified by this Lease, are incorporated herein by reference. The terms of the ESE Lease, as modified by the terms and conditions set forth below, shall together be referred to as the “Lease” for all purposes hereunder from and after the Effective Date.

1. Section 1.1 of the ESE Lease shall be modified as follows:

A. The “Building” described in the Lease shall be EmeryStation 1. The “Address” of the Building is 5858 Horton Street, Emeryville, California 94608.

B. The “Landlord” under the Lease shall be Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC, a California limited liability company. The addresses for notices to Landlord shall be those given for the landlord under the ESE Lease.

C. The “Tenant” and “Current Address” shall be as stated in the ESE Lease.

D. The “Date of Lease” shall be the Effective Date.

E. The “Lease Term” shall be five (5) years, commencing upon the Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date, as each term is defined below.


F. The “Commencement Date” of this Lease shall be the earlier to occur of: a) Tenant’s commencement of business operations in the Premises, and b) fifteen (15) days after Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that it has achieved Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work (as such terms are defined in Exhibits B and C attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein). Tenant hereby agrees to relocate its operations in their entirety out of the ESE Building and into the Premises no later than fifteen (15) days after the date of Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work. Tenant’s failure to do so shall constitute a Default under this Lease.

Notwithstanding the above, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that based on the schedule for completion of Tenant’s Premises, it may be possible and advantageous to have Tenant occupy portions of the Premises in stages, as such may be substantially completed and legally occupiable, while other portions of the Premises are still being improved with the Landlord’s Work applicable to those specific spaces. In such event, Landlord and Tenant agree to make commercially reasonable efforts to pursue such a staged move-in, so long as the final and complete move-in by Tenant is not delayed beyond the date contemplated above. If such a staged move-in is accomplished, the Lease Term as it applies to the respective area(s) Tenant occupies (including the pro-rata share of Monthly Base Rent and other charges under the Lease) will be commenced as of the date of Tenant’s move-in to said portion(s) of the Premises and the Expiration date of the Lease shall be a full five years (plus any partial month if the commencement date of the final space delivered to Tenant does not occur on the first day of a calendar month) after the Commencement Date applicable to that specific last-delivered portion of the Premises.

G. The “Expiration Date” of this Lease shall be the last day of the sixtieth (60th) full calendar month following the Commencement Date (subject to the provisions of Section l.F. above). By way of example, if the Commencement Date were to be December 15, 2014, the Expiration Date would be December 31st, 2019.

H. The “Monthly Base Rent” for the Premises shall be as follows:

 

Period

   Monthly Base Rent  

Year 1 of Lease Term*

   $ 68,535.00  

Year 2

   $ 73,104.00  

Year 3

   $ 75,845.00  

Year 4

   $ 79,500.00  

Year 5

   $ 82,242.00  

 

*

Year 1 of the Lease Term includes the first full twelve (12) calendar months following the Commencement date plus any partial month in the event the Commencement Date is not the first (1st) day of a calendar month.

As specified in the terms of the ESE Lease, Tenant shall be obligated to pay as Additional Rent one hundred percent (100%) of all utilities associated with the Premises, including the production of HVAC services therefor. Commencing on the later of January 1, 2015 and the Commencement Date, Tenant shall also be obligated to pay increases in all other operating expenses and taxes above a Base Year of 2014.

I. The “Rentable Area of the Premises” is 18,276 rentable square feet.


J. The “Suite Number” of the Premises is 320.

K. The “Security Deposit” shall be $75,297.12, equal to one (1) month’s Base Rent, calculated at the rate of $4.12 per rentable square foot per month. Tenant shall remit a $41,963.78 portion of the Security Deposit to Landlord within five (5) days after Tenant’s execution of this Lease, and shall remit the remaining $33,333.34 balance of the Security Deposit upon the earlier to occur of: a) seven (7) business days following Tenant’s opening for business in the Premises, and b) thirty-seven (37) days after Landlord’s Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work.

L. The “Tenant’s Use of Premises” shall be as stated in the ESE Lease.

M. “Parking” shall mean up to fifty (50) unreserved parking spaces in the Terraces Garage. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s quoted rates for all parking, as more specifically outlined in Section 2.5 of the ESE Lease, except that through May 31, 2015 parking charges will be discounted by twenty-seven point four percent (27.4%) from Landlord’s quoted rates (reflecting the relationship of a $2.99 initial rental rate on a portion of the space to the base $4.12 rental rate).

N. Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant to the other that it has represented itself in this transaction and that no brokerage commission or other such fee shall be due and payable by Landlord to any representative of Landlord or Tenant as a result hereof.

O. Regarding “Tenant Improvements”: Tenant will accept the Premises in its current as-is condition, subject only to Landlord’s obligation, at Landlord’s sole cost, to make the improvements thereto described in Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Landlord Work”) and pursuant to the terms of the Work Letter attached as Exhibit C hereto (the “Work Letter”).

2. DEFINITIONS:

A. The following shall be added at the end of the second sentence of the definition of “Operating Expenses” in the ESE Lease:

“; (xi) the costs and expenses incurred, in resolving disputes with other tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants or occupants of the Building, collecting rents or otherwise enforcing leases of the tenants of the Building beyond the normal monthly administration of leases by property management personnel; (xii) costs incurred in connection with the presence of any Hazardous Materials, except to the extent caused by the storage, use, release or emission of the Hazardous Material in question by Tenant or any Tenant Party; (xiii) the costs of repairs, alterations, and maintenance necessitated by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors, or repairs, alterations and maintenance necessitated by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any other tenant or occupant of the Building, or any of their respective agents, employees or contractors; (xiv) interest or penalties due to the late payment of taxes, utility bills or other such costs; (xv) any amount payable by Landlord by way of indemnity or for damages or which constitute a fine or penalty; (xvi) any cost for overtime or other expenses to Landlord in curing defaults; (xvii) the costs, including fines, penalties and legal fees, incurred due to violations by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors, or any other tenant or occupant of the Building, of building codes, any governmental rule or requirement or the terms and conditions of any lease pertaining to the Building or any other contract, except that the cost of Landlord’s compliance with building codes enacted following the Effective Date hereof


shall be valid Operating Expenses; and (xviii) bad debt expenses and charitable contributions and donations. Landlord agrees that (x) Landlord will not collect or be entitled to collect more than one hundred percent (100%) of the increases in Operating Expenses and Taxes actually paid by Landlord in connection with the operation of the Building in any calendar year, and (xi) Landlord shall make no profit from Landlord’s collection of Operating Expenses or Taxes. Landlord hereby agrees to amortize the cost of any capital replacement or improvement (including any capital replacement or improvement required to comply with changes in applicable law) over the useful life of the respective capital item as determined in accordance with generally accepted real estate accounting principles consistently applied, along with an eight percent (8%) imputed interest rate, and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of such cost until the earlier of the expiration of the useful life or the expiration of the Term.”

B. The following sentence shall be added to the definition of “Substantially Complete or Substantial Completion”:

“As it regards Landlord’s Work as defined in the Lease and Workletter, Substantial Completion (and the grammatical variations of such term) shall require: (i) that there are no items of work incomplete which would materially adversely impact Tenant’s intended use of the Premises (or portion thereof, in the event of a staged move-in such as is described in Section F above, (ii) Landlord has delivered of legal possession of the Premises and Landlord’s Work (or portion thereof, in the event of a staged move-in) to Tenant, and (iii) the City of Emeryville Building Department has allowed legal occupancy of the Premises and Landlord’s Work (or portion thereof, in the event of staged move-in), as evidenced by a temporary certificate of occupancy, signed-off job card, or other such documentation normally used by the City of Emeryville to evidence allowed occupancy.

C. The following shall be added at the end of the definition of “Taxes” in the ESE Lease:

“Taxes also shall not include (i) penalties and interest, other than those attributable to Tenant’s failure to comply timely with its obligations pursuant to this Lease, or (ii) any Taxes in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in allowable installments over the longest possible term,”.

3. EXPANSION: For the avoidance of doubt, Section 2.6 of the ESE Lease regarding Tenant’s Expansion Right, including the right by Tenant to terminate the Lease Term early under certain conditions, which right is referred to in the Lease as Tenant’s Early Termination Right, shall continue to apply with the following modifications:

A. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Additional Space, as defined in Section 2.6 of the Lease, does not have to be contiguous to the Premises nor must it be a single, larger space to which Tenant would relocate, but that the Additional Space can be located in the Building itself or in another building located in Emeryville that is owned or controlled by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord.

B. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that it will be commercially reasonable for the lease term applicable to the Additional Space to be at least five (5) years.


4. RENEWAL OPTION: Section 2.7 of the ESE Lease regarding Tenant’s Renewal Option shall continue to apply, allowing Tenant to extend the term of the Lease for an additional five (5) years commencing on the first day immediately following the Expiration Date specified above.

5. STATEMENT OF LANDLORD: The following shall be added at the end of Section 4.2:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Landlord has not delivered a Statement for any calendar year during the Term (including the calendar year in which the Lease terminates) by the date that is twelve (12) months after the end of the calendar year in question, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses or Taxes in excess of the estimated Operating Expenses and Taxes paid by Tenant as Rent Adjustment Deposits for such calendar year. Landlord shall be able to adjust a Statement after said 12-month period only to the extent of valid costs and expenses which Landlord had no knowledge of earlier.”

6. BOOKS AND RECORDS:

 

  A.

Section 4.3 of the ESE Lease shall be revised as follows: 1) the 60-day time period in the 6th line shall be changed to 90 days, 2) the 90-day time period in the 10th line shall be changed to 120 days, and the 90-day time period in the 15th line shall be changed to 120 days.

B. There shall be added at the end of the third to last sentence of Section 4.3 of the ESE Lease, after the words “(“Confidentiality Requirement”)”, the following: “, except to the extent required by applicable law and court order.”

7. SECURITY DEPOSIT: There shall be added in line 3 of Article 5 of the ESE Lease, after the words “any default of Tenant under this Lease”, the words “beyond applicable notice and cure periods,”.

8. ELECTRICAL SERVICES: There shall be deleted from the first sentence of Sections 6.2(a) and (b) of the ESE Lease the words “and Tenant has paid all Rent then due”.

9. DELAYS IN FURNISHING SERVICES: The following shall be added at the end of Section 6.5 of the ESE Lease:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.5, if all or any material portion of the Premises are made untenantable and are not actually used by Tenant for a period in excess of three (3) consecutive business days as a result of a failure, delay or change in any service due to Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and Tenant has given Landlord notice of such failure, delay or change, then, commencing with the fourth (4th) business day after such notice and ending on the day the service has been restored, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Monthly Base Rent. If the entire Premises has not been rendered untenantable by such failure, delay or change, the amount of abatement shall be equitably prorated.”

10. MONITORING BY LANDLORD: The first sentence of 7.1(d)(8) of the ESE Lease entitled “Monitoring by Landlord” hereby is revised in its entirety as follows:

“Landlord reserves the absolute right to monitor, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion and at Landlord’s sole cost (except in the case of a breach of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Article 7, in which event such monitoring costs may be charged back to entirely to Tenant and


shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within twenty (20) days after receipt of written demand by Landlord from time to time, accompanied by supporting documentation reasonably evidencing the costs for which such reimbursement is claimed), at such times and from time to time as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may determine, through consultants engaged by Landlord or otherwise as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may determine, (x) all aqueous and atmospheric discharges and emissions from the Premise during the Term by Tenant or a Tenant Party; (y) Tenant’s compliance and the collective compliance of all tenants in the Building with the requirements and restrictions relating to the occupancy classification of the Building (including, but not limited to, Hazardous Materials inventory levels of Tenant and all other tenants in the Building; and (z) Tenant’s compliance with all other requirements of this Section.”

11. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING:

A. The first two grammatical phrases in the first sentence of Section 10.1(a) of the ESE Lease shall be revised to state as follows: “Without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed,...”

B. The second to last sentence of Section 10.1(a) of the ESE Lease hereby is revised to state in its entirety as follows: “In no event may Tenant sublease any portion of the Premises or assign the Lease to any other tenant of the Building unless Landlord does not have space in the Building to satisfy the tenant’s space needs.”

C. Section 10.1(d) of the ESE Lease hereby is revised to state in its entirety as follows:

“(d) So long as Tenant is not entering into a transaction described herein for the purpose of avoiding or otherwise circumventing the remaining terms of this Article, Tenant may, subject to Section 10.5, assign its entire interest under this Lease or sublease all or a portion of the Premises, without the consent of Landlord, to (i) an Affiliate; or (ii) a successor to Tenant by purchase or other acquisition of Tenant’s capital stock or substantially all of Tenant’s assets, or by merger, consolidation or reorganization (each of the foregoing hereinafter sometimes collectively shall be referred to as “Permitted Transfers”, and any person to whom any Permitted Transfer is made hereinafter sometimes shall be referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”); provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease; (2) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the proposed transfer (unless applicable securities laws or; a confidentiality agreement prohibit notice prior to consummation of the transaction, in which case Tenant shall provide notice to Landlord as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable), together with the information required hereunder and such entity shall expressly assume Tenant’s obligations hereunder; (3) with respect to an assignment to an Affiliate, Tenant continues to have a net worth equal to or greater than the greater of: a) Tenant’s net worth as of the Effective Date of this Lease, and b) Tenant’s net worth immediately prior to the proposed assignment; and (4) with respect to a purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization which results in Tenant ceasing to exist as a separate, legal entity, Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth equal to or greater that the greater of: a) Tenant’s net worth as of the Effective Date of this Lease, and b) Tenant’s net worth immediately prior to the proposed transaction. For purposes of this Lease, a transfer or issuance of Tenant’s stock over the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, or NASDAQ or by virtue of a private placement with a venture capital firm or other equity investor wherein such venture capital firm or other equity investor receives stock in Tenant shall


not be deemed an assignment, subletting or other transfer of this Lease or the Premises requiring Landlord’s consent. Any right of Landlord to recapture the Premises or receive excess rentals shall not apply to a Permitted Transfer.”

D. Section 10.2 of the ESE Lease shall be revised in its entirety as follows:

“Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease with respect to that portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet or subject to assignment. Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s election in writing within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the information required by Section 10.1(a) above. If Landlord elects to recapture, Tenant shall surrender possession of that portion of the Premises that is the subject of the recapture on the date that is the proposed effective date of such sublease or assignment, surrendering it in the condition otherwise required of Tenant upon the expiration of the Term. Effective as of the date of such recapture of any portion of the Premises, the Monthly Base Rent, Rentable Area of the Premises and Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted accordingly. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Landlord exercises Landlord’s recapture right hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, by written notice to Landlord within five (5) business days after receipt of Landlord’s written recapture notice, to rescind its request for consent, in which case this Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.”

E. Regarding Section 10.6 of the ESE Lease, the total of Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ and professional fees and Processing Costs shall not exceed $2,000.00 per request for consent.

12. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES:

 

  A.

The following sentence shall be added to Section 11.1(1) of the Lease: “Landlord agrees to provide a written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s intent to file an unlawful detainer action against Tenant at least three (3) days prior to Landlord’s actual filing thereof.”

B. There shall be added at the end of Section 11.1(2) of the ESE Lease the following: “; provided, however, that if the default is incapable of cure within fifteen (15) days, Tenant shall not be in default hereunder if Tenant commences the cure within the fifteen (15)-day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the cure to completion;”

C. Section 11.1(9) of the ESE Lease hereby is deleted in its entirety.

D. Section 11.2(h) of the ESE Lease hereby is revised in its entirety as follows:

“No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord or Tenant upon any Default by the other, and, with respect to Landlord only, no exercise by Landlord of its rights pursuant to Section 25.25 to perform any duty which Tenant fails timely to perform, shall impair any right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord or Tenant unless such waiver is in writing signed by the waiving party. The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease.”

13. HOLDING OVER: The first sentence of Article 13 of the ESE Lease hereby is revised to state in its entirety as follows: “In the event that Tenant holds over in possession of the Premises


after the Termination Date, Tenant shall pay Landlord 150% of the Monthly Base Rent payable for the month immediately preceding the holding over, together with 100% of the Rent Adjustment Deposits and 100% of all other Rent payable for such period.”

14. DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY:

 

  A.

There shall be added at the end of Section 14.1 (b) of the ESE Lease the following: “; provided, however, that if Landlord has not completed the repairs and restoration within three hundred (300) days after the date of the damage, Tenant shall have five (5) days following the three-hundredth (300th) day to deliver written notice to Landlord that Tenant elects to terminate this Lease unless Landlord shall have completed the repairs and restoration within a period of thirty (30) days following the date Landlord receives Tenant’s written notice. Landlord’s completion of repairs and restoration within that additional thirty (30) day period shall cause Tenant’s termination notice to be null and void.

C. There shall be added at the end of subsection (i) in Section 14.1(d) of the ESE Lease the following: “(unless proceeds are not available to Landlord because Landlord failed to carry the insurance required by Section 16,3 below, in which case Landlord shall not be relieved of its obligation to repair or restore pursuant to this Article 14);”.

D. The first grammatical phrase of the first sentence of Section 14.3 of the ESE Lease is revised to state in its entirety as follows: “Except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees,...”.

15. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE:

A. In the first sentence of Section 20.2, the word “business” shall be inserted between the words “ten (10)” and “days”.

16. RELOCATION: Article 21 of the ESE Lease hereby is deleted in its entirety.

17. MORTGAGEE PROTECTION: In the second sentence of Section 21.1 of the ESE Lease, the words “upon request of the Mortgagee or ground lessor, as the case may be,” hereby are deleted.

18. EXHIBITS: Exhibits A and B of the ESE Lease hereby are deleted in their entirety.

19. MISCELLANEOUS:

 

  A.

Section 25.4 of the Lease is hereby revised in its entirety as follows:

“Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the exchange of drafts of this Lease does not create a binding obligation between the parties. This Lease shall not become effective as a lease or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.”

 

  B.

A new Section 25.21 shall be added to the Lease as follows:

“Pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1938, Landlord hereby notifies Tenant that as of the Effective Date the Premises has not undergone inspection by a


“Certified Access Specialist” to determine whether the Premises meets all applicable construction-related accessibility standards under California Civil Code Section 55.53. Tenant shall not be responsible for any cost incurred by Landlord if Landlord is required to comply with any Landlord Work construction-related accessibility standards applicable to the Building.)”

 

  C.

The following shall be added at the end of Section 25.8 of the Lease:

“For purposes of this Section, “Landlord’s equity interest in the Property” shall include rents paid by tenants, insurance proceeds, condemnation proceeds, and proceeds from the sale of the Building (collectively, “Owner Proceeds”); provided, however, that Tenant shall not be entitled to recover Owner Proceeds from any Landlord Parties (other than Landlord) or any other third party after they have been distributed or paid to such party; provided further, however, that nothing in this sentence shall diminish any right Tenant may have under Law, as a creditor of Landlord, to initiate or participate in an action to recover Owner Proceeds from a third party on the grounds that such third party obtained such Owner Proceeds when Landlord was, or could reasonably be expected to become, insolvent or in a transfer that was preferential or fraudulent as to Landlord’s creditors.

20. TEMPORARY SPACE: In order to meet Tenant’s need for additional space, Landlord hereby agrees to lease to Tenant, and Tenant agrees to lease from Landlord, temporary; spaces in the Building for the period commencing on the Effective Date and terminating on the; Commencement Date (the “Temporary Spaces”). The Temporary Spaces, to be identified as Suites 255 and 237, are more specifically defined on Exhibit D attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein. Tenant agrees to accept the Temporary Spaces in their then as-is condition, with no obligation on behalf of Landlord to improve it in any way. Tenant shall pay a fixed rent for the Temporary Spaces in the amount of $3.75 per square foot per month per month (the, “Temporary Space Monthly Rent”), which shall be pro-rated for any partial month. Tenant agrees to vacate the Temporary Spaces and return possession thereof to Landlord, in broom clean condition and decommissioned and decontaminated as necessary, within ten (10) days after the Commencement Date of this Lease. Failure to do so shall constitute a Default hereunder. Other than those terms specifically outlined above, all of other terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply to Tenant’s lease of the Temporary Spaces. Tenant understands and acknowledges that, in the event Landlord reasonably requires possession of the Temporary Spaces to consummate a lease with another third-party tenant, Landlord shall have the right to substitute alternate premises for the Temporary Spaces with ten (10) days’ advance written notice to Tenant, so long as the alternate premises is located in the Building or in the building located at 5885 Hollis Street in Emeryville, CA and is reasonably similar to the Temporary Spaces in utility and functionality.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the latest of the dates set forth below.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
Berkeley Lights, Inc.,    

Emery Station Joint Venture LLC

a Delaware corporation    

a California limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Igor Khandros

    By:  

/s/ Richard Robbins

Print Name:  

Igor Khandros

    Print Name:  

Richard K. Robbins


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

LANDLORD WORK

Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense and pursuant to the terms of the Workletter attached to the Lease as Exhibit C, alter the existing Premises by constructing the Landlord’s Work (as such term is defined in the Lease and Workletter) pursuant to the Design Documents listed below and to the other terms listed below:

 

   

Office areas will be built out to Building Standards, including all new paint and carpeting plus necessary millwork for kitchenette, copy/fax areas, etc.

 

   

Lab areas will be altered according to the space plans.

 

   

Existing benches that are to remain will be kept as-is. New benches shown will re-use existing benches removed from other areas to the extent possible. In areas where benches are removed, Landlord will relocate whatever electrical, gas and vacuum outlets that had been on the benches up to panels accessible in the ceiling.

 

   

Landlord will supply “ring and string” for Tenant’s voice/data vendor to use to install Tenant’s cabling. All furniture and other FF&E will be paid for and installed by Tenant.

 

   

Notwithstanding the above, Tenant shall be responsible for the costs associated with the necessary alterations to the existing space designated on the Design Drawings as “Consumables Manufacture”. Landlord and Tenant agree and acknowledge that Tenant may wish to alter the design details of the Consumables Manufacture area from what is currently shown on the design Drawings. Tenant, at its election, shall either pay for the costs with its own funds or may, at its election, elect to have Landlord amortize some or all of the associated cost over the initial Term of the Lease, such amortization to include an annual interest rate of 8.0% compounded monthly and to constitute Additional Rent under the Lease. By way of example, if the costs associated with the alterations of the Consumables Manufacture area from its existing condition totaled $200,000, Tenant could pay said $200,000 or could ask Landlord to amortize that total amount or any portion thereof as described above.

DESIGN DRAWINGS

Those drawings by DGA dated October 28, 2014 and numbered as follows:

G1001, G1002, G1003, G1004, A-100X, AD101, AE101, AF101, AR101, AQ101, AE211, AE511, AE512, AE521, AE531, M000, M001, M900, M101, M201, M301, M600, M800, E0-0, El-0, E2-0, E2-2, E3-0, E5-0, E6-0, E6-1, P000, P101, P102, P201, P202


EXHIBIT C

WORKLETTER AGREEMENT

(TURN-KEY)

1. Defined Terms. Capitalized Terms used in this Workletter shall have the same meanings set forth in the Lease except as otherwise specified herein and except for Terms capitalized in the ordinary course of punctuation. For purposes of this Workletter, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

1.1. “Landlord Work” means the construction and installation of the Landlord’s Work, including the items set forth on Exhibit B attached to the Lease.

1.2. “Design Documents” means the layout plans and specifications for the Landlord’s Work to be constructed in the Premises which are the final product of the preliminary space planning and which (i) will be based upon and consistent with, among other things, the preliminary space plan and specifications, attached as Exhibit B to this Lease (the “Conceptual Plans”); and (ii) comply with all Laws as applicable and as interpreted at the time of construction of the Landlord’s Work.

1.3. “Construction Drawings” means the final architectural plans and specifications, and engineering plans and specifications, for the Landlord’s Work to be constructed in the Premises, and shall be based upon and consistent with the Design Documents.

1.4. “Landlord’s Work” means all of the initial improvements to be constructed as shown on the Construction Drawings, as they may be modified as provided herein.

2. Design Matters.

2.1. Landlord and Tenant have approved a design team consisting of DG Architects, as architect (“Architect”) and Randall Lamb Associates as Mechanical/Electrical/Plumbing designer (“MEP Designer”). The Architect and MEP Designer shall be retained by Landlord and referred to collectively herein as the “Design Group.” The Design Group shall be responsible to complete the Construction Drawings in accordance with all applicable Laws and shall submit the Construction Drawings to the City of Emeryville for review and permit,

2.2. Landlord shall cause, and Tenant shall fully cooperate with, the Design Group to complete Design Documents and Construction Drawings in as an efficient and timely manner as possible. Any failure by Tenant to supply information and/or to provide authorizations or approvals within five (5) business days of receipt of Landlord’s written request (including requests by electronic mail) shall constitute a Tenant Delay. Tenant shall be prohibited from including in the Design Drawings and/or the Construction Drawings, materials or equipment that require unusually long fabrication or delivery times (“Long Lead Time Items”). The Design Drawings submitted by the Design Group to Landlord shall be submitted to Tenant for its prompt review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed if the Design Drawings are in material conformance with the Conceptual Plans. The


Construction Drawings submitted by the Design Group to Landlord shall be submitted to Tenant for its prompt review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed if the Construction Drawings are in material conformance with the Design Drawings. The Construction Drawings so approved by Tenant shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Construction Drawings.”

2.3. Tenant shall be responsible for whether the design and function of the Landlord’s Work are suitable for the Tenant’s needs.

3. Construction; Landlord’s Work Costs.

3.1. Tenant Improvement Costs. The cost of the Landlord’s Work (“Tenant Improvement Costs”) shall be paid by Landlord. The Tenant Improvement Costs shall include, without limitation, (a) the costs of the Design Group and any other consultants retained by Landlord in connection with the preparation of Design Documents and Construction Drawings, and engineering costs associated with completion of the State of California energy utilization calculations under Title 24 legislation; (b) all costs of obtaining from the City of Emeryville and any other governmental authority, approvals, building permits and occupancy permits with respect to the Landlord’s Work; (c) all costs of interior design and finish schedule plans and specifications including as-built drawings with respect to the Landlord’s Work; (d) all costs of procuring, installing and constructing the Landlord’s Work, including: (i) the cost of all on-site supervisory and administrative staff, office, equipment and temporary services rendered or provided by Contractor in connection with, and reasonably allocable to, construction of the Landlord’s Work; and (ii) the cost of any services or utilities made available by Landlord; and (e) Landlord’s construction management fee, which shall equal four percent (4%) of the first $200,000.00 of Landlord’s Work Costs and two percent (2%) of the Landlord’s Work Costs in excess of $200,000.00. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding Section 3.1(e) above, the Landlord construction management fee that shall be applicable to any Change Order for which Tenant is responsible shall be equal to three percent (3%) of the hard cost (i.e. actual construction cost, as opposed to soft costs such as design, permitting, etc.).

In no event shall the Tenant Improvement Costs include (i) any costs of procuring or installing in the Premises any trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, furnishings, telephone equipment, or other personal property (“Personal Property”) to be used in the Premises by Tenant, and the cost of such Personal Property shall be paid by Tenant, or (ii) any costs or expenses of any consultants retained by Tenant with respect to design, procurement, installation or construction of improvements or installations, whether real or personal property, for the Premises. Tenant Improvement Costs also shall not include the following: (i) any work to the Building or Premises other than the Landlord’s Work; (ii) premiums or the incremental portion thereof for insurance policies required under the Lease to be procured by Landlord; (iii) costs associated with bonding any contractors, subcontractors or vendors; (iv) utilities consumed during the construction of the Landlord’s Work; (v) charges and expenses for changes to the Approved Construction Documents that have not been approved by Tenant; (vi) wages, labor and overhead for over-time and premium time (unless approved in writing by Tenant); (vii) additional costs and expenses incurred by Landlord on account of any contractor’s or subcontractor’s default or construction defects; (viii) principal, interest and fees for construction and permanent financing; (ix) fees or charges for construction management, supervision, profit,


overhead or general conditions by Landlord or any third party other than the Design team and/or contractors who are directly involved in the Landlord’s Work; (x) costs for which Landlord receives reimbursement from others, including, without limitation, insurers and warrantors; (xi) penalties and late charges attributable to Landlord’s failure to pay the Tenant Improvement Costs; and (xii) attorneys’, experts’ and other fees and costs in connection with contracts and disputes, and (xiii) costs arising from or in connection with the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises or Building which are included in the definition of “Landlord’s Contamination” pursuant to Section 7.1(d)(11) of the Lease.

3.2. Limitations of Landlord’s Obligations. The Landlord’s Work shall be constructed as set forth in this Workletter, substantially in compliance with the Construction Drawings, in a good and workmanlike manner, free of defects and using materials and equipment of good quality. Tenant understands and acknowledges that Landlord shall be able to re-use items currently installed in the existing Premises that are of good quality and functionality. Through Landlord, Tenant shall have the benefit of any and all warranties received by Landlord from contractors and suppliers performing any of the Landlord’s Work. Upon Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall have no further obligation to construct improvements or construct modifications to or changes in the Landlord’s Work, except to complete the punchlist of Landlord’s Work remaining to be completed or correct any part thereof that is defective or is otherwise not in compliance with the Approved Construction Drawings and any approved modifications thereof, as provided in the Lease, The punchlist of remaining Landlord Work shall be prepared by Tenant no later than ten (10) days after Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall make commercially reasonable efforts to have its general contractor complete all punchlist items within thirty (30) days thereafter. Landlord, at no cost to Tenant, shall be responsible for the cost of correcting any clear latent defect in Landlord’s Work for a period of six (6) months following the date of Substantial Completion.

4. Changes. If Tenant shall request any change, addition or alteration in the Approved Construction Drawings, Landlord shall, within five (5) business days, give Tenant a written estimate of (a) the cost of engineering and design services and the construction contractor services to prepare a change order (the “Change Order”) in accordance with such request, (b) the cost of work to be performed pursuant to such Change Order, and (c) the time delay expected because of such requested Change Order. Within three (3) business days following Tenant’s receipt of the foregoing written estimate, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves such written estimate. If Tenant approves such written estimate, Tenant shall accompany such approval with a good check made payable to the order of Landlord in the amount of the estimated cost of preparing the Change Order and performing the work specified therein, and the foregoing shall constitute Landlord’s authorization to proceed. If such written authorization and check are not received by Landlord within such three (3) business day period, Landlord shall not be obligated to prepare the Change Order or perform any work in connection therewith. Upon completion of the work of the Change Order and submission of the final cost thereof by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord the amount, if any, of the actual cost of the Change Order in excess of the estimated costs thereof previously paid by Tenant. Any delay in Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work resulting from such request for a Change Order or from the changes so made or necessitated shall be chargeable as Tenant Delay.


6. Tenant Delay. If the Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work in the Premises is delayed due to Tenant Delay, the provisions of the Lease shall apply.

In the event of any dispute between Landlord and Tenant regarding (i) the occurrence or alleged occurrence, or the duration, of any Tenant Delay, or (ii) Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work, the parties agree to attempt to resolve such dispute promptly and in good faith; provided, however, that if the parties are unable to resolve such dispute within ten (10) days after such dispute arises, the parties shall retain an independent third-party architect familiar with construction in the vicinity of the Project of tenant improvements similar in nature to the Landlord’s Work to arbitrate such dispute, which third-party arbitrator shall have the authority to make a final and binding resolution of such dispute, and the parties shall share equally the fees and charges of such arbitrator.

7. Entry by Tenant. Tenant may enter the Premises during construction of the Landlord’s Work and prior to the Commencement Date in accordance with of the Lease so long as such entry is not a material hindrance of the prosecution of Landlord’s Work by the general contractor.

8. Force and Effect. The terms and conditions of this Workletter supplement the Lease and shall be construed to be a part of the Lease and are incorporated in the Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any default by any party hereunder (after applicable notice and cure periods) shall have the same force and effect as a Default under the Lease. Should any inconsistency arise between this Workletter and the Lease as to the specific matters that are the subject of this Workletter, the terms and conditions of this Workletter shall control.

9. Representatives of Parties.

(a) Landlord has designated Geoffrey Sears as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Workletter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of Landlord as required in this Workletter. Landlord shall have the right to replace its representative at any time.

(b) Tenant has designated Kathryn Blystone as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Workletter, who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of Tenant as required in this Workletter.

10. Substantial Completion; Delay in Delivery.

(a) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that each shall use commercially reasonable efforts, as applied to their respective duties in the Lease and in this Workletter, to cause the Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Workletter to occur as soon as possible following the Effective Date of the Lease.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Workletter or the Lease, if Substantial Completion has not occurred by March 1, 2015 for any reason other than due solely to a Tenant Delay or up to ninety (90) days of Force Majeure Delay (as defined below), then for each day after March 1, 2015 until Substantial Completion has occurred, Tenant shall be entitled to one (1) day of abatement of Monthly Base Rent. if Substantial Completion has not occurred by April 1, 2015 for any reason other than due solely to a Tenant Delay or up to ninety (90) days of Force Majeure Delay, then for each day after April 1, 2015 until Substantial Completion has occurred, Tenant shall be entitled to two (2) days of abatement of Monthly Base Rent. If substantial completion of the Landlord’s Work has not occurred by May 1, 2015, then Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the Lease with respect to the Premises and the Temporary Spaces by written notice to Landlord given on or before May 5, 2015, in which case neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder and Landlord promptly shall refund to Tenant all sums paid by Tenant to Landlord in connection with Tenant’s execution of the Lease.


EXHIBIT D

TEMPORARY SPACES


LOGO


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE by and between

EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC (LANDLORD), and

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (TENANT)

EmeryStation 1 Building

5858 Horton St.

Emeryville, California

That certain lease with an Effective Date of November 3, 2014 by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, and Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Landlord (the “Original Lease”) is hereby amended by the terms of this First Amendment to Lease (the “First Amendment”), the First Amendment having an effective date of June 9, 2015 (the “First Amendment Effective Date”). From and after the First Amendment Effective Date, the Original Lease and this First Amendment thereto shall collectively constitute and be referred to as the Lease for all purposes thereunder. All terms referred to below shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Original Lease.

In order to meet Tenant’s need for additional office space, Landlord hereby agrees to expand Tenant’s Premises, on a temporary basis, by addition thereto of that 2,581 rentable square foot office suite in the Building commonly referred to as Suite 263, as such is more specifically defined in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Temporary Space”). Distinct from the Lease Term relating to the rest of the Premises, Tenant’s lease of the Temporary Space shall be on a month-to-month basis, with both Landlord and Tenant each having the right to provide a minimum thirty (30) days’ written notice to the other of their intent to terminate the Lease as it relates to the Temporary Space only. Tenant agrees to accept delivery of possession of the Temporary Space from Landlord in it’s as-is condition, with no obligation on behalf of Landlord to improve the Temporary Space in any way.

Effective upon the First Amendment Effective Date, Tenant’s Monthly Base Rent shall be increased by a fixed amount of $9,678.75 (the “Temporary Space Base Monthly Rent”), which amount shall be pro-rated for any partial calendar month. Tenant agrees to vacate the Temporary Space and return possession thereof to Landlord, in broom clean condition, immediately upon the end of the Lease Term as it relates to the Temporary Space. Failure to do so shall constitute a Default under the Lease. Other than those terms specifically outlined above, all of the other terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply to Tenant’s lease of the Temporary Space. Upon the termination of the Lease Term as it relates to the Temporary Space, the terms of the Original Lease shall remain applicable in full.

In addition to the Temporary Space, Landlord is willing to make the area denoted on Exhibit B hereto (the “Ping Pong Space”) available to Tenant for its exclusive use for the playing of ping pong at no additional cost on a month-to-month basis commencing with the First Amendment Effective Date. Tenant will accept the Ping Pong Space in·its existing, as-is condition, and the Ping Pong Space will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease other than the obligation for Tenant to pay Monthly Base Rent therefor. Tenant understands its temporary use of the Ping Pong Space is an accommodation being made to Tenant by Landlord and that Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to use the Ping Pong Space at any time with at least two (2) weeks’ advance written notice. Tenant agrees to vacate the Temporary Space and


return possession thereof to Landlord, in broom clean condition, upon such notice from Landlord. Failure to do so shall constitute a Default under the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the patties have executed this First Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
Berkeley Lights, Inc.,     Emery Station Joint Venture LLC
a Delaware corporation     a California limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

    By:  

/s/ Richard Robbins

Print Name:   Stuart L. Merkadeau     Print Name:   Richard K. Robbins


EXHIBIT A

THE TEMPORARY SPACE


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

THE PING PONG SPACE


LOGO


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

by and between

EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC (LANDLORD),

and

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (TENANT)

EmeryStation·1 Building

5858 Horton St.

Emeryville, California

That certain lease dated November 3, 2015 by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, and Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Landlord (the “Original Lease”), was modified by the First Amendment to Lease dated June 9, 2015 (the “First Amendment”). The Original Lease, as modified by the First Amendment, is referred to herein as the “Existing Lease”. The Existing Lease is hereby further modified by the terms of this Second Amendment to Lease (the “Second Amendment”) dated September 25, 2015 (the “Second Amendment Effective Date”). Effective upon the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Existing Lease and Second Amendment thereto shall collectively constitute and be referred to as the Lease for all purposes thereunder.

Tenant presently occupies an 18,276 rentable square foot Premises on the 3rd floor of the Building (the “Existing Premises”), along with two separate temporary spaces on the Building’s 2nd floor, consisting of the 2,581 rentable square foot office Suite 263 Temporary Space as well as the Ping Pong Space, as each is more fully defined in the First Amendment. Tenant wishes, and Landlord has agreed, to expand the Premises to include that 13,497 rentable square foot space on the 3rd floor identified in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Lab Expansion Space”), to extend the Expiration Date of the Lease, and to make other changes to the terms and conditions of the Lease. Landlord and Tenant have therefore entered into this Second Amendment, whose specific terms and conditions are contained herein. All terms referred to in this Second Amendment shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Original Lease and First Amendment thereto:

 

I.

EXTENSION OF LEASE TERM

The Term of the Lease as it applies to the Existing Premises and to the Lab Expansion Space is hereby extended such that it shall now expire December 31, 2023. The Term of the Lease as it applies solely to the Temporary Space (also referred to herein as the “Suite 263 Temporary Space”) is hereby extended such that it shall expire on December 31, 2016, subject to certain rights by Tenant to cancel said Term on the Suite 263 Temporary Space early, as more fully detailed in Section VI below. Tenant’s lease of the Ping Pong Space (and any Additional Temporary Space, as such is defined in Section VI hereof) shall be leased on a month-to-month basis, subject to Landlord’s right to terminate Tenant’s Lease of any such spaces upon two weeks’ notice.

 

B-1


II.

ADDITION OF LAB EXPANSION SPACE

 

  a.

Within ten (10) business days of the Second Amendment Effective Date, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Lab Expansion Space to Tenant in that space’s existing as-is condition.

 

  b.

Effective upon the date of Landlord’s delivery of possession of the Lab Expansion Space to Tenant, the Lab Expansion Space shall formally become a portion of Tenant’s Premises, subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease other than the obligation to pay Rent.

 

  c.

In addition to the Rent called for in the Existing Lease, effective January 1, 2016, Tenant shall also be obligated to pay Monthly Triple-Net Rent for the Lab Expansion Space calculated using the Monthly Triple-Net Lab Expansion Space Rental Rate outlined below and applying said rate to the Lab Expansion Space rentable square footage:

 

PERIOD    MONTHLY TRIPLE-NET LAB EXPANSION SPACE RENTAL RATE
1/1/16-12/31/16    $3.25 per rentable square foot per month

Commencing January 1, 2017 and annually thereafter, the Monthly Triple-Net Lab Expansion Space Rental Rate shall be increased by three percent (3%).

 

  d.

Effective January 1, 2016, in addition to the amounts of Rent Adjustments and Rent Adjustment Deposits already called for pursuant to the Existing Lease, Tenant shall be obligated to pay 100% of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes applicable to the Lab Expansion Space in the form of Rent Adjustments and Rent Adjustment Deposits. Tenant’s Share as it applies to Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Lab Expansion Space shall not be subject to a Base Year, as is the 18,276 rentable square foot Existing Premises through March 30, 2020.

 

  e.

In consideration for the above-referenced expansion of Tenant’s Premises, Section 2.6 of the ESE Lease (as referenced and defined in the Original Lease), as such was modified by Section 3 of the Original Lease, is deleted in its entirety.

 

III.

USE

Tenant’s use of the Existing Premises and of the Lab Expansion Space shall be as stated in the ESE Lease, and additionally include: “; the design, development, manufacture and service of opto-fluidic biosystems, including, instruments, tools, software and consumables; operation of a biology foundry for operating and running opto-fluidic biosystems, including a CLIA facility”. Tenant’s use of the Suite 263 Temporary Space and for any Additional Temporary Space shall be as general office space and Tenant’s use of the Ping Pong Space shall be for ancillary recreational use related to Tenant’s primary operations, such as for ping pong, etc.

 

B-2


IV.

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

  a.

Tenant shall make improvements to the expanded Premises pursuant to the terms of the Workletter attached hereto as Exhibit B. Landlord shall make a $674,850.00 Tenant Improvement Allowance available to Tenant that Tenant may use to apply to the cost of Tenant’s improvements to the Premises, as more fully detailed in the Workletter.

 

  b.

Landlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to ensure that Air Handler #2 and the other existing primary HVAC infrastructure serving the Lab Expansion Space is in industry-standard operational condition and has a commercially reasonable remaining useful life on Tenant’s commencing of business in the Lab Expansion Space.

 

  c.

In the event Tenant agrees, in its sole and absolute discretion, to make a mutually satisfactory portion of the Premises available for the creation of additional common area restroom facilities, Landlord agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense, pay for the design and construction of such additional common area restroom facilities. Landlord and Tenant agree to work cooperatively on the creation of such restroom facilities in the event Tenant so elects to make such space available for that purpose. Landlord’s obligation to create such facilities shall cease and no longer be valid if Tenant has not made the election prior to June 30, 2016.

 

V.

RENT AND EXPENSES APPLICABLE TO THE EXISTING PREMISES

 

  a.

Through March 31, 2020, Tenant shall pay Monthly Base Rent along with Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes applicable to the Existing Premises pursuant to the terms of the Existing Lease.

 

  b.

Effective April 1, 2020 and thereafter, Monthly Base Rent applicable to the 18,276 rentable square foot Existing Premises shall be calculated at the then applicable Triple-Net Lab Expansion Space Rental Rates outlined in Section II(c) hereof.

 

  c.

Effective April 1, 2020, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes applicable to the Existing Premises (taking the form of Rent Adjustments and Rent Adjustment Deposits) shall no longer be calculated with a Base Year, but rather shall be calculated as fully triple-net where Tenant pays 100% of its pro-rata share of all Operating Expenses and Taxes applicable to the Existing Premises.

 

VI.

TEMPORARY SPACES

 

  a.

Effective upon the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Monthly Base Rent applicable to the Suite 263 Temporary Office Space shall be reduced from $9,678.75 to become $8,594.73. The aforementioned Monthly Base Rent shall be “fully-serviced”, meaning Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any share of Operating Expenses nor of Taxes related to the Suite 263 Temporary Space through December 31, 2016. As noted in Section I above, Tenant’s Lease as it applies solely to the Suite 263 Temporary Space shall expire December 31, 2016, subject to Tenant’s existing right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate early the Lease as it relates to the Suite 263 Temporary Space only, upon no less than thirty (30) days advance written notice thereof by Tenant to Landlord.

 

B-3


  b.

In the event Tenant has reasonable need to house additional employees that it cannot otherwise accommodate in its Premises, and in the event Landlord can make space available, in its reasonable discretion, on the 2nd floor of the Building’s southern end (notionally indicated on Exhibit C hereto) to house such extra employees of Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to request to lease additional space from Landlord. Any areas of the 2nd floor so utilized to house additional Tenant employees will be referred to as “Additional Temporary Space”, and such areas will be identified from time-to-time on a floorplan provided by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant agrees to use reasonable efforts to utilize the smallest space to accommodate its employees, but such space may include one or more conference rooms/offices if the same are reasonably available adjacent to or within the identified Exhibit C space. Tenant shall pay Landlord Rent in respect of any Additional Temporary Space equal to $400.00 per month per employee so housed in the Additional Temporary Space. In the event Landlord reasonably requires recapture of the Additional Temporary Space in order to meet other third-party tenant space needs, Landlord shall have the right, with four weeks advance written notice to Tenant, to terminate Tenant’s right to lease any Additional Temporary Space.

 

  c.

Landlord and Tenant hereby reconfirm the terms of the Lease as they relate to the Ping Pong Space, including Landlord’s right to terminate Tenant’s lease of the Ping Pong Space at any time with two (2) weeks notice.

 

VII.

RENEWAL OPTION:

Tenant’s five-year Renewal Option, as such is defined in Section 2.7 of the ESE Lease and referenced in Section 4 of the Original Lease, shall apply to the entirety of the Premises (i.e. the combined Existing Premises and Lab Expansion Space, and also Suite 350, if Tenant has elected its Suite 350 Expansion Option more fully defined in Section X hereof and has not terminated its lease of Suite 350 per the terms of Section X(b) hereof), but shall not apply to the Suite 263 Temporary Space nor to any Additional Temporary Space nor to the Ping Pong Space, said spaces having no Tenant Renewal Option.

 

VIII.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Prior to the making of this Second Amendment, the Security Deposit called for in the Lease was $75,297.12. Effective on the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Security Deposit as specified in the First Amendment shall be increased by $97,516.14 to become a new total of $172,813.26. Tenant shall have up to five (5) business days following the Second Amendment Effective Date to remit the additional $97,516.14 Security Deposit amount to Landlord.

Following the Second Amendment Effective Date, Tenant shall have the right to substitute a Letter of Credit, as such term is hereafter defined, for the cash Security Deposit. In the

 

B-4


event Tenant notifies Landlord of Tenant’s intent to so substitute a Letter of Credit, Landlord will reasonably cooperate with Tenant to do so. For purposes of this section, “Letter of Credit” shall mean an unconditional, irrevocable sight draft letter of credit, draw-able in the San Francisco Bay Area, issued by a national bank reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, naming Landlord as the beneficiary and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall be for at least a one (1) year term and shall provide: (i) that Landlord may make partial and multiple draws thereunder; (ii) that if Tenant fails to pay any Rent due under the Lease after applicable notice and cure periods, if any, with respect to any provision of the Lease, Landlord may at its sole option draw upon the Letter of Credit in an amount sufficient to cure such failure by Tenant, and the bank will honor a sight draft of Landlord accompanied by only a statement of Landlord that it has the right to draw upon the Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms of the Lease or that Tenant has filed a petition of bankruptcy, (iii) that notwithstanding such statement, the bank shall honor such draw without inquiry and the bank shall not have the authority, ability, right or discretion to inquire as to the basis for such statement, (iv) that in the event of Landlord’s assignment or other transfer of its interest in the Lease, the Letter of Credit shall be freely transferable by Landlord, one or more times, without charge and without recourse to the Landlord or the assignee or transferee of such interest; (v) that the Letter of Credit is governed by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (2007 revisions), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600; (vi) that the Letter of Credit will be automatically renewed upon the expiration of its initial term for additional one (1) year periods, not to extend beyond sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date of the Lease: and (vii) if the bank does not confirm the extension of the Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days prior to the relevant expiration date or if the Tenant does not substitute a replacement Letter of Credit by such date, or if a monetary Default occurs under the Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit and to hold and apply such funds as an additional Security Deposit in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

 

IX.

PARKING

Effective upon the Second Amendment Effective Date, Tenant’s existing rights to utilize fifty (50) parking spaces shall be increased by an additional thirty-five (35) spaces (with five (5) of such spaces to be so-called “premium” spaces located in the EmeryStation l Building) to become a new total of eighty-five (85) spaces. Upon the December 31, 2016 maturity of the Lease as it applies to the Suite 263 Temporary Space or upon Tenant’s earlier termination thereof pursuant to its right outlined in Section V(a) hereof, Tenant’s parking shall remain at a total of eighty-five (85) spaces notwithstanding the removal of the Suite 263 Temporary Space from Tenant’s total Premises. Tenant shall continue to pay Landlord’s quoted rates for parking and shall be subject to all rules and regulations relating thereto.

 

X.

EXPANSION

 

  a.

Suite 350: Tenant is granted a one-time right to expand its Premises by addition thereto of the existing 4,515 rentable square foot office Suite 350 (“Suite 350”, as more clearly delineated on Exhibit D hereto). As part of this right, Tenant shall have the right to expand Suite 350 by the addition thereto of the small common

 

B-5


  seating area (the “Seating Area”), as such is more clearly delineated on Exhibit D. In the event Tenant elects to include the Seating Area into Suite 350, the rentable square footage of the enlarged Suite 350 shall be 4,684. Tenant’s option to lease Suite 350 (including possibly the Seating Area) is referred to herein as the “Suite 350 Expansion Option”.

Tenant may invoke the Suite 350 Expansion Option (including the decision whether or not to include therein the Seating Area) by written notice to Landlord made on or before June 30, 2016. In the event Tenant so notifies Landlord of Tenant’s election of the Suite 350 Expansion Option, Landlord shall deliver possession of Suite 350 (and also of the Seating Area, if applicable) to Tenant, in their then respective as-is conditions, within thirty (30) days of Landlord recapturing possession of Suite 350 from the prior third-party tenant. The date of Landlord’s delivery of possession of Suite 350 to Tenant shall be referred to as the “Suite 350 Commencement Date”.

Effective upon the Suite 350 Commencement Date, Suite 350 (and the Seating Area, if applicable) shall be added to Tenant’s Premises and shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease. To reflect the addition to Tenant’s Premises of Suite 350, the Monthly Base Rent Tenant is otherwise obligated to pay for the Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease shall be increased by monthly base rent applicable to Suite 350 (the “Suite 350 Monthly Base Rent”). The Suite 350 Monthly Base Rent shall be equal to the Suite 350 rentable square footage (which may include the rentable square footage of the Seating Area, as discussed above), multiplied by the Suite 350 Monthly Base Rental Rate applicable from time to time, as outlined below:

 

PERIOD   

SUITE 350 MONTHLY BASE RENTAL RATE

Present—12/31/16

  

$3.33 per rentable square foot per month

Commencing January 1, 2017 and annually thereafter, the Suite 350 Monthly Base Rental Rate shall be increased by three percent (3%). Notwithstanding any of the above, Suite 350 shall be free of Monthly Base Rental for the first sixty (60) days following the Suite 350 Commencement Date.

The Suite 350 Monthly Base Rental Rate applicable to the period up to and including December 31, 2016 above is intended to represent a “fully-serviced” rate, meaning that as it relates solely to Suite 350, Tenant’s Rent Adjustments and Rent Adjustment Deposits (which are the vehicle for Tenant paying Tenant’s share of Operating Expenses and of Taxes relating to Suite 350) will be calculated using a Base Year of calendar 2016.

In the event Tenant adds Suite 350 to its Premises pursuant to the terms above, Landlord agrees to make a Tenant Improvement Allowance equal to $20.00 per rentable square foot times the rentable square footage of Suite 350 available to Tenant, which Tenant may apply to the costs of Tenant Improvements Tenant

 

B-6


makes to Suite 350 (the “Suite 350 Tenant Improvement Allowance”), such Suite 350 Tenant Improvement Allowance to be provided per the terms of the Workletter.

In the event Tenant adds Suite 350 to its Premises pursuant to the above, Tenant’s parking shall be increased by thirteen (13) spaces, for which Tenant shall pay Landlord’s quoted rates. In the event Tenant terminates its lease of Suite 350 pursuant to the terms of Section X(b) hereof, Tenant’s parking would then be decreased by said thirteen spaces.

 

  b.

EmeryStation West: Landlord’s affiliate EmeryStation West, LLC (“ESW”) controls a site northwest of the Building, upon which site ESW is contemplating the development of a new commercial building referred to as “EmeryStation West”. Landlord hereby agrees to arrange for Tenant to have a one-time right of negotiation (“RON”) with ESW regarding the possibility of Tenant leasing space in EmeryStation West. The business terms of Tenant’s RON will be as follows:

* The Term of the RON will commence upon the Second Amendment Effective Date and shall end, being of no further force and effect, upon the earlier to occur of: a) the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease, b) the end of the RON period, as defined below, and c) the date ESW conveys or transfers the EmeryStation West property to any entity that is not an Affiliate (as defined in the Lease).

* Tenant’s RON shall be subject and subordinate to any existing or future loan(s) seemed by a mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the EmeryStation West property, and shall automatically terminate without notice upon the earlier of: a) a conveyance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or b) upon a judicial or non-judicial foreclosure of the property. Tenant covenants and agrees to promptly execute any subordination agreement required by an existing or prospective lender confirming that this RON is subject and subordinate to a loan.

* The RON shall be null and void at any time Tenant is in Default under the Lease and does not timely cure the same.

* Tenant acknowledges and agrees to all of the following: a) ESW has no obligation to construct EmeryStation West or any other improvements on the property, b) the decision to build any improvements on the subject site, and the decision as to design, size, type and mix of improvements to be built and uses to be housed therein, if any (i.e. commercial, office, lab, research and development, residential, retail, or a mix of different uses), and the decision as to the timing of the building of such improvements, if any, shall be determined by ESW in its sole and absolute discretion.

* Tenant’s RON shall only be valid in the event ESW is willing, in its sole and absolute discretion, to lease for General Office Use purposes as little as 60,000 rentable square feet of space on the uppermost occupiable floors of EmeryStation West. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that ESW may elect not to lease space for General Office Use and/or may elect to seek other third-party tenants to take greater amounts of space than 60,000 rentable square feet.

 

B-7


* In the event: a) ESW has elected to construct EmeryStation West, and b) ESW is willing to lease at least 60,000 rentable square feet of space on the project’s uppermost floors for General Office purposes, and c) Tenant’s RON is in full force and effect, then ESW and Tenant agree to negotiate in good faith for a period of thirty (30) days regarding Tenant’s potential lease of space in EmeryStation West (said thirty-day period being referred to as the “RON Period”), it being agreed and acknowledged by both ESW and Tenant that the terms of any such lease would be subject to the mutual satisfaction of each party in its sole and absolute discretion.

* In the event that ESW and Tenant have not entered into a mutually-satisfactory lease for space in EmeryStation West by the end of the RON Period, Tenant’s RON shall be null and void and of no further force and effect. In the event the RON period has so expired without a new lease being entered into, Tenant shall have the right, within no more than fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the RON Period, to notify Landlord in writing (“Tenant’s Suite 350 Termination Notice”) of Tenant’s intent to cancel early the Lease as it applies to Suite 350 only (in the event Tenant has leased Suite 350 pursuant to Section X(a) above), such termination to take place ninety (90) days after the date Landlord receives Tenant’s Suite 350 Termination Notice. Tenant’s early cancellation of its Lease of Suite 350 will be at no cost to Tenant and will have no effect on the Lease as it relates to the balance of Tenant’s Premises.

* Landlord and Tenant herby re-confirm the terms regarding Tenant’s right to sublet as such are stated in Section 11 of the Lease and in Section 10 of the ESE Lease, such that, in the event that ESW and Tenant are unable to agree upon the terms of a lease in EmeryStation West, or in the event the RON expires, Tenant shall have the right, in its discretion, to sublease all or a part of the Existing Premises and Lab Expansion Space, and also Suite 350, if Tenant has elected its Suite 350 Expansion Option, all pursuant to the more detailed terms and conditions of the earlier-referenced sections.

 

XI.

BROKERAGE

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has been represented in this transaction by CRESA, to whom Landlord will pay a brokerage commission pursuant to a separate agreement, and that no brokerage commission or other such fee shall be due and payable by Landlord to any other representative of Tenant as a result hereof.

 

XII.

OTHER

Other than the terms of this Second Amendment outlined above, all other terms and conditions of the Original Lease and First Amendment thereto remain in full force and effect.

 

B-8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amendment.

 

TENANT:

 

LANDLORD:

Berkeley Lights, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

 

Emery Station Joint Venture LLC

a California limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

 

By:

 

/s/ Richard K. Robbins

Print Name: Stuart Merkadeau   Print Name: Richard K. Robbins

 

B-9


EXHIBIT A

LAB EXPANSION SPACE

 

B-10


LOGO

 

B-11


EXHIBIT B

WORKLETTER AGREEMENT

(TENANT BUILD)

1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Workletter shall have the same meanings set forth in the Lease except as otherwise specified herein and except for terms capitalized in the ordinary course of punctuation. For purposes of this Workletter the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

1.1 “Design Documents” means the layout plans and specifications for the real property improvements to be constructed by Tenant in the Premises which are the final product of the preliminary space planning and which include, among other things, all partitions, doors, HVAC (heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems) distribution, ceiling systems, light fixtures, plumbing installations, electrical installations and outlets, telephone installations and outlets, any other installations required by Tenant, fire and life-safety systems, wall finishes and floor coverings, whether to be newly installed or requiring changes from the as-is condition of the Premises as of the date of execution of the Lease, all in sufficient detail for Landlord’s review;

1.2 “Construction Documents” means, collectively, (a) a copy of the proposed construction contract for the Tenant Improvements, (b) a written assignment of the construction contract, creating a prior perfected security interest in all of Tenant’s rights thereunder in favor of Landlord and containing the written consent of Tenant’s general contractor to the assignment, (c) a copy of the architect’s contract for the Tenant Improvements, (d) a written assignment of the architect’s contract, creating a prior perfected security interest in all of Tenant’s rights thereunder in favor of Landlord and containing the written consent of Tenant’s architect to the assignment, and (e) a list of all subcontractors and materials suppliers proposed to be used by Tenant in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements;

1.3 “Construction Drawings” means the final architectural plans and specifications, and engineering plans and specifications, for the real property improvements to be constructed by Tenant in the Premises in sufficient detail to be submitted for governmental approvals and building permits and to serve as the detailed construction drawings and specifications for the contractor, and shall include, among other things, all partitions, doors, HVAC (heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems) distribution, ceiling systems, light fixtures, plumbing installations, electrical installations and outlets, telephone installations and outlets, any other installations required by Tenant, fire and life-safety systems, wall finishes and floor coverings, whether to be newly installed or requiring changes from the as-is condition of the Premises as of the date of execution of the Lease;

1.4 “Schedule of Values” means the allocation of costs to the various portions of the work involved in the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements and setting forth Tenant’s reasonable, good faith estimate of the timing of Landlord’s disbursements of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and the amount of each such disbursement;

 

B-12


1.5 “Tenant Improvements” means all real property improvements to be constructed by Tenant as shown on the Construction Drawings, as they may be modified as provided herein;

1.6 “Tenant Improvement Allowance” means the amounts to be paid by Landlord set forth in Section IV(a) of the Second Amendment on account of all construction costs, space planning and design fees, architecture and engineering fees, permit fees and construction management fees incurred by Tenant in designing and constructing the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall not be entitled to any cash payment, credit, offset or other benefit based on any excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance over the actual costs of the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements.

2. Development of Plans

2.1 Approval of Architect and Contractor. Tenant’s architect, contractor, major suppliers and major subcontractors shall each be subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord. Landlord may request information about these entities, including financial statements and a summary of representative projects. If Landlord does not approve the architect, contractor, any major subcontractor or major supplier, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to select another architect, contractor, subcontractor or materials supplier mutually acceptable to the parties. Landlord shall be entitled to withhold its approval of any entity or person, who, in Landlord’s determination, is financially or otherwise professionally unqualified to design or construct the Tenant Improvements. In addition, in the event Landlord determines that a performance bond and labor and materials payment bond is necessary to ensure lien-free completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord may condition its approval of a contractor upon Tenant’s obtaining such bonds, each in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100 %) of the estimated cost of the Tenant Improvements and in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s approval of any architect, contractor, subcontractor or materials supplier shall not constitute Landlord’s representation or warranty that any such architect, contractor, subcontractor or supplier is in fact qualified to perform the Tenant Improvements.

2.2 Design Documents. Prior to Tenant’s commencement of the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall prepare the Design Documents and deliver them to Landlord. Within ten (10) business days following delivery of the Design Documents, Landlord shall approve the Design Documents or deliver to Tenant written notice of their disapproval which shall specify the changes that must be made to the Design Documents as a condition of Landlord’s approval. Within ten (10) business days following receipt of Landlord’s notice of disapproval, Tenant shall deliver a revised set of Design Documents to Landlord which shall incorporate the changes specified in Landlord’s notice of disapproval.

2.3 Construction Drawings. As soon as the Design Documents are approved by Landlord, Tenant shall prepare the Construction Drawings that are consistent with and logical evolutions of the Design Documents and the Schedule of Values. The Construction Drawings and Schedule of Values shall be delivered to Landlord for approval. If Landlord does not approve the Construction Drawings and/or the Schedule of Values, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, as soon as reasonably possible but within ten (10) business days following receipt

 

B-13


thereof, written notice of such disapproval. The notice shall specify the changes that must be made to the Construction Drawings and/or the Schedule of Values as a condition for obtaining Landlord’s approval. Within ten (10) business days following receipt of Landlord’s notice of disapproval, Tenant shall deliver a revised set of Construction Drawings and/or Schedule of Values to Landlord, which incorporate the changes specified in Landlord’s notice of disapproval. Landlord and Tenant shall each sign a copy of the approved Construction Drawings and Schedule of Values.

2.4 Landlord’s Approval. If the Construction Drawings conform to the Design Documents and this Workletter, Landlord’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Construction Drawings show work requiring a modification or change to the shell of the Building, Landlord shall not be deemed unreasonable if Landlord disapproves such Construction Drawings or if Landlord conditions its consent to such Construction Drawings upon Tenant’s paying to Landlord, prior to the commencement of construction, the full cost of modifying or changing the shell of the Building. Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, have the Design Documents or the Construction Drawings reviewed by Landlord’s architect, engineer and/or construction manager; provided, however, that any such review shall be performed within the time periods set forth above for Landlord’s review of the Design Documents and the Construction Drawings. Tenant shall reimburse the cost of any such review to Landlord within ten (10) days following demand therefor by Landlord. In no event shall the approval by Landlord (or Landlord’s architect, engineer or construction manager) of the Design Documents or the Construction Drawings constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord (or Landlord’s architect, engineer or construction manager) of: (i) their accuracy, sufficiency or completeness for their intended purpose; (ii) the absence of design defects or construction flaws; or (iii) their compliance with applicable laws. Tenant agrees that Landlord (and Landlord’s architect, engineer and construction manager) shall incur no liability by reason of its approval or disapproval of any item.

2.5 Compliance with Laws. Tenant covenants, agrees, represents and warrants that the Design Documents and Construction Drawings (i) shall be in a form satisfactory for filing with appropriate governmental authorities and (ii) shall conform to all applicable codes, rules, regulations and ordinances of all governing authorities, including all building codes and the ADA.

2.6 Changes. No changes shall be made to the Design Documents or the Construction Drawings without the prior written consent of Landlord. All change orders requested by Tenant shall be made in writing and shall specify any added or reduced cost resulting therefrom. Any change proposed by Tenant shall be approved or disapproved by Landlord within five (5) business days following Landlord’s receipt of detailed information pertaining to the proposed change. Landlord’s failure to approve any proposed change within five (5) business days shall be deemed Landlord’s disapproval thereof.

3. Construction of Tenant Improvements

3.1 Permits and Approvals. Tenant shall submit the Construction Drawings to all appropriate governmental agencies for approval and shall not commence construction or installation of the Tenant Improvements unless and until Tenant has obtained all necessary permits and approvals and has delivered copies of these documents to Landlord.

 

B-14


3.2 Construction Documents. Prior to the commencement of construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s approval, the Construction Documents. Within five (5) business days following the delivery of all of the Construction Documents, Landlord shall approve such information or deliver to Tenant written notice of disapproval of all or any information contained therein. If Landlord does not approve the proposed construction contract, proposed form of subcontractor agreement or the proposed architect’s contract for the Tenant Improvements, Landlord’s notice shall specify the changes that must be made to these agreements as a condition of Landlord’s approval. Within five (5) business days following receipt of Landlord’s notice of disapproval, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord revised copies of the proposed architect’s and/or contractor’s agreements and/or subcontractor’s agreements which incorporate the specified changes. Following approval of the Construction Documents by Landlord, Tenant shall not materially amend, materially modify or terminate any of the Construction Documents without Landlord’s prior written approval.

3.3 Commencement and Completion of Construction. Following Tenant’s satisfaction of all of the requirements of Section 2 above and this Section 3, Tenant shall commence construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Drawings and shall pursue the same diligently to completion. Tenant covenants to give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of its commencement of construction or delivery of materials to the Premises to enable Landlord to post a notice of nonresponsibility respecting the Tenant Improvements.

3.4 Building Systems. In no event shall Tenant interfere with the provision of heating, plumbing, electrical or mechanical system services to the Building, make any structural changes to the Building, make any changes to the heating, plumbing, electrical or mechanical systems of the Building, or make any changes to the Premises which would weaken or impair the structural integrity of the Building, alter the aesthetic appearance of the Building exterior, or which would affect any warranties applicable to the Building or any improvements constructed or installed by Landlord therein, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. If Tenant performs works that pertains to the structure of the building or the building’s systems, Landlord may require Tenant to engage Landlord’s structural engineer to design, supervise and monitor any construction work affecting either the Building systems or the structure of the Building.

3.5 Inspections. Landlord and its officers, agents or employees shall have the right at all reasonable times to enter upon the Premises and inspect the Tenant Improvements and to determine that the same are in conformity with the Construction Drawings and all of the requirements of this Workletter. Tenant acknowledges, however, that Landlord is under no obligation to supervise, inspect or inform Tenant of the progress of construction and Tenant agrees that it shall not rely upon Landlord to perform any of these activities. Neither the inspection rights granted to Landlord in this Workletter, nor the making of such inspections by Landlord, shall operate as a waiver of any rights of Landlord to require that the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements conform with this Workletter, the Construction Drawings and all requirements of applicable law.

 

B-15


3.6 Walk-Through of Tenant Improvements. Within two (2) business days following the completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall notify Landlord and shall provide Landlord an opportunity to inspect the Tenant Improvements. Within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s notice, Landlord (or its representative) shall walk-through and inspect Tenant’s work on the Tenant Improvements and shall either approve Tenant’s work or advise Tenant in writing of any defects or uncompleted items. Tenant shall promptly repair such defects or uncompleted items to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. Landlord’s approval of the Tenant Improvements, or Landlord’s failure to advise Tenant of any defects or uncompleted items in the Tenant Improvements, shall not relieve Tenant of responsibility for constructing and installing the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Drawings, this Workletter and all applicable laws.

3.7 Final Documents. Following completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall (a) obtain and deliver to Landlord a copy of the certificate of occupancy for the Tenant Improvements from the governmental agency having jurisdiction thereof; (b) promptly cause a notice of completion to be validly recorded for the Tenant Improvements; (c) furnish Landlord with unconditional waivers of lien in statutory form from all parties performing labor and/or supplying equipment and/or materials in connection with the Tenant Improvements, including Tenant’s architect(s); (d) deliver to Landlord a certificate of Tenant’s architect(s) certifying completion of the Tenant Improvements in substantial accordance with the Construction Drawings; (e) deliver to Landlord a certificate of Tenant’s contractor(s) certifying completion of the Tenant Improvements in substantial accordance with the Construction Drawings; (f) deliver to Landlord a full set of reproducible as-built drawings (signed and dated by the contractor and each responsible subcontractor) for the Tenant Improvements; and (g) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all written construction and equipment warranties and manuals related to the Tenant Improvements.

4. Payment of Costs of Tenant Improvements.

4.1 Tenant’s Cost. Any cost incurred in the design or construction of the Tenant Improvements in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be borne by Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, including without limitation by Tenant’s use of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance. The costs of the Tenant Improvements shall include the following items:

(a) The costs of the architect, contractor, suppliers and subcontractors and any other consultants retained by Tenant in connection with the preparation of Design Documents and Constructions Drawings, including, engineering costs associated with completion of the State of California energy utilization calculations under Title 24 legislation;

(b) All costs of obtaining from the City of Emeryville and any other governmental authority, approvals, building permits and occupancy permits, if any;

(c) All costs of interior design and finish schedule plans and specifications including as-built drawings;

 

B-16


(d) All direct and indirect costs of procuring, installing and constructing the Tenant Improvements, including: (i) the construction administration fee to Landlord in the amount of 2% of the costs of the Tenant Improvements, and (ii) the cost of any services or utilities made available by Landlord;

(e) All costs of designing, procuring, constructing and installing Tenant Improvements in compliance with all applicable laws, including with all building codes and the ADA; and,

(f) All fees payable to Landlord’s architectural or engineering firm if they are required to review, monitor or design any portion of the Tenant Improvements.

4.2 Restrictions on Use of Tenant Improvement Allowance; Landlord Owned FF&E. In no event shall the Tenant Improvement Allowance be used to pay any costs of procuring or installing in the Premises any trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, furnishings, telephone equipment, cabling for any of the foregoing, or other personal property to be used in the Premises by Tenant, which cost shall be paid by Tenant.

4.3 Procedure for Disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements and payment of full by Tenant of all such Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall have the right to deliver to Landlord such invoices marked paid and other evidence as Landlord shall reasonably require of the cost of the design of the Tenant Improvements and the cost of the Tenant Improvements already constructed and Landlord shall pay within forty-five (45) days of such an amount up to the TI Allowance; provided, however, that no invoices or other evidence shall not be submitted by Tenant to Landlord until all of the following, have occurred: (i) Landlord has reasonably and timely determined that all of the Tenant Improvements have been Substantially Completed in accordance with the Construction Documents, based upon certifications satisfactory to Landlord delivered by Tenant and Tenant’s architect; (ii) Tenant shall have complied with the requirements set forth in Section 3.7 above; (iii) Tenant shall have submitted to Landlord a cost breakdown of Tenant’s final and total construction costs incurred in connection with the Tenant Improvements, together with receipted invoices showing evidence of full payment therefor; (iv) Tenant shall have completed Landlord’s punchlist items; and (v) the Lease shall be in full force and effect.

5. Rent Commencement Date. Until the January 1, 2016 date specified in the Second Amendment, the entry into the Lab Expansion Space by Tenant to perform Tenant Improvements shall be without payment of Base Monthly Rent or Rent Adjustments applicable to the Lab Expansion Space, but such entry and all acts in connection with it are subject to and governed by all other provisions of the Lease, including without limitation, Tenant’s indemnification and insurance obligations.

6. General Requirements for Construction.

6.1 Tenant’s Obligation to Construct. Tenant shall construct and install the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Construction Drawings, this Workletter and all applicable laws. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of all cost and expenses related to the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements, subject to reimbursement by Landlord as provided for in this Workletter.

 

B-17


6.2 Tenant’s Access to the Premises. Tenant shall coordinate with the Building’s project manager for access to the Premises and the scheduling of construction work. Tenant shall exercise due diligence and best efforts to ensure that Tenant’s construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements does not unreasonably interfere with the use and enjoyment of other tenants of the Building or the Project. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate Tenant’s scheduling of deliveries and construction activities.

6.3 Coordination of Construction Activities. If any shutdown of plumbing, electrical or air conditioning equipment of the Building becomes necessary during the course of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall notify Landlord and Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon when, and upon what conditions, such shutdown may be made in order to cause the least disruption to other tenants in the Building. Any damage to the Building or the Project caused by Tenant or its contractor or subcontractors in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be immediately repaired at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

6.4 Protection against Lien Claims. Tenant agrees to fully pay and discharge all claims for labor done and materials and services furnished in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, to diligently file or procure the filing of a valid notice of completion within ten (10) days following completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements, to diligently file or procure the filing of a notice of cessation upon any cessation of labor on the Tenant Improvements for a continuous period of thirty (30) days or more, and to take all reasonable steps to forestall the assertion of claims of lien against the Premises, the Building or the Project. Upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with satisfactory evidence of the release or removal (including removal by appropriate surety bond) of all liens recorded against the Premises, the Project, or any portion thereof, and all stop notices received by Tenant.

6.5 Indemnification. Except to the extent attributable to the gross negligence and or willful misconduct of Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, defend, indemnify, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, demands, losses, expenses, damages or causes of actions (whether legal or equitable in nature) asserted by any person, firm, corporation, governmental body or agency or entity arising out of the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Except to the extent attributable to the gross negligence and or willful misconduct of Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand all claims, judgments, damages, losses or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord as a result of any legal action arising out of the construction of the Tenant Improvements. This indemnification shall be in addition to the insurance requirements set forth in the Lease and this Workletter and the obligations hereunder shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease.

7. Insurance.

7.1 Tenant’s Required Insurance Coverage. At least five (5) days prior to the date Tenant commences construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall submit to Landlord evidence of (i) the insurance coverage required under Article 16 of the Lease; and (ii)

 

B-18


broad form “Builder’s Risk” property damage insurance with limits of not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the estimated value of the Tenant Improvements. All such policies shall provide that thirty (30) days’ written notice must be given to Landlord prior to termination or cancellation. The insurance policies shall name Landlord and Landlord’s property manager as additional insureds and shall provide that Landlord, although an additional insured, may recover for any loss suffered by Landlord or Landlord’s agents by reason of the negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and/or employees.

7.2 Other Insurance Coverage. At least five (5) business days prior to the date Tenant commences construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance from the carrier(s) providing insurance to Tenant’s contractor and Tenant’s architect evidencing the following types of coverage in such amounts as are reasonably determined by Landlord to be necessary for the construction of the Tenant Improvements: (i) professional liability insurance; (ii) commercial general liability insurance; (iii) business automobile liability insurance; (iv) workers’ compensation insurance; and (v) umbrella liability insurance. The insurance specified in (i), (ii), (iii) and (v) above shall name Landlord and Landlord’s property manager as additional insureds, and all such policies shall provide that thirty (30) days’ written notice must be given to Landlord prior to termination or cancellation.

7.3 Waivers of Claims against Landlord. Tenant waives, and Tenant shall use best efforts to cause each of its architects, contractors, suppliers and subcontractors to waive, all rights to recover against Landlord and its agents, contractors and employees for any loss or damage arising from a cause covered by insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder and shall cause each respective insurer to waive all rights of subrogation against Landlord and its agents, contractors and employees in connection therewith to the same extent.

8. Default and Remedies.

8.1 Defaults. Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default (“Default”) under this Workletter:

(a) Failure by Tenant to commence and/or complete construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Workletter or the failure by Tenant to comply with any of the covenants, provisions or conditions of this Workletter;

(b) Deviations in construction from the Construction Drawings (as determined by Landlord or its representative) without the approval of Landlord, the appearance of defective workmanship or materials in the construction of the Tenant Improvements which are not corrected by Tenant within thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord (or if the defect is such that it cannot reasonably be corrected within said thirty (30) day period, the correction of such defect is not initiated by Tenant within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter prosecuted diligently to completion); and

(c) The default or breach by Tenant of any provision of the Lease.

8.2 Remedies. In the event of a Default by Tenant under this Workletter, Landlord shall thereafter have no further obligation to disburse any portion of the Tenant Improvement

 

B-19


Allowance unless and until such Default is cured. Any such Default shall be a default under the Lease and shall entitle Landlord to exercise all remedies set forth in the Lease. In addition, upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to enter upon the Premises and take over and complete construction and installation only as to those areas where the construction or installation of the Tenant Improvements has been commenced and such other areas to the extent necessary to relet the Premises, and to make disbursements from the Tenant Improvement Allowance toward completion of the Tenant Improvements. In connection with undertaking such work, Landlord may discharge or replace the contractors or subcontractors performing such work. Where substantial deviations from the Construction Drawings have occurred which have not been approved by Landlord, or defective or unworkmanlike labor or materials are being used in construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall have the right to demand that such labor or materials be corrected, and if the same are not so corrected, shall have the right to immediately order the stoppage of all construction until such condition is corrected, until the defective work is corrected to Landlord’s satisfaction.

9. Force and Effect. The terms and conditions of this Workletter supplement the Lease and shall be construed to be a part of the Lease and are incorporated in the Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any default by any party hereunder shall have the same force and effect as a default under the Lease. Should any inconsistency arise between this Workletter and the Lease as to the specific matters that are the subject of this Workletter, the terms and conditions of this Workletter shall control.

 

B-20


EXHIBIT C

ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY SPACE

 

B-21


LOGO

 

B-22


EXHIBIT D

SUITE 350

 

B-23


LOGO


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

by and between

EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC (LANDLORD),

and

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (TENANT)

EmeryStation 1 Building

5858 Horton St.

Emeryville, California

That certain lease dated November 3, 2015 by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, and Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Landlord, as such was modified by that First Amendment to Lease dated June 9, 2015 (the “First Amendment”) and by that Second Amendment to Lease dated September 25, 2015 (the “Second Amendment”), collectively constitute the “Lease”. The Lease is hereby further amended by the terms of this Third Amendment to Lease (the “Third Amendment”), which shall have an effective date of January 11, 2016 (the “Third Amendment Effective Date”). Effective upon the Third Amendment Effective Date, the existing Lease and this Third Amendment thereto shall thereafter collectively constitute and be referred to as the Lease for all purposes thereunder.

Pursuant to Section X of the Second Amendment, Tenant was granted an Expansion Option relating to Suite 350 and to the Seating Area (the “Suite 350 Expansion Option”). Via written notice to Landlord, Tenant has formally invoked its Suite 350 Expansion Option such that both Suite 350 and the Seating Area (as they are more specifically delineated in Exhibit A hereto) shall be added to Tenant’s Premises. Tenant subsequently has requested that the Seating Area be added to Tenant’s Premises concurrent with the addition of the Lab Expansion Space described in the Second Amendment. Landlord and Tenant are therefore entering into this Third Amendment, whose specific terms and conditions are contained herein. All terms referred to in this Third Amendment shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Lease:

 

  I.

POSSESSION:

Landlord shall deliver possession of the Seating Area to Tenant, in its as-is condition, on or before January 1, 2016. Landlord shall deliver possession of Suite 350 to Tenant, in its as-is condition, no more than thirty (30) days following Landlord’s recapturing possession of Suite 350 from the prior third-party tenant thereof. Tenant understands and acknowledges that the Seating Area is not demised from the Building Common Areas and that such demising shall be a responsibility of Tenant as part of the Tenant’s Improvements Tenant is making to the Lab Expansion Space. The date of Landlord’s delivery of possession of Suite 350 to Tenant shall be referred to as the “Suite 350 Commencement Date”.

 

  II.

RENTABLE AREA:

Effective January 1, 2016, the Seating Area shall be added to and become part of Tenant’s Premises. The Seating Area is agreed to measure 169 rentable square feet (the “Seating Area Rentable Area”). Effective upon the Suite 350 Commencement Date, Suite 350 shall added to and become a part of Tenant’s Premises. Suite 350 is agreed to measure 4,515 rentable square feet. As a result,

 

B-1


Tenant’s Premises shall be increased by 4,515 rentable square feet (the “Suite 350 Rentable Area”).

 

  III.

MONTHLY BASE RENT:

Effective January 1, 2016, the Monthly Base Rent otherwise specified in and called for by the Lease shall be increased by the “Seating Area Monthly Base Rent”, which is defined to be the product of the Seating Area Rentable Area times the “Suite 350 Monthly Rental Rate” applicable from time to time, as such is defined herein. Effective upon the Suite 350 Commencement Date, the Monthly Base Rent otherwise called for shall be further increased by the “Suite 350 Monthly Base Rent”, which is defined to be the product of Suite 350 Rentable Area times the “Suite 350 Monthly Rent Rate” applicable from time to time, as such is defined herein.

The “Suite 350 Monthly Rent Rate” shall be equal to $3.33 per rentable square foot per month during calendar year 2016. On January 1, 2017 and annually thereafter, the Suite 350 Monthly Rental Rate shall increase by three percent (3%). Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, the Seating Area Monthly Base Rent shall be zero dollars ($0.00) during the months of January and February 2016, and the Suite 350 Monthly Base Rent shall be zero dollars ($0.00) during the first sixty (60) days following the Suite 350 Delivery Date.

 

  IV.

EXPENSES:

Operating Expenses and Taxes applicable to the Premises other than the Seating Area Rentable Area portion thereof and to the Suite 350 Rentable Area portion thereof shall continue to be determined pursuant to the terms of the Existing Lease. It is Landlord and Tenant’s intent that the Monthly Base Rent for both the Seating Area Rentable Area and to the Suite 350 Rentable Area represents a “fully-serviced” rent subject to a 2016 Base Year. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that this means that Tenant shall pay its pro-rata share (based on the Seating Area Rentable Area and to the Suite 350 Rentable Area) of Operating Expenses and Taxes in the form of additional Rent Adjustments and additional Rent Adjustment Deposits, which shall be calculated as set forth in Article 4 of the ESE Lease, as such was modified by Section 2A of the Lease, such that Tenant shall pay for all utilities related to Suite 350 and to the Seating Area as well as increases in Operating Expenses and Taxes applicable to Suite 350 and to the Seating Area above a 2016 Base Year.

 

  III.

USE

Tenant’s use of Suite 350 and of the Seating Area shall be for General Office purposes.

 

  IV.

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

Tenant shall make improvements to Suite 350 and to the Seating Area pursuant to the terms of the Workletter attached to the Lease. Landlord shall make a $93,680.00 Tenant Improvement Allowance available to Tenant that Tenant may use to apply to the cost of Tenant’s improvements to Suite 350, as more fully detailed in the Workletter.

 

B-2


  V.

PARKING

Effective upon the Suite 350 Delivery Date, Tenant’s existing rights to utilize eighty-five (85) parking spaces pursuant to the Second Amendment shall be increased by an additional thirteen (13) spaces to become a new total of ninety-eight (98) spaces. As stated in the Second Amendment and re-confirmed here: (i) upon the December 31, 2016 maturity of the Lease as it applies to the Suite 263 Temporary Space or upon Tenant’s earlier termination thereof pursuant to its right outlined in Section V(a) of the Second Amendment, Tenant’s parking shall be reduced by a total of eight (8) spaces to reflect the removal of the Suite 263 Temporary Space from Tenant’s total Premises, and (ii) in the event Tenant terminates its lease of Suite 350 pursuant to the terms of Section X(b) of the Second Amendment, Tenant’s parking would then be decreased by said thirteen (13) spaces. Tenant shall continue to pay Landlord’s quoted rates for all parking and shall be subject to all rules and regulations relating thereto.

 

  VI.

BROKERAGE

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has been represented in this transaction by CRESA, to whom Landlord has already or will pay a brokerage commission pursuant to a separate agreement, and that no brokerage commission or other such fee shall be due and payable by Landlord to any other representative of Tenant as a result hereof.

 

  VII.

OTHER

Other than the terms of this Third Amendment outlined above, all other terms and conditions of the original Lease and First and Second Amendments thereto remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amendment.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
Berkeley Lights, Inc.,     Emery Station Joint Venture LLC
a Delaware corporation     a California limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

    By:  

/s/ Richard Robbins

Print Name:   Stuart Merkadeau     Print Name:   Richard K Robbins

 

B-3


EXHIBIT A

SUITE 350 AND SEATING AREA

 

B-4


LOGO


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

by and between

EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC (LANDLORD),

and

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (TENANT)

EmeryStation 1 Building

5858 Horton St.

Emeryville, California

That certain lease dated November 3, 2015 by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, and Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Landlord, as such was modified by that First Amendment to Lease dated June 9, 2015 (the “First Amendment”) and by that Second Amendment to Lease dated September 25, 2015 (the “Second Amendment”), and by the terms of that Third Amendment to Lease dated January 11 , 2016 (the “Third Amendment”), collectively constitute the “Lease”. The Lease is hereby further amended by the terms of this Fourth Amendment to Lease (the “Fourth Amendment”), which shall have an effective date of January 18 , 2016 (the “Fourth Amendment Effective Date”). Effective upon the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, the existing Lease and this Fourth Amendment thereto shall thereafter collectively constitute and be referred to as the Lease for all purposes thereunder.

Pursuant to the First Amendment, Landlord made available to Tenant space on the Building’s 2nd floor for purposes of Tenant playing ping-pong. Landlord made the Ping Pong Space available to Tenant at no additional rent but subject to Landlord’s right to terminate Tenant’s right to use said space with two (2) weeks’ notice. Landlord subsequently notified Tenant of Landlord’s decision to invoke this termination option, and Tenant must vacate the existing Ping Pong Space on or before January 22, 2016.

Tenant has advised Landlord that it wishes to continue to have temporary space in which to play ping pong, as well as to use for TRX and also for minor storage purposes. Landlord hereby agrees to add the 1,198 rentable square foot Suite 190 (“Suite 190”, as such is defined on Exhibit A attached hereto) to Tenant’s Premises effective upon the Effective Date of this Fourth Amendment and ending upon December 31, 2016 (the “Suite 190 Lease Term”) for Tenant to utilize for such purposes. Tenant’s lease of Suite 190 shall be pursuant to all the terms and conditions of the Lease other than the obligation to pay rent and expenses. During the Suite 190 Lease Term, Tenant will agree to pay Landlord $500.00 monthly in consideration for Landlord’s utility and repair and maintenance costs associated with Suite 190. Tenant agrees to accept Suite 190 in its existing as-is condition, and to return possession of Suite 190 to Landlord on or before the end of the Suite 190 Lease Term. Tenant’s failure to do so will constitute a default under the Lease.

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has represented itself in this transaction,, and that no brokerage commission or other such fee shall be due and payable by Landlord to any representative of Tenant as a result hereof.

 

B-1


Other than the terms of this Fourth Amendment outlined above, all other terms and conditions of the original Lease and First, Second and Third Amendments thereto remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fourth Amendment.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
Berkeley Lights, Inc.,     Emery Station Joint Venture LLC
a Delaware corporation     a California limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

    By:  

/s/ Richard Robbins

Print Name:   Stuart Merkadeau     Print Name:   Richard K. Robbins

 

B-2


EXHIBIT A

SUITE 190

 

B-3


LOGO


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

by and between

EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC (LANDLORD),

and

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (TENANT)

EmeryStation 1 Building

5858 Horton St.

Emeryville, California

That certain lease dated November 3, 2014 by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, and Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Landlord, as such was modified by that First Amendment to Lease dated June 9, 2015 (the “First Amendment”) and by that Second Amendment to Lease dated September 25, 2015 (the “Second Amendment”), by the terms of that Third Amendment to Lease dated January 11, 2016 (the “Third Amendment”), and by the terms of the Fourth Amendment to Lease dated January 18, 2016 (the “Fourth Amendment”), collectively constitute the “Lease”. The Lease is hereby further amended by the terms of this Fifth Amendment to Lease (the “Fifth Amendment”), which shall have an effective date of April 7, 2016 (the “Fifth Amendment Effective Date”). Effective upon the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, the existing Lease and this Fifth Amendment thereto shall thereafter collectively constitute and be referred to as the Lease for all purposes thereunder.

Tenant has requested, and Landlord has agreed, to allow Tenant to expand its Premises by addition thereto of additional space on the 5th floor of the Building. Landlord and Tenant are therefore entering into this Fifth Amendment, whose specific terms and conditions are contained herein. All terms referred to in this Fifth Amendment shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Lease:

 

  I.

FIFTH FLOOR EXPANSION SPACE AND POSSESSION:

The area on the 5th floor of the Building, commonly referred to as Suite 550/555 and more specifically outlined in Exhibit A hereof, shall constitute and be referred to as the “Fifth Floor Expansion Space”. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Fifth Floor Expansion Space measures 3,725 rentable square feet. Tenant shall accept possession of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space from Landlord in its as-is condition, subject only to Landlord’s obligation, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to remove therefrom all existing FF&E such as the unconnected fume hoods, office cubicles, etc., such work defined to be the “Fifth Floor Expansion Space Landlord Work”. The date of Landlord’s delivery of possession of the Fifth Floor Expansion to Tenant with the Fifth Floor Expansion Space Landlord Work Substantially Complete shall be referred to as the “Fifth Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date”. Tenant shall be allowed access to the Fifth Floor Expansion Space, and may move equipment, desks and materials into the Fifth Floor Expansion Space, and do such IT work and/or work related to the connection of CDA and vacuum lines, prior to Landlord’s completion of the Fifth Floor Expansion Landlord Work. From and after the Fifth Floor Expansion Space

 

B-1


Commencement Date, the Fifth Floor Expansion Space shall be considered part of Tenant’s Premises and subject to all the terms and conditions relating thereto under the Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to pay the appropriate Tenant Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes as they relate to the Fifth Floor Expansion Space, as more fully detailed below.

In the event that an existing suite of lab and office space which is both immediately adjacent (including across the hall) to Tenant’s existing Premises on the 3rd floor and is roughly equivalent in rentable area to the Fifth Floor Expansion becomes available within three (3) years following the Fifth Floor Commencement Date, Landlord agrees to discuss with Tenant possible opportunities for Tenant to exchange the Fifth Floor Expansion Space for such newly-available space, it being understood that the determination to accomplish such a swap of spaces would be up to both Landlord and Tenant in each’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

  II.

LEASE TERM AS IT RELATES TO THE FIFTH FLOOR EXPANSION SPACE:

The Lease Term as it applies to the Fifth Floor Expansion Space shall commence upon the Fifth Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date and shall expire December 31, 2023, as does the Exiting Premises and Lab Expansion Space, as each is defined in the Second Amendment.

In the event Tenant enters into a new lease of not less than ten (10) years in length for at least 60,000 additional rentable square feet either in: a) the contemplated EmeryStation West Building which may be developed by Landlord’s Affiliate, or b) the Building, or c) some 60,000 rentable square foot combination of additional space in both buildings (the “60,000 Lease Commitment”), Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the Lease Term early, only as it relates to the Fifth Floor Expansion Space. Such early termination shall be made on no less than ninety (90) days advance written notice to Landlord and is subject to Tenant having signed the 60,000 Lease Commitment, such date to be referred to as the “Fifth Floor Early Termination Date”.

 

  III.

FIFTH FLOOR MONTHLY BASE RENT:

The “Fifth Floor Expansion Space Monthly Base Rent” shall be defined as follows: Effective upon the Fifth Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Fifth Floor Monthly Base Rent shall equal $14,043.00. Effective upon the first anniversary of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date and annually thereafter throughout the Lease Term, the Fifth Floor Expansion Space Monthly Base Rent shall be increased by three percent (3%).

 

  IV.

EXPENSES:

It is Landlord and Tenant’s intent that the Fifth Floor Expansion Space Monthly Base Rent represents a fully triple-net rent. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that this means that, commencing upon the Fifth Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay its pro-rata share (based on the agreed

 

B-2


3,725 square foot rentable area of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space) of Operating Expenses and Taxes in the form of additional Rent Adjustments and additional Rent Adjustment Deposits, which shall be calculated as set forth in Article 4 of the ESE Lease, as such was modified by Section 2A of the Lease.

 

  V.

USE:

Tenant’s use of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space shall be for laboratory and office purposes.

 

  VI.

TENANT IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE:

In addition to the Fifth Floor Expansion Space Landlord Work defined herein, Landlord shall make a tenant improvement allowance available to Tenant in conjunction with Tenant’s lease of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space (the “Fifth Floor TI Allowance”), which shall be available to reimburse Tenant for valid expenditures Tenant makes to the Fifth Floor Expansion Space. The Fifth Floor TI Allowance shall equal $37,000.00, with one-half (1/2) of that amount, or $18,500.00, initially available to Tenant as of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space Commencement Date. The remaining $18,500.00 of the Fifth Floor TI Allowance shall only be made available to Tenant if Tenant, in writing, conclusively waives its right, via formal written notice to Landlord, to terminate the Lease Term as it relates to the Fifth Floor Expansion Space early, as outlined in Section II above. Any improvements Tenant shall make to the Fifth Floor Expansion Space, other than Tenant’s (i) painting of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space (ii) provision of power and data connections into the office portion of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space, and (iii) provision of power, data, CDA and vacuum connections into the laboratory portion of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space, all of which are hereby authorized and approved by Landlord, shall be pursuant to the terms of the Workletter attached to the Lease.

 

  VII.

SECURITY DEPOSIT:

Effective upon the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, the existing Security Deposit called for under the Lease shall be increased pro-rata to reflect the addition of the Fifth Floor Expansion Space rentable area to the rentable area of Tenant’s existing Premises. Within no more than five (5) business days following the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, Tenant shall remit the necessary additional Security Deposit amount to Landlord.

 

  VIII.

BROKERAGE:

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has been represented in this transaction by CRESA (“Tenant’s Broker”). In the event, and only in the event, Tenant waives in writing its right to terminate the Lease Term early as it relates to the Fifth Floor Expansion Space, Landlord agrees to pay a brokerage commission to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to Landlord’s stated commission schedule for lab leases. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that no brokerage commission or other such fee shall be due and payable by Landlord to CRESA or to any other representative of Tenant as a result hereof other than as specifically detailed in the Section VI.

 

B-3


  IX.

OTHER;

Other than the terms of this Fifth Amendment outlined above, all other terms and conditions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fifth Amendment.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
Berkeley Lights, Inc.,     Emery Station Joint Venture LLC
a Delaware corporation     a California limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

    By:  

/s/ Richard Robbins

Print Name:   Stuart L. Merkadeau     Print Name:   Richard K. Robbins

 

B-4


EXHIBIT A

 

B-5


LOGO


SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

by and between

EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC (LANDLORD),

and

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (TENANT)

EmeryStation 1 Building

5858 Horton St.

Emeryville, California

That certain lease dated November 3, 2014 by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, and Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Landlord, as such was modified by that First Amendment to Lease dated June 9, 2015 (the “First Amendment”) and by that Second Amendment to Lease dated September 25, 2015 (the “Second Amendment”), by the terms of that Third Amendment to Lease dated January 11, 2016 (the “Third Amendment”), by the terms of the Fourth Amendment to Lease dated January 18, 2016 (the “Fourth Amendment”), and by the terms of the Fifth Amendment to Lease dated April 7, 2016 (the “Fifth Amendment”), collectively constitute the “Lease”. The Lease is hereby further amended by the terms of this Sixth Amendment to Lease (the “Sixth Amendment”), which shall have an effective date of September 26, 2016 (the “Sixth Amendment Effective Date”). Effective upon the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, the existing Lease and this Sixth Amendment thereto shall thereafter collectively constitute and be referred to as the Lease for all purposes thereunder. Landlord and Tenant are entering into this Sixth Amendment with reference to the following facts:

 

A.

Pursuant to the terms of the Second Amendment, including Section VI (a) thereof, Tenant leases from Landlord that 2,581 rentable square foot office space located on the second floor of the Building and more commonly referred to as Suite 263 (“Suite 263”, as outlined on Exhibit A hereto). Suite 263 constitutes a portion of Tenant’s Premises. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Lease Term, as it relates specifically to the Suite 263 portion of Tenant’s Premises only, expires December 31, 2016.

 

B.

Pursuant to the terms of the Fifth Amendment, Tenant leases from Landlord that 3,725 rentable square foot lab and office space located on the fifth floor of the Building and commonly referred to as Suites 550/555 (the “Existing Fifth Floor Space”, as outlined on Exhibit A hereto).

 

C.

Tenant has advised Landlord of Tenant’s increased space needs, which Tenant wishes to satisfy in the Building. Tenant has requested, and Landlord has agreed, to allow Tenant to expand Tenant’s Premises by addition thereto of that 7,189 rentable square foot office and lab space located on the fifth floor of the Building and more commonly referred to as Suite 500, as such is more specifically defined below. In conjunction with the expansion of Tenant’s Premises to include Suite 500, Tenant shall return possession of Suite 263 and of the Existing Fifth Floor Space to Landlord, as more specifically detailed herein.

 

B-1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals, which by this reference are incorporated herein, the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant are entering into this Sixth Amendment, whose specific terms and conditions are contained herein. All terms not specifically defined herein but referred to in this Sixth Amendment shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Lease:

 

  I.

ADDITION OF SUITE 500 TO THE PREMISES:

That specific office and lab space located on the Fifth floor of the Building, commonly referred to as Suite 500 and more specifically outlined in Exhibit A hereof, shall constitute and be referred to herein as “Suite 500”, as outlined on Exhibit A hereto. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that Suite 500 measures 7,189 rentable square feet. Tenant shall accept possession of Suite 500 from Landlord in its as-is condition, with existing office furniture, fixtures and equipment and laboratory benches, but not other laboratory furniture, fixtures and equipment, remaining in place (“Landlord’s FF&E”), and subject only to industry-standard decontamination of the lab areas within Suite 500, as evidenced by delivery by Landlord to Tenant of third party written documentation thereof. The anticipated date of Landlord’s delivery of possession of Suite 500 to Tenant is October 1, 2016, Tenant understands and acknowledges that Suite 500 is presently leased and occupied by others through September 30, 2016, and that Landlord’s delivery of possession of Suite 500 to Tenant is dependent on said other party’s surrender of possession thereof to Landlord, In the event that Landlord reasonably believes it will not be able to deliver possession to Tenant on October 1, 2016, Landlord will promptly advise Tenant and provide Tenant with an updated anticipated delivery date,

The date of Landlord’s delivery of possession of Suite 500 to Tenant shall be referred to as the “Suite 500 Commencement Date”. From and after the Suite 500 Commencement Date, Suite 500 shall be considered part of Tenant’s Premises and subject to all the terms and conditions relating thereto under the Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to pay the appropriate Tenant Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes as they relate to Suite 500, as more fully detailed below. Within fifteen (15) days of the Suite 500 Commencement Date, Tenant shall execute an acknowledgement thereof in the form of a Commencement Date Agreement, the form of which is attached as an exhibit to the Lease.

Promptly following the Suite 500 Commencement Date, Landlord agrees to place a planter or lattice or similar such barrier on the western-facing outdoor deck accessible from Suite 500 so as to reasonably divide the deck between the various tenants, including Tenant, who have access thereto. Within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s taking possession of Suite 500, Tenant shall identify to Landlord any broken doom and/or locks, any materially-damaged walls or non-working kitchen appliances which Tenant wishes to be repaired, and Landlord agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to repair said items as quickly after such notice as is commercially-reasonable.

 

B-2


  II.

SUITE 500 MONTHLY BASE RENT:

The “Suite 500 Monthly Base Rent” shall be defined as follows: Effective upon the Suite 500 Commencement Date, the Suite 500 Monthly Base Rent shall equal $27,102.53. Effective April 25, 2017 (i.e. one year following the Commencement Date applicable to the Existing Fifth Floor Space), and annually thereafter throughput the Lease Term, the Suite 500 Monthly Base Rent shall be increased by three percent (3%). Effective upon the Suite 500 Commencement Date, the Monthly Base Rent otherwise called for under the Lease shall be increased by the amount of the Suite 500 Monthly Base Rent.

During the Lease Term, Tenant shall be able to use Landlord’s FF&E free of charge. Tenant hereby agrees to accept Landlord’s FF&E in its existing as-is condition. Landlord makes no representations nor warranties regarding the condition, suitability, utility nor legality of Landlord’s FF&E, nor shall Landlord insure Landlord’s FF&E. Tenant shall use Landlord’s FF&E at Tenant’s sole and absolute risk. Tenant shall maintain and repair Landlord’s FF&E to industry-standard levels and shall return possession of Landlord’s FF&E to Landlord at the end of the Lease Term.

 

  III.

SUITE 500 OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES:

It is Landlord’s and Tenant’s mutual intent that the Suite 500 Monthly Base Rent represents a fully triple-net rent. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that this means that, commencing upon the Suite 500 Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay its pro-rata share (based on the agreed 7,189 square foot rentable area of Suite 500) of Operating Expenses and Taxes in the form of additional Rent Adjustments and additional Rent Adjustment Deposits, which shall be calculated as set forth in Article 4 of the ESE Lease, as such was modified by Section 2A of the Lease.

 

  IV.

LEASE TERM AS IT RELATES TO SUITE 500:

The Lease Term as it applies to Suite 500 shall commence upon the Suite 500 Commencement Date and shall expire December 31, 2023, as does the Lease Term as it relates to the Exiting Premises and to the Lab Expansion Space, as each is defined in the Second Amendment.

In the event Tenant enters into a new lease of not less than ten (10) years in length for at least 60,000 additional rentable square feet either in: a) the contemplated EmeryStation West Building, which may or may not be developed at all, in Landlord’s Affiliate’s sole and absolute discretion, or b) the Building, or c) some 60,000 rentable square foot combination of additional space in both buildings, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the Lease Term early, only as it relates to Suite 500 but not to other portions of Tenant’s Premises, such early termination to require no less than ninety (90) business days advance written notice to Landlord and which termination shall occur only upon Tenant’s occupancy in and commencement of paying rent for the afore-mentioned 60,000 square feet of additional space, such date to be referred to as the “Suite 500 Early Termination Date”.

 

  III.

SUITE 500 USE:

Tenant’s use of Suite 500 shall be for laboratory and office purposes.

 

B-3


  V.

SECURITY DEPOSIT:

Effective upon the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, the existing Security Deposit of $189,576.11 called for under the Lease shall be increased by $8,929.60 (intended to be equal to two times the amount of the monthly base rent FOR Suite 500 less that of the Existing Fifth Floor Space less that of Suite 263) to become $198,505.71. Within no more than five (5) business days following the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, Tenant shall remit the necessary additional Security Deposit amount to Landlord in good and collected funds.

 

  VI.

SURRENDER OF EXISTING FIFTH FLOOR SPACE:

Within ten (10) business days of the Suite 500 Commencement Date, Tenant shall surrender possession of the Existing Fifth Floor Space to Landlord in the condition required of Tenant by the terms of the Lease addressing Expiration, the Existing Fifth Floor Space being broom-clean condition and with any and all lab areas de-contaminated and de-commissioned by a third-party experienced in such matters, such de-commissioning and de-contamination evidenced by commercially-reasonable written documentation of Tenant’s delivery of possession of the Existing Fifth Floor Space to Landlord as required in this Section VI shall be referred to as the “Existing Fifth Floor Space Lease Expiration Date”. The Lease Term, as such specifically relates to the Existing Fifth Floor Space but not to any other portions of Tenant’s Premises, shall expire on the Existing Fifth Floor Space Lease Expiration Date.

Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments and Rent Adjustment Deposits applicable to the Existing Fifth Floor Space shall remain in full force and effect until the Existing Fifth Floor Space Lease Expiration Date. Failure by Tenant to so deliver possession of the Existing Fifth Floor Space to Landlord as required in this Section VI shall constitute a Default under the Lease.

 

  VII.

SURRENDER OF SUITE 263:

On or before December 31, 2016, Tenant shall surrender possession of Suite 263 to Landlord in the condition required of Tenant by the terms of the Lease concerning condition of the Premises upon the Lease’s expiration or earlier termination, including return of any Landlord FF&E that may have originally been associated with Suite 263. Tenant’s delivery of possession of Suite 263 to Landlord as required in this Section VII shall be referred to as the “Suite 263 Lease Return Date”.

Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments and Rent Adjustment Deposits applicable to Suite 263 shall remain in full force and effect until the earlier of: a) Landlord’s lease to a third party or any use by Landlord or a third party of Suite 263 if Tenant surrenders Suite 263 to Landlord prior to the current December 31, 2016 Suite 263 lease expiration date, and b) December 31, 2016; at such time the Lease Term shall expire as it specifically relates to Suite 263 but not to any other portions of Tenant’s Premises. Failure by Tenant to so deliver possession of Suite 263 to Landlord as required in this Section VII shall constitute a Default under the Lease.

 

B-4


  VIII.

PARKING:

Pursuant to the Third Amendment, Tenant is presently entitled to up to ninety-eight (98) parking spaces, which total was to drop by eight (8) spaces, to a revised total of ninety (90) spaces, if and when Tenant’s Premises no longer included Suite 263. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, effective upon the Sixth Amendment Effective Date, Tenant’s parking shall be increased to a total of one hundred and ten (110) spaces, which total shall not be reduced when Tenant returns possession of Suite 263 to Landlord pursuant to Section VII above. All such parking shall be governed by the terms of the Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to pay Landlord’s quoted rates therefor.

 

  IX.

TENANT IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE:

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge the Tenant Improvement Allowance which Landlord made available to Tenant pursuant to Section VI of the Fifth Amendment (the “Fifth Floor TI Allowance”). Notwithstanding the early termination of the Lease Term as it relates to the Existing Fifth Floor space, as such early termination is more fully described in Section VI of this Sixth Amendment above, in the event that any of the Fifth Floor TI Allowance remains un-advanced by Landlord to Tenant upon the Existing Fifth Floor Space Lease Expiration Date as such is defined above (such un-used TI being referred to herein as the “Un-Used Fifth Floor TI”), Landlord hereby agrees to make such Un-Used Fifth Floor TI available to Tenant for Tenant’s use in defraying the total cost of any approved Tenant Alterations made by Tenant to Suite 500. The terms regarding the availability of any Un-Used Fifth Floor TI shall continue to specify, per the agreed terms of Section VI of the Fifth Amendment, that an $18,500.00 portion thereof shall only be made available by Landlord to Tenant if Tenant, in writing, conclusively waives its right, via formal written notice to Landlord, to terminate the Lease Term as it relates to the Suite 500 early, as outlined in Section IV above. Any improvements Tenant shall make to Suite 500 and any advancements by Landlord to Tenant of the Un-Used Fifth Floor TI funds shall be pursuant to the terms of the Workletter attached to the Lease.

 

  X.

MISCELLANEOUS:

This Sixth Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein.

Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Sixth Amendment thereto, the provisions of this Sixth Amendment shall govern and control.

Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be bound by this Sixth Amendment until each of Landlord and Tenant has executed and delivered the same to the other.

 

B-5


Capitalized terms used in this Sixth Amendment shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein and not redefined in this Sixth Amendment.

Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that it has represented itself in this transaction and has not dealt with any broker or other representative in connection with this Sixth Amendment. Tenant hereby agrees that any compensation that may be due to any broker or representative of Tenant for this transaction shall be wholly the obligation of Tenant and that Landlord shall have no obligation to pay any commission or other form of compensation. Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that it has not been represented by, and has not dealt with any, broker or other representative in connection with this Sixth Amendment. Landlord and Tenant each agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented it in connection with this Sixth Amendment other than as set forth in this section.

Landlord and Tenant represent to each other that the individual executing this Sixth Amendment on its behalf has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting.

This Sixth Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts each of which is deemed an original but together constitute one and the same instrument. This Sixth Amendment may be executed in so-called “pdf” format and each party has the right to rely upon a pdf counterpart of this Sixth Amendment signed by the other party to the same extent as if such party had received an original counterpart.

(signatures occur on following page)

 

B-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Sixth Amendment on the date(s) set forth below, effective as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
Berkeley Lights, Inc.,     Emery Station Joint Venture LLC
a Delaware corporation     a California limited liability
company    
      By: Emery Station Associates, LLC,
      a California limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

   
Print Name: Stuart Merkadeau     Its: Managing Member
Its: General Counsel    
      By: Wareham-NZL, LLC, a
      California limited liability company
      Its: Managing Member
      By: Richard K. Robbins, Manager
     

/s/ Richard K. Robins

      Richard K. Robins

 

B-7


EXHIBIT A

SUITE 263, THE EXISTING FIFTH FLOOR SPACE, AND SUITE 500

 

B-8


LOGO


LOGO


SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

by and between

EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC (LANDLORD),

and

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (TENANT)

EmeryStation 1 Building

5858 Horton St.

Emeryville, California

That certain lease dated November 3, 2014 by and between Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, and Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Landlord, as such was modified by that First Amendment to Lease dated June 9, 2015 (the “First Amendment”), by that Second Amendment to Lease dated September 25, 2015 (the “Second Amendment”), by that Third Amendment to Lease dated January 11, 2016 (the “Third Amendment”), by that Fourth Amendment to Lease dated January 18, 2016 (the “Fourth Amendment”), that Fifth Amendment to Lease dated April 7, 2016 (the “Fifth Amendment”), and by that Sixth Amendment to Lease dated September 26, 2016 (the “Sixth Amendment”), collectively constitute the “Existing Lease”. The Existing Lease is hereby further amended by the terms of this Seventh Amendment to Lease (the “Seventh Amendment”), which shall have an effective date of December 31, 2016 (the “Seventh Amendment Effective Date”). Effective upon the Seventh Amendment Effective Date, the Existing Lease and this Seventh Amendment thereto shall thereafter collectively constitute and be referred to as the “Lease” for all purposes thereunder. Landlord and Tenant are entering into this Seventh Amendment with reference to the following facts:

A. Pursuant to the terms of the Fourth Amendment, Tenant presently leases from Landlord that 1,198 rentable square foot space located on the first floor of the Building and more commonly referred to as Suite 190 (“Suite 190”, as outlined on Exhibit A hereto). Suite 190 constitutes a portion of Tenant’s Premises. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Lease Term, as it relates specifically to the Suite 190 portion of Tenant’s Premises, is presently set to expire December 31, 2016.

B. Tenant has requested, and Landlord has agreed, to extend the Lease Term as it relates to Tenant’s lease of Suite 190 pursuant to the terms of this Seventh Amendment, below.

C. Tenant and Landlord further acknowledge that the rentable area of Suite 500, which is a portion of Tenant’s Premises and which Tenant leased pursuant to the terms of the Sixth Amendment, was incorrectly stated in the Sixth Amendment, which error shall be addressed by the terms of this Seventh Amendment, below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals, which by this reference are incorporated herein, the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant are entering into this Seventh Amendment, whose specific terms and conditions are contained herein. All terms not specifically defined herein but referred to in this Seventh Amendment shall have the meanings attributed to them in the Lease:

 

B-1


I.

EXTENSION OF LEASE TERM AS IT PERTAINS TO SUITE 190:

Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease Term as it pertains to the Suite 190 shall be extended such that the Expiration Date shall become December 31, 2023. By so doing, the entirety of Tenant’s Premises, other than the Suite 263 portion thereof, for which the Lease Term expires December 31, 2016, shall now have an Expiration Date of December 31, 2023, except as provided in the Second Amendment as it relates to Suite 350, and in the Sixth Amendment as it relates to Suite 500 (where in both cases the Lease Term is it relates to the referenced suites can be terminated early subject to certain conditions). The period from January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2023 shall constitute and be referred to as the “Suite 190 Extension Term”. Tenant shall accept possession of Suite 190 from Landlord at the commencement of the Suite 190 Extension Term in its then as-is condition, with no obligation on the part of Landlord to make any improvements thereto. During the Suite 190 Extension Term, the Suite 190 portion of Tenant’s Premises shall be subject to all the terms and conditions relating thereto under the Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to pay the Suite 190 Monthly Base Rent (as such is defined below) as well as Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes as they relate to Suite 190 (also more fully detailed below).

If, after the Seventh Amendment Effective Date, Tenant enters into a new lease of not less than ten (10) years in length for at least 60,000 additional rentable square feet either in: a) the contemplated EmeryStation West Building, which may or may not be developed at all, in Landlord’s Affiliate’s sole and absolute discretion, or b) at least 20,000 in the Building, or c) some 60,000 rentable square foot combination of additional space in both buildings, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the Lease Term early, only as it relates to Suite 190 but not to other portions of Tenant’s Premises, such early termination to require no less than ninety (90) business days advance written notice to Landlord and which termination shall occur only upon Tenant’s occupancy in and commencement of paying rent for the afore-mentioned square feet of additional space, such date to be referred to as the “Suite 190 Early Termination Date”.

 

II.

SUITE 190 MONTHLY BASE RENT:

The “Suite 190 Monthly Base Rent” shall be $1,800.00 per month during calendar year 2017. Effective January 1, 2018 and annually thereafter throughout the Suite 190 Extension Term, the Suite 190 Monthly Base Rent shall be increased by three percent (3%).

 

III.

SUITE 190 OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES:

It is Landlord’s and Tenant’s mutual intent that the Suite 190 Monthly Base Rent represents a fully-serviced rent subject to a 2017 Base Year. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that this means that, commencing upon January 1, 2018 and thereafter throughout the Suite 190 Extension Term, Tenant shall pay its pro-rata share of all increases in Operating Expenses and Taxes for any calendar year to the extent they exceed the respective amounts of Operating Expenses and Taxes during calendar year 2017, such payment by Tenant being made in the form of additional Rent Adjustments and additional Rent Adjustment Deposits, which shall be calculated as set forth in Article 4 of the ESE Lease, as such was modified by Section 2A of the Lease.

 

B-2


III.

SUITE 190 USE:

Tenant’s use of Suite 190 shall be for office, storage and/or private athletic workout purposes.

 

IX.

CORRECTION OF SUITE 500 RENTABLE SQUARE FOOTAGE:

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the rentable square footage of Suite 500, as defined in the Sixth Amendment, was incorrectly listed as 7,189 rentable square feet (in Recital C and in Sections I and III), and is actually 7,819 rentable square feet and shall be revised to be this latter 7,819 rentable square foot amount for all purposes under the Lease. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to correct this error effective upon the Seventh Amendment Effective Date. However, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that Tenant’s Monthly Base Rent will be calculated using the lower, 7,189 rentable square foot figure up to and including June 30, 2017 and that Monthly Base Rent shall be calculated using the otherwise correct 7,819 rentable square foot figure commencing July 1, 2017 and thereafter throughout the expiration or the Lease Term (including any extensions thereof). Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes, as referenced in Section III of the Sixth Amendment, shall be calculated utilizing the correct 7,819 rentable square footage figure commencing January 1, 2017.

 

B-3


X.

MISCELLANEOUS:

This Seventh Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein.

Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Seventh Amendment thereto, the provisions of this Seventh Amendment shall govern and control.

Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be bound by this Seventh Amendment until each of Landlord and Tenant has executed and delivered the same to the other.

Capitalized terms used in this Seventh Amendment shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein and not redefined in this Seventh Amendment.

Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that it has represented itself in this transaction and has not dealt with any broker or other representative in connection with this Seventh Amendment. Tenant hereby agrees that any compensation that may be due to any broker or representative of Tenant for this transaction shall be wholly the obligation of Tenant and that Landlord shall have no obligation to pay any commission or other form of compensation. Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that it has not been represented by, and has not dealt with any, broker or other representative in connection with this Seventh Amendment. Landlord and Tenant each agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented it in connection with this Seventh Amendment other than as set forth in this section.

Landlord and Tenant represent to each other that the individual executing this Seventh Amendment on its behalf has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting.

This Seventh Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts each of which is deemed an original but together constitute one and the same instrument. This Seventh Amendment may be executed in so-called “pdf” format and each party has the right to rely upon a pdf counterpart of this Seventh Amendment signed by the other party to the same extent as if such party had received an original counterpart.

(signatures occur on following page)

 

B-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Seventh Amendment on the date(s) set forth below, effective as of the Seventh Amendment Effective Date.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
Berkeley Lights, Inc.,     Emery Station Joint Venture LLC,
a Delaware corporation     a California limited liability company
      By: Emery Station Associates, LLC,
By:  

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

    a California limited liability company
Print Name: Stuart Merkadeau          
      Its:   Managing Member
       

By: Wareham-NZL, LLC, a California

limited liability company

          Its:   Managing Member
            By: Richard K. Robbins, Manager
           

/s/ Richard K. Robbins

            Richard K. Robbins

 

B-5


EXHIBIT A

SUITE 190

 

B-6


LOGO

Exhibit 10.11(b)

OFFICE LEASE

BETWEEN

Emery Station Office II, LLC (LANDLORD)

a California limited liability company

AND

Berkeley Lights, Inc. (TENANT)

a Delaware corporation


OFFICE LEASE

ARTICLE 1

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

1.1

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

In the event of any conflict between these Basic Lease Provisions and any other Lease provision, such other Lease provision shall control.

 

  (1)

BUILDING AND ADDRESS:

5980 Horton Street

Emeryville, California 94608

 

  (2)

LANDLORD AND ADDRESS:

Emery Station West, LLC

c/o Wareham Development Corporation

1120 Nye Street, Suite 400

San Rafael, California 94901

 

  (3)

TENANT AND NOTICE ADDRESS:

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

5858 Horton Street, Suite 320

Emeryville, California 94608

 

  (4)

DATE OF LEASE: February 14, 2020

 

  (5)

INITIAL TERM: Commencing on Commencement Date, and ending July 31, 2020

 

  (6)

COMMENCEMENT DATE: Upon Landlord’s delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant in its as-is condition, projected to be February 17, 2020

 

  (7)

TERMINATION DATE: July 31, 2020

 

  (8)

MONTHLY BASE RENT: $2.75 per rentable square foot per month (i.e. $9,234.50), triple-net of all utilities, operating expenses and taxes

 

  (9)

RENTABLE AREA OF THE PREMISES: 3,358 rentable square feet

 

  (10)

SECURITY DEPOSIT: None

 

  (11)

SUITE NUMBER OF PREMISES: 100

 

  (12)

TENANT’S USE OF PREMISES: General office use and incidental purposes related thereto.


  (13)

PARKING: Up to ten (10) unreserved spaces for which Tenant shall pay Landlord’s quoted rates therefore.

 

1.2

ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS AND RIDER(S)

The Exhibits and Rider set forth below and attached to this Lease are incorporated in this Lease by this reference:

 

EXHIBIT A    Plan of Premises
EXHIBIT B    Rules and Regulations
EXHIBIT C    Signage

 

1.3

DEFINITIONS

For purposes hereof, in addition to terms defined elsewhere in this Lease, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

COMMON AREAS: All areas of the Project made available by Landlord from time to time for the general common use or benefit of the tenants of the Building, and their employees and invitees, or the public, as such areas currently exist and as they may be changed from time to time.

DEFAULT RATE: Two (2) percentage points above the rate then most recently announced by Bank of America N.A. at its San Francisco main office as its base lending reference rate, from time to time announced, but in no event higher than the maximum rate permitted by Law.

ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS: All Laws governing the use, storage, disposal or generation of any Hazardous Material, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended.

INDEMNITEES: Collectively, Landlord, any Mortgagee or ground lessor of the Property, the property manager and the leasing manager for the Property, and their respective partners, members, directors, officers, agents and employees.

LAND: The parcel(s) of real estate on which the Building and Project are located.

LAWS OR LAW: All laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, other requirements, orders, rulings or decisions adopted or made by any governmental body, agency, department or judicial authority having jurisdiction over the Property, the Premises or Tenant’s activities at the Premises and any covenants, conditions or restrictions of record which affect the Property.

LEASE: This instrument and all exhibits and riders attached hereto, as may be amended from time to time.

MORTGAGEE: Any holder of a mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument encumbering the Property.

 

3


PROJECT or PROPERTY: The Project consists of the building located at the street address specified in Section 1.1(1), associated garage parking as designated by Landlord from time to time, landscaping and improvements, together with the Land, any associated interests in real property, and the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus located in or used in conjunction with any of the foregoing. The Project may also be referred to as the Property.

REAL PROPERTY: The Property excluding any personal property.

RENT: Collectively, Monthly Base Rent, and all other charges, payments, late fees or other amounts required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.

ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, TERM, FAILURE TO GIVE POSSESSION

 

1.4

LEASE OF PREMISES

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises for the Term and upon the terms, covenants and conditions provided in this Lease.

 

1.5

TERM

The Term shall be for the period specified in Section 1.1, unless sooner terminated or extended as provided for herein. If for any reason Landlord fails to deliver the Premises to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the projected date specified in Section 1.1 above, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever for such failure and, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord and Tenant, this Lease shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after such date.

 

1.6

CONDITION OF PREMISES

Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Premises “AS IS” in the condition existing on the Commencement Date, and to have waived all claims relating to the condition of the Premises, subject to Landlord completing any required maintenance prior to the Commencement Date.

ARTICLE 2

 

2.1

RENT

Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord at the address specified in Section 1.1(2), or to such other persons, or at such other places designated by Landlord, without any prior demand therefor in immediately available funds and without any deduction or offset whatsoever, Rent, including Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s pro-rata share of all operating expenses and taxes, during the Term. Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s pro rata share of operating expenses and taxes shall be paid monthly in advance on the first day of each month of the Term. Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s share of operating expenses and taxes shall be prorated for partial months within the Term. Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent shall be independent of every other covenant in this Lease.

 

4


Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be in breach of this Lease nor be liable to Tenant for damages or otherwise, for any failure to furnish, or a delay in furnishing, or a change in the quantity or character of any service when such failure, delay or change is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, improvements or mechanical breakdowns, by the act or default of Tenant or other parties or by an event of Force Majeure. No such failure, delay or change shall be deemed to be an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or from performing any other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, without any deduction or offset; provided, however, in the case of any such failure or delay is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its contractors or agents or any of their respective employees, and the same materially interferes with Tenant’s ability to conduct business in the Premises, then Rent shall be abated commencing on the fifth (5th) consecutive business day following such failure or delay and shall continue until such time as the failure or delay that materially interferes with Tenant’s ability to conduct business in the Premises is cured. In the event such failure or delay continues for more than fifteen (15) consecutive business days, Landlord shall use commercially reasonably efforts to relocate Tenant, at Tenant’s option, to another suite with similar square footage within the Building until Tenant is able to use the Premises for operation of its business. Failure to any extent to make available, or any slowdown, stoppage, or interruption of, the specified utility services resulting from any cause, including changes in service provider, shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for damages to either persons, property, or business, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant or work an abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant of Tenant’s obligations for fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof. Tenant hereby waives any benefits of any applicable existing or future Law, including the provisions of California Civil Code section 1932(1), permitting the termination of this Lease due to such interruption, failure or inability.

 

2.2

PARKING

During the Term, Tenant may use the number of spaces specified in Section 1.1(14) (“Tenant’s Parking Rights”) for parking at the standard prevailing monthly rates being charged from time to time by Landlord or its parking operator without regard to discounts provided to any other occupants of the Project. Five (5) spaces for such parking shall be located in the Emery Station North building and the remaining five (5) spaces shall be located in the Terraces Garage owned by Landlord. The locations and type of parking (including, without limitation, valet parking, if any) shall be designated by Landlord or Landlord’s parking operator from time to time but in no event shall any parking space be located more than one (1) block from the Building. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the parking spaces serving the Project may include tandem or valet parking and a mixture of spaces for compact vehicles as well as full-size passenger automobiles, and that Tenant shall not use parking spaces for vehicles larger than the striped size of the parking spaces. All vehicles utilizing Tenant’s Parking Rights shall prominently display identification stickers or other markers, and/or have passes or keycards for ingress and egress, as may be required and provided by Landlord or its parking operator from time to time. Tenant shall comply with any and all parking rules and regulations from time to time established by Landlord or Landlord’s parking operator, including a requirement that Tenant pay to Landlord or Landlord’s parking operator a charge for loss and replacement of passes, keycards, identification stickers or markers, and for any and all loss or other damage caused by persons or vehicles related to use of Tenant’s Parking Rights. Tenant shall not allow any vehicles using Tenant’s parking spaces to be parked, loaded or unloaded except in accordance with this Section, including in the areas and in

 

5


the manner designated by Landlord or its parking operator for such activities. If any vehicle is using the parking or loading areas contrary to any provision of this Section, Landlord or its parking operator shall have the right, in addition to all other rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, to remove or tow away the vehicle without prior notice to Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord. Tenant shall have the right to adjust the number of spaces it uses and pays for monthly via acceptable advance notice to Landlord and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay for any parking spaces until Tenant advises Landlord it intends to commence use of said parking spaces.

ARTICLE 3

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Intentionally omitted.

ARTICLE 4

SERVICES

 

4.1

UTILITIES AND JANITORIAL SERVICES

Electricity, gas, water, and sewer services used by Tenant or provided to the Premises shall be paid for by Tenant by separate charge. Such charges shall be based upon Tenant’s usage as measured by a separate meter or submeter for the Premises, or as reasonably estimated by Landlord, and shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after billing by Landlord. Tenant’s use of electric current or other utilities shall at no time exceed the capacity of the wiring, plumbing, feeders, risers and other systems providing utilities to the Premises or the Building. The consent of Landlord to the installation of equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to limit usage of utilities to no more than such capacity.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES; LANDLORD’S ACCESS RIGHTS

 

5.1

USE OF PREMISES

(a) Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises only for the uses specified in Section 1.1(13) to conduct Tenant’s business. Tenant shall not occupy or use the Premises (or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises) for any purpose or in any manner which: (1) is unlawful or in violation of any Law or Environmental Law; (2) may be dangerous to persons or property or which may increase the cost of, or invalidate, any policy of insurance carried on the Building or covering its operations; or (3) is contrary to or prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Lease or the rules of the Building.

(b) Tenant shall comply with all Environmental Laws pertaining to Tenant’s occupancy and use of the Premises and concerning the proper storage, handling and disposal of any Hazardous Material introduced to the Premises, the Building or the Property by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, servants, contractors, customers or invitees. Landlord shall comply with all Environmental Laws applicable to the Property other than those to be complied with by Tenant pursuant to the preceding sentence. Tenant shall not generate, store, handle or dispose of

 

6


any Hazardous Material in, on, or about the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, except that such consent shall not be required to the extent of Hazardous Material packaged and contained in office products for consumer use in general business offices in quantities for ordinary day-to-day use provided such use does not give rise to, or pose a risk of, exposure to or release of Hazardous Material. In the event that Tenant is notified of any investigation or violation of any Environmental Law arising from Tenant’s activities at the Premises, Tenant shall use best efforts to promptly deliver to Landlord a copy of such notice. In such event or in the event Landlord reasonably believes that a violation of Environmental Law exists, Landlord may conduct such tests and studies relating to compliance by Tenant with Environmental Laws or the alleged presence of Hazardous Materials upon the Premises as Landlord deems desirable, all of which shall be completed at Landlord’s expense. Landlord’s inspection and testing rights are for Landlord’s own protection only, and Landlord has not, and shall not be deemed to have assumed any responsibility to Tenant or any other party for compliance with Environmental Laws, as a result of the exercise, or non-exercise of such rights. Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to defend, protect and hold harmless, the Indemnitees from any and all loss, claim, demand, action, expense, liability and cost (including reasonable actual out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising out of or in any way related to the presence of any Hazardous Material introduced to the Premises during the Term by any party other than Landlord. In case of any action or proceeding brought against the Indemnitees by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel chosen by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Landlord reserves the right to settle, compromise or dispose of any and all actions, claims and demands related to the foregoing indemnity. If any Hazardous Material is released, discharged or disposed of on or about the Property and such release, discharge or disposal is not caused by Tenant or other occupants of the Premises, or their employees, servants, agents, contractors customers or invitees, such release, discharge or disposal shall be deemed casualty damage under Article 11 to the extent that the Premises are affected thereby; in such case, Landlord and Tenant shall have the obligations and rights respecting such casualty damage provided under such Article.

(c) As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material, or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the State of California or the United States Government. The term “Hazardous Material” includes, without limitation, any material or substance which is (i) defined as “Hazardous Waste,” “Extremely Hazardous Waste,” or “Restricted Hazardous Waste” under Sections 25115, 25117 or 25122.7, or listed pursuant to Section 25140, of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.5 (Hazardous Waste Control Law), (ii) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” under Section 25316 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.8 (Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act), (iii) defined as a “Hazardous Material,” “Hazardous Substance,” or “Hazardous Waste” under Section 25501 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.95 (Hazardous Materials Release Response Plans and Inventory), (iv) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” under Section 25281 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.7 (Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances), (v) petroleum, (vi) asbestos, (vii) regulated by Section 26100 et seq. of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 18 (Toxic Mold Protection Act of 2001), (viii) listed under Article 9 or defined as Hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (ix) designated as a “Hazardous Substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Federal Water

 

7


Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. § 1317), (x) defined as a “Hazardous Waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 6903), or (xi) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 9601).

(d) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.) and regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder, as all of the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time (collectively referred to herein as the “ADA”) establish requirements for business operations, accessibility and barrier removal, and that such requirements may or may not apply to the Premises, the Building and the Project depending on, among other things: (1) whether Tenant’s business is deemed a “public accommodation” or “commercial facility”, (2) whether such requirements are “readily achievable”, and (3) whether a given alteration affects a “primary function area” or triggers “path of travel” requirements. The parties hereby agree that: (a) Landlord shall be responsible for ADA Title III compliance in the Common Areas, except as provided below, (b) Tenant shall be responsible for ADA Title III compliance in the Premises arising after the Commencement Date and only to the extent caused by any leasehold improvements or other work to be performed in the Premises by Tenant under or in connection with this Lease, (c) Landlord may perform, or require that Tenant perform, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III “path of travel” requirements triggered by Tenant improvement in the Premises, and (d) Landlord may perform, or require Tenant to perform, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III compliance in the Common Areas necessitated by the Building being deemed to be a “public accommodation” instead of a “commercial facility” solely as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for requirements under Title I of the ADA relating to Tenant’s employees. Notwithstanding any part of this Lease to the contrary, and to the best of Landlord’s actual knowledge, Landlord is not aware of any violation of the Premises as it relates to codes related to accessibility and the ADA or any Environmental Law.

 

5.2

LANDLORD ACCESS TO PREMISES; APPROVALS

(a) Tenant shall permit Landlord to erect, use and maintain pipes, ducts, wiring and conduits in and through the Premises, so long as Tenant’s use, layout or design of the Premises is not adversely affected or altered. Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter upon the Premises in the event of an emergency (with notice provided as reasonably practical thereafter), or to inspect the Premises, to perform any services required hereunder, to conduct safety and other testing in the Premises and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or the Building or other parts of the Property as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable (including all alterations, improvements and additions in connection with a change in service provider or providers. Any entry or work by Landlord may be during normal business hours and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any entry or work shall not adversely interfere with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises.

(b) If Tenant shall not be personally present to permit an entry into the Premises when for any reason an entry therein shall be necessary or permissible, Landlord (or Landlord’s agents), after attempting to notify Tenant (unless Landlord believes an emergency situation exists), may enter the Premises without rendering Landlord or its agents liable therefor, and without relieving Tenant of any obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall provide notice to Tenant as reasonably practical thereafter if Landlord has entered the Premises when Tenant was not personally present.

 

8


(c) Landlord may enter the Premises upon permission from Tenant or upon no less than twenty four (24) hours prior written or electronic notice to Tenant for the purpose of conducting such inspections, tests and studies as Landlord may deem desirable or reasonably necessary to confirm Tenant’s compliance with all Laws and Environmental Laws or for other purposes necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment to ensure the sound condition of the Property and the systems serving the Property. Landlord’s rights under this Section 5.2(c) are for Landlord’s own protection only, and Landlord has not, and shall not be deemed to have assumed, any responsibility to Tenant or any other party as a result of the exercise or non-exercise of such rights, for compliance with Laws or Environmental Laws or for the accuracy or sufficiency of any item or the quality or suitability of any item for its intended use.

(d) Landlord may do any of the foregoing, or undertake any of the inspection or work described in the preceding paragraphs without such action constituting an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, or giving rise to an abatement of Rent by reason of loss or interruption of business of Tenant, or otherwise.

(e) The review, approval or consent of Landlord with respect to any item required or permitted under this Lease is for Landlord’s own protection only, and Landlord has not, and shall not be deemed to have assumed, any responsibility to Tenant or any other party, as a result of the exercise or non-exercise of such rights, for compliance with Laws or Environmental Laws or for the accuracy or sufficiency of any item or the quality or suitability of any item for its intended use.

(f) Landlord covenants and agrees to keep confidential and not disclose to any other person or entity any proprietary or confidential information of Tenant, Tenant’s business or Tenant’s use of the Premises, whether or not in writing and whether or not labeled or identified as confidential or proprietary and which are confidential and proprietary, which may include inventions, trade secrets, technical information, know-how, product and pricing information and plans, research and development activities, marketing plans and activities, customer, supplier and prospect information, and information which Landlord may have access to or otherwise obtain during the Term (the “Confidential Information”). Landlord shall endeavor to protect and safeguard the confidentiality of such Confidential Information with reasonable care and diligence. The foregoing obligations and restrictions shall not apply to such confidential or proprietary information that was or becomes generally available to the public not as a result of a disclosure by Landlord. This provision shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease for a period of five (5) years.

 

5.3

QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants, in lieu of any implied covenant of quiet possession or quiet enjoyment, that so long as Tenant is in compliance with the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to quiet enjoyment of the Premises without hindrance or interference from Landlord or those claiming through Landlord, and subject to the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease and to the rights of any Mortgagee or ground lessor.

 

9


ARTICLE 6

MAINTENANCE

 

6.1

LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE

Landlord shall, as a shared Operating Expense, maintain and make necessary repairs to the foundations, roofs, exterior walls, and the structural elements of the Building, the electrical (which shall include, without limitation, light fixtures and replacement of bulbs and ballasts), plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, mechanical, communication, security and the fire and life safety systems of the Premises and the Building and those corridors, washrooms and lobbies which are Common Areas of the Building, and perform all maintenance and repairs to the Premises that are not Tenant’s express responsibility pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Lease, except that: (a) Landlord shall not be responsible for the maintenance or repair of any floor or wall coverings in the Premises or any of the type of systems listed above which are located within the Premises and are supplemental to the Building’s standard systems; and (b) the cost of performing any of said maintenance or repairs whether to the Premises or to the Building caused by the gross negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents, servants, licensees, subtenants, contractors or invitees, shall be paid by Tenant, subject to the waivers set forth in this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any expense, injury, loss or damage resulting from work done in or upon, or in connection with the use of, any adjacent or nearby building, land, street or alley except to the extent caused by Landlord or its employees, contractors or agents.

 

6.2

TENANT’S MAINTENANCE

Tenant shall periodically inspect the Premises to identify any conditions that are dangerous or in need of maintenance or repair. Tenant shall endeavor to promptly provide Landlord with notice of any such conditions. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, perform all maintenance and repairs to the Premises expressly set forth under this Lease, and keep the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear, condemnation and casualty excepted. Tenant shall repair and maintain within the Premises: (a) floor covering; (b) interior partitions; (c) doors; (d) the interior side of demising walls; (e) electronic, phone and data cabling, wiring and related equipment that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant (collectively, “Cables”); (f) supplemental air conditioning units, kitchens, including hot water heaters, plumbing, and similar facilities exclusively serving Tenant; and (g) Tenant Alterations, provided, however, the cost of performing any of said maintenance or repairs caused by the gross negligence of Landlord, its employees, agents, servants, licensees, subtenants, contractors or invitees, shall be paid by Landlord. To the extent Landlord is not reimbursed by insurance proceeds, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of repairing damage to the Building caused by the acts of Tenant, Tenant Related Parties and their respective contractors and vendors. If Tenant fails to make any repairs to the Premises for more than thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required in an emergency), Landlord may make the repairs, and Tenant shall pay, as additional Rent under this Lease, the reasonable actual out-of-pocket cost of the repairs upon receipt of proof of payment of invoices. Tenant hereby waives all right to make repairs at the expense of Landlord or in lieu thereof to vacate the Premises and its other similar rights as provided in California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 or any other Laws (whether now or hereafter in effect).

 

10


ARTICLE 7

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

7.1

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Tenant may not sublease, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or permit the transfer of this Lease or the encumbering of Tenant’s interest therein in whole or in part, by operation of Law or otherwise or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises, or any part thereof, by anyone other than Tenant Any assignment or sublease effected in violation of this Article shall, at Landlord’s option, be a noncurable Default, without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Landlord elects to treat such unapproved assignment or sublease as a noncurable Default, Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies provided for in Section 11.2 below, increase the Monthly Base Rent to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Base Rent then in effect.

ARTICLE 8

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

8.1

DEFAULT

The occurrence or existence of any one or more of the following shall constitute a “Default” by Tenant under this Lease:

(i) Tenant fails to pay any installment or other payment of Rent within ten (10) days after the date when due or payable hereunder;

(ii) Tenant intentionally violates the restrictions on assignments and subleases set forth in Article 7 – Assignment and Subletting;

(iii) Tenant fails to observe or perform any of the other covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease and fails to cure such default within fifteen (15) business days after written notice thereof to Tenant, unless the default involves a hazardous condition, which cure shall be commenced forthwith or unless the failure to perform is a Default for which this Lease specifies there is no cure or grace period;

(iv) the interest of Tenant in this Lease is levied upon under execution or other legal process;

(v) a petition is filed by or against Tenant to declare Tenant bankrupt or seeking a plan of reorganization or arrangement under any Chapter of the Bankruptcy Code 11 United States Code Sections 101 et seq. (the “Bankruptcy Code”), or any amendment thereto, replacement thereof or substitution therefor, or to delay payment of, reduce or modify Tenant’s debts, which in the case of an involuntary action is not discharged within thirty (30) days;

(vi) Tenant is declared insolvent by Law or any assignment of Tenant’s property is made for the benefit of creditors;

 

11


(vii) a receiver is appointed for Tenant or Tenant’s property, which appointment is not discharged within thirty (30) days;

(viii) any action taken by or against Tenant to reorganize or modify Tenant’s capital structure in a materially adverse way which in the case of an involuntary action is not discharged within thirty (30) days; or

(ix) upon the dissolution of Tenant.

 

8.2

LANDLORD’S REMEDIES

(a) A Default shall constitute a breach of this Lease for which Landlord shall have the rights and remedies set forth in this Section 8.2 and all other rights and remedies set forth in this Lease or now or hereafter allowed by Law, whether legal or equitable, and all rights and remedies of Landlord shall be cumulative and none shall exclude any other right or remedy now or hereafter allowed by applicable Law.

(b) With respect to a Default, at any time Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession by written notice to Tenant stating such election. Any written notice required pursuant to this Section shall constitute notice of unlawful detainer pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 if, at Landlord’s sole discretion, it states Landlord’s election that Tenant’s right to possession is terminated after expiration of any period required by Law or any longer period required by this Lease. Upon the expiration of the period stated in Landlord’s written notice of termination (and unless such notice provides an option to cure within such period and Tenant cures the Default within such period), Tenant’s right to possession shall terminate and this Lease shall terminate, and Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided. Upon such termination in writing of Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord shall have the right, subject to applicable Law, to re-enter the Premises and dispossess Tenant and the legal representatives of Tenant and all other occupants of the Premises by unlawful detainer or other summary proceedings, or as otherwise permitted by Law, regain possession of the Premises and remove its property (including their trade fixtures and personal property), but Landlord shall not be obligated to effect such removal, and such property may, at Landlord’s option, be stored elsewhere, sold or otherwise dealt with as permitted by Law, at the risk of, expense of and for the account of Tenant, and the proceeds of any sale shall be applied pursuant to Law. Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of any such property. Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord’s removing or storing Tenant’s personal property pursuant to this Lease, and Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to defend, protect and hold harmless, the Indemnitees from any and all loss, claims, demands, actions, expenses, liability and cost (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising out of or in any way related to such removal or storage. Upon such written termination of Tenant’s right to possession and this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to recover damages for Tenant’s Default as provided herein or by Law, including the following damages provided by California Civil Code Section 1951.2:

(1) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

 

12


(2) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided;

(3) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;

(4) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, Landlord’s unamortized costs of tenant improvements, leasing commissions and legal fees incurred in connection with entering into this Lease; and

(5) any other amounts, in addition to or in lieu of those listed above, that may be permitted by applicable Law.

The word “rent” as used in this Section 8.2 shall have the same meaning as the defined term Rent in this Lease. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above is computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in clause (3) above is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). For the purpose of determining unpaid Rent under clause (3) above, the monthly Rent reserved in this Lease shall be deemed to be the sum of the Monthly Base Rent and any additional Rent under this Lease.

(c) Even if Tenant is in Default, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession by written notice as provided in Section 8.2(b) above, and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. In such event, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies of a landlord under California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue Lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations), or any successor statute. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of Article 7 shall be deemed to constitute reasonable limitations of Tenant’s right to assign or sublet. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that in the absence of written notice pursuant to the above terminating Tenant’s right to possession, no other act of Landlord shall constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession or an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, including efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or the withholding of consent to a subletting or assignment, if in accordance with other provisions of this Lease.

(d) In the event that Landlord seeks an injunction with respect to a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, Tenant agrees to pay the premium for any bond required in connection with such injunction.

 

13


(e) Tenant hereby waives any and all rights to relief from forfeiture, redemption or reinstatement granted by Law (including California Civil Code of Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179) in the event of Tenant being evicted or dispossessed for any cause or in the event of Landlord obtaining possession of the Premises by reason of Tenant’s Default or otherwise;

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, a notice to Tenant given under this Article and Article 21 of this Lease or given pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, and any notice served by mail, shall be deemed served, and the requisite waiting period deemed to begin under said Code of Civil Procedure Section upon mailing (except as may be required under Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 et seq.), without any additional waiting requirement under Code of Civil Procedure Section 1011 et seq. or by other Law. For purposes of Code of Civil Procedure Section 1162, Tenant’s “place of residence”, “usual place of business”, “the property” and “the place where the property is situated” shall mean and be the Premises, whether or not Tenant has vacated same at the time of service.

(g) The voluntary or other surrender or termination of this Lease, or a mutual termination or cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger and shall terminate all or any existing assignments, subleases, subtenancies or occupancies permitted by Tenant, except if and as otherwise specified in writing by Landlord.

(h) No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant, and no exercise by Landlord of its rights pursuant to this Lease to perform any duty which Tenant fails timely to perform, shall impair any right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease.

 

8.3

ATTORNEY’S FEES

In the event any party brings any suit or other proceeding with respect to the subject matter or enforcement of this Lease, the prevailing party (as determined by the court, agency or other authority before which such suit or proceeding is commenced) shall, in addition to such other relief as may be awarded, be entitled to recover reasonable, actual third-party attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs of investigation as actually incurred, including court costs, expert witness fees, costs and expenses of investigation, and all attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses in any such suit or proceeding (including in any action or participation in or in connection with any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, or any successor statutes, in establishing or enforcing the right to indemnification, in appellate proceedings, or in connection with the enforcement or collection of any judgment obtained in any such suit or proceeding).

 

8.4

BANKRUPTCY

The following provisions shall apply in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant:

(a) In connection with any proceeding under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code where the trustee of Tenant elects to assume this Lease for the purposes of assigning it, such election or

 

14


assignment, may only be made upon compliance with the provisions of (b) and (c) below, which conditions Landlord and Tenant acknowledge to be commercially reasonable. In the event the trustee elects to reject this Lease, then Landlord shall immediately be entitled to possession of the Premises without further obligation to Tenant or the trustee.

(b) Any election to assume this Lease under Chapter 11 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code by Tenant as debtor-in-possession or by Tenant’s trustee (the “Electing Party”) must provide for:

The Electing Party to cure or provide to Landlord adequate assurance that it will cure all monetary defaults under this Lease within fifteen (15) business days from the date of assumption, and that it will cure all nonmonetary defaults under this Lease within thirty (30) days from the date of assumption. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge such condition to be commercially reasonable.

(c) If the Electing Party has assumed this Lease or elects to assign Tenant’s interest under this Lease to any other person, such interest may be assigned only if the intended assignee has provided adequate assurance of future performance (as herein defined), of all of the obligations imposed on Tenant under this Lease. For the purposes hereof, “adequate assurance of future performance” means that Landlord has ascertained that each of the following conditions has been satisfied:

(1) The assignee has submitted a current financial statement, certified by its chief financial officer, which shows a net worth and working capital in amounts sufficient to assure the future performance by the assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; and

(2) Landlord has obtained consents or waivers from any third parties that may be required under a lease, mortgage, financing arrangement, or other agreement by which Landlord is bound, to enable Landlord to permit such assignment.

(d) Landlord’s acceptance of rent or any other payment from any trustee, receiver, assignee, person, or other entity will not be deemed to have waived, or waive, the requirement of Landlord’s consent, Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease for any transfer of Tenant’s interest under this Lease without such consent, or Landlord’s claim for any amount of Rent due from Tenant.

ARTICLE 9

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

 

9.1

IN GENERAL

Upon the Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender and vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in the same condition as on the Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted, and any damage from casualty and condemnation, and damage caused by Landlord, shall be governed by the provisions of this Lease dealing specifically therewith. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises. In the event possession of the Premises is not delivered to Landlord when required hereunder, or if Tenant shall fail to remove those items described above after written notice to Tenant, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), at Tenant’s expense, remove any of such property and store, sell or otherwise deal with such property, and undertake, at Tenant’s expense, such restoration work to satisfy Tenant’s obligations regarding delivery of the Premises as required in this Section.

 

15


9.2

LANDLORD’S RIGHTS

All property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord shall be conclusively presumed to have been abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may deal with such property as provided in this Lease, including the waiver and indemnity obligations provided in that Section. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in removing any Tenant improvements and in restoring the Premises to the condition required by this Lease upon Tenant’s receipt of paid invoices of such costs and expenses.

ARTICLE 10

HOLDING OVER

In the event that Tenant holds over in possession of the Premises after the Termination Date, for each month or partial month Tenant holds over possession of the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord 125% of the monthly Rent payable for the month immediately preceding the holding over. Tenant shall also pay all damages, including consequential damages, sustained by Landlord by reason of such holding over. The provisions of this Article shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any re-entry rights of Landlord, and Tenant’s continued occupancy of the Premises shall be as a tenancy in sufferance.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

 

11.1

SUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY

(a) If any fire or other casualty (whether insured or uninsured) renders all or a substantial portion of the Premises or the Building untenantable, Landlord shall, with reasonable promptness after the occurrence of such damage, estimate the length of time that will be required to substantially complete the repair and restoration, and by written notice shall advise Tenant of such estimate (“Landlord’s Notice”). If Landlord estimates that the amount of time required to substantially complete such repair and restoration will exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the date such damage occurred, then Landlord, or Tenant if all or a substantial portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable, shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage by delivering written notice to the other at any time within twenty (20) business days after delivery of Landlord’s Notice, provided that if Landlord so chooses, Landlord’s Notice may also constitute such notice of termination.

(b) Unless this Lease is terminated as provided in the preceding subparagraph, Landlord shall proceed with reasonable promptness to repair and restore the Premises to its condition as existed prior to such casualty, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustments and force majeure delays, and also subject to zoning Laws and building codes then in effect. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease if such repairs and restoration are not in fact completed within the time period estimated by Landlord so long as Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to complete such repairs and restoration.

 

16


(c) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall be entitled to the full proceeds of any insurance coverage, whether carried by Landlord or Tenant, for damages to the Premises, except for those proceeds of Tenant’s insurance for its own personal property and equipment which would be removable by Tenant at the Termination Date. All such insurance proceeds shall be payable to Landlord whether or not the Premises are to be repaired and restored; provided, however, if this Lease is not terminated and the parties proceed to repair and restore any Tenant improvements at Tenant’s cost, to the extent Landlord received proceeds of Tenant’s insurance covering Tenant improvements, such proceeds shall be applied to reimburse Tenant for its cost of repairing and restoring Tenant improvements.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein set forth: (i) Landlord shall have no duty pursuant to this Section to repair or restore any portion of any Tenant improvements or to expend for any repair or restoration of the Premises or Building in amounts in excess of insurance proceeds paid to Landlord and available for repair or restoration; and (ii) Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section if any damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agent or employees. Whether or not this Lease is terminated, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by any such damage, destruction, rebuilding or restoration of the Premises or the Building or access thereto.

 

11.2

INSUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY

If the Premises or the Building is damaged by a casualty but neither is rendered substantially untenantable and Landlord estimates that the time to substantially complete the repair or restoration will not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the date such damage occurred, then Landlord shall proceed to repair and restore the Building or the Premises other than Tenant improvements, with reasonable promptness, unless such damage is to the Premises and occurs during the last six (6) months of the Term, in which event either Tenant or Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty by giving written notice thereof to the other within twenty (20) business days after the date of such casualty. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, Landlord’s obligation to repair shall be limited in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 above.

 

11.3

RENT ABATEMENT

Except for the gross negligence or willful act of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, if all or any part of the Premises are rendered untenantable by fire or other casualty and Tenant actually ceases operations in the Premises as a result, and this Lease is not terminated, Rent, including Monthly Base Rent and all other payments and/or charges payable by Tenant under this Lease, shall abate for that part of the Premises which is untenantable on a per diem basis from the date of the casualty until Landlord has substantially completed the repair and restoration work in the Premises which it is required to perform, provided, that as a result of such casualty, Tenant does not occupy the portion of the Premises which is untenantable during such period.

 

17


11.4

WAIVER OF STATUTORY REMEDIES

The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, the Premises or the Property or any part of either, and any Law, including Sections 1932(2), 1933(4), 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction shall have no application to this Lease or to any damage to or destruction of all or any part of the Premises or the Property or any part of either, and are hereby waived.

ARTICLE 12

EMINENT DOMAIN

 

12.1

TAKING OF WHOLE OR SUBSTANTIAL PART

In the event the whole or any substantial part of the Building or of the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority for any public use or purpose (including a deed given in lieu of condemnation) and is thereby rendered untenantable, this Lease shall terminate as of the date title vests in such authority, and Monthly Base Rent shall be apportioned as of the Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein set forth, in the event the taking is temporary (for less than the remaining Term of this Lease), Landlord may elect either (i) to terminate this Lease or (ii) permit Tenant to receive the entire award attributable to the Premises in which case Tenant shall continue to pay Rent and this Lease shall not terminate.

 

12.2

TAKING OF PART

In the event a part of the Building or the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority (or a deed is delivered in lieu of condemnation) and this Lease is not terminated, this Lease shall be amended to reduce or increase, as the case may be, the Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s share to reflect the Rentable Area of the Premises or Building, as the case may be, remaining after any such taking or condemnation. Landlord, upon receipt and to the extent of the award in condemnation (or proceeds of sale) shall make necessary repairs and restorations to the Premises (exclusive of Tenant improvements) and to the Building to the extent necessary to constitute the portion of the Building not so taken or condemned as a complete architectural and economically efficient unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as a result of any taking, or a governmental order that the grade of any street or alley adjacent to the Building is to be changed, and such taking or change of grade makes it necessary or desirable to substantially remodel or restore the Building or prevents the economical operation of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to Tenant.

 

12.3

COMPENSATION

Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award (or sale proceeds) from any such taking, condemnation or sale without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord, Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right separately to pursue against the condemning authority a separate award in respect of the loss, if any, to Tenant improvements paid for by Tenant without any credit or allowance from Landlord so long as there is no diminution of Landlord’s award as a result.

 

18


ARTICLE 13

INSURANCE

 

13.1

TENANT’S INSURANCE

Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, agrees to maintain in force, with a company or companies acceptable to Landlord, during the Term: (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance on a primary basis and without any right of contribution from any insurance carried by Landlord covering the Premises on an occurrence basis against all claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death and property damage, including contractual liability covering the indemnification provisions in this Lease, and such insurance shall be for such limits that are reasonably required by Landlord from time to time but not less than a combined single limit of Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00); (b) Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance to the extent required by and in accordance with the Laws of the State of California; (c) “All Risks” property insurance in an amount adequate to cover the full replacement cost of all Tenant improvements, equipment, installations, fixtures and contents of the Premises in the event of loss; (d) in the event a motor vehicle is to be used by Tenant in connection with its business operation from the Premises, Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance coverage with limits of not less than One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limit coverage against bodily injury liability and property damage liability arising out of the use by or on behalf of Tenant, its agents and employees in connection with this Lease, of any owned, non-owned or hired motor vehicles; and (e) such other insurance or coverages as Landlord reasonably requires.

 

13.2

FORM OF POLICIES

Each policy referred to herein shall satisfy the following requirements. Each policy shall (i) name Landlord and the Indemnitees as additional insureds (except Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance), (ii) be issued by one or more responsible insurance companies licensed to do business in the State of California reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (iii) where applicable, provide for deductible amounts satisfactory to Landlord and not permit co-insurance, (iv) shall provide that such insurance may not be canceled or amended without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, and (v) each policy of “All-Risks” property insurance shall provide that the policy shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss, any or all rights of recovery against any other party for losses covered by such policies. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, certificates of insurance and at Landlord’s request, copies of all policies and renewals thereof to be maintained by Tenant hereunder, not less than ten (10) business days prior to the Commencement Date and not less than ten (10) business days prior to the Termination Date of each policy. If Tenant fails to carry the insurance required under this Article or fails to provide certificates of renewal as and when required hereunder, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to acquire such insurance on Tenant’s behalf or Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

13.3

LANDLORD’S INSURANCE

Landlord agrees to purchase and keep in full force and effect during the Term hereof, including any extensions or renewals thereof, insurance under policies issued by insurers of recognized responsibility, qualified to do business in the State of California on the Building in amounts not less than the greater of eighty (80%) percent of the then full replacement cost (without

 

19


depreciation) of the Building (above foundations and excluding Tenant improvements) or an amount sufficient to prevent Landlord from becoming a co-insurer under the terms of the applicable policies, against fire and such other risks as may be included in standard forms of all risk coverage insurance reasonably available from time to time. Landlord agrees to maintain in force during the Term, Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the Building on an occurrence basis against all claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death, and property damage. Such insurance shall be for a combined single limit of not less than Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00). Neither Landlord’s obligation to carry such insurance nor the carrying of such insurance shall be deemed to be an indemnity by Landlord with respect to any claim, liability, loss, cost or expense due, in whole or in part, to Tenant’s negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct. Without obligation to do so, Landlord may, in its sole discretion from time to time, carry insurance in amounts greater and/or for coverage additional to the coverage and amounts set forth above.

 

13.4

WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

(a) Landlord agrees that, if obtainable at no, or minimal, additional cost, and so long as the same is permitted under the laws of the State of California, it will include in its “All Risks” policies appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance companies (i) waive all right of subrogation against Tenant with respect to losses payable under such policies and/or (ii) agree that such policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policies.

(b) Tenant agrees to include, if obtainable at no, or minimal, additional cost, and so long as the same is permitted under the laws of the State of California, in its “All Risks” insurance policy or policies on Tenant improvements, whether or not removable, and on Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures and other property removable by Tenant under the provisions of this Lease, appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance company or companies (i) waive the right of subrogation against Landlord and/or any tenant of space in the Building with respect to losses payable under such policy or policies and/or (ii) agree that such policy or policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policy or policies. If Tenant is unable to obtain in such policy or policies either of the clauses described in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall, if legally possible and without necessitating a change in insurance carriers, have Landlord named in such policy or policies as an additional insured. If Landlord shall be named as an additional insured in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord agrees to endorse promptly to the order of Tenant, without recourse, any check, draft, or order for the payment of money representing the proceeds of any such policy or representing any other payment growing out of or connected with said policies, and Landlord does hereby irrevocably waive any and all rights in and to such proceeds and payments.

(c) Provided that Landlord’s right of full recovery under its policy or policies aforesaid is not adversely affected or prejudiced thereby, Landlord hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Tenant, its servants, agents and employees, for loss or damage occurring to the Real Property and the fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein, to the extent the same is covered by Landlord’s insurance, notwithstanding that such loss or damage may result from the negligence or fault of Tenant, its servants, agents or employees. Provided that Tenant’s right of full recovery under its aforesaid policy or policies is not adversely

 

20


affected or prejudiced thereby, Tenant hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Landlord, its servants, and employees and against every other tenant of the Real Property who shall have executed a similar waiver as set forth in this Section 13.4(c) for loss or damage to Tenant improvements, whether or not removable, and to Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures and other property removable by Tenant under the provisions hereof to the extent the same is coverable by Tenant’s insurance required under this Lease, notwithstanding that such loss or damage may result from the negligence or fault of Landlord, its servants, agents or employees, or such other tenant and the servants, agents or employees thereof.

(d) Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to advise the other promptly if the clauses to be included in their respective insurance policies pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and (b) above cannot be obtained on the terms hereinbefore provided and thereafter to furnish the other with a certificate of insurance or copy of such policies showing the naming of the other as an additional insured, as aforesaid. Landlord and Tenant hereby also agree to notify the other promptly of any cancellation or change of the terms of any such policy that would affect such clauses or naming. All such policies which name both Landlord and Tenant as additional insureds shall, to the extent obtainable, contain agreements by the insurers to the effect that no act or omission of any additional insured will invalidate the policy as to the other additional insureds.

 

13.5

NOTICE OF CASUALTY

Tenant shall give Landlord notice in case of a fire or accident in the Premises promptly after Tenant is aware of such event.

ARTICLE 14

WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY

 

14.1

WAIVER OF CLAIMS

To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant hereby releases the Indemnitees from, and waives all claims for, damage to person or property sustained by Tenant or any occupant of the Premises or the Property resulting directly or indirectly from any existing or future condition, defect, matter or thing in and about the Premises or the Property or any part of either or any equipment or appurtenance therein, or resulting from any accident in or about the Premises or the Property, or resulting directly or indirectly from any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Property or of any other person, including Landlord’s agents and servants, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful and wrongful act of any of the Indemnitees. To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant hereby waives any consequential damages, compensation or claims for inconvenience or loss of business, rents, or profits as a result of such injury or damage, whether or not caused by the gross negligence or willful and wrongful act of any of the Indemnitees. If any such damage, whether to the Premises or the Property or any part of either, or whether to Landlord or to other tenants in the Property, results from any act or neglect of Tenant, its employees, servants, agents, contractors, invitees or customers, Tenant shall be liable therefor and Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, repair such damage and Tenant shall, upon demand by Landlord, as payment of additional Rent hereunder, reimburse Landlord within ten (10) business days of demand for the total cost of such repairs, in excess of amounts, if any, paid to Landlord under insurance covering such damages. Tenant shall not be liable for any such damage caused by its acts or neglect if Landlord or a tenant has recovered the full amount of the damage from proceeds of insurance policies and the insurance company has waived its right of subrogation against Tenant.

 

21


14.2

INDEMNITY BY TENANT

To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to protect, defend and hold the Indemnitees harmless, against any and all actions, claims, demands, liability, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the defense thereof, arising from Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, from the undertaking of any Tenant improvements or repairs to the Premises, from the conduct of Tenant’s business on the Premises, or from any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Tenant to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or from any willful act or negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors, servants, employees, customers or invitees, in or about the Premises or the Property or any part of either. In case of any action or proceeding brought against the Indemnitees by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel chosen by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord reserves the right to settle, compromise or dispose of any and all actions, claims and demands related to the foregoing indemnity. The foregoing indemnity shall not operate to relieve Indemnitees of liability to the extent such liability is caused by the willful and wrongful act of Indemnitees. Further, the foregoing indemnity is subject to and shall not diminish any waivers in effect in accordance with Section 13.4 by Landlord or its insurers to the extent of amounts, if any, paid to Landlord under its “All Risks” property insurance. This Article 14 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease for a period of twelve (12) months.

ARTICLE 15

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

15.1

RULES

Tenant agrees for itself and for its subtenants, employees, agents, and invitees to comply with the rules and regulations listed on Exhibit B attached hereto and with all reasonable modifications and additions thereto which Landlord may make from time to time.

 

15.2

ENFORCEMENT

Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the rules and regulations as set forth on Exhibit B or as hereafter adopted, or the terms, covenants or conditions of any other lease as against any other tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to enforce the rules and regulations of the Project in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. In the event of any conflict between the rules and regulations enacted by Landlord and the terms of this Lease, the terms of this Lease shall control.

 

22


ARTICLE 16

LANDLORD’S RESERVED RIGHTS

Landlord shall have the following rights exercisable without notice to Tenant and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to persons, property or business and without being deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or giving rise to any claim for offset or abatement of Rent: (1) to change the Building’s name or street address upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant; (2) to install, affix and maintain all signs on the exterior and/or interior of the Building; (3) to designate and/or approve prior to installation, all types of signs, window shades, blinds, drapes, awnings or other similar items, and all internal lighting that may be visible from the exterior of the Premises; (4) upon reasonable notice to Tenant, to display the Premises to prospective purchasers and lenders at reasonable hours at any time during the Term and to prospective tenants at reasonable hours during the last twelve (12) months of the Term; (5) to grant to any party the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in or to the Building, provided such exclusive right shall not operate to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the purpose permitted hereunder; (6) to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, washrooms or public portions of the Building, and to close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s access to the Premises or the Building; (7) to have access for Landlord and other tenants of the Building to any mail chutes and boxes located in or on the Premises as required by any applicable rules of the United States Post Office; and (8) to close the Building after Standard Operating Hours, except that Tenant and its employees and invitees shall be entitled to admission at all times, under such regulations as Landlord prescribes for security purposes.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

17.1

IN GENERAL

Within ten (10) business days after written request therefor together with the Estoppel Certificate by Landlord, Mortgagee or any prospective mortgagee or owner, Tenant agrees as directed in such request to endeavor to execute an Estoppel Certificate (which may require that such instrument be notarized), binding upon Tenant, certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, a description of such modifications and that this Lease as modified is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which Rent has been paid; (iii) that Tenant is in the possession of the Premises if that is the case; (iv) that Landlord is not in default under this Lease, or, if Tenant believes Landlord is in default, the nature thereof in detail; (v) that Tenant has no offsets or defenses to the performance of its obligations under this Lease (or if Tenant believes there are any offsets or defenses, a full and complete explanation thereof); (vi) that the Premises have been completed in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof or the Work Letter, that Tenant has accepted the Premises and the condition thereof and of all improvements thereto and has no claims against Landlord or any other party with respect thereto; (vii) that if an assignment of rents or leases has been served upon Tenant by a Mortgagee, Tenant will acknowledge receipt thereof and agree to be bound by the provisions thereof; (viii) that Tenant will give to the Mortgagee copies of all notices required or permitted to be given by Tenant to Landlord; and (ix) to any other information reasonably requested.

 

23


17.2

ENFORCEMENT

In the event that Tenant fails to timely deliver an Estoppel Certificate, then such failure shall be a Default for which there shall be no cure or grace period. In addition to any other remedy available to Landlord, Landlord may impose a charge equal to $500.00 for each day that Tenant fails to deliver an Estoppel Certificate; and (i) Tenant shall be bound to, and deemed to have irrevocably agreed to, the accuracy and truthfulness of the Estoppel Certificate delivered to Tenant, and (ii) Landlord, and any third party receiving such form of Estoppel Certificate, including a Mortgagee or purchaser, may rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness thereof.

ARTICLE 18

Intentionally omitted.

ARTICLE 19

REAL ESTATE BROKERS

Tenant and Landlord each represent to the other party that such party has not dealt with any real estate broker, sales person, or finder in connection with this Lease, and no such person initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Lease, or showed the Premises to Tenant and shall not claim any broker’s commissions or fees in connection with this Lease. The terms of this Lease have been negotiated based on this being a direct transaction between Tenant and Landlord, and neither party has any obligation to pay a leasing commission to a broker representing Tenant or Landlord. Tenant and Landlord hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other party and the Indemnitees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities and claims for commissions and fees arising out of a breach of the foregoing representation, as well as from any claim or claims for any commission or fee by any broker or other party claiming to represent Tenant and/or Landlord in connection with any future extensions or renewals of the Term.

ARTICLE 20

MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

 

20.1

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

This Lease is and shall be expressly subject and subordinate at all times to (i) any ground or underlying lease of the Real Property, now or hereafter existing, and all amendments, extensions, renewals and modifications to any such lease, and (ii) the lien of any mortgage or trust deed now or hereafter encumbering fee title to the Real Property and/or the leasehold estate under any such lease, and all amendments, extensions, renewals, replacements and modifications of such mortgage or trust deed and/or the obligation secured thereby, unless such ground lease or ground lessor, or mortgage, trust deed or Mortgagee, expressly provides or elects that this Lease shall be superior to such lease or mortgage or trust deed. If any such mortgage or trust deed is foreclosed (including any sale of the Real Property pursuant to a power of sale), or if any such lease is terminated, upon request of the Mortgagee or ground lessor, as the case may be, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser at the foreclosure sale or to the ground lessor under such lease, as the case may be, provided, however, that such purchaser or ground lessor shall not be (i) bound by any payment of Rent for more than one month in advance except payments in the nature of security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease; (ii) subject to any offset, defense or

 

24


damages arising out of a default of any obligations of any preceding Landlord; or (iii) bound by any amendment or modification of this Lease made without the written consent of the Mortgagee or ground lessor; or (iv) liable for any security deposits not actually received in cash by such purchaser or ground lessor. This subordination shall be self-operative and no further certificate or instrument of subordination need be required by any such Mortgagee or ground lessor. In confirmation of such subordination, however, Tenant shall execute promptly any reasonable certificate or instrument that Landlord, Mortgagee or ground lessor may request. Tenant hereby constitutes Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute such certificate or instrument for and on behalf of Tenant upon Tenant’s failure to do so within fifteen (15) business days of a request to do so. Upon request by such successor in interest, Tenant shall execute and deliver reasonable instruments confirming the attornment provided for herein. The terms of this paragraph shall survive any termination of this Lease by reason of foreclosure.

 

20.2

MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

Tenant agrees to give any Mortgagee or ground lessor, by registered or certified mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord by Tenant, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has received notice (by way of service on Tenant of a copy of an assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee or ground lessor. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the Mortgagee or ground lessor shall have an additional thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional notice time as may be necessary, if, within such thirty (30) days, any Mortgagee or ground lessor has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including commencement of foreclosure proceedings or other proceedings to acquire possession of the Real Property, if necessary to effect such cure). Such period of time shall be extended by any period within which such Mortgagee or ground lessor is prevented from commencing or pursuing such foreclosure proceedings or other proceedings to acquire possession of the Real Property by reason of Landlord’s bankruptcy. Until the time allowed as aforesaid for Mortgagee or ground lessor to cure such defaults has expired without cure, Tenant shall have no right to, and shall not, terminate this Lease on account of default. This Lease may not be modified or amended so as to reduce the Rent or shorten the Term, or so as to adversely affect in any other respect to any material extent the rights of Landlord, nor shall this Lease be canceled or surrendered, without the prior written consent, in each instance, of the ground lessor or the Mortgagee.

ARTICLE 21

NOTICES

(a) All notices, demands or requests provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease must be in writing and shall be personally delivered, sent by Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier service, or mailed by first class, registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.

(b) All notices, demands or requests to be sent pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed to have been properly given or served by delivering or sending the same in accordance with this Section, addressed to the parties hereto at their respective addresses listed in Section 1.1.

 

25


(c) Notices, demands or requests sent by mail or overnight courier service as described above shall be effective upon deposit in the mail or with such courier service. However, except with respect to a notice given under Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 et seq., the time period in which a response to any such notice, demand or request must be given shall commence to run from (i) in the case of delivery by mail, the date of receipt on the return receipt of the notice, demand or request by the addressee thereof, or (ii) in the case of delivery by Federal Express or other overnight courier service, the date of acceptance of delivery by an employee, officer, director or partner of Landlord or Tenant. Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given, as indicated by advice from Federal Express or other overnight courier service or by mail return receipt, shall be deemed to be receipt of notice, demand or request sent. Notices may also be served by personal service upon any officer, director or partner of Landlord or Tenant, and shall be effective upon such service.

(d) By giving to the other party at least thirty (30) days written notice thereof, either party shall have the right from time to time during the term of this Lease to change their respective addresses for notices, statements, demands and requests, provided such new address shall be within the United States of America.

ARTICLE 22

SIGNAGE

Subject to applicable Laws, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right to install and maintain its standard corporate signage on the exterior glass wall of the Premises in the interior lobby of the Building (collectively, the “Signage”). Tenant has the right to update and modify its Signage from time to time in accordance with Tenant’s standard corporate signage and/or logo. All of Tenant’s Signage shall comply with all applicable Laws, and Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits or licenses related to such Signage. Landlord shall, in good faith, but at no cost, cooperate with Tenant in obtaining all such required permits and licenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, Landlord’s consent shall not be required in the event of a change in the name, logo or color of such signage consistent with its corporate standard (provided that the size, location and quantity of existing signage is not altered) or for signs which are required by applicable Laws. By execution of this Lease, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the Signage as shown on Exhibit C attached hereto.

ARTICLE 23

MISCELLANEOUS

 

23.1

LATE CHARGES

(a) All payments required hereunder (other than the Monthly Base Rent, which shall be due as hereinbefore provided) to Landlord shall be paid within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s demand therefor. All such amounts (including Monthly Base Rent) not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until the date paid at the Default Rate in effect on the date such payment was due.

(b) In the event Tenant is more than five (5) business days late in paying any installment of Rent due under this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to two

 

26


percent (2%) of the delinquent installment of Rent. The parties agree that (i) such delinquency will cause Landlord to incur costs and expenses not contemplated herein, the exact amount of which will be difficult to calculate, including the cost and expense that will be incurred by Landlord in processing each delinquent payment of rent by Tenant, (ii) the amount of such late charge represents a reasonable estimate of such costs and expenses and that such late charge shall be paid to Landlord for each delinquent payment in addition to all Rent otherwise due hereunder. The parties further agree that the payment of late charges and the payment of interest provided for in subparagraph (a) above are distinct and separate from one another in that the payment of interest is to compensate Landlord for its inability to use the money improperly withheld by Tenant, while the payment of late charges is to compensate Landlord for its additional administrative expenses in handling and processing delinquent payments.

(c) Payment of interest at the Default Rate and/or of late charges shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease, nor shall the foregoing provisions of this Article or any such payments prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy available to Landlord upon Tenant’s failure to pay Rent when due, including the right to terminate this Lease.

 

23.2

NO JURY TRIAL; VENUE; JURISDICTION

To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each party hereto (which includes any assignee, successor, heir or personal representative of a party) shall not seek a jury trial, hereby waives trial by jury, and hereby further waives any objection to venue in the County in which the Project is located, and agrees and consents to personal jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California, in any action or proceeding or counterclaim brought by any party hereto against the other on any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or any claim of injury or damage, or the enforcement of any remedy under any statute, emergency or otherwise, whether any of the foregoing is based on this Lease or on tort law. No party will seek to consolidate any such action in which a jury has been waived with any other action in which a jury trial cannot or has not been waived. It is the intention of the parties that these provisions shall be subject to no exceptions. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

23.3

OPTION

This Lease shall not become effective as a lease or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant. The submission of this Lease to Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Premises, but when executed by Tenant and delivered to Landlord, this Lease shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant in effect for fifteen (15) days to lease the Premises on the terms and conditions herein contained.

 

23.4

TENANT AUTHORITY

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has full authority and power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Lease, that the person executing this Lease is fully empowered to do so, and that no consent or authorization is necessary from any third party. Landlord may request that Tenant provide Landlord evidence of Tenant’s authority.

 

27


23.5

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Lease, the Exhibits, and Riders attached hereto contain the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and there are no other agreements, either oral or written, and no other representations or statements, either oral or written, on which Tenant has relied. This Lease shall not be modified except by a writing executed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

23.6

MODIFICATION OF LEASE FOR BENEFIT OF MORTGAGEE

If Mortgagee of Landlord requires a modification of this Lease which shall not result in any increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other substantial and adverse change in the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified.

 

23.7

EXCULPATION

Tenant agrees, on its behalf and on behalf of its successors and assigns, that any liability or obligation under this Lease shall only be enforced against Landlord’s equity interest in the Property up to a maximum of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and in no event against any other assets of Landlord, or Landlord’s officers or directors or partners, and that any liability of Landlord with respect to this Lease shall be so limited and Tenant shall not be entitled to any judgment in excess of such amount. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for consequential, punitive or special damages with respect to this Lease.

 

23.8

ACCORD AND SATISFACTION

No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than any installment or payment of Rent due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of Rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or payment of Rent or pursue any other remedies available to Landlord. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term. Receipt or acceptance of payment from anyone other than Tenant, including an assignee of Tenant, is not a waiver of any breach of Article 10, and Landlord may accept such payment on account of the amount due without prejudice to Landlord’s right to pursue any remedies available to Landlord.

 

23.9

LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS ON SALE OF BUILDING

In the event of any sale or other transfer of the Building, Landlord shall be entirely freed and relieved of all agreements and obligations of Landlord hereunder accruing or to be performed after the date of such sale or transfer and Tenant shall not be entitled to any judgment in excess of such amount. Landlord shall have the right to assign this Lease to an entity comprised of the principals of Landlord or any Landlord affiliate. Upon such assignment and assumption of the obligations of Landlord hereunder, Landlord shall be entirely freed and relieved of all obligations hereunder.

 

28


23.10

BINDING EFFECT

Subject to the provisions of Article 10, this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

23.11

CAPTIONS

The Article and Section captions in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of such Articles and Sections.

 

23.12

TIME; APPLICABLE LAW; CONSTRUCTION

Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions. This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of California. If more than one person signs this Lease as Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed shall be joint and several. If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each item, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by Law. Wherever the term “including” or “includes” is used in this Lease, it shall have the same meaning as if followed by the phrase “but not limited to”. The language in all parts of this Lease shall be construed according to its normal and usual meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

 

23.13

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S DUTIES

If Tenant fails timely to perform any of its duties under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), to perform such duty on behalf and at the expense of Tenant without prior notice to Tenant, and all sums expended or expenses incurred by Landlord in performing such duty shall be deemed to be additional Rent under this Lease and shall be due and payable upon demand by Landlord.

 

23.14

SECURITY SYSTEM

Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or maintain any security patrol or security system. Landlord shall not be responsible for the quality of any such patrol or system which may be provided hereunder or for damage or injury to Tenant, its employees, invitees or others due to the failure, action or inaction of such patrol or system.

 

23.15

RECORDATION

Neither this Lease, nor any notice nor memorandum regarding the terms hereof, shall be recorded by Tenant. Any such unauthorized recording shall be a Default for which there shall be no cure or grace period. Tenant agrees to execute and acknowledge, at the request of Landlord, a memorandum of this Lease, in recordable form.

 

29


23.16

SURVIVAL

The waivers of the right of jury trial, the other waivers of claims or rights, the releases and the obligations of Tenant under this Lease to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and/or Indemnitees shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and so shall all other obligations or agreements which by their terms survive expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

23.17

OFAC

(a) Tenant hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Landlord, either that (i) Tenant is regulated by the SEC, FINRA or the Federal Reserve (a “Regulated Entity”) or (ii) neither Tenant nor any person or entity that directly or indirectly (A) controls Tenant or (B) has an ownership interest in Tenant of twenty-five percent (25%) or more, appears on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (“OFAC List”) published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

(b) If, in connection with this Lease, there is one or more Guarantors of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, then Tenant further represents, warrants and covenants either that (i) any such Guarantor is a Regulated Entity or (ii) neither Guarantor nor any person or entity that directly or indirectly (A) controls such Guarantor or (B) has an ownership interest in such Guarantor of twenty-five percent (25%) or more, appears on the OFAC List.

(c) Tenant covenants that during the term of this Lease to provide to Landlord information reasonably requested by Landlord including without limitation, organizational structural charts and organizational documents which Landlord may deem to be necessary (“Tenant OFAC Information”) in order for Landlord to confirm Tenant’s continuing compliance with the provisions of this Article. Tenant represents and warrants that the Tenant OFAC Information it has provided or to be provided to Landlord or Landlord’s Broker in connection with the execution of this Lease is true and complete.

(d) Landlord advises Tenant hereby that the purpose of this Section is to provide to Landlord information and assurances to enable Landlord to comply with the Laws relating to OFAC.

(e) Tenant acknowledges that the breach of any of the representations, warranties and/or covenants by Tenant under this Section shall be an immediate Default under this Lease.

 

23.18

INSPECTION BY A CASP IN ACCORDANCE WITH CIVIL CODE SECTION 1938.

To Landlord’s actual knowledge, the property being leased or rented pursuant to this Lease has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time

 

30


and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Premises. The foregoing verification is included in this Lease solely for the purpose of complying with California Civil Code Section 1938 and, except as otherwise expressly stated above, shall not in any manner affect Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective responsibilities for compliance with construction-related accessibility standards as provided under this Lease.

 

23.19

COUNTERPARTS

This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Telecopied signatures or signatures transmitted by electronic mail in so-called “pdf” format may be used in place of original signatures on this Lease. Landlord and Tenant intend to be bound by the signatures on the telecopied or e-mailed document, are aware that the other party will rely on the telecopied or e-mailed signatures, and hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Lease based on such telecopied or e-mailed signatures. Promptly following request by either party, the other party shall provide the requesting party with original signatures on this Lease.

 

23.20

EXHIBITS AND RIDERS

All exhibits, riders and/or addenda referred to in this Lease as an exhibit, rider, or addenda hereto, or attached hereto, are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease.

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Lease has been executed as of the date set forth in Section 1.1(4) hereof.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:

Berkeley Lights, Inc.,

a Delaware Corporation

   

Emery Station Office II LLC,

a California limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

    By:   Emery Station Associates II, LLC
Print Name:  

Stuart Merkadeau

      a California limited liability company
Its:  

General Counsel

    Its:   Managing Member
By:  

 

      By:   Wareham-NZL, LLC
Print Name:  

 

      Its:   Manager
Its:  

 

        By:  

/s/ Richard Robbins

          Richard K. Robbins
          Manager

 

[Signature Page]


EXHIBIT A

PLAN OF PREMISES

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.

No sidewalks, entrance, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises and if the Premises are situated on the ground floor of the Project, Tenant shall further, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the sidewalks and curb in front of the Premises clean and free from rubbish.

 

2.

Except as provided in this Lease, no sign, advertisement, notice, lettering, decoration or other thing shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the outside or inside of the Premises or of the Project, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Tenant, Landlord may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to Tenant.

 

3.

No showcases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Project, nor placed in public portions thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

4.

No animal or bird of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises or the Project, except dogs that qualify as “service animals” under the ADA.

 

5.

Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of the Project, or neighboring buildings or premises, or those having business with them. Tenant shall not throw anything out of the doors, windows or skylights or down the passageways.

 

6.

Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising or business conducted by Tenant referring to the Project which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project or its desirability as a first class building for offices and/or commercial services and upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

7.

Tenant’s vendors and contractors shall, while in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project, be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building Manager (but not as agent or servant of said Building Manager or of Landlord) and shall be required to maintain such insurance coverage as reasonably approved by Landlord with liability policies naming Landlord and the Indemnitees as additional insureds.

 

8.

If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith at Tenant’s expense cause the same to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.

 

9.

There shall not be used in any premises, or in the public halls, plaza areas, lobbies, or elsewhere in the Project, either by Tenant, Tenant’s contractors or others in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks or dollies, except those equipped with rubber tires and sideguards.

 

10.

Tenant, Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, contractors, licensees, or visitors shall not park any vehicles in any driveways, service entrances, or areas posted “No Parking” and shall comply with any other parking restrictions imposed by Landlord from time to time.

 

11.

Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate visibly marked (at all times properly operational) fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machine or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.

 

12.

Tenant shall not use the name of the Project for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, nor shall Tenant use any picture of the Project in its advertising, stationery or in any other manner without the prior written permission of Landlord. Landlord expressly reserves the right at any time to change said name without in any manner being liable to Tenant therefor.

 

13.

Tenants shall not store any items within 18 inches of a sprinkler head.

 

14.

Tenants are not permitted to open an electrical panel. Tenants are required to contact Landlord to reset a circuit breaker.

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

SIGNAGE

 

LOGO

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.11(C)

SUBLEASE

THIS SUBLEASE (“Sublease”) is made as of March 21, 2019 (“Execution Date”), by and between BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”) and EXPONENTIAL INTERACTIVE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Sublandlord”) who agree as follows:

1. RECITALS. This Sublease is made with reference to the following facts and objectives:

1.1 EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Master Landlord”), as “Landlord”, and Sublandlord, as “Tenant”, entered into that certain Office Lease dated October 13, 2014, as modified by Rider 1 (collectively, the “Master Lease”), pursuant to which Master Landlord leases to Sublandlord the premises consisting of approximately 12,058 square feet commonly known as 5858 Horton Street, Suite 300, Emeryville, California (the “Leased Premises”). A copy of the Master Lease is attached as Exhibit A to this Sublease.

1.2 Subtenant desires to sublet from Sublandlord, and Sublandlord is willing to sublet to Subtenant, the Subleased Premises consisting of a portion of the Leased Premises on the terms and conditions contained in this Sublease.

2. SUBLEASED PREMISES. Sublandlord subleases to Subtenant, and Subtenant subleases from Sublandlord, the premises containing approximately 5,400 square feet as currently depicted on Exhibit B attached to this Sublease (the “Subleased Premises”). Prior to the Sublease Term Commencement Date, Subtenant and Sublandlord will mutually determine the exact boundaries and measure the exact square footage of the Subleased Premises, which, for purposes of this Sublease, will then serve as the description and size of the Subleased Premises.

3. USE. Subtenant shall occupy and use the Subleased Premises only for the use permitted by Section 1.1(12) of the Master Lease. Subtenant shall not cause or allow any use, act or omission that will violate any of the provisions of the Master Lease.

4. TERM. The term of this Sublease shall commence on the Sublease Term Commencement Date (as defined in Section 5 below) and shall expire on February 28, 2022, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof (the “Expiration Date”). At least twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall meet to discuss each party’s future space needs (the “Space Needs Meeting”). Following the Space Needs Meeting, Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant written notice (“Renewal Notice”) not less than thirty (30) days before the expiration of the period of time for which Sublandlord as Tenant can exercise its Renewal Option pursuant to, Section 2.6 of the Master Lease (i.e., April 30, 2021, which is ten (10) months prior to the expiration of the initial term of the Master Lease) on its determination to exercise the Renewal Option. In the Renewal Notice, Sublandlord will notify Subtenant whether or not Sublandlord wishes to exercise the Renewal Option pursuant to the Master Lease and, if Sublandlord wishes to exercise the Renewal Option, whether or not Sublandlord wishes to occupy all of the Leased Premises (and reclaim all of the Subleased Premises) during the Renewal Term.

 

1


4.1 If the Renewal Notice states that Sublandlord elects to exercise its Renewal Option pursuant to the Master Lease and Sublandlord does not intend to reclaim the Subleased Premises, then Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that Subtenant shall have the right, to be exercised by written notice provided by Subtenant to Sublandlord within fifteen (15) days after Subtenant’s receipt of the Renewal Notice, to extend the term of this Sublease to February 28, 2027 with respect to the entirety of the then Subleased Premises (and including, if applicable, any Additional Space pursuant to the Right of First Offer provided for in Section 19). In the event the initial term of this Sublease is extended pursuant to this Section 4.1, the Extension Term will commence on March 1, 2022 and expire on February 28, 2027, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties, and unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Sublease.

4.2 If the Renewal Notice states that Sublandlord elects to exercise its Renewal Option pursuant to the Master Lease, but Sublandlord does intend to reclaim the Subleased Premises during the Renewal Term, then Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that Subtenant shall have the right, to be exercised by written notice provided by Subtenant to Sublandlord within fifteen (15) days after Subtenant’s receipt of the Renewal Notice, to extend the term of this Sublease to December 31, 2023 with respect to the entirety of the then Subleased Premises (and including, if applicable, any Additional Space pursuant to the Right of First Offer provided for in Section 19). In the event the initial term of this Sublease is extended pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Extension Term will commence on March 1, 2022 and expire on December 31, 2023, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Sublease.

4.3 If the Renewal Notice provides that Sublandlord elects to exercise the Renewal Option, but Subtenant subsequently does not exercise the right to extend the term of this Sublease pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 above, Sublandlord thereafter has the option, in its sole discretion, to either exercise the Renewal Option or to not exercise the Renewal Option. In the event the initial term of this Sublease is extended by the Extension Term, then during the Extension Term, all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Sublease as applicable to the Subleased Premises (and including, if applicable, any Additional Space pursuant to the Right of First Offer provided for in Section 19) during the initial term shall apply during the Extension Term, including with respect to Sublease Monthly Rent as set forth in Section 7. The initial term of this Sublease and any Extension Term shall be collectively referred to as the “Sublease Term”. If the Master Lease expires or terminates, this Sublease will terminate on the same date therewith without obtaining Master Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s written consent.

4.4 If the Renewal Notice states that Sublandlord does not elect to exercise its Renewal Option pursuant to the Master Lease, then Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that, provided Master Landlord releases Sublandlord from all liability under the Master Lease accruing after the expiration of the initial Term of the Master Lease (i.e., February 28, 2022), Sublandlord shall (i) assign its interest in the Master Lease to Subtenant and (ii) if such assignment is not effective at least ten (10) days prior to expiration of the period of time for which Sublandlord as Tenant can exercise its Renewal Option (i.e., May 21, 2021), in accordance with the Master Lease (subject to the effectiveness of such assignment). It is the intention of Sublandlord and Subtenant that upon such assignment, Subtenant shall step into the shoes of Sublandlord under the Master Lease, as the term is extended by the Renewal Term for the entirety of the Leased Premises (as such terms are defined in the Master Lease).

 

2


5. DELIVERY; EFFECTIVE DATE. The “Sublease Term Commencement Date” is the date Sublandlord delivers possession of the Subleased Premises to Subtenant in its current “AS IS” condition along with evidence of Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease as required by Section 15 below. Sublandlord will undertake reasonable good faith efforts to obtain Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease, provided Sublandlord will have no liability in the event it is unable to obtain Master Landlord’s consent. Sublandlord will use reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Subleased Premises to Subtenant within ten (10) business days after the date Sublandlord has received Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease. A request for approval by Master Landlord to allow Subtenant to install a partition delineating the Subleased Premises from the remainder of the Leased Premises as set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto, will be included in obtaining Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease. If Sublandlord has not received Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease and has not delivered the Subleased Premises to Subtenant within sixty (60) days after the Execution Date, either party, upon written notice to the other, may terminate this Sublease. Prior to delivery, Sublandlord will repair any damage to the Subleased Premises resulting from the removal of Sublandlord’s signage, wall decals, wall mounted items and furniture. Subtenant will accept the Subleased Premises in its current “AS IS” condition; provided upon delivery, the building systems (e.g., HVAC, electrical, lighting and plumbing) serving the Subleased Premises will be in good working order and the existing network cabling for the Subleased Premises shall remain intact. Subject to Section 16 below, all improvements and alterations required at the Subleased Premises shall be made by Subtenant at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense. Subtenant shall return the Subleased Premises in the same condition as delivered to Subtenant as of the Sublease Term Commencement Date (including removing any Subtenant improvements provided that Sublandlord shall confirm with Subtenant thirty (30) days before the end of the Sublease Term which Subtenant improvements Subtenant is required to remove), reasonable wear and tear and casualty excepted.

6. EARLY ACCESS. Subtenant shall have the right, preceding the Sublease Term Commencement Date but after Sublandlord has received Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease, to enter the Subleased Premises solely for the installation of Subtenant’s cabling, equipment and furniture and the installation of Subtenant’s initial improvements (which shall be subject to the requirements of Section 16 below). Subtenant’s early entry will be coordinated with Sublandlord, will not interfere with Sublandlord moving out of the Subleased Premises and will be subject to all of the terms and requirements of the Sublease (including Subtenant’s indemnity, insurance and maintenance and repair obligations), provided the term will not start until the Sublease Term Commencement Date. Subtenant shall not be obligated to pay rent or other fees, expenses and taxes during the early access period.

7. SUBLEASE MONTHLY RENT. Beginning on the Sublease Term Commencement Date (“STCD”), Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord in advance on the first day of each calendar month of the Sublease Term without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, in lawful money of the United States of America, the following amounts as monthly rent for the Subleased Premises (“Sublease Monthly Rent”):

 

3


Sublease Term

  

Monthly Rental Rate

  

Sublease Monthly Rent

STCD to 2/29/20

  

$3.64 psf per month

  

$19,656 per month

3/1/20 to 2/28/21

  

$3.75 psf per month

  

$20,250 per month

3/1/21 to 2/28/22

  

$3.86 psf per month

  

$20,844 per month

Extension Term*

  

Fair Market Rate psf per month **

  

Fair Market Rate per month**

 

*

Subtenant to pay to Sublandlord such Sublease Monthly Rent only in the event the initial term of this Sublease is extended by the Extension Term in accordance with Sections 4.1 or 4.2.

**

As determined pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Master Lease.

If any month during the Sublease Term shall be less than a complete month, Sublease Monthly Rent for such month will be prorated on a thirty (30) day per month basis.

8. ADDITIONAL RENT. Commencing on January 1, 2020, Subtenant will pay directly to Sublandlord (in monthly payments equal to 1/12 of the total annual amount), concurrent with payment of Sublease Monthly Rent, Subtenant’s Share (as defined below) of the amount of Operating Expenses and Taxes paid by Sublandlord under the Master Lease for each calendar year thereafter during the term in excess of Operating Expenses and Taxes paid by Sublandlord under the Master Lease for the 2019 calendar year. The term “Subtenant’s Share” means the rentable square feet of the Subleased Premises divided by 12,058 (with Subtenant’s Share is currently estimated to be 44.8% [5,400 sf / 12,058 sf]). The terms “Operating Expenses” and “Taxes” shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Master Lease. Sublandlord will furnish to Subtenant Landlord’s Statement (as defined in the Master Lease) and Sublandlord’s estimate of excess Operating Expenses and Taxes ten (10) days after Sublandlord receives such annual information from Master Landlord. In the event Master Landlord informs Sublandlord that the actual amount of Operating Expenses and/or Taxes for the previous calendar year is different than the amount paid by Sublandlord, Sublandlord shall promptly refund to Subtenant any overpayment and Subtenant shall promptly pay to Sublandlord any underpayment, in either case in relation to Subtenant’s Share of such overpayment or underpayment.

9. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Concurrent with Subtenant’s execution of this Sublease, Subtenant will deposit with Sublandlord the sum of $19,656 (5,400 sf x $3.64) (the “Security Deposit”). The Security Deposit will be held by Sublandlord as security for the faithful performance by Subtenant of all the terms and conditions of the Sublease. If Subtenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Sublease, and after any applicable notice and cure period, Sublandlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Sublandlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Subtenant’s default, or to compensate Sublandlord for any other loss or damage which Sublandlord may suffer by reason of Subtenant’s default. If any portion of said deposit is so used or applied, Subtenant shall within thirty (30) days after written demand therefore, deposit cash with Sublandlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Subtenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Sublease. Sublandlord

 

4


shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Subtenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. Provided Subtenant shall have fully and faithfully performed every provision of this Sublease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Sublease Term. No trust relationship is created herein between Sublandlord and Subtenant with respect to the Security Deposit. Subtenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and all other provisions of law, to the same extent Sublandlord as Tenant under the Master Lease has waived any such rights.

10. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE. This Sublease is expressly subject and subordinate to the Master Lease and, except to the extent inconsistent with, inapplicable to, modified by the terms of this Sublease or as specifically excluded below, all of the terms and provisions of the Master Lease are incorporated into and made a part of this Sublease, and the rights and obligations of the parties under the Master Lease are hereby imposed upon the parties hereto with respect to the Subleased Premises. Except that with respect to obligations to be performed by “Landlord” or “Tenant” under the Master Lease, for the purposes of this Sublease and as between Sublandlord and Subtenant only, the number of days that the Subtenant shall have hereunder to perform each of “Tenant” obligations set forth in the Master Lease shall be reduced by three (3) days from the number of days set forth in the Master Lease; and except further that with respect to all indemnification provisions of the Master Lease, Subtenant will protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Master Landlord in addition to Sublandlord only to the extent arising from the acts of Subtenant in connection with its occupancy in the Subleased Premises. Sublandlord as Tenant shall comply with all the terms of the Master Lease and this Sublease and perform all its obligations under the Master Lease, (including without limitation, its obligation to pay Rent (as defined in the Master Lease)) and this Sublease. The failure of Sublandlord (following applicable notice and cure periods provided to Sublandlord under this Sublease to Sublandlord as Tenant under the Master Lease) to perform any of its obligations under the Master Lease and this Sublease shall constitute a default by Sublandlord. In addition to the foregoing, Subtenant will protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sublandlord from any and all actions, claims, demands, liability, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the defense thereof, to the extent arising from any Subtenant default or breach of the terms of this Sublease. Sublandlord will protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Subtenant from any and all actions, claims, demands, liability, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the defense thereof, to the extent arising from (i) any Sublandlord default or breach of the terms of this Sublease or the Master Lease or (ii) the acts of Sublandlord only to the extent arising from Sublandlord’s occupancy in the portion of the Leased Premises not including the Subleased Premises.

Subtenant will name both Sublandlord and Master Landlord as additional insureds for insurance policies (except Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance) carried by Subtenant pursuant to Section 16.1 of the Master Lease. The failure of Subtenant (following applicable notice and cure periods provided to Subtenant under this Sublease) to perform any of its obligations under this Sublease and those provisions of the Master Lease specifically incorporated herein (following applicable notice and cure periods provided to Tenant under the Master Lease) shall constitute a default by Subtenant. For the purpose of incorporating the Master Lease provisions into this Sublease, references to “Landlord” and “Tenant” (or equivalent commonly understood terms) in such Master Lease provisions shall be deemed to be

 

5


“Sublandlord” and “Subtenant,” respectively, provided, however, Sublandlord does not assume the obligations of Master Landlord under the Master Lease provisions, but shall exercise due diligence in attempting to cause Master Landlord to perform its obligations under the Master Lease for the benefit of Subtenant. If any request for consent or approval of Master Landlord is made by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall promptly cooperate with Subtenant in obtaining the appropriate consent. Except pursuant to a right expressly set forth in the Master Lease, Sublandlord agrees to not voluntarily terminate the Master Lease prior to the Expiration Date (or such sooner date if this Sublease is terminated before the Expiration Date in accordance with the terms herein), unless Master Landlord agrees in writing that this Sublease will continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Master Landlord and Subtenant until the Expiration Date. Each capitalized term used herein but not defined shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Master Lease. In no event will Subtenant or Sublandlord be liable to the other for any consequential damages.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following provisions of the Master Lease hereby are excluded from incorporation into this Sublease as between Sublandlord and Subtenant only, but shall continue in full force and effect as between Master Landlord and Sublandlord.

Section 1.1 (Basic Lease Provisions) Paragraphs (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (13), (14) and (15); Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 2.7, 3.2, 10.2, and 17.1; Article 5; Exhibit B; and, to the extent inconsistent with this Sublease, the Definitions in Section 1.3, and, to the extent inconsistent with this Sublease, Sections 1.1(9), 2.5, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 6.7. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, the obligations contained in Sections 12.1 and 12.2 of the Master Lease will only apply to Subtenant to the extent Cable and Tenant Alterations are installed by Subtenant in the Subleased Premises.

The waiver of subrogation set forth in Section 16.4 of the Master Lease is specifically incorporated herein as applicable between Subtenant, Sublandlord and Master Landlord and each such party shall obtain acknowledgement of (and any necessary endorsements for) such waiver from such party’s insurance carriers.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, Sublandlord and Subtenant each waive any right of recovery against the other, the other’s agents, officers, or employees, for any damage or loss to the Leased Premises (including the Subleased Premises) or its contents resulting from fire or other casualty, to the extent covered by a valid and collectible insurance policy; provided, however, such waiver shall be effective insofar, but only insofar, as compensation for such damage or loss is actually recoverable by the waiving party (net of the costs of collection and any deductible) under the policy.

11. RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT. In addition to the rights and remedies available to Sublandlord under the provisions of the Master Lease (as incorporated herein), following a failure by Subtenant to perform any of its obligations under this Sublease (beyond all applicable notice and cure periods), Sublandlord may cure such default for the account and at the expense of Subtenant. If Sublandlord, upon ten (10) days’ written notice to Subtenant (provided no notice is required in the event of an emergency but Sublandlord shall inform Subtenant as soon after as reasonably practical), by reason of a default by Subtenant, is compelled to pay any sum of money or incurs any expense, such actual third-party sums paid by Sublandlord, together with

 

6


interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum until paid, costs and damages shall be due and payable from Subtenant to Sublandlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of written demand and backup invoices evidencing such costs and charges. Master Landlord and Sublandlord shall have the right upon at least forty-eight (48) hours’ prior written notice to Subtenant (provided no prior notice is required in the event of an emergency but Sublandlord shall inform Subtenant as soon after as reasonably practical), to enter the Subleased Premises for the purpose of inspecting same and making necessary repairs thereto. In addition, Sublandlord agrees that, to the extent permitted by Master Landlord, Subtenant shall have the right to cure any of Sublandlord’s defaults under the Master Lease.

12. SUBTENANT’S PERFORMANCE UNDER MASTER LEASE. At any time with prior notice to Subtenant, Sublandlord can require Subtenant to perform its obligations under this Sublease directly to Master Landlord, and Subtenant will do so upon such request. In such event Subtenant will send to Sublandlord copies of all notices and other communications it sends to and receives from Master Landlord.

13. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. Subtenant shall not assign any interest in this Sublease or sublet all or any portion of the Subleased Premises without obtaining the prior written consent of Sublandlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and the prior written consent of Master Landlord under the Master Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, Subtenant may assign its interest under this Sublease or sublet all or any part of the Subleased Premises to a wholly owned corporation, affiliate, subsidiary or parent of Subtenant or to any direct or indirect successor to Subtenant by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization, or otherwise, or to any individual, entity or trust for estate planning purposes (each, a “Permitted Transferee”) without the consent of Sublandlord or Master Landlord, provided that the following conditions are satisfied: (1) Subtenant is not in default under this Sublease; and (2) Subtenant shall give Sublandlord written notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the assignment or subletting, together with the Permitted Transferee’s express assumption of the Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease. As used herein, the term “affiliate” shall mean a business entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Subtenant and the term “subsidiary” shall mean a corporate entity wholly owned by Subtenant or at least fifty-one percent (51%) of whose voting stock is owned or controlled by Subtenant. As used herein, the word “control” means the right and power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person or business entity, corporate or otherwise, through ownership or voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

14. NO EFFECT ON MASTER LEASE. In the event of a conflict between the Master Lease and Sublease, as between Sublandlord and Subtenant, the conflicting provision contained in this Sublease shall control. Nothing in this Sublease shall amend or modify the Master Lease.

15. CONDITION TO EFFECTIVENESS OF SUBLEASE. Notwithstanding anything in this Sublease to the contrary, the effectiveness of this Sublease is conditioned upon Master Landlord’s consent to this Sublease based on the Consent to Sublease attached hereto as Exhibit D. Concurrent with signing this Sublease, Subtenant and Sublandlord will execute the Consent to Sublease attached hereto as Exhibit D.

 

7


16. ALTERATIONS; IMPROVEMENTS. Subtenant shall not make any alterations or improvements to the Subleased Premises without the prior written consent of Sublandlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and the prior consent of Master Landlord, whose consent shall be obtained as set forth in the Master Lease.

17. SIGNAGE. Subtenant shall have the right, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense and after obtaining the approval of Master Landlord, to install building standard signage adjacent to the southernmost entry door of the Subleased Premises. Provided Subtenant first obtains the written consent of Master Landlord in accordance with Article 9 of the Master Lease, Subtenant shall have the right to replace the existing southernmost entry door of the Subleased Premises with a full or partial glass door. Subtenant shall remove all such signage prior to the Expiration Date. All such installation and removal will be subject to the terms of the Master Lease.

18. PARKING. At Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, Subtenant shall have the right, subject to availability, to use up to eight (8) of the parking spaces allocated to Sublandlord under the Master Lease. The cost of such spaces shall be the amount charged to Sublandlord by Master Landlord. On or before the first of each month, Subtenant shall pay the cost of such parking spaces to Sublandlord.

19. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER. During the Sublease Term, in the event Sublandlord intends to offer for sublease any additional portion of the Leased Premises or otherwise return the Leased Premises to Master Landlord prior to the end of the Sublease Term (the “Additional Space”), Sublandlord shall notify Subtenant (the “ROFO Notice”) of the availability of the Additional Space. Subtenant shall then have the right, within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of the ROFO Notice, to notify Sublandlord that it will sublease the Additional Space on the same terms and at the same Sublease Monthly Rent and Additional Rent as set forth in this Sublease. If Subtenant exercises the right to sublease the Additional Space, upon obtaining the written consent of Master Landlord, such space shall become part of the Subleased Premises, and Subtenant and Sublandlord shall enter into an amendment to this Sublease to reflect the addition of the Additional Space and to make such other changes as are required thereby; provided the term of Subtenant’s leasing the Additional Space shall be coterminous with the Sublease Team (unless otherwise agreed to by Sublandlord and Subtenant) and all of the other terms of this Sublease shall remain in full force and effect. If Subtenant does not exercise such right within such 15-business day period, Sublandlord shall be entitled to sublease all or a portion of the Additional Space on the open market to third parties on terms materially similar to those provided to Subtenant. Subtenant’s rights as set forth in this Section 19 are personal to the originally-named Subtenant and any Permitted Transferee, and Subtenant shall not be entitled to exercise Subtenant’s rights as set forth in this Section 19 if Subtenant at such time (i) is in default under this Sublease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, or (ii) has vacated or abandoned the Subleased Premises.

 

8


20. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

20.1 Notices. Any notice, demand, payment, request, consent, approval, or communication that either party desires or is required to give to the other party or any other person shall be in writing and either personally delivered (which shall include delivery by expedited or overnight delivery service, such as UPS, DHL or Federal Express) or sent by certified prepaid, first-class mail, and shall be addressed to the other party at the following addresses:

 

If to Subtenant:   

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

5858 Horton Street, Suite 320

Emeryville, California 94608

               Attn: VP, Finance
If to Sublandlord:   

Exponential Interactive, Inc.

5858 Horton Street, Suite 300

Emeryville, California 94608

Either party may change its address by notifying the other party of the change in address in the same manner as provided in this Paragraph. If personally delivered, notice shall be deemed served on delivery. If mailed in accordance with the provisions above, notice shall be deemed served within two (2) business days from the time of mailing. Legal counsel for a party may send notices on such party’s behalf.

If Sublandlord receives any notice or demand from the Master Landlord, Sublandlord shall use best efforts to promptly deliver a copy thereof to Subtenant.

20.2 Modification; Entire Agreement. This Sublease cannot be amended or modified except by written agreement of the parties hereto. This Sublease contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters contained in it, and no prior agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.

20.3 Counterparts. This Sublease may be executed in counterparts and all counterparts together shall be construed as one agreement. A signed copy hereof sent or received by facsimile or electronically shall have the same effect as an original.

20.4 Brokers. Sublandlord and Subtenant each represents and warrants to the other that it has dealt with no broker in connection with this Sublease and the transactions contemplated herein. Each party shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from or relating to a breach by the indemnifying party of the foregoing representation and warranty.

20.5 Furniture. The Subleased Premises will include all furniture, fixtures and equipment listed on Exhibit E (the “FF&E”) which Subtenant selects by written notice prior to the Sublease Term Commencement Date, and as to those FF&E items only, Subtenant will execute the Bill of Sale attached as Exhibit F. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if during the Sublease Term, Subtenant intends to dispose of any of the FF&E, Subtenant will notify Sublandlord to allow Sublandlord fifteen (15) days to reacquire, at no cost (except for the cost of its removal and repair of any damage resulting from such removal), the FF&E Subtenant intends to dispose. Upon the Expiration Date, Subtenant will remove all of the FF&E from the Subleased Premises unless otherwise expressly agreed to with Master Landlord or any subsequent tenant or subtenant of the Subleased Premises.

 

9


20.6 CASp Inspection. To Sublandlord’s actual knowledge, the Subleased Premises has not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1938(e), Sublandlord provides the following statutory notice to Subtenant:

“A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.”

20.7 Authority to Execute Sublease, Etc. Each party warrants and represents to the other party that it is authorized to enter into this Sublease and that the individuals executing this Sublease have authority to do so. Sublandlord represents and warrants that the Master Lease is in full force and effect, that Sublandlord is not in default of its obligations under the Master Lease, and there are no existing facts or circumstances which, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a default by Sublandlord or Master Landlord or otherwise constitute a violation of any term or condition of the Master Lease.

20.8 Miscellaneous. The Recitals, and the Exhibits attached to this Sublease, are hereby made a part hereof. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Master Lease and Sublease, where Sublandlord’s or Master Landlord’s approval is required, such approval may be provided or withheld in the sole discretion of Sublandlord and Master Landlord, respectively. This Sublease is a product of the joint negotiation and drafting of the parties hereto and shall be construed accordingly. This Sublease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall not impair or invalidate the remainder of this Sublease.

[Signatures on the following page.]

 

10


EXECUTED on the first date set forth above.    
SUBLANDLORD:     SUBTENANT:
EXPONENTIAL INTERACTIVE, INC.     BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Dilap DaSilva

    By:  

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

Name:   Dilap DaSilva     Name:   Stuart Merkadeau
Title:   CEO     Title:   General Counsel


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE


OFFICE LEASE

BETWEEN

EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC,

a California limited liability company

(LANDLORD)

AND

EXPONENTIAL INTERACTIVE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

(TENANT)

EMERY STATION I

5858 Horton Street,

Emeryville, California


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1

 

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

     1  

1.1

  BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS      1  

1.2

  ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS AND RIDER(S)      3  

1.3

  DEFINITIONS      3  

ARTICLE 2

  PREMISES, TERM, FAILURE TO GIVE POSSESSION, AND PARKING      8  

2.1

  LEASE OF PREMISES      8  

2.2

  TERM      8  

2.3

  FAILURE TO DELIVER POSSESSION      9  

2.4

  CONDITION OF PREMISES      9  

2.5

  PARKING      10  

2.6

  RENEWAL OPTION      10  

2.7

  RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER      12  

ARTICLE 3

  RENT      13  

3.1

  GENERALLY      13  

3.2

  RENT ABATEMENT      14  

ARTICLE 4

  RENT ADJUSTMENTS AND PAYMENTS      14  

4.1

  RENT ADJUSTMENTS      14  

4.2

  STATEMENT OF LANDLORD      15  

4.3

  BOOKS AND RECORDS      15  

4.4

  TENANT OR LEASE SPECIFIC TAXES      16  

ARTICLE 5

  SECURITY DEPOSIT      16  

ARTICLE 6

  SERVICES      17  

6.1

  LANDLORD’S GENERAL SERVICES      17  

6.2

  ELECTRICAL SERVICES      18  

6.3

  ADDITIONAL AND AFTER HOUR SERVICES      18  

6.4

  TELEPHONE SERVICES      18  

6.5

  DELAYS IN FURNISHING SERVICES      19  

6.6

  CHOICE OF SERVICE PROVIDER      20  

6.7

  SIGNAGE      20  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 7

  POSSESSION, USE AND CONDITION OF PREMISES      21  

7.1

  POSSESSION AND USE OF PREMISES      21  

7.2

  LANDLORD ACCESS TO PREMISES; APPROVALS      22  

7.3

  QUIET ENJOYMENT      23  

ARTICLE 8

  MAINTENANCE      23  

8.1

  LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE      23  

8.2

  TENANT’S MAINTENANCE      23  

ARTICLE 9

  ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS      24  

9.1

  TENANT ALTERATIONS      24  

9.2

  LIENS      25  

ARTICLE 10

  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      26  

10.1

  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      26  

10.2

  RECAPTURE      27  

10.3

  EXCESS RENT      28  

10.4

  TENANT LIABILITY      28  

10.5

  ASSUMPTION AND ATTORNMENT      28  

10.6

  PROCESSING EXPENSES      29  

ARTICLE 11

  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES      29  

11.1

  EVENTS OF DEFAULT      29  

11.2

  LANDLORD’S REMEDIES      30  

11.3

  ATTORNEY’S FEES      32  

11.4

  BANKRUPTCY      33  

11.5

  LANDLORD’S DEFAULT      33  

ARTICLE 12

  SURRENDER OF PREMISES      34  

12.1

  IN GENERAL      34  

12.2

  LANDLORD’S RIGHTS      35  

ARTICLE 13

  HOLDING OVER      35  

ARTICLE 14

  DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY      35  

14.1

  SUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY      35  

14.2

  INSUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY      36  

14.3

  RENT ABATEMENT      36  

14.4

  WAIVER OF STATUTORY REMEDIES      37  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 15

  EMINENT DOMAIN      37  

15.1

  TAKING OF WHOLE OR SUBSTANTIAL PART      37  

15.2

  TAKING OF PART      37  

15.3

  COMPENSATION      37  

ARTICLE 16

  INSURANCE      38  

16.1

  TENANT’S INSURANCE      38  

16.2

  FORM OF POLICIES      38  

16.3

  LANDLORD’S INSURANCE      38  

16.4

  WAIVER OF SUBROGATION      39  

16.5

  NOTICE OF CASUALTY      40  

ARTICLE 17

  WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY      40  

17.1

  WAIVER OF CLAIMS      40  

17.2

  INDEMNITIES      41  

ARTICLE 18

  RULES AND REGULATIONS      42  

18.1

  RULES      42  

18.2

  ENFORCEMENT      42  

ARTICLE 19

  LANDLORD’S RESERVED RIGHTS      42  

ARTICLE 20

  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE      43  

20.1

  IN GENERAL      43  

20.2

  ENFORCEMENT      43  

ARTICLE 21

  RELOCATION OF TENANT      43  

ARTICLE 22

  REAL ESTATE BROKERS      43  

ARTICLE 23

  MORTGAGEE PROTECTION      44  

23.1

  SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT      44  

23.2

  MORTGAGEE PROTECTION      44  

ARTICLE 24

  NOTICES      45  

ARTICLE 25

  MISCELLANEOUS      46  

25.1

  LATE CHARGES      46  

25.2

  NO JURY TRIAL; VENUE; JURISDICTION      46  

25.3

  NO DISCRIMINATION      47  

25.4

  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      47  

25.5

  OPTION      47  

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

25.6

  TENANT AUTHORITY      47  

25.7

  ENTIRE AGREEMENT      47  

25.8

  MODIFICATION OF LEASE FOR BENEFIT OF MORTGAGEE      48  

25.9

  EXCULPATION      48  

25.10

  ACCORD AND SATISFACTION      48  

25.11

  LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS ON SALE OF BUILDING      48  

25.12

  BINDING EFFECT      49  

25.13

  CAPTIONS      49  

25.14

  TIME; APPLICABLE LAW; CONSTRUCTION      49  

25.15

  ABANDONMENT      49  

25.16

  LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S DUTIES      49  

25.17

  SECURITY SYSTEM      50  

25.18

  NO LIGHT, AIR OR VIEW EASEMENTS      50  

25.19

  RECORDATION      50  

25.20

  SURVIVAL      50  

25.21

  OFAC REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY AND COVENANT      50  

25.22

  COUNTERPARTS      51  

25.23

  RIDERS      51  

 

-iv-


OFFICE LEASE

ARTICLE 1

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

1.1

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

In the event of any conflict between these Basic Lease Provisions and any other Lease provision, such other Lease provision shall control.

 

  (1)

BUILDING AND ADDRESS:

Emery Station I

5858 Horton Street

Emeryville, California 94608

 

  (2)

LANDLORD AND ADDRESS:

Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC

1120 Nye Street, Suite 400

San Rafael, California 94901

Notices to Landlord shall be addressed:

Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC

c/o Wareham Property Group, Inc.

1120 Nye Street, Suite 400

San Rafael, California 94901

with a copy to:

Shartsis Friese LLP

One Maritime Plaza, 18th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: David H. Kremer, Esq.

 

  (3)

TENANT AND CURRENT ADDRESS:

(a) Name: Exponential Interactive, Inc.

(b) State of incorporation: Delaware

Notices to Tenant shall be addressed:

Prior to the Commencement Date:

Exponential Interactive, Inc.

2200 Powell Street, Suite 600

 

1


Emeryville, California 94607

Attention: General Counsel

On and after the Commencement Date:

At the Premises

Attention: General Counsel

 

  (4)

DATE OF THIS LEASE: as of October 13,2014

 

  (5)

LEASE TERM: Commencing on the Commencement Date, and ending on the last day of the eighty-fourth (84th) full calendar month following the Commencement Date, subject to the option to extend set forth in Section 2.6 below,

 

  (6)

PROJECTED COMMENCEMENT DATE: December 15, 2014

 

  (7)

EXPIRATION DATE: The last day of the eighty-fourth (84th) full calendar month following the Commencement Date.

 

  (8)

MONTHLY BASE RENT:

 

PERIOD FROM/TO    MONTHLY BASE RENT      MONTHLY RATE PER
RENTABLE SQUARE
FOOT OF PREMISES
 

Months 1-12*

   $ 35,625.00      $ 2.85  

Months 13-24

   $ 36,750.00      $ 2.94  

Months 25-36

   $ 37,875.00      $ 3.03  

Months 37-48

   $ 39,000.00      $ 3.12  

Months 49-60

   $ 40,125.00      $ 3.21  

Months 61-72

   $ 41,375.00      $ 3,31  

Months 73-84

   $ 42,625.00      $ 3.41  

 

*

“Month 1” will include any partial calendar month following the Commencement Date if the Commencement Date is other than the first (1st) day of a calendar month, and in the event Month 1 includes any partial calendar month, Tenant shall pay the prorated amount of Monthly Base Rent for such partial calendar month pursuant to Article 3 in addition to the Monthly Base Rent for the first full calendar month of the Term.

 

  (9)

RENTABLE AREA OF THE PREMISES: 12,058 rentable square feet.

 

  (10)

SECURITY DEPOSIT: $71,250.00, representing two (2) months of Base Rent based on the amount in Months 1-12.

 

  (11)

SUITE NUMBER OF PREMISES: 300

 

2


  (12)

TENANT’S USE OF PREMISES: General office use.

 

  (13)

PARKING: Thirty-six (36) parking spaces shall be allocated for Tenant’s use (i.e., three (3) parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises), located in the Terraces Garage or such other location for unreserved, non-premium parking that Landlord reasonably determines.

 

  (14)

BROKERS:

Landlord’s Broker: Cassidy Turley Commercial Real Estate Services (Mike Raffetto)

Tenant’s Broker:     CRESA East Bay (Scott Stone)

 

  (15)

BASE YEAR: 2015

 

1.2

ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS AND RIDER(S)

The Exhibits and Rider set forth below and attached to this Lease are incorporated in this Lease by this reference:

EXHIBIT A Plan of Premises

EXHIBIT B Worldetter Agreement

EXHIBIT C Rules and Regulations

RIDER 1 Commencement Date Agreement

 

1.3

DEFINITIONS

For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

ADJUSTMENT YEAR: The applicable calendar year or any portion thereof, during the Term, after the Base Year for which a Rent Adjustment computation is being made.

AFFILIATE: Any corporation or other business entity that is currently owned or controlled by, owns or controls, or is under common ownership or control with Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be,

BASE YEAR: The calendar year specified in Section 1.1(15).

BUILDING: The building located at the address specified in Section 1.1(1). The Building includes office, lab and other uses.

COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date specified in Section 1.1(6) as the Projected Commencement Date, unless changed by operation of
Article 2.

COMMON AREAS: All areas of the Project made available by Landlord from time to time for the general common use or benefit of the tenants of the Building, and their employees and invitees, or the public, as such areas currently exist and as they may be changed from time to time.

 

3


DECORATION: Tenant Alterations which do not require a building permit and which do not involve any of the structural elements of the Building, or any of the Building’s systems, including its electrical, mechanical, plumbing, security, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, communication, and fire and life safety systems.

DEFAULT RATE: The rate of interest shall be at the rate of one percent (1%) of the outstanding balance per month, or the maximum rate permitted by Law, whichever is lower.

ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS: All Laws governing the use, storage, disposal or generation of any Hazardous Material, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended.

EXPIRATION DATE: The last day of the eighty-fourth (84th) full calendar month following the Commencement Date.

FORCE MAJEURE: Any accident, casualty, act of God, war or civil commotion, strike or labor troubles, or any cause whatsoever beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, including water shortages, energy shortages or governmental preemption in connection with an act of God, a national emergency, or by reason of Law, or by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are affected by act of God, war or other emergency.

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL: Such substances, material and wastes which are or become regulated under any Environmental Law; or which are classified as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law; and explosives and firearms, radioactive material, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, and petroleum products.

INDEMNITEES: Collectively, Landlord, any Mortgagee or ground lessor of the Property, the property manager and the leasing manager for the Property and their respective partners, members, directors, officers, agents and employees.

LAND: The parcel(s) of real estate on which the Building and Project are located.

LANDLORD WORK: The construction or installation of improvements to the Premises, to be furnished by Landlord, as specifically described in the Workletter or exhibits attached hereto.

LAWS OR LAW: All laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, other requirements, orders, rulings or decisions adopted or made by any governmental body, agency, department or judicial authority having jurisdiction over the Property, the Premises or Tenant’s activities at the Premises and any covenants, conditions or restrictions of record which affect the Property.

LEASE: This instrument and all exhibits and riders attached hereto, as may be amended from time to time.

MONTHLY BASE RENT: The monthly base rent specified in Section 1.1 (8).

MORTGAGEE: Any holder of a mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument encumbering the Property.

 

4


NATIONAL HOLIDAYS: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day and other holidays recognized by the Landlord and the janitorial and other unions servicing the Building in accordance with their contracts.

OPERATING EXPENSES: All costs, expenses and disbursements of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay in connection with the ownership, management, operation, maintenance, replacement and repair of the Building and the Property, including, without limitation, (1) property management fees (not to exceed 3.5% of gross revenues); and (2) costs and expenses of any capital expenditure or improvement, amortized over the useful life of the applicable capital expenditure or improvement, as reasonably determined by Landlord, together with interest thereon on the unamortized costs at the lower of the rate incurred by Landlord to finance such capital expenditure or improvement or the Default Rate, which capital expenditure or improvement (a) is made to the Property after the Commencement Date in order to comply with Laws enacted after the Commencement Date, or (b) is installed for the purpose of reducing or controlling Operating Expenses. Operating Expenses shall not include, (i) costs of alterations of the premises of tenants of the Project, (ii) costs of capital improvements to the Project (except as permitted above in subpart (2) in the definition of “Operating Expenses”) or costs for investigation or remediation of Hazardous Materials, (iii) depreciation charges, (iv) interest and principal payments on loans (except lor loans for capital improvements which Landlord is allowed to include in Operating Expenses as provided above), (v) ground rental payments, (vi) real estate brokerage and leasing commissions, (vii) advertising and marketing expenses, (viii) costs of Landlord reimbursed by insurance proceeds, (ix) expenses incurred in negotiating leases of tenants in the Project or enforcing lease obligations of tenants in the Project and (x) Landlord’s general corporate overhead or Landlord’s project management or Landlord’s administrative fees except as permitted above in subpart (1) in the definition of “Operating Expenses”. If any Operating Expense, though paid in one year, relates to more than one calendar year, at the option of Landlord such expense may be proportionately allocated among such related calendar years. Operating Expenses for the Building that are not, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, allocable solely to either the office or laboratory portion of the Building shall be equitably allocated by Landlord between such uses. If during an Adjustment Year Landlord incurs costs or expenses for new categories or subcategories of Operating Expenses not included in Operating Expenses for the Base Year, Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be increased in the amount, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of the costs and expenses that would have been incurred in the Base Year for the new categories or subcategories of Operating Expenses if the same had been provided in the Base Year; and, correspondingly, if any categories or subcategories of Operating Expenses that were included in Operating Expenses for the Base Year are at any time thereafter no longer provided, Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be decreased by the amount of the costs and expenses incurred in the Base Year for such categories or subcategories of Operating Expenses that are no longer being provided.

PREMISES: The space located in the Building at the Suite Number listed in Section 1.1(11) and depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto.

PROJECT or PROPERTY: The Project consists of the multi-use building including office, lab, retail and other uses, located at the street address specified in Section 1.1(1) in Emeryville, California, associated surface and garage parking as designated by Landlord from time to time, landscaping and improvements, together with the Land, any associated interests in real property, and the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus located in or used in conjunction with any of the foregoing. The Project may also be referred to as the Property.

 

5


REAL PROPERTY: The Property excluding any personal property.

RENT: Collectively, Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments and Rent Adjustment Deposits, and all other charges, payments, late fees or other amounts required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.

RENT ADJUSTMENT: Any amounts owed by Tenant for payment of Operating Expenses or Taxes. The Rent Adjustments shall be determined and paid as provided in Article 4.

RENT ADJUSTMENT DEPOSIT: An amount equal to Landlord’s estimate of the Rent Adjustment attributable to each month of the applicable Adjustment Year. On or before the beginning of each Adjustment Year or with Landlord’s Statement (defined in Article 4), Landlord may estimate and notify Tenant in writing of its estimate of the amount of Operating Expenses and Taxes payable by Tenant for such Adjustment Year. Prior to the first determination by Landlord of the amount of Operating Expenses and Taxes for the first Adjustment Year, Landlord may estimate such amounts in the foregoing calculation. The last estimate by Landlord shall remain in effect as the applicable Rent Adjustment Deposit unless and until Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of a change, which notice may be given by Landlord from time to time during any Adjustment Year.

RENTABLE AREA OF THE PREMISES: The amount of square footage set forth in Section 1.1(9).

SECURITY DEPOSIT: The funds specified in Section 1.1(10), if any, deposited by Tenant with Landlord as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease.

STANDARD OPERATING HOURS: Monday through Friday from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M, and Saturdays from 9:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M., excluding National Holidays.

SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE or SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: The completion of the Landlord Work, except for minor insubstantial details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustments which remain to be done.

TAXES: All federal, state and local governmental taxes, assessments and charges of every kind or nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing, management, control, sale, transfer or operation of the Property or any of its components (including any personal property used in connection therewith), which may also include any rental or similar taxes levied in lieu of or in addition to general real and/or personal property taxes and taxes upon, allocable to, or measured by the rents payable under leases and occupancy agreements at the Property, including any gross receipts tax, excise tax or license fee levied or imposed by any governmental or taxing body with respect to the receipt of such rents or other income from the Property. For purposes hereof, Taxes for any year shall be Taxes which are assessed for any period of such year, whether or not such Taxes are billed and payable in a subsequent calendar year. There shall be included in Taxes for any year the amount of all fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees)

 

6


paid by Landlord during such year in seeking or obtaining any refund or reduction of Taxes. Taxes for any year shall be reduced by the net amount of any tax refund received by Landlord attributable to such year. If a special assessment payable in installments is levied against any part of the Property, Taxes for any year shall include only the installment of such assessment and any interest payable or paid during such year. Taxes shall not include any federal or state inheritance, general income, gift or estate taxes, except that if a change occurs in the method of taxation resulting in whole or in part in the substitution of any such taxes, or any other assessment, for any Taxes as above defined, such substituted taxes or assessments shall be included in the Taxes.

TENANT ADDITIONS: Collectively, Landlord Work and Tenant Alterations.

TENANT ALTERATIONS: Any alterations, improvements, additions, installations or construction in or to the Premises or any Building systems serving the Premises (excluding Landlord Work); and any supplementary air-conditioning systems installed by Landlord or by Tenant at Landlord’s request pursuant to Section 6.1(b).

TENANT DELAY: Any event or occurrence that delays the completion of the Landlord Work which is caused by or is described as follows:

(i) special work, changes, alterations, additions, or any Change Orders (defined in the Workletter) requested or made by Tenant in the design or finish in any part of the Premises after approval of the plans and specifications (as described in the Workletter);

(ii) Tenant’s delay in submitting plans, supplying information, approving plans, specifications or estimates, giving authorizations or otherwise;

(iii) failure to pay for those portions of Tenant Improvements that Tenant is obligated to pay for pursuant to the Workletter;

(iv) the performance or completion by Tenant or any person engaged by Tenant of any work in or about the Premises; or

(v) failure to perform or comply with any obligation or condition binding upon Tenant pursuant to the Workletter, including the failure to approve and pay for such Landlord Work or other items if and to the extent the Workletter provides they are to be approved or paid by Tenant.

TENANT’S SHARE: The percentage that represents the ratio of the Rentable Area of the Premises to the Rentable Area of the Building, as determined by Landlord from time to time. Tenant acknowledges that the Rentable Area of the Premises or Building may change from remeasurement or otherwise during the Term.

TERM: The term of this Lease commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date.

TERMINATION DATE: The Expiration Date or such earlier date as this Lease terminates or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises terminates.

 

7


WORKLETTER: The Agreement regarding the manner of completion of Landlord Work set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto.

ARTICLE 2

PREMISES, TERM, FAILURE TO GIVE POSSESSION, AND PARKING

2.1 LEASE OF PREMISES

(a) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises for the Term and upon the terms, covenants and conditions provided in this Lease.

(b) In addition to Tenant’s non-exclusive right to use the Common Areas, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use of the conference room and the fitness center that are currently located in the Building in accordance with the standard policy regulating such usage, and at the hourly or monthly rates for the use thereof, established by Landlord from time to time. Landlord reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to relocate the conference room and/or fitness center to a different part of the Building or to a different building in Emeryville, or to discontinue the provision of a conference room and/or fitness center as an amenity of the Project. In the event Landlord discontinues the fitness center, any initiation fee(s) collected by Landlord within the prior twelve (12) month period shall be refunded.

2.2 TERM

(a) The Commencement Date shall be the date determined as follows:

(1) Subject to Tenant Delay, if the Landlord Work is Substantially Complete on or before the Projected Commencement Date, then on the date which is the earlier to occur of: (i) the Projected Commencement Date, or (ii) the date Tenant first occupies all or part of the Premises to conduct its business; or

(2) Subject to Tenant Delay, if the Landlord Work is not Substantially Complete by the Projected Commencement Date, then on the date on which Landlord delivers the Premises with the Landlord Work Substantially Complete.

(b) Within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an agreement (the form of which is attached hereto as Rider 1) confirming the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date. If Tenant fails to enter into such agreement, then the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date shall be the dates designated by Landlord in such agreement.

(c) At specific times during Landlord’s construction of the Landlord, which times shall be at the reasonable, mutual convenience of Landlord, Landlord’s contractor, and Tenant, Tenant shall be permitted to enter into the Premises, at Tenant’s sole risk, solely for the purpose of installing furniture, telephone, computer cabling and equipment in the Premises, provided that Tenant has delivered to Landlord evidence of the insurance coverages required under Article 16, the first installment of Monthly Base Rent pursuant to Section 3.1, and the Security Deposit, and such early access shall not interfere with the completion of the Landlord Work or otherwise interfere with the quiet enjoyment of other Tenants in the Building. Such early entry shall be

 

8


subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease, except that Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent or other charges during such early access period unless Tenant commences business operations in the Premises during such early access period. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to allow Tenant to have early entry for the purpose of the installations noted above no later than December 4, 2014.

2.3 FAILURE TO DELIVER POSSESSION

If Landlord shall be unable to deliver possession of the Premises for occupancy by Tenant by the Projected Commencement Date for any reason, then Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for the failure to deliver possession by said date. Under such circumstances, but subject to Tenant Delay, the Rent reserved and covenanted to be paid herein shall not commence until possession of the Premises has been delivered to Tenant by Landlord, and no such failure to deliver possession of the Premises by the Projected Commencement Date shall affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of the Tenant hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to two (2) days of free Monthly Base Rent for each day of such delay continuing until the delivery of the Premises. If the Premises are unavailable for occupancy due to any Tenant Delay and/or default on the part of Tenant, then the Premises shall be deemed ready for Tenant’s occupancy on the date Landlord would have delivered the Premises Substantially Complete but for such Tenant Delay and/or default on the part of Tenant. In the event of any dispute as to whether or when the Landlord Work is Substantially Complete, the decision of Landlord’s architect shall be final and binding on the parties.

2.4 CONDITION OF PREMISES

Tenant shall conduct a diligent inspection of the Premises and shall notify Landlord in writing within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date of any defects in the Premises claimed by Tenant or in the materials or workmanship furnished by Landlord in completing the Landlord Work. Except for defects stated in such notice (and for any latent defects disclosed within 30 days after discovery by Tenant, but in no event after the three hundred sixtieth (360th) day of the Lease Term), Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted the Premises “AS IS” in the condition existing on the date Tenant first takes possession, and to have waived all claims relating to the condition of the Premises. Landlord shall proceed diligently to correct the defects stated in such notice (and in any subsequent notice of latent defects delivered by Tenant within 30 days after discovery by Tenant but in no event later than the three hundred sixtieth (360th) day of the Lease Term) unless Landlord disputes the existence of any such defects. In the event of any dispute as to the existence of any such defects, the decision of Landlord’s architect shall be final and binding on the parties. No agreement of Landlord to alter, remodel, decorate, clean or improve the Premises or the Real Property and no representation regarding the condition of the Premises or the Real Property has been made by or on behalf of Landlord to Tenant, except as may be specifically stated in this Lease or in the Workletter. Landlord hereby informs Tenant that the Building and the Project have not undergone an inspection by a person certified pursuant to Section 4459.2 of the California Government Code (a Certified Access Specialist). Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it otherwise might now or hereafter have under Section 1938 of the California Civil Code.

 

9


2.5 PARKING

During the Term, Tenant may use the number of spaces specified in Section 1.1(13) for parking at the standard prevailing monthly rates being charged from time to time by Landlord or its parking operator without regard to discounts provided to any other occupants of the Buildings. As of the date of this Lease, such prevailing monthly rates are: (i) $95.00 per stall per month in the Terraces Garage, and (ii) $125.00 per stall per month in the garage in the Building. In the event Tenant fails at any time to pay the full amount of such parking charges, Tenant’s parking rights shall be reduced to the extent of Tenant’s failure to pay for any such parking. The locations and type of parking shall be designated by Landlord or Landlord’s parking operator from time to time. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the parking spaces serving the Project may include tandem parking and a mixture of spaces for compact vehicles as well as full-size passenger automobiles, and that Tenant shall not use parking spaces for vehicles larger than the striped size of the parking spaces. All vehicles utilizing Tenant’s parking privileges shall prominently display identification stickers or other markers, and/or have passes or keycards for ingress and egress, as may be required and provided by Landlord or its parking operator from time to time. Tenant shall comply with any and all parking rules and regulations from time to time established by Landlord or Landlord’s parking operator, including a requirement that Tenant pay to Landlord or Landlord’s parking operator a charge for loss and replacement of passes, keycards, identification stickers or markers, and for any and all loss or other damage caused by persons or vehicles related to use of Tenant’s parking privileges. Tenant shall not allow any vehicles using Tenant’s parking privileges to be parked, loaded or unloaded except in accordance with this Section, including in the areas and in the manner designated by Landlord or its parking operator for such activities. If any vehicle is using the parking or loading areas contrary to any provision of this Section 2.5, Landlord or its parking operator shall have the right, in addition to all other rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, to remove or tow away the vehicle without prior notice to Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord.

2.6 RENEWAL OPTION

(a) Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease (“Renewal Option”) with respect to the entirety of the Premises, as depicted on Exhibit A (and including, if applicable, any space in the Building taken pursuant to the Right of First Offer provided for in Section 2.7, with respect to which the expiration of the term of the applicable lease for such space taken pursuant to such Right of First Offer coincides with the Expiration Date of this Lease) for one (1) additional term of five (5) years (“Renewal Term”), commencing upon expiration of the initial Term. The Renewal Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice given by Tenant to Landlord not earlier than twelve (12) months nor later than nine (9) months prior to expiration of the initial Term. If Tenant properly exercises the Renewal Option, references in the Lease to the Term shall be deemed to include the Renewal Term. The Renewal Option shall be null and void and Tenant shall have no right to renew this Lease if on the date Tenant exercises the Renewal Option or on the date immediately preceding the commencement date of the Renewal Term a Default beyond the applicable cure period shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder.

 

10


(b) If Tenant properly exercises the Renewal Option, then during the Renewal Term all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as applicable to the Premises during the initial Term shall apply during the Renewal Term, including without limitation the obligation to pay Rent Adjustments, except that (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their then “as-is” state and condition and Landlord shall have no obligation to repaint, remodel, repair or make or pay for any improvements to the Premises, (ii) during the Renewal Term the Monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant shall be the Fair Market Rent during the Renewal Term, determined as hereinafter set forth, and (iii) there shall be no further option to renew or extend the Term of this Lease.

(c) For purposes of this Section, the term “Fair Market Rent” shall mean the base rental rate, periodic rental rate adjustment and other charges and increases, if any, for space comparable in size, location and quality of the Premises under primary lease (and not sublease) to new or renewing tenants, for a comparable term with a tenant improvement allowance, if applicable and taking into consideration such amenities as existing improvements, view, floor on which the Premises are situated and the like, situated in comparable buildings in Emeryville, California.

(d) If Tenant properly exercises the Renewal Option, Landlord, by notice to Tenant not more than thirty (30) days after Tenant’s exercise of the Renewal Option, shall indicate Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rent. Tenant, within fifteen (15) days after the date on which Landlord provides such notice of the Fair Market Rent shall either (i) give Landlord final binding written notice (“Binding Notice”) of Tenant’s acceptance of Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rent, or (ii) if Tenant disagrees with Landlords’ determination, provide Landlord with written notice of Tenant’s election to submit the Fair Market Rent to binding arbitration (the “Arbitration Notice”). If Tenant fails to provide Landlord with either a Binding Notice or Arbitration Notice within such ten (10) day period, Tenant shall have been deemed to have given the Binding Notice. If Tenant provides or is deemed to have provided Landlord with a Binding Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into the Renewal Amendment (as defined below) upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(e) If the parties are unable to agree upon the Fair Market Rent for the Premises within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Arbitration Notice, Fair Market Rent as of commencement of the Renewal Term shall be determined as follows:

(1) Within twenty (20) days after the date Tenant delivers the Arbitration Notice, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall obtain and deliver in writing to Landlord a determination of the Fair Market Rent for the Premises for a term equal to the Renewal Term from a broker or appraiser (“Tenant’s broker”) licensed in the State of California and engaged in the office markets in Emeryville, California, for at least the immediately preceding five (5) years. If Landlord accepts such determination, Landlord shall provide written notice thereof within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of such determination and the Monthly Base Rent for the Renewal Term shall be adjusted to an amount equal to the Fair Market Rent determined by Tenant’s broker. Landlord shall be deemed to have rejected Tenant’s determination if Landlord fails to respond within the ten (10) day period.

(2) If Landlord provides notice that it rejects, or is deemed to have rejected, such determination, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the determination of Tenant’s broker, Landlord shall designate a broker or appraiser (“Landlord’s broker”) licensed in the State of California and possessing the qualifications set forth in (1) above. Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker shall name a third broker, similarly qualified and who is not then or has not previously acted for either party, within five (5) days after the appointment of Landlord’s broker (“Neutral Broker”).

 

11


(3) The Neutral Broker shall determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises as of the commencement of the Renewal Term within fifteen (15) days after the appointment of such Neutral Broker by choosing the determination of the Landlord’s broker or the Tenant’s broker which is closest to its own determination of Fair Market Rent. The decision of the Neutral Broker shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.

(f) Landlord shall pay the costs and fees of Landlord’s broker in connection with any determination hereunder, and Tenant shall pay the costs and fees of Tenant’s broker in connection with such determination. The costs and fees of the Neutral Broker shall be paid one-half by Landlord and one-half by Tenant.

(g) If the amount of the Fair Market Rent has not been determined pursuant to this Section 2.6 as of the commencement of the Renewal Term, then Tenant shall continue to pay the Monthly Base Rent in effect during the last month of the initial Term until the amount of the Fair Market Rent is determined. When such determination is made, Tenant shall pay any deficiency to Landlord upon demand.

(h) If Tenant is entitled to and properly exercises its Renewal Option, upon determination of Fair Market Rent pursuant to this Section 2.6, Landlord shall prepare an amendment (the “Renewal Amendment”) to reflect changes in the Base Rent, Term, Expiration Date and other appropriate terms. The Renewal Amendment shall be sent to Tenant within a reasonable time after determination of Fair Market Rent and, provided the same is accurate, Tenant shall execute and return the Renewal Amendment to Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of same, but an otherwise valid exercise of the Renewal Option shall be fully effective whether or not the Renewal Amendment is executed.

2.7 RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

(a) Subject to the rights of other tenants pursuant to leases in effect as of the Date of this Lease, from and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have a continuous right of first offer to lease Available Premises (as hereinafter defined) on the third floor of the Building as it becomes available (the “Right of First Offer”).

(b) As used in this Section 2.7, the term “Available Premises” shall mean office space (and not lab space) which is located adjacent to the Premises on the third (3rd) floor of the Building that becomes available after the Commencement Date for leasing to third parties. Office space shall not be deemed to be Available Premises if an existing tenant renews or extends its term, whether pursuant to an existing option or otherwise. Office space which is being actively marketed by Landlord as of the Commencement Date shall not be deemed Available Premises until Landlord ceases to actively market such space or until any lease entered into by Landlord on such space shall expire.

 

12


(c) In the event that Landlord proposes to negotiate with a prospective tenant or Landlord otherwise intends to market any Available Premises (other than a tenant with a prior right to lease or to negotiate to lease such Available Premises), Landlord shall give written notice thereof to Tenant (the “ROFO Offer Notice”), which notice shall include the estimated delivery date of such space to Tenant. For a period of ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s notice, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith concerning the leasing of such space but neither party shall be obligated to enter into a lease of such space unless the parties mutually agree on the terms and conditions of such lease. Such lease shall be upon market terms, taking into account, among other criteria, the then creditworthiness of Tenant, and Tenant acknowledges that the term and rent for such space may be different from the Term and rent for the Premises and that the tenant improvements in such space may be different than the tenant improvements in the Premises.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all rights of Tenant pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall automatically terminate without notice and shall be of no further force or effect, and Landlord shall have no obligation to deliver any ROFO Offer Notice to Tenant with respect to any Available Premises, if (i) a Default exists at the time of exercise of the Right of First Offer, or at the time that Landlord would otherwise be required to deliver such ROFO Offer Notice, or at the time of commencement of the term of the lease for the applicable Available Premises, or (ii) Landlord has given Tenant two or more notices respecting a Default at any time during the Term of this Lease, whether or not such Default was subsequently cured, or (iii) the named Tenant hereunder or, pursuant to a Permitted Transfer (defined below), a Tenant Affiliate, does not occupy the entire Premises.

(e) If Landlord and Tenant reach agreement upon the terms of a lease of the Available Premises pursuant to Section 2.7(c), Landlord promptly shall prepare such lease setting forth the agreed terms and conditions for the Available Premises and shall otherwise generally be on the same terms and conditions of this Lease (excluding, however, the business terms of this Lease applicable to the Premises, including, without limitation, Sections 1.1, 2.2, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, and 2.9, and with appropriate adjustments to the terms of Section 10.2 to reflect Landlord’s recapture rights applicable to the Available Premises). Tenant shall execute and return such lease to Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of same.

ARTICLE 3

RENT

3.1 GENERALLY

Tenant shall pay to Landlord at the address specified in Section 1.1(2), or to such other persons, or at such other places designated by Landlord, without any prior demand therefor in immediately available funds and without any deduction or offset whatsoever, Rent, including Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments in accordance with Article 4, during the Term. Monthly Base Rent shall be paid monthly in advance on the first day of each month of the Term, except that the first installment of Monthly Base Rent owing hereunder following the Abatement Period (defined below) shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease. Monthly Base Rent shall be prorated for partial months within the Term. Unpaid Rent shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date due until paid. Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent shall be independent of every other covenant in this Lease.

 

13


3.2 RENT ABATEMENT

Notwithstanding Section 3.1, so long as Tenant is not in Default hereunder, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Monthly Base Rent during the first two (2) full calendar months of the Term (the “Abatement Period”) and a third month of abated Monthly Base Rent during the thirteenth (13th) full calendar month of the Term. The total amount of Monthly Base Rent abated during the Abatement Period is referred to herein as the “Abated Base Rent”. If Tenant is in Default under this Lease at any time during the Term for a period of sixty (60) days or more, (i) all Abated Base Rent shall immediately become due and payable and (ii) if such Default occurs prior to the expiration of the Abatement Period, there shall be no further abatement of Monthly Base Rent pursuant to this Section 3.2. The payment by Tenant of the Abated Base Rent in the event of a Default shall not limit or affect any of Landlord’s other rights or remedies, pursuant to this Lease or at law or in equity. During the Abatement Period, only Monthly Base Rent shall be abated, and all other applicable costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain as due and payable.

ARTICLE 4

RENT ADJUSTMENTS AND PAYMENTS

4.1 RENT ADJUSTMENTS

Tenant shall pay to Landlord Rent Adjustments with respect to each Adjustment Year as follows:

(a) The Rent Adjustment Deposit representing Tenant’s Share of increases in Operating Expenses for the applicable Adjustment Year over the Operating Expenses for the Base Year, monthly during the Term with the payment of Monthly Base Rent;

(b) The Rent Adjustment Deposit representing Tenant’s Share of increases in Taxes for the applicable Adjustment Year over the Taxes for the Base Year, monthly during the Term with the payment of Monthly Base Rent;

(c) Any Rent Adjustments due in excess of the Rent Adjustment Deposits in accordance with Section 4.2. Rent Adjustments due from Tenant to Landlord for any Adjustment Year shall be Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year in excess of the Base Year Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Share of Taxes for such year in excess of the Base Year Taxes. If Operating Expenses and/or Taxes in any Adjustment Year decrease below the amount of Operating Expenses and/or Taxes for the Base Year for any reason, the Rent Adjustment Deposit for Operating Expenses and/or Taxes, as the case may be, for that Adjustment Year shall be $0; and

(d) For purposes of determining Rent Adjustments, if the Building is not fully occupied during all or any portion of the Base Year or any Adjustment Year during the Term, Landlord shall make appropriate adjustments to the variable components of Operating Expenses for the Base Year or such Adjustment Year, employing sound accounting and management principles consistently applied, to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for the Base Year or such Adjustment Year. In the event that the Property is not fully assessed for all or a portion of the Base Year or any Adjustment Year, then Taxes shall be adjusted to an amount which would have been payable in the Base Year or such Adjustment Year if the Property had been fully assessed.

 

14


4.2 STATEMENT OF LANDLORD

As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Base Year, and each Adjustment Year thereafter, Landlord will furnish to Tenant a statement (“Landlord’s Statement”) showing the following:

(a) The amount of actual Operating Expenses aud Taxes for the Base Year and thereafter for the most recent Adjustment Year;

(b) The amount of Rent Adjustments due Landlord for the most recent Adjustment Year, less credit for Rent Adjustment Deposits or other amounts paid, if any, toward Operating Expenses and Taxes for such Adjustment Year; and

(c) Any change in the Rent Adjustment Deposit due monthly in the current Adjustment Year, including the amount or revised amount due for months preceding any such change pursuant to Landlord’s Statement.

Tenant shall pay to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of each Landlord’s Statement any amounts for Rent Adjustments then due in accordance with such Landlord’s Statement. Any amounts due from Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Section shall be credited to the Rent Adjustment Deposit next coming due, or refunded to Tenant if the Term has already expired provided Tenant is not in default hereunder and no further Rent is due. No interest or penalties shall accrue on any amounts that Landlord is obligated to credit or refund to Tenant by reason of this Section 4.2. Landlord’s failure to deliver Landlord’s Statement or to compute the amount of the Rent Adjustments shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of its right to deliver such items nor constitute a waiver or release of Tenant’s obligations to pay such amounts. The Rent Adjustment Deposit shall be credited against Rent Adjustments due for the applicable Adjustment Year. During the last complete Adjustment Year or during any partial Adjustment Year in which the Lease terminates, Landlord may include in the Rent Adjustment Deposit its estimate of Rent Adjustments which might not be finally determined until after the termination or expiration of this Lease. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent Adjustments survives the expiration or termination of the Lease.

4.3 BOOKS AND RECORDS

Landlord shall maintain books and records showing Operating Expenses and Taxes in accordance with sound accounting and management practices, consistently applied. Tenant or its representative (which representative shall be a certified public accountant licensed to do business in the state in which the Property is located and whose primary business is certified public accounting and who shall not be paid on a contingency basis) shall have the right, for a period of sixty (60) days following the date upon which Landlord’s Statement is delivered to Tenant, to examine the Landlord’s books and records with respect to the items in the foregoing statement of Operating Expenses and Taxes during normal business hours, upon written notice, delivered at least three (3) business days in advance. If Tenant does not object in writing to Landlord’s Statement within ninety (90) days of Tenant’s receipt thereof, specifying the nature of the item in

 

15


dispute and the reasons therefor, then Landlord’s Statement shall be considered final and accepted by Tenant and Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to dispute Landlord’s Statement. If Tenant does dispute any Landlord’s Statement, Tenant shall deliver a copy of any such audit to Landlord at the time of notification of the dispute. If Tenant does not provide such notice of dispute and a copy of such audit to Landlord within such ninety day (90) day period, it shall be deemed to have waived such right to dispute Landlord’s Statement. Any amount due to the Landlord as shown on Landlord’s Statement, whether or not disputed by Tenant as provided herein shall be paid by Tenant when due as provided above, without prejudice to any such written exception. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine Landlord’s records or to dispute any statement of Operating Expenses and Taxes unless Tenant has paid and continues to pay all Rent when due. Upon resolution of any dispute with respect to Operating Expenses and Taxes, Tenant shall either pay Landlord any shortfall or Landlord shall credit Tenant with respect to any overages paid by Tenant. The records obtained by Tenant shall be treated as confidential and neither Tenant nor any of its representatives or agents shall disclose or discuss the information set forth in the audit to or with any other person or entity (“Confidentiality Requirement”). Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless for any losses or damages arising out of the breach of the Confidentiality Requirement. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to examine Landlord’s records or to dispute any statement of expenses unless Tenant has paid and continues to pay all Rent when due.

4.4 TENANT OR LEASE SPECIFIC TAXES

In addition to Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments, Rent Adjustment Deposits and other charges to be paid by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than federal or state inheritance, general income, gift or estate taxes) whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties hereto: (a) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof; (b) upon the measured value of Tenant’s personal property located in the Premises or in any storeroom or any other place in the Premises or the Property, or the areas used in connection with the operation of the Property, it being the intention of Landlord and Tenant that, to the extent possible, such personal property taxes shall be billed to and paid directly by Tenant; (c) resulting from any Landlord Work, Tenant Alterations, or any other improvements to the Premises, whether title thereto is in Landlord or Tenant; or (d) upon this transaction. Taxes paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall not be included in any computation of Taxes payable pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2.

ARTICLE 5

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Security Deposit, in immediately available funds. The Security Deposit may be applied by Landlord to cure, in whole or part, any default of Tenant under this Lease, and upon notice by Landlord of such application, Tenant shall replenish the Security Deposit in full by paying to Landlord within ten (10) days of demand the amount so applied. Landlord’s application of the Security Deposit shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default to the extent that the Security Deposit does not fully compensate Landlord for all losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such default and shall not prejudice any other rights or remedies available to

 

16


Landlord under this Lease or by Law. Landlord shall not pay any interest on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. The Security Deposit shall not be deemed an advance payment of Rent or a measure of damages for any default by Tenant under this Lease, nor shall it be a bar or defense of any action that Landlord may at any time commence against Tenant. In the absence of evidence satisfactory to Landlord of an assignment of the right to receive the Security Deposit or the remaining balance thereof, Landlord may return the Security Deposit to the original Tenant, regardless of one or more assignments of this Lease. Upon the transfer of Landlord’s interest under this Lease, Landlord’s obligation to Tenant with respect to the Security Deposit shall terminate upon transfer to the transferee of the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all the terms, provisions, covenants, and conditions of this Lease, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord recovers possession of the Premises or such longer time as may be permissible under Law. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights of Tenant under the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code or other Law regarding security deposits.

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES

6.1 LANDLORDS GENERAL SERVICES

(a) Tenant shall have access to the Building and the Premises 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

(b) So long as the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant has paid all Rent then due, Landlord shall furnish the following services the cost of which services shall be included in Operating Expenses:

(1) heat, ventilation and air-conditioning (“HVAC”) in the Premises during Standard Operating Hours as necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises under normal business office operations, subject to compliance with all applicable voluntary and mandatory regulations and Laws;

(2) tempered and cold water for use in the labs and in lavatories in common with other tenants from the regular supply of the Building;

(3) customary cleaning and janitorial services in the Premises five (5) days per week, excluding National Holidays;

(4) washing of the outside windows in the Premises weather permitting at intervals determined by Landlord; and

(5) automatic passenger and swing/freight elevator service in common with other tenants of the Building. Freight elevator service will be subject to reasonable scheduling by Landlord and payment of Landlord’s standard charges.

 

17


(c) If Tenant uses heat generating machines or equipment in the Premises to an extent which adversely affects the temperature otherwise maintained by the air-cooling system or whenever the occupancy or electrical load adversely affects the temperature otherwise maintained by the air-cooling system, Landlord reserves the right to install or to require Tenant to install supplementary air-conditioning units in the Premises. Tenant shall bear all costs and expenses related to the installation, maintenance and operation of such units.

6.2 ELECTRICAL SERVICES

(a) So long as the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant has paid all Rent then due, Landlord shall furnish to the Premises as an Operating Expense, electric current for general office use, including normal lighting, normal business office machines and customary janitorial service. Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the contrary, without, in each instance, the prior written approval of Landlord, in Landlord’s prudent business judgment, Tenant shall not make any alterations or additions to the electric equipment or systems. Tenant’s use of electric current shall at no time exceed the capacity of the wiring, feeders and risers providing electric current to the Premises or the Building. The consent of Landlord to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to limit usage of electricity to no more than such capacity.

(b) At any time and from time to time, Landlord may in its sole discretion either (i) install one or more “Emon Demon” meters to measure electric current furnished to the Premises, or (ii) reasonably estimate electric current furnished to the Premises.

(c) So long as the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant has paid all Rent then due, Landlord shall furnish to the Premises replacement lamps, bulbs, ballasts and starters used in any normal Building lighting installed in the Premises, except that if the replacement or repair of such items is a result of the negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents, servants, licensees, subtenants, contractors or invitees, such cost shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord and shall not be included as part of Operating Expenses.

6.3 ADDITIONAL AND AFTER HOUR SERVICES

At Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall furnish additional quantities of any of the services or utilities specified in Section 6.1, if Landlord can reasonably do so, on the terms set forth herein. For services or utilities requested by Tenant and furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as a charge therefor Landlord’s prevailing rates charged from time to time for such services and utilities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, for HVAC service beyond Standard Operating Hours, Landlord’s prevailing rate as of the date of this Lease includes a one (1) hour minimum per activation. If Tenant shall fail to make any such payment, Landlord may, upon notice to Tenant and in addition to Landlord’s other remedies under this Lease, discontinue any or all of such additional services.

6.4 TELEPHONE SERVICES

All telephone, and communication connections which Tenant may desire shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion and not to be unreasonably withheld, and the location of all wires and the work in connection therewith shall be performed by contractors approved by Landlord and shall be subject to the direction of Landlord, except that such approval is not required as to Tenant’s telephone equipment (including cabling)

 

18


within the Premises and from the Premises in a route designated by Landlord to any telephone cabinet or panel provided (as existing or as installed as part of the Landlord Work, if any) on Tenant’s floor for Tenant’s connection to the telephone cable serving the Building so long as Tenant’s equipment does not require connections different than or additional to those to the telephone cabinet or panel provided. Except to the extent of such cabling within the Premises or from the Premises to such telephone cabinet or panel, Landlord reserves the right to designate and control the entity or entities providing telephone or other communication cable installation, removal, repair and maintenance in the Building and to restrict and control access to telephone cabinets or panels. In the event Landlord designates a particular vendor or vendors to provide such cable installation, removal, repair and maintenance for the Building, Tenant agrees to abide by and participate in such program. Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs incurred in connection with the installation of telephone cables and communication wiring in the Premises, including any hook-up, access and maintenance fees related to the installation of such wires and cables in the Premises and the commencement of service therein, and the maintenance thereafter of such wire and cables; and there shall be included in Operating Expenses for the Building all installation, removal, hook-up or maintenance costs incurred by Landlord in connection with telephone cables and communication wiring serving the Building which are not allocable to any individual users of such service but are allocable to the Building generally. If Tenant fails to maintain all telephone cables and communication wiring in the Premises and such failure affects or interferes with the operation or maintenance of any other telephone cables or communication wiring serving the Building, Landlord or any vendor hired by Landlord may enter into and upon the Premises forthwith and perform such repairs, restorations or alterations as Landlord deems necessary in order to eliminate any such interference (and Landlord may recover from Tenant all of Landlord’s costs in connection therewith). If required by Landlord, no later than the Termination Date Tenant shall remove all telephone cables and communication wiring installed by Tenant for and during Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any of its agents or employees shall be liable to Tenant, or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, customers or invitees or anyone claiming through, by or under Tenant, for any damages, injuries, losses, expenses, claims or causes of action because of any interruption, diminution, delay or discontinuance at any time for any reason in the furnishing of any telephone or other communication service to the Premises and the Building.

6.5 DELAYS IN FURNISHING SERVICES

Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be in breach of this Lease nor be liable to Tenant for damages or otherwise, for any failure to furnish, or a delay in furnishing, or a change in the quantity or character of any service when such failure, delay or change is occasioned, in whole or in part, by repairs, improvements or mechanical breakdowns, by the act or default of Tenant or other parties or by an event of Force Majeure. No such failure, delay or change shall be deemed to be an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or from performing any other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, without any deduction or offset. Failure to any extent to make available, or any slowdown, stoppage, or interruption of, the specified utility services resulting from any cause, including changes in service provider or Landlord’s compliance with any voluntary or similar governmental or business guidelines now or hereafter published or any requirements now or hereafter established by any governmental agency, board, or bureau having jurisdiction over the operation of the Property shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for damages to either persons, property, or business, nor

 

19


be construed as an eviction of Tenant or work an abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant of Tenant’s obligations for fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof. Should any equipment or machinery furnished by Landlord break down or for any cause cease to function properly, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair same promptly, but Tenant shall have no claim for abatement of Rent or damages on account of any interruption of service occasioned thereby or resulting therefrom. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, if any such interruption (i) continues for three (3) consecutive business days following Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of notice of such interruption, (ii) is caused by the act or omission of Landlord and the cure of same is within the reasonable control of Landlord, (and is not attributable to any acts or omissions of Tenant), (iii) materially and adversely affects Tenant’s ability to conduct business in the Premises, or any material portion thereof, and (iv) on account of such interruption Tenant ceases doing business in the Premises, Rent shall thereafter abate to the extent the Premises are rendered unusable and are actually not used by Tenant as a result thereof, commencing on the fourth (4th) business day following Tenant’s notice hereunder and continuing for the remainder of the interruption.

6.6 CHOICE OF SERVICE PROVIDER

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole option, to the extent permitted by applicable law, elect to change, from time to time, the company or companies which provide services (including electrical service, gas service, water, telephone and technical services) to the Building, the Premises and/or its occupants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not and does not make any representations or warranties concerning the identity or identities of the company or companies which provide services to the Building and the Premises or its occupants and Tenant acknowledges that the choice of service providers and matters concerning the engagement and termination thereof shall be solely that of Landlord. The foregoing provision is not intended to modify, amend, change or otherwise derogate any provision of this Lease concerning the nature or type of service to be provided or any specific information concerning the amount thereof to be provided. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and each of its service providers in connection with any change in service or provider.

6.7 SIGNAGE

Initial Building standard signage will be installed by Landlord in the directory in the main lobby of the Building, in the listing of tenants in the elevator lobby for the floor on which the Premises is located and at Tenant’s main entry door to the Premises at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Any change in such initial signage shall be only with Landlord’s prior written consent, shall conform to Building standard signage and shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

20


ARTICLE 7

POSSESSION, USE AND CONDITION OF PREMISES

7.1 POSSESSION AND USE OF PREMISES

(a) Tenant shall be entitled to possession of the Premises when the Landlord Work is Substantially Complete and such possession of the Premises shall be deemed delivered to Tenant on such date. Tenant shall occupy and use the Premises only for the uses specified in Section 1.1(12) (o conduct Tenant’s business. Tenant shall not occupy or use the Premises (or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises) for any purpose or in any manner which: (1) is unlawful or in violation of any Law or Environmental Law; (2) may be dangerous to persons or property or which may increase the cost of, or invalidate, any policy of insurance carried on the Building or covering its operations; (3) is contrary to or prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Lease or the rules of the Building set forth in Article 18; or (4) would tend to create or continue a nuisance.

(b) Landlord shall provide Tenant with Access Card Keys the cost of which shall be paid by Tenant, and Tenant shall place a deposit for such cards with Landlord to cover lost cards or cards which are not returned at the end of the Term.

(c) Tenant shall comply with all Environmental Laws pertaining to Tenant’s occupancy and use of the Premises and concerning the proper storage, handling and disposal of any Hazardous Material introduced to the Premises, the Building or the Property by Tenant or other occupants of the Premises, or their employees, servants, agents, contractors, customers or invitees. Tenant shall not generate, store, handle or dispose of any Hazardous Material in, on, or about the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, except that such consent shall not be required to the extent of Hazardous Material packaged and contained in office products for consumer use in general business offices in quantities for ordinary day-to-day use provided such use does not give rise to, or pose a risk of, exposure to or release of Hazardous Material. In the event that Tenant is notified of any investigation or violation of any Environmental Law arising from Tenant’s activities at the Premises, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord a copy of such notice. In such event or in the event Landlord reasonably believes that a violation of Environmental Law exists as a consequence of Tenant’s use of or activities in the Premises, Landlord may conduct such tests and studies relating to compliance by Tenant with Environmental Laws or the alleged presence of Hazardous Materials upon the Premises as Landlord deems desirable, all of which shall be completed at Tenant’s expense. Landlord’s inspection and testing rights are for Landlord’s own protection only, and Landlord has not, and shall not be deemed to have assumed any responsibility to Tenant or any other party for compliance with Environmental Laws, as a result of the exercise, or non-exercise of such rights. Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to defend, protect and hold harmless, the Indemnitees from any and all loss, claim, demand, action, expense, liability and cost (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising out of or in any way related to the presence of any Hazardous Material introduced to the Premises during the Term by any party other than Landlord and/or Landlord’s employees, agents or invitees. In case of any action or proceeding brought against the Indemnitees by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel chosen by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Landlord reserves the right to settle, compromise or dispose of any and all actions, claims and demands related to the foregoing indemnity. If any Hazardous Material is released, discharged or disposed of on or about the Property and such release, discharge or disposal is not caused by Tenant or other occupants of the Premises, or their employees, servants, agents, contractors customers or invitees, such release, discharge or disposal shall be deemed casually damage under Article 14 to the extent that the Premises are affected thereby; in such case, Landlord and Tenant shall have the obligations and rights respecting such casualty damage provided under such Article.

 

21


(d) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.) and regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder, as all of the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time (collectively referred to herein as the “ADA”) establish requirements for business operations, accessibility and barrier removal, and that such requirements may or may not apply to the Premises, the Building and the Project depending on, among other things: (1) whether Tenant’s business is deemed a “public accommodation” or “commercial facility”, (2) whether such requirements are “readily achievable”, and (3) whether a given alteration affects a “primary function area” or triggers “path of travel” requirements. The parties hereby agree that: (a) Landlord shall be responsible for ADA Title III compliance in the Common Areas, except as provided below, (b) Tenant, following the Commencement Date, shall be responsible for ADA Title III compliance in the Premises, including any leasehold improvements or other work to be performed in the Premises under or in connection with this Lease, (c) Landlord may perform, or require that Tenant perform, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III “path of travel” requirements triggered by Tenant Additions in the Premises, and (d) Landlord may perform, or require Tenant to perform, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III compliance in the Common Areas necessitated by the Building being deemed to be a “public accommodation” instead of a “commercial facility” as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for requirements under Title I of the ADA relating to Tenant’s employees.

7.2 LANDLORD ACCESS TO PREMISES; APPROVALS

(a) Tenant shall permit Landlord to erect, use and maintain pipes, ducts, wiring and conduits in and through the Premises, so long as Tenant’s use, layout or design of the Premises is not materially affected or altered. Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter upon the Premises in the event of an emergency, or to inspect the Premises, to perform janitorial and other services, to conduct safety and other testing in the Premises and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or the Building or other parts of the Property as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable (including all alterations, improvements and additions in connection with a change in service provider or providers). Janitorial and cleaning services shall be performed after Standard Operating Hours. Any entry or work by Landlord may be during Standard Operating Hours and Landlord may use reasonable efforts to ensure that any entry or work shall not materially interfere with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises. Landlord shall provide advance notice of any non-emergency entry.

(b) If Tenant shall not be personally present to permit an entry into the Premises when for any reason an entry therein shall be necessary or permissible, Landlord (or Landlord’s agents), after attempting to notify Tenant (unless Landlord believes an emergency situation exists), may enter the Premises without rendering Landlord or its agents liable therefor, and without relieving Tenant of any obligations under this Lease.

(c) Landlord may enter the Premises for the purpose of conducting such inspections, tests and studies as Landlord may deem desirable or necessary to confirm Tenant’s compliance with all Laws and Environmental Laws or for other purposes necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment to ensure the sound condition of the Property and the systems serving the Property. Landlord’s rights under this Section 7.2(c) are for Landlord’s own protection only, and Landlord has not, and shall not be deemed to have assumed, any responsibility to Tenant or any other party as a result of the exercise or non-exercise of such rights, for compliance with Laws or Environmental Laws or for the accuracy or sufficiency of any item or the quality or suitability of any item for its intended use.

 

22


(d) Landlord may do any of the foregoing, or undertake any of the inspection or work described in the preceding paragraphs without such action constituting an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, or giving rise to an abatement of Rent by reason of loss or interruption of business of the Tenant, or otherwise,

(e) The review, approval or consent of Landlord with respect to any item required or permitted under this Lease is for Landlord’s own protection only, and Landlord has not, and shall not be deemed to have assumed, any responsibility to Tenant or any other party, as a result of the exercise or non-exercise of such rights, for compliance with Laws or Environmental Laws or for the accuracy or sufficiency of any item or the quality or suitability of any item for its intended use.

7.3 QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants, in lieu of any implied covenant of quiet possession or quiet enjoyment, that so long as Tenant is in compliance with the covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to quiet enjoyment of the Premises without hindrance or interference from Landlord or those claiming through Landlord, and subject to the covenants and conditions set forth in the Lease and to the rights of any Mortgagee or ground lessor.

ARTICLE 8

MAINTENANCE

8.1 LANDLORDS MAINTENANCE

Subject to the provisions of Articles 4 and 14, Landlord shall, as an Operating Expense, maintain and make necessary repairs to the foundations, roofs, exterior walls, and the structural elements of the Building, the electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, mechanical, communication, security and the fire and life safety systems of the Building and those corridors, washrooms and lobbies which are Common Areas of the Building, except that: (a) Landlord shall not be responsible for the maintenance or repair of any floor or wall coverings in the Premises or any of such systems which are located within the Premises and are supplemental or special to the Building’s standard systems; and (b) the cost of performing any of said maintenance or repairs whether to the Premises or to the Building caused by the negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents, servants, licensees, subtenants, contractors or invitees, shall be paid by Tenant, subject to the waivers set forth in Section 16.4. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any expense, injury, loss or damage resulting from work done in or upon, or in connection with the use of, any adjacent or nearby building, land, street or alley.

8.2 TENANTS MAINTENANCE

Tenant shall periodically inspect the Premises to identify any conditions that are dangerous or in need of maintenance or repair. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with notice of any such conditions. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, perform all maintenance and repairs to the interior non-structural portions of the Premises that are not Landlord’s express responsibility

 

23


under this Lease, and keep such interior non-structural portions of the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations include, without limitation, repairs to: (a) floor covering; (b) interior partitions; (c) doors; (d) the interior side of demising walls; (e) electronic, phone and data cabling and related equipment that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant (collectively, “Cable”); (f) supplemental air conditioning units, kitchens, including hot water heaters, plumbing, and similar facilities exclusively serving Tenant; and (g) Tenant Alterations. To the extent Landlord is not reimbursed by insurance proceeds, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of repairing damage to the Building caused by the acts of Tenant, Tenant Related Parties and their respective contractors and vendors. If Tenant fails to make any repairs to the Premises for more than fifteen (15) days after notice from Landlord (although notice shall not be required in an emergency), Landlord may make the repairs, and Tenant shall pay the reasonable cost of the repairs, together with an administrative charge in an amount equal to 10% of the cost of the repairs. Tenant hereby waives all right to make repairs at the expense of Landlord or in lieu thereof to vacate the Premises and its other similar rights as provided in California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 or any other Laws (whether now or hereafter in effect). In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for all costs in connection with repairing all special tenant fixtures and improvements, including garbage disposals, showers, plumbing, and appliances. In no event shall Tenant be responsible for making structural repairs in the Premises unless, subject to the waivers set forth in Section 16.4, the need for such repair arises as a consequence of the acts or omissions of Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors.

ARTICLE 9

ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

9.1 TENANT ALTERATIONS

(a) The following provisions shall apply to the completion of any Tenant Alterations:

(1) Tenant shall not, except as provided herein, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, make or cause to be made any Tenant Alterations in or to the Premises or any Property systems serving the Premises, Prior to making any Tenant Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord ten (10) days prior written notice (or such earlier notice as would be necessary pursuant to applicable Law) to permit Landlord sufficient time to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Subject to all other requirements of this Article 9, Tenant may undertake Decoration work without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the names and addresses of all contractors and subcontractors and copies of all contracts. All Tenant Alterations shall be completed at such time and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate, and only by contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Landlord may, in its sole discretion, specify the engineers and contractors to perform all work relating to the Building’s systems (including the mechanical, heating, plumbing, security, ventilating, air-conditioning, electrical, communication and the fire and life safety systems in the Building). The contractors, mechanics and engineers who may be used are further limited to those whose work will not cause or threaten to cause disharmony or interference with Landlord or other tenants in the Building and their respective agents and contractors performing work in or about the Building. Landlord may further condition its consent upon Tenant furnishing to Landlord and

 

24


Landlord approving prior to the commencement of any work or delivery of materials to the Premises related to the Tenant Alterations such of the following as specified by Landlord: architectural plans and specifications, opinions from Landlord’s engineers stating that the Tenant Alterations will not in any way adversely affect the Building’s systems, necessary permits and licenses, certificates of insurance, and such other documents in such form reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord may, in the exercise of reasonable judgment, request that Tenant provide Landlord with appropriate evidence of Tenant’s ability to complete and pay for the completion of the Tenant Alterations such as a performance bond or letter of credit. Upon completion of the Tenant Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an as-built mylar and digitized (if available) set of plans and specifications for the Tenant Alterations.

(2) Tenant shall pay the cost of all Tenant Alterations and the cost of decorating the Premises and any work to the Property occasioned thereby. Upon completion of Tenant Alterations, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with contractors’ affidavits and full and final waivers of lien and receipted bills covering all labor and materials expended and used in connection therewith and such other documentation reasonably requested by Landlord or Mortgagee.

(3) Tenant agrees to complete all Tenant Alterations (i) in accordance with all Laws, Environmental Laws, all requirements of applicable insurance companies and in accordance with Landlord’s standard construction rules and regulations, and (ii) in a good and workmanlike manner with the use of good grades of materials. Tenant shall notify Landlord immediately if Tenant receives any notice of violation of any Law in connection with completion of any Tenant Alterations and shall immediately take such steps as are necessary to remedy such violation. In no event shall such supervision or right to supervise by Landlord nor shall any approvals given by Landlord under this Lease constitute any warranty by Landlord to Tenant of the adequacy of the design, workmanship or quality of such work or materials for Tenant’s intended use or of compliance with the requirements of Section 9.1(a)(3)(i) and (ii) above or impose any liability upon Landlord in connection with the performance of such work.

(b) All Tenant Additions, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant, shall without compensation or credit to Tenant, become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord at the time of their installation and shall remain in the Premises, unless pursuant to Article 12, Tenant may remove them or is required to remove any Tenant Additions installed by Tenant at Landlord’s request (provided that, Tenant shall not be required to remove any of the Landlord Work installed In the Premises pursuant to the Workletter).

9.2 LIENS

Tenant shall not permit any lien or claim for lien of any mechanic, laborer or supplier or any other lien to be filed against the Building, the Land, the Premises, or any other part of the Property arising out of work performed, or alleged to have been performed by, or at the direction of, or on behalf of Tenant. If any such lien or claim for lien is filed, Tenant shall within ten (10) days of receiving notice of such lien or claim (a) have such lien or claim for lien released of record or (b) deliver to Landlord a bond in form, content, amount, and issued by surety, satisfactory to Landlord, indemnifying, protecting, defending and holding harmless the Indemnitees against all costs and liabilities resulting from such lien or claim for lien and the foreclosure or attempted foreclosure thereof. If Tenant fails to take any of the above actions, Landlord, in addition to its rights and remedies under Article 11, without investigating the validity of such lien or claim for lien, may pay or discharge the same and Tenant shall, as payment of additional Rent hereunder, reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount so paid by Landlord, including Landlord’s expenses and attorneys’ fees.

 

25


ARTICLE 10

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

10.1 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

(a) Subject to Landlord’s recapture right set forth in Section 10.2 (if applicable), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent of Landlord shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, Tenant may not sublease, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer or permit the transfer of this Lease or the encumbering of Tenant’s interest therein in whole or in part, by operation of Law or otherwise or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises, or any part thereof, by anyone other than Tenant. Tenant agrees that the provisions governing sublease and assignment set forth in this Article 10 shall be deemed to be reasonable. If Tenant desires to enter into any sublease of the Premises or assignment of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver written notice thereof to Landlord (“Tenant’s Notice”), together with the identity of the proposed subtenant or assignee and the proposed principal terms thereof and financial and other information sufficient for Landlord to make an informed judgment with respect to such proposed subtenant or assignee at least forty-five (45) days prior to the commencement date of the term of the proposed sublease or assignment. If Tenant proposes to sublease less than all of the Rentable Area of the Premises, the space proposed to be sublet and the space retained by Tenant must each be a marketable unit as reasonably determined by Landlord and otherwise in compliance with all Laws. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of its approval or disapproval of the proposed sublease or assignment or its decision to exercise its rights under Section 10.2 (if applicable) within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s Notice (and all required information). In no event may Tenant sublease any portion of the Premises or assign the Lease to any other tenant of the Project. Tenant shall submit for Landlord’s approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) any advertising which Tenant or its agents intend to use with respect to the space proposed to be sublet.

(b) With respect to Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease, Landlord may take into consideration any factors that Landlord may deem relevant, and the reasons for which Landlord’s denial shall be deemed to be reasonable shall include, without limitation, the following:

(i) the business reputation or creditworthiness of any proposed subtenant or assignee is not acceptable to Landlord; or

(ii) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment the proposed assignee or sublessee would diminish the value or reputation of the Project or Landlord; or

(iii) any proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s use of the Premises would violate Section 7.1 of the Lease or would violate the provisions of any other leases of tenants in the Building; or

 

26


(iv) the proposed sublessee or assignee is a current occupant of the Building or a bona fide prospective tenant of Landlord in the Building as demonstrated by a written proposal dated within ninety (90) days prior to the date of Tenant’s request; or

(v) the proposed sublessee or assignee would materially increase the estimated pedestrian and vehicular traffic to and from the Premises and the Project.

(c) Any sublease or assignment shall be expressly subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. Any subtenant or assignee shall execute such documents as Landlord may reasonably require to evidence such subtenant or assignee’s assumption of the obligations and liabilities of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of all agreements executed by Tenant and the proposed subtenant and assignee with respect to the Premises, Landlord’s approval of a sublease, assignment, hypothecation, transfer or third party use or occupancy shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to obtain Landlord’s consent to further assignments or subleases, hypothecations, transfers or third party use or occupancy.

(d) Intentionally Deleted.

(e) Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, so long as Tenant is not entering into a transaction described herein for the purpose of avoiding or otherwise circumventing the remaining terms of this Article, Tenant may, subject to Section 10.5, assign its entire interest under this Lease or sublease all or a portion of the Premises, without the consent of Landlord, to (i) an Affiliate, or (ii) a successor to Tenant by purchase or other acquisition of Tenant’s capital stock or substantially all of Tenant’s assets, merger, consolidation or reorganization, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease; (2) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the proposed transfer together with the information required hereunder and such entity shall expressly assume Tenant’s obligations hereunder; (3) with respect to an assignment to an Affiliate, Tenant continues to have a net worth equal to or greater than Tenant’s net worth as of the date immediately prior to such transfer; and (4) with respect to a purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization which results in Tenant ceasing to exist as a separate legal entity, Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth equal to Tenant’s net worth at the date immediately prior to such transfer; any such transfer being referred to as a “Permitted Transfer”. An initial or subsequent public offering of Tenant’s stock or any transfer of stock through the “over-the-counter” market or any recognized national or international securities exchange or any transfer of 50% or less of Tenant’s outstanding stock shall not constitute an assignment requiring Landlord’s consent hereunder.

10.2 RECAPTURE

Excluding any assignment or sublease contemplated in Section 10.1(e), Landlord shall have the option to exclude from the Premises covered by this Lease (“recapture”) the space proposed to be sublet or subject to the assignment, by providing written notice to Tenant, with such recapture effective as of the proposed commencement date of such sublease or assignment in the event that Tenant proposes to (i) sublet a portion of the Premises for all or substantially all of the balance of the term, (ii) assign this Lease or sublet all of the Premises at any time for any period of time. If Landlord elects to recapture, Tenant shall surrender possession of the space proposed to be subleased or subject to the assignment to Landlord on the effective date of recapture of such

 

27


space from the Premises, such date being the Termination Date for such space. Effective as of the date of recapture of any portion of the Premises pursuant to this section, the Monthly Base Rent, Rentable Area of the Premises and Tenant’s Share shall be adjusted accordingly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord elects to recapture, Tenant shall have the right (in Tenant’s sole discretion), exercised within ten (10) days after receiving written notice of Landlord’s election to recapture, to withdraw the request to sublease or assign, in which event this Lease will remain in full force and effect.

10.3 EXCESS RENT

Tenant shall pay Landlord on the first day of each month during the term of the sublease or assignment, fifty percent (50%) of the amount by which the sum of all rent and other consideration (direct or indirect) due from the subtenant or assignee for such month exceeds: (i) that portion of the Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments due under this Lease for said month which is allocable to the space sublet or assigned; and (ii) the following costs and expenses for the subletting or assignment of such space: (1) brokerage commissions and attorneys’ fees and expenses; (2) the actual costs paid in making any improvements or substitutions in the Premises required by any sublease or assignment; and (3) “free rent” periods, costs of any inducements or concessions given to subtenant or assignee, moving costs, and other amounts in respect of such subtenant’s or assignee’s other leases or occupancy arrangements. All such costs and expenses shall be amortized over the term of the sublease or assignment pursuant to sound accounting principles.

10.4 TENANT LIABILITY

In the event of any sublease or assignment, whether or not with Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall not be released or discharged from any liability, whether past, present or future, under this Lease, including any liability arising from the exercise of any renewal or expansion option, to the extent such exercise is expressly permitted by Landlord. Tenant’s liability shall remain primary, and in the event of default by any subtenant, assignee or successor of Tenant in performance or observance of any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against said subtenant, assignee or successor. After any assignment, Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments or subletting of this Lease, or amendments or modifications of this Lease with assignees of Tenant, without notifying Tenant, or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto, and such action shall not relieve Tenant or any successor of Tenant of liability under this Lease. If Landlord grants consent to such sublease or assignment, Tenant shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to such assignment or sublease. In addition, if Tenant has any options to extend the Term or to add other space to the Premises, such options shall not be available to any subtenant or assignee, directly or indirectly without Landlord’s express written consent, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

10.5 ASSUMPTION AND ATTORNMENT

If Tenant shall assign this Lease as permitted herein, the assignee shall expressly assume all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder in a written instrument satisfactory to Landlord and furnished to Landlord not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the assignment.

 

28


If Tenant shall sublease the Premises as permitted herein, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, within fifteen (15) days following any request by Landlord, obtain and furnish to Landlord the written agreement of such subtenant to the effect that the subtenant will attorn to Landlord and will pay all subrent directly to Landlord,

10.6 PROCESSING EXPENSES

Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Landlord’s cost of processing each proposed assignment or subletting (whether or not the same is ultimately approved by Landlord or consummated by Tenant), an amount equal to the sum of Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees, plus a reasonable charge for Landlord’s administrative, accounting and clerical time (collectively, “Processing Costs”); provided that Processing Costs shall not exceed a total amount of $2,500.00. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall not be required to process any request for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting until Tenant has paid to Landlord the amount of Landlord’s estimate of the Processing Costs. When the actual amount of the Processing Costs is determined, it shall be reconciled with Landlord’s estimate, and any payments or refunds required as a result thereof shall promptly thereafter be made by the parties.

ARTICLE 11

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

11.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The occurrence or existence of any one or more of the following shall constitute a “Default” by Tenant under this Lease:

(i) Tenant fails to pay any installment or other payment of Rent including Rent Adjustment Deposits or Rent Adjustments within five (5) days after the date when due, provided, however, first such late payment in any consecutive twelve (12) month period of the Term shall not constitute a Default until written notice is provided by Landlord to Tenant and five (5) days expires after such notice without cure by Tenant;

(ii) Tenant fails to observe or perform any of the other covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease or the Workletter and fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Tenant, unless the default involves a hazardous condition, which shall be cured forthwith or unless the failure to perform is a Default for which this Lease specifies there is no cure or grace period; provided that, in event such default does not involve a hazardous condition and is not one for which no cure or grace period is provided, and such default reasonably cannot be cured or corrected within such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant shall not be in Default of this Lease if Tenant commences the cure or correction of such default within such initial thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecutes the same to completion, which in any case must be achieved within ninety (90) days after receipt of notice thereof;

(iii) the interest of Tenant in this Lease is levied upon under execution or other legal process;

(iv) a petition is filed by or against Tenant to declare Tenant bankrupt or seeking a plan of reorganization or arrangement under any Chapter of the Bankruptcy Act, or any amendment, replacement or substitution therefor, or to delay payment of, reduce or modify Tenant’s debts, which in the case of an involuntary action is not discharged within thirty (30) days;

 

29


(v) Tenant is declared insolvent by Law or any assignment of Tenant’s property is made for the benefit of creditors;

(vi) a receiver is appointed for Tenant or Tenant’s property, which appointment is not discharged within thirty (30) days;

(vii) any action taken by or against Tenant to reorganize or modify Tenant’s capital structure in a materially adverse way which in the case of an involuntary action is not discharged within thirty (30) days; or

(viii) upon the dissolution of Tenant.

11.2 LANDLORDS REMEDIES

(a) A Default shall constitute a breach of the Lease for which Landlord shall have the rights and remedies set forth in this Section 11.2 and all other rights and remedies set forth in this Lease or now or hereafter allowed by Law, whether legal or equitable, and all rights and remedies of Landlord shall be cumulative and none shall exclude any other right or remedy now or hereafter allowed by applicable Law.

(b) With respect to a Default, at any time Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession by written notice to Tenant stating such election. Any written notice required pursuant to Section 11.1 shall constitute notice of unlawful detainer pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 if, at Landlord’s sole discretion, it states Landlord’s election that Tenant’s right to possession is terminated after expiration of any period required by Law or any longer period required by Section 11.1. Upon the expiration of the period stated in Landlord’s written notice of termination (and unless such notice provides an option to cure within such period and Tenant cures the Default within such period), Tenant’s right to possession shall terminate and this Lease shall terminate, and Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided. Upon such termination in writing of Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord shall have the right, subject to applicable Law, to re-enter the Premises and dispossess Tenant and the legal representatives of Tenant and all other occupants of the Premises by unlawful detainer or other summary proceedings, or as otherwise permitted by Law, regain possession of the Premises and remove their property (including their trade fixtures, personal property and Required Removables pursuant to Article 12), but Landlord shall not be obligated to effect such removal, and such property may, at Landlord’s option, be stored elsewhere, sold or otherwise dealt with as permitted by Law, at the risk of, expense of and for the account of Tenant, and the proceeds of any sale shall be applied pursuant to Law. Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of any such property. Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord’s removing or storing Tenant’s personal property pursuant to this Section or Section 12.1, and Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to defend, protect and hold harmless, the Indemnitees from any and all loss, claims, demands, actions, expenses, liability and cost (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising out of or in any way related to such removal or storage. Upon such written termination of Tenant’s right to possession and this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to recover damages for Tenant’s Default as provided herein or by Law, including the following damages provided by California Civil Code Section 1951.2:

 

30


(1) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

(2) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided;

(3) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and

(4) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, Landlord’s unamortized costs of tenant improvements, leasing commissions and legal fees incurred in connection with entering into this Lease. The word “rent” as used in this Section 11.2 shall have the same meaning as the defined term Rent in this Lease. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above is computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in clause (3) above is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). For the purpose of determining unpaid Rent under clause (3) above, the monthly Rent reserved in this Lease shall be deemed to be the sum of the Monthly Base Rent, monthly storage space rent, if any, and the amounts last payable by Tenant as Rent Adjustments for the calendar year in which Landlord terminated this Lease as provided hereinabove.

(c) Even if Tenant is in Default and/or has abandoned the Premises, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession by written notice as provided in Section 11.2(b) above, and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. In such event, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies of a landlord under California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations), or any successor statute. During such time as Tenant is in Default, if Landlord has not terminated this Lease by written notice and if Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of the Premises, subject to Landlord’s option to recapture pursuant to Section 10.2, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to such assignment or sublease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of Article 10 shall be deemed to constitute reasonable limitations of Tenant’s right to assign or sublet. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that in the absence of written notice pursuant to Section 11.2(b) above terminating Tenant’s right to possession, no other act of Landlord shall constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession or an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, including acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or the withholding of consent to a subletting or assignment, or terminating a subletting or assignment, if in accordance with other provisions of this Lease.

 

31


(d) In the event that Landlord seeks an injunction with respect to a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, Tenant agrees to pay the premium for any bond required in connection with such injunction.

(e) Tenant hereby waives any and all rights to relief from forfeiture, redemption or reinstatement granted by Law (including California Civil Code of Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179) in the event of Tenant being evicted or dispossessed for any cause or in the event of Landlord obtaining possession of the Premises by reason of Tenant’s Default or otherwise;

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, a notice to Tenant given under this Article and Article 24 of this Lease or given pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, and any notice served by mail, shall be deemed served, and the requisite waiting period deemed to begin under said Code of Civil Procedure Section upon mailing (except as may be required under Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 et seq.), without any additional waiting requirement under Code of Civil Procedure Section 1011 et seq, or by other Law. For purposes of Code of Civil Procedure Section 1162, Tenant’s “place of residence”, “usual place of business”, “the property” and “the place where the property is situated” shall mean and be the Premises, whether or not Tenant has vacated same at the time of service.

(g) The voluntary or other surrender or termination of this Lease, or a mutual termination or cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger and shall terminate all or any existing assignments, subleases, subtenancies or occupancies permitted by Tenant, except if and as otherwise specified in writing by Landlord.

(h) No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant, and no exercise by Landlord of its rights pursuant to Section 25.15 to perform any duty which Tenant fails timely to perform, shall impair any right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease.

11.3 ATTORNEYS FEES

In the event any party brings any suit or other proceeding with respect to the subject matter or enforcement of this Lease, the prevailing party (as determined by the court, agency or other authority before which such suit or proceeding is commenced) shall, in addition to such other relief as may be awarded, be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs of investigation as actually incurred, including court costs, expert witness fees, costs and expenses of investigation, and all attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses in any such suit or proceeding (including in any action or participation in or in connection with any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, 11 United States Code Sections 101 et seq., or any successor statutes, in establishing or enforcing the right to indemnification, in appellate proceedings, or in connection with the enforcement or collection of any judgment obtained in any such suit or proceeding).

 

32


11.4 BANKRUPTCY

The following provisions shall apply in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant:

(a) In connection with any proceeding under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code where the trustee of Tenant elects to assume this Lease for the purposes of assigning it, such election or assignment, may only be made upon compliance with the provisions of (b) and (c) below, which conditions Landlord and Tenant acknowledge to be commercially reasonable. In the event the trustee elects to reject this Lease then Landlord shall immediately be entitled to possession of the Premises without further obligation to Tenant or the trustee,

(b) Any election to assume this Lease under Chapter 11 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code by Tenant as debtor-in-possession or by Tenant’s trustee (the “Electing Party”) must provide for:

The Electing Party to cure or provide to Landlord adequate assurance that it will cure all monetary defaults under this Lease within fifteen (15) days from the date of assumption and it will cure all nonmonetary defaults under this Lease within thirty (30) days from the date of assumption. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge such condition to be commercially reasonable.

(c) If the Electing Party has assumed this Lease or elects to assign Tenant’s interest under this Lease to any other person, such interest may be assigned only if the intended assignee has provided adequate assurance of future performance (as herein defined), of all of the obligations imposed on Tenant under this Lease.

For the purposes hereof, “adequate assurance of future performance” means that Landlord has ascertained that each of the following conditions has been satisfied:

(i) The assignee has submitted a current financial statement, certified by its chief financial officer, which shows a net worth and working capital in amounts sufficient to assure the future performance by the assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; and

(ii) Landlord has obtained consents or waivers from any third parties that may be required under a lease, mortgage, financing arrangement, or other agreement by which Landlord is bound, to enable Landlord to permit such assignment.

(d) Landlord’s acceptance of rent or any other payment from any trustee, receiver, assignee, person, or other entity will not be deemed to have waived, or waive, the requirement of Landlord’s consent, Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease for any transfer of Tenant’s interest under this Lease without such consent, or Landlord’s claim for any amount of Rent due from Tenant.

11.5 LANDLORDS DEFAULT

Landlord shall be in default hereunder in the event Landlord has not commenced and pursued with reasonable diligence the cure of any failure of Landlord to meet its obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after the receipt by Landlord of written notice from Tenant of the alleged failure to perform. Failure to provide the requisite notice and cure period by Tenant

 

33


under this paragraph shall be an absolute defense by Landlord against any claims for failure to perform any of its obligations. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or rescind this Lease as a result of Landlord’s default as to any covenant or agreement contained in this Lease. Tenant hereby waives such remedies of termination and rescission and hereby agrees that Tenant’s remedies for default hereunder and for breach of any promise or inducement shall be limited to a suit for damages and/or injunction. In addition, Tenant hereby covenants that, prior to the exercise of any such remedies, it will give the Mortgagee notice and a reasonable time to cure any default by Landlord.

ARTICLE 12

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

12.1 IN GENERAL

Upon the Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender and vacate the Premises immediately and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in a clean, good and tenantable condition, ordinary wear and tear, and damage caused by Landlord excepted. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises. All improvements in and to the Premises, including any Tenant Alterations (collectively, “Leasehold Improvements”) shall remain upon the Premises at the end of the Term without compensation to Tenant. Landlord, however, by written notice to Tenant at least 30 days prior to the Termination Date, may require Tenant, at its expense, to remove (a) any Cable installed by or for the benefit of Tenant, and (b) any Tenant Alterations made by Tenant (and specifically excluding the Landlord Work) that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, are of a nature that would require removal and repair costs that are materially in excess of the removal and repair costs associated with standard office improvements (collectively referred to as “Required Removables”), Required Removables shall include, without limitation, internal stairways, raised floors, personal baths and showers, vaults, rolling file systems and structural alterations and modifications. The designated Required Removables shall be removed by Tenant before the Termination Date. Tenant shall repair damage caused by the installation or removal of Required Removables. If Tenant fails to perform its obligations in a timely manner, Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s expense. Tenant, at the time it requests approval for a proposed Tenant Alteration, may request in writing that Landlord advise Tenant whether the proposed Tenant Alteration or any portion of the proposed Tenant Alteration is a Required Removable. Within 10 days after receipt of Tenant’s request, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing as to which portions of the proposed Tenant Alterations are Required Removables. If any of the Tenant Additions which were installed by Tenant involved the lowering of ceilings, raising of floors or the installation of specialized wall or floor coverings or lights, then Tenant shall also be obligated to return such surfaces to their condition prior to the commencement of this Lease. Tenant shall also be required to close any staircases or other openings between floors. In the event possession of the Premises is not delivered to Landlord when required hereunder, or if Tenant shall fail to remove those items described above, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), at Tenant’s expense, remove any of such property and store, sell or otherwise deal with such property, and undertake, at Tenant’s expense, such restoration work as Landlord deems necessary or advisable.

 

34


12.2 LANDLORDS RIGHTS

All property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord following termination of this Lease shall be conclusively presumed to have been abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may deal with such property as provided in Section 11.2(b), including the waiver and indemnity obligations provided in that Section. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in removing any Tenant Alterations required to be removed pursuant to Section 12.1 above and in restoring the Premises to the condition required by this Lease.

ARTICLE 13

HOLDING OVER

In the event that Tenant holds over in possession of the Premises after the Termination Date, for each month or partial month Tenant holds over possession of the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord 150% of the monthly Rent payable for the month immediately preceding the holding over (including increases for Rent Adjustments which Landlord may reasonably estimate). Tenant shall also pay all damages, including consequential damages, sustained by Landlord by reason of such holding over. The provisions of this Article shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any re-entry rights of Landlord and Tenant’s continued occupancy of the Premises shall be as a tenancy in sufferance,

ARTICLE 14

DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

14.1 SUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY

(a) If any fire or other casualty (whether insured or uninsured) renders all or a substantial portion of the Premises or the Building untenantable, Landlord shall, with reasonable promptness after the occurrence of such damage, estimate the length of time that will be required to substantially complete the repair and restoration and shall, by notice advise Tenant of such estimate (“Landlord’s Notice”). If Landlord estimates that the amount of time required to substantially complete such repair and restoration will exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the date such damage occurred, then Landlord, or Tenant if all or a substantial portion of the Premises is rendered untenantable, shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such damage by delivering written notice to the other at any time within twenty (20) days after delivery of Landlord’s Notice, provided that if Landlord so chooses, Landlord’s Notice may also constitute such notice of termination.

(b) Unless this Lease is terminated as provided in the preceding subparagraph, Landlord shall proceed with reasonable promptness to repair and restore the Premises to its condition as existed prior to such casualty, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustments and Force Majeure delays, and also subject to zoning Laws and building codes then in effect. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease if such repairs and restoration are not in fact completed within the time period estimated by Landlord so long as Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to complete such repairs and restoration.

 

35


(c) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall be entitled to the full proceeds of any insurance coverage, whether carried by Landlord or Tenant, for damages to the Premises, except for those proceeds of Tenant’s insurance of its own personal property and equipment which would be removable by Tenant at the Termination Date. All such insurance proceeds shall be payable to Landlord whether or not the Premises are to be repaired and restored; provided, however, if this Lease is not terminated and the parties proceed to repair and restore Tenant Additions at Tenant’s cost, to the extent Landlord received proceeds of Tenant’s insurance covering Tenant Additions, such proceeds shall be applied to reimburse Tenant for its cost of repairing and restoring Tenant Additions.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein set forth: (i) Landlord shall have no duty pursuant to this Section to repair or restore any portion of any Tenant Additions or to expend for any repair or restoration of the Premises or Building in amounts in excess of insurance proceeds paid to Landlord and available for repair or restoration; and (ii) Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section if any damage or destruction was caused by the act or neglect of Tenant, its agent or employees. Whether or not the Lease is terminated pursuant to this Article 14, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by any such damage, destruction, rebuilding or restoration of the Premises or the Building or access thereto.

(e) Any repair or restoration of the Premises performed by Tenant shall be in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 hereof.

14.2 INSUBSTANTIAL UNTENANTABILITY

If the Premises or the Building is damaged by a casualty but neither is rendered substantially untenantable and Landlord estimates that the time to substantially complete the repair or restoration will not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the date such damage occurred, then Landlord shall proceed to repair and restore the Building or the Premises other than Tenant Additions, with reasonable promptness, unless such damage is to the Premises and occurs during the last six (6) months of the Term, in which event either Tenant or Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty by giving written notice thereof to the other within twenty (20) days after the date of such casualty. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, Landlord’s obligation to repair shall be limited in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.1 above.

14.3 RENT ABATEMENT

Except for the gross negligence or willful act of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, if all or any part of the Premises are rendered untenantable by fire or other casualty and this Lease is not terminated, Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments shall abate for that part of the Premises which is untenantable on a per diem basis from the date of the casualty until Landlord has Substantially Completed the repair and restoration work in the Premises which it is required to perform, provided, that as a result of such casualty, Tenant does not occupy the portion of the Premises which is untenantable during such period.

 

36


14.4 WAIVER OF STATUTORY REMEDIES

The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 14, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, the Premises or the Property or any part of either, and any Law, including Sections 1932(2), 1933(4), 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction shall have no application to this Lease or to any damage to or destruction of all or any part of the Premises or the Property or any part of either, and are hereby waived.

ARTICLE 15

EMINENT DOMAIN

15.1 TAKING OF WHOLE OR SUBSTANTIAL PART

In the event the whole or any substantial part of the Building or of the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority for any public use or purpose (including a deed given in lieu of condemnation) and is thereby rendered untenantable, this Lease shall terminate as of the date title vests in such authority, and Monthly Base Rent and Rent Adjustments shall be apportioned as of the Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein set forth, in the event the taking is temporary (for less than the remaining Term of the Lease), Landlord may elect either (i) to terminate this Lease or (ii) permit Tenant to receive the entire award attributable to the Premises in which case Tenant shall continue to pay Rent and this Lease shall not terminate.

15.2 TAKING OF PART

In the event a part of the Building or the Premises is taken or condemned by any competent authority (or a deed is delivered in lieu of condemnation) and this Lease is not terminated, the Lease shall be amended to reduce or increase, as the case may be, the Monthly Base Rent and Tenant’s Share to reflect the Rentable Area of the Premises or Building, as the case may be, remaining after any such taking or condemnation. Landlord, upon receipt and to the extent of the award in condemnation (or proceeds of sale) shall make necessary repairs and restorations to the Premises (exclusive of Tenant Additions) and to the Building to the extent necessary to constitute the portion of the Building not so taken or condemned as a complete architectural and economically efficient unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if as a result of any taking, or a governmental order that the grade of any street or alley adjacent to the Building is to be changed and such taking or change of grade makes it necessary or desirable to substantially remodel or restore the Building or prevents the economical operation of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Tenant.

15.3 COMPENSATION

Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award (or sale proceeds) from any such taking, condemnation or sale without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord, Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right separately to pursue against the condemning authority a separate award in respect of the loss, if any, to Tenant Additions paid for by Tenant without any credit or allowance from Landlord so long as there is no diminution of Landlord’s award as a result.

 

37


ARTICLE 16

INSURANCE

16.1 TENANTS INSURANCE

Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, agrees to maintain in force, with a company or companies acceptable to Landlord, during the Term: (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance on a primary basis and without any right of contribution from any insurance carried by Landlord covering the Premises on an occurrence basis against all claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death and property damage, including contractual liability covering the indemnification provisions in this Lease, and such insurance shall be for such limits that are reasonably required by Landlord from time to time but not less than a combined single limit of Two Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00); (b) Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance to the extent required by and in accordance with the Laws of the State of California; (c) “Special Form” property insurance in an amount adequate to cover the full replacement cost of all Tenant Additions, equipment, installations, fixtures and contents of the Premises in the event of loss; (d) in the event a motor vehicle is to be used by Tenant in connection with its business operation from the Premises, Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance coverage with limits of not less than One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined single limit coverage against bodily injury liability and property damage liability arising out of the use by or on behalf of Tenant, its agents and employees in connection with this Lease, of any owned, non-owned or hired motor vehicles; and (e) such other insurance or coverages as Landlord reasonably requires,

16.2 FORM OF POLICIES

Each policy referred to in 16.1 shall satisfy the following requirements. Each policy shall (i) name Landlord and the Indemnitees as additional insureds (except Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance), (ii) be issued by one or more responsible insurance companies licensed to do business in the State of California reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (iii) where applicable, provide for deductible amounts satisfactory to Landlord and not permit co-insurance, (iv) shall provide that such insurance may not be canceled or amended without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Landlord, and (v) each policy of “Special Form” property insurance shall provide that the policy shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss, any or all rights of recovery against any other party for losses covered by such policies. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, certificates of insurance and at Landlord’s request, copies of all policies and renewals thereof to be maintained by Tenant hereunder, not less than ten (10) days prior to the Commencement Date and not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration date of each policy. If Tenant fails to carry the insurance required under this Article 16 or fails to provide certificates of renewal as and when required hereunder, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to acquire such insurance on Tenant’s behalf or Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

16.3 LANDLORDS INSURANCE

Landlord agrees to purchase and keep in full force and effect during the Term hereof, including any extensions or renewals thereof, insurance under policies issued by insurers of recognized responsibility, qualified to do business in the State of California on the Building in amounts not less than the greater of eighty (80%) percent of the then full replacement cost (without

 

38


depreciation) of the Building (above foundations and excluding Tenant Additions) or an amount sufficient to prevent Landlord from becoming a co-insurer under the terms of the applicable policies, against fire and such other risks as may be included in standard forms of all risk coverage insurance reasonably available from time to time. Landlord agrees to maintain in force during the Term, Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the Building on an occurrence basis against all claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death, and property damage. Such insurance shall be for a combined single limit of not less than Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00). Neither Landlord’s obligation to carry such insurance nor the carrying of such insurance shall be deemed to be an indemnity by Landlord with respect to any claim, liability, loss, cost or expense due, in whole or in part, to Tenant’s negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct. Without obligation to do so, Landlord may, in its sole discretion from time to time, carry insurance in amounts greater and/or for coverage additional to the coverage and amounts set forth above.

16.4 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

(a) Landlord agrees that, so long as the same is permitted under the laws of the State of California, it will include in its “All Risk” or “Special Form” policies appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance companies (i) waive all right of subrogation against Tenant with respect to losses payable under such policies and/or (ii) agree that such policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policies. Landlord further agrees to deliver to Tenant a certificate of insurance evidencing the waiver of subrogation within ten (10) business days after request by Tenant.

(b) Tenant agrees to include, if obtainable at no, or minimal, additional cost, and so long as the same is permitted under the laws of the State of California, in its “Special Form” insurance policy or policies on Tenant Additions, whether or not removable, and on Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures and other property removable by Tenant under the provisions of this Lease appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance company or companies (i) waive the right of subrogation against Landlord and/or any tenant of space in the Building with respect to losses payable under such policy or policies and/or (ii) agree that such policy or policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policy or policies. If Tenant is unable to obtain in such policy or policies either of the clauses described in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall, if legally possible and without necessitating a change in insurance carriers, have Landlord named in such policy or policies as an additional insured. If Landlord shall be named as an additional insured in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord agrees to endorse promptly to the order of Tenant, without recourse, any check, draft, or order for the payment of money representing the proceeds of any such policy or representing any other payment growing out of or connected with said policies, and Landlord does hereby irrevocably waive any and all rights in and to such proceeds and payments.

(c) Provided that Landlord’s right of full recovery under its policy or policies aforesaid is not adversely affected or prejudiced thereby, Landlord hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Tenant, its servants, agents and employees, for loss or damage occurring to the Real Property and the fixtures, appurtenances and equipment

 

39


therein, to the extent the same is covered by Landlord’s insurance, notwithstanding that such loss or damage may result from the negligence or fault of Tenant, its servants, agents or employees. Provided that Tenant’s right of full recovery under its aforesaid policy or policies is not adversely affected or prejudiced thereby, Tenant hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Landlord, its servants, and employees and against every other tenant of the Real Property who shall have executed a similar waiver as set forth in this Section 16.4 (c) for loss or damage to Tenant Additions, whether or not removable, and to Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures and other property removable by Tenant under the provisions hereof to the extent the same is coverable by Tenant’s insurance required under this Lease, notwithstanding that such loss or damage may result from the negligence or fault of Landlord, its servants, agents or employees, or such other tenant and the servants, agents or employees thereof,

(d) Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to advise the other promptly if the clauses to be included in their respective insurance policies pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and (b) above cannot be obtained on the terms hereinbefore provided and thereafter to furnish the other with a certificate of insurance or copy of such policies showing the naming of the other as an additional insured, as aforesaid. Landlord and Tenant hereby also agree to notify the other promptly of any cancellation or change of the terms of any such policy that would affect such clauses or naming. All such policies which name both Landlord and Tenant as additional insureds shall, to the extent obtainable, contain agreements by the insurers to the effect that no act or omission of any additional insured will invalidate the policy as to the other additional insureds.

16.5 NOTICE OF CASUALTY

Tenant shall give Landlord notice in case of a fire or accident in the Premises promptly after Tenant is aware of such event.

ARTICLE 17

WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND INDEMNITY

17.1 WAIVER OF CLAIMS

To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant hereby releases the Indemnitees from, and waives all claims for, damage to person or property sustained by the Tenant or any occupant of the Premises or the Property resulting directly or indirectly from any existing or future condition, defect, matter or thing in and about the Premises or the Property or any part of either or any equipment or appurtenance therein, or resulting from any accident in or about the Premises or the Property, or resulting directly or indirectly from any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Property or of any other person, including Landlord’s agents and servants, except to the extent caused by the active negligence or willful and wrongful act of any of the Indemnitees, To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant hereby waives any consequential damages, compensation or claims for inconvenience or loss of business, rents, or profits as a result of such injury or damage, whether or not caused by the gross negligence or willful and wrongful act of any of the Indemnitees. If any such damage, whether to the Premises or the Property or any part of either, or whether to Landlord or to other tenants in the Property, results from any act or neglect of Tenant, its employees, servants, agents, contractors, invitees or customers, Tenant shall be liable therefor and Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, repair such damage and Tenant shall, upon demand by Landlord, as

 

40


payment of additional Rent hereunder, reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days of demand for the total cost of such repairs, in excess of amounts, if any, paid to Landlord under insurance covering such damages. Tenant shall not be liable for any such damage caused by its acts or neglect if Landlord or a tenant has recovered the full amount of the damage from proceeds of insurance policies and the insurance company has waived its right of subrogation against Tenant.

17.2 INDEMNITIES

To the extent permitted by Law, Tenant hereby indemnifies, and agrees to protect, defend and hold the Indemnitees harmless, against any and all actions, claims, demands, liability, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the defense thereof, arising from Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, from the undertaking of any Tenant Additions or repairs to the Premises, from the conduct of Tenant’s business on the Premises, or from any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Tenant to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or from any willful act or gross negligence of Tenant, its agents, contractors, servants, employees, customers or invitees, in or about the Premises or the Property or any part of either. In case of any action or proceeding brought against the Indemnitees by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel chosen by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, Landlord reserves the right to settle, compromise or dispose of any and all actions, claims and demands related to the foregoing indemnity. The foregoing indemnity shall not operate to relieve Indemnitees of liability to the extent such liability is caused by the willful and wrongful act of Indemnitees. Further, the foregoing indemnity is subject to and shall not diminish any waivers in effect in accordance with Section 16.4 by Landlord or its insurers to the extent of amounts, if any, paid to Landlord under its “All-Risks” property insurance. This Article 17 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

To the extent permitted by Law, except to the extent, resulting from the gross negligence of Tenant, Landlord hereby indemnifies, and agrees to protect, defend and hold the Tenant Indemnitees harmless, against any and all actions, claims, demands, liability, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the defense thereof, arising from the undertaking by Landlord of any Landlord Work or repairs to the Premises or the Building, or from any material breach or default on the part of Landlord in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Landlord to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or from any willful act or gross negligence of Landlord, its agents, contractors, servants, employees, customers or invitees, in or about the Premises or the Property or any part of either. In case of any action or proceeding brought against the Tenant Indemnitees by reason of any such claim, upon notice from Tenant, Landlord covenants to defend such action or proceeding by counsel acceptable to Tenant. Tenant reserves the right to settle, compromise or dispose of any and all actions, claims and demands related to the foregoing indemnity. The foregoing indemnity is subject to and shall not diminish any waivers in effect in accordance with Section 16.4 by Tenant or its insurers to the extent of amounts, if any, paid to Tenant under its “All-Risks” property insurance.

 

41


ARTICLE 18

RULES AND REGULATIONS

18.1 RULES

Tenant agrees for itself and for its subtenants, employees, agents, and invitees to comply with the rules and regulations listed on Exhibit C attached hereto and with all reasonable modifications and additions thereto which Landlord may make from time to time.

18.2 ENFORCEMENT

Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon the Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the rules and regulations as set forth on Exhibit C or as hereafter adopted, or the terms, covenants or conditions of any other lease as against any other tenant, and the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to enforce the rules and regulations of the Project in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner,

ARTICLE 19

LANDLORD’S RESERVED RIGHTS

Landlord shall have the following rights exercisable without notice to Tenant and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to persons, property or business and without being deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or giving rise to any claim for offset or abatement of Rent: (1) to change the Building’s name or street address upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant; (2) to install, affix and maintain all signs on the exterior and/or interior of the Building; (3) to designate and/or approve prior to installation, all types of signs, window shades, blinds, drapes, awnings or other similar items, and all internal lighting that may be visible from the exterior of the Premises; (4) upon reasonable notice to Tenant, to display the Premises to prospective purchasers and lenders at reasonable hours at any time during the Term and to prospective tenants at reasonable hours during the last twelve (12) months of the Term; (5) to grant to any party the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in or to the Building, provided such exclusive right shall not operate to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the purpose permitted hereunder; (6) to change the arrangement and/or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, washrooms or public portions of the Building, and to close entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities, provided that such action shall not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s access to the Premises or the Building; (7) to have access for Landlord and other tenants of the Building to any mail chutes and boxes located in or on the Premises as required by any applicable rules of the United States Post Office; and (8) to close the Building after Standard Operating Hours, except that Tenant and its employees and invitees shall be entitled to admission at all times, under such regulations as Landlord prescribes for security purposes.

 

42


ARTICLE 20

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

20.1 IN GENERAL

Within ten (10) days after request therefor by Landlord, Mortgagee or any prospective mortgagee or owner, Tenant agrees as directed in such request to execute an Estoppel Certificate in recordable form, binding upon Tenant, certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, a description of such modifications and that this Lease as modified is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which Rent has been paid; (iii) that Tenant is in the possession of the Premises if that is the case; (iv) that Landlord is not in default under this Lease, or, if Tenant believes Landlord is in default, the nature thereof in detail; (v) that Tenant has no offsets or defenses to the performance of its obligations under this Lease (or if Tenant believes there are any offsets or defenses, a full and complete explanation thereof); (vi) that the Premises have been completed in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof or the Workletter, that Tenant has accepted the Premises and the condition thereof and of all improvements thereto and has no claims against Landlord or any other party with respect thereto; (vii) that if an assignment of rents or leases has been served upon the Tenant by a Mortgagee, Tenant will acknowledge receipt thereof and agree to be bound by the provisions thereof; (viii) that Tenant will give to the Mortgagee copies of all notices required or permitted to be given by Tenant to Landlord; and (ix) to any other information reasonably requested,

20.2 ENFORCEMENT

In the event that Tenant fails to timely deliver an Estoppel Certificate, and such failure continues for five (5) business days following a second written notice by Landlord to Tenant, then such failure shall be a Default for which there shall be no cure or grace period. In addition to any other remedy available to Landlord, Landlord may impose a charge equal to $1000.00 for each day that Tenant fails to deliver an Estoppel Certificate and Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver such Estoppel Certificate.

 

ARTICLE 21

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE 22

REAL ESTATE BROKERS

Tenant represents that, except for the broker(s) listed in Section 1.1(14), Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker, sales person, or finder in connection with this Lease, and no such person initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Lease, or showed the Premises to Tenant. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord and the Indemnitees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities and claims for commissions and fees arising out of a breach of the foregoing representation. Landlord agrees to pay any commission to which the brokers listed in Section 1.1(14) are entitled in connection with this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s written agreement with such brokers.

 

43


ARTICLE 23

MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

23.1 SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

This Lease is and shall be expressly subject and subordinate at all times to (i) any ground or underlying lease of the Real Property, now or hereafter existing, and all amendments, extensions, renewals and modifications to any such lease, and (ii) the lien of any mortgage or trust deed now or hereafter encumbering fee title to the Real Property and/or the leasehold estate under any such lease, and all amendments, extensions, renewals, replacements and modifications of such mortgage or trust deed and/or the obligation secured thereby, unless such ground lease or ground lessor, or mortgage, trust deed or Mortgagee, expressly provides or elects that the Lease shall be superior to such lease or mortgage or trust deed. If any such mortgage or trust deed is foreclosed (including any sale of the Real Property pursuant to a power of sale), or if any such lease is terminated, upon request of the Mortgagee or ground lessor, as the case may be, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser at the foreclosure sale or to the ground lessor under such lease, as the case may be, provided, however, that such purchaser or ground lessor shall not be (i) bound by any payment of Rent for more than one month in advance except payments in the nature of security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease; (ii) subject to any offset, defense or damages arising out of a default of any obligations of any preceding Landlord; or (iii) bound by any amendment or modification of this Lease made without the written consent of the Mortgagee or ground lessor; or (iv) liable for any security deposits not actually received in cash by such purchaser or ground lessor. This subordination shall be self-operative and no further certificate or instrument of subordination need be required by any such Mortgagee or ground lessor. In confirmation of such subordination, however, Tenant shall execute promptly any reasonable certificate or instrument that Landlord, Mortgagee or ground lessor may request. Tenant hereby constitutes Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute such certificate or instrument for and on behalf of Tenant upon Tenant’s failure to do so within fifteen (15) days of a request to do so, Upon request by such successor in interest. Tenant shall execute and deliver reasonable instruments confirming the attornment provided for herein, Further, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) for the benefit of Tenant from any current or future Mortgagee whereby the Mortgagee agrees to recognize the rights of Tenant under this Lease in the event of a foreclosure of the Mortgage held by such Mortgagee on such Mortgagee’s then current standard form of agreement. “Reasonable efforts” of Landlord shall not require Landlord to incur any cost, expense or liability to obtain such agreement, it being agreed that Tenant shall be responsible for any fee or review costs charged by the Mortgagee. Landlord’s failure to obtain a SNDA for Tenant shall have no effect on the rights, obligations and liabilities of Landlord and Tenant or be considered to be a default by Landlord hereunder.

23.2 MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

Tenant agrees to give any Mortgagee or ground lessor, by registered or certified mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon the Landlord by Tenant, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has received notice (by way of service on Tenant of a copy of an assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee or ground lessor. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease,

 

44


then the Mortgagee or ground lessor shall have an additional thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional notice time as may be necessary, if, within such thirty (30) days, any Mortgagee or ground lessor has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including commencement of foreclosure proceedings or other proceedings to acquire possession of the Real Property, if necessary to effect such cure). Such period of time shall be extended by any period within which such Mortgagee or ground lessor is prevented from commencing or pursuing such foreclosure proceedings or other proceedings to acquire possession of the Real Property by reason of Landlord’s bankruptcy. Until the time allowed as aforesaid for Mortgagee or ground lessor to cure such defaults has expired without cure, Tenant shall have no right to, and shall not, terminate this Lease on account of default. This Lease may not be modified or amended so as to reduce the Rent or shorten the Term, or so as to adversely affect in any other respect to any material extent the rights of the Landlord, nor shall this Lease be canceled or surrendered, without the prior written consent, in each instance, of the ground lessor or the Mortgagee.

ARTICLE 24

NOTICES

(a) All notices, demands or requests provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease must be in writing and shall he personally delivered, sent by Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier service, or mailed by first class, registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. A courtesy copy in electronic format of notices to Tenant shall also be sent to: generalcounsel@exponential.com; but Landlord’s failure to deliver such courtesy copy in electronic format shall not impair or invalidate the effectiveness of any notice sent by Landlord as provided in the first sentence above.

(b) All notices, demands or requests to be sent pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed to have been properly given or served by delivering or sending the same in accordance with this Section, addressed to the parties hereto at their respective addresses listed in Section 1.1.

(c) Notices, demands or requests sent by mail or overnight courier service as described above shall be effective upon deposit in the mail or with such courier service. However, except with respect to a notice given under Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 et seq., the time period in which a response to any such notice, demand or request must be given shall commence to run from (i) in the case of delivery by mail, the date of receipt on the return receipt of the notice, demand or request by the addressee thereof, or (ii) in the case of delivery by Federal Express or other overnight courier service, the date of acceptance of delivery by an employee, officer, director or partner of Landlord or Tenant. Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given, as indicated by advice from Federal Express or other overnight courier service or by mail return receipt, shall be deemed to be receipt of notice, demand or request sent. Notices may also be served by personal service upon any officer, director or partner of Landlord or Tenant, and shall be effective upon such service.

(d) By giving to the other party at least thirty (30) days written notice thereof, either party shall have the right from time to time during the term of this Lease to change their respective addresses for notices, statements, demands and requests, provided such new address shall be within the United States of America.

 

45


ARTICLE 25

MISCELLANEOUS

25.1 LATE CHARGES

(a) All payments required hereunder (other than the Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments, and Rent Adjustment Deposits, which shall be due as hereinbefore provided) to Landlord shall be paid within ten (10) days after Landlord’s demand therefor. All such amounts (including Monthly Base Rent, Rent Adjustments, and Rent Adjustment Deposits) not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until the date paid at the Default Rate in effect on the date such payment was due.

(b) In the event Tenant is more than seven (7) days late in paying any installment of Rent due under this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the delinquent installment of Rent. The parties agree that (i) such delinquency will cause Landlord to incur costs and expenses not contemplated herein, the exact amount of which will be difficult to calculate, including the cost and expense that will be incurred by Landlord in processing each delinquent payment of rent by Tenant, (b) the amount of such late charge represents a reasonable estimate of such costs and expenses and that such late charge shall be paid to Landlord for each delinquent payment in addition to all Rent otherwise due hereunder. The parties further agree that the payment of late charges and the payment of interest provided for in subparagraph (a) above are distinct and separate from one another in that the payment of interest is to compensate Landlord for its inability to use the money improperly withheld by Tenant, while the payment of late charges is to compensate Landlord for its additional administrative expenses in handling and processing delinquent payments.

(c) Payment of interest at the Default Rate and/or of late charges shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease, nor shall the foregoing provisions of this Article or any such payments prevent Landlord from exercising any right or remedy available to Landlord upon Tenant’s failure to pay Rent when due, including the right to terminate this Lease.

25.2 NO JURY TRIAL; VENUE; JURISDICTION

To the fullest extent permitted by law, each party hereto (which includes any assignee, successor, heir or personal representative of a party) shall not seek a jury trial, hereby waives trial by jury, and hereby further waives any objection to venue in the County in which the Project is located, and agrees and consents to personal jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California, in any action or proceeding or counterclaim brought by any party hereto against the other on any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or any claim of injury or damage, or the enforcement of any remedy under any statute, emergency or otherwise, whether any of the foregoing is based on this Lease or on tort law. No party will seek to consolidate any such action in which a jury has been waived with any other action in which a jury trial cannot or has not been waived. It is the intention of the parties that these provisions shall be subject to no exceptions. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

46


25.3 NO DISCRIMINATION

Tenant agrees for Tenant and Tenant’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns and all persons claiming under or through Tenant, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the following conditions: that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin or ancestry (whether in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, occupancy, tenure or enjoyment of the Premises or otherwise) nor shall Tenant or any person claiming under or through Tenant establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant.

25.4 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Within ten (10) days after written request from Landlord from time to time during the Term but not to exceed one (1) request per calendar year unless otherwise required by any Mortgagee, Tenant shall provide Landlord with current financial statements setting forth Tenant’s financial condition and net worth for the most recent quarter, including balance sheets and statements of profits and losses. Such statements shall be prepared by an independent accountant and certified by Tenant’s president, chief executive officer or chief financial officer. Landlord shall keep such financial information confidential and shall only disclose such information to Landlord’s lenders, consultants, purchasers or investors, or other agents (who shall be subject to the same confidentiality obligations) on a need to know basis in connection with the administration of this Lease.

25.5 OPTION

This Lease shall not become effective as a lease or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant. The submission of the Lease to Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Premises, but when executed by Tenant and delivered to Landlord, the Lease shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant in effect for fifteen (15) days to lease the Premises on the terms and conditions herein contained.

25.6 TENANT AUTHORITY

Each party represents and warrants to the other party that it has full authority and power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Lease, that the person executing this Lease is fully empowered to do so, and that no consent or authorization is necessary from any third party. Landlord may request that Tenant provide Landlord evidence of Tenant’s authority.

25.7 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Lease, the Exhibits, and Riders attached hereto contain the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and there are no other agreements, either oral or written, and no other representations or statements, either oral or written, on which Tenant has relied. This Lease shall not be modified except by a writing executed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

47


25.8 MODIFICATION OF LEASE FOR BENEFIT OF MORTGAGEE

If Mortgagee of Landlord requires a modification of this Lease which shall not result in any increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other substantial and adverse change in the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then Tenant agrees that the Lease may be so modified.

25.9 EXCULPATION

Tenant agrees, on its behalf and on behalf of its successors and assigns, that any liability or obligation under this Lease shall only be enforced against Landlord’s equity interest in the Property up to a maximum of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and in no event against any other assets of the Landlord, or Landlord’s officers or directors or partners, and that any liability of Landlord with respect to this Lease shall be so limited and Tenant shall not be entitled to any judgment in excess of such amount. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for consequential, punitive or special damages with respect to this Lease.

25.10 ACCORD AND SATISFACTION

No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than any installment or payment of Rent due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of Rent shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or payment of Rent or pursue any other remedies available to Landlord. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term. Receipt or acceptance of payment from anyone other than Tenant, including an assignee of Tenant, is not a waiver of any breach of Article 10, and Landlord may accept such payment on account of the amount due without prejudice to Landlord’s right to pursue any remedies available to Landlord.

25.11 LANDLORDS OBLIGATIONS ON SALE OF BUILDING

In the event of any sale or other transfer of the Building, Landlord shall be entirely freed and relieved of all agreements and obligations of Landlord hereunder accruing or to be performed after the date of such sale or transfer, and any remaining liability of Landlord with respect to this Lease shall be limited to the dollar amount specified in Section 25.9 and Tenant shall not be entitled to any judgment in excess of such amount. Landlord shall have the right to assign this Lease to an entity comprised of the principals of Landlord or any Landlord Affiliate. Upon such assignment and assumption of the obligations of Landlord hereunder, Landlord shall be entirely freed and relieved of all obligations hereunder.

 

48


25.12 BINDING EFFECT

Subject to the provisions of Article 10, this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

25.13 CAPTIONS

The Article and Section captions in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of such Articles and Sections.

25.14 TIME; APPLICABLE LAW; CONSTRUCTION

Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions. This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of California. If more than one person signs this Lease as Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed shall be joint and several. If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each item, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by Law. Wherever the term “including” or “includes” is used in this Lease, it shall have the same meaning as if followed by the phrase “but not limited to”. The language in all parts of this Lease shall be construed according to its normal and usual meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

25.15 ABANDONMENT

In the event Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises but is otherwise in compliance with all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, Landlord shall (i) have the right to enter into the Premises in order to show the space to prospective tenants, (ii) have the right to reduce the services provided to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease to such levels as Landlord reasonably determines to be adequate services for an unoccupied premises, and (iii) during the last six (6) months of the Term, have the right to prepare the Premises for occupancy by another tenant upon the end of the Term. Tenant expressly acknowledges that in the absence of written notice pursuant to Section 11.2(b) or pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1951.3 terminating Tenant’s right to possession, none of the foregoing acts of Landlord or any other act of Landlord shall constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession or an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, and the Lease shall continue in effect.

25.16 LANDLORDS RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANTS DUTIES

If Tenant fails timely to perform any of its duties under this Lease or the Workletter, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), to perform such duty on behalf and at the expense of Tenant without prior notice to Tenant, and all sums expended or expenses incurred by Landlord in performing such duty shall be deemed to be additional Rent under this Lease and shall be due and payable upon demand by Landlord.

 

49


25.17 SECURITY SYSTEM

Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or maintain any security patrol or security system. Landlord shall not be responsible for the quality of any such patrol or system which may be provided hereunder or for damage or injury to Tenant, its employees, invitees or others due to the failure, action or inaction of such patrol or system.

25.18 NO LIGHT, AIR OR VIEW EASEMENTS

Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on lands of or adjacent to the Project shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord.

25.19 RECORDATION

Neither this Lease, nor any notice nor memorandum regarding the terms hereof, shall be recorded by Tenant. Any such unauthorized recording shall be a Default for which there shall be no cure or grace period. Tenant agrees to execute and acknowledge, at the request of Landlord, a memorandum of this Lease, in recordable form.

25.20 SURVIVAL

The waivers of the right of jury trial, the other waivers of claims or rights, the releases and the obligations of either party under this Lease to indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the other party (including Landlord and/or Indemnitees) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and so shall all other obligations or agreements which by their terms survive expiration or termination of the Lease.

25.21 OFAC REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY AND COVENANT

Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that:

(1) Tenant and its principals are not acting, and will not act, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named by any Executive Order or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specially Designated and Blocked Person,” or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation, or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule, or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control;

(2) Tenant and its principals are not engaged, and will not engage, in this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating, and will not instigate or facilitate, this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, any such person, group, entity, or nation; and

(3) Tenant acknowledges that the breach of this representation, warranty and covenant by Tenant shall be an immediate Default under this Lease.

 

50


25.22 COUNTERPARTS

This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Telecopied signatures or signatures transmitted by electronic mail in so-called “pdf’ format may be used in place of original signatures on this Lease. Landlord and Tenant intend to be bound by the signatures on the telecopied or e-mailed document, are aware that the other party will rely on the telecopied or e-mailed signatures, and hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Lease based on such telecopied or e-mailed signatures. Promptly following request by either party, the other party shall provide the requesting party with original signatures on this Lease.

25.23 RIDERS

All Riders attached hereto and executed both by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed to be a part hereof and hereby incorporated herein.

[Signatures on Following Page]

 

51


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Lease has been executed as of the date set forth in Section 1.1(4) hereof.

 

TENANT:       LANDLORD:

EXPONENTIAL INTERACTIVE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

                       EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC, a California limited liability company
         By:   Emery Station Associates, LLC
           a California limited liability
By:   

/s/ Thomas Chow

        company
Print Name: Thomas Chow       Its:   Managing Member
Its:    General Counsel & CCO        
           By: Wareham - NZL, LLC
           a California limited liability
By:                                                                                          company
Print Name                                                                            Its:   Managing Member
Its:                                                                                         
           By:  

/s/ Richard K. Robbins

             Richard K. Robbins
             Manager

 

52


EXHIBIT A

PLAN OF PREMISES

 

A-1


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

WORKLETTER AGREEMENT

(Landlord Build - Turnkey

This Workletter Agreement (“Workletter”) is attached to and a part of a certain Office Lease dated as of October __, 2014, executed concurrently herewith by Emery Station Joint Venture, LLC, a California limited liability company, as Landlord, and Exponential Interactive, Inc,, a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, for the Premises as described therein (the “Lease”).

1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used in this Workletter shall have the same meanings set forth in the Lease except as otherwise specified herein and except for terms capitalized in the ordinary course of punctuation. For purposes of this Workletter the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

1.1 “Design Documents” means the layout plans and specifications for the real property improvements to be constructed by Landlord in the Premises which are the final product of the preliminary space planning and which (i) include, among other things, all partitions, doors, HVAC (heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems) distribution, ceiling systems, light fixtures, plumbing installations, electrical installations and outlets, telephone installations and outlets, any other installations required by Tenant, fire and life-safety systems, wall finishes and floor coverings, whether to be newly installed or requiring changes from the as-is condition of the Premises as of the date of execution of the Lease, all in sufficient detail for Landlord to commence preparation of the Construction Drawings (defined below); and (ii) comply with all Law as applicable and as interpreted at the time of construction of the Tenant Improvements (defined below), including, all building codes and the ADA (defined in the Lease).

1.2 “Construction Drawings” means the final architectural plans and specifications, and engineering plans and specifications, for the real property improvements to be constructed by Landlord in the Premises in sufficient detail to be submitted for governmental approvals and building permits and to serve as the detailed construction drawings and specifications for the contractor, and shall be based upon and consistent with the Design Documents.

1.3 “Tenant Improvements” means all real property improvements to be constructed by Landlord as shown on the Construction Drawings, as they may be modified as provided herein.

1.4 “Landlord Work” means the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements.

2. Design Matters.

2.1 Landlord, through its architects and/or space planners (“Landlord’s Architect”), shall prepare the Design Documents and the Construction Drawings, as they may be modified as provided herein, in accordance with the design of the Tenant Improvements agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, Such final Design Documents will be attached hereto as Schedule 1.

 

B-1


2.2 Tenant shall be responsible for the suitability for the Tenant’s needs and business of the design and function of all Tenant Improvements. Tenant, at its own expense, shall devote such time and provide such instructions as may be necessary to enable Landlord to complete the matters described below, and Tenant shall approve the Construction Drawings, in writing, within five (5) days of submission by Landlord. Tenant cannot withhold its approval of the Construction Drawings so long as they are in material conformance with the Design Documents.

3. Turn-Key Construction; Tenant Improvement Costs.

3.1 Turn-key Construction. Landlord, through its contractor, shall complete the construction of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Drawings, using Building standard materials and finishes and in a good and workmanlike manner, at its sole cost and expense (“Turn-key Construction Costs”) (such materials and finishes are specified in the Design Documents attached hereto).

3.2 Turn-Key Construction Costs. The Turn-key Construction Costs shall include:

(a) The costs of Landlord’s Architect and any other consultants retained by Landlord in connection with the preparation of the Constructions Drawings, and engineering costs associated with completion of the State of California energy utilization calculations under Title 24 legislation;

(b) All costs of obtaining from the City of Emeryville and any other governmental authority, approvals, building permits and occupancy permits, if any;

(c) All costs of interior design and finish schedule plans and specifications including as-built drawings; and

(d) All direct and indirect costs of procuring, installing and constructing the Tenant Improvements, including: (i) the construction fee for overhead and profit and the cost of all on-site supervisory and administrative staff, office, equipment and temporary services rendered or provided by Landlord’s contractor in connection with construction of the Tenant Improvements; and (ii) the cost of any services or utilities made available by Landlord.

3.3 Exclusions from Turn-key Construction Costs. The Turn-key Construction Costs shall not include:

(a) all costs in connection with any approved Change Order (as hereinafter defined) in accordance with the provisions of this Workletter;

(b) any costs of procuring or installing in the Premises any trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, furnishings, or other personal property (“Personal Property”) to be used in the Premises by Tenant, the cost of which shall be paid by Tenant;

(c) telephone and communications equipment and cabling, the cost of which shall be paid by Tenant, except that the installation of conduit routs for future telecom cabling with a string to pull the cables shall be a Landlord expense; or,

 

B-2


(d) any costs or expenses of any consultants retained by Tenant with respect to design, procurement, installation or construction of improvements or installations, whether real or personal property, for the Premises.

3.4 Limitations of Landlord’s Obligations. Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall have no further obligation to construct improvements or construct modifications to or changes in the Tenant Improvements, except to complete the punchlist of Landlord Work remaining to be completed or correct any part thereof not in compliance with the Construction Drawings and any approved modifications thereof, as provided in the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall warrant the materials and finishes for all Landlord Work for a period of twelve (12) months from the Commencement Date,

4. Changes. If Tenant shall request any change, addition or alteration in the approved Construction Drawings, Landlord shall promptly give Tenant a written estimate of (a) the cost of engineering and design services and the construction contractor services to prepare a change order (the “Change Order”) in accordance with such request, (b) the cost of work to be performed pursuant to such Change Order, and (c) the time delay expected because of such requested Change Order. Within three (3) business days following Tenant’s receipt of the foregoing written estimate, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves such written estimate. If Tenant approves such written estimate and if such cost is in excess of Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall accompany such approval with a good check made payable to the order of Landlord in the amount of the estimated cost of preparing the Change Order and performing the work thereto, and the foregoing shall constitute Landlord’s authorization to proceed, If such written authorization, and check if required, are not received by Landlord within such three (3) business day period, Landlord shall not be obligated to prepare the Change Order or perform any work in connection therewith.

5. Tenant Delay. If the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises is delayed due to Tenant Delay (defined in the Lease), then Tenant shall be responsible for all costs and any expenses occasioned by such delay, including any costs and expenses attributable to increases in labor or materials, and the provisions of Article 2 of the Lease shall apply. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, it shall not constitute a “Tenant Delay” unless within 48 hours after the start of the Tenant Delay, Landlord provides written notice to Tenant specifying the date of and circumstances causing the Tenant Delay.

6. DO NOT DELETE – NEEDED FOR MISSING NUMBER ERROR

7. Entry by Tenant. Tenant may, with Landlord’s written consent, which will not unreasonably be withheld, enter the Premises during construction and prior to the Commencement Date for the Premises solely for the purpose of installing Tenant’s Personal Property (defined in Section 3.2 above) as long as such entry will not interfere with the timely and orderly construction and completion of the Premises. Tenant shall notify Landlord of its desired time(s) of entry and shall submit for Landlord’s approval the scope of the work to be performed and the name(s) of the contractor(s) who will perform such work. Such work and such contractors shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in the same manner as for work subject to Section 9.1(a) of the Lease. Such entry shall be without payment of Base Monthly Rent or Rent Adjustments, but such entry and all acts and omissions in connection with it are subject to and governed by all other provisions of the Lease, including Tenant’s indemnification obligations, insurance obligations, obligations under Article 7 and the provisions of Section 9.2.

 

B-3


8. Force and Effect. The terms and conditions of this Workletter supplement the Lease and shall be construed to be a part of the Lease and are incorporated in the Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any default by any party hereunder shall have the same force and effect as a default under the Lease. Should any inconsistency arise between this Workletter and the Lease as to the specific matters that are the subject of this Workletter, the terms and conditions of this Workletter shall control.

 

B-4


DESIGN DOCUMENTS

(as defined in the Workletter)


LOGO


LOGO


EXPONENTIAL AT EMERYSTATION 1

INTERIOR FINISHES

Premises shall be constructed pursuant to the attached Floor Plan V8a (Floor Plan”) and Reflected Ceiling Plan V8A (“RCP”), applying Landlord’s Building Standards as outlined (or modified) below. All desks, tables, chairs, couches, TV’s, etc. other than the casework in the Kitchen/Café and two Copy Stations noted below will be FF&E to be supplied and installed by Tenant.

 

Standard Level 4 finish drywall walls. Drywall recesses for Tenant’s TV’s where indicated (with power and Voice/data ring and string at each).

 

Drywall recesses in 5 phone rooms (with power & voice/data ring & string at each).

 

Sound insulation between enclosed meeting rooms such as “Phone Rooms” and “Conference Rooms”.

 

Welded frames and wood finish doors at all Suite entries/exists (existing).

 

Knock-down aluminum door frames with matching storefront-style frames for glazing in enclosed rooms.

 

Full-height wood finish doors at all enclosed rooms.

 

Tenant is requesting to use sliding doors in the following rooms: Phone room #1, #2, #3 and Conference room #1.

 

Fine-line 2*2 ceiling grid with acoustic ceiling tiles in the general pattern indicated on the RCP with approx. 9’1” +/- finished ceiling height.

 

2*4 light fixtures as indicated, with can down lights in accent areas as shown on the RCP. Utility lighting in the Accounting and Marketing Storage to match existing conditions in those areas.

 

P-lam casework as indicated on the Floor Plan (i.e. in the Kitchen/Café including bar counter along window, and at both Copy Stations).

 

Painted metal handrails at ramp to terrace.

 

Carpet tiles throughout, except for VCT in storage rooms, server room and Mothers’ Room. Tenant shall be entitled to a total of 1,000 SF of polished concrete flooring in lieu of carpet tile, which is can apply in up to two different locations (e.g. Reception and Café).

 

   

Tenant may opt for rolled VCT in kitchen/café in lieu of concrete or carpet tile.

 

Plumbing requirement in kitchen/café - Landlord to install 3 copper water lines to service; 1) ice maker at refrigerator, 2) water filtration system, 3) commercial coffee system.

 

Building Standard electrical outlets, which include:

 

   

two duplexes per enclosed room (per mutually agreeable plan).

 

   

In Phone Rooms – two duplexes, one quad at TV recess, and one Wiremold Ratchet Pro series recessed floor box.

 

   

four duplexes in conference rooms

 

   

In Conference Rooms – 3 duplexes, one quad at TV recess and one Wiremold Ratchet Pro series recessed floor box.


   

j-boxes for Tenant-supplied furniture whips at the wall end of every bench row. For those bench groups that are free-standing in the floor, a floor-mount j-box for the whip will be provided (location to be determined per mutually agreeable furniture plan & field verification),

 

   

Industry-standard electrical provisions for Kitchen/Café and Copy Stations – No fewer than 8 quad outlets to be provided on separate circuits,

 

   

Existing specialized electrical already existing in server room (and existing racks and cable tray in Server Room will be left in place for Tenant’s re-use).

 

   

Convenience outlets in open office areas per industry-standard and code.

 

Server room will have electrical as noted above. It will be served by its own HVAC zone and will have a temperature-activated exhaust fan in addition.

 

Building Standard eggshell paint with up to two accent colors per tenants existing brand colors.


EXHIBIT C

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. No sidewalks, entrance, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises and if the Premises are situated on the ground floor of the Project, Tenant shall further, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the sidewalks and curb directly in front of the Premises clean and free from rubbish.

2. No awning or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls or windows of the Project without the prior written consent of Landlord, No curtains, blinds, shades, drapes or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Such awnings, projections, curtains, blinds, shades, drapes, screens and other fixtures must be of a quality, type, design, color, material and general appearance approved by Landlord, and shall be attached in the manner approved by Landlord. All lighting fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Premises must be of a quality, type, design, bulb color, size and general appearance approved by Landlord.

3. No sign, advertisement, notice, lettering, decoration or other thing shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the outside or inside of the Premises or of the Project, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Tenant, Landlord may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to Tenant,

4. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light or air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Project shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the window sills or in the public portions of the Project.

5. No showcases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Project, nor placed in public portions thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord.

6. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by Tenant to the extent that Tenant or Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees shall have caused the same.

7. Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into or in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Project. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may direct.

8. No animal or bird of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises or the Project, except seeing-eye dogs or other seeing-eye animals.

 

C-1


9. Prior to leaving the Premises for the day, Tenant shall draw or lower window coverings and extinguish all lights,

10. Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of the Project, or neighboring buildings or premises, or those having business with them. Tenant shall not throw anything out of the doors, windows or skylights or down the passageways.

11. Neither Tenant nor any of Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees shall at any time bring or keep upon the Premises any flammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or substance.

12. No additional locks, bolts or mail slots of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any change be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof. Tenant must, upon the termination of the tenancy, restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by Tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.

13. All removals, or the carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture, construction material, bulky matter or heavy equipment of any description must take place during the hours which Landlord or its agent may determine from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, which must be placed upon two-inch thick plank strips to distribute the weight. The moving of safes, freight, furniture, fixtures, bulky matter or heavy equipment of any kind must be made upon previous notice to the Building Manager and in a manner and at times prescribed by him, and the persons employed by Tenant for such work are subject to Landlord’s prior approval. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all safes, freight or other bulky articles to be brought into the Project and to exclude from the Project all safes, freight or other bulky articles which violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

14. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, towels, janitorial or maintenance or other like service from any company or persons not approved by Landlord. Landlord shall approve a sufficient number of sources of such services to provide Tenant with a reasonable selection, but only in such instances and to such extent as Landlord in its judgment shall consider consistent with security and proper operation of the Project.

15. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising or business conducted by Tenant referring to the Project which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project or its desirability as a first class building for offices and/or commercial services and upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

16. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Project between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m. Monday through Friday, after 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays and at all hours Sundays and legal holidays, all persons who do not present a pass to the Project issued by Landlord. Landlord may furnish passes to Tenant so that Tenant may validate and issue same. Tenant shall safeguard said passes and shall be responsible for all acts of persons in or about the Project who possess a pass issued to Tenant.

 

C-2


17. Tenant’s vendors and contractors shall, while in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project, be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building Manager (but not as agent or servant of said Building Manager or of Landlord) and shall be required to maintain such insurance coverage as reasonably approved by Landlord with liability policies naming Landlord and the Indemnitees as additional insureds.

18. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith at Tenant’s expense cause the same to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in writing in advance by Landlord.

19. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the office of the Project. Project personnel shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from the office of the Landlord.

20. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Project are prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

21. No water cooler, air conditioning unit or system or other apparatus shall be installed or used by Tenant without the written consent of Landlord.

22. There shall not be used in any premises, or in the public halls, plaza areas, lobbies, or elsewhere in the Project, either by Tenant or by jobbers or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks or dollies, except those equipped with rubber tires and sideguards.

23. Tenant, Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, contractors, licensees, or visitors shall not park any vehicles in any driveways, service entrances, or areas posted “No Parking” and shall comply with any other parking restrictions imposed by Landlord from time to time.

24. Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate visibly marked (at all times properly operational) fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machine or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.

25. Tenant shall keep its window coverings closed during any period of the day when the sun is shining directly on the windows of the Premises,

26. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, nor shall Tenant use any picture of the Project in its advertising, stationery or in any other manner without the prior written permission of Landlord. Landlord expressly reserves the right at any time to change said name, without in any manner being liable to Tenant therefor.

27. Tenant shall not prepare any food nor do any cooking, operate or conduct any restaurant, luncheonette or cafeteria for the sale or service of food or beverages to its employees or to others, except that food and beverage preparation by Tenant’s employees using microwave ovens or coffee makers shall be permitted provided no odors of cooking or other processes emanate from the Premises. Tenant shall not install or permit the installation or use of any vending machine or permit the delivery of any food or beverage to the Premises except by such persons and in such manner as are approved in advance in writing by Landlord.

 

C-3


28. The Premises shall not be used as an employment agency, a public stenographer or typist, a labor union office, a physician’s or dentist’s office, a dance or music studio, a school, a beauty salon, or barber shop, the business of photographic, multilith or multigraph reproductions or offset printing (not precluding using any part of the Premises for photographic, multilith or multigraph reproductions solely in connection with Tenant’s own business and/or activities), a restaurant or bar, an establishment for the sale of confectionery, soda, beverages, sandwiches, ice cream or baked goods, an establishment for preparing, dispensing or consumption of food or beverages of any kind in any manner whatsoever, or news or cigar stand, or a radio, television or recording studio, theatre or exhibition hall, or manufacturing, or the storage or sale of merchandise, goods, services or property of any kind at wholesale, retail or auction, or for lodging, sleeping or for any immoral purposes.

29. Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at Tenant’s expense in settings sufficient in Landlord’s judgment to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance. Tenant shall not install any machine or equipment which causes noise, heat, cold or vibration to be transmitted to the structure of the building in which the Premises are located without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be conditioned on such terms as Landlord may require. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot that such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by Law.

30. Tenant shall not bring any Hazardous Materials onto the Premises except for those that are in general commercial use and are incidental to Tenant’s business office operations and only in quantities suitable for immediate use.

31. Tenant shall not store any vehicle within the parking area. Tenant’s parking rights are limited to the use of parking spaces for short-term parking, of up to twenty-four (24) hours, of vehicles utilized in the normal and regular daily travel, to and from the Project. Tenants who wish to park a vehicle for longer than a 24-hour period shall notify the Building Manager for the Project and consent to such long-term parking may be granted for periods up to two (2) weeks. Any motor vehicles parked without the prior written consent of the Building Manager for the Project for longer than a 24-hour period shall be deemed stored in violation of this rule and regulation and shall be towed away and stored at the owner’s expense or disposed of as provided by Law.

32. Smoking is prohibited in the Premises, the Building and all enclosed Common Areas of the Project, including all lobbies, all hallways, all elevators and all lavatories.

 

C-4


RIDER 1

COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT

_____________, LLC, a _________ limited liability company (“Landlord”), and __________________________, a ______________________ (“Tenant”), have entered into a certain Office Lease dated as of _______________________, 20__ (the “Lease”).

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant wish to confirm and memorialize the Commencement Date and Expiration Date of the Lease as provided for in Section 2.2(b) of the Lease;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Lease.

2. The Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease) of the Lease is __________.

3. The Expiration Date (as defined in the Lease) of the Lease is __________.

4. Tenant hereby confirms the following:

(a) That it has accepted possession of the Premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease;

(b) That the Landlord Work is Substantially Complete; and

(c) That the Lease is in full force and effect.

5. Except as expressly modified hereby, all terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect and binding on the parties hereto.

6. The Lease and this Commencement Date Agreement contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between the Landlord and the Tenant relating to the subject matter herein. No prior other agreements or understandings pertaining to such matters are valid or of any force and effect.

 

TENANT:    LANDLORD:

____________________________________,

a ___________________________

  

______________________________, LLC,

a ______ limited liability company

By:                                                                                                     By:                                                                                  
Print Name:                                                                                     

Richard K. Robbins

Its:                                                                                                    

Managing Member

 

By:                                                                                           [INSERT CORRECT SIGNATURE
Print Name:                                                                            BLOCK FOR PROPERTY]
Its:                                                                                          


RIDER 1

COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT – Revised

EMERYSTATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC (“Landlord”) and Exponential Interactive, Inc. (“Tenant”) have entered into a certain Office Lease dated as of October 13, 2014.

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant wish to confirm and memorialize the Commencement Date and Expiration Date of the Lease as provided for in Section 1.6 of the Lease;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants contained herein and in the Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Lease.

2. The New Premises Commencement Date (as defined in the “Lease”) is February 4, 2015.

3. The New Premises Expiration Date (as defined in the “Lease”) is February 28, 2022.

4. Tenant hereby confirms the following:

 

  (a)

That it has accepted possession of the premises pursuant to the terms of the Lease;

 

  (b)

That the Landlord Work is Substantially Complete and:

 

  (c)

That the Lease is in full force and effect.

5. Except as expressly modified hereby, all terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect and binding on the parties hereto.

6. The Lease and this Commencement Date Agreement contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between the Landlord and the Tenant relating to the subject matter herein. No prior other agreements or understandings pertaining to such matters are valid or of any force and effect.

 

TENANT:     LANDLORD:
EXPONENTIAL INTERACTIVE, INC.     EMERYSTATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC
By:   /s/ Thomas Chow     By:   /s/ Richard Robbins
Print Name:   Thomas Chow       Richard K. Robbins
Its:   General Counsel & CEO       Managing Member
Date: 2/24/2015     Date: 2/26/15


EXHIBIT B

SUBLEASED PREMISES


LOGO


LOGO


EXHIBIT C

SUBTENANT IMPROVEMENTS


LOGO


LOGO


EXHIBIT D

CONSENT TO SUBLEASE


CONSENT TO SUBLEASE

EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC (“Landlord”), hereby consents upon the following terms and conditions to the subletting by EXPONENTIAL INTERACTIVE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), to BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”), pursuant to a sublease agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (“Sublease”), of certain space (the “Sublet Space”) described in the Sublease, being located in the building known as 5858 Horton Street, Emeryville, California (the “Building”), which Sublet Space is a portion of the premises (“Premises”) now leased and demised by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to that certain Office Lease by and between Landlord and Tenant, dated as of October 13, 2014 (which lease, as the same may hereafter be amended, is herein called the “Lease”):

1. Sublease Subordinate to Lease.

(a) The Sublease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the Lease, and to all of the provisions, covenants, agreements, terms and conditions (collectively, “Provisions”) of the Lease and of this Consent to Sublease (“Consent”). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall be deemed to have the same meanings ascribed thereto in the Lease.

(b) Neither Tenant nor Subtenant shall act in any manner which is inconsistent with the terms of the Lease or do or permit anything to be done in connection with Subtenant’s occupancy of the Sublet Space which would violate any of the provisions of the Lease. Any breach or violation of any provision of the Lease by Subtenant (after any applicable notice and cure periods provided in the Lease and Sublease) shall be deemed to be and shall constitute a default by Tenant in fulfilling such provision and, in such event, Landlord shall have all of the rights, powers and remedies provided in the Lease, or at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise, with respect to default.

(c) Nothing herein contained shall be construed to (i) modify, waive, impair or affect any of the Provisions (except as may be expressly provided herein), (ii) waive any present or future breach of, or default under, the Lease or any rights of Landlord against any person or entity liable or responsible for the performance thereof, (iii) enlarge or increase Landlord’s obligations or Tenant’s rights under the Lease or otherwise; and all provisions of the Lease are hereby declared by Tenant to be in full force and effect.

(d) Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a consent to or approval or ratification by Landlord of any of the particular provisions of the Sublease (except as may be herein expressly provided) or as a representation or warranty by Landlord. Landlord has not, and will not, review or pass upon any of the provisions of the Sublease and shall not be bound or estopped in any way by the provisions of the Sublease.

(e) Landlord consents to the Sublease subject to the express terms and conditions of this Consent, including without limitation, the signage and alterations to be made by the Subtenant as described in Exhibit B. Tenant and Subtenant jointly and severally represent and warranty to Landlord that the copy of the Sublease attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true, complete and correct copy of the Sublease and that the Sublease constitutes the entire agreement between Tenant and Subtenant with respect to the Sublet Space.

 

1


(f) All communications with Landlord with respect to its obligations under the Lease shall be made by Tenant.

(g) Tenant shall be and remain liable and responsible for the due keeping, and full performance and observance, of all of the provisions of the Lease on the part of Tenant to be kept, performed and observed, including, without limitation, the payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent (as such terms are defined in the Lease).

(h) Tenant and if and to the extent applicable, Subtenant shall be and continue to be liable for all bills rendered by Landlord for charges incurred or imposed for services rendered and material supplied to the Sublet Space.

(i) In the event of any default (after any applicable notice and cure periods provided in the Lease and Sublease) by Tenant or Subtenant in the full performance and observance of any of their respective obligations hereunder, such event may, at Landlord’s option, be deemed a default under the Lease, and Landlord shall have all of the rights, powers and remedies provided for in the Lease, or at law, in equity, by statute, or otherwise with respect to the default.

(j) In case of any conflict between the provisions of (i) the Lease and the Sublease, then the provisions of the Lease shall prevail, and (ii) this Consent and the Lease and/or the Sublease, then the provisions of this Consent shall prevail.

(k) Tenant agrees that Tenant will pay to Landlord a processing fee of $1,000.00, to cover Landlord’s legal costs and other costs associated with the processing of this Consent.

2. Insurance Certificate. Simultaneously with its execution of this Consent, Subtenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of a certificate of insurance meeting the requirements set forth in the Lease and providing the same insurance coverage required to be obtained by Tenant under the Lease as to both the types of insurance and the amounts of such policies. Landlord shall be listed as a named insured on such policies as and to the extent provided in the Lease.

3. Renewal Option. If Tenant exercises the Renewal Option, Landlord agrees that it will recognize the exercise of the Renewal Option notwithstanding the fact that Subtenant may be occupying some or all of the Premises during the Renewal Term. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, in the event Tenant elects not to exercise its Renewal Option, Landlord agrees that (i) Tenant shall have the right to assign its interest in the Lease to Subtenant, as assignee, upon notice to Landlord and Landlord agrees to release Tenant (Exponential Interactive, Inc. and its successors or assigns) from all liability under the Lease arising after the expiration of the initial Term of the Lease (i.e., February 28, 2022) in order to effectuate such assignment; (ii) Subtenant shall have the right to exercise the Renewal Option for the Renewal Term on the same terms and conditions as the Tenant under the Lease; and (iii) Landlord shall not exercise its right to recapture any portion of the Premises pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Lease.

 

2


4. No Assignment. Neither this Consent nor any right created hereunder may be assigned by Tenant or Subtenant except as expressly provided in the Sublease and/or the Lease.

5. No Further Right to Sublet. This Consent is not, and shall not be construed as, a consent by Landlord to, or as permitting, any other or further subletting by either Tenant or Subtenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease and/or the Sublease, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance: (a) the Sublease shall not be assigned, extended or renewed, except for such assignments, extensions or renewals as are expressly provided in the Sublease, and (b) neither the Sublet Space nor any part thereof shall be further sublet except as are expressly provided in the Sublease. This Consent shall in no manner be construed as limiting Landlord’s ability to exercise its rights to recapture any portion of the Premises, as set forth in the Lease, in the event of a proposed future sublease or assignment of such portion of the Premises.

6. Use. Subject to all of the provisions of the Lease, the Sublet Space and each part thereof shall be used by Subtenant solely for office and related uses and for no other purpose and in conformance with the Provisions.

7. Termination of Lease.

(a) If, during the term of the Sublease, the term of the Lease shall expire or the Lease shall sooner terminate, or Tenant shall surrender the Lease to Landlord, Landlord, at its option, upon written notice given to Tenant and Subtenant not more than thirty (30) days after the effective date of such expiration, termination or surrender, and without any additional or further agreement of any kind on the part of Tenant or Subtenant, may elect to require Subtenant to attorn to Landlord. If Landlord so elects, Subtenant, upon demand of Landlord, agrees to execute and deliver such instrument or instruments as Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph. If Landlord exercises its right of attornment, the terms of the Sublease (except as modified by this Consent) shall govern the relations between Landlord and Subtenant; provided that Landlord shall not be liable for any act or omission of Sublandlord; subject to any defense, claim, counterclaim, set-off or offset which Subtenant may have against Sublandlord; bound by any prepayment of more than one month’s Rent to Sublandlord; bound by any obligation to make any payment to Subtenant which was required to be made prior to the time Landlord succeeded to Sublandlord’s interest; bound by any modification or amendment of the Sublease made without Landlord’s consent; or liable for the repayment of any security deposit, unless such security deposit actually is paid to Landlord.

(b) In the event that Landlord does not elect to exercise its option under Paragraph 6(a) hereof to require Subtenant to attorn, or Landlord gives Subtenant written notice, at any time before the thirtieth (30th) day of the thirty (30) day period referred to in Paragraph 6(a) hereof, to the effect that Landlord will not exercise such option, then, on or before the seventh (7th) day after (i) the expiration of such thirty (30) day period or (ii) Subtenant’s receipt of such written notice, whichever shall first occur, Subtenant shall vacate the Sublet Space. In case of the failure of Subtenant to so vacate the Sublet Space, Landlord shall be entitled to all the rights and remedies which are available to a landlord against a tenant holding over after the expiration of a term and to such other rights and remedies as may be provided for in the Lease, at law, or in equity. Tenant and Subtenant, at Landlord’s option, shall be deemed to be occupying the Sublet Space as a tenancy at sufferance at daily rent equal to 1/30th of an amount equal to the product of two (2) times the Sublease Monthly Rent (as defined in the Sublease).

 

3


8. No Alterations. No alterations, additions, or physical changes shall be made in the Sublet Space, or any part thereof, without Landlord’s prior written consent.

9. Copy of Sublease and No Amendment. Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant to Landlord that the copy of the Sublease annexed hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy thereof and that the Sublease has not been amended, modified or changed. Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant to Landlord that Tenant and Subtenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, amend, modify or terminate the Sublease in any manner, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

10. Representations of Subtenant. Subtenant represents to and agrees with Landlord that: (a) the term of the Sublease will expire on or prior to the date of the expiration of the term of the Lease except as may be extended pursuant to the terms of the Sublease and as may be otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Subtenant; and (b) Subtenant is financially responsible, of good reputation and engaged in a business which is in keeping with the standards of Landlord in those respects for the Building and its occupancy.

11. Attorneys’ Fees. If either party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations under this Consent or if any dispute arises between the parties hereto concerning the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Consent, then the defaulting party or the party not prevailing in such dispute, as the case may be, shall pay any and all costs and expenses incurred by the other party on account of such default and/or in enforcing or establishing its rights hereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. Any such attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by either party in enforcing a judgment in its favor under this Consent shall be recoverable separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment, and such attorneys’ fees obligation is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Consent and to survive and not be merged into any such judgment.

12. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Consent may not be altered, amended, modified or changed orally, but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such alteration, amendment, modification or change is being sought.

(b) Captions are inserted for convenience only and will not affect the construction hereof.

(c) Any bills, statement, notices, demands, requests, consents or other communications given or required to be given under this Consent shall be effective only if rendered or given in writing and delivered personally (which includes air courier service) or sent by mail (certified, return receipt requested), postage prepaid, addressed to the respective party at the address set forth in the Lease and/or the Sublease or at such other address as such party may designate as its new address for such purpose by notice in accordance with the provisions hereof, or, if addressed to Tenant or Subtenant after the date on which such party first occupies the Premises or the Sublet Space, as the case may be, at the Building; the same shall be deemed to have been rendered or given on the date delivered, if delivered personally, or on the date mailed, if mailed.

 

4


(d) This Consent constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the matters stated herein.

(e) This Consent will for all purposes be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.

(f) This Consent shall not be effective until executed by all the parties hereto and may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will constitute an original instrument and all of which will together constitute one and the same instrument.

(g) Each right and remedy of Landlord provided for in this Consent or in the Lease shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right and remedy provided for herein or therein, or now or hereafter existing, at law, in equity, by statute, or otherwise, and the exercise, or beginning of the exercise, by Landlord of any one or more of the rights or remedies so provided for or existing shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Landlord of any or all other rights or remedies so provided for or so existing.

(h) The terms and provisions of this Consent shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that no violation of the provisions of Paragraph 3 shall operate to vest any rights in any successor or assignee of Tenant or Subtenant.

(i) If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Consent shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(j) Tenant and Subtenant covenant and agree that under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable for any brokerage commission or other charge or expense in connection with the Sublease or this Consent and Tenant and Subtenant agree to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from the same and from any cost or expense (including but not limited to attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord in resisting any claim for any such brokerage commission.

(k) Tenant and Subtenant agree that the liability of Landlord hereunder and any recourse by Tenant or Subtenant against Landlord shall be subject to the limitations on liability set forth in the Lease. In addition, neither Landlord, nor any of its constituent members, partners, or agents, shall have any personal liability, and Tenant and Subtenant each hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant and/or Subtenant.

(l) Landlord shall provide Subtenant with copies of all notices given under the Lease to Tenant to the extent such notices implicate the Sublet Space, including notices of default, and Landlord shall provide Subtenant with an opportunity to cure any such default under the Lease provided Subtenant shall have no obligation to do so.

[signatures on following page]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused these presents to be duly executed as of March __, 2019.

 

TENANT:    LANDLORD:

EXPONENTIAL INTERACTIVE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:                                                                                  By:                                                                              
Name                                                                              Name:                                                                          
Title:                                                                               Title:                                                                            
Date:                                                                               Date:                                                                            
LANDLORD:   

EMERY STATION JOINT VENTURE, LLC

a California limited liability company

  
By:                                                                                 
Print Name                                                                     
Title:                                                                               
Date:                                                                               

 

6


EXHIBIT A

COPY OF SUBLEASE

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

7


EXHIBIT B

DESCRIPTION OF SIGNAGE AND ALTERATIONS


LOGO

 

2


LOGO

 

3


EXHIBIT E

LIST OF FF&E


South Area-Inventory

 

Qty

  

Description

  

Location

2   

4 conference room table with power

  

conf room

7   

5622y/E3 Blue & Black Sit on It Seating rolly chairs

  

Conf room

3   

Panasonic LED TV monitors w/ Mounting and cables

  

Conf room

8   

Metal cabinets (4 drawer)- Locking

  

Storage Closet

2   

Wood Cabinets in printing station

  

Main Area

3   

Clocks

  

Conf room

33   

“As Is” Cat6 Cabling for work stations, Coring and Electrical

  

Main area

7   

Folding Blinds

  

Windows


EXHIBIT F

BILL OF SALE


BILL OF SALE

For good and valuable consideration in the amount of Ten and NO/100 Dollars ($10.00), EXPONENTIAL INTERACTIVE, INC. (“Seller”), does hereby sell, transfer, and convey to BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (“Purchaser”), that certain personal property described in the attached Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein (the “Personal Property”).

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SELLER IS SELLING AND PURCHASER IS PURCHASING THE PERSONAL PROPERTY ON AN “AS IS, WHERE IS” BASIS AND THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED FROM SELLER AS TO ANY MATTERS CONCERNING THE PERSONAL PROPERTY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

This Bill of Sale may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Dated this ____ day of ________, 2019.

 

SELLER:    PURCHASER:
EXPONENTIAL INTERACTIVE, INC.    BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By:                                                                                  By:                                                                                   
Name                                                                              Name:                                                                               
Its:                                                                                   Its:                                                                                    


Exhibit A

List of Personal Property

 

1


South Area-Inventory

 

Qty

  

Description

  

Location

2   

4 conference room table with power

  

conf room

7   

5622y/E3 Blue & Black Sit on It Seating rolly chairs

  

Conf room

3   

Panasonic LED TV monitors w/ Mounting and cables

  

Conf room

8   

Metal cabinets (4 drawer)- Locking

  

Storage Closet

2   

Wood Cabinets in printing station

  

Main Area

3   

Clocks

  

Conf room

33   

“As Is” Cat6 Cabling for work stations, Coring and Electrical

  

Main area

7   

Folding Blinds

  

Windows

Exhibit 10.12

[***] Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10). Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.

Execution Version

COLLABORATION AGREEMENT

This COLLABORATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), effective as of September 13th, 2019 (“Effective Date”), is between Ginkgo Bioworks, Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 27 Drydock Avenue, 8th floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02210 (“Ginkgo”), and Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 5858 Horton Street, Suite 320, Emeryville, California 94608 (“BLI”). Ginkgo and BLI may each be referred to herein as a “Party” or, collectively, as the “Parties.”

WHEREAS, BLI and Ginkgo are committed to the goal of developing and deploying workflows on the Beacon Platform to accelerate the engineering of microbial organisms and mammalian cell lines, including by developing new Workflows (as defined below) for use on the Beacon Platform for the Parties’ mutual benefit (the “Purpose”); and

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the Purpose, BLI and Ginkgo have decided to enter into this Agreement, including mutually agreed upon Workflow Development Plans, which establish the terms by which Ginkgo and BLI will work together to bring their unique resources and experiences to bear on the Purpose.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

1.1    “Affected Party” has the meaning set forth Section 14.8 (Force Majeure).

1.2    “Affiliate” means with respect to a Party, any Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with that Party, for so long as such control exists. For purposes of this definition only, “control” and, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with” means: (a) in the case of Persons that are corporate entities, direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or shares (or such lesser percentage which is the maximum allowed to be owned by a foreign corporation in a particular jurisdiction) entitled to vote for the election of directors, or otherwise having the power to control or direct the affairs of such corporate entity; and (b) in the case of Persons that are non-corporate entities, direct or indirect ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the equity interest or the power to direct the management and policies of such non-corporate entity.

1.3    “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

1.4    “[***]” means [***]. These include [***]. For clarity, [***] does not include [***].

1.5    “Alliance Manager” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7 (Alliance Managers).


1.6    “Antibody” means a soluble protein derived exclusively from an immunoglobulin protein that includes at least one hyper-variable antigen-binding region, including any fragment [***] of such protein, but, for clarity, excluding (i) [***] and (ii) [***].

1.7    “Applicable Law” means federal, state, local, national and supra-national laws, statutes, rules and regulations, including any rules, regulations, regulatory guidelines or other requirements of Regulatory Authorities, major national securities exchanges or major securities listing organizations, that may be in effect from time to time during the Term and applicable to a particular activity or country hereunder.

1.8    “Arbitration Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution).

1.9    “Beacon Optofluidic Machine Improvement” means any improvement or modification to the Beacon Optofluidic Machine conceived, developed, generated or reduced to practice during the Term (a) solely by a Party, its Affiliates or Persons acting on behalf of such Party or (b) jointly by, on one hand, Ginkgo, its Affiliates or Persons acting on behalf of Ginkgo and, on the other hand, BLI, its Affiliates or Persons acting on behalf of BLI, in each case of clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 1.9 (“Beacon Optofluidic Machine Improvement definition) through the conduct of activities under a Workflow Development Plan or otherwise arising out of the Parties’ performance of activities under this Agreement.

1.10    “Beacon Optofluidic Machine” means (i) the machine with the Specifications set forth, as of the Effective Date, on Schedule 1.10 (Beacon Optofluidic Machine) and (ii) [***] and, with respect to (i)-(ii), any [***] of such machines, developed during the Term by BLI or its Affiliates that [***].

1.11    “Beacon Platform” means, collectively, (a) the Beacon Optofluidic Machine, (b) the OptoSelect Chips, (c) Consumables related to the Beacon Optofluidic Machine or the OptoSelect Chips and (d) any Software.

1.12    “BLI” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

1.13    “BLI Background IP” means any Intellectual Property (a) Controlled by BLI or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date, (b) that comes into the Control of BLI after the Effective Date other than by means of this Agreement or the activities performed hereunder or (c) developed during the Term by BLI outside and independently of this Agreement.

1.14    “BLI Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2 (Indemnification by Ginkgo).

1.15    “BLI Inventions” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.2 (Ownership of Materials and Data - BLI Inventions).

1.16    “BLI Proprietary Workflow” means any workflow on the Beacon Platform that was developed by or on behalf of BLI prior to the Effective Date or is developed during the Term in the conduct of activities outside and independent of this Agreement (including, for clarity, outside of any Workflow Development Plan), in each case whether solely by BLI or jointly by BLI and a Third Party.

 

Page 2 of 85


1.17    “BLI Subcontractor” means a Person to whom BLI has subcontracted any of its activities under this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.7 (Subcontracting).

1.18    “BLI Terms and Conditions” means those terms and conditions set forth in Schedule 1.18 (BLI Terms and Conditions) and the Product Warranty, as such may be amended from time to time by BLI, [***].

1.19    “Budget” means, with respect to a Workflow Development Plan, an itemized budget broken down on a [***] and high-level task-by-high-level task basis [***], that sets forth the following internal and out-of-pocket costs anticipated to be incurred in the conduct of activities under such Workflow Development Plan, to the extent applicable and mutually agreed upon by the Parties:

1.19.1    the FAS Support Costs for services provided by any FAS under such Workflow Development Plan;

1.19.2    other FTE Costs for BLI’s personnel in the conduct of activities under, or [***] under, such Workflow Development Plan, including BLI personnel conducting development of Software for the Workflow under such Workflow Development Plan; provided that, with respect to the FTE Costs for BLI’s personnel providing [***] under a Workflow Development Plan, such FTE Costs shall not exceed [***] percent ([***]%) of the total FTE Costs charged to Ginkgo with respect to any invoice;

1.19.3    the out-of-pocket development ([***]) costs paid by BLI to Third Parties to purchase finished Consumables that are developed and designated as a deliverable under a Workflow Development Plan or raw materials necessary to manufacture Consumables that are developed and designated as a deliverable under a Workflow Development Plan , in each case from such Third Parties for the Beacon Platform, subject to a [***] percent ([***]%) mark-up;

1.19.4    with respect to any then-existing Consumables (i.e. not Consumables for which development or manufacture is ongoing as described in Section 1.19.3), an amount equal to the number of units used in the performance of the Workflow Development Plan, multiplied by a price per unit of Consumables as set forth in Section 5.2.2(b) (Adjustments); and

1.19.5    other out-of-pocket costs paid by BLI to permitted Third Party subcontractors and vendors attributable to the development of the Workflow or Hardware under such Workflow Development Plan, [***].

1.20    “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks located in Boston, Massachusetts or San Francisco, California are authorized or required by Applicable Law or regulation or otherwise to close.

 

Page 3 of 85


1.21    “Buy-Down Amount” means, at any given time of a Buy-Down Election, an amount equal to:

1.21.1    if, at such time, [***], [***] ([***]%) of the difference between (a) the Full Purchase Target and (b) the sum of all the Development Purchases and Production Purchases made or incurred by Ginkgo;

1.21.2    if, at such time, [***], [***] percent ([***]%) of the difference between (a) the Full Purchase Target and (b) the sum of all the Development Purchases and Production Purchases made or incurred by Ginkgo as of such time;

1.21.3    if, at such time, [***], [***] percent ([***]%) of the difference between (a) the Full Purchase Target and (b) the sum of all the Development Purchases and Production Purchases made or incurred by Ginkgo as of such time; and

1.21.4    if, at such time, [***], [***].

For illustrative purposes only, Schedule 1.21 (Buy-Down Examples) sets forth a table showing the calculated Buy-Down Amounts assuming [***] and [***].

1.22    “Buy-Down Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 (Buy-Down Election).

1.23    “Calendar Quarter” means the respective periods of three (3) consecutive calendar months ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31; provided that the first Calendar Quarter of the Term shall begin on the Effective Date and end on the last day of the then current Calendar Quarter and the last Calendar Quarter of the Term shall begin on the first day of such Calendar Quarter and end on the last day of the Term.

1.24    “[***]” means [***] that [***], including [***], by [***], whose [***].

1.25    “[***]” means the offering or performance of any services using the Beacon Platform, [***], to [***]:

1.25.1    [***];

1.25.2    [***]; or

1.25.3    [***];

provided that in no event shall [***] include the use of the Beacon Platform to (i) [***] or (ii) [***] but, for clarity, are not in any manner or form used as described in Sections 1.25.1, 1.25.2 or 1.25.3 above.

1.26    “Change in Control” means, with respect to a Person, (a) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by a Person or “group” (whether in a single transaction or multiple transactions) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of such Person or of beneficial ownership of (or the right to acquire such beneficial ownership) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding

 

Page 4 of 85


equity or convertible securities of such Person (including by tender offer or exchange offer); (b) any merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, recapitalization or similar corporate transaction involving such Person (whether or not including one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of such Person) or (c) such Person sells or transfers to any Third Party, in one or more related transactions, properties or assets representing all or substantially all of such Person’s consolidated total assets to which this Agreement relates.

1.27    “Claims” is defined in Section 12.1 (Indemnification by BLI).

1.28    “Clinical Trial” means a human clinical study conducted on sufficient numbers of human subjects that is designed to (a) establish that a product is reasonably safe for continued testing, (b) investigate the safety and efficacy of the product for its intended use, and to define warnings, precautions and adverse reactions that may be associated with the product in the dosage range to be prescribed or (c) support Regulatory Approval of such product or label expansion of such product. Without limiting the foregoing, Clinical Trial includes any Phase II Clinical Trial or Phase III Clinical Trial conducted by or on behalf of one or both Parties in connection with this Agreement.

1.29    “Collaboration Data” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5.1 (Disclosure).

1.30    “Collaboration Intellectual Property” means [***], that is conceived, developed, generated or reduced to practice during the Term (a) solely by a Party, its Affiliates or Persons acting on behalf of such Party or (b) jointly by, on one hand, Ginkgo, its Affiliates or Persons acting on behalf of Ginkgo and, on the other hand, BLI, its Affiliates or Persons acting on behalf of BLI, in each case of clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 1.30 (“Collaboration Intellectual Property definition) through the conduct of activities under this Agreement.

1.31    “Collaboration Workflow” means any Workflow on the Beacon Platform that [***] and is (a) developed jointly by the Parties (or on their behalf) or (b) developed solely by BLI (or on behalf of BLI) for Ginkgo, in each case of clause (a) and (b) of this Section 1.31 (“Collaboration Workflow definition), pursuant to a Workflow Development Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, Collaboration Workflows shall not include [***].

1.32    “Commercial Services” means any [***] activities conducted by Ginkgo or any sublicensee under the rights granted to Ginkgo by BLI in Section 9.1.1 (Scope of Grants) in the Licensed Field (a) under an agreement or arrangement of Ginkgo or any such sublicensee with a Third Party or (b) for [***] that [***] by Ginkgo, an Affiliate or a Third Party; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Third Parties, Workflows may only be [***] by Ginkgo permitted (under Section 9.1 (Grants to Ginkgo)) sublicensees, but no other Third Parties.

1.33    “Completed Workflow” means any Key Collaboration Workflow that the JRC or the Expert Panel, as applicable, determines has been Substantially Completed.

1.34    “Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 (Confidential Information).

 

Page 5 of 85


1.35    “Conforming Product” means, with respect to a Beacon Optofluidic Machine or Consumable delivered by BLI to Ginkgo under this Agreement, that such Beacon Optofluidic Machine or Consumable meets the Product Warranty at the time of delivery.

1.36    “Consumables” means those certain OptoSelect Chips and reagents set forth on Schedule 1.36 (Consumables) or that, during the Term, [***] for the use of the Beacon Platform and are sold by BLI.

1.37    “Contract Year” means (a) with respect to the first Contract Year, the period of time commencing on the Effective Date and ending on September 30, 2020 and (b) with respect to each subsequent Contract Year, commencing on October 1 of such Contract Year and continuing for a period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months; provided that the last Contract Year of the Term shall end on the last day of the Term.

1.38    “Control” means, with respect to any item of Intellectual Property or material, the possession (whether by ownership or license, other than by a license granted pursuant to this Agreement) by a Party or its Affiliates of the ability to grant to the other Party access, ownership, a license or a sublicense as required herein to such item, without: (a) violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party in existence as of the time such Party or its Affiliates would be required hereunder to grant the other Party such access, ownership, license or sublicense; (b) violating any Applicable Law, or (c) incurring payment obligations by reason of providing access, ownership, a license or a sublicense to the other Party with respect thereto (unless such other Party agrees in writing to bear such payment obligations [***] to providing access, ownership, a license or a sublicense to such item by such other Party).

1.39    “Development Purchase Commitment” means, for a given Contract Year, the amount in the column named “Development Purchase Commitment” in Table 7.2.2 for such Contract Year, as may be amended from time to time under this Agreement.

1.40    “Development Purchases” means, during any period of time, the aggregate amount paid by Ginkgo to BLI for the conduct of activities under any Workflow Development Plan or otherwise under Section 2.4.2 (Costs under Workflow Development Plan – Payment) during such period of time.

1.41    “Disclosing Party” is defined in Section 10.1 (Confidential Information).

1.42    “Discovered Antibody” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.2 (Milestone Events).

1.43    “Dollars” means United States dollars ($).

1.44    “Drug Approval Application” means any New Drug Application (“NDA”), as defined in the FFDCA, or any corresponding foreign applications in the Territory, including (a) with respect to the European Union, a Marketing Authorization Application (a “MAA”) filed with the EMA pursuant to the Centralized Approval Procedure or with the applicable Regulatory Authority of a country in Europe with respect to the mutual recognition or any other regional or national approval procedure or (b) with respect to Japan, an MAA filed with the PMDA.

 

Page 6 of 85


1.45    “Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

1.46    “EMA” means the European Medicines Agency and any successor agency(ies) or authority having substantially the same function.

1.47    “European Union” or “E.U.” means the economic, scientific and political organization of member states known as the European Union, as its membership may be altered from time to time, and any successor thereto, except that, for purposes of this Agreement, the E.U. will be deemed to include [***] the United Kingdom, irrespective of whether any such country leaves the European Union.

1.48    “Excluded Fields” means the use of the Beacon Platform for:

1.48.1    [***];

1.48.2    [***];

1.48.3    [***];

1.48.4    [***];

1.48.5    [***]; and

1.48.6    [***].

1.49    “Expert Panel” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.3 (Decision-Making).

1.50    “Expiration” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3.1 (General).

1.51    “Extended Force Majeure Event” has the meaning set forth Section 14.8 (Force Majeure).

1.52    “Failure to Supply” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.3(a) (Remedial Efforts).

1.53    “FAS” means a BLI Field Application Scientist providing [***] to Ginkgo related to a Workflow Development Plan or a Workflow either (a) at Ginkgo’s facilities or (b) [***]; provided that, in the case of clause (b) of this Section 1.50 (“FAS definition), such BLI Field Application Scientist must be specifically dedicated to development of Workflows on at least a part-time basis and identified as such in the Workflow Development Plan under this Agreement (such identification to include, in the case of part-time FAS, a specified percentage of dedication to Ginkgo [***]).

1.54    “FAS Support Cost” shall mean, with respect to any services provided by one or more FAS(s) to Ginkgo over a specified period of time, the amount equal to the aggregate of the applicable FAS Support Rates for such services during such period of time.

1.55    “FAS Support Rate” means, with respect to any services provided by a FAS pursuant to this Agreement to Ginkgo, the applicable rate (dependent on the length of support) for such services set forth in Schedule 5.2.1 (Pricing Schedule), subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 5.2.2(c) (Adjustments).

 

Page 7 of 85


1.56    “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration and any successor agency(ies) or authority having substantially the same function.

1.57    “FFDCA” means the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq., as amended from time to time, together with any rules, regulations and requirements promulgated thereunder (including all additions, supplements, extensions, and modifications thereto).

1.58    “Force Majeure Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.8 (Force Majeure).

1.59    “FOU License Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.1 (License Fees).

1.60    “FTE” means (a) with respect to any full-time employee of BLI, [***], who is [***] dedicated to the development of Workflows under this Agreement, a total of twelve (12) months of [***] work conducted by such employee or (b) with respect to any full-time employee of BLI that is not [***] dedicated to the development of Workflows under this Agreement, a full time equivalent effort consisting of a minimum of a total of [***] ([***]) hours per year of work [***] a Workflow Development Plan by such employee of a Party. In no event shall the work of one (1) employee exceed 1 full FTE.

1.61    “FTE Costs” means, with respect to any given activity or activities over any specified period of time, the number of FTEs conducting such activity or activities multiplied by the FTE Rate.

1.62    “FTE Rate” means the rates per annum, listed in Schedule 1.62 (FTE Rate), which rate includes certain allowable allocations and subject to increase on an annual basis as of January 1 of each year, beginning in 2020, by a factor which reflects the increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index for [***], as reported by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, for January 1 of such year when compared to the comparable statistic for January 1 of the preceding year. For clarity, if there is no such increase in the CPI-[***], the FTE Rate shall remain the same and shall not decrease.

1.63    “Full Purchase Target” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.1 (Purchase Commitments – Generally).

1.64    “Generalized Workflow” means any Collaboration Workflow or component thereof that is designated as a “Generalized Workflow” by the Parties in a Workflow Development Plan or, if the Parties have made no designation, is not a Specific Implementation. By way of non-limiting example, Generalized Workflows would encompass Workflows or components thereof that are not Specific Implementations and are generally directed to and required to enable:

1.64.1    [***],

1.64.2    [***];

 

Page 8 of 85


1.64.3    [***];

1.64.4    [***];

1.64.5    [***]; or

1.64.6    [***].

For the purposes of Section 1.64.3 and Section 1.128, the following examples serve to illustrate the concept of a “[***]” (a) [***] (b) [***] and (c) [***]

1.65    “Ginkgo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

1.66    “Ginkgo Background IP” means any Intellectual Property provided or otherwise disclosed to BLI under this Agreement or otherwise [***] for the performance of any activities allocated to BLI under a Workflow Development Plan that is (a) Controlled by Ginkgo or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date, (b) that comes into the Control of Ginkgo after the Effective Date other than by means of this Agreement or the activities performed hereunder, or (c) developed during the Term by Ginkgo [***].

1.67    “Ginkgo Excluded Use” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.6 (Use in Excluded Fields).

1.68    “Ginkgo Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 (Indemnification by BLI).

1.69    “Ginkgo Inventions” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2 (Ownership of Ginkgo Inventions and BLI Inventions).

1.70    “Ginkgo Licensed IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 (Grants to BLI).

1.71    “Ginkgo Materials” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.1(d) (Ownership of Ginkgo Inventions and BLI Inventions).

1.72    “Ginkgo Subcontractor” means a Person to whom Ginkgo has subcontracted any of its activities under this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.7 (Subcontracting).

1.73    “Ginkgo Workflows” means Workflows on the Beacon Platform that are developed by [***]. For clarity, [***].

1.74    “Go/No-Go Criteria” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.1(g) (Workflow Development Plans – Generally).

1.75    “Hardware” means any and all hardware, equipment, devices, tools, apparatus, machinery, and electronics including, but not limited to, the Beacon Optofluidic Machine, computer and computer-related hardware, servers, networking equipment, interfaces, databases, support equipment, power supplies, wiring and associated equipment.

 

Page 9 of 85


1.76    “Headstart Invention” means any (a) specific part or component of a [***] (other than any [***], including any [***]) or (b) [***] in its entirety, including [***], in each case, either (i) designated as a “Headstart Invention” in the applicable Workflow Development Plan or (ii) for which Ginkgo has provided, or is slated to provide, by reference to the applicable category of the Workflow Development Plan(s) as further described in Section 2.2.1(f) and Section 2.2.1(h), Development Purchase funding of greater than [***] percent ([***]%) of the Budget set forth in the applicable Workflow Development Plan(s). For clarity, in no event shall any improvements, modifications or other changes to the [***], whether [***] based, [***] or [***], deemed to be a Headstart Invention or be subject to a Headstart Period.

1.77    “[***]” means, [***] and [***] that [***] and (b) [***].

1.78    “Headstart Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.1 (BLI Standstill).

1.79    “[***]” means the offering or performance of any [***] services using the Beacon Platform, for commercial sale or otherwise, to [***]; provided that in no event shall [***] include (a) use of the Beacon Platform to [***] if the same does not [***] or (b) the [***] outside of the Beacon Platform.

1.80    “[***]” means the offering or performance of any [***] services using the Beacon Platform, for commercial sale or otherwise, for [***] applications to the extent specifically related to [***]; provided that in no event shall [***] include using the Beacon Platform to [***] if the same does not [***].

1.81    “Incremental Withholding Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6 (Taxes).

1.82    “IND” means an application filed with a Regulatory Authority for authorization to commence Clinical Trials, including: (a) an Investigational New Drug Application as defined in the FFDCA or any successor application or procedure filed with the FDA; (b) any equivalent of a United States IND in other countries or regulatory jurisdictions (i.e., clinical trial application); and (c) all supplements, amendments, variations, extensions and renewals thereof that may be filed with respect to any of the foregoing.

1.83    “Independent Development” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.9 (Specific Implementation Restrictions).

1.84    “Initial Workflows” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.2 (Committed Workflows).

1.85    “Initiation” or “Initiate” means, with respect to a Clinical Trial, the first dosing of the first human subject or patient in such Clinical Trial.

1.86    “Intellectual Property” means all intellectual and industrial property, and all rights therein and thereto, including registration rights thereto, of any kind throughout the world, including Patent Rights, Software, ideas, data, inventions, discoveries, algorithms, formulas, compositions, configurations, specifications, sequences, product applications, formulations, assays, techniques, sketches, drawings, models, works of authorship, copyrights, recordings, moral

 

Page 10 of 85


rights, mask works, design rights, trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks, logos, trade secrets, methods, processes, techniques, developments, know-how, and all other similar rights, whether or not registered or capable of being registered in any jurisdiction.

1.87    “Intended End of Term” means the later of (a) the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Effective Date and (b) the date determined to be the “Intended End of Term” under Section 7.2.2(d) (Effects of Tolling).

1.88    “[***]” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution).

1.89    “JRC” or “Joint Review Committee” is defined in Section 3.1 (Joint Review Committee).

1.90    “Key Collaboration Workflow” means a Collaboration Workflow designated as a “Key Collaboration Workflow” by the JRC pursuant to Section 3.2.11 (JRC Responsibilities).

1.91    “Key Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.1(b) (Dedicated FTEs; Key Persons).

1.92    “Lead Time” means, with respect to a Beacon Optofluidic Machine (including related Hardware and Software), Consumable or Service, the “Lead Time” for such Beacon Optofluidic Machine, Consumable or Service as set forth in Schedule 1.92 (Lead Time) or as otherwise mutually agreed upon by the Parties in writing.

1.93    “Licensed Field” means any and all organisms, products, fields and uses other than the Excluded Fields.

1.94    “Licensed Product” means a [***] product within the Licensed Field, including (a) [***] or (b) [***] by such [***] described in clause (a) of this Section 1.94, in each case of ((a)-(b)), initially produced on the Beacon Platform or, if not initially produced on the Beacon Platform, is later [***] through use of the Beacon Platform, with respect to each, in the conduct of activities [***] to produce such a product.

1.95    “List Price” means, at any given time and for any Beacon Optofluidic Machine, Consumable or Service, the price for such Optofluidic Machine, Consumable or Service [***] at such time.

1.96    “Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 (Indemnification by BLI).

1.97    “MAA” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.44 (“Drug Approval Application”).

1.98    “[***]” means [***].

1.99    “Maximum Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.1 (Issuance).

1.100    “Milestone Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.2 (Milestone Payments).

 

Page 11 of 85


1.101    “Milestone Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.2 (Milestone Payments).

1.102    “Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment” means, with respect to a Contract Year, the amount set forth in the column “Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment” in Table 7.2.2 for such Contract Year, as such Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment may be amended from time to time under this Agreement.

1.103    “NDA” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.44 (“Drug Approval Application”).

1.104    “OptoSelect Chips” means those BLI microfluidic chips described in Schedule 1.104 (OptoSelect Chips) and any other BLI chip used on the Beacon Optofluidic Machine that is developed to execute Workflows.

1.105    “Party” and “Parties” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

1.106    “Patent Rights” means any and all (a) issued patents, (b) pending patent applications, including all provisional applications, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions and renewals, and all patents granted thereon, (c) patents-of-addition, reissues, reexaminations and extensions or restorations by existing or future extension or restoration mechanisms, including patent term adjustments, patent term extensions, supplementary protection certificates or the equivalent thereof, (d) inventor’s certificates, (e) other forms of government-issued rights substantially similar to any of the foregoing and (f) United States and foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing.

1.107    “Performance Service Plan” shall mean the plan set forth in Schedule 1.107 (Performance Service Plan).

1.108    “Permitted Subcontractor(s)” means, individually or collectively, BLI Subcontractor(s) and Ginkgo Subcontractor(s).

1.109    “Person” means any natural person, corporation, unincorporated organization, partnership, association, joint stock company, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or government or any agency or administrative or political subdivision of any government, or any other entity.

1.110    “Phase II Clinical Trial” means a Clinical Trial, the principal purpose of which is to make a preliminary determination as to whether a pharmaceutical product is safe for it intended use and to obtain sufficient information about such product’s efficacy, in a manner that is generally consistent with 21 CFR § 312.21(b), as amended (or its successor regulation), to permit the design of further Clinical Trials. For clarity, A “Phase II Clinical Trial” shall include any clinical trial that would or does satisfy the requirements of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(b) or any comparable regulation outside the United States whether or not it is designated a Phase II Clinical Trial.

1.111    “Phase III Clinical Trial” means a pivotal Clinical Trial with a defined dose or a set of defined doses of a pharmaceutical product designed to ascertain efficacy and safety of such product, in a manner that is generally consistent with 21 CFR § 312.21(c), as amended (or its successor regulation), for the purpose of enabling the preparation and submission of a Drug

 

Page 12 of 85


Approval Application. A “Phase III Clinical Trial” shall include any clinical trial that would or does satisfy requirements of 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(c) or any comparable regulation outside the United States., whether or not it is designated a Phase III Clinical Trial.

1.112    “PMDA” means Japan’s Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency and any successor agency(ies) or authority having substantially the same function.

1.113    “Preamble” means the first, unnumbered paragraph of this Agreement.

1.114    “Product Warranty” means, with respect to any Beacon Optofluidic Machine or Consumable, that (a) the representations, warranties and covenants of BLI set forth in the applicable BLI Terms and Conditions (including the product warranties therein) are true with respect to such Beacon Optofluidic Machine or Consumable, (b) with respect to a Beacon Optofluidic Machine, installation and qualification of such Beacon Optofluidic Machines are in accordance with, and meet the standards of, BLI’s then-existing [***], such standards to be at least as stringent as those set forth in [***] and (c) BLI does not have knowledge of any defect that would result in a [***] other than those defects [***] or the [***] or any reason that such Beacon Optofluidic Machine or each Consumable is [***].

1.115    “Production Purchases” means the sum of payments made by Ginkgo to BLI for:

1.115.1    purchases of Beacon Optofluidic Machines together with any associated freight, insurance, customs charges, tariffs or other transportation charges;

1.115.2    purchases of OptoSelect Chips and other Consumables used by the Beacon Platform outside of a Workflow Development Plan together with any associated freight, insurance, customs charges, tariffs or other transportation charges;

1.115.3    FAS or other BLI [***] personnel, as requested by Ginkgo, for general support services (including all payments for a Performance Service Plan), including [***] with respect to activities performed outside of a Workflow Development Plan;

1.115.4    [***];

1.115.5    [***]; and

1.115.6    any other amounts, including for [***] (including for Beacon Optofluidic Machines or any Consumable as applicable, properly charged and invoiced to Ginkgo and paid by Ginkgo under this Agreement in connection with the supply or provision of goods and services by BLI, which are not Development Purchases.

1.116    “Purchase Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.1 (Issuance).

1.117    “Purpose” shall have the meaning set forth in the first WHEREAS clause of this Agreement.

1.118    “Receiving Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 (Confidential Information).

 

Page 13 of 85


1.119    “Regulatory Approval” means, with respect to a country in the Territory, any and all approvals (including Drug Approval Applications that have been approved by a Regulatory Authority), licenses, registrations or authorizations of any Regulatory Authority necessary to commercialize a product in such country[***].

1.120    “Regulatory Authority” means any applicable supra-national, federal, national, regional, state, provincial or local governmental or regulatory authority, agency, department, bureau, commission, council or other entities (e.g., the FDA, EMA and PMDA) regulating or otherwise exercising authority with respect to activities contemplated in this Agreement.

1.121    “Remedial Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.3(a) (Remedial Efforts).

1.122    “Responsible Tax Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6 (Taxes).

1.123    “Rolling Forecast” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 (Forecasts).

1.124    “Senior Officers” means, (a) with respect to Ginkgo, [***] and (b) with respect to BLI, [***].

1.125    “Services” means services to be provided by or on behalf of BLI to Ginkgo under this Agreement, including with respect to Beacon Platform Software development services, installation services, support services and general training services, but excluding those services provided under a Workflow Development Plan.

1.126    “Service Level Standards” means, with respect to any service at any given time, the standards for the performance of such service most recently agreed upon by the Parties at such time or if no such standards have been previously agreed upon by the Parties, the standards for the performance of such service then in effect for BLI’s other [***] customers.

1.127    “Software” means full applications or programs as well as partial applications, programs or sections of software code, whether source code, object code or other form, in each case incorporated in or otherwise used by the Beacon Optofluidic Machine.

1.128    “Specific Implementation” means any individual component of any Collaboration Workflow that is designated as a “Specific Implementation” by the Parties in a Workflow Development Plan or, if the Parties have made no designation, (a) is [***] for a particular [***] pursuant to a Workflow Development Plan or [***]; or (b) incorporates [***] proprietary to Ginkgo that [***], provided that, to the extent such [***] provided by Ginkgo [***].

1.129    “Specifications” means, (a) with respect to any Beacon Optofluidic Machine (including related Hardware and Software), BLI’s specifications set forth in Schedule 1.10 (Beacon Optofluidic Machine), along with any other specifications mutually agreed upon by the Parties in writing, in each case for such Beacon Optofluidic Machine (including related Hardware and Software) or (b) with respect to any Consumable, the specifications set forth in Schedule 1.36 (Consumables), along with any other specifications mutually agreed upon by the Parties in writing, in each case for such Consumable.

 

Page 14 of 85


1.130    “Substantially Completed” means, with respect to a Workflow, that such Workflow (a) [***] and (b) is judged by the JRC (or Expert Panel, if applicable) to be substantially complete based upon [***]. For clarity, [***] will be considered by the JRC (or Expert Panel, if applicable) to be [***] of substantial completion.

1.131    “Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 (Term).

1.132    “Territory” means worldwide except for any and all embargoed and sanctioned countries as identified by the U.S. government.

1.133    “Third Party” means any Person other than Ginkgo and its Affiliates and BLI and its Affiliates.

1.134    “United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America, including its territories and possessions.

1.135    “Upfront Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 (Upfront Payment).

1.136    “VAT” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6 (Taxes).

1.137    “Workflow” means a defined set of tasks performed using the Beacon Platform in a certain order utilizing specific Consumables to [***], including to load, culture, assay and export cells.

1.138    “Workflow Development Plan(s)” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 (Workflow Development Plans).

1.139    “Working Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8 (Working Groups).

 

2.

DEVELOPMENT

2.1    Collaboration in General. The Parties will undertake this Agreement in furtherance of the Purpose and under the guidance of the JRC pursuant to Article 3 (Joint Review Committee). During the Term, each Party will use diligent efforts to implement and perform (itself or through its Permitted Subcontractors) its respective obligations under and in accordance with (a) this Agreement and (b) each Workflow Development Plan in accordance with the timelines set forth in such Workflow Development Plan. Each Party will reasonably cooperate with each other in the performance of their responsibilities under this Agreement and each Workflow Development Plan, including (i) responding to reasonable requests by the other Party submitted in accordance with this Agreement to provide information reasonably necessary for the performance of such requesting Party’s obligations under this Agreement (including any Workflow Development Plan) and (ii) causing its personnel, agents and representatives, while at the other Party’s facility, to abide by the written work rules and facility regulations applicable to such facility as provided in advance by such other Party.

 

Page 15 of 85


2.2    Workflow Development Plans.

2.2.1    Generally. Subject to the requirements of Section 2.2.2 (Committed Workflows), from time to time during the Term, the Parties shall discuss in good faith entering into work plans setting forth the activities to be undertaken by the Parties to develop a specific Collaboration Workflow in furtherance of the Purpose (each such work plan that is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and approved by the JRC, and as may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, a “Workflow Development Plan”); provided that the Parties and the JRC will manage the pipeline of Collaboration Workflows such that [***]. If the Parties mutually agree that a new Workflow Development Plan should be undertaken by the Parties in order to further the Purpose, then the Parties shall work together in good faith to prepare an initial draft of the proposed Workflow Development Plan on commercially reasonable terms. Once the proposed Workflow Development Plan has been drafted, such proposed Workflow Development Plan will be submitted to the JRC and the JRC shall review such proposed Workflow Development Plan and either (a) reject the proposed Workflow Development Plan, (b) accept the proposed Workflow Development Plan or (c) amend the proposed Workflow Development Plan prior to approving such plan. If the JRC approves a proposed Workflow Development Plan, such proposed plan shall be deemed a “Workflow Development Plan” under this Agreement and attached to this Agreement as an Exhibit (the first approved Workflow Development Plan to be attached as Exhibit A-1 and subsequently approved Workflow Development Plans to be sequentially numbered as Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3, etc.) and, through such attachment, made a part of this Agreement. BLI hereby acknowledges and agrees that in no event will BLI perform any work for Ginkgo in connection with this Agreement other than pursuant to a JRC-approved Workflow Development Plan, other than with respect to BLI providing Ginkgo with any FAS support or other standard service and support pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. At a minimum, each Workflow Development Plan will include the following information:

(a)    defined objective and scope of the relevant Collaboration Workflow;

(b)    a detailed description of the work to be performed under such Workflow Development Plan and which components of the Collaboration Workflow shall be deemed a Generalized Workflow or a Specific Implementation;

(c)    a detailed description of each Party’s roles and responsibilities with respect to the work to be performed under such Workflow Development Plan;

(d)    the Budget[***] and the allocation of responsibility between the Parties for the funding of such Budget;

(e)    timelines for performing and completing work under such Workflow Development Plan;

 

Page 16 of 85


(f)    identification of deliverables to be created by a Party in connection with the work to be performed, including (i) any operating protocol, Software, Hardware, consumable, Beacon Optofluidic Machine Improvement or Workflow to be created and (ii) categories (e.g., [***]) of Headstart Inventions (and specific Headstart Inventions) that the JRC reasonably believes, during the drafting of the Workflow Development Plan, will result from the work to be performed by the Parties under the Workflow Development Plan;

(g)    (i) [***] descriptions of one or more go/no-go criteria, if any, at which time the JRC shall specifically determine whether to continue work under such Workflow Development Plan (each such criteria, a “Go/No-Go Criteria”); (ii) [***] metrics associated with such Collaboration Workflow being Substantially Completed; (iii) additional [***] criteria for the work to be performed and (iv) [***] criteria for any deliverables to be created, including any Workflows (such criteria with respect to Collaboration Workflows to include any additional criteria to be used when determining if a Collaboration Workflow has been Substantially Completed); and

(h)    (i) the anticipated Development Purchase amounts associated with any Collaboration Workflow that is the subject of such Workflow Development Plan and (ii) with respect to any Headstart Invention, the anticipated Development Purchase amounts (based on the Budget) to be paid by Ginkgo for [***] a Headstart Invention and each category of Headstart Inventions set forth in the applicable Workflow Development Plan.

2.2.2    Committed Workflows. With respect to the Workflow Development Plans to be proposed to the JRC for approval and conducted by the Parties during the [***] Contract Years, subject to the requirement set forth in Section 7.2.2(b)(i) (Development Purchase Commitments) that not less than [***] ([***]%) of the Development Purchases made in the [***] Contract Years be for the development of Workflows for [***], the Parties agree that such Workflow Development Plans shall focus on yeast and mammalian cells and the [***] ([***]) initial Workflow Development Plans shall be directed toward the categories of Workflows set forth in Schedule 2.2.2 (Initial Workflow Development Plans) hereto (collectively, the “Initial Workflows”). At least [***] ([***]) of the Initial Workflows shall also be deemed to be Key Collaboration Workflows by the JRC (including as indicated on Schedule 2.2.2 (Initial Workflow Development Plans)). A draft outline of the first [***] ([***]) Workflow Development Plans for Initial Workflows are attached hereto as Exhibit B. Promptly following the Effective Date and in no event later than [***] ([***]) days after the Effective Date, the Parties shall finalize the Workflow Development Plans for such first [***] ([***]) Initial Workflows and begin implementation of such Initial Workflows. Promptly thereafter, the Parties shall develop a Workflow Development Plan for each such Initial Workflow to be submitted to the JRC for rejection or approval pursuant to Section 2.2.1 (Workflow Development Plans – Generally).

 

Page 17 of 85


2.2.3    Retooling and Development Costs. If, pursuant to Section 3.2.6, the JRC determines that Hardware or Consumables will need to be developed, retooled or modified in order to create Collaboration Workflows, then Ginkgo and BLI shall discuss and negotiate in good faith the sharing of the costs associated therewith, which, once mutually agreed by the Parties, will be proposed to the JRC in the form of an amendment to the applicable Workflow Development Plan pursuant to Section 2.3.2 (Amendments by the Parties); provided that in all events the Intellectual Property in such developed, retooled or modified Hardware or Consumables will be [***].

2.3    Amendments to Workflow Development Plans.

2.3.1    Amendments Raised by the JRC. The JRC will periodically review (at least once per [***]) each approved Workflow Development Plan and each Party’s performance thereunder to determine whether amendments are needed with respect to such Workflow Development Plan in order to more efficiently develop the relevant Workflow, which review will include [***]. If the JRC determines that an amendment is needed with respect to any approved Workflow Development Plan, then the JRC shall amend and restate the applicable Workflow Development Plan to reflect such amendment with such amended and restated Workflow Development Plan to replace the previously attached Workflow Development Plan and, through such attachment and, after signature by each of the Parties, made a part of this Agreement.

2.3.2    Amendments Raised by the Parties. Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.3.1 (Amendments by the JRC) to the contrary, either Party may, at any time, propose amendments to a Workflow Development Plan for the JRC’s consideration and such Party shall submit the proposed amendment to the JRC for consideration. Following submission of a proposed amendment to the JRC, the JRC shall review such proposed amendment and either (a) reject the proposed amendment to such Workflow Development Plan, (b) accept the proposed amendment to such Workflow Development Plan or (c) further amend the proposed amendment to such Workflow Development Plan for approval by the JRC. If the JRC approves a proposed amendment to a Workflow Development Plan, then the JRC shall amend and restate the applicable Workflow Development Plan to reflect such amendment with such amended and restated Workflow Development Plan to replace the previously attached Workflow Development Plan and, after signature by each of the Parties, be made a part of this Agreement.

2.4    Costs under Workflow Development Plans.

2.4.1    Reporting. Within [***] ([***]) days following the end of each [***], [***], BLI shall provide a detailed report to Ginkgo setting forth the activities conducted by BLI [***] during such [***] and the costs for such activities [***]. If Ginkgo disputes any costs set forth in BLI’s report, it shall so notify BLI in writing within [***] ([***]) days of receiving such report and provide the specific reasons for the dispute and the Parties will attempt to resolve such dispute in good faith for [***] ([***]) days following such notice. In the event the Parties are unable to resolve such dispute in such [***] ([***]) day period, then either Party may initiate dispute resolution in accordance with Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution) and [***]; provided that, during the pendency of any such dispute, if

 

Page 18 of 85


[***], [***] and, if any such disputed costs paid by Ginkgo are finally determined, pursuant to Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution) or by mutual agreement of the Parties, to not have been owed to BLI at the time of payment, BLI will provide a credit against future purchases made by Ginkgo in the amount of the overpayment; provided further that, in the event that there are not sufficient future purchases made by Ginkgo during the Term to fully so credit, BLI will promptly refund any remaining amount of the overpayment to Ginkgo.

2.4.2    Payment. [***], after generating and delivering a report as set forth in Section 2.4.1 (Reporting) or at such other time as may be specified [***], BLI shall issue an invoice to Ginkgo within [***] ([***]) days of Ginkgo receiving such report or, if any costs under BLI’s report are disputed pursuant to Section 2.4.1 (Reporting), within [***] ([***]) days of resolution of such dispute, such invoice to be for the amount of costs owed by Ginkgo, if any, to effect the appropriate cost allocation [***] in such [***]. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall BLI provide an invoice (a) requesting payment, nor shall Ginkgo be responsible, in any given [***], for any costs incurred by BLI for any activity in excess of [***] percent ([***]%) of the costs of such activity as set forth in the applicable Workflow Development Plan’s Budget for such [***] or (b) for any Development work performed outside the Workflow Development Plan. Ginkgo shall pay all undisputed amounts under an invoice received from BLI under this Section 2.4.2 (Payment) within [***] ([***]) days after receipt of such BLI invoice, and any overdue payments on undisputed amounts shall be subject to payment of interest pursuant to Section 7.10 (Late Payment). All amounts received by BLI in connection with the performance of each Workflow Development Plan shall be non-refundable except as otherwise set forth in Section 7.8 (Audits) and Section 6.1 (Headstart Period).

2.5    Termination of Workflow Development Plans. A Workflow Development Plan, once approved by the JRC, may be terminated by the JRC, including, by way of example, if: (a) both Parties provide notice to the JRC requesting such termination or (b) the JRC finds that (i) termination is [***] or (ii) that [***]. In the event of termination of a Workflow Development Plan under this Section 2.5 (Termination of Workflow Development Plans), BLI will cease working on the Workflow Development Plan and [***] cancel orders or stop the work of a Permitted Subcontractor or any other supplier. Notwithstanding termination of a Workflow Development Plan, Ginkgo shall pay BLI for Ginkgo’s share, if any, of the reasonable costs associated with [***] incurred in accordance with this Agreement prior to the decision to terminate such Workflow Development Plan to the extent that BLI could not, after using [***], (A) stop or cancel such or (B) relocate or reassign to any work to be performed for another Person.

2.6    Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither Party will be required to conduct any activity to develop a Workflow other than those activities allocated to it in a Workflow Development Plan and no proposed Workflow Development Plan (or, subject to Section 2.3 (Amendments to Workflow Development Plans), any amendment thereto) shall become binding on the Parties until approved by the JRC.

2.7    Subcontracting. Each Party may only subcontract its activities under this Agreement (including under a Workflow Development Plan) with the other Party’s consent; provided that such consent shall not be necessary if (a) such subcontracting of activities is [***]

 

Page 19 of 85


of such subcontracting Party (e.g. [***]) or (b) [***] (e.g. [***]) in order for a Party to [***]. In any event, prior to any subcontracting by a Party to a Permitted Subcontractor, the subcontracting Party shall obtain a written undertaking from the Permitted Subcontractor that it will be subject to the applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the confidentiality provisions of Article 10 (Confidentiality). Subcontracting will not relieve a Party of its obligations under this Agreement and each Party will remain directly liable for the acts and omissions of its Permitted Subcontractors. Any breach of this Agreement by a Permitted Subcontractor will be deemed to be a breach by the Party that subcontracted its activities to such breaching Permitted Subcontractor.

2.8    Records. Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and Permitted Subcontractors to, maintain records in sufficient detail for the other Party to confirm compliance with this Agreement and in good scientific manner appropriate for patent and regulatory purposes under Applicable Law, which shall [***] properly reflect all activities conducted and results achieved by such Party under this Agreement. Such records shall be retained by such Party, its Affiliates or Permitted Subcontractors until [***] ([***]) years after the end of the period to which such books and records pertain or for such longer period as may be required by Applicable Law. Each Party shall have the right, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to inspect all such records of the other Party, its Affiliates or Permitted Subcontractors. The reviewing Party shall be responsible for all costs of the inspection but shall have no right to copy or retain records. All disclosed records and the information disclosed therein shall be treated as Confidential Information in accordance with Article 10 (Confidentiality).

 

3.

JOINT REVIEW COMMITTEE

3.1    Formation; Chairperson. Within [***] ([***]) days of the Effective Date (or such other date as may be mutually agreed to by the Parties), the Parties will establish a Joint Review Committee (“JRC”) comprised of two (2) representatives of Ginkgo and two (2) representatives of BLI, each of whom must have the requisite experience and seniority to enable such Person to make decisions on behalf of the Party it represents with respect to the issues falling within the jurisdiction of the JRC. Each Party may replace its representatives to the JRC at any time upon prior written notice to the other Party; provided that such replacement representatives must have the experience and seniority required under this Section 3.1 (Formation; Chairperson). [***] will select from its representatives the chairperson for the JRC, whose role shall be to call the periodic meetings, and publish meeting minutes. From time to time during the Term, [***] may change the representative who will serve as chairperson upon written notice to [***].

3.2    JRC Responsibilities. The JRC will have that specific decision-making authority expressly enumerated in this Agreement and will provide oversight and a forum for discussing all matters arising in connection with this Agreement, including with respect to planning, reviewing and coordinating the various activities to be undertaken by the Parties pursuant to a Workflow Development Plan. In particular, the JRC will be responsible for:

3.2.1    rejecting or approving proposed Workflow Development Plans submitted to it by a Party or as amended by the JRC pursuant to Section 2.2.1 (Workflow Development Plans – Generally);

 

Page 20 of 85


3.2.2    pursuant to Section 2.2.1 (Workflow Development Plans – Generally), managing the pipeline of anticipated Collaboration Workflows so that [***] including in the event a Workflow Development Plan is terminated early by the JRC;

3.2.3    pursuant to Section 2.3.1 (Amendments by the JRC), periodically reviewing (at least once per [***]) each Workflow Development Plan and each Party’s performance thereunder in order to determine whether amendments are needed with respect to such Workflow Development Plan and, if amendments are needed, revising the Workflow Development Plan as necessary;

3.2.4    rejecting, prioritizing, approving or amending proposed amendments to Workflow Development Plans submitted to it by a Party pursuant to Section 2.3.2 (Amendments by the Parties);

3.2.5    deciding whether [***] are at issue and whether to terminate a Workflow Development Plan as further described in Section 2.5 (Termination of Workflow Development Plans);

3.2.6    in connection with each Workflow Development Plan, determining whether Hardware or Consumables will need to be developed or retooled in order to create Collaboration Workflows such that the Parties should discuss sharing of the costs associated therewith pursuant to Section 2.2.3 (Retooling and Development Costs);

3.2.7    in connection with each Workflow Development Plan, designating (a) which components of Workflows are BLI Proprietary Workflows, which are Generalized Workflows, and which are Specific Implementations and (b) (i) which categories (e.g., [***]) of Headstart Inventions (and specific Headstart Inventions within such categories) that the JRC reasonably believes, during the drafting of the Workflow Development Plan, will result from the work to be performed by the Parties under the Workflow Development Plan and (ii) a reasonable estimation of the Development Purchase funding to be paid by Ginkgo with respect to the development of such categories of Headstart Inventions, which estimation will be set forth in the Budget for the applicable Workflow Development Plan; provided that, in no event will failure by the JRC to list (A) specific parts or components of Generalized Workflows or Collaboration Workflows or (B) Consumables, including OptoSelect Chips, with respect to (A)-(B), as Headstart Inventions in a Workflow Development Plan be given any significance in determining whether such invention constitutes a Headstart Invention;

3.2.8    determining whether or not a Collaboration Workflow has been Substantially Completed based on the metrics for such Collaboration Workflow as set forth in the applicable Workflow Development Plan;

3.2.9    pursuant to Section 7.2.1 (Purchase Commitments – Generally), determining whether additional development work is necessary in order to enable Ginkgo to deploy the Beacon Platform as specified in a Workflow Development Plan and if so, then determining how to adjust the Development Purchase Commitments and Production Purchase Targets for the then-current and future Contract Years (with the understanding the JRC has no power to modify the Maximum Amount or the Term);

 

Page 21 of 85


3.2.10    upon determination by the JRC or the Expert Panel that a Collaboration Workflow has not been Substantially Completed, discussing if and how to address the Production Purchase amounts that would have been relevant to such Collaboration Workflow;

3.2.11    designating at least [***] ([***]) Collaboration Workflows as Key Collaboration Workflows within [***] ([***]) years of the Effective Date and at least [***] ([***]) Collaboration Workflows as Key Collaboration Workflows within [***] ([***]) years of the Effective Date; and

3.2.12    performing such other functions as expressly set forth in this Agreement as being under the purview of the JRC or as the Parties may mutually agree in writing, except where in conflict with any provision of this Agreement.

3.3    Meetings and Minutes. Unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the Parties, the JRC will meet each [***] by audio or video teleconference and, at a minimum, [***] each Contract Year in person, with the location for such meetings alternating between Ginkgo and BLI facilities (or such other locations as are mutually agreed by the Parties). Meetings of the JRC will be effective only if a quorum of the JRC (as defined in Section 3.4 (Procedural Rules)) is present or participating by videoconferencing. The chairperson of the JRC will be responsible for calling meetings on no less than [***] ([***]) Business Days’ notice, unless exigent circumstances require shorter notice. Each Party will make all proposals for agenda items and will provide all appropriate information with respect to such proposed items at least [***] ([***]) Business Days in advance of the applicable meeting; provided that under exigent circumstances requiring input by the JRC, a Party may provide its agenda items to the other Party within a shorter period of time in advance of the meeting, or may propose that there not be a specific agenda for a particular meeting, so long as the other Party consents to such later addition of such agenda items or the absence of a specific agenda for such meeting, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The JRC will designate an individual to prepare and circulate for review and approval of the Parties minutes of each meeting [***] ([***]) Business Days after the meeting. The Parties will agree on the minutes of each meeting promptly, but in no event later than the next meeting of the JRC.

3.4    Procedural Rules. The JRC will have the right to adopt such standing rules as will be necessary for its work, to the extent that such rules are not inconsistent with this Agreement. A quorum of the JRC will exist whenever there is present at a meeting at least one (1) representative appointed by each Party. The JRC will take action by consensus of the representatives present at a meeting at which a quorum exists, with each Party having a single vote irrespective of the number of representatives of such Party in attendance, or by a written resolution signed by at least one representative appointed by each Party. From time to time during the Term, a Party may invite non-voting employees (including its Alliance Manager), consultants and other advisors, experts and specialists to attend meetings of the JRC; provided that such attendees (a) will not vote in the decision-making process of the JRC, (b) are bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use that are at least as protective of the Parties as set forth in this Agreement and that restrict use and disclosure of information learned while attending JRC meetings and (c) can be required to depart the meeting upon the request of the other (non-inviting) Party, in its sole discretion, due to confidentiality or business reasons.

 

Page 22 of 85


3.5    Decision-Making. If the JRC cannot, or does not, reach consensus on an issue at any JRC meeting or within a period of [***] ([***]) Business Days thereafter (or such other period of time as mutually agreed by the Parties or by consensus of the JRC), then upon the request of either Party, the disagreement will first be referred to the Senior Officers of the Parties, who will confer in good faith on the resolution of the issue. Any final decision mutually agreed to by the Senior Officers will be conclusive and binding on the Parties. If the Senior Officers are not able to agree on the resolution of any such issue within [***] ([***]) days after such issue was first referred to them, then, if such decision is [***], [***] and, for all other decisions, shall be resolved consistent with the provisions of this Section 3.5 (Decision-Making):

3.5.1    subject to Section 3.5.3, if the matter concerns (a) [***], including any [***] or (b) the [***], the final decision shall be made by the Senior Officer of Ginkgo; provided that, in no event may Ginkgo exercise its final-decision making authority, including in connection with amending an approved Workflow Development Plan, in any manner that would (i) [***] BLI’s obligations under such Workflow Development Plan, (ii) obligate or require BLI to increase its spending under such Workflow Development Plan by more than [***] percent ([***]%) of BLI’s spending obligation under such Workflow Development Plan or (iii) modify the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment or the Full Purchase Target;

3.5.2    subject to Section 3.5.3, if the matter concerns [***], including any [***] (provided that any [***] shall not affect decision-making authority under this Section 3.5 (Decision-Making)), the final decision shall be made by the Senior Officer of BLI; provided that, in no event may BLI exercise its final-decision making authority, including in connection with amending an approved Workflow Development Plan, in any manner that would (a) [***] Ginkgo’s obligations under such Workflow Development Plan [***] or (b) obligate or require Ginkgo to increase its spending under such Workflow Development Plan by more than [***] percent ([***]%) of Ginkgo’s spending obligation under such Workflow Development Plan, or (c) modify the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment or the Full Purchase Target;

3.5.3    if the matter is determining (a) whether [***] or (b) whether [***] (including with respect to [***]), with respect to each, at either Party’s request, the dispute shall be resolved in an accelerated manner by a panel of three (3) independent Third Parties, each having expertise with respect to the subject matter of the applicable Workflow Development Plan (such panel, an “Expert Panel”), subject to the following process: (i) each Party will engage one independent Third Party expert for the Expert Panel [***] after [***] to serve on the Expert Panel, (ii) within [***] ([***]) days of any request to refer the matter to an Expert Panel or, if earlier, as promptly as reasonably practicable after each Party’s engagement of its Third Party Expert, the Parties’ two (2) Third Party experts shall mutually agree on a third (3rd) independent Third Party expert who will serve on such panel and as chairperson of the panel, (iii) the Expert Panel will reach a decision as to such matter (including whether [***]) as promptly as practicable, which may include having the JRC or Parties submit information in support of the Expert Panel making a determination,

 

Page 23 of 85


but within no greater than [***] ([***]) days of the third (3rd) expert being chosen and (iv) [***] the Parties will be bound by the determination of the Expert Panel. Each Party shall bear its own costs of participating in the proceeding, including the costs incurred by its Third Party expert, and shall equally share the costs incurred by the third (3rd) Third Party expert selected jointly by the Parties’ two (2) Third Party Experts, except that, with respect to [***]. The Expert Panel shall be and is empowered to request additional information or materials from one or both Parties as reasonably necessary for the Expert Panel to investigate and render a decision, [***]. The Parties shall [***] with all such requests and decisions.

3.6    Limitations on Authority. Each Party will retain the rights, powers and discretion granted to it under this Agreement and, unless expressly provided in this Agreement, no rights, powers or discretion will be delegated to or vested in the JRC. The JRC will not have the power to accept, amend, modify, waive or determine compliance with this Agreement; provided that, for clarity, the JRC may reject, accept or amend proposed Workflow Development Plans pursuant to Section 2.2.1 (Workflow Development Plans – Generally) or review, amend or restate an approved Workflow Development Plan pursuant to Section 2.3 (Amendments to Workflow Development Plans) or terminate an approved Workflow Development Plan but, for clarity, in no event may the JRC amend or restate any Workflow Development Plan so it includes work in any Excluded Field. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no decision by the JRC or by a Party within the JRC will: (a) require the other Party to breach any obligation or agreement that such other Party may have with or to a Third Party [***] or (b) amend, modify, or waive a Party’s compliance with, this Agreement (by way of example, a decision to [***]), any of which shall require mutual written agreement of the Parties.

3.7    Alliance Managers. Each Party will appoint one employee of such Party who will oversee contact between the Parties for all matters between meetings of each JRC and will have such other responsibilities as the Parties may agree in writing after the Effective Date (each, an “Alliance Manager”). Each Party may replace its Alliance Manager at any time by notice in writing to the other Party. The Alliance Managers will work together to manage and facilitate the communication between the Parties under this Agreement, including the resolution (in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) of issues between the Parties that arise in connection with this Agreement.

3.8    Working Groups. From time to time, the JRC may establish and delegate duties to sub-committees or directed teams (each, a “Working Group”) on an “as-needed” basis to oversee particular projects or activities. Each such Working Group will be constituted and will operate as the JRC determines; provided that each Working Group will have equal representation from each Party, unless otherwise mutually agreed. Working Groups may be established on an ad hoc basis for purposes of a specific project or on such other basis as the JRC may determine. Each Working Group and its activities will be subject to the oversight, review and approval of, and will report to, the JRC. In no event will the authority of the Working Group exceed that specified by the JRC for such Working Group. All decisions of a Working Group will be by consensus. Any disagreement between the designees of Ginkgo and BLI with respect to a Working Group will be referred to the JRC for resolution.

 

Page 24 of 85


3.9    Expenses. Each Party will be responsible for all travel and related costs and expenses for its members and other representatives to attend meetings of, and otherwise participate in, the JRC or other Working Group.

 

4.

APPLICABILITY OF BLI TERMS AND CONDITIONS.

With respect to Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables and Services for which Ginkgo has placed a Purchase Order pursuant to this Agreement, the Parties agree to the BLI Terms and Conditions that apply with respect to Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables and Services, unless, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the BLI Terms and Conditions (including any language regarding the treatment of additional or different terms set forth therein), a term in such BLI Terms and Conditions is inconsistent with a term in this Agreement, in which case this Agreement shall control, including as follows:

4.1.1    this Agreement, and not the BLI Terms and Conditions, shall solely set forth the fields in which Ginkgo has and does not have the ability to use the Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables and Services for certain purposes (e.g., the Excluded Field);

4.1.2    BLI’s liability with respect to any Failure to Supply, penalties for late delivery and obligations with respect to short supply shall be as set forth in this Agreement, including Section 5.4.3 (Failure to Supply) of this Agreement;

4.1.3    any right of BLI to use Ginkgo’s data, including Collaboration Data, is solely set forth in this Agreement, including Section 8.5 (Use of Collaboration Data) and the BLI Terms and Conditions shall give BLI no right to use any data of Ginkgo or its Affiliates, including Collaboration Data;

4.1.4    each Party’s indemnification obligations and matters relating to the extent of its liability (e.g. consequential damages waiver) shall solely be determined under the terms of this Agreement (including Section 11.6 (No Consequential Damages) and Section 12 (Indemnification; Insurance));

4.1.5    any disputes between the Parties related to Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables, Services or the activities under this Agreement (including the performance of the Workflow Development Plans) shall be governed by Section 14.5 (Governing Law; Dispute Resolution; Equitable Remedies) of this Agreement, including disputes as to whether (a) [***], (b) [***] or (c) (i) [***], (ii) [***] or (iii) [***], and, with respect to each of (a), (b) and (c), which Ginkgo shall be entitled to dispute in writing in good faith irrespective of whether BLI is given sole or final decision-making authority with respect thereto under the applicable BLI Terms and Conditions;

4.1.6    all payment provisions between the Parties related to the subject matter hereunder shall solely be under this Agreement and not any of the BLI Terms and Conditions;

 

Page 25 of 85


4.1.7    each of the BLI Terms and Conditions shall be freely assignable solely to the applicable assignee in connection with any assignment permitted under the terms of Section 14.4 (Assignment) of this Agreement;

4.1.8    no activities by BLI under this Agreement may be terminated or suspended under any of the BLI Terms and Conditions if such termination or suspension is not permitted under the terms of this Agreement;

4.1.9    Ginkgo may elect, at any time in its sole discretion, to terminate the Software License Agreement that comprises part of the BLI Terms and Conditions and, upon such termination, Ginkgo’s right to use such underlying Software shall terminate; and

4.1.10    the BLI Terms and Conditions that apply with respect to any Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables or Services for which Ginkgo has placed a Purchase Order pursuant to this Agreement shall not terminate absent mutual written consent of the Parties, unless this Agreement has been terminated early (e.g. prior to its Expiration) in which case such BLI Terms and Conditions shall survive only for so long and to the extent as Ginkgo continues to have the right to use Beacon Optofluidic Machines or Consumables or receive Services pursuant to Section 13.3 (Effects of Termination).

 

5.

FORECASTS; ORDERS; SERVICE STANDARDS AND RELATED OBLIGATIONS

5.1    Forecasts of Production Purchases. Within [***] ([***]) days following the Effective Date and on or before the first Business Day of each [***] thereafter, Ginkgo shall furnish BLI with a rolling forecast of the quantities of Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software) and Consumables (on a Consumable-by-Consumable basis) that Ginkgo expects to require from BLI under this Agreement during the ensuing [***] ([***]) month period on a [***] basis (each such forecast, a “Rolling Forecast”). Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, Ginkgo may, in its sole discretion, update its estimated requirements of Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software) and Consumables in the next Rolling Forecast delivered; provided that (a) the [***] of each Rolling Forecast shall be binding upon the Parties with respect to Beacon Optofluidic Machines and with respect to Consumables, Ginkgo’s Purchase Orders for Consumables during the [***] may fluctuate by +/- [***] percent ([***]%) of the amount of Consumables set forth in the Rolling Forecast for the [***]; (b) the [***] of each Rolling Forecast shall include binding amounts forecasted for Beacon Optofluidic Machines and Consumables within (i) [***] percent ([***]%) of the number of units of Beacon Optofluidic Machines or (ii) [***] percent ([***]%) of the number of units of any Consumable; and (c) the [***] of each Rolling Forecast shall be non-binding, good faith estimates of Ginkgo’s demand for Beacon Optofluidic Machines and Consumables. The foregoing, along with any other relevant provisions in this Agreement, shall be the sole forecasting mechanics for Ginkgo’s requirements of Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software) or Consumables expressly notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the BLI Terms and Conditions with respect to forecasting.

 

Page 26 of 85


5.2    Pricing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the BLI Terms and Conditions with respect to pricing for Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables or Services, the following shall apply:

5.2.1    General. The pricing as of the Effective Date for Beacon Optofluidic Machines, Consumables and certain services (including Services) are set forth in Schedule 5.2.1 (Pricing Schedule). Such pricing shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5.2 (Pricing). For any Consumable or service not listed in Schedule 5.2.1 (Pricing Schedule), BLI shall provide the price for such to Ginkgo upon Ginkgo’s request during the Term, such price to be consistent with this Section 5.2 (Pricing). BLI represents and warrants that the pricing set forth in Schedule 5.2.1 (Pricing Schedule) are BLI’s List Prices for the described Beacon Optofluidic Machines, Consumables and services (including Services) as of the Effective Date. BLI shall discount List Prices for Ginkgo by [***] percent ([***]%) or such higher amount as agreed by the Parties, and subject to pricing adjustments as set forth in Section 5.2.2 (Adjustments). For clarity, with respect to Consumables to be purchased under a Workflow Development Plan, Ginkgo will be responsible for costs for such Consumables as set forth in the Budget for such Workflow Development Plan.

5.2.2    Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, and [***], with respect to the prices charged by BLI to Ginkgo under Section 5.3.2 (Purchase Orders – Acceptance and Rejection):

(a)    With respect to any [***], (i) there will be no increases from the per unit pricing set forth in Schedule 5.2.1 (Pricing Schedule) for at least the first [***] and (ii) the per unit pricing charged by BLI to Ginkgo at any time shall be no greater than the lowest of the (A) lowest price per unit charged by BLI or its Affiliates to any similarly situated Third Party customer (i.e. taking into account [***]) for such unit at any time in the [***] ([***]) months prior to the delivery of the applicable Purchase Order by Ginkgo or (B) the then-current List Price; provided, however, that in no event shall BLI be required to charge a price less than the cost of goods sold for such unit, as determined in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

(b)    With respect to any [***], (i) there will be no increases from the per unit pricing set forth in Schedule 5.2.1 (Pricing Schedule) for at least the first [***], (ii) subject to subclause (iii), the per unit pricing charged by BLI to Ginkgo shall be no greater than [***] percent ([***]%) of the lowest List Price for such unit at any time between the delivery of the applicable Purchase Order by Ginkgo and delivery of such OptoSelect Chip or Consumable and (iii) the per unit pricing charged by BLI to Ginkgo for such unit that is [***] shall be no greater than [***] percent ([***]%) of the lowest List Price for such unit.

 

Page 27 of 85


(c)    With respect to any [***], there will be no increases from the per unit [***] set forth in Schedule 5.2.1 (Pricing Schedule) for at least the [***] and after such [***], BLI may adjust pricing for [***] for a Contract Year within the first [***] ([***]) days of such Contract Year by written notice to Ginkgo; provided that such adjustment [***] for such [***] and in no event will the [***] charged to Ginkgo for any [***] under this Agreement be higher than the then-current List Price for the applicable [***].

(d)    With respect to any [***], there will be no increases from the rates set forth in Schedule 5.2.1 (Pricing Schedule), except that, on an annual basis, upon written notice to Ginkgo, BLI may increase the rates set forth in Schedule 5.2.1 (Pricing Schedule) by a percentage [***], not to exceed [***] percent ([***]%) per calendar year.

(e)    With respect to any other Beacon Optofluidic Machines, Consumables and services (including Services) not listed on Schedule 5.2.1 (Pricing Schedule), the per unit pricing charged by BLI to Ginkgo shall be no greater than the then-current List Price, [***].

5.3     Purchase Orders; Delivery and Payment.

5.3.1    Issuance. Ginkgo shall submit orders for Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables (on a Consumable-by-Consumable basis) and Services pursuant to written purchase orders (each, a “Purchase Order”) issued to BLI in a form consistent with this Agreement. Purchase Orders shall be provided by Ginkgo, shall specify (a) the quantity of Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables (on a Consumable-by-Consumable basis) or Services ordered and (b) the requested delivery date or service date and location. The requested delivery dates or service dates set forth in a Purchase Order shall be no earlier than the Lead Time for such delivery or service. BLI shall not be obligated to supply in any [***] (i) a quantity of the [***] in excess of the amount designated in such [***] in the binding portion of the Rolling Forecast or (ii) a quantity of [***] that is greater than [***] percent ([***]%) of the amount designated for such item or service in such [***] in the binding portion of the Rolling Forecast (such amount, the “Maximum Amount”); provided that notwithstanding the provisions set forth in this Section 5.3.1 (Issuance) or Section 5.3.2 (Acceptance and Rejection) to the contrary, BLI shall use [***] to accept and fulfill Purchase Orders for quantities of [***] in excess of the Maximum Amount in any [***]. The foregoing shall apply and, along with any applicable provisions of the Agreement, be the exclusive terms and conditions for Ginkgo’s Purchase Orders under this Agreement, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the BLI Terms and Conditions with respect to Ginkgo’s orders for or ability to order (and have orders fulfilled for) [***].

5.3.2    Acceptance and Rejection. BLI shall, by written notice to Ginkgo, accept or, subject to the terms of this Agreement, reject, each Purchase Order (a) with respect to orders for [***], within [***] ([***]) days of receipt and (b) with respect to

 

Page 28 of 85


orders for [***], within [***] ([***]) days of receipt, with respect to each, by written notice to Ginkgo. Any failure of BLI to accept or reject a Purchase Order within such [***] day period shall be deemed an acceptance by BLI of such Purchase Order. Any express acceptance of a Purchase Order by BLI shall confirm the quantity of Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables (on a Consumable-by-Consumable basis) and Services requested to be supplied or performed, the prices, pursuant to Section 5.2 (Pricing), associated with such Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables (on a Consumable-by-Consumable basis) and Services and that delivery or performance of such Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables and Services shall occur [***]; provided that (i) BLI shall not have the right to reject, and shall be deemed to have accepted, any Purchase Order meeting the requirements of this Section 5.3 (Purchase Orders; Delivery and Payment) and (ii) if any Purchase Order contains quantities in excess of the Maximum Amount for such month and otherwise meets the requirements of this Section 5.3 (Purchase Orders; Delivery and Payment), then such Purchase Order shall be deemed accepted except with respect to such excess quantities and, subject to Section 5.3.1 (Issuance), BLI shall confirm to Ginkgo within [***] ([***]) days of receipt of such Purchase Order if BLI can supply such excess and if so, such Purchase Order shall be deemed accepted with respect to such excess quantities as well. The foregoing shall apply notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the BLI Terms and Conditions with respect to BLI’s ability to accept or reject Ginkgo’s orders for Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables or Services.

5.3.3    Delivery and Payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the BLI Terms and Conditions with respect to the delivery of Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software) or Consumables, the performance of Services and rights and responsibilities arising in connection with such delivery or performance, the following shall apply:

(a)    Machines and Consumables. With respect to Beacon Optofluidic Machines and Consumables for which Ginkgo has placed a Purchase Order under this Agreement:

(i)    such items shall be shipped by BLI (A) [***] or (B) [***], with respect to (A)-(B), to the delivery point set forth on the Purchase Order; [***];

(ii)    a BLI employee will install the Beacon Optofluidic Machines at such delivery point and, within [***] ([***]) Business Days of installation, will deliver to Ginkgo a completed BLI field service report confirming installation and qualification of the relevant Beacon Optofluidic Machines in accordance with Schedule 5.3.3 (Qualification Standards);

(iii)    title and risk of loss to (A) [***] or (B) [***];

 

Page 29 of 85


(iv)    BLI shall invoice Ginkgo for any Beacon Optofluidic Machine or Consumable at a price calculated in accordance with Section 5.2 (Pricing) [***];

(v)    Ginkgo shall be deemed to have accepted delivery of any Beacon Optofluidic Platform upon [***] unless Ginkgo delivers, within [***] ([***]) Business Days a written statement detailing the reasons why the item delivered is not a Conforming Product and, if BLI disputes Ginkgo’s allegation of non-conformance, the matter shall be resolved pursuant to Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution); and

(vi)    Ginkgo shall pay BLI for all delivered quantities of Conforming Product within [***] ([***]) days from Ginkgo’s [***] under this Agreement[***].

(b)    Services. With respect to Services for which Ginkgo has placed a Purchase Order under this Agreement:

(i)    such Services shall be provided at the time and location set forth on an accepted Purchase Order, unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties in writing;

(ii)    BLI shall invoice Ginkgo for any Services at a price calculated in accordance with Section 5.2 (Pricing) [***] except [***], which shall be paid [***] and the Terms and Conditions except to the extent such conflicts with the terms of this Agreement, in which case this Agreement shall supersede with respect to the conflicting terms; and

(iii)    Ginkgo shall pay BLI for all performed Services that meet the applicable Service Standards within [***] ([***]) days from receipt of invoice[***].

(c)    Payments. All Production Purchase amounts paid by Ginkgo to BLI for Beacon Optofluidic Machines, for Consumables and for Services are non-creditable and non-refundable except as set forth in expressly set forth in this Agreement (including Section 7.8 (Audits)) and the BLI Terms and Conditions.

5.4    Capacity; Failure to Supply.

5.4.1    Personnel. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the BLI Terms and Conditions for Services:

(a)    Generally. With respect to any [***] in the Term, to [***] continuity of supply with respect to services (including Services) rendered under this Agreement (including Workflow Development

 

Page 30 of 85


Plans) to Ginkgo, BLI shall [***] employs a sufficient number of personnel so that it [***] satisfy, with respect to the then-current [***], Ginkgo’s requirements for Services during such [***], as specified in the then-applicable Rolling Forecast. BLI shall (a) use qualified personnel in connection with performing Services for Ginkgo and perform such Services in a competent and workmanlike manner consistent with prevailing industry standards and in material conformance with Applicable Laws, the terms of this Agreement (which shall include the terms of any Workflow Development Plans) and (b) obtain and maintain all material licenses, permits or approvals required by Applicable Laws, the terms of this Agreement (which shall include the terms of any approved Workflow Development Plans) in connection with performing Services for Ginkgo.

(b)    Dedicated FTEs; Key Persons. In addition to its obligations set forth in Section 5.4.1(a) (Personnel – Generally), during the period beginning [***] ([***]) Business Days after the Effective Date and ending on the [***] ([***]) anniversary of the Effective Date, BLI shall [***] provide Ginkgo with [***] ([***]) FTEs to work on-site at Ginkgo to aid in [***]. Following the [***] ([***]) anniversary of the Effective Date, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, BLI shall provide Ginkgo with [***] to work on-site at Ginkgo to aid in [***]. [***] shall designate up to [***] ([***]) BLI employees or personnel as key persons (individually, a “Key Person” and collectively, “Key Persons”). [***] to the percentage of any such Key Person’s time that shall be dedicated to activities performed under this Agreement. No Key Person shall be reassigned, nor shall the time dedicated to activities under this Agreement be reduced, without [***], but if such Key Person (i) is no longer employed by BLI, (ii) [***] or (iii) [***], with respect to (i)-(iii), then the Parties shall work together to mutually identify in writing a new employee as a replacement for such Key Person and, upon such mutual identification, such employee shall be deemed a Key Person for all purposes of this Agreement. For clarity, [***] shall be [***] if [***], that [***] and [***] or [***]. In the event of a termination of employment at BLI of any Key Person, BLI shall notify Ginkgo of such circumstance as promptly as practicable. Ginkgo shall have the right, but not the obligation, at any time, to request that BLI replace such Key Person with another BLI employee reasonably acceptable to Ginkgo. In such event, BLI shall replace such person [***]. Ginkgo will provide each BLI FTE that is on-site at Ginkgo with (I) access to Ginkgo’s facility to the extent required to perform each FTE’s obligations as set forth in each approved Workflow Development Plan and (II) [***].

(c)    Conduct on Site. BLI acknowledges and agrees that BLI FTEs (including Key Persons) are not employees or agents of Ginkgo, that Ginkgo has no responsibility to provide worker’s compensation or other

 

Page 31 of 85


liability coverage, insurance, benefits or, other than as expressly provided in this Agreement, compensation for BLI FTEs. BLI further acknowledges and agrees that BLI FTEs are acting solely as representatives of BLI during any work performed at Ginkgo’s facilities. BLI shall (a) comply, and shall cause each BLI FTE to comply, with all Applicable Laws; (b) abide, and shall cause each on-site BLI FTE to abide, by [***] guidelines and procedures related to Ginkgo’s facilities and use of its foundries that are [***] (e.g., [***]) made available to BLI or BLI’s FTEs; and (c) cause on-site BLI FTEs to execute a confidentiality agreement with Ginkgo in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. Each BLI FTE will be required to complete training offered by Ginkgo regarding the guidelines and procedures referred to in Section 5.4.1(b) (Dedicated FTEs; Key Persons). Without limitation of the foregoing, each BLI FTE shall be responsible for performing work in such a manner as to [***].

5.4.2    Safety Stock Inventory. At any given time during the Term, to ensure continuity of supply with respect to [***], BLI shall maintain an inventory of [***] sufficient to fulfill orders by Ginkgo for [***] for the next [***], such amount of [***] to be based on the then-applicable Rolling Forecast.

5.4.3    Failure to Supply.

(a)    Remedial Efforts. If, for any reason, including [***], BLI [***] fails to provide Conforming Product or Service that conforms with this Agreement and the Service Level Standards for such Service, in each case in accordance with one or more accepted Purchase Orders for a period of [***] ([***]) consecutive days or more (each, a “Failure to Supply”), BLI shall notify Ginkgo promptly, including details of the reasons for the Failure to Supply and BLI’s estimate of when the Failure to Supply shall be corrected. BLI shall [***] minimize any shortage or delay in delivery of Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables or Services to Ginkgo as a result of a Failure to Supply. Within [***] ([***]) days of written notification by BLI to Ginkgo under this Section 5.4.3(a) (Remedial Efforts) of a Failure to Supply, the Parties shall hold a JRC meeting at which BLI’s representatives will explain [***] the cause of such Failure to Supply and present BLI’s remedial plan to [***] Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables or Services to be supplied to Ginkgo in accordance with this Agreement and the accepted Purchase Orders, which plan [***] (the “Remedial Plan”). BLI shall consider [***] in good faith any reasonable changes proposed by Ginkgo to the Remedial Plan. If the JRC approves the Remedial Plan, BLI will execute such Remedial Plan [***].

(b)    Fees for Late Delivery. [***], the following discounts on the amounts owed by Ginkgo to BLI under an accepted Purchase Order

 

Page 32 of 85


shall be in effect for any [***] not delivered in accordance with this Agreement until after the applicable delivery date set forth in such Purchase Order: (a) for deliveries made more than [***] ([***]) days and less than [***] ([***]) days after such delivery date, a [***] percent ([***]%) discount; and (b) for deliveries made after [***] ([***]) days after such delivery date, a [***] percent ([***]%) discount, in each case of clauses (a) through (b), from the price for the Consumable delivered late; provided that, any discount shall only apply if the Purchase Order at issue was for a quantity of [***] at or below the binding forecasted quantity ([***]) provided pursuant to Section 5.1 (Forecasts of Production Purchases). Any discount in effect under this Section 5.4.3(b) (Fees for Late Delivery) shall be incorporated under any invoice presented by BLI to Ginkgo; provided that [***]. For purposes of counting towards Ginkgo’s Production Purchases and Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitments under this Agreement, Ginkgo shall be deemed to have paid any invoice as if no discount for delayed delivery was in effect.

(c)    Short Supply. Without limiting anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that any Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables or the Services are in short supply, i.e., [***], BLI shall notify Ginkgo in writing of such circumstances as soon as possible, including the underlying reasons for such shortage, the date such inability is expected to end and the amount of Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables or Services to be allocated to Ginkgo. BLI shall allocate Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software), Consumables and Services in short supply to Ginkgo [***], with such [***] allocation applicable only up to the number of units of such item set forth in the binding portions of the then-current Rolling Forecast.

(d)    Tolling. Without limiting Ginkgo’s rights under this Agreement or under Applicable Law, in the event of a Failure to Supply, [***] obligations of Ginkgo that are [***] by such Failure to Supply, including [***], shall be excused by an amount [***] to the Failure to Supply, which excused amount, in ensuring that such amount is [***] to the Failure to Supply, will include amounts [***] to such Failure to Supply. In addition, Ginkgo will submit to BLI a good faith proposal with respect to [***], taking into consideration the [***] that are attributable to such Failure to Supply. BLI shall promptly review such proposal and send written confirmation to Ginkgo of its [***] or, alternatively, inform Ginkgo in writing of and discuss with Ginkgo [***]. If [***], BLI will [***].

(e)    Material Failure to Supply. If for reasons [***], over the course of any consecutive [***] period during the Term, BLI fails to provide

 

Page 33 of 85


Ginkgo with at least [***] percent ([***]%) of (a) a given [***] or (b) the cumulative total of [***], with respect to each of clauses (a) and (b), in accordance with accepted Purchase Orders and this Agreement (including, with respect to [***]) over such [***] period, then, such Failure to Supply shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement and Ginkgo shall have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 13.2.1 (Material Breach), subject to BLI’s right to cure such material breach.

 

6.

RESTRICTIONS

6.1    Headstart Period.

6.1.1    BLI Standstill. Unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by the Parties, on a Headstart Invention-by-Headstart Invention basis, beginning on the date that a Workflow Development Plan is commenced and ending on the earlier of (a) the [***] anniversary of the date on which [***] under this Agreement or (b) subject to the last sentence of this Section 6.1.1 (BLI Standstill), if [***], then the [***] anniversary of the date on which [***] under this Agreement (for each such Headstart Invention, with respect to (a)-(b), the “Headstart Period”): (i) as between the Parties, Ginkgo will have the sole right to use, practice and exploit such Headstart Invention, and (ii) BLI shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates to not, directly or indirectly, itself or with or through a Third Party, use, practice or otherwise exploit such Headstart Invention in any way or grant any right, title or license to any Third Party to use, practice or otherwise exploit such Headstart Invention; provided that, for clarity, BLI shall retain the right to use, practice and otherwise exploit such Headstart Invention in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to perform BLI’s obligations under this Agreement. For further clarity, nothing in this Section 6.1.1 (BLI Standstill) is intended to prevent a Third Party BLI customer or partner from using, practicing or otherwise exploiting any independently developed improvement, invention, process or workflow even if similar to a Headstart Invention as long as BLI and its Affiliates are in compliance with this Section 6.1.1 (BLI Standstill) [***]. If a Workflow Development Plan is cancelled under the terms of this Agreement, then the Headstart Period with respect to Headstart Inventions under such Workflow Development Plan shall be deemed to have immediately accelerated to conclusion, unless Ginkgo (x) identifies in writing one or more Headstart Inventions under the Workflow Development Plan within [***] ([***]) Business Days of cancellation of the Workflow Development Plan and (y) [***], in which case such Headstart Invention(s) shall be subject to the applicable Headstart Period under this Section 6.1.1 (BLI Standstill); provided that, Ginkgo’s right to identify [***] under clauses (x) and (y) shall not exist if the cancellation of a Workflow Development Plan is [***].

6.1.2    [***]. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.1.1 (BLI Standstill), on a Headstart Invention-by-Headstart Invention basis, BLI may provide written notice to Ginkgo [***] (i.e. [***]), with respect to a Headstart Invention, such notice to specify (a) the applicable Headstart Invention [***], (b) the [***] and (c) whether BLI would prefer to [***] or, to the extent [***], [***] (which may, [***]); provided that to the extent the [***], BLI may only submit such a notice (and [***]) for [***]. Ginkgo

 

Page 34 of 85


shall have [***] ([***]) Business Days following delivery of notice to Ginkgo to [***] by written notice to BLI. If the Parties [***] within [***] ([***]) Business Days of such written notice by Ginkgo, [***]. Following BLI’s delivery of notice to Ginkgo [***], BLI shall [***] (i) if Ginkgo does not [***] within the [***] ([***]) Business Day period after notice delivery, within [***] ([***]) Business Days following the expiration of such [***] ([***]) Business Day period and (ii) if Ginkgo does [***] within the [***] ([***]) Business Day period after notice delivery, within [***] ([***]) Business Days following the [***]. Immediately upon [***] for a Headstart Invention, [***]. For clarity, [***]. For the avoidance of doubt, following the end of the Headstart Period for a Headstart Invention, Ginkgo shall still have the right to use, practice and exploit such Headstart Invention under this Agreement.

6.2    Restrictions on the Parties.

6.2.1    Restrictions on BLI. During the Term and for a period of [***] ([***]) months following the Term of this Agreement, other than pursuant to Sections 13.3.2 (Effects of Termination Based Upon Ginkgo’s Buy-Down Election) or 13.3.3 (Effects of Termination Based Upon an Uncured Ginkgo Breach, Insolvency or Force Majeure Event), BLI shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, itself or with or through a Third Party, develop, configure, customize, license, sell, provide or otherwise give access to the Beacon Platform or any [***] to, [***] or its Affiliates for any use; provided that this restriction shall terminate as set forth in Section 13.3 (Effects of Expiration or Termination) or if Ginkgo has not satisfied its Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitments (as such may be adjusted under this Agreement) for a full Contract Year, including [***] as permitted under Section 7.2.2(a) (Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitments) or Section 7.2.2(b)(iii) (Development Purchase Commitments); provided that BLI will provide written notice to Ginkgo within [***] ([***]) days of the end of any Contract Year with respect to which BLI believes that Ginkgo has not satisfied its Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Change in Control of an existing (as of the Effective Date or at any time during the Term) Third Party BLI customer results in such customer being controlled [***] following the date such Third Party became a BLI customer, BLI shall promptly notify Ginkgo in writing of such Change in Control (in no event later than [***] ([***]) days after BLI first learns of such Change in Control, [***] (in which case such notice will be provided by BLI no later than [***] ([***]) days after the earlier of [***] or [***]) and, in such written notice, provide Ginkgo with information regarding [***] and, if BLI does [***], the [***]. Within [***] ([***]) days of Ginkgo’s receipt of such written notice, Ginkgo will have the option, at its sole discretion, (a) if [***], to [***] and to [***] and, if Ginkgo makes such election, BLI shall promptly [***] and (i) Ginkgo will [***] (but in no event [***]) and (ii) in the event [***], Ginkgo and BLI will [***] and (b) if [***], then [***], to (i) [***], (ii) [***] and (iii) [***]. In the event BLI notifies Ginkgo as aforesaid and Ginkgo fails to make such election within the [***] ([***]) day period, then, in the case of (A) or (B), BLI will not be deemed to be in breach of this Section 6.2.1 (Restrictions on BLI) solely on account of a Third Party customer [***]. Nothing in this Section 6.2.1 (Restrictions on BLI) will require or oblige BLI [***], then [***]. In the event [***], [***] in a manner that (x) [***], (y) [***] or (z) [***]. For clarity, the foregoing sentence shall not [***]. Except as provided in this Section 6.2.1 (Restrictions on BLI) and the scope of rights granted to

 

Page 35 of 85


Ginkgo under this Agreement (including under Section 6.1 (Headstart Period) and Section 9.1 (Licenses to Ginkgo)), nothing in this Agreement shall otherwise limit, prohibit or preclude BLI from developing, configuring, customizing, licensing, selling or providing the Beacon Platform or Collaboration Workflows for itself or to a Third Party for any uses or otherwise entering into a business or advisory arrangement with any Third Party. As used in this Section 6.2.1 (Restrictions on BLI), “control” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 (“Affiliate definition). For clarity, [***].

6.2.2    No Further Restrictions by Ginkgo. During the Term, Ginkgo shall not [***] prohibit (i.e. by [***]), as part of any [***] arrangement with a Third Party, a Third Party from purchasing a Beacon Platform or other BLI products or services, or otherwise using or utilizing such Beacon Platforms for [***], including [***]. For clarity, such obligation shall not prohibit or limit Ginkgo from entering into generally exclusive relationships with Third Parties (e.g., [***]).

 

7.

ECONOMICS

7.1    Upfront Payment. No later than [***] ([***]) days following the Effective Date, Ginkgo will pay to BLI a non-refundable upfront amount equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) (the “Upfront Payment”). Such amount will be fully creditable against all Development Purchases and Production Purchases owed by Ginkgo to BLI [***] and will be fully creditable against the Full Purchase Target and, [***], the Minimum Purchase Commitment, Development Purchase Commitment and Production Purchase Target [***]. [***].

7.2    Purchase Commitments.

7.2.1    Generally. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, during the Term, the Parties’ target is for Ginkgo to make a total of One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000) in Development Purchases and Production Purchases from BLI (as amended from time to time under this Agreement and as more fully set forth in this Section 7.2 (Purchase Commitments), the “Full Purchase Target”), which Full Purchase Target is divided into Contract Year purchase commitment targets with respect to Development Purchase Commitment and Production Purchase Targets, as more fully set forth in Section 7.2.2 (Contract Year Purchase Targets and Commitments).

7.2.2    Contract Year Purchase Targets and Commitments. Subject to the terms of this Agreement (including the remainder of this Section 7.2.2 (Contract Year Purchase Targets and Commitments)), for each Contract Year, Ginkgo shall [***] make Development Purchases and Production Purchases from BLI in the amounts set forth in the

 

Page 36 of 85


“Development Purchase Commitment” and “Production Purchase Target” columns respectively in Table 7.2.2 with respect to such Contract Year:

Table 7.2.2

 

     Development
Purchase
Commitment
     Production
Purchase Target
     Total Targeted
Purchase
     Minimum
Cumulative
Purchase
Commitment
 

Contract Year 1

   $ [***    $ [***    $ [***    $ [***

Contract Year 2

   $ [***    $ [***    $ [***    $ [***

Contract Year 3

   $ [***    $ [***    $ [***    $ [***

Contract Year 4

   $ [***    $ [***    $ [***    $ [***

Contract Year 5

   $ [***    $ [***    $ [***    $ [***

Contract Year 6

   $ [***    $ [***    $ [***    $ [***

Contract Year 7

     [***    $ [***    $ [***    $ 109,000,000  

Total

   $ [***    $ [***    $ 150,000,000        N/A  

(a)    Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitments. With respect to each Contract Year, by no later than [***], Ginkgo shall have incurred (including all credits and offsets permitted under this Agreement) at least, in the aggregate since the beginning of the Term, the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment amount for such Contract Year. The Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitments for each of Contract Years [***] are binding commitments. Any amounts paid by Ginkgo to BLI in excess of the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment amount for a given Contract Year in Contract Years [***], regardless of whether such excess constitutes a Development Purchase or Production Purchase, will be creditable towards the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment in subsequent Contract Year(s) until such excess amount has been fully credited. Ginkgo covenants to pay the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitments for each Contract Year by the [***] Business Day after the end of the [***]. If BLI has Substantially Completed at least [***] ([***]) [***] Workflows within the first [***] ([***]) Contract Years, then the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment as of the Contract Year (which may include a portion of a full Contract Year) that is the last Contract Year during the Term pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall change from $109 million (as currently reflected in Table 7.2.2) to $150 million.

(b)    Development Purchase Commitments.

(i)    Subject to Section 7.2.2(a) (Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitments), unless the Parties otherwise mutually agree in writing, the Development Purchase Commitment for the [***] Contract Years shall constitute a binding obligation on Ginkgo, and, subject to Ginkgo exercising its Buy-Down Option pursuant to Section 7.3 (Buy-Down Election), the Development Purchase Commitment for the [***] Contract Years shall also constitute binding obligations on Ginkgo. No less than [***] percent ([***]%) of the Development Purchases made in the [***] Contract Years will be used by the Parties to develop Workflows for [***].

 

Page 37 of 85


(ii)    At any time during a Contract Year, upon written notice to the JRC, Ginkgo may accelerate its Development Purchases in such Contract Year to include Development Purchases anticipated to be made in upcoming Contract Year(s). Such additional Development Purchases in excess of the Development Purchase Commitment for such Contract Year will be creditable towards Ginkgo’s Development Purchases in subsequent Contract Year(s) until such excess amount has been exhausted and will count towards the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment for the Contract Year in which it is paid, subject to allocation to subsequent Contract Year(s) as set forth in Section 7.2.2(a) (Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitments).

(iii)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that Ginkgo’s Development Purchases in a given Contract Year after [***] are less than the Development Purchase Commitment for such Contract Year, respectively, Ginkgo shall be able to apply the Development Purchases made in the first [***] of the next Contract Year to satisfy the previous Contract Year’s Development Purchase Commitment; provided that (i) Ginkgo may only be able to satisfy [***] percent ([***]%) of the relevant Development Purchase Commitment for the previous Contract Year pursuant to this Section 7.2.2(b)(iii) (Development Purchase Commitments) and (ii) any amount of Development Purchases credited towards satisfying the previous Contract Year’s Development Purchase Commitment shall not count towards satisfying such targets for the then-current Contract Year.

(iv)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event that a Workflow Development Plan is terminated prior to completion by the JRC, including (A) [***], (B) [***], (C) [***] or (D) [***], then, subject to Section 3.5.1 (Decision-Making), the JRC shall, in good faith, discuss and approve [***]; provided, however, that such [***] (Term).

(c)    Production Purchase Commitments.

(i)    Subject to this Section 6.2.2(c) (Production Purchase Commitments), unless the Parties otherwise mutually agree in writing, the Production Purchase Target for the [***] shall constitute a binding obligation on Ginkgo and, in partial satisfaction of its Production Purchase commitment for the

 

Page 38 of 85


[***], Ginkgo shall purchase [***] ([***]) [***] within [***] ([***]) days of the Effective Date, the cost of which, for clarity, shall be offset by the upfront payment paid by Ginkgo pursuant to Section 7.1 (Upfront Payment). Subject to Ginkgo’s obligation to satisfy the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment for a Contract Year, with respect to the second [***] Contract Years), Ginkgo’s Production Purchase Targets for the [***] Contract Years as set forth in Table 7.2.2 are [***], and the Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that [***].

(ii)    At any time during a Contract Year, upon written notice to the JRC, Ginkgo may accelerate its Production Purchases in such Contract Year to include Production Purchases anticipated to be made in upcoming Contract Year(s). Such additional Production Purchases in excess of the Production Purchase Target for such Contract Year will be creditable towards Ginkgo’s Production Purchases in subsequent Contract Year(s) until such excess amount has been exhausted and will count towards the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment.

(d)    Effects of Tolling. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Ginkgo’s obligations to satisfy Development Purchase Commitments and Production Purchase Commitments at all times during the Term (including any Intended End of Term) are subject to Section 5.4.3(d) (Tolling) and this Section 7.2.2(d) (Effects of Tolling). In the event that, at any time during the Term, there is a Failure to Supply, then the duration of this Agreement will automatically be extended for additional calendar months (rounded to the nearest whole calendar month) equal to [***] (the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Effective Date plus such additional calendar months, the “Intended End of Term”).

7.3    Buy-Down Election. During the Term following the end of the second (2nd) Contract Year, Ginkgo may elect, upon written notice to BLI, to buy-down its remaining financial obligations under the Full Purchase Target (the “Buy-Down Election”) by making a one-time payment to BLI in the amount of the Buy-Down Amount. In the event Ginkgo notifies BLI of its Buy-Down Election as set forth in this Section 7.3 (Buy-Down Election), then, upon Ginkgo’s payment of the Buy-Down Amount to BLI within [***] ([***]) days of Ginkgo’s Buy-Down Election, this Agreement shall automatically terminate, with the applicable effects of termination set forth in Section 13.3.2 (Effects of Termination Based Upon Ginkgo’s Buy-Down Election).

7.4    Additional Payments.

7.4.1    License Fees. During the Term, and in consideration for the rights granted herein, Ginkgo shall pay field of use license fees (“FOU License Fees”) as follows: (a) with respect to any calendar year, no FOU License Fees will be due until [***] and (b) [***] ($[***]) per calendar year per Beacon Optofluidic Machine [***] up to a

 

Page 39 of 85


maximum of [***] ($[***]) per calendar year per Beacon Optofluidic Machine; provided that, in no event will the FOU License Fees paid by Ginkgo for use of a Beacon Optofluidic Machine [***]. FOU License Fees shall be applied to Ginkgo’s use of all Beacon Optofluidic Machines, [***]. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and without limiting any of Ginkgo’s rights and remedies under Applicable Law and this Agreement, [***],

7.4.2    Milestone Payments. In the event that Ginkgo uses any of the BLI Proprietary Workflows identified in Exhibit D to conduct Commercial Services for a Third Party customer and such Commercial Services [***] result in the discovery of an Antibody to be used as the active ingredient in a therapeutic product for which a Third Party [***] (each such Antibody subject to this Section 7.4.2 (Milestone Payments), a “Discovered Antibody”), then, on a Discovered Antibody-by-Discovered Antibody basis, in the event such Third Party (a) achieves any of the milestone events noted below in Table 7.4.2 (each, a “Milestone Event”) with respect to a Discovered Antibody and (b) makes a payment to Ginkgo in connection with such Milestone Event, then Ginkgo will pay BLI [***] percent ([***]%) of such payment received by Ginkgo from such Third Party up to the amount of the corresponding “Maximum Milestone Payment” for such milestone event set forth below in Table 7.4.2 (each, a “Milestone Payment”. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall a Discovered Antibody include (x) an Antibody [***] (e.g. [***]) through the conduct of Commercial Services by Ginkgo or (y) an Antibody [***].

 

Table 7.4.2

 

Milestone Event

   Maximum Milestone
Payment
 

[***]

   $ [***

[***]

   $ [***

[***]

   $ [***

[***]

   $ [***

Each Milestone Payment shall be payable only once for each and every Discovered Antibody. If any Milestone Event is achieved for any Discovered Antibody before any of the preceding Milestone Events are achieved for such Discovered Antibody, then all the Milestone Payments for such unachieved preceding Milestone Events will be due and payable with the Milestone Payment for the Milestone Event that was achieved. For example, [***].

7.5    Manner of Payments. Each payment under this Agreement to a Party will be made in Dollars and by electronic transfer in immediately available funds via either a bank wire transfer, an ACH (automated clearing house) mechanism, or any other means of electronic funds transfer, at such receiving Party’s election, to such bank account as the receiving Party will designate in writing to the other Party at least [***] ([***]) Business Days before the payment is due.

7.6    Taxes. It is understood and agreed between the Parties that any payments made by a Party to the other Party under this Agreement are exclusive of any sales tax, value added tax (if any) or similar tax (“VAT”) upon such payments. Where VAT is properly added to a payment made under this Agreement, the Party making the payment will pay the amount of VAT only on

 

Page 40 of 85


receipt of a valid tax invoice issued in accordance with the laws and regulations of the country in which the VAT is chargeable. If a Party is required to deduct or withhold from any payment due hereunder any taxes in the nature of a tax upon or measured by income, then the Parties shall work together to ensure, subject to this Section 7.6 (Taxes), that the withholding Party is able to comply with its obligations under Applicable Law and that the non-withholding Party still receives the net amount due to it following payment of such tax by the withholding Party. [***]. The Parties will reasonably cooperate to provide sufficient documentation to receive any credits available under Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that, due to (a) [***], (b) [***], (c) [***], (d) [***] or (e) [***], with respect to each, VAT or other taxes are imposed on payments made by Ginkgo or BLI, as applicable, to the other Party that were not otherwise applicable (“Incremental Withholding Taxes”), the Party that took such action resulting in Incremental Withholding Taxes (together with any subsequent successor or assign, “Responsible Tax Party”) shall be solely responsible for and shall solely bear the amount of such Incremental Withholding Taxes. If the other Party receives a refund or tax credit in connection with the Incremental Withholding Taxes, then such other Party shall promptly pay the Responsible Tax Party an amount equal to the amount of such refund or tax credit.

7.7    Financial and Other Records. Each Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, keep complete and accurate books and records pertaining to its activities conducted and costs incurred under this Agreement (including each approved Workflow Development Plan), including with respect to Budget spending, Development Purchases, Production Purchases, FOU License Fees and Milestone Payments, in sufficient detail to calculate all amounts payable hereunder and to verify compliance with its obligations under this Agreement. Such books and records shall be retained by such Party and its Affiliates until [***] ([***]) years after the end of the period to which such books and records pertain or for such longer period as may be required by Applicable Law.

7.8    Audits. At the request of the other Party, each Party will, and will cause its Affiliates to, permit an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing designated by the other Party and reasonably acceptable to the audited Party, at reasonable times during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to audit the books and records maintained pursuant to Section 7.7 (Financial and Other Records) solely to confirm the accuracy of all financial reports, invoices and payments made hereunder or Budget spending under an approved Workflow Development Plan. Such examinations may not (a) be conducted more than once in any [***] month period (unless a previous audit during such [***] month period revealed an overpayment (or an underpayment of a Milestone Payment, FOU License Fees, or royalty for Licensed Products) of at least [***] percent ([***]%) of the amount actually due with respect to such period) or (b) [***]. The accounting firm will execute a reasonable written confidentiality agreement with the audited Party and will disclose to the auditing Party only such information as is reasonably necessary to provide the auditing Party with information regarding any actual or potential discrepancies between the amounts actually paid and the amounts payable under this Agreement. The accounting firm’s report will [***] be delivered to each Party at the same time and will be deemed final [***] ([***]) business days after it is received by both Parties. The auditing Party shall bear the full cost of any such audit, unless the accounting firm’s report discloses an overpayment (or underpayment) by the auditing Party of more than [***] percent ([***]%) of the amount due for any Calendar Quarter, in which case the audited Party shall bear the full cost of such audit. The audited Party shall pay the amount of any overpayment (or underpayment) disclosed in the accounting firm’s report, together with interest thereon from the date such payment was originally due, within [***] ([***]) days after delivery to the Parties of the accounting firm’s report.

 

Page 41 of 85


7.9    Confidentiality. All books and records audited by a Party pursuant to Section 7.8 (Audits) will be maintained in confidence by such auditing Party in accordance with Article 10 (Confidentiality).

7.10    Late Payment. If any payment due is not paid by the due date, BLI may (a) charge interest on any outstanding amount of such payment, accruing as of the original due date, at an annual rate equal to the rate of prime (as reported in The Wall Street Journal, Eastern U.S. Edition) plus [***] percentage points or the maximum rate allowable by Applicable Law, whichever is less.

 

8.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP; USE OF DATA

8.1    Ownership of Background IP; Efforts to Control. As between the Parties, and subject to the licenses granted under this Agreement, Ginkgo shall own and retain all rights, title, and interests in, to and under Ginkgo Background IP, and BLI shall own and retain all rights, title, and interests in, to and under BLI Background IP. With respect to any Intellectual Property developed by BLI or its Affiliates in collaboration or on behalf of a Third Party during the Term of this Agreement that is [***] for (a) [***] or (b) [***], with respect to each, BLI and its Affiliates shall [***] to [***] that BLI or its Affiliates Control such Intellectual Property so that BLI may grant a license to Ginkgo with respect to such Intellectual Property as set forth in Section 9.1 (Grants to Ginkgo).

8.2    Ownership of Ginkgo Inventions and BLI Inventions.

8.2.1    Ginkgo Inventions. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties, as between the Parties, Ginkgo shall own:

(a)    all biological entities, including all organisms, cells, strains, enzymes and other proteins, nucleic acids and other biomaterials (that are not BLI-provided biological entities listed in Section 8.2.2(f) (BLI Inventions)) [***], in each case that Ginkgo loads onto the Beacon Platform or provides to BLI [***];

(b)    all [***];

(c)    any assays [***];

(d)    all chemical entities other than [***], developed, generated, created, used or otherwise exploited in connection with the use of the Beacon Platform (clauses (a) through (d) of this Section 8.2.1 (Ginkgo Inventions) collectively, with the exception of [***], the “Ginkgo Materials”);

(e)    all [***];

 

Page 42 of 85


(f)    the [***];

(g)    the Ginkgo Workflows, with the exception of any BLI Inventions; and

(h)    all rights to the Intellectual Property contained or otherwise embodied in the inventions, discoveries, improvements, materials, chemical entities, Ginkgo Materials, [***], [***], or Ginkgo Workflows, described in clauses (a) through (g) of this Section 8.2.1 (Ginkgo Inventions) (clauses (a) through (g) collectively, the “Ginkgo Inventions”).

For clarity, Ginkgo’s ability to use Ginkgo Inventions are subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.1 (Grants to Ginkgo).

8.2.2    BLI Inventions. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties, as between the Parties, BLI shall own:

(a)    all inventions or discoveries [***]related to, or improvements or modifications to, the Beacon Platform that are developed, generated, created, used or otherwise exploited in connection with the use of the Beacon Platform under a Workflow Development Plan;

(b)    any materials or chemical entities that are not Ginkgo Materials that are developed, generated, created, used or otherwise exploited in connection with the use of the Beacon Platform under a Workflow Development Plan, with the exception of any materials that are publicly available for purchase or are otherwise rightfully in the public domain;

(c)    all BLI Proprietary Workflows;

(d)    Generalized Workflows, with the exception of any Ginkgo Inventions;

(e)    all Consumables provided by BLI related to the Beacon Platform and [***], in each case (i) developed, generated, created, used or otherwise exploited in connection with the use of the Beacon Platform under a Workflow Development Plan and (ii) [***];

(f)    although generally not expected during the Term, any [***]; and

(g)    all rights to the Intellectual Property contained or otherwise embodied in the inventions, discoveries, improvements, materials, chemical entities, Beacon Platform or Consumables described in clauses (a) through (f) of this Section 8.2.2 (BLI Inventions) (collectively, clauses (a) through (f) of this Section 8.2.2 (BLI Inventions), the “BLI Inventions”).

 

Page 43 of 85


8.3    Ownership of Remaining Collaboration Intellectual Property. Subject to Section 8.2 (Ownership of Ginkgo Inventions and BLI Inventions), as between the Parties, BLI shall solely own all right, title and interest to all Collaboration Intellectual Property [***].

8.4    Prosecution and Enforcement Rights. Ginkgo shall have the sole and exclusive right, but not the obligation, to protect, seek registration for, defend and enforce, in its sole and entire discretion, the Ginkgo Inventions. BLI shall have the sole and exclusive right, but not the obligation, to protect, seek registration for, defend and enforce in its sole and entire discretion, the BLI Inventions and Collaboration Intellectual Property (other than the Ginkgo Inventions). In no event shall Ginkgo, and Ginkgo shall cause its Affiliates to not, file any patent applications covering (or support existing patent applications covering) the [***] and, in the event Ginkgo (or its Affiliates) do file one or more of such patent applications, Ginkgo will and hereby does assign, and shall cause its employees, agents and contractors to assign, to BLI all rights, title and interests in, to and under such patent applications. Other than as permitted under Section 8.5.2 (Use of Collaboration Data), in no event shall BLI, and BLI shall cause its Affiliates to not, file any patent applications covering (or support existing patent applications covering) [***] and, in the event that BLI (or its Affiliates) do file one or more of such patent applications, BLI will and hereby does assign, and shall cause its employees, agents and contractors to assign, to Ginkgo all rights, title and interests in, to and under such patent applications.

8.5    Use of Collaboration Data.

8.5.1    Disclosure. With respect to any data or results that are generated in connection with activities under a Workflow Development Plan (such data and results (but not Collaboration Workflows), “Collaboration Data”), each Party shall provide the other Party any Collaboration Data in its possession; provided that [***] shall provide any such Collaboration Data in its possession to [***] to the extent permitted under obligations of confidentiality owed by [***] to Third Parties with respect to such Collaboration Data. Notwithstanding the foregoing, [***] shall have the right to anonymize any Collaboration Data for disclosure to [***] or use by [***] under Section 8.5.2 (Use of Collaboration Data) and shall be permitted to remove from such Collaboration Data (a) any Third Party confidential information, (b) the identity of any [***] and (c) proprietary information regarding [***] Inventions or Intellectual Property Controlled, possessed or owned by [***] or its Affiliates.

8.5.2    Use of Collaboration Data. BLI will have the right to use any Collaboration Data provided to it for disclosure pursuant to Section 8.5.1 (Disclosure) solely for the purposes of (a) [***], (b) [***], (c) [***], and (d) [***]. For clarity, with respect to clause (d) of this Section 8.5.2 (Use of Collaboration Data), [***].

8.6    Notification of New Products; [***].

8.6.1    Access to New Products. During the Term, BLI shall promptly notify Ginkgo of any upcoming or then-current commercial availability of any new Beacon Optofluidic Machine or Consumable that, at that time, is not listed in Schedule 1.10 (Beacon Optofluidic Machine) or Schedule 1.36 (Consumables) and the Parties shall[***].

 

Page 44 of 85


8.6.2    [***]. During the Term, BLI shall provide Ginkgo with [***] (a) [***], (b) [***] and (c) BLI [***], with respect to each, [***] and [***]. As used in this Section, “[***]” means [***].

8.7    Inventor’s Remuneration. Each Party will be solely responsible for any remuneration that may be due to such Party’s inventors under any applicable inventor remuneration laws.

8.8    [***]. If, at any time during the Term, Ginkgo has purchased from BLI, in the aggregate, [***] ([***]) or more Beacon Optofluidic Machines, then:

8.8.1    Non-Exclusive [***] License. To ensure that, [***], BLI shall, and hereby does, automatically grant to Ginkgo, as of the date Ginkgo purchases an aggregate of [***] ([***]) Beacon Optofluidic Machine from BLI, a non-exclusive, non-royalty bearing and sublicensable (through multiple tiers) worldwide license in any Intellectual Property Controlled by BLI that is necessary to [***], solely for Ginkgo’s [***] own internal use so that Ginkgo (or its Affiliates or permitted sublicensees) may [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Ginkgo hereby represents, warrants and covenants to BLI that, as of the date BLI grants such license to Ginkgo and throughout the Term and thereafter, it shall not, directly or indirectly, conduct any activities under the rights granted to it in this Section 8.8.1 ([***]) unless and until (a) (i) [***] or (ii) [***], with respect to (i)-(ii), and such [***] or (b) [***]; provided that, after the event(s) sufficient to trigger sub-sections (i) or (ii) of this sentence occur, Ginkgo must provide BLI with written notice of its intent to conduct activities under rights granted pursuant to this Section 8.8.1 [***]. In the event Ginkgo has the right to conduct activities under the rights granted to it in this Section 8.8.1 ([***]), Ginkgo shall [***]. BLI shall [***].

8.8.2    [***]. Upon Ginkgo’s written request at any time after [***], BLI shall [***] and will [***] so that [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Ginkgo hereby represents, warrants and covenants to BLI as of the Effective Date, throughout the Term that it shall not, directly or indirectly, [***] unless and until (a) (i) [***] or (ii) [***] or (b) [***]; provided that, after the event(s) sufficient to trigger sub-sections (i) or (ii) of this sentence occur, Ginkgo must provide BLI with written notice of its intent to conduct activities under rights granted pursuant to this Section 8.8.2 [***]. In the event Ginkgo has the right to so [***], Ginkgo shall [***].

8.8.3    [***]. Upon Ginkgo’s written request to BLI at any time if (a) there is (i) [***] or (ii) [***], or (b) [***], BLI shall [***] and [***] and shall [***], including by [***]; provided further that, if [***] either (A) [***] or (B) [***], then [***]. In the event Ginkgo [***], Ginkgo hereby represents, warrants and covenants to BLI as of the Effective Date, throughout the Term and thereafter that it shall [***]. BLI shall [***].

8.8.4    Any obligation of Ginkgo to [***] shall be [***].

8.9    Specific Implementation Restrictions. For clarity, this Agreement does not prohibit BLI or its Affiliates, alone or in combination with a Third Party, from independently developing a Workflow or a part or component thereof; or a derivative, modification, replication or progeny of

 

Page 45 of 85


a biological entity; that is the [***] to a Specific Implementation (each such independently developed item, an “Independent Development”); provided that the Independent Development does not use any [***]; and further provided that BLI and its Affiliates do not [***] any [***] to [***] any Independent Development. Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement or Ginkgo’s rights or remedies under this Agreement or Applicable Law, any use of [***] by BLI or its Affiliates, alone or in combination with a Third Party to develop a Workflow or a part or component thereof; or a derivative, modification, replication or progeny of a biological entity that is [***] a Specific Implementation shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement by BLI and shall give rise to Ginkgo’s right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 13.2.1 (Material Breach).

 

9.

LICENSE GRANTS

9.1    Grants to Ginkgo.

9.1.1    Scope of Grants. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in consideration for the payments to BLI under this Agreement, during the Term, BLI, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby grants and shall grant to Ginkgo a non-exclusive, sublicensable (solely in accordance with Section 9.1.4 (Consent to Sublicense)), non-transferable, non-royalty-bearing (subject to Section 13.3.2 (Effects of Termination Based Upon Ginkgo Buy-Down Election)) worldwide license in, to and under (i) BLI Background IP, and (ii) other Intellectual Property that is Controlled by BLI and that is [***] BLI Inventions, with both of (i) and (ii) being limited to what is necessary for Ginkgo to [***] and (iii) the Collaboration Intellectual Property solely to:

(a)    perform research [***] on biological entities, including organisms, cells and strains (and sub-components thereof);

(b)    (i) design and develop (A) Collaboration Workflows as generally contemplated under a Workflow Development Plan and (B) Ginkgo Workflows as permitted under this Agreement and (ii) use [***] Workflows to conduct the activities set forth in clause (a) and clause (c) of this Section 9.1.1 (Scope of Grants);

(c)    perform commercial research [***] and other Commercial Services for Third Parties; and

(d)    in each case of clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 9.1.1 (Scope of Grants), the license granted is for activities solely within the Licensed Field.

9.1.2    License Grant to Exploit [***]. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Term BLI, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, hereby grants and shall grant to Ginkgo a [***] license within the Licensed Field in, to and under any Intellectual Property Controlled by BLI that is necessary to make, have made, sell, have sold, import or use any [***] to make, have made, sell, have sold, import or use such [***].

 

Page 46 of 85


9.1.3    No Consumable License. For clarity and without limiting Section 8.8.1 (Non-Exclusive Manufacturing License; Covenant), the licenses granted to Ginkgo in Section 9.1.1 (Scope of Grants) and Section 9.1.2 (License Grant to Exploit [***]) do not include the right to make, have made, offer to sell or sell Consumables, [***], to or for Third Parties or any Ginkgo Affiliate or Ginkgo Subcontractor that are [***] on the Beacon Platform [***].

9.1.4    Consent to Sublicense. Ginkgo may grant sublicenses of the license granted to Ginkgo under Section 9.1.1 (Scope of Grants) and Section 9.1.2 (License Grant to Exploit [***]) with the prior written consent of BLI[***]; provided that such prior written consent of BLI shall not be needed for any sublicense granted by Ginkgo to (a) a Permitted Subcontractor of Ginkgo under Section 2.7 (Subcontracting) to the extent such sublicense relates to the subcontracted activities, (b) any wholly-owned subsidiary of Ginkgo existing as of the Effective Date or (c) any other Person, including other Affiliates and any Third Party, under Section 9.1.2 (License Grant to Exploit [***]) so long as, in the case of this clause (c), the sublicense [***]. Each sublicense of the license granted to Ginkgo under Section 9.1.1 will (i) be in writing, (ii) be consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (iii) require each sublicensee thereunder to comply with all terms of this Agreement applicable to a sublicensee. Notwithstanding the grant of any sublicense, Ginkgo shall remain [***] liable to BLI for the performance of all of Ginkgo’s obligations under, and Ginkgo’s compliance with all provisions of, this Agreement.

9.1.5    Responsibility. Ginkgo shall not (and Ginkgo shall ensure that its Affiliates and [***] sublicensees do not) use any Intellectual Property of BLI’s that is licensed under Section 9.1 (Grants to Ginkgo), any BLI Confidential Information or any Beacon Platforms that may be transferred to Ginkgo by BLI under this Agreement, in each case for a purpose other than as expressly permitted under this Agreement.

9.1.6    Use in Excluded Fields. In the event BLI [***] that Ginkgo is using [***] in the Excluded Fields (“Ginkgo Excluded Use”), BLI shall send Ginkgo a written notice indicating that it believes Ginkgo is using [***] in an Excluded Field and, within [***] ([***]) Business Days after Ginkgo’s receipt of BLI’s written notice, Ginkgo shall investigate such claim internally and shall either (a) [***], or (b) [***], and the Parties will resolve such dispute pursuant to Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution). If, following the dispute resolution process set forth in Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution), it is determined that Ginkgo is using [***] in an Excluded Field, then BLI may either (i) [***], (ii) [***] or (iii) [***]; provided that, following determination that Ginkgo is using [***] in an Excluded Field pursuant to Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution), if BLI wishes to make any election under clause (i), (ii) or (iii), it must notify Ginkgo within [***] ([***]) Business Days of such determination. [***].

9.2    Grants to BLI. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Term, Ginkgo hereby grants and shall grant to BLI:

9.2.1    a [***] and this Section 9.2 (Grants to BLI)), [***] license in, to and under any Intellectual Property (a) Controlled by Ginkgo, (b) used by Ginkgo in the conduct of a Workflow Development Plan and (c) necessary for BLI to perform its obligations under this Agreement ((a)-(c) collectively,Ginkgo Licensed IP”), solely to perform BLI’s obligations under such Workflow Development Plan; and

 

Page 47 of 85


9.2.2    after any applicable Headstart Period, with respect to any [***], a [***] license in, to and under any Ginkgo Licensed IP [***] necessary for the performance of, such [***], to make, have made, offer to sell, sell, have sold, import, use, commercialize or perform such [***] to or for Third Parties and to license such Third Parties to do the same.

Except as permitted under Sections 9.2.1 and 9.2.2, BLI may not sublicense, assign or otherwise transfer the rights granted to it in this Section 9.2 (Grants to BLI) without first obtaining the prior written consent of Ginkgo[***]. Each sublicense of any license granted to BLI under this Section 9.2 (Grants to BLI) will (i) be in writing, (ii) be consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (iii) require each sublicensee thereunder to comply with all terms of this Agreement applicable to a sublicensee; provided that, subject to Section 6.2.1, such prior written consent of Ginkgo shall not be needed for any sublicense granted by BLI (a) under Section 9.2.1, to a Permitted Subcontractor of BLI under Section 2.7 (Subcontracting) to the extent such sublicense relates to the subcontracted activities, (b) any wholly-owned subsidiary of BLI existing as of the Effective Date, or (c) any other Person, including other Affiliates and any Third Party, under Section 9.2.2. Notwithstanding the grant of any sublicense, BLI shall remain liable to Ginkgo for the performance of all of BLI’s obligations under, and BLI’s compliance with, all provisions of, this Agreement. BLI shall not (and BLI shall ensure that any of its Affiliates and sublicensees do not) use any Intellectual Property or Confidential Information of Ginkgo that is licensed under this Section 9.2 or otherwise disclosed to BLI under this Agreement for any purpose not expressly permitted under this Agreement. [***].

9.3    No Implied Rights. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither Party will be deemed to have granted the other Party (by implication, estoppel or otherwise) any right, title, license or other interest in or with respect to any Intellectual Property or information Controlled by such Party.

 

10.

CONFIDENTIALITY

10.1    Confidential Information. Each Party may disclose (“Disclosing Party”) to the other Party (“Receiving Party”), and Receiving Party may acquire during the course and conduct of activities under the Agreement, certain non-public or confidential information of Disclosing Party in connection with this Agreement. The term “Confidential Information” means all non-public or confidential information or material in tangible form that one Party discloses to the other Party hereunder, or proprietary or confidential information disclosed in non-tangible form that a Disclosing Party identifies to the Receiving Party as confidential information or that, from the nature of such information, the Receiving Party should reasonably know is the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, including all technical and non-technical information conveyed from one Party to the other or otherwise accessed or observed by a Party in any form, electronic data and other proprietary information, data, samples, products, materials, compounds, sequences, compositions, configurations, methods, formulas, formulations, processes, protocols, specifications, designs, recordings, drawings, sketches, models, technologies, equipment, information relating to quality assurance or control, laboratory notebooks, techniques, inventions,

 

Page 48 of 85


know-how, apparatuses, formulae, customer lists, pricing information, strategies, business or marketing plans and other information related to the Disclosing Party’s current, future and proposed products, business, customers, Software or technology. The Parties agree that the terms of this Agreement will be treated as Confidential Information of each Party. Without limitation of the foregoing, (i) Ginkgo Background IP, Ginkgo Inventions, Collaboration Data, Specific Implementations, and Ginkgo Workflows will be treated as the Confidential Information of Ginkgo and (ii) BLI Background IP, BLI Inventions, Generalized Workflows and BLI Proprietary Workflows will be treated as the Confidential Information of BLI. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, Confidential Information does not include information that:

10.1.1    was known to Receiving Party or any of its Affiliates prior to the time of disclosure other than under an obligation of confidentiality with respect to such information;

10.1.2    is at the time of disclosure hereunder or later becomes public knowledge through no fault or omission of Receiving Party or any of its Affiliates;

10.1.3    is obtained by Receiving Party or any of its Affiliates from a Third Party having the right to disclose such information (e.g. not under an obligation of confidentiality to the Disclosing Party or its Affiliates) to such Receiving Party or its Affiliates;

10.1.4    has been independently developed by employees, Permitted Subcontractors, consultants or agents of Receiving Party or any of its Affiliates without the aid, application, or use of or reliance upon Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, as evidenced by contemporaneous written records; or

10.1.5    Receiving Party obtains written consent from Disclosing Party to disclose.

Specific aspects or details of Confidential Information will not be deemed to be within the public domain or in the possession of Receiving Party merely because the Confidential Information is embraced by more general information in the public domain or in the possession of Receiving Party. Further, any combination of Confidential Information will not be considered in the public domain or in the possession of Receiving Party merely because individual elements of such Confidential Information are in the public domain or in the possession of Receiving Party unless the combination and its principles are in the public domain or in the possession of Receiving Party.

10.2    Confidential Treatment. At all times during the Term and for a period of [***] ([***]) years following the end of the Term, or with respect to trade secrets (with such trade secrets either (i) having been specifically identified in writing to the Receiving Party by the Disclosing Party claiming ownership of the same or (ii) reasonably distinguishable by its nature or content as a trade secret of the Disclosing Party), until such time that such information is no longer a trade secret (including pursuant to Sections 10.1.1 - 10.1.5), Receiving Party will, and will cause its Affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, employees, Permitted Subcontractors, permitted sublicensees and agents to, keep confidential and not publish or otherwise disclose to a Third Party and not use for any purpose, any Confidential Information furnished or otherwise made known to it by the Disclosing Party, except to the extent such disclosure or use is expressly

 

Page 49 of 85


permitted by the terms of this Agreement or is reasonably necessary for the performance of, or the exercise of such Party’s rights under, this Agreement; provided that such parties to which the Confidential Information is disclosed are bound by written obligations of confidentiality at least as stringent as those set forth in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Receiving Party will remain liable for any breach of this Article 10 (Confidentiality) by any party to whom the Receiving Party has disclosed the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information under this Section 10.2 (Confidential Treatment).

10.3    Permitted Disclosures. Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party in the following instances:

10.3.1    in order to comply with Applicable Law (including any securities law or regulation or the rules of a securities exchange) or with a legal or administrative proceeding; provided that (a) to the extent legally permitted, Receiving Party gives written notice of such required disclosure to Disclosing Party prior to disclosing such Confidential Information and (b) Disclosing Party shall have the opportunity to take appropriate measures to assure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information to the extent practicable and consistent with Applicable Law and Receiving Party agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Disclosing Party in connection with such measures at Disclosing Party’s expense;

10.3.2    in connection with (a) prosecuting or defending litigation or (b) obtaining Regulatory Approval, making other regulatory filings and communications, and filing, prosecuting, enforcing, and defending patent rights, in each case, in connection with Receiving Party’s rights and obligations pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that, where reasonably possible, Receiving Party will notify Disclosing Party of Receiving Party’s intent to make any such disclosure sufficiently prior to making such disclosure so as to allow Disclosing Party adequate time to take whatever action it may deem appropriate to protect the confidentiality of the information to be disclosed; and

10.3.3    with respect to the terms of this Agreement, after having been reasonably redacted by the Receiving Party, to the extent such disclosure is reasonably required, to a bona fide potential licensee, investor, investment banker, acquirer, merger partner or other potential financial partner, and their respective attorneys, professional advisors and agents; provided that each such Person to whom such information is to be disclosed is informed of the confidential nature of such information and has entered into a written agreement with the Party requiring such Person to keep such information confidential.

10.4    Use of Names. Except as expressly provided herein, neither Party will mention or otherwise use the name, logo or trademark of the other Party or any of its Affiliates (or any abbreviation or adaptation thereof) in any publication, press release, website or marketing and promotional materials, or other form of publicity, without the prior written approval of such other Party in each instance; [***]. The restrictions imposed by this Section 10.4 (Use of Name) will not prohibit either Party from making any disclosure identifying the other Party that, in the reasonable opinion of the disclosing Party’s counsel, is required by Applicable Law; provided that such Party will submit the proposed disclosure identifying the other Party in writing to the other Party as far in advance as reasonably practicable (and in no event less than [***] ([***]) Business Days prior to the anticipated date of disclosure) so as to provide a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon.

 

Page 50 of 85


10.5    Publicity. Within [***] ([***]) days of the Effective Date (or such other period as mutually agreed to by the Parties), the Parties shall issue a press release in the form set forth in Schedule 10.5 (Press Release). After such initial press release, neither Party shall issue a press release or public announcement relating to this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, except that a Party may (a) once a press release or other public statement is approved in writing by both Parties, make subsequent public disclosure of the information contained in such press release or other written statement without the further approval of the other Party and (b) issue a press release or public announcement, including without limitation, the disclosure of this Agreement (or a summary thereof) in filings, as required, in the reasonable opinion of the publishing Party’s counsel, by Applicable Law (including by the rules or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any stock exchange on which the equity interests of such Party or its Affiliates (or any successor entity) are listed), provided, however, that such Party seeking disclosure will prepare such summary and a proposed redacted version of this Agreement as far in advance as reasonably practicable (and in no event less than [***] ([***]) Business Days prior to the anticipated date of disclosure) so as to provide a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon, and the other Party shall within such [***] ([***]) Business Day period, provide its comments, if any, which may be incorporated, in the reasonable discretion of the Party seeking disclosure.

10.6    Destruction or Return of Confidential Information. Upon the end of the Term, whether in its entirety or with respect to a specific Workflow Development Plan, Disclosing Party may request in writing to Receiving Party, and Receiving Party will, as requested by Disclosing Party except as and if necessary for such Receiving Party to exercise surviving rights under this Agreement following such expiration or termination, (a) at the Disclosing Party’s request, destroy, as soon as reasonably practicable, specific Confidential Information identified by the Disclosing Party in writing to the Receiving Party that are in Receiving Party’s possession and confirm such destruction in writing to Disclosing Party or (b) deliver to Disclosing Party, as soon as reasonably practicable, at Disclosing Party’s expense, all copies of such Confidential Information in the possession of Receiving Party; provided that the Receiving Party will be permitted to retain one copy of such Confidential Information for the sole purpose of performing any continuing obligations hereunder, as required by Applicable Law or for archival purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Receiving Party also will be permitted to retain such additional copies of or any computer records or files containing such Confidential Information that have been created solely by Receiving Party’s automatic archiving and back-up procedures, to the extent created and retained in a manner consistent with Receiving Party’s standard archiving and back-up procedures, but not for any other use or purpose.

 

11.

WARRANTIES AND DISCLAIMER; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

11.1    Mutual Representations. Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party, as of the Effective Date, as follows:

11.1.1    such Party is a corporation or limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state in which it is incorporated;

 

Page 51 of 85


11.1.2    such Party (a) has the corporate power and authority and legal right to enter into this Agreement, to perform its obligations and to grant the licenses hereunder and (b) has taken all necessary corporate action on its part to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder;

11.1.3    this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Party and constitutes a legal and valid obligation binding upon such Party and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

11.1.4    such Party has the right to grant the rights and licenses granted to the other Party pursuant to this Agreement; and

11.1.5    it has not entered into an agreement with a Third Party, or granted any right or license to any Third Party that conflicts with any of the rights, obligations or licenses granted to the other Party hereunder.

11.2    Mutual Covenants. Each Party hereby covenants to the other Party, as of the Effective Date, that:

11.2.1    all of its and its Affiliates’ employees who conduct any work under this Agreement will be, during the conduct of all such work, bound to a written agreement with such Party or its Affiliate to automatically assign all right, title and interest in and to their inventions and discoveries, whether or not patentable, to such Party as the sole owner thereof;

11.2.2    to the best of its knowledge, without further duty of inquiry, such Party will not

(a)    employ or use any contractor or consultant that employs any Person debarred by the FDA (or subject to similar sanction of the EMA or other Regulatory Authority) or (b) employ any Person that is the subject of an FDA debarment investigation or proceeding (or similar proceeding of the EMA or other Regulatory Authority), in each of (a)-(b), in the conduct of its activities under this Agreement;

11.2.3    it will perform or cause to be performed the obligations assigned to it under this Agreement in good scientific manner and in compliance with all Applicable Laws; and

11.2.4    it shall not, during the Term, enter into an agreement with a Third Party, or grant any right or license to any Third Party relating to any of the intellectual property rights it Controls, or otherwise encumber such intellectual property rights it Controls, that would conflict with any of the rights, obligations or licenses granted to the other Party hereunder.

 

Page 52 of 85


11.3    Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants of BLI. As of the Effective Date, BLI further represents, warrants and, as applicable, covenants to Ginkgo that:

11.3.1    BLI has, as of the Effective Date, and to its current knowledge will have during the Term, the full right, power and authority to (a) grant all of the right, title and interest in the licenses and other rights granted or to be granted to Ginkgo under this Agreement and (b) perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

11.3.2    neither BLI nor its Affiliates have granted, and BLI and its Affiliates will not grant, any liens or security interest on any assets, including Intellectual Property, that would limit the scope of any rights or licenses granted to Ginkgo hereunder;

11.3.3    neither BLI nor its Affiliates have knowledge of or have received any written notice of any claim that any Intellectual Property Controlled by a Third Party would be infringed or misappropriated by the activities contemplated under this Agreement, including Ginkgo’s use of the Beacon Platform to perform a general Workflow under this Agreement;

11.3.4    the Beacon Optofluidic Machines (including related Hardware and Software) and Consumables, at the time of delivery to Ginkgo, (a) shall have been manufactured, stored, shipped and delivered in accordance with Applicable Law and this Agreement; (b) to BLI’s knowledge, [***] and (c) shall be free from all liens, charges, encumbrances and security interests;

11.3.5    all services, including Services, shall be performed by or on behalf of BLI with requisite care, skill and diligence, by individuals who are appropriately trained and qualified, and in accordance with Applicable Law and industry standards;

11.3.6    to BLI’s knowledge [***], the use of the Beacon Platform as contemplated under this Agreement, but without any representation or warranty regarding [***] (a) [***] or (b) [***];

11.3.7    to BLI’s knowledge [***], (a) the use of the Beacon Platform as contemplated under this Agreement and (b) the performance of the activities Ginkgo is granted the right to conduct under Section 9.1 (Grants to Ginkgo) (but for both (a) and (b) no representation, warranty or covenant is given by BLI for Ginkgo Materials, Ginkgo Workflows or for Collaboration Workflows) [***]; and

11.3.8    BLI has independently developed all BLI Background IP or otherwise has a valid right to use and, as applicable, to permit Ginkgo and its permitted sublicensees to use, the BLI Background IP for all permitted purposes under this Agreement.

11.4    Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Ginkgo. As of the Effective Date, Ginkgo further represents, warrants and, as applicable, covenants to BLI that:

11.4.1    Ginkgo has, as of the Effective Date, and will have during the Term, the full right, power and authority to (a) grant all of the right, title and interest in the licenses and other rights granted or to be granted to BLI under this Agreement and (b) perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

Page 53 of 85


11.4.2    Ginkgo has independently developed all Ginkgo Background IP or otherwise has a valid right to use, and, as applicable, to permit BLI and its permitted sublicensees to use, the Ginkgo Background IP for all permitted purposes under this Agreement; and

11.4.3    neither Ginkgo nor its Affiliates have granted, and Ginkgo and its Affiliates will not grant, any liens or security interest on any assets, including Intellectual Property, that would limit the scope of any rights or licenses granted to BLI hereunder.

11.5    DISCLAIMERS.

11.5.1    EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND CONCERNING ITS ACTIVITIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR RESULTS OF ANY WORK PLAN AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF ITSELF OR THIRD PARTIES, VALIDITY, ENFORCEABILITY AND SCOPE OF PATENT RIGHTS, VALIDITY OF PATENT RIGHTS CLAIMS, WHETHER ISSUED OR PENDING, AND THE ABSENCE OF LATENT OR OTHER DEFECTS WHETHER OR NOT DISCOVERABLE.

11.5.2    BEACON PLATFORMS ARE SOLD “FOR RESEARCH USE ONLY. NOT FOR USE IN DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES.” GINKGO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) BEACON PLATFORMS HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED, CLEARED OR LICENSED BY THE UNITED STATES FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION OR ANY OTHER REGULATORY ENTITY WHETHER FOREIGN OR DOMESTIC FOR ANY SPECIFIC INTENDED USE, WHETHER RESEARCH, COMMERCIAL, DIAGNOSTIC OR OTHERWISE AND (II) GINKGO MUST ENSURE IT HAS ANY REGULATORY APPROVALS THAT ARE NECESSARY FOR GINKGO’S INTENDED USES OF BEACON PLATFORMS. GINKGO FURTHER AGREES TO COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS WHEN USING, MAINTAINING AND DISPOSING OF BEACON PLATFORMS.

11.6    No Consequential Damages. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT ARISING (A) FROM A PARTY’S BREACH OF ARTICLE 10 (CONFIDENTIALITY), (B) [***] (E) FROM A PARTY’S FRAUD, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR (F) IN CONNECTION WITH A PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 12 (INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE), IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON

 

Page 54 of 85


ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE). THE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION WILL APPLY EVEN IF A PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY.

11.7    Liability Limit. TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL A PARTY’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY (ABOVE AMOUNTS ACTUALLY PAID OR REIMBURSED BY SUCH PARTY’S INSURER (TO THE EXTENT NOT SELF-INSURED)) FOR A CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT UNDER ANY LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY, INCLUDING BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY, AND OTHERWISE EXCEED [***], EXCEPT THAT (A) SUCH LIMITATION SHALL NOT APPLY TO (I) A PARTY’S BREACH OF ARTICLE 10 (CONFIDENTIALITY), [***], (V) A PARTY’S FRAUD, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR (VI) A PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 12 (INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE) AND (B) SUCH LIMITATION ON LIABILITY SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY AMOUNTS ACCRUED AND ACTUALLY OWED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

12.

INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE

12.1    Indemnification by BLI. BLI will indemnify, defend and hold Ginkgo and its Affiliates, and its and their officers, directors, employees, licensees, sublicensees, Permitted Subcontractors and agents (each, a “Ginkgo Indemnitee”) harmless from and against any and all suits, claims, proceedings and causes of action brought by a Third Party (collectively, “Claims”) and all associated damages, liabilities, expenses and losses, including reasonable legal expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees (collectively, “Losses”), to the extent caused by or arising as a result of (a) the breach by BLI of this Agreement or material inaccuracy in any representation or warranty made by BLI under this Agreement, (b) the negligence, gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct by a BLI Indemnitee in connection with this Agreement, (c) [***], and (d) any Claims by BLI’s employees, Permitted Subcontractors or agents for worker’s compensation or other liability coverage, insurance, benefits, and other employee-related claims, in each case of clauses (a)-(d) of this Section 12.1 (Indemnification by BLI), except to the extent Ginkgo has an obligation to indemnify an BLI Indemnitee in connection with such Claims and Losses pursuant to Section 12.2 (Indemnification by Ginkgo).

12.2    Indemnification by Ginkgo. Ginkgo will indemnify, defend and hold BLI and its Affiliates, and its and their officers, directors, employees, Permitted Subcontractors and agents (each, an “BLI Indemnitee”) harmless from and against any and all Claims and Losses, to the extent caused by or arising as a result of (a) the breach by Ginkgo of this Agreement or material inaccuracy in any representation or warranty made by Ginkgo under this Agreement, (b) the negligence, gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct by a Ginkgo Indemnitee in connection with this Agreement, (c) [***] and (d) any Claims by Ginkgo’s employees, Permitted Subcontractors or agents for worker’s compensation or other liability coverage, insurance, benefits, and other employee-related claims, and (e) the development, manufacture, use, handling, storage, importation, distribution, sale or other commercialization of Ginkgo Inventions by Ginkgo

 

Page 55 of 85


or its Affiliates, agents, licensees, sublicensees or customers, in each case of clauses (a)-(e) of this Section 12.2 (Indemnification by Ginkgo) except to the extent BLI has an obligation to indemnify a Ginkgo Indemnitee in connection with such Claims and Losses pursuant to Section 12.1 (Indemnification by BLI).

12.3    Procedure. Any Party seeking indemnification under this Article 12 (Indemnification; Insurance) will promptly notify the indemnifying Party in writing after the Party seeking indemnification has received notice of any Claim. The Party seeking indemnification will reasonably cooperate with the indemnifying Party in the defense of any such Claim at the cost of the indemnifying Party. An indemnifying Party will not be obligated to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Party seeking indemnification if, and only to the extent, the Party seeking indemnification delays providing notice of a Claim to the indemnifying Party and the delay in notice substantively prejudices the ability of the indemnifying Party to successfully defend the Claim. The indemnifying Party may not make any admission on behalf of the Party seeking indemnification [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Party seeking indemnification may at any time choose to be represented by its own counsel at its expense (or at the indemnifying Party’s expense if the indemnifying Party’s defense is inadequate as determined by a reasonableness standard).

12.4    Insurance. Each Party will obtain and carry in full force and effect the minimum insurance requirements set forth below. Such insurance (i) will be primary insurance with respect to each Party’s own participation under this Agreement and (ii) will be issued by a recognized insurer rated by A.M. Best “A-VII” (or its equivalent) or better, or an insurer pre-approved in writing by the other Party.

12.4.1    Types and Minimum Limits. The types of insurance, and minimum limits will be: (i) any insurance policy that is required by any Applicable Law, including [***] and [***] policies where applicable; and (ii) [***] insurance with a minimum limit of [***] Dollars ($[***]) per occurrence and [***] Dollars ($[***]) in the aggregate. For clarity, [***].

12.4.2    Certificates of Insurance. Upon request by a Party, the other Party will provide Certificates of Insurance evidencing compliance with this Section 12.4 (Insurance). The insurance policies will be under an occurrence form, but if only a claims-made form is available to a Party, then such Party will continue to maintain such insurance after Expiration or the termination of this Agreement for a period of [***] ([***]) years following the end of the Term.

 

13.

TERM AND TERMINATION

13.1    Term.

13.1.1    General. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless sooner terminated in accordance with its terms, including by Ginkgo pursuant to Section 7.3 (Buy-Down Election) or extended by the mutual written agreement of the Parties, shall continue until the Intended End of Term (such time period, as may be extended pursuant to this Section 13.3.1 (Term – General), the “Term”); provided that, if,

 

Page 56 of 85


at the expiration of the Intended End of Term, Ginkgo has paid the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment, but will not have paid to BLI the Full Purchase Target, then the Term of this Agreement shall automatically extend for an additional [***] ([***]) year period from the date of the expiration of the then-Intended End of Term so that, among other things, BLI may potentially receive the benefit of the Full Purchase Target and Ginkgo may receive the continuing benefit of royalty-free licenses.

13.1.2    Effects of Expiration. Upon Expiration of this Agreement: (i) the licenses granted to BLI from Ginkgo pursuant to Section 9.2 (Grants to BLI) and the licenses granted to Ginkgo from BLI in Section 9.1.1 (Scope of Grants) and 9.1.2 (License Grant to Exploit [***]) shall survive and become perpetual, irrevocable, and royalty-free, (ii) no royalties shall be payable by Ginkgo on the sale or transfer of a Licensed Product, (iii) the pricing terms for Beacon Optofluidic Machines, Consumables, and services (including Services) set forth in Section 5.2.2 (Pricing – Adjustments) shall [***], (iv) the restrictions on BLI set forth in Section 6.2.1 (Restrictions on BLI) shall survive to the extent set forth therein and (v) [***].

13.2    Termination With Cause.

13.2.1    Material Breach. If either Party commits a material breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement, then the other Party may give the breaching Party written notice of such material breach. If the breaching Party fails to cure such breach within sixty (60) days after such notice, then the non-breaching Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the breaching Party in its entirety. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the breaching Party has a bona fide dispute as to whether such breach has occurred or has been cured, it will so notify the non-breaching Party in writing and the cure period will be tolled until such dispute is resolved pursuant to Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution). Upon a final determination of breach or failure to cure, the breaching Party will have the remainder of the cure period to cure such breach. [***].

13.2.2    Bankruptcy. Each Party will have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately in its entirety by giving written notice of termination to the other Party, if the other Party files a voluntary petition, or if an involuntary petition is granted in respect of the other Party and appeal proceedings are not commenced within [***] ([***]) Business Days from the date of such petition under the bankruptcy provisions of Applicable Law, or the other Party is declared insolvent, undergoes voluntary or involuntary dissolution, or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or suffers the appointment of a receiver or trustee over all, or substantially all, of its assets or properties. All rights and licenses under or to Intellectual Property granted under or pursuant to this Agreement by one Party to the other are, and will otherwise be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, licenses of rights to “intellectual property” as defined under Article 101 (52) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The Parties agree that each Party will retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or such similar laws in a jurisdiction outside the United States.

 

Page 57 of 85


13.3    Effects Termination.

13.3.1    General. As of the effective date of any early termination of this Agreement, (a) neither Party shall be relieved of any obligation that accrued prior to such effective date of termination; (b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all rights and obligations of each Party hereunder will cease and (c) each Party shall return or destroy all Confidential Information of the other Party that is in its possession, subject to and as more fully set forth in Section 10.6 (Destruction or Return of Confidential Information). BLI shall fulfill any Production Purchase orders placed by Ginkgo prior to the effective date of termination and Ginkgo shall pay for such orders pursuant to Section 5.3.3 (Delivery and Payment). For all Development Purchases, BLI shall deliver to Ginkgo all works-in-progress and any report or analysis prepared prior to the effective date of termination within [***] ([***]) days after the effective date of termination. “Expiration” of this Agreement occurs only when[***].

13.3.2    Effects of Termination Based Upon Ginkgo’s Buy-Down Election. In the event that termination is the result of Ginkgo exercising the Buy-Down Election (including payment of the Buy-Down Amount), then, as of the effective date of termination: (a) any and all existing Headstart Periods shall immediately be deemed to have accelerated to conclusion, (b) the restrictions on BLI set forth in Section 6.2.1 (Restrictions on BLI) shall terminate; (c) the licenses granted to Ginkgo from BLI in Section 9.1.1 (Scope of Grants) and 9.1.2 (License Grant to Exploit [***]) shall survive and become perpetual and irrevocable; (d) the licenses granted to BLI from Ginkgo pursuant to Section 9.2 (Grants to BLI) shall survive; (e) any Licensed Products arising from Collaboration Workflows or Ginkgo Workflows developed and used by Ginkgo to good effect prior to the effective date of termination shall be [***] on any sale or transfer of such Licensed Product, (f) (i) for any Licensed Products arising from Workflows other than those set forth in subclause (e) of this Section 13.3.2 (Effects of Termination Based on Ginkgo’s Buy-Down Election), Ginkgo shall pay [***] and (ii) Ginkgo shall pay [***] for as long as one or more Beacon Optofluidic Machines are in operation at Ginkgo, (g) the pricing terms for Beacon Optofluidic Machines, Consumables, and services (including Services) shall be consistent with then-current BLI List Prices, and (h) Ginkgo shall pay BLI for any amounts due for work performed by BLI under and in accordance with this Agreement prior to the effective date of termination to the extent that BLI cannot reasonably cancel or reallocate such work.

13.3.3    Effects of Termination Based Upon an Uncured Ginkgo Breach, Insolvency or Extended Force Majeure Event affecting Ginkgo. In the event that termination is the result of an uncured, material Ginkgo breach of the Agreement under Section 13.2.1 (Material Breach), for Ginkgo’s insolvency pursuant to Section 13.2.2 (Bankruptcy) or for an Extended Force Majeure Event with respect to Ginkgo pursuant to Section 14.8 (Force Majeure), then, as of the effective date of termination: (a) any and all existing Headstart Periods shall immediately be deemed to have accelerated to conclusion, (b) the restrictions on BLI set forth in Section 6.2.1 (Restrictions on BLI) shall immediately deemed to have terminated; (c) the licenses granted to BLI from Ginkgo pursuant to Section 9.2 (Grants to BLI) shall survive, (d) the licenses granted to Ginkgo under Sections 9.1.1(c) (Grants to Ginkgo – Commercial License) and 9.1.2 (License Grant to

 

Page 58 of 85


Exploit [***]) shall survive, but shall convert immediately into royalty-bearing licenses as set forth in subclause (e) hereof, (e) Ginkgo shall to pay to BLI [***]; provided that in the event such uncured material breach is [***], Ginkgo, at its election to be made on or before the [***] ([***]th) day following the effective date of termination (or, if later, within [***] ([***]) days of learning of the relevant royalties for Licensed Products), may elect, in lieu of royalties, to pay to BLI [***]; (f) the pricing terms for Beacon Optofluidic Machines, Consumables, and services (including Services) shall be consistent with then-current BLI List Prices; and (g) Ginkgo shall pay BLI for any amounts due for work performed by BLI under and in accordance with this Agreement prior to the effective date of termination or materials ordered prior to the effective date of termination to the extent that BLI cannot reasonably cancel or reallocate such work or materials.

13.3.4    Effects of Termination Based Upon an Uncured BLI Breach or Insolvency. In the event that termination is the result of an uncured material BLI breach of the Agreement under Section 13.2.1 (Material Breach) or for BLI’s insolvency pursuant to Section 13.2.2 (Bankruptcy), then: (a) Ginkgo’s obligations to pay to BLI the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment under Section 7.2.2(a) (Contract Year Purchase Targets and Commitments) shall terminate, (b) BLI shall grant royalty-free status on all Licensed Products developed using the Beacon Platform and no royalties shall be payable by Ginkgo on any sale or transfer of such Licensed Products, (c) Ginkgo’s obligations to pay to BLI the FOU License Fees pursuant to Section 7.4.1 (License Fees) shall terminate, (d) the licenses granted to Ginkgo from BLI in Section 9.1.1 (Scope of Grants) and 9.1.2 (License Grant to Exploit [***]) shall survive [***], (e) the licenses granted to BLI from Ginkgo pursuant to Section 9.2 (Grants to BLI) shall terminate, except with respect to any sublicenses granted by BLI under Section 9.2.2 for products and processes that were sold, commercialized or performed by BLI or to or for Third Parties prior to termination, which shall survive and such termination, but only if such sublicenses were granted in accordance with this Agreement, (f) the pricing terms for Beacon Optofluidic Machines, Consumables, and services (including Services) set forth in Section 5.2.2 (Pricing – Adjustments) shall survive for a period of [***] from the effective date of termination, (g) the restrictions on BLI set forth in Section 6.2.1 (Restrictions on BLI) shall survive to the extent set forth therein and (h) any and all existing Headstart Periods shall survive for their duration. If any such uncured, material BLI breach is solely due to BLI’s material failure to perform its supply-related obligations under this Agreement, Section 13.4 (Rights in Lieu of Termination for BLI’s Material Breach of Supply Obligations) may apply in Ginkgo’s sole discretion.

13.3.5    Effects of Termination Based Upon Ginkgo’s Election to Terminate based on a BLI Extended Force Majeure Event. In the event that termination is elected by Ginkgo based upon an Extended Force Majeure Event with respect to BLI pursuant to Section 13.2.1 (Force Majeure), then, as of the effective date of termination: (a) any and all existing Headstart Periods shall survive for their duration as if this Agreement had not been terminated, (b) the restrictions on BLI set forth in Section 6.2.1 (Restrictions on BLI) shall survive to the extent set forth therein as if this Agreement had not been terminated; (c) the licenses granted to Ginkgo from BLI in Section 9.1.1 (Scope of Grants) and 9.1.2 (License Grant to Exploit [***]) shall survive and become perpetual, irrevocable and, subject to clause (f) of this Section 13.3.2, royalty-free; (d) the licenses granted to BLI

 

Page 59 of 85


from Ginkgo pursuant to Section 9.2 (Grants to BLI) shall survive; (e) any Licensed Products arising from Collaboration Workflows or Ginkgo Workflows developed or used by Ginkgo to good effect prior to the effective date of termination shall be royalty-free and no royalties shall be payable by Ginkgo on any sale or transfer of such Licensed Product; provided that, if [***], if [***], then, in order for the sale or transfer of Licensed Products arising from Collaboration Workflows or Ginkgo Workflows developed or used by Ginkgo to good effect prior to the effective date of termination to be royalty-free, Ginkgo must pay to BLI [***], but Ginkgo will have [***] ([***]) days following the effective date of termination to decide whether to make such payment to BLI or to pay royalties for such Licensed Products under subclause (f) of this Section 13.3.5 (Effects of Termination Based Upon Ginkgo’s Election to Terminate based on a BLI Extended Force Majeure Event), (f) (i) for any Licensed Products arising from Workflows other than as set forth in subclause (e) of this Section 13.3.5 (Effects of Termination Based Upon Ginkgo’s Election to Terminate based on a BLI Extended Force Majeure Event), Ginkgo shall pay [***] and (ii) Ginkgo shall pay [***]; provided that, if [***], then [***], (g) the pricing terms for Beacon Optofluidic Machines, Consumables, and services (including Services) shall be consistent with then-current BLI List Prices and (h) Ginkgo shall pay BLI for any amounts due for work performed by BLI under and in accordance with this Agreement prior to the effective date of termination to the extent that BLI cannot reasonably cancel or reallocate such work.

13.3.6    Non-Limitation of Remedies. Nothing in this Section 13.3 (Effects of Expiration and Termination) limits or precludes any other remedies available to a Party, including for example, the seeking and obtaining of injunctive relief.

13.3.7    Annual Royalty Update. The Parties hereby acknowledge that, if this Agreement is terminated, then, depending on the manner of termination, Ginkgo may, as more fully set forth in Section 13.3 (Effects of Termination), be required to pay royalties to BLI with respect to Licensed Product, which royalties will be in line with BLI’s then-standard commercial terms. In order for Ginkgo to more fully understand the royalty that may be owed to BLI in the event this Agreement is terminated, on an annual basis, starting at the end of the [***] Contract Year, BLI will provide Ginkgo, in writing, its then-current commercial terms with respect to royalties for the Licensed Products.

13.4    Rights in Lieu of Termination for BLI’s Material Breach of Supply Obligations. In the event that Ginkgo has the right to terminate this Agreement under Section 13.2.1 (Material Breach) due to a material breach of BLI to perform its supply-related obligations under this Agreement (for clarity, this shall not include (a) [***] or (b) [***], Ginkgo may elect by written notice to BLI to, instead of terminating this Agreement, keep this Agreement and, without limiting any other right or remedy under Applicable Law or this Agreement, to decrease the amount of the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment for the current and future Contract Years, as well as the Full Purchase Target, in each case in amounts reasonably mutually agreed upon by the Parties in good faith in accordance with this Section 13.4 (Rights in Lieu of Termination for BLI’s Material Breach of Supply Obligations). Following any notice by Ginkgo to BLI under this Section 13.4 (Rights in Lieu of Termination for BLI’s Material Breach of Supply Obligations), the Parties shall (i) discuss and implement in good faith a plan to address the supply breach by BLI and shall discuss in good faith potential approaches to prevent such breach from reoccurring, including a

 

Page 60 of 85


modification to Ginkgo’s forecasts and BLI’s obligation to meet a certain percentage of such forecasts and (ii) discuss and implement reductions to the Minimum Cumulative Purchase Commitment for the current and future Contract Years, as well as reductions to the Full Purchase Target, which reductions will be made based on [***].

13.5    Determination of Use of Workflow to Good Effect. In the event the Parties disagree as to whether a Collaboration Workflow or Ginkgo Workflow has been developed and used by Ginkgo to good effect prior to termination pursuant to Section 13.3.2 (Effects of Termination Based Upon Ginkgo’s Buy-Down Election) or Section 13.3.5 (Effects of Termination Based upon Ginkgo’s Election to Terminate based on a BLI Extended Force Majeure Event), with respect to each, at either Party’s request, the dispute shall be resolved in an accelerated manner by an Expert Panel subject to the process and cost allocation set forth in Section 3.5.3.

13.6    Surviving Provisions. In addition to this Section 13.6 (Surviving Provisions), the following Sections and Articles will survive Expiration and any termination of this Agreement: Article 1 (Definitions), Section 2.2.3 (Retooling and Development Costs) (solely with respect to (i) [***] and (ii) [***]), Section 2.4 (Costs Under Workflow Development Plans) (solely with respect to costs incurred prior to the end of the Term), Section 2.5 (Termination of Workflow Development Plans) (solely with respect to the effects of termination of a Workflow Development Plan as set forth therein), Section 2.8 (Records) (solely for [***] ([***]) years following the end of the Term or for such longer period as required by Applicable Law), Section 3.9 (Expenses) (solely with respect to expenses incurred prior to the end of the Term), Section 4.1.10 (solely to the extent the BLI Terms and Conditions need to survive in order to give effect to the surviving terms of this Agreement), Section 6.1 (Headstart Period) solely to the extent any Headstart Periods extend beyond the Term) and further subject to each of Section 13.3.2 (Effects of Termination Based Upon Ginkgo’s Buy-Down Election), Section 13.3.3 (Effects of Termination Based Upon an Uncured Ginkgo Breach, Insolvency or Extended Force Majeure Event affecting Ginkgo) or Section 13.3.5 (Effects of Termination Based upon Ginkgo’s Election to Terminate based on a BLI Extended Force Majeure Event), as applicable), Section 6.2.1 (Restrictions on BLI) (solely for the [***] ([***]) month period following the end of the Term), Section 7.5 (Manner of Payments) through Section 7.10 (Late Payments) (solely with respect to any unpaid amounts that accrued prior to the end of the Term or that accrue at any time under Section 7.4.2 (Milestone Payments)), Article 8 (Intellectual Property Ownership; Use of Data), but excluding Section 8.4 (Prosecution and Enforcement Rights), Section 8.5.1 (Disclosure), and Section 8.6 (Notification of New Products; Early Access), Article 10 (Confidentiality), Section 11.5 (Disclaimers), Section 11.6 (No Consequential Damages), Section 11.7 (Liability Limit, Section 12.1 (Indemnification by BLI) through Section 12.3 (Procedure), Section 13.1.2 (Effects of Expiration) (solely for Expiration of this Agreement and only for [***] ([***]) years for under clause (iii) thereof), Section 13.3 (Effects of Termination) (solely for termination of this Agreement), Section 13.5 (Determination of Use of Workflow to Good Effect), Section 14.5 (Governing Law; Dispute Resolution; Equitable Remedies), Section 14.9 (Further Assurances) and Section 14.15 (Interpretation).

 

14.

MISCELLANEOUS

14.1    Notice. Any notice given under this Agreement must be in writing and delivered either to the addresses set forth below in person or via overnight courier (or to such other addresses

 

Page 61 of 85


of which the Parties may from time to time be notified in writing) and each such notice will be effective upon actual receipt:

If to Ginkgo:

Ginkgo Bioworks, Inc.

27 Drydock Avenue, 8th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: [***]

With a copy to:

Ginkgo Bioworks, Inc.

27 Drydock Avenue, 8th Floor

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: [***]

with an electronic copy to [***]

With a copy to:

[***]

If to BLI:

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

5858 Horton Street, Suite 320

Emeryville, CA 94608

Attn: [***]

With a copy to:

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

5858 Horton Street, Suite 320

Emeryville, CA 94608

Attn: [***]

With an electronic copy to: [***]

With a copy to:

[***]

Such notice will be deemed to have been given as of the date delivered by hand or on the second business day (at the place of delivery) after deposit with an internationally recognized overnight delivery service.

14.2    Independent Contractors. It is understood that both Parties hereto are independent contractors and are engaged in the operation of their own respective businesses, and neither Party is to be considered the agent of the other. Neither Party has any authority to enter into any contracts or assume any obligations for the other.

 

Page 62 of 85


14.3    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held illegal, invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such decision will in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions, which will remain in full force and effect, and the Agreement will be interpreted as if such provision were not included in this Agreement; provided that the Parties will negotiate in good faith an amendment to this Agreement that replaces the unenforceable provision with an enforceable provision (to the extent possible) that reflects their initial intent.

14.4    Assignment.

14.4.1    Permitted Assignments. Neither Party may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any rights hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided that either Party may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any rights hereunder (a) to a wholly-owned subsidiary of such Party or (b) in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Party related to the subject matter of this Agreement, whether by merger, consolidation, divestiture, restructure, sale of stock sale of assets or otherwise its successor, whether in a merger, sale of stock or sale of assets or any other transaction, in each case (a)-(b), without first obtaining the prior written consent of the other Party, so long as the non-assigning Party is notified in writing of such assignment within [***] ([***]) days following such assignment; provided further that, in no event may BLI assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, to any Person [***] without first obtaining Ginkgo’s prior written consent. Any purported assignment of this Agreement by a Party in contradiction to this Section 14.4 (Assignment) will be void and of no effect.

14.4.2    Transferee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if a Party (the “Assigning Party”) assigns or transfers this Agreement to a permitted Third Party pursuant to Section 14.4.1 (Permitted Assignments) (any such Third Party, a “Transferee”), then the Intellectual Property that was held or developed by such Transferee prior to or after such assignment or transfer (other than Intellectual Property developed by such Transferee in the course of conducting the Assigning Party’s activities under this Agreement to the extent such Intellectual Property would have been so included had it been discovered, created, made, developed, conceived or reduced to practice by such Assigning Party) shall not be deemed to be Intellectual Property Controlled by such Assigning Party, and shall also not be affected or otherwise encumbered in any manner, including without limitation, by being subject to any rights of or licenses under this Agreement. Furthermore, such Transferee (and Affiliates of such Transferee: (i) existing immediately prior to such merger, acquisition, assignment or transfer; or (ii) formed on or after such merger, acquisition, assignment or transfer, which are not controlled by (as defined under the Affiliate definition in Section 1.2 (“Affiliate definition)) the Assigning Party) shall be excluded from the Affiliate definition for purposes of determining Intellectual Property that is subject to this Agreement.

 

Page 63 of 85


14.5    Governing Law; Dispute Resolution; Equitable Remedies.

14.5.1    Governing Law. This Agreement will be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any choice of law provision.

14.5.2    Dispute Resolution. Except with respect to those disputes in which a Party seeks equitable relief pursuant to Section 14.5.3 (Equitable Remedies) or for which a Party or Person is expressly given final decision-making authority as set forth in Section 3.5 (Decision-Making), the Parties, through their Senior Officers, will make a good faith effort to settle any disputes that may arise between them with respect to this Agreement. If the Parties do not settle the matter within [***] ([***]) days after the delivery by one Party of written notice (the “Arbitration Notice”) to the other Party involved, then the Parties will submit the matter to binding arbitration in Wilmington, Delaware. All matters so submitted to arbitration will be settled by three (3) arbitrators in accordance with the [***], or its successor (the “[***] Rules”). In the event of a conflict between [***] Rules and this Agreement, this Agreement shall govern. Each Party will designate an arbitrator and the Parties will cause the designated arbitrators to mutually agree upon and to designate a third arbitrator who will serve as chairperson; provided, however, that failing such agreement within [***] ([***]) days of delivery of the Arbitration Notice, the third (3rd) arbitrator will be appointed in accordance with [***] Rules within an additional [***] ([***]) days. The Parties shall arrange for a hearing to occur and be completed within [***] ([***]) days after the appointment of the third (3rd) arbitrator, which hearing shall last no longer than [***], unless the arbitral panel believes a longer period is required, in which case the hearing may last [***]. The Parties will cause the arbitrators to decide the matter to be arbitrated within [***] ([***]) days after the close of evidence unless the chairperson arbitrator determines, at the request of any Party or on his or her own initiative, that such time period should be extended, in which case such time period may not be extended beyond an additional [***] ([***]) day period. Each of Ginkgo and BLI will be permitted to serve one set of document production requests with no more than [***] ([***]) requests; no more than [***] ([***]) interrogatories, including subparts, no more than [***] ([***]) requests for admissions; no more than [***] ([***]) subpoenas to Third Parties; and no more than [***] ([***]) notices of deposition per side, in each case, unless the arbitral panel directs otherwise. Any documents not in English that are produced by a Party will be accompanied by a translation into English, which translation will not be binding upon the other Party or the arbitrators. Each Party covenants and agrees that (a) it will produce documents as required by this Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution), and (b) it will make its employees, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to make its former employees, available for depositions and hearing testimony as requested by the other Party. The final decision of the majority of the arbitrators shall be in writing, in all events follow governing law and will be furnished to all the Parties in such dispute. Judgment on such decision may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Such decision may be used in a court of law only for the purpose of seeking enforcement of the arbitrators’ award. Except as required by Applicable Law or to enforce an arbitrators’ award, neither Party may disclose the existence, contents or results of an arbitration brought in accordance with this Agreement, or the evidence produced by its opposing Parties, or any analysis or summaries derived from such evidence. The Parties agree that all applicable statutes of limitation and

 

Page 64 of 85


time-based defenses (such as estoppel and laches) will be tolled while the procedures set forth in this Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution) are pending. The Parties will cooperate in taking any actions necessary to achieve this result. Except as may be determined by the arbitrators, neither Party shall be penalized for delays resulting from dispute resolution conducted pursuant to this Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution).

14.5.3    Equitable Remedies; Single Forum. Notwithstanding any other terms of this Agreement, either Party may seek a preliminary injunction or other provisional equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction as permitted by Applicable Law. At all times while any claim, action, suit or other proceeding between the Parties and/or any of their Affiliates (or among the Parties and/or any of their Affiliates and one or more Third Parties) arising out of or relating to this Agreement is pending in any court of competent jurisdiction, no dispute that is justiciable and can be joined to such pending claim, action, suit or other proceeding shall be submitted to arbitration pursuant to Section 14.5.2 (Dispute Resolution) without both Parties’ mutual consent and, instead, either Party may join such dispute to the pending claim, action, suit or other proceeding by including such dispute in its pleadings or amending its pleadings. In the event that a motion to amend is required to achieve such joinder, the non-moving Party shall consent to such motion.

14.6    Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto, sets forth and constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and all prior agreements, understandings, promises and representations, whether written or oral, with respect thereto are superseded hereby. This Agreement may not be amended except by a writing signed by authorized representatives of both Parties. The failure of a Party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof will in no manner affect its rights at a later time to enforce the same. To be valid, a waiver must be in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the Party having the right that is waived or to whom the obligation to be waived is owed.

14.7    English Language. This Agreement will be written and executed in, and all other communications under or in connection with this Agreement will be in, the English language. Any translation into any other language will not be an official version thereof, and in the event of any conflict in interpretation between the English version and such translation, the English version will control.

14.8    Force Majeure. Any delay in the performance of any of the duties or obligations (other than payment obligations) of either Party hereto caused by a Force Majeure Event (defined below) shall not be considered a breach of this Agreement and the time required for performance shall be extended for a period equal to the period of such delay. “Force Majeure Event” shall mean acts of God, acts of the public enemy, war, terrorism, insurrections, riots, injunctions, embargoes, fires, explosions, floods, or other unforeseeable causes beyond the reasonable control and without the fault or negligence of the Party who is so prevented or delayed from fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement by such Force Majeure Event (the “Affected Party”). The Affected Party shall give prompt written notice to the other Party of such cause and shall take whatever reasonable steps are appropriate in the other Party’s discretion to relieve the effect of such cause as rapidly as possible. The Party not directly affected by the Force Majeure Event shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with written notice effective upon receipt if Force

 

Page 65 of 85


Majeure Event continues to prevent performance or compliance in any material respect by the other Party for a period of more than [***] ([***]) days or should [***] ([***]) Force Majeure Events apply to the performance of such other Party during any [***] (each a “Extended Force Majeure Event”).

14.9    Further Assurances. Each Party will duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further instruments and do and cause to be done such further acts and things, including the filing of such assignments, agreements, documents, and instruments, as may be necessary or as the other Party may reasonably request in connection with this Agreement or to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes hereof, or to better assure and confirm unto such other Party its rights and remedies under this Agreement.

14.10    Third Party Beneficiaries. There are no Third Party beneficiaries under this Agreement, except to the extent a Third Party is indemnified pursuant to Article 12 (Indemnification; Insurance); provided that, in no event will any Third Party entitled to indemnification pursuant to Article 12 (Indemnification; Insurance) be allowed to enforce the terms thereof against a Party.

14.11    Export Control. This Agreement is made subject to any restrictions concerning the export of products or technical information from the United States or other countries which may be imposed upon the Parties from time to time. Each Party agrees that it will not export, directly or indirectly, any technical information acquired from the other Party under this Agreement or any products using such technical information to a location or in a manner that at the time of export requires an export license or other governmental approval, without first obtaining the applicable license, approval, or written consent to do so from the appropriate agency or other governmental entity.

14.12    References. Unless otherwise specified, (a) references in this Agreement to any Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule will mean references to such Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule of this Agreement, (b) references in any Section to any clause are references to such clause of such Section and (c) references to any agreement, instrument or other document in this Agreement refer to such agreement, instrument or other document as originally executed or, if subsequently amended, replaced or supplemented from time to time, as so amended, replaced or supplemented and in effect at the relevant time of reference thereto.

14.13    Attachments. In the event of any inconsistencies between this Agreement and any Exhibits, Schedules or other attachments hereto, the terms of this Agreement will control, unless the relevant Exhibit, Schedule or other attachment explicitly references its inconsistency with this Agreement and states that it shall control.

14.14    Non-Solicit. Neither Party will, [***], directly or indirectly with or through any Person, solicit for employment any Person who is an employee of the other Party; provided, however, that general solicitation of the public for employment shall not constitute a solicitation hereunder so long as such general solicitation is not designed to target any such Person. In the event that a Party solicits and then hires an employee of the other Party in violation of this Section 14.4 (Non-Solicit), the hiring Party shall, [***], within [***] ([***]) days of such hire, pay the other Party an amount equal to the [***] cash compensation actually paid to the individual

 

Page 66 of 85


([***]) by the non-hiring Party in the immediately prior calendar year and, further, if the individual solicited and then hired in violation of this is a Key Person under Section 5.4.1(b) (Dedicated FTEs; Key Persons), then BLI shall have [***] ([***]) months to identify an employee as the individual to replace such Key Person and any (a) [***] or (b) [***], in each case (a)-(b), to the extent due to the absence of such Key Person performing a Workflow Development Plan upon which the Key Person was engaged, shall be deemed waived for that [***] month period.

14.15    Interpretation. All headings are for convenience only and will not affect the meaning of any provision of this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge that each Party has read and negotiated the language used in this Agreement. Because both Parties participated in negotiating and drafting this Agreement, no rule of construction will apply to this Agreement which construes ambiguous language in favor of or against either Party by reason of that Party’s role in drafting this Agreement. Except where the context expressly requires otherwise, (a) the use of any gender herein will be deemed to encompass references to either or both genders, and the use of the singular will be deemed to include the plural (and vice versa), (b) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” whether or not so appearing herein, (c) the word “will” will be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall,” (d) any reference herein to any Person will be construed to include the Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (e) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, will be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (f) references to any Applicable Law, rule or regulation, or article, section or other division thereof, will be deemed to include the then-current amendments thereto or any replacement or successor Applicable Law, rule or regulation thereof and (g) the term “or” will be interpreted in the inclusive sense commonly associated with the term “and/or.”

14.16    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered by facsimile, electronic transmission or by mail delivery, will be deemed an original and all of which will constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Page Directly Follows]

 

Page 67 of 85


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date by their respective duly authorized representatives.

 

GINKGO BIOWORKS, INC.     BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Barry Canton                                                 

    By:  

/s/ Keith Breinlinger                                                 

Name:   Barry Canton     Name:   Keith Breinlinger
Title:   CTO     Title:   CTO


SCHEDULE 1.10

Beacon Optofluidic Machine Specifications

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


SCHEDULE 1.18

BLI Terms and Conditions

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


SCHEDULE 1.21

Buy-Down Examples

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


SCHEDULE 1.36

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


SCHEDULE 1.62

FTE Rate

$[***] USD per year*

 

*

All FTEs (Hardware, Software, Program Manager, FAS, etc.) will be billed to Ginkgo at this rate. For periods of less than 1 year, billing will be pro-rated based on time. [***]


SCHEDULE 1.92

Lead Time

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


SCHEDULE 1.104

OptoSelect Chips

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


SCHEDULE 1.107

Performance Service Plan

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


SCHEDULE 2.2.2

Initial Workflow Development Plans

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


SCHEDULE 5.2.1

Pricing Schedule

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


SCHEDULE 5.3.3

Qualification Standards

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


SCHEDULE [***]

 

1.

[***]


SCHEDULE 10.5

Draft Press Release – Subject to further changes by Both Parties

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


EXHIBIT A

Workflow Development Plans

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


EXHIBIT B

Outline of First Two (2) Initial Workflow Development Plans

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


EXHIBIT C

GINKGO BIOWORKS, INC.

AGREEMENT CONCERNING RECEIPT OF AND ACCESS TO GINKGO PROPERTY

AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)


EXHIBIT D

BLI Proprietary Workflows for Section 7.4.2

Intentionally omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5)

Exhibit 10.13A

[***] Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10). Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.

 

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY

 

OFFICE OF TECHNOLOGY LICENSING

   LOGO

 

 

 

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE

BETWEEN

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

AND

THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

FOR

OPTOELECTRONIC TWEEZER TECHNOLOGY

[***]


1.

 

BACKGROUND

     4  

2.

 

DEFINITIONS

     4  

3.

 

GRANT

     7  

4.

 

SUBLICENSES

     8  

5.

 

LICENSE ISSUE FEE

     10  

6.

 

ROYALTIES

     11  

7.

 

DUE DILIGENCE

     13  

8.

 

PROGRESS AND ROYALTY REPORTS

     14  

9.

 

BOOKS AND RECORDS

     15  

10.

 

LIFE OF THE AGREEMENT

     16  

11.

 

TERMINATION BY REGENTS

     16  

12.

 

TERMINATION BY LICENSEE

     17  

13.

 

DISPOSITION OF LICENSED PRODUCTS ON HAND UPON TERMINATION

     17  

14.

 

PATENT PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE

     17  

15.

 

MARKING

     19  

16.

 

USE OF NAMES AND TRADEMARKS

     19  

17.

 

LIMITED WARRANTIES

     19  

18.

 

PATENT INFRINGEMENT

     20  

19.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

     21  

20.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

     22  

21.

 

GOVERNMENT APPROVAL OR REGISTRATION

     23  

22.

 

ASSIGNMENT

     23  

23.

 

NOTICES

     23  

24.

 

LATE PAYMENTS

     24  

 

ii


25.

 

WAIVER

     24  

26.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

     24  

27.

 

FORCE MAJEURE

     25  

28.

 

SEVERABILITY

     25  

29.

 

APPLICABLE LAW; VENUE; ATTORNEYS’ FEES

     26  

30.

 

ELECTRONIC COPY

     26  

31.

 

SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

     26  

 

iii


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY

 

OFFICE OF TECHNOLOGY LICENSING

   LOGO

 

 

 

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR

OPTOELECTRONIC TWEEZER TECHNOLOGY

UC Case No.: [***]

 

 

 

This exclusive license agreement (“Agreement”) is effective October 25, 2011 (“Effective Date”), by and between THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, a California corporation, whose legal address is 1111 Franklin Street, 12th Floor, Oakland, California 94607-5200, acting through its Office of Technology Licensing, at the University of California, Berkeley, 2150 Shattuck Avenue, Suite 510, Berkeley, CA 94720-1620 (“REGENTS”) and BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC., a Delaware corporation having a principal place of business at [***] (“LICENSEE”). The parties agree as follows:

 

1.

BACKGROUND

 

  1.1

REGENTS has an assignment of the following (collectively, the “INVENTION”):

[***];

and to the patents and patent applications under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS as defined below, which are directed to the INVENTION.

 

  1.2

LICENSEE has provided REGENTS with a commercialization plan for the INVENTION and business strategy in order to evaluate its capabilities as a LICENSEE.

 

  1.3

REGENTS and LICENSEE wish to have the INVENTION perfected and marketed as soon as possible so that products resulting therefrom may be available for public use and benefit.

 

  1.4

LICENSEE wishes to acquire a license under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS for the purpose of undertaking development and to manufacture, use, sell, offer for sale and import LICENSED PRODUCTS as defined below.

 

2.

DEFINITIONS

 

  2.1

“REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS” means REGENTS’ rights in:

[***];

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 1 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


and continuing applications thereof including divisions, substitutions, extensions and continuation-in-part applications (only to the extent, however, that claims in the continuation-in-part applications are entitled to the priority filing date of the parent patent application), any patents issuing on said application or continuing applications including reissues, reexaminations and extensions of such patents; and any corresponding foreign patents or applications (including extensions and supplemental protection certificates relating thereto), or any other patents and patent applications anywhere in the world that claim priority from any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a patent application described above in this Section 2.1 has been pending for more than [***] years, then such application shall not be considered part of the REGENTS PATENT RIGHTS for purposes of determining the applicability of the definitions of LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED METHOD or SUBLICENSING INCOME; provided, however, that if after [***] years, such pending patent application subsequently issues, LICENSEE will pay any as back royalties (payable in annual installments over [***] years after the issue date[***]) any additional royalties on NET SALES or SUBLICENSING INCOME that would have been owed by LICENSEE if the claims that are ultimately issued under such pending patent application had been valid for the entire period of time in question.

 

  2.2

“AFFILIATE” of LICENSEE means any entity that, directly or indirectly, Controls LICENSEE, is Controlled by LICENSEE, or is under common Control with LICENSEE. “Control” means (i) having the actual, present capacity to elect a majority of the directors of such affiliate, (ii) having the power to direct at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights entitled to elect directors, or (iii) in any country where the local law will not permit foreign equity participation of a majority, ownership or control, directly or indirectly, of the maximum percentage of such outstanding stock or voting rights permitted by local law.

 

  2.3

“COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE EFFORTS” means, with respect to LICENSEE’s obligations under this Agreement, the carrying out of such obligations with a level of effort and resources consistent with the diligent commercially reasonable practices of a similarly situated company in the medical device industry, taking into account the stage of development of LICENSEE’s products and overall business, LICENSEE’s scientific and financial capabilities and constraints, other relevant scientific, economic, regulatory and competitive considerations, and any other relevant factors as LICENSEE may consider in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, all based on conditions then prevailing.

 

  2.4

“FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND” means either the closing of a FINANCING EVENT that causes the amount of funding received by LICENSEE from all FINANCING EVENTS since the incorporation of LICENSEE to exceed [***] US dollars ($[***]) in aggregate (where “FINANCING EVENT” is understood to mean any transaction or event by which LICENSEE raises funds, [***]).

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 2 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


  2.5

“FOUNDERS STOCK” means shares of LICENSEE’s common stock.

 

  2.6

“FULLY-DILUTED BASIS” shall mean that the total number of issued and outstanding shares of the LICENSEE’s stock shall be calculated to include the shares of common stock issuable by the LICENSEE upon exercise and/or conversion of all of the following securities (collectively, “Common Stock Equivalents”): all outstanding (a) securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock, whether or not then convertible or exchangeable (collectively, “Convertible Securities”), (b) subscriptions, rights, options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock from the LICENSEE, whether or not then exercisable (collectively, “Options”), and (c) securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Options or Convertible Securities and any such underlying Options and/or Convertible Securities.

 

  2.7

“LICENSED FIELD OF USE” means all applications and uses, without limitation.

 

  2.8

“LICENSED METHOD” means any process or method the use or practice of which, where and when occurring, would but for the license pursuant to this Agreement, infringe[***] any issued or pending claim under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS in that country in which the LICENSED METHOD is used or practiced.

 

  2.9

“LICENSED PRODUCTS” means all kits, compositions of matter, articles of manufacture, materials, and products, the manufacture, use, SALE, offer for SALE, or import of which, where and when occurring: a) would require the performance of the LICENSED METHOD; or b) but for the license granted pursuant to this Agreement, would infringe[***] a valid claim of any issued, unexpired patent under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS or a claim being prosecuted in a pending patent application under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS. A claim in an issued patent under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS will be presumed valid unless and until it has been held to be invalid by a final judgment of a court or patent authority of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be or is taken or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, disclaimer or otherwise.

 

  2.10

“LICENSED SERVICE” means a service provided using LICENSED PRODUCTS or LICENSED METHOD.

 

  2.11

“LICENSED TERRITORY” means the entire world where the REGENTS has rights.

 

  2.12

“NET SALES” means [***] by LICENSEE for SALES of LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED SERVICES, and LICENSED METHODS, less the sum of the following deductions where applicable: early payment, trade or quantity discounts; sales, use, tariff, import/export duties or other excise taxes when included in gross sales (including value added taxes (“vat”) to the extent that such vat is incurred and not reimbursed, refunded, or credited under a tax authority), but

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 3 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


  not taxes based on net income derived from such sales; transportation, packing and insurance charges; and allowances or credits made for rejections, returns or uncollectable accounts. For purposes of calculating NET SALES, a SALE to a sublicensee for end use by the sublicensee will be treated as a SALE. Furthermore, for purposes of calculating NET SALES associated with provision of LICENSED SERVICES, the amount received by LICENSEE for such LICENSED SERVICES shall be the portion of the gross amount received by LICENSEE for such LICENSED SERVICES that is [***] to the contributions of the LICENSED PRODUCTS and/or LICENSED METHODS.

 

  2.13

“SALE” means, for LICENSED PRODUCTS and LICENSED SERVICES, the act of selling, leasing or otherwise transferring, providing, or furnishing such product or service, and for LICENSED METHOD the act of performing such method, for any use or for any consideration. Correspondingly, “SELL” means to make or cause to be made a SALE, and “SOLD” means to have made or caused to be made a SALE.

 

  2.14

“SUBLICENSING INCOME” means [***] in respect of royalties received by LICENSEE, to the extent attributable to the grant of sublicenses of REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS.

 

3.

GRANT

 

  3.1

Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, including the license granted to the U.S. Government and the rights reserved in Paragraph 3.3, REGENTS hereby grants and LICENSEE hereby accepts an exclusive license under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS to make, use, offer for SALE, import, and SELL LICENSED PRODUCTS and LICENSED SERVICES, and to practice LICENSED METHOD, in the LICENSED FIELD OF USE in the LICENSED TERRITORY.

 

  3.2

The licenses under Paragraph 3.1 will be exclusive for a term commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date of the last-to-expire patent under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS.

 

  3.3

Nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to limit the right of REGENTS to publish any and all technical data resulting from any research performed by REGENTS relating to the INVENTION, and to make and use the INVENTION, LICENSED PRODUCTS, and LICENSED SERVICES and practice LICENSED METHOD and associated technology for educational and research purposes and to allow other educational and non-profit institutions to do so for educational and research purposes.

 

  3.4

If LICENSEE files a claim that includes in any way the assertion that one or more claims under the REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS are invalid or unenforceable, and fails to withdraw such claim within [***] ([***]) days after receipt of a written request from REGENTS to do so, then REGENTS may elect by written notice to LICENSEE to remove such claim(s) from the scope of the REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS licensed hereunder.

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 4 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


  3.5

LICENSEE will have a continuing responsibility to keep REGENTS informed of [***].

 

  3.6

The components of the INVENTION listed below were funded in part by the U.S. Government:

 

   

[***]

In accordance with PL 96-517 as amended by PL 98-620, to the extent required by law or regulation, any products covered by patent applications or patents claiming such components of the INVENTION and sold in the United States must be substantially manufactured in the United States, provided that if such requirement is determined to be applicable and LICENSEE so requests, then REGENTS will cooperate in good faith with LICENSEE in seeking a waiver of such requirement from the applicable Federal agency(ies).

 

4.

SUBLICENSES

 

  4.1

REGENTS also grants to LICENSEE the right to sublicense to AFFILIATES and third parties the right to make, use, offer for SALE, import, and SELL LICENSED PRODUCTS and LICENSED SERVICES, and to practice LICENSED METHOD in the LICENSED FIELD OF USE in the LICENSED TERRITORY, provided that LICENSEE has exclusive rights under this Agreement at the time of sublicensing. Every such sublicense will include:

 

  (a)

a statement setting forth [***];

 

  (b)

an agreement by the sublicensee to perform obligations due to REGENTS that are [***] to those set forth in [***]; and

 

  (c)

the same provision for indemnification of REGENTS as has been provided for in this Agreement.

If REGENTS notifies LICENSEE in writing that a sublicensee is in violation of the obligations described in clause (b) or (c) of this Paragraph 4.1, then LICENSEE shall use [***] to cause such sublicensee to cure such violation, and LICENSEE agrees that if such violation has not been cured within [***] ([***]) days after notice from REGENTS to LICENSEE, then LICENSEE will [***] to [***].

 

  4.2

LICENSEE will pay to REGENTS a percentage of any SUBLICENSING INCOME due to LICENSEE for the grant of rights under each sublicense, calculated based on the date such SUBLICENSING INCOME is received in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Date

   Applicable Percentage  

[***]

     [*** ]% 

[***]

     [*** ]% 

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 5 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


  4.3

LICENSEE will notify REGENTS of each sublicense granted hereunder and furnish to REGENTS a copy of each such sublicense agreement.

 

  4.4

AFFILIATES will have no licenses under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS except as granted by sublicense pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  4.5

Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, all sublicenses that are granted by LICENSEE pursuant to this Agreement where the sublicensee is in compliance with its sublicense agreement as of the date of such termination will remain in effect and will be assigned to REGENTS, except that REGENTS will not be bound to perform any duties or obligations set forth in any sublicenses that extend beyond the duties and obligations of REGENTS set forth in this Agreement.

 

  4.6

If any time later than [***] ([***]) years after the Effective Date, REGENTS ([***] the licensing professional responsible for administration of this case) determines that the INVENTION is useful for a new application that [***] (“New Application”), then REGENTS, as represented by the Office of Technology Licensing, may give written notice to LICENSEE that includes [***], as well as [***].

LICENSEE shall have [***] ([***]) days to give REGENTS written notice stating whether LICENSEE elects to start developing LICENSED PRODUCTS for the New Application within [***] ([***]) years from receipt of notice. If LICENSEE elects to start developing LICENSED PRODUCTS for the New Application within the next [***] ([***]) years, LICENSEE shall submit progress reports to REGENTS pursuant to Article 8.

If LICENSEE elects not to start development of the proposed LICENSED PRODUCTS for use in the New Application, or within [***] ([***]) years from receipt of the above-mentioned notice has failed to start such development, then REGENTS may seek (a) third party(ies) to develop and commercialize the proposed LICENSED PRODUCTS for the New Application. If REGENTS is successful in finding a third party, it shall refer such third party to LICENSEE. If the third party requests a sublicense under this Agreement, then LICENSEE shall report the request to REGENTS within [***] ([***]) days from the date of such written request. If the request results in a sublicense, then LICENSEE shall report it to REGENTS pursuant to Paragraph 4.3.

If LICENSEE refuses to grant a sublicense to the third party, then within [***] ([***]) days after such refusal LICENSEE shall submit to REGENTS a report specifying [***]. If REGENTS determines that LICENSEE’s [***], no further negotiations are required, and LICENSEE shall have no further obligation to grant a sublicense to such third party with respect to such New Application. If, however,

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 6 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


REGENTS determines otherwise, [***]. If [***], LICENSEE shall have no obligation to pursue further negotiations and sublicensing of such third party with respect to such New Application. If [***], then REGENTS may request arbitration pursuant to Paragraph 7.5 for the purpose of [***], and, if such arbitration results in a [***], then [***]. If [***], then [***].

 

5.

LICENSE ISSUE FEE;

 

  5.1

LICENSEE will pay to REGENTS a non-creditable, non-refundable license issue fee as follows:

 

  (a)

[***] Dollars ($[***]) due at [***] of Effective Date of license; and

 

  (b)

If approval to accept equity in LICENSEE is granted by the REGENTS prior to the closing of a FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND, then within [***] ([***]) days following the close of the FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND, LICENSEE shall issue to REGENTS’s nominee (under the terms of a stock purchase agreement to be executed by the parties that shall contain customary securities law representations and restrictions on transfer, rights of first refusal in favor of LICENSEE on transfers, a [***] in respect of registered offerings of securities by LICENSEE, and other terms that are customary or are mutually agreed), shares of the same class of equity as FOUNDERS STOCK of the LICENSEE such that the stock of the LICENSEE held by REGENTS shall equal:

(i)    [***] percent ([***]%) of the issued and outstanding common stock of the LICENSEE on a FULLY-DILUTED BASIS as of immediately prior to close of the FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND, plus

(ii)    without duplication of any shares included in the calculation under clause “(i)”, [***] percent ([***]%) of the number of shares issued in the FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND in respect of the portion of the amount raised in such FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND necessary to bring the total amount raised from all FINANCING EVENTS to $[***].

REGENTS acknowledges and agreed that if the total amount raised in the FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND and all previous FINANCING EVENTS exceeds $[***], then REGENTS’ equity ownership after the closing of the FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND shall be less than [***] percent ([***]%).

For example, if LICENSEE has raised $[***] in FINANCING EVENTS, and subsequently completes a FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND in which LICENSEE [***], then REGENTS (or its ASSIGNEE) would be entitled under this Paragraph 5.1(b) to receive shares of FOUNDERS STOCK representing (i) [***] of the shares [***] outstanding immediately prior to the FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND, plus (ii) an additional [***] shares, representing [***] of the number of shares issued in respect of the first $[***] of investment in the FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND.

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 7 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


The REGENTS may transfer or direct LICENSEE to transfer an inventor share portion under REGENTS’ patent policy of the shares otherwise due to the REGENTS to the REGENTS’ inventors of Regents’ Patent Rights notwithstanding the provisions of other contracts associated with the transfer of the shares.

 

  5.2

In connection with the closing of the FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND, LICENSEE shall offer REGENTS and/or its ASSIGNEE (as defined below) the opportunity to receive the benefit of any contractual rights granted by LICENSEE to the holders of the type and class of equity security issued in the FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND, including, by way of example any registration rights, reporting obligations and rights to participate in future rounds of financing (subject, however, in each case, to any threshold limitations applied on an equal basis to all holders of such equity securities), provided that REGENTS and/or its ASSIGNEE (as defined below) also agrees to be subject to any contractual restrictions imposed by LICENSEE on holders of the same type and class of equity security issued in the FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND, including, by way of rights of first refusal in favor of Licensee on transfers of equity securities and a “market stand off agreement” in connection with public offerings of Licensee’s securities. The term “ASSIGNEE” means (a) any entity that is controlled by REGENTS, or (b) any other entity to which REGENTS’ preemptive rights have been assigned either by the REGENTS or another entity, provided that LICENSEE has given its prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) for such assignment.

 

  5.3

LICENSEE will notify REGENTS and its ASSIGNEE of the matters described in Paragraph 5.2 in writing. LICENSEE will send the notice marked “URGENT” to (1) [***], and (2) [***].

 

  5.4

lf approval to accept equity in LICENSEE is not granted prior to the closing of the FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND, or licensee fails to reach a FIRST QUALIFIED ROUND by [***], then an additional [***] ($[***]) shall be due on [***]. In the event that LICENSEE pays the [***] ($[***]) and then raises money post the [***] ($[***]) event, REGENTS can request to “purchase” equity of the LICENSEE at the normal purchase price, but the LICENSEE has no obligations to provide any equity to REGENTS if the aforementioned [***] ($[***]) has been paid.

 

6.

ROYALTIES

 

  6.1

LICENSEE will pay to REGENTS earned royalties at the percentage rate of NET SALES of LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED SERVICES, and LICENSED METHODS determined in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Cumulative NET SALES during

current calendar year                   

   Royalty percentage applicable to
such NET SALES
 

[***]

     [*** ]% 

[***]

     [*** ]% 

[***]

     [*** ]% 

[***]

     [*** ]% 

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 8 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


For example, if cumulative NET SALES during a calendar year are $[***], then a royalty rate of [***]% would apply to the first $[***] of NET SALES and a royalty rate of [***]% would apply to the remaining $[***] of NET SALES.

 

  6.2

In the event of stacking royalties where LICENSEE determines that it is necessary to pay additional royalties for [***] to other parties or REGENTS in order to produce a LICENSED PRODUCT that includes REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS, and the sum of royalties to be paid by LICENSEE to all parties would exceed [***] percent ([***]%), then Regents will agree to reduce the royalties due on REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS by an amount calculated such that [***] would be [***] percent ([***]%), it being understood, however, that REGENTS’ obligation to reduce its royalty rate pursuant to this Paragraph 6.2 is independent, and is not conditioned on whether or not other parties agree to reduce their royalty rates. However, in no case shall royalties due on Regents’ Patent Rights be less than [***] percent ([***]%) of those stated in Article 6.1.

For example: If LICENSEE proactively licenses patent rights from two other entities E1 and E2 for use in [***], at the respective royalty rates of [***]%, the total royalties before a proportionate reduction is equal to [***]. Regents will then agree to reduce its royalty rate in a ratio of [***], i.e. to [***]%, such that the total royalty rate that would result if the other licensing entities E1 and E2 were also to agree to reduce their royalty in the same ratio would be [***]%.

[***]

 

  6.3

Royalties and SUBLICENSING INCOME accruing to REGENTS will be paid to REGENTS quarterly within [***] ([***]) days after the end of each calendar quarter.

 

  6.4

Beginning in the calendar year after the first occurrence of SALES, and in each succeeding calendar year thereafter, LICENSEE will pay to REGENTS a minimum annual royalty of $[***] at the end of the first full calendar year after 1st commercial launch of LICENSED PRODUCT and $10,000 at the end of the second full calendar year after 1st commercial launch of LICENSED PRODUCT and every year thereafter during the term of the license. This minimum annual royalty will be paid to REGENTS by [***] of each year and will be credited against the earned royalty due and owing for the calendar year in which the minimum payment is made.

 

  6.5

All payments due REGENTS will be payable in United States dollars. When LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED SERVICES, or LICENSED METHOD are SOLD for monies other than United States dollars, earned royalties will first be determined in the foreign currency of the country in which the SALE was made and then converted into equivalent United States dollars. The exchange rate will be that rate quoted in the [***] on the last business day of the reporting period.

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 9 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


  6.6

Payments due for SALES occurring in any country outside the United States will not be reduced by any taxes, fees, or other charges imposed by the government of such country on the remittance of royalty income. [***] will also be responsible for all bank transfer charges.

 

  6.7

LICENSEE will make all payments under this Agreement by check payable to [***] and forward it to REGENTS at the address shown in Article 23 (Notices).

 

  6.8

If any patent or patent application, or any claim thereof, included within REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS expires or is held invalid in a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction and last resort and from which no appeal has been or can be taken, all obligation to pay royalties based on such patent, patent application or claim, or any claims patentably indistinct therefrom will cease as of the date of such expiration or final decision. LICENSEE will not, however, be relieved from paying any royalties that accrued before such expiration or decision or that are based on another valid patent or claim not expired or involved in such decision.

 

  6.10

No earned royalties will be collected or paid hereunder on SALES to, or for use by, the United States Government. LICENSEE will reduce the amount charged for such SALES by an amount equal to the earned royalty otherwise due REGENTS as provided herein.

 

7.

DUE DILIGENCE

 

  7.1

LICENSEE, upon execution of this Agreement, will use COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE EFFORTS to proceed with the development, manufacture, and SALE of LICENSED PRODUCTS, and if approved for commercial sale to market them [***].

 

  7.2

In addition to its obligations under Paragraph 7.1, LICENSEE specifically commits to achieving the following objectives in its due diligence activities under this Agreement:

 

   

[***] – LICENSEE shall have completed FINANCING EVENTS in which LICENSEE has raised a cumulative total amount of at least $[***]

 

   

[***] – LICENSEE shall have [***], and shall have [***] to REGENTS a [***]

 

   

[***] – LICENSEE shall have completed FINANCING EVENTS in which LICENSEE has raised a cumulative total amount of at least $[***]

 

   

[***] – LICENSEE shall have [***] a [***]

 

   

[***] – [***] of LICENSED PRODUCT

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 10 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


   

[***] – LICENSEE shall have either (i) [***] or (ii) [***]

LICENSEE will have the right and option to extend the target date of any such due diligence obligation for a period of [***] ([***]) months upon the payment of [***] dollars ($[***]) within [***] ([***]) days of the date to be extended for each such extension option exercised by LICENSEE. LICENSEE may further extend the target date of any diligence obligation for an additional [***] ([***]) months upon payment of an additional [***] dollars ($[***]), and for an additional [***] ([***]) months after that upon payment of an additional [***] ($[***]) dollars. Additional extensions may be granted only by [***] of the parties to this Agreement. These payments are in addition to the minimum royalty payments specified in Paragraph 6.4.

 

  7.3

Should LICENSEE opt not to extend the target date for a due diligence obligation specified in Paragraph 7.2 or fails to meet such obligation by the extended target date, then REGENTS will have the right and option either to [***] or [***]; provided that in order to exercise such right to [***] [***], REGENTS must provide written notice of [***] to LICENSEE within [***] after the applicable target date (as may have been extended). This [***] right, if exercised by REGENTS, supersedes the rights granted in Article 3.

 

  7.4

The right to [***] or [***] will be REGENTS’ sole remedy for breach of Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2.

 

  7.5

At the request of either party, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the diligence provisions of Paragraphs 7.1 and 7.2 will be settled by arbitration conducted in [***] in accordance with the then current Licensing Agreement Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) will be binding on the parties and may be entered by either party in the court or forum having jurisdiction. In determination of due diligence, the arbitrator may determine solely the issues of fact or law with respect to [***] but will not have the authority to [***].

 

  7.6

To exercise either the right to [***] or [***] for lack of diligence under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2, REGENTS will give LICENSEE written notice [***] of the alleged deficiency, together [***] with a [***] that REGENTS believes that LICENSEE would need to take during the ensuing [***] month period in order to cure such deficiency [***]. LICENSEE thereafter shall have [***] ([***]) days to either (i) [***], (ii) [***] or (iii) [***]. If REGENTS has not received a written request for [***] by the end of the [***] ([***]) day period, then REGENTS may, at its option, either [***] or [***] by giving written notice to LICENSEE. These notices will be subject to Article 23 (Notices).

 

8.

PROGRESS AND ROYALTY REPORTS

 

  8.1

Beginning June 30, 2012, LICENSEE will submit to REGENTS a semi-annual progress report covering LICENSEE’s activities related to the development and

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 11 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


  testing of all LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED SERVICES and LICENSED METHOD and the obtaining of necessary governmental approvals, if any, for marketing in the United States. These progress reports will be made for all development activities until the first SALE occurs in the United States.

 

  8.2

Each progress report will include the following: [***].

 

  8.3

LICENSEE also will report to REGENTS in its immediately subsequent progress and royalty reports, the date of first SALE.

 

  8.4

After the first SALE anywhere in the world, LICENSEE will make quarterly royalty reports to REGENTS within [***] ([***]) days after the quarters ending March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, of each year. Each such royalty report will include at least the following:

 

  (a)

The number of LICENSED PRODUCTS [***];

 

  (b)

[***] from SALE of [***];

 

  (c)

NET SALES, calculated pursuant to Paragraph 2.12;

 

  (d)

Total royalties due REGENTS; and

 

  (e)

[***] of any new sublicensees along with [***] of each new sublicense agreement entered into during the reporting quarter.

 

  8.5

If no SALES have occurred during the report period, [***] is required in the royalty report for that period.

 

9.

BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

  9.1

LICENSEE will keep full, true, and accurate books and records containing all particulars that may be necessary for the purpose of showing the amount of royalties payable to REGENTS and LICENSEE’s compliance with other obligations under this Agreement. Said books and records will be kept at LICENSEE’s principal place of business or the principal place of business of the appropriate division of LICENSEE to which this Agreement relates. Said books and records and the supporting data will be open at [***] reasonable times during normal business hours upon reasonable notice, for [***] ([***]) years following the end of the calendar year to which they pertain, to the inspection and audit by [***] of REGENTS for the purpose of verifying LICENSEE’s royalty statement or compliance in other respects with this Agreement. Such [***] will be bound to hold all information in confidence except as necessary to communicate LICENSEE’s non-compliance with this Agreement to REGENTS.

 

  9.2

The fees and expenses of REGENTS’ representatives performing such an examination will be borne by REGENTS. However, if an error in underpaid royalties to REGENTS of more than [***] percent ([***]%) of the total royalties due for any year is discovered, then the fees and expenses of these representatives will be borne by LICENSEE.

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 12 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


10.

LIFE OF THE AGREEMENT

 

  10.1

Unless otherwise terminated by the operation of law or by acts of the parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, this Agreement will be in force from the Effective Date and will remain in effect for the life of the last-to-expire patent or last-to-be-abandoned patent application licensed under this Agreement, whichever is later.

 

  10.2

Any termination of this Agreement shall not affect the rights and obligations set forth in the following articles:

 

Article 2    Definitions
Article 4    Sublicenses
Article 9    Books and Records
Article 10    Life of the Agreement
Article 13    Disposition of Licensed Products Upon Termination
Article 16    Use of Names and Trademarks
Article 17    Limited Warranties
Article 19    Indemnification
Article 23    Notices
Article 24    Late Payments
Article 26    Confidentiality
Article 29    Applicable Law; Venue; Attorney’s Fees

 

  10.3

Any termination of this Agreement will not relieve LICENSEE of its obligation to pay any monies due or owing at the time of such termination and will not relieve any obligations, of either party to the other party, established prior to termination.

 

11.

TERMINATION BY REGENTS

 

  11.1

If LICENSEE should violate or fail to perform any term of this Agreement (other than Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2), then REGENTS may give written notice of such default (“Notice of Default”) to LICENSEE. If LICENSEE should fail to cure such default within ninety (90) days of the effective date of such notice, REGENTS will have the right to terminate this Agreement and the licenses herein by a second written notice (“Notice of Termination”) to LICENSEE. If a Notice of Termination is sent to LICENSEE in accordance with the preceding sentence, this Agreement will automatically terminate on the effective date of such notice. Such termination will not relieve LICENSEE of its obligation to pay any royalty or license fees owing at the time of such termination and will not impair any accrued rights of REGENTS. These notices will be subject to Article 23 (Notices).

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 13 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


  11.2

This Agreement may be terminated for LICENSEE’s failure to perform obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2 only pursuant to and as provided in Article 7.

 

12.

TERMINATION BY LICENSEE

 

  12.1

LICENSEE will have the right at any time to terminate this Agreement in whole or as to any portion of REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS by giving notice in writing to REGENTS. Such notice of termination will be subject to Article 23 (Notices) and termination of this Agreement will be effective ninety (90) days after the effective date of such notice.

 

  12.2

Any termination pursuant to Paragraph 12.1 will not relieve LICENSEE of any obligation or liability accrued hereunder prior to such termination or rescind anything done by LICENSEE or any payments made to REGENTS hereunder prior to the time such termination becomes effective, and such termination will not affect in any manner any rights of REGENTS arising under this Agreement prior to such termination.

 

13.

DISPOSITION OF LICENSED PRODUCTS UPON TERMINATION

 

  13.1

Upon termination of this Agreement, for a period of [***] ([***]) days after the date of termination LICENSEE may complete and SELL any partially made LICENSED PRODUCTS and continue to render any previously commenced LICENSED SERVICES, and continue the practice of LICENSED METHOD only to the extent necessary to do so; provided, however, that all such SALES will be subject to the terms of this Agreement including, but not limited to, the payment of royalties at the rate and at the time provided herein and the rendering of reports thereon.

 

14.

PATENT PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE

 

  14.1

[***] will diligently prosecute and maintain the United States and foreign patent applications and patents under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS, subject to [***] out of pocket costs under Article 14.3 below, and all patent applications and patents under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS will be held in the name of [***]. The patent counsel employed by [***] for prosecution and maintenance will be selected by mutual agreement of REGENTS and LICENSEE, provided that if at any point in the patent prosecution process subsequent to initial filing of a U.S. patent application either REGENTS or LICENSEE is no longer satisfied with the patent counsel selected, then the parties will discuss in good faith and mutually agree to a replacement patent counsel. [***] shall promptly provide [***] with copies of all relevant documentation including billing so that [***] may be currently informed and apprised of the continuing prosecution, and shall provide [***] with adequate opportunity to review and comment on such documentation and to consult with patent counsel on decisions and strategies relating to patent prosecution and interactions with the patent office. [***] shall take [***] comments and suggestions into account when finalizing documents and providing responses to patent offices,

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 14 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


  and shall provide [***] with notice of and an opportunity to discuss any [***] comments or suggestions that [***] has rejected or declined to take into account. [***] agrees to keep documentation provided under this paragraph confidential in accordance with Article 26. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if [***] has not commented upon documentation provided by [***] in [***] for [***] to [***] consider [***] comments prior to the deadline for filing a response with the relevant government patent office, [***] will [***].

 

  14.2

[***] will use reasonable efforts to prepare or amend any patent application to include claims [***] requested by [***] to protect the LICENSED PRODUCTS contemplated to be SOLD or to be practiced under this Agreement. For each INVENTION, [***] will make the requested inventor(s) available to [***] and patent counsel as a liaison and resource, and [***] will use reasonable efforts to ensure that such inventor(s) cooperate with, and respond promptly to all reasonable requests of, [***] and patent counsel relating to the prosecution of REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS.

 

  14.3

Subject to Paragraphs 14.4 and 14.5, all past, present, and future costs for preparing, filing, prosecuting, and maintaining all United States and foreign patent applications, and patents under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS will be borne by [***], [***]. Payments are due within [***] ([***]) days after receipt of invoice from [***]. If, however, REGENTS [***] the costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintaining such patent applications and patents will be [***].

 

  14.4

[***] obligation to underwrite and to pay all domestic and foreign patent filing, prosecution, and maintenance costs will continue for so long as this Agreement remains in effect, provided, however, that [***] may terminate its obligations with respect to any given patent application or patent in any or all designated countries upon [***] ([***]) months’ written notice to [***]. [***] will use its [***] to curtail patent costs when such a notice is received from [***]. [***] may continue prosecution and/or maintenance of such applications or patents at its sole discretion and expense; provided, however, that LICENSEE will have no further right or licenses thereunder.

 

  14.5

All present, and future costs incurred after the Effective Date to for preparing, filing, prosecuting, and maintaining all United States and foreign patent applications, and patents under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS will be borne by [***]. All unreimbursed past costs incurred prior to the Effective Date for preparing, filing, prosecuting, and maintaining all United States and foreign patent applications, and patents under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS will become due and be payable by [***] in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Date of Payment

   Amount of Payment  

[***]

   $ [***

[***]

   $ [***

[***]

   $ [***

[***]

   $ [***

[***]

   $ [***

[***].

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 15 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


15.

MARKING

 

  15.1

Prior to the issuance of patents under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS, LICENSEE agrees to mark LICENSED PRODUCT(S) (or their containers or labels) made, sold, licensed or otherwise disposed of by it in the United States under the license granted in this Agreement with the words “Patent Pending,” and following the issuance in the United States of one or more patents under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS, with the numbers of the REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS. All LICENSED PRODUCTS shipped to, manufactured, or sold in other countries will be marked in such manner as to conform with the patent laws and practice of such countries.

 

16.

USE OF NAMES AND TRADEMARKS

 

  16.1

Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as conferring any right to use in advertising, publicity or other promotional activities any name, trademark, trade name, or other designation of either party hereto by the other (including any contraction, abbreviation, or simulation of any of the foregoing). Unless required by law or consented to in writing by REGENTS, the use by LICENSEE of the name “The Regents of the University of California” or the name of any University of California campus in advertising, publicity or other promotional activities is expressly prohibited.

 

17.

LIMITED WARRANTIES

 

  17.1

REGENTS represents and warrants to LICENSEE that, [***] the UC Berkeley Office of Technology Licensing, and [***] the UCLA Office of Intellectual Property and the UCSF Office of Technology Management, as of the Effective Date: (i) it has the lawful right to grant this license; and (ii) it is unaware of any other person or entity that has been assigned, or granted any license or other right that is currently effective with respect to, any of REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS.

 

  17.2

This license and the associated INVENTION are provided WITHOUT WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. REGENTS MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE INVENTION, REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS, LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED SERVICES OR LICENSED METHOD WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT.

 

  17.3

IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOSS OF REVENUE OR PROFIT) RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR RESULTING FROM EXERCISE OF THIS LICENSE

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 16 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


  OR THE USE OF THE INVENTION, REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS, LICENSED METHOD, LICENSED SERVICES OR LICENSED PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH LIABILITY ARISES UNDER CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, AND EVEN IF THE OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THIS PARAGRAPH 17.3 SHALL NOT LIMIT LICENSEE’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 19 (INDEMNIFICATION).

 

  17.4

Nothing in this Agreement is or will be construed as:

 

  (a)

A warranty or representation by REGENTS as to the validity, enforceability or scope of any REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS; or

 

  (b)

A warranty or representation that anything made, used, or SOLD under any license granted in this Agreement is or will be free from infringement of patents of third parties; or

 

  (c)

An obligation to bring or prosecute actions or suits against third parties for patent infringement, except as provided in Article 18; or

 

  (d)

Conferring by implication, estoppel, or otherwise any license or rights under any patents of REGENTS other than REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS as defined herein, regardless of whether such patents are dominant or subordinate to REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS; or

 

  (e)

An obligation to furnish any know-how not provided in the patents and patent applications under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS.

 

18.

PATENT INFRINGEMENT

 

  18.1

In the event that LICENSEE learns of the substantial infringement of any REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS under this Agreement, LICENSEE will promptly provide REGENTS with notice and [***] evidence of such infringement (“Infringement Notice”). During the period and in a jurisdiction where LICENSEE has exclusive rights under this Agreement, [***]. Both parties will use diligent efforts, in cooperation with each other, to terminate such infringement without litigation.

 

  18.2

If the infringing activity of potential commercial significance has not been abated within [***] ([***]) days following the effective date of the Infringement Notice, LICENSEE may institute suit for patent infringement against the infringer. REGENTS may voluntarily join such suit at its own expense, but may not thereafter commence suit against the infringer for the acts of infringement that are the subject of LICENSEE’s suit or any judgment rendered in that suit. LICENSEE may request that REGENTS join in a suit initiated by LICENSEE, but any agreement by REGENTS to join such suit must be in writing and shall be subject approval of the UC Board of Regents. If requested by LICENSEE, REGENTS will make best efforts to obtain prompt approval from the UC Board of Regents. Nothing in this Article 18 shall be deemed to limit the ability of a court to involuntarily join REGENTS as a necessary or required party to a proceeding initiated by LICENSEE or to limit LICENSEE’s ability to request or submit motions in respect of any such

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 17 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


  involuntary joinder. If, in a suit initiated by LICENSEE, [***], [***] costs incurred by REGENTS arising out of such suit, including but not limited to, any legal fees of counsel that REGENTS selects and retains to represent it in the suit.

If, within [***] ([***]) days following the effective date of the Infringement Notice, the infringing activity of potential commercial significance has not been abated and if LICENSEE has not brought suit against the infringer, REGENTS may institute suit for patent infringement against the infringer. If REGENTS institutes such suit, [***].

 

  18.3

Such legal action as is decided upon will be at the expense of [***] and [***] recoveries recovered thereby will belong to [***], provided that legal action brought [***], will be at the [***] and all recoveries will be allocated in the following order: a) to each party reimbursement in equal amounts of the attorney’s costs, fees, and other related expenses to the extent each party paid for such costs, fees, and expenses until all such costs, fees, and expenses are consumed for each party; and b) any remaining amount shared jointly by them in proportion to the share of expenses paid by each party (for clarity, excluding any expenses that have been paid or reimbursed by the other party), but in no event will REGENTS’ share be less than [***] percent ([***]%) of such remaining amount if REGENTS is a party.

 

  18.4

Each party will cooperate with the other in litigation instituted hereunder but at the expense of the party on account of whom suit is brought. Such litigation will be controlled by the party bringing the action, except that REGENTS may be represented by counsel of its choice in any suit brought by LICENSE.

 

  18.5

Any agreement made by LICENSEE for the purposes of settling litigation or other dispute shall comply with the requirements of Article 4 (Sublicenses) of this Agreement.

 

19.

INDEMNIFICATION

 

  19.1

LICENSEE will, and will require its sublicensees to, indemnify, hold harmless, and defend REGENTS and its officers, employees, and agents; sponsor(s) of the research that led to the INVENTION; and the inventors of any patents and patent applications under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS and their employers against any and all claims, suits, losses, damages, costs, fees, and expenses resulting from or arising out of any claim by a third party against such indemnified parties that relates to the exercise of this license or any sublicense. This indemnification will include, but not be limited to, any product liability claims.

 

  19.2

Following the date of first commercial sale of a LICENSED PRODUCT (the “FIRST SALE DATE”), LICENSEE, at its sole cost and expense, will insure its activities in connection with any work performed hereunder and will obtain, keep in force, and maintain the following insurance:

 

  (a)

[***] Insurance ([***]) with limits as follows:

[***]

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 18 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


If the above insurance is written on a claims-made form, it shall continue for [***] ([***]) years following termination or expiration of this Agreement. [***]; and

 

  (b)

[***] as legally required in the jurisdiction in which LICENSEE is doing business.

 

  19.3

The coverage and limits referred to in Subparagraphs 19.2a and 19.2b above will not in any way limit the liability of LICENSEE under this Article. On or prior to the FIRST SALE DATE, LICENSEE will furnish REGENTS with certificates of insurance evidencing compliance with all requirements. Such certificates will:

 

  (a)

provide for [***] ([***]) days’ ([***] ([***]) days for non-payment of premium) advance written notice to REGENTS of any cancellation of insurance coverages; LICENSEE will promptly notify REGENTS of any material modification of the insurance coverages;

 

  (b)

[***]; and

 

  (c)

include a provision that the coverage will be primary and [***].

 

  19.4

LICENSEE’s obligations to indemnify REGENTS pursuant to this Article 19 are contingent on REGENTS (i) promptly notifying LICENSEE in writing of any claim or suit brought against REGENTS for which REGENTS intends to invoke the provisions of this Article 19, (ii) tendering to LICENSEE full control over the conduct and disposition of such claim or suit, and (iii) providing reasonable cooperation to LICENSEE in the defense of the claim or suit. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, Licensee will not settle any claim or suit against The Regents without the Regents’ written consent where such settlement a) includes any admission of liability or wrongdoing on the part of the Regents, b) imposes [***], or c) does not include an unconditional release of the Regents from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of the settled claim or suit. LICENSEE will keep REGENTS informed of its defense of any claims pursuant to this Article 19.

 

20.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

  20.1

LICENSEE will comply with all applicable international, national, state, regional, and local laws and regulations in performing its obligations hereunder and in its use, manufacture, SALE or import of the LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED SERVICES, or practice of the LICENSED METHOD. LICENSEE understands that REGENTS is subject to United States laws and regulations (including the Arms Export Control Act, as amended, and the Export Administration Act of 1979), controlling the export of technical data, computer software, laboratory prototypes and other commodities, and REGENTS’ obligations under this Agreement are

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 19 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


  contingent on compliance with such laws and regulations. The transfer of certain technical data and commodities may require a license from the cognizant agency of the United States Government and/or written assurances by LICENSEE that LICENSEE will not export such technical data and/or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of such agency. REGENTS neither represents that a license will not be required nor that, if required, it will be issued.

 

21.

GOVERNMENT APPROVAL OR REGISTRATION

 

  21.1

If this Agreement or any associated transaction is required by the law of any nation to be either approved or registered with any governmental agency, LICENSEE will assume all legal obligations to do so. LICENSEE will notify REGENTS if it becomes aware that this Agreement is subject to a United States or foreign government reporting or approval requirement. LICENSEE will make all necessary filings and pay all costs including fees, penalties, and all other out-of-pocket costs associated with such reporting or approval process.

 

22.

ASSIGNMENT

 

  22.1

This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of REGENTS, its successors and assigns. This Agreement will be personal to LICENSEE and assignable by LICENSEE only with the written consent of REGENTS, except that LICENSEE may freely (without the written consent of REGENTS) assign this Agreement to an acquirer of all or substantially all of LICENSEE’s stock, assets or business.

 

  22.2

If LICENSEE assigns this AGREEMENT, then upon execution of the assignment, LICENSEE will (i) provide REGENTS with updated contact information for Paragraph 19.1a of this AGREEMENT, and (ii) pay REGENTS [***] United States Dollars ($[***]) within [***] ([***]) days of the execution of this assignment, otherwise the assignment will be void. This assignment fee will be waived if REGENTS equity in LICENSEE provided under 5.1 has been sold by REGENTS for more than [***] United States Dollars ($[***]). This assignment fee will also be waived if the LICENSEE pays the [***] United States Dollars ($[***]) due under 5.4.

 

23.

NOTICES

 

  23.1

All notices under this Agreement will be deemed to have been fully given and effective when done in writing and delivered in person, or mailed by registered or certified U.S. mail, or deposited with a carrier service requiring signature by recipient, and addressed as follows:

 

To REGENTS:

  

[***]

  

Attn.: [***]

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 20 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


To LICENSEE:

  

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

  

[***]

     Attn.: [***]

Either party may change its address upon written notice to the other party.

 

24.

LATE PAYMENTS

 

  24.1

If monies owed to REGENTS under this Agreement are not received by REGENTS when due, LICENSEE will pay to REGENTS interest charges at a rate of [***] percent ([***]%) per annum. Such interest will be calculated from the date payment was due until actually received by REGENTS. Such accrual of interest will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, enforcement of any other rights of REGENTS related to such late payment. Acceptance of any late payment will not constitute a waiver under Article 25 (Waiver) of this Agreement.

 

25.

WAIVER

 

  25.1

The failure of either party to assert a right hereunder or to insist upon compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of that right or excuse a similar subsequent failure to perform any such term or condition by the other party. None of the terms and conditions of this Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of the party waiving compliance.

 

26.

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  26.1

Each party will hold the other party’s proprietary business and technical information, patent prosecution material and other proprietary information, including the negotiated terms of this Agreement, in confidence and against disclosure to third parties with at least the same degree of care as it exercises to protect its own data and license agreements of a similar nature. This obligation will expire [***] ([***]) years after the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

  26.2

Nothing contained herein will in any way restrict or impair the right of LICENSEE or REGENTS to use, disclose, or otherwise deal with any information or data which:

 

  (a)

at the time of disclosure to a receiving party is generally available to the public or thereafter becomes generally available to the public by publication or otherwise through no act of the receiving party;

 

  (b)

the receiving party can show by written record was in its possession prior to the time of disclosure to it hereunder and was not acquired directly or indirectly from the disclosing party;

 

  (c)

is independently made available to the receiving party without restrictions as a matter of right by a third party; or

 

  (d)

is subject to disclosure under the California Public Records Act or other requirements of law.

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 21 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


Furthermore, LICENSEE may disclose the terms of this Agreement to third parties in connection with bona fide discussions regarding a potential FINANCING EVENT or acquisition transaction involving LICENSEE, provided that such parties are bound by obligations commensurate with those set forth in this section to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement.

 

  26.3

REGENTS will be free to release to the inventors and senior administrators employed by REGENTS the terms and conditions of this Agreement upon their request. If such release is made, REGENTS will inform such employees of the confidentiality obligations set forth above and will request that they do not disclose such terms and conditions to others. Should a third party inquire whether a license to REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS is available, REGENTS may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the extent of the grant in Articles 3 and 4 to such third party, but will not disclose the name of LICENSEE unless LICENSEE has already made such disclosure publicly, except where REGENTS is required to release information under either the California Public Records Act or other applicable law, provided REGENTS gives prior written notice to LICENSEE of such disclosure.

 

  26.4

LICENSEE and REGENTS agree to destroy or return to the disclosing party proprietary information received from the other in its possession within [***] ([***]) days following the effective date of termination of this Agreement. However, each party may retain one copy of proprietary information of the other solely for archival purposes in non-working files for the sole purpose of verifying the ownership of the proprietary information, provided such proprietary information will be subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Article 26.1. LICENSEE and REGENTS agree to provide each other, within [***] ([***]) days following termination of this Agreement, with a written notice that proprietary information has been returned or destroyed.

 

27.

FORCE MAJEURE

 

  27.1

Except for LICENSEE’s obligation to make any payments to REGENTS hereunder, the parties to this Agreement shall be excused from any performance required hereunder if such performance is rendered impossible or unfeasible due to any catastrophes or other major events beyond their reasonable control, including, without limitation, war, riot, and insurrection; laws, proclamations, edicts, ordinances, or regulations; strikes, lockouts, or other serious labor disputes; and floods, fires, explosions, or other natural disasters. When such events have abated, the parties’ respective obligations hereunder will resume.

 

28.

SEVERABILITY

 

  28.1

The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and in the event that any provision of this Agreement will be determined to be invalid or unenforceable under any controlling body of law, such invalidity or enforceability will not in any way affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof.

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 22 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential


29.

APPLICABLE LAW; VENUE; ATTORNEYS’ FEES

 

  29.1

THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED, AND APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, excluding any choice of law rules that would direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction, but the scope and validity of any patent or patent application under REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS will be determined by the applicable law of the country of such patent or patent application. Any legal action brought by the parties relating to this Agreement will be conducted in [***]. The prevailing party in any legal action under this Agreement will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to its costs and necessary disbursements.

 

30.

ELECTRONIC COPY

 

  30.1

The parties to this document agree that a copy of the original signature (including an electronic copy) may be used for any and all purposes for which the original signature may have been used. The parties further waive any right to challenge the admissibility or authenticity of this document in a court of law based solely on the absence of an original signature.”

 

31.

SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

 

  31.1

This Agreement (except for the Confidentiality Agreement dated [***] which will continue to the extent it is not inconsistent with this Agreement) incorporates the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement may be altered or modified only by written amendment duly executed by the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in duplicate originals by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

THE REGENTS OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

          BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By  

/s/ Curt Theisen

          By  

/s/ Igor Khandros

Printed Name   Curt Theisen           Printed Name   Igor Khandros
Title   Associate Director Office of Technology Licensing           Title   CEO
Date   10/27/11           Date   10/27/11

 

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

U.C. Case No.: [***]

   Page 23 of 23   

Exclusive License

Confidential

Exhibit 10.13B

[***] Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10). Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.

AMENDMENT TO EXCLUSIVE LICENSE

AMENDMENT TO EXCLUSIVE LICENSE

BETWEEN

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

AND

THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

FOR

OPTOELECTRONIC TWEEZER TECHNOLOGY

This AMENDMENT TO EXCLUSIVE LICENSE (“Amendment”) is made and entered into this 14th day of March, 2016 (“Effective Date”), by and between THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, a California corporation, whose legal address is 1111 Franklin Street, 12th Floor, Oakland, California 94607-5200, acting through its Office of Technology Licensing, at the University of California, Berkeley, 2150 Shattuck Avenue, Suite 510, Berkeley, California 94720-1620 (“REGENTS”) and BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC., a Delaware corporation with a principal place of business at 5858 Horton Street, Suite 320, Emeryville, California 94608 (“LICENSEE”).

REGENTS and LICENSEE are parties to that certain Exclusive License for Optoelectronic Tweezer Technology effective October 25, 2011 (the “Exclusive License”), and wish to amend the Exclusive License to memorialize their mutual understanding and agreement regarding the addition to the Exclusive Licensee of certain INVENTIONS and REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS, and the confirmation of LICENSEE’s royalty obligation.

Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein set forth, REGENTS and LICENSEE agree as follows:

 

  1.

All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Exclusive License, unless otherwise specifically defined in, or modified by, this Amendment.

 

  2.

LICENSEE shall pay REGENTS a one-time fee of US $[***], as consideration for the amendments, including the amendments set forth in Sections 3.a. and 3.b., below.

 

  3.

The Exclusive License is amended as follows:

3.a    Section 1.1 is amended to include the following paragraph, immediately after the paragraph beginning [***]:

[***].

3.b    Section 2.1 is amended to include the following heading and paragraph, immediately after the paragraph beginning [***]:

[***];

 

1


3.c    Section 2.12 is amended as follows to include the language highlighted by double-underscore:

“NET SALES” means [***] by LICENSEE for SALES of LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED SERVICES, and LICENSED METHODS, less the sum of the following deductions where applicable: early payment, trade or quantity discounts; sales, use, tariff, import/export duties or other excise taxes when included in gross sales (including value added taxes (“vat”) to the extent that such vat is incurred and not reimbursed, refunded, or credited under a tax authority), but not taxes based on net income derived from such sales; transportation, packing and insurance charges; and allowances or credits made for rejections, returns or uncollectable accounts. For purposes of calculating NET SALES, a SALE to a sublicensee for end use by the sublicensee will be treated as a SALE, and not as a sublicense generating SUBLICENSING INCOME. Furthermore, for purposes of calculating NET SALES associated with provision of LICENSED SERVICES, the amount received by LICENSEE for such LICENSED SERVICES shall be the portion of the gross amount received by LICENSEE for such LICENSED SERVICES that is [***] to the contributions of the LICENSED PRODUCTS and/or LICENSED METHODS.

3.d    Section 2.14 is amended as follows to include the language highlighted by double-underscore:

“SUBLICENSING INCOME” means [***] in respect of royalties received by LICENSEE, to the extent attributable to the grant of sublicenses of REGENTS’ PATENT RIGHTS. SUBLICENSING INCOME does not include [***] by LICENSEE for SALES of LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED SERVICES, and/or LICENSED METHODS to an end user where such SALES are accompanied by the grant of a sublicense to use the LICENSED PRODUCTS, LICENSED SERVICES, and/or LICENSED METHODS.

 

  4.

Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference to the “Exclusive License”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Exclusive License as modified and amended hereby.

 

  5.

Except as expressly amended hereby, all terms of the Exclusive License shall remain unchanged and the Exclusive License shall remain in full force and effect. If there is any inconsistency or conflict between this Amendment and the Exclusive License, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

THE REGENTS OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

    BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Irvin J. Mettler

    By:  

/s/ Igor Khandros

  Irvin J. Mettler, Ph.D.       Igor Khandros
  Associate Director  

    

    Chief Executive Officer
  Office of Technology Licensing      
Date:   March 17, 2016     Date:   March 17, 2016

 

3

Exhibit 10.14A

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of May 23, 2018, by and between EAST WEST BANK (“Bank”) and BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower wishes to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrower. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.

1.2 Accounting Terms. Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

2.1 Credit Extensions.

(a) Promise to Pay. Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

(b) Term Loan.

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date, Bank shall make one (1) term loan to Borrower in an amount equal to Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) (the “Term Loan”), which shall be used to refinance Existing Indebtedness.

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date the Term Loan is made at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable monthly on the 23rd day of each month commencing on 23rd day of the first month after the Term Loan is made. The Term Loan shall be repaid in (x) twenty-four (24) equal monthly installments of principal plus accrued but unpaid interest, if the Amortization Date is June 23, 2020; (y) eighteen (18) equal monthly installments of principal plus accrued but unpaid interest, if the Amortization Date is December 23, 2020; or (z) twelve (12) equal monthly installments of principal plus accrued but unpaid interest, if the Amortization Date is June 23, 2021, commencing on the Amortization Date and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date, at which time all outstanding amounts owing under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. The Term Loan, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay the Term Loan without penalty or premium.

2.2 Intentionally Omitted.


2.3 Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

(a) Interest Rate. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Term Loan shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a rate equal to one and twenty-three hundredths of one percent (1.23%) above the Prime Rate.

(b) Late Fee; Default Rate. If any payment is not made within ten (10) days after the date such payment is due, at Bank’s election, Borrower shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) three percent (3%) of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. At Bank’s election, all Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to three (3) percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.

(c) Payments. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the 23rd calendar day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments, in each case if and when due, against, first, a deposit account designated by Borrower in writing, and second, if insufficient funds remain in such account, any of Borrower’s other deposit accounts. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.

(d) Computation. In the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for the actual number of days elapsed. Any change to the Prime Rate and related chargeable interested under the Loan Documents, as well as an updated loan amortization table, will be communicated and delivered within ten (10) Business Days of such adjustment.

2.4 Crediting Payments. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default that is continuing, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its reasonable discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 12:00 noon Pacific time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

2.5 Bank Expenses. Promptly after receiving an invoice from Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date (which shall not, without approval from Borrower, exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000)), less any amounts paid specifically for Bank Expenses prior to such invoicing, and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due.

2.6 Term. This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 12.8, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations that expressly survive termination) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement

 

2


immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations that expressly survive termination) in their entirety, Borrower may simultaneously with such payment terminate this Agreement upon three (3) Business Days written notice to Bank.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of Bank to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Agreement;

(b) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

(c) UCC National Form Financing Statement;

(d) agreement to furnish insurance;

(e) current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

(f) current financial statements, including audited statements for Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year, together with an unqualified opinion (or an opinion qualified only for going concern solely related to Borrower’s liquidity), company prepared consolidated balance sheets and profit and loss statements for the most recently ended month in accordance with Section 6.2, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;

(g) evidence of Borrower’s receipt of not less than Fifty-Eight Million Dollars ($58,000,000) of net cash proceeds from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities on terms reasonably satisfactory to Bank;

(h) current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2;

(i) a payoff letter from TriplePoint in respect of the Existing Indebtedness;

(j) evidence that (i) the Liens securing the Existing Indebtedness will be terminated and (ii) the documents and/or filings evidencing the perfection of such Liens, including without limitation any financing statements and/or control agreements, have or will, concurrently with the initial Credit Extension, be terminated;

(k) a Perfection Certificate;

(l) securities and/or deposit account control agreements with respect to any accounts permitted hereunder to be maintained outside Bank;

(m) a Bailee Waiver with respect to each third-party location where Borrower maintains any of the Collateral valued in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000);

(n) an Automatic Debit Authorization; and

(o) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

3


3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) timely receipt by Bank of the Payment/Advance Form as provided in Section 2.1; and

(b) the representations and warranties contained in Article 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except as set forth in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Borrower also hereby agrees not to sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of its Intellectual Property, except in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations that expressly survive termination) are outstanding. Upon request by Borrower and payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations that expressly survive termination) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall promptly release its liens and interests in the Collateral and Bank shall take such actions as reasonably requested by Borrower in order to cause such Liens to be terminated of record (including filing UCC-3 or other similar termination statements with respect to such Liens).

4.2 Perfection of Security Interest. Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction whether or not Revised Article 9 of the Code is then in effect in that jurisdiction. Borrower shall from time to time endorse and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all Negotiable Collateral and other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and continue perfection of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts as Bank reasonably requests for Bank to (i) Subject to Section 7.10 below, obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank, and (ii) subject to Section 6.6, obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time may

 

4


deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding.

4.3 Right to Inspect. Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon prior written notice of not less than fifteen (15) days, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

4.4 Pledge of Collateral. Borrower hereby pledges, assigns and grants to Bank a security interest in all the Shares, together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all cash, stock and other moneys and property paid thereon, all rights to subscribe for securities declared or granted in connection therewith, and all other cash and noncash proceeds of the foregoing, as security for the performance of the Obligations. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, Bank may effect the transfer of any securities included in the Collateral (including but not limited to the Shares) into the name of Bank and cause new certificates representing such securities to be issued in the name of Bank or its transferee. Borrower will execute and deliver such documents, and take or cause to be taken such actions, as Bank may reasonably request to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Shares. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall be entitled to exercise any voting rights with respect to the Shares and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement or which would constitute or create any violation of any of such terms. All such rights to vote and give consents, waivers and ratifications shall terminate upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Qualification. Borrower and each Subsidiary is an entity duly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s organizational documents, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Collateral. Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule or as permitted under Section 6.6, none of the Collateral is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.

5.4 Intellectual Property. Borrower is the sole owner or licensee of the Intellectual Property, except for (a) licenses permitted hereunder or granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over the counter software that is commercially available to the public and (c) those agreements into which Borrower has entered that provide for joint ownership of certain

 

5


intellectual property rights created during the course of the engagement. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office. Except as disclosed in the Schedule or for which notice has been provided in accordance with Section 7.2, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. The chief executive office of Borrower is located in the Chief Executive Office State at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof.

5.6 Actions, Suits, Litigation, or Proceedings. Except as set forth in the Schedule or for which notice has been provided in accordance with Section 6.2, there are no actions, suits, litigation or proceedings, at law or in equity, pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court, administrative agency, or arbitrator in which a likely adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements. All consolidated and consolidating (if prepared) financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating (if prepared) financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating (if prepared) results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating (if any) financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.8 Solvency, Payment of Debts. Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.9 Compliance with Laws and Regulations. Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of the important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has complied in all material respects with all the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower is in compliance with all environmental laws, regulations and ordinances except where the failure to comply is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except in each case those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Subsidiaries. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments.

5.11 Government Consents. Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6


5.12 Shares. Borrower has full power and authority to create a first lien on the Shares and no disability or contractual obligation exists that would prohibit Borrower from pledging the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no subscriptions, warrants, rights of first refusal or other restrictions on transfer relative to, or options exercisable with respect to the Shares. The Shares have been and will be duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable. To Borrower’s knowledge, the Shares are not the subject of any present or threatened suit, action, arbitration, administrative or other proceeding, and Borrower knows of no reasonable grounds for the institution of any such proceedings.

5.13 Full Disclosure. No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading, it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations that expressly survive termination), and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Good Standing and Government Compliance. Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries’ organizational existence and good standing in the Borrower State, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the jurisdiction in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and maintain all material permits, licenses and approvals required thereunder where the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, in each case the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating (if prepared) balance sheet and profits and loss statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating (if prepared) financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is unqualified (including no going-concern comment or qualification) or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, such financial statements may include a going-concern comment or qualification with respect to Borrower’s liquidity for (x) Borrower’s 2018 and 2019 fiscal years, and (y) if otherwise permitted by Bank via an email confirmation in its reasonable discretion; (iii) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated

 

7


Debt (excluding any materials provided to such security holders, stockholders, or holders of Subordinated Debt solely in their capacity as members of Borrower’s Board of Directors) and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (iv) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more; (v) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, copies of Borrower’s bank statements; (vi) as soon as available, but in any event not later than the earlier of (y) thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year and (z) seven (7) days after being approved by Borrower’s board of directors, Borrower’s financial and business projections and budget for the then current year, which have been approved by Borrower’s board of directors and deemed acceptable to Bank; and (vii) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time.

(a) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto.

(b) As soon as possible and in any event within three (3) Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(c) Bank shall have a right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time hereafter to audit Borrower’s Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrower’s expense, provided that such audits will be conducted no more often than every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and with no less than fifteen (15) days notice of such audit request.

Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer.

6.3 Inventory; Returns. Borrower shall keep all Inventory in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date, or as is standard in the industry and reasonably acceptable to Bank. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00).

6.4 Taxes. Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower.

6.5 Insurance.

(a) Borrower, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Borrower’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Borrower shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Borrower’s.

 

8


(b) All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least twenty (20) days’ notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason (10 days’ notice for cancellation for reason of non-payment of premiums). All policies of insurance shall be addressed to Bank as follows: East West Bank, its Successors and / or Assigns, P.O. Box 390217, Minneapolis, MN 55439. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. All proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

6.6 Accounts. No later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall maintain its primary depository and operating accounts with Bank and its primary investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (covered by satisfactory control agreements), with the expectation that at least half of Borrower’s depository and investments accounts will be held with Bank in the United States and China. Any accounts permitted hereunder to be maintained outside Bank shall, subject to Section 6.13 hereof, be subject to control agreements in form and content reasonably acceptable to Bank.

6.7 Remaining Months Liquidity. Borrower shall at all times maintain Remaining Months Liquidity of at least 4.00 to 1.00 measured on a trailing six (6) months bias; provided, however, that if Borrower is out of compliance with such Remaining Months Liquidity requirement, it shall not be an Event of Default or a breach of this Section 6.7 if Borrower, within five (5) Business Days of falling out of compliance, executes an Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Intellectual Property Security Agreement (in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit E and Exhibit F, respectively) in order to provide Bank with a perfected first priority security interest on Borrower’s Intellectual Property. Furthermore, if after falling out of compliance and entering into the aforementioned documents, Borrower achieves Remaining Months Liquidity of at least 10.00 to 1.00, Bank agrees to execute the necessary documents required to release such perfected first priority security interest on Borrower’s Intellectual Property.

6.8 Equity Event. Borrower shall provide evidence to Bank by no later than June 30, 2018 of Borrower’s receipt of not less than Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000) of cash proceeds from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities on terms reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

6.9 Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) Borrower shall register or cause to be registered (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by Borrower, to the extent that Borrower, in its reasonable business judgment, deems it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights.

(b) Borrower shall, in the then-next Compliance Certificate, give Bank written notice of any applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

(c) Borrower shall give Bank prompt written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed.

 

9


(d) Borrower shall (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, and trade secrets that have any material value, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to detect infringements of the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights that have any material value and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

6.10 Consent of Inbound Licensors. Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any inbound license or agreement (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public), the failure, breach, or termination of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, Borrower shall provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition.

6.11 Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event Borrower or any Subsidiary creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower and such Subsidiary shall promptly notify Bank of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Bank to cause each such domestic Subsidiary to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the collateral of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit B hereto), and Borrower shall grant and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in the Shares of each Subsidiary (whether foreign or domestic).

6.12 Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

6.13 Post-Closing Deliverables. Borrower shall have delivered to Bank (i) no later than five (5) days after the Closing Date, a Lessor’s Acknowledgment and Subordination with respect to each of Borrower’s leased locations, and (ii) no later than fifteen (15) days after the Closing Date, fully executed control agreements for each of Borrower’s accounts maintained outside of Bank.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations that expressly survive termination) are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or subject to Section 6.6 of the Agreement, move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than Permitted Transfers.

7.2 Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control. Change its name or the Borrower State or relocate its chief executive office without thirty (30) days prior written notification to Bank; replace its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without thirty (30) days written notification to Bank following such departure; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; have a Change in Control.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except where (i) such transactions do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving entity.

 

10


7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness prior to the scheduled maturity or due date, except Indebtedness to Bank.

7.5 Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person (other than (i) the licensors of in-licensed property with respect to such property or (ii) the lessors of specific equipment or lenders financing specific equipment with respect to such leased or financed equipment) that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property.

7.6 Distributions. Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock, except that Borrower may (i) repurchase the stock of former employees, consultants or directors in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year, pursuant to stock repurchase agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, (ii) repurchase the stock of former employees, consultants or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees, consultants or directors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, (iii) make dividends or distributions solely in the common stock of Borrower; (iv) convert any of its equity or Subordinated Debt securities into other equity or Subordinated Debt securities pursuant to the terms of such securities or otherwise in exchange therefore; (v) purchase capital stock in connection with the exercise of stock options or stock appreciation by way of a cashless exercise, provided that such purchases do not in the aggregate exceed $250,000 per fiscal year and (vi) purchase fractional shares of capital stock arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or business combinations in an amount not to exceed $50,000 per fiscal year.

7.7 Investments. Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, other than Permitted Investments, or, subject to the requirements of Section 6.6, maintain or invest any of its Investment Property with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower. Further, Borrower shall not enter into any license or agreement with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) the sale or issuance of Borrower’s equity securities in a bona fide equity investment round to investors, (iii) Subordinated Debt, (iv) transactions with Optera and (v) compensation arrangements on fair and reasonable terms approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt and the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision of any document evidencing such Subordinated Debt, except in compliance with the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

11


7.10 Inventory and Equipment. Other than Inventory and Equipment at customer sites, store the Inventory or the Equipment having a book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and for movable items of personal property having book value not in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank written notice and as to which Bank files a financing statement where needed to perfect its security interest.

7.11 No Investment Company; Margin Regulation. Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due;

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, or 6.8 or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

(b) If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, so long as Borrower continues to diligently attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made;

8.3 Material Adverse Change. If there occurs any circumstance or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.4 Attachment. If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within ten (10) days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material

 

12


portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any material portion of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

8.5 Insolvency. If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within forty five (45) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

8.6 Other Agreements. If there is an uncured default or other uncured failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) or that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.7 Subordinated Debt. If Borrower makes any payment on account of Subordinated Debt, except to the extent the payment is allowed under any subordination agreement entered into with Bank;

8.8 Judgments. If one or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower or any Subsidiary and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree).

8.9 Misrepresentations. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 (insolvency), all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

 

13


(d) Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(e) Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

(f) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

(g) Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

(h) Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

(i) Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

(j) Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

Bank may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

9.2 Power of Attorney. Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices

 

14


to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; and (g) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Borrower where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clause (g) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations that expressly survive termination) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

9.3 Accounts Collection. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

9.4 Bank Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; or (b) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

9.6 No Obligation to Pursue Others. Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

9.7 Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

9.8 Demand; Protest. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

 

15


10. NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:    BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
   5858 Horton St., Ste. 320
   Emeryville, CA 94608
   Attn: Shaun Holt, CFO
   Email: Shaun.Holt@Berkeleylights.com
If to Bank:    East West Bank
   2350 Mission College Blvd., Suite 988
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
   Attn: James Tai, Managing Director
   Email: James.Tai@eastwestbank.com

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

11. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE.

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal

 

16


courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that no Event of Default has occurred hereunder, Bank shall not assign its interests to any Person who in Bank’s reasonable discretion is (i) a direct competitor of Borrower, or (ii) a vulture or distressed debt fund.

12.2 Indemnification. Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents (“an Indemnified Person”) against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by an Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may, with the prior consent of Borrower, correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

 

17


12.6 Amendments in Writing, Integration. All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing signed by the parties. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 12.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank and all employees and agents of Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that Bank exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Loans, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank, (v) to Bank’s accountants, auditors and regulators, and (vi) as Bank may reasonably determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of Bank when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Shaun Holt

Name:   Shaun Holt
Title:   CFO
EAST WEST BANK
By:  

/s/ James Tai

Name:   James Tai
Title:   Managing Director/ Head of Life Sciences

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and partners.

“Amortization Date” means June 23, 2020; provided that (x) if the First Extended Interest-Only Period occurs, the Amortization Date shall mean December 23, 2020; and (y) if the Second Extended Interest-Only Period occurs, the Amortization Date shall mean June 23, 2021.

“Bank Expenses” means all reasonable and documented costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

“Borrower State” means the state under whose laws Borrower is organized, which is Delaware as of the Closing Date.

“Borrower’s Books” means all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized or required to close.

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

“Cash Burn” means, for any applicable measuring period, the sum of (i) earnings before depreciation and amortization, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of capital expenditures, in each case as measured on an average trailing six (6) month basis.

“Change in Control” shall mean a transaction (other than (i) an initial public offering or (ii) a bona fide equity financing or series of financings) in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

“Chief Executive Office State” means California, where Borrower’s chief executive office is located.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Code” means the California Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.


“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral to the extent not described in Exhibit B, except to the extent (i) any such property is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) any such property constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of sixty five percent (65%) of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote; provided that in no case shall the definition of “Collateral” exclude any Accounts, proceeds of the disposition of any property, or general intangibles consisting of rights to payment.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

“Credit Extension” means each Term Loan or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, orders and the like issued by any federal state, local foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or any agency pertaining to the environment or to any hazardous materials or wastes, toxic substances, flammable, explosive or radioactive materials, asbestos or other similar materials.

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

“Existing Indebtedness” is the indebtedness of Borrower to TriplePoint in the aggregate principal outstanding amount as of the Closing Date of approximately Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) pursuant to that certain Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement and the Plain English Promissory Note, dated August 24, 2016 and December 30, 2016, respectively, entered into by and between TriplePoint and Borrower.


“First Extended Interest-Only Period” means Borrower’s achievement of Remaining Months Liquidity of at least 10.00 to 1.00, measured as of May 23, 2020.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.

“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations, if any.

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

 

(a)

Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

(b)

Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

(c)

Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

(d)

Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

 

(e)

All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights; and

 

(f)

All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

“Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means (i) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.


“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

“Optera” means Optera Therapeutics Corp.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

 

(a)

Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(b)

Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

 

(c)

Indebtedness not to exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

 

(d)

Subordinated Debt;

 

(e)

Indebtedness not to exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) in the aggregate incurred under corporate credit cards in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)

Intercompany Indebtedness (i) to Subsidiaries not co-borrowers or guarantors not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) to Borrower;

 

(g)

Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)

Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)

Letters of credit with financial institutions other than Bank incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the leasing of real property in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000);

 

(j)

Additional unsecured Indebtedness not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate at any time; and

 

(k)

Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.


Permitted

Investment” means:

 

(a)

Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

 

(b)

(i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within two (2) years from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than two hundred seventy (270) from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-1 or P-1 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than two (2) years from the date of investment therein, and (iv) Bank’s money market accounts;

 

(c)

Repurchases of stock from former employees or directors of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases, or (ii) in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists;

 

(d)

Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

 

(e)

Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower, Investments in or to Borrower and Investments by Borrower in non-borrower, non-guarantor Subsidiaries not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

(f)

Investments not to exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(g)

Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

(h)

Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

 

(i)

Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

(j)

Investments in Optera not to exceed an amount equal to (i) the amount of cash proceeds received by Borrower from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities beginning on March 28, 2018 (including, for the sake of clarity, those funds received in connection with the requirement found in Section 3.1(g) hereof), minus (ii) Sixty Five Million Dollars ($65,000,000);

 

(k)

Investments permitted under Sections 7.3, 7.6 or 7.7; and

 

(l)

Additional Investments, other than Investments in Subsidiaries, by Borrower that do not exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement.


“Permitted Liens” means the following:

 

(a)

Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Advances) or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)

Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests (other than statutory liens arising as a matter of law);

 

(c)

Liens not to exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) in the aggregate (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by a Credit Extension) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

 

(d)

Liens incurred in connection with licenses or sublicenses permitted hereunder;

 

(e)

Statutory Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, repairmen, or other like Liens imposed without the action of such parties arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)

Liens to secure payment for workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old age pensions, social security or other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)

Non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive as to field of use and other respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States;

 

(h)

Liens arising in connection with the corporate credit cards as permitted in clause (e) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

 

(i)

Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (h) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

 

(j)

Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) or 8.9 (judgments);

 

(k)

Leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business); and

 

(l)

Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts held at such institutions to secured standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit accounts to the extent required by Section 6.6.


“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

 

(a)

Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)

Licenses permitted hereunder;

 

(c)

worn-out, unutilized or obsolete Equipment;

 

(d)

grants of security interests and other Liens that constitute Permitted Liens;

 

(e)

Transfers that constitute Permitted Investments;

 

(f)

cash, unless otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement; and

 

(g)

Other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) during any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

“Prime Rate” means the greater of four and three quarters of one percent (4.75%) per year, or the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its “prime rate,” whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

“Prohibited Territory” means any person or country listed by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury as to which transactions between a United States Person and that territory are prohibited.

“Remaining Months Liquidity” means a ratio of Cash to Cash Burn.

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the VP, Finance and Accounting of Borrower.

“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

“Second Extended Interest-Only Period” means Borrower’s achievement of trailing twelve (12) months revenue (measured in accordance with GAAP) of at least seventy percent (70%) of Borrower’s Board of Directors’ approved revenue projections (determined in accordance with GAAP), equal to Sixty-Five Million Five Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($65,560,000), measured as of September 30, 2020.

“Shares” means (i) sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower in any Subsidiary of Borrower which is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof, and (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower in any Subsidiary of Borrower which is an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof.

“SOS Reports” means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of the Chief Executive Office State and the Borrower State and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.


“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank).

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

“Term Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means May 23, 2022.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.


DEBTOR    BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
SECURED PARTY:    EAST WEST BANK

EXHIBIT B

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

All personal property of Debtor of every kind, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including but not limited to: (a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records; and (b) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include property (a) nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §25-9-406 and §25-9-408 of the Uniform Commercial Code), (b) constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote or any Subsidiary with the sole purpose to hold the stock of such controlled foreign corporation, (c) property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to an Equipment lien, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property would be prohibited by the agreement creating such lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such lien; or (d) any of the intellectual property, in any medium, of any kind or nature whatsoever, including but not limited to Copyrights, Trademarks, and Patents now or hereafter owned or acquired or received by Borrower, or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires or receives any right or interest (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, the Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of May 23, 2018, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.


EXHIBIT C

 

LOGO   

LOAN ADVANCE / PAYMENT AUTHORIZATION

(MUST BE RECEIVED BY 5:00 PM PST FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING) WHEN COMPLETED E-MAIL TO: AdvanceGroup@EastWestBank.com

OR FAX TO: 626-927-2088

LOAN REQUEST FORM

(TO BE COMPLETED BY BORROWER)

 

Borrower. BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

Name: Shaun Holt                                                                                 

Borrower Contact No.: 858-525-1421                        

Loan/Note No: 354001012             (“Loans”)

   Date of Request: 5/23/2018

LOAN ADVANCE REQUEST

(TO BE COMPLETED BY BORROWER)

 

Effective Date

  

Credit To

  

Description

  

Amount

5/23/2018   

DDA# ##########

   Origination funding    20,000,000.00
        
        
UCC Equipment Filing Require:    ☐  Yes     ☐  NO   If yes, please provide a copy of supporting documents

 

LOAN PAYMENT REQUEST

(TO BE COMPLETED BY BORROWER)

 

         

Credit to Loan/Note

No.

  

Payment Type

  

Total Amount

Effective Date

  

Debit From

  

Principal

  

Interest

  

Fee

CERTIFICATES OF BORROWER

 

This request is made to East West Bank by an authorized representative(s) of Borrower, who signs below and who certifies that: (i) The representations and warranties by Borrower set forth in the Business Loan Agreement and Related Loan Documents (collectively “Loan Documents” ) are true and correct in all materials respects (or, if conditioned on materiality, in all respects) as of the date made and as of the dated of this advanced request; (ii) Borrower is not in violation of any of the terms of the Loan Documents; (iii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from making the Loan Advance; and, (iv) there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition since the Loan Documents were executed.
Authorized Signature: /s/ Shaun Holt                                    Printed Name/Title: Shaun Holt/CFO                      
Authorized Signature: /s/ Stuart Merkadeau                     Printed Name/Title: Stuart Merkadeau/Gen Counsel
EAST WEST BANK OFFICE USE ONLY
EWB Verification:         ☐ Authorize Signature         ☐ ABL Availability: $         Maturity Date

 

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS

Prepared By:   

             

        
   Signature            Printed Name/Title:   

 

Approved By:   

             

        
   Signature       Printed Name/Title:   

 

LOAN SERVICING DEPARTMENT ONLY
Processed By:   

 

           Date:   

 


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:    East West Bank
   2350 Mission College Blvd., Suite 988
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
   Fax: (408) 588-9688

FROM: BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

The undersigned authorized Officer of BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (“Borrower”), hereby certifies, solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the company and not in his or her individual capacity that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______________________________ with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.9, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column.

 

REPORTING COVENANTS    REQUIRED    COMPLIES
Company Prepared Monthly F/S    Monthly, within 30 days    YES    NO
Compliance Certificate    Monthly, within 30 days    YES    NO
CPA Audited, Unqualified F/S (provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, such financial statements may include a going-concern comment or qualification with respect to Borrower’s liquidity for (x) Borrower’s 2017 and 2018 fiscal years, and (y) if otherwise permitted by Bank via email confirmation in its reasonable discretion)    Annually, within 150 days of FYE    YES    NO
Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)    Earlier of (i) 30 days after FYE or (ii) 7 days of approval from BOD    YES    NO
Audit    Annual    YES    NO
If Public:       YES    NO
10-Q    Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)    YES    NO
10-K    Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)    YES    NO
Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments    Amount: $ ____________________    YES    NO
Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank    Amount: $ ____________________    YES    NO
COVENANTS    REQUIRED    COMPLIES
Remaining Months Liquidity measured on a trailing 6 months bias    4.00 to 1.00 or Borrower must execut an Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Intellectual Property Security Agreement to provide Bank with a perfected first priority security interest on Borrower’s Intellectual Property    YES    NO

Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations:

The Officer further acknowledges that at any time Borrower is not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.


Very truly yours,
BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
Authorized Signer                                                 
Name:                                                                     
Title:                                                                     


EXHIBIT E

Form of Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement

[to be attached]


FORM OF

AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of [_________], by and between EAST WEST BANK (“Bank”) and BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 23, 2018 (as amended from time to time, collectively, the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The following defined terms in Exhibit A of the Agreement hereby are added, amended or restated as follows:

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral and Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not described in Exhibit B, except to the extent (i) any such property is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) any such property constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of sixty five percent (65%) of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote; provided that in no case shall the definition of “Collateral” exclude any Accounts, proceeds of the disposition of any property, or general intangibles consisting of rights to payment.

“Intellectual Property Collateral” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(c) Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(d) Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

(e) All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;

(f) All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

 

1


(g) All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.”

2. The following defined term in Exhibit A of the Agreement hereby is deleted in its entirety:

“Intellectual Property”

3. Section 4.1 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated as follows:

“4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except as set forth in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Upon request by Borrower and payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations that expressly survive termination) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall promptly release its liens and interests in the Collateral and Bank shall take such actions as reasonably requested by Borrower in order to cause such Liens to be terminated of record (including filing UCC-3 or other similar termination statements with respect to such Liens).”

4. Section 5.4 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated as follows:

“5.4 Intellectual Property Collateral. Borrower is the sole owner or licensee of the Intellectual Property Collateral, except for (a) licenses permitted hereunder or nonexclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over the counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) those agreements into which Borrower has entered that provide for joint ownership of certain intellectual property rights created during the course of the engagement. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property Collateral has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property Collateral violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.”

5. New Section 6.2(viii) hereby is added to the Agreement as follows:

“(viii) within thirty (30) days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a report signed by Borrower, in form reasonably acceptable to Bank, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as well as any material change in Borrower’s Intellectual Property Collateral, including but not limited to any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not specified in Exhibits A, B, and C of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to Bank by Borrower in connection with this Agreement, except for any engagements coming within the scope of Section 5.4(c) that Borrower enters into in the ordinary course of business.”

6. The last sentence of Section 6.2 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated as follows:

 

-2-


“Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. If Borrower delivers this information electronically, it shall also deliver to Bank by U.S. Mail, reputable overnight courier service, hand delivery, facsimile or.pdf file within five (5) Business Days of submission of the unsigned electronic copy the certification of monthly financial statements the intellectual property report, and the Compliance Certificate, each bearing the physical signature of the Responsible Officer.”

7. Section 6.9 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated as follows:

“6.9 Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) Borrower shall register or cause to be registered (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by Borrower, to the extent that Borrower, in its reasonable business judgment, deems it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights.

(b) Borrower shall in the then-next Compliance Certificate give Bank written notice of any applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

(c) Borrower shall (i) give Bank not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed, or such other shorter notice period if Borrower is filing on an expedited basis for business reasons and a 30-day notice period would potentially cause harm or prejudice to Borrower’s rights; (ii) prior to the filing of any such applications or registrations, execute such documents as Bank may reasonably request for Bank to maintain its perfection in such intellectual property rights to be registered by Borrower, except that Borrower is not required to delay filing if doing so would potentially cause harm or prejudice to Borrower’s rights; (iii) upon the request of Bank, either deliver to Bank or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; (iv) upon filing any such applications or registrations, promptly provide Bank with a copy of such applications or registrations together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any documents requested by Bank to be filed for Bank to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such intellectual property rights, and the date of such filing.

(d) Borrower shall execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents from time to time as Bank shall reasonably request to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of Bank’s security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral.

(e) Borrower shall use commercially reasonably efforts to (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, and trade secrets that have material value, (ii) detect infringements of the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights that have material value and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

-3-


(f) Bank may audit Borrower’s Intellectual Property Collateral to confirm compliance with this Section 6.9, provided such audit may not occur more often than once per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Borrower’s sole expense, any actions that Borrower is required under this Section 6.9 to take but which Borrower fails to take, after fifteen (15) days’ notice to Borrower. Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify Bank for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section 6.9.”

8. Section 9.2 of the Agreement hereby is amended and restated as follows:

“9.2 Power of Attorney. Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrower and Bank without first obtaining Borrower’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending Exhibits A, B, and C, thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks acquired by Borrower after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in which Borrower no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (h) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Borrower where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clauses (g) and (h) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations that expressly survive termination) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.”

9. Exhibit B to the Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit B attached hereto.

10. Exhibit D to the Agreement hereby is replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

11. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

12. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

 

-4-


13. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

14. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

(b) a Corporate Borrowing Certificate with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment, substantially in the form attached hereto;

(c) a UCC-3 Amendment;

(d) an intellectual property security agreement;

(e) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(f) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

15. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By:  

 

Title:  

 

EAST WEST BANK
By:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


DEBTOR    BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.   
SECURED PARTY:    EAST WEST BANK   

EXHIBIT B

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY

AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

(a)

all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

 

(b)

all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the foregoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the foregoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

 

(c)

all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

 

(d)

all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

 

(e)

any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any property (a) nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §25-9-406 and §25-9-408


of the Uniform Commercial Code), (b) constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote or any Subsidiary with the sole purpose to hold the stock of such controlled foreign corporation or (c) property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to an Equipment lien, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property would be prohibited by the agreement creating such lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such lien


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:    East West Bank
   2350 Mission College Blvd., Suite 988
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
   Fax: (408) 588-9688

FROM: BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

The undersigned authorized Officer of BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (“Borrower”), hereby certifies, solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the company and not in his or her individual capacity that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______________________________ with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.9, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column.

 

REPORTING COVENANTS    REQUIRED    COMPLIES
Company Prepared Monthly F/S    Monthly, within 30 days    YES    NO
Compliance Certificate    Monthly, within 30 days    YES    NO
CPA Audited, Unqualified F/S    Annually, within 150 days of FYE    YES    NO
Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)    Earlier of (i) 30 days after FYE or (ii) 7 days of approval from BOD    YES    NO
intellectual property report    Quarterly, within 30 days    YES    NO
Audit    Annual    YES    NO
If Public:       YES    NO
10-Q    Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)    YES    NO
10-K    Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)    YES    NO
Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments    Amount: $ ____________________    YES    NO
Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank    Amount: $ ____________________    YES    NO
COVENANTS    REQUIRED    COMPLIES
Remaining Months Liquidity measured on a trailing 6 months bias    10.00 to 1.00 and Bank will release its perfected first priority security interest on Borrower’s Intellectual Property    YES    NO

Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations:

The Officer further acknowledges that at any time Borrower is not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

 

Very truly yours,
BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
Authorized Signer
Name:                                                                     
Title:                                                                       


DEBTOR    BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.   
SECURED PARTY:    EAST WEST BANK   
   CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:    BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.    DATE: [_________]
BANK:    East West Bank   

I hereby certify, solely in my capacity as an officer of the Borrower and not in my individual capacity, as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name    Title    Signature   

Authorized to

Add or Remove

Signatories

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

RESOLVED FURTHER, that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money. Borrow money from East West Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents. Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security. Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items. Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit. Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Foreign Exchange Contracts. Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.


Further Acts. Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the __________ of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as

[print title]

of the date set forth above.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


EXHIBIT F

Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement

[to be attached]

 


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Intellectual Property Security Agreement is entered into as of [ ] by and between EAST WEST BANK (“Bank”) and BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”).

RECITALS

A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations to Grantor (the “Loans”) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Bank and Grantor dated as of May 23, 2018 (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, including but not limited to that certain Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated of even date herewith the “Loan Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Loan Agreement). Bank is willing to make the Loans to Grantor, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor shall grant to Bank a security interest in certain Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents to secure the obligations of Grantor under the Loan Agreement.

B. Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Grantor has granted to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest, whether presently existing or hereafter acquired, in, to and under all of the Collateral.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment when due of its obligations under the Loan Agreement and all other agreements now existing or hereafter arising between Grantor and Bank, Grantor hereby represents, warrants, covenants and agrees as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. To secure its obligations under the Loan Agreement and under any other agreement now existing or hereafter arising between Grantor and Bank, Grantor grants and pledges to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under its Intellectual Property Collateral (including without limitation those Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks listed on Exhibits A, B and C hereto), and including without limitation all proceeds thereof (such as, by way of example but not by way of limitation, license royalties and proceeds of infringement suits), the right to sue for past, present and future infringements, all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and all re-issues, divisions continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof.

2. This security interest is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to Bank under the Loan Agreement. The rights and remedies of Bank with respect to the security interest granted hereby are in addition to those set forth in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and those which are now or hereafter available to Bank as a matter of law or equity. Each right, power and remedy of Bank provided for herein or in the Loan Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every right, power or remedy provided for herein and the exercise by Bank of any one or more of the rights, powers or remedies provided for in this Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity, shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by any person, including Bank, of any or all other rights, powers or remedies.

3. Grantor represents and warrants that Exhibits A, B, and C attached hereto set forth any and all intellectual property rights in connection to which Grantor has registered or filed an application with either the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable.

 

1


4. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Intellectual Property Security Agreement to be duly executed by its officers thereunto duly authorized as of the first date written above.

 

    GRANTOR:
Address of Grantor:     BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
5858 Horton St., Ste. 320     By:  

             

Emeryville, CA 94608     Title:
Attn: Shaun Holt, CFO      
    BANK:
Address of Bank:     EAST WEST BANK
2350 Mission College Blvd., Suite 988     By:  
Santa Clara, CA 95054     Title:
Attn: James Tai, Managing Director      

 

3


EXHIBIT A

Copyrights

 

Description

 

Registration

Number

 

Registration Date

 

4


EXHIBIT B

Patents

 

Description

 

Patent/App.

No.

 

File Date

 

5


EXHIBIT C

Trademarks

 

Description

 

Serial/Registration

No.

 

File Date

 

6


SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

Permitted Indebtedness (Exhibit A)

 

Name of Lender

  

Original Principal Amount/

Principal Outstanding

  

Maturity Date

  

Company/Subsidiary

Wareham Property

Group dba

Emerystation Joint

Venture, LLC

   $98,949/ / $43,239    March 2020    Berkeley Lights, Inc.

Permitted Investments (Exhibit A)

Permitted Liens (Exhibit A)

Prior Names (Section 5.5)

None.

Litigation (Section 5.6)

None.


CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

BORROWER: BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. DATE: May 23, 2018

BANK: East West Bank

I hereby certify, solely in my capacity as an officer of Borrower and not in my individual capacity, as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Authorized to

Add or Remove

Signatories

Shaun Holt    CFO    /s/ Shaun Holt   
Stuart Merkadeau    General Counsel/Corp. Sec    /s/ Stuart Merkadeau   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

RESOLVED FURTHER, that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money. Borrow money from East West Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents. Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security. Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items. Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit. Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Foreign Exchange Contracts. Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

Further Acts. Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

RESOLVED FURTHER, that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.


5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signature shown next to their names.

 

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

Name:   Stuart L. Merkadeau
Title:  

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the ______CFO_________ of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as

    [print title]

of the date set forth above.

 

By:  

/s/ Shaun Holt

Name:   Shaun Holt
Title:   CFO


EXHIBIT A BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

[Omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K]


DEBTOR

    

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

SECURED PARTY:

    

EAST WEST BANK

EAST WEST BANK

Member FDIC

ITEMIZATION OF AMOUNT FINANCED

DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

(Term Loan)

 

Name: BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.    Date: May 23, 2018

 

$ 20,000,000.00  

credited to deposit account No. ########## when the Term Loan is requested or disbursed to Borrower by cashiers check or wire transfer

Amounts paid to others on your behalf:

 

$                   0.0

 

to East West Bank for Loan Fee

$                       

 

to East West Bank for Document Fee

$                       

 

to East West Bank for accounts receivable audit (estimate)

$                       

 

to Bank counsel fees and expenses (to be invoiced after closing)

$ 19,743,154.10

 

to Triple Point Capital to paid off the existing debt

$ 281,845.90

 

to East West Bank DDA ending on #### (net amount includes the $25,000 deposit)

$ 20,000,000.00

 

TOTAL (AMOUNT FINANCED)

Upon consummation of this transaction, this document will also serve as the authorization for East West Bank to disburse the loan proceeds as stated above.

 

/s/ Shaun Holt

Signature

  

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

Signature


EAST WEST BANK

 

AUTOMATIC DEBIT AUTHORIZATION

 

Member FDIC

 

To:  East West Bank

 

Re:  Loan # 354001012

 

You are hereby authorized and instructed to charge account No. [#] in the name of BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

for principal, interest and other payments due on above referenced loan as set forth below and credit the loan referenced above.

 

☒   Debit each interest payment as it becomes due according to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

 

☒   Debit each principal payment as it becomes due according to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

 

☒   Debit each payment for Bank Expenses as it becomes due according to the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

 

This Authorization is to remain in full force and effect until revoked in writing.

 

Borrower Signature:

  

Date:

   

/s/Stuart Merkadeau

  

May 23, 2018


USA PATRIOT ACT

NOTICE

OF

CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account.

WHAT THIS MEANS FOR YOU: when you open an account, we will ask your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver’s license or other identifying documents.

 

5


DEBTOR

  

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

SECURED PARTY:

  

EAST WEST BANK

EXHIBIT A to UCC Financing Statement

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO UCC NATIONAL FINANCING FORM

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

All personal property of Debtor of every kind, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including but not limited to: (a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records; and (b) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include property (a) nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §25-9-406 and §25-9-408 of the Uniform Commercial Code), (b) constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote or any Subsidiary with the sole purpose to hold the stock of such controlled foreign corporation, (c) property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to an Equipment lien, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property would be prohibited by the agreement creating such lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such lien; or (d) any of the intellectual property, in any medium, of any kind or nature whatsoever, including but not limited to Copyrights, Trademarks, and Patents now or hereafter owned or acquired or received by Borrower, or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires or receives any right or interest (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, the Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of May 23, 2018, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.


DEBTOR

  

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

SECURED PARTY:

  

EAST WEST BANK

Agreement to Furnish Insurance to Loan and Security Agreement

 

Borrower: BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

I understand that the Loan and Security Agreement or Deed of Trust which I executed in connection with this transaction requires me to provide certain insurance policies, including, without limitation, a physical damage insurance policy including a Lenders Loss Payable Endorsement in favor of East West Bank (the “Bank”) as shown below.

The following minimum insurance must be provided according to the terms of the security documents (together with such other insurance as may be required by the Bank pursuant to the terms of the security documents).

Fire & Extended Coverage

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

I may obtain the required insurance from any company that is acceptable to the Bank, and will deliver proof of such coverage with an effective date of May 23, 2018, or earlier.

I understand and agree that if I fail to deliver proof of insurance to the Bank at the address below, or upon the lapse or cancellation of such insurance, the Bank may procure Lender’s Single Interest Insurance or other similar coverage on the property. If the Bank procures insurance to protect its interest in the property described in the security documents, the cost for the insurance will be added to my indebtedness as provided in the security documents. Lender’s Single Interest Insurance shall cover only the Bank’s interest as a secured party, and shall become effective at the earlier of the funding date of this transaction or the date my insurance was canceled or expired. I UNDERSTAND THAT LENDER’S SINGLE INTEREST INSURANCE WILL PROVIDE ME WITH ONLY LIMITED PROTECTION AGAINST PHYSICAL DAMAGE TO THE COLLATERAL, UP TO THE BALANCE OF THE LOAN, HOWEVER, MY EQUITY IN THE PROPERTY WILL NOT BE INSURED. FURTHER, THE INSURANCE WILL NOT PROVIDE MINIMUM PUBLIC LIABILITY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE INDEMNIFICATION AND DOES NOT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY LAW.

CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 2955.5. HAZARD INSURANCE DISCLOSURE: No lender shall require a borrower, as a condition of receiving or maintaining a loan secured by real property, to provide hazard insurance coverage against risks to the improvements on that real property in an amount exceeding the replacement value of the improvements on the property.

Bank Address for Insurance Documents:

East West Bank

2350 Mission College Blvd., Suite 988

Santa Clara, CA 95054

I acknowledge having read the provisions of this agreement, and agree to its terms. I authorize the Bank to provide to any person (including any insurance agent or company) any information necessary to obtain the insurance coverage required.

 

Date: May 23, 2018       OWNER OF COLLATERAL:
      BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
   By:   

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

   Title:    General Counsel and Corp. Sec

INSURANCE VERIFICATION

Date____________________                                                                                                                       Phone____________________

Agents Name____________________                                                                                       Person Talked To____________________

Agents Address______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Insurance Company__________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Policy Number(s)________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Effective Dates: From________________________________ To:_____________________________________________________

 

Deductible $________________________________ Comments:_____________________________________________________

Exhibit 10.14B

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of April 18, 2019, by and between EAST WEST BANK (“Bank”) and BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 23, 2018 (the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The defined term “Prime Rate” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

2. Section 2.3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Interest Rate. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Term Loan shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof at a fixed rate equal to six and seventy-three hundredths percent (6.73%).”

3. Section 2.3(d) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(d) Computation. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for the actual number of days elapsed.”

4. Section 12.7 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications, or refinancings thereof may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing this Agreement (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or “.pdf” signature page were an original hereof.”

5. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

6. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall


not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

7. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

8. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

(b) all reasonable Bank Expenses, consisting of attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(c) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

9. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing this Amendment (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or “.pdf” signature page were an original hereof.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 2 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Shaun Holt
Name:   Shaun Holt
Title:   CFO
EAST WEST BANK
By:   /s/ James Tai
Name:   James Tai
Title:   Managing Director / Head of Life Sciences

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

Exhibit 10.14C

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of March 17, 2020, by and between EAST WEST BANK (“Bank”) and BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 23, 2018 (the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The following defined terms and their respective definitions in Exhibit A of the Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety:

“Amortization Date”; “First Extended Interest-Only Period”: “Second Extended Interest-Only Period”

2. Section 2.1 (b)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date the Term Loan is made at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable monthly on the 23rd day of each month commencing on 23rd day of the first month after the Term Loan is made. The Term Loan shall be repaid in twelve (12) equal monthly installments of principal plus accrued but unpaid interest, commencing on June 23, 2021 and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Term Loan Maturity Date, at which time all outstanding amounts owing under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. The Term Loan, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay the Term Loan without penalty or premium.”

3. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

4. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

 

-1-


5. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment (other than representations and warranties which relate to an earlier date), Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

(b) all reasonable Bank Expenses, consisting of attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(c) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

7. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing this Amendment (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or “.pdf” signature page were an original hereof.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Shaun Holt
Name:   Shaun Holt
Title:   CFO

 

EAST WEST BANK
By:   /s/ James Tai
Name:   James Tai
Title:   Managing Director/Head of Life Sciences

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]

Exhibit 10.15A

[***] Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10). Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.

Terms and Conditions of Purchase

THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE (these “Ts&Cs”) are executed and delivered effective as of the date of full execution (the “Effective Date”) by Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“BLI”), and the undersigned supplier (“Supplier”).

 

1.

GENERAL

These Ts&Cs, including any Order(s) (as defined below), constitute the entire and exclusive agreement governing the purchase of the product(s) (the “Products”) and the BLI Work Product (as defined below) identified on the written purchase order(s) issued by BLI to Supplier (each, an “Order”). These Ts&Cs supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements or arrangements, whether written or oral, governing the subject matter of these Ts&Cs. Any terms or conditions proposed by Supplier (i) by separate written document, (ii) by quotation, acknowledgment or invoice (including pre-printed or linked terms and conditions), and/or (iii) by any other means (including course of dealing, course of performance or usage of trade) that are in addition to, inconsistent or in conflict with, or different from, these Ts&Cs will not have any force or effect and are hereby rejected, even if submitted at a point in time after these Ts&Cs. Neither Supplier’s commencement of performance, nor Supplier’s delivery of Products, nor BLI’s acceptance of Products, nor BLI’s failure to object to terms and conditions contained in any communication from Supplier shall constitute an acceptance of any terms and conditions proposed by Supplier that are in addition to, inconsistent or in conflict with, or different from, these Ts&Cs. These Ts&Cs shall apply to all Order(s) for the purchase of the Products and BLI Work Product issued by BLI, even if such Order(s) fail to specifically reference these Ts&Cs. In the event of a conflict

between these Ts&Cs and any Order, the order of precedence shall be as follows: these Ts&Cs and then, such Order.

 

2.

ORDERS; DELIVERY

2.1.    Forecasts. BLI may provide forecasts of its Products requirements to Supplier from time to time. Any forecasts provided by BLI are non-binding, are for planning purposes only and do not constitute an order or other commitment or obligation of BLI. BLI shall have no obligation to issue any Order(s) to Supplier.

2.2.    Order(s). BLI may issue to Supplier from time to time one or more Order(s) for the Products and BLI Work Product, each of which shall include [***], as applicable. Supplier agrees to notify BLI in writing of its acceptance, changes necessary for acceptance, or rejection of an Order within [***] business days of receipt thereof. Subject to these Ts&Cs, Supplier shall not provide BLI with any Products or BLI Work Product and BLI shall not be obligated to pay for any Products or BLI Work Product, unless BLI has issued Order(s) for such items.

2.3.    Change Orders. BLI may, [***], at any time by written change order (i) make [***], (ii) [***], or (iii) make [***] in an Order. In the event that such change results in an increase in the price of the Products or BLI Work Product, as applicable, [***].

2.4.    Packing. The Products shall be packed, marked and prepared for shipment in a manner that: (i) follows [***], (ii) is

 


acceptable by common carriers for shipment, (iii) is [***], and (iv) meets [***]. Supplier will forward the original bill of lading or other shipment receipt for each shipment, and the applicable documents set forth in Sections 2.8 and 4.2 with each shipment. Before and at the time the Products are shipped, Supplier will give BLI sufficient warning in writing (including [***] necessary to enable BLI to [***]. Supplier agrees to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations regarding [***], including [***]. [***] for any expenses incurred as a result of [***].

2.5.    Lead Time(s). Supplier and BLI agree that the lead time(s) for the Products ordered from Supplier shall be in accordance with the lead time(s) stated in the applicable Order(s).

2.6.    Delivery; Risk of Loss. [***] with respect to performance of each Order. Supplier agrees to deliver the Products to BLI on the delivery date(s) specified in the applicable Order. Supplier will deliver the Products to an agreed upon delivery point (“Delivery Point”), with [***] paying all duty, transportation, shipping, insurance and other charges incurred to ship the Products from such Delivery Point to BLI’s facility. [***] change the delivery date(s), which actions will not entitle Supplier to [***] and will not subject BLI to [***]. Title to the Products shall pass to BLI upon [***]. Except to the extent that the Products are damaged during shipping as a result of [***], all risk of loss and damage to the Products shall pass to BLI [***].

2.7.    Late Delivery. Supplier shall notify BLI in writing within [***] hours of Supplier learning that it cannot meet a scheduled delivery date for the Products and in such written notice, shall state the reason for the delay. Late deliveries of the Products will result, [***] on such late Products of [***] percent for each calendar [***] late. In

addition, Supplier agrees to deliver, [***], any late shipment of the Products by [***]. [***] of the Products [***] will only be considered complete when all Products of an Order have been shipped.

2.8.    Statement of Origin. Export and import authorizations or licenses necessary for the shipment of the Products to the Delivery Point and receipt by BLI are [***] responsibility. Supplier will [***] notify BLI in writing of any material or components used by Supplier in filling the Order that [***]. [***] will furnish, and if applicable, file with the appropriate governmental agency, any information and documentation necessary to establish the country of origin, comply with the applicable country’s rules of origin requirements, and/or determine the admissibility and the effect of entry of the Products into the country in which the Products are delivered. [***] shall provide copies of such authorizations, licenses, information and documentation, as applicable, regarding the Products to [***] no later than [***].

2.9.    Subcontracts. Supplier shall not subcontract any part of the Order(s) without [***], Supplier shall at all times remain fully responsible for the Order(s) as well as any [***] subcontractors. Supplier shall be fully responsible for any and all payments to Supplier’s suppliers and subcontractors.

 

3.

PRICE, INVOICING, PAYMENT AND TAXES

3.1.    Price, Invoicing and Payment. The mutually agreed pricing for the Products and BLI Work Product, as applicable, are set forth in the initial Order, and such pricing shall be valid for all Order(s) and [***]. After or contemporaneous with each shipment of Products or with respect to the BLI Work Product, Supplier shall send a separate proper invoice, which shall be proper if such invoice

 

 

2


only [***] and is dated at or after the date on which BLI receives the Products or BLI Work Product covered by such invoice. Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Order, BLI shall pay undisputed amounts documented by Supplier’s proper invoice [***] days from the date of BLI’s acceptance of the Products or BLI Work Product covered by such proper invoice or BLI’s receipt of such proper invoice, whichever is later. BLI may at its option pay Supplier’s invoice [***] days from the later of the events set forth in the preceding sentence, and [***]. BLI will pay all amounts in U.S. dollars.

3.2.    Most Favored Pricing. Supplier represents, warrants and agrees that the prices charged for the Products are and shall be the [***] prices charged by Supplier to any of its other customers worldwide purchasing the [***]. If Supplier offers a lower price for the [***] Products to any other customer, then Supplier shall notify BLI and offer to BLI such lower price. In any case where the prices paid by BLI are found to be higher, Supplier agrees to provide BLI a retroactive refund for any overpayment within [***] days of identifying such overpayment. Such [***] price shall be determined [***]. BLI may [***] and if such audit identifies an overpayment, Supplier agrees to reimburse BLI [***] with a single payment covering the overpayment within [***] days after the completion of the audit.

3.3.    Taxes. The pricing specified in the Order(s) will [***] any taxes, customs, duties, fees or other amounts assessed or imposed by any government authority, [***], that BLI is obligated to pay under applicable law, and [***] is responsible for paying such taxes, customs, duties, fees and other amounts [***]. [***] has [***] for any taxes based on Supplier’s assets or income or for which BLI has an appropriate [***] exemption. [***].

3.4.    No Acceptance. Payment of an invoice shall not constitute BLI’s acceptance of any Products or BLI Work Product covered by such invoice, does not limit or impair BLI’s rights to assert any of its rights or remedies pursuant to these Ts&Cs, and does not relieve Supplier’s responsibility for defects (latent or otherwise).

[***]. [***].

 

4.

SPECIFICATIONS; ACCEPTANCE

4.1.    Product Specifications. The Products shall meet the specifications, including [***] (the “specifications”), for such Products as agreed with BLI and referenced in the applicable Order(s). Supplier shall not make any modifications to the Products’ specifications or the Products without BLI’s prior written approval. Supplier agrees to provide [***] days advance written notice to BLI of any proposed modifications to the Products’ specifications.

4.2.    Supplier Inspection and Testing. Supplier shall inspect and test the Products prior to shipment to confirm that such Products meet the specifications for such Products referenced in the applicable Order(s) [***]. [***] in such inspection and testing at Supplier’s facility or such other mutually agreed facility. Supplier shall provide all inspection and testing records regarding the Products to BLI [***]. Supplier and BLI agree to utilize [***].

4.3.    BLI Inspection and Testing; Acceptance. The Products, once delivered to BLI, may be inspected and tested by BLI or its designee, at [***] times and places, to confirm that such Products meet the specifications for such Products referenced in the applicable Order(s) [***]. Supplier shall provide, [***], all reasonable assistance

 

 

3


[***] for such inspections and tests. An authorized representative of BLI will notify Supplier in writing of its acceptance of the Products [***] following [***]. [***] of the Products shall [***] BLI’s acceptance of such Products.

4.4.    Non-Conforming Products. If any Products are not in conformity with the specifications for such Products, or otherwise not in conformity with the applicable Order(s), BLI, at its option, may, by written notice to Supplier, (i) return such defective Products to Supplier and [***], (ii) accept such defective Products at an equitable reduction in price as [***], (iii) if Supplier is unable to bring such Products into conformity with the specifications for such Products, [***] as to such defective Products, or (iv) [***]. BLI is authorized to return the non-conforming Products to Supplier at [***] cost. However, title and risk of loss and damage to the non-conforming Products shall [***] pass to Supplier upon BLI’s [***]. No approval (including [***]), inspection (including [***]), test, or acceptance of any Products shall relieve Supplier from responsibility for non-conformity with specifications, non-conformity with the applicable Order(s) requirements or defects. BLI’s rights in this Section are in addition to its other rights and remedies under these Ts&Cs and applicable law.

 

5.

CANCELLATION

5.1.    Notice. BLI may cancel an Order, in whole or in part, at any time for any reason by giving written notice of cancellation to Supplier. Upon receipt of BLI’s notice of cancellation, and unless otherwise directed in writing by BLI, Supplier will (i) [***] terminate all work under the Order, (ii) verify and settle [***] claims by Supplier’s suppliers and subcontractors for actual costs incurred directly as a result of the cancellation and [***] the recovery of BLI

Materials (as defined below), BLI Work Product and BLI Confidential Information (as defined below) in Supplier’s suppliers’ and/or subcontractors’ possession, and (iii) take actions [***] to protect property in Supplier’s possession or control in which BLI has an interest until written disposal instructions from BLI have been received.

5.2.    Standard. There shall be [***] cancellation charges for an Order of any Products that are “standard” or “off-the-shelf” products (i.e., [***].

5.3.    Custom. Any claim by Supplier for cancellation charges for an Order of any Products that are “custom” products (i.e., [***]) or BLI Work Product must be submitted to BLI in writing within [***] days after receipt of BLI’s cancellation notice along with a summary of all of Supplier’s mitigation efforts (“Cancellation Claim”). A Cancellation Claim may include [***]. Supplier [***] [***] and [***]; provided, however, that such actions shall [***] (i) [***], (ii) [***], (iii) [***], (iv) [***], or (v) [***].

5.4.    Cancellation Claims. In no event shall a Cancellation Claim exceed [***]. If no cancellation charges are specified in the Order, [***]. Upon payment of the cancellation charges [***], BLI shall be entitled to all work and materials paid by such charges.

5.5.    Non-Recoverable Charges. In no event shall Supplier be compensated in any way for any work done after receipt of [***], nor for any costs incurred by Supplier’s suppliers or subcontractors after Supplier receives [***], nor for any costs Supplier could [***], nor for any loss of [***] of Supplier, or Supplier’s suppliers or subcontractors.

 

 

4


5.6.    Product and Related Materials. If an Order is cancelled by BLI, BLI may [***] Supplier to transfer title and deliver to BLI any finished Products, any BLI Work Product, the work in process, and [***] as Supplier has specifically produced or specifically acquired for the performance of such part of the cancelled Order, [***]. In the event of such transfer and delivery and depending on the scope of such transfer and delivery, BLI will be obligated to pay only (i) [***], (ii) [***].

 

6.

WARRANTIES

6.1.    General. Supplier represents and warrants that:

(i)    Supplier has been duly incorporated, and is validly existing in good standing, under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization. Supplier has the power and authority to own and operate its assets, to carry on its business as currently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform these Ts&Cs.

(ii)    All action on the part of Supplier necessary for the execution, delivery and performance of these Ts&Cs has been taken or will be taken prior to the Effective Date. These Ts&Cs constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of Supplier, enforceable against Supplier in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies.

(iii)    The execution, delivery and performance of these Ts&Cs do not and will not conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of

termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation that would result in the creation of any encumbrance upon any of the assets owned by Supplier under, any material provision of applicable law, rule or regulation, of Supplier’s organizational documents or of any material agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree, or other instrument binding on Supplier or any assets owned by Supplier.

(iv)    No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or exemption by, any third party or any governmental entity is required by or with respect to Supplier in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of these Ts&Cs. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is required on the part of Supplier in connection with the performance of the Order(s) pursuant to these Ts&Cs.

6.2.    Warranty. Supplier warrants to BLI and its customers that, for a period of [***] months after the sooner of [***] or [***] days after delivery, the Products and their use thereof shall (i) conform to, [***] the specifications for such Products referenced in the applicable Order(s), (ii) be free from defects in design [***], and (iii) be free of defects in materials and workmanship (latent or otherwise), and be new and not of used, reconditioned or refurbished quality, or contain any used, reconditioned or refurbished components. Supplier further warrants to BLI and its customers that the Products [***] shall (iv) be free and clear of [***] claims, encumbrances, liens and restrictions of any kind, and [***] not infringe or misappropriate any patent, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property right of others. Supplier also warrants that to the extent that any Product contains any firmware or software, such

 

 

5


firmware and software shall conform to, [***], the specifications for such firmware or software, and shall be virus-free [***], and shall not include any open source or other third party code that subjects BLI to a third party license agreement [***]. In addition, Supplier warrants that [***] materials used by Supplier in the Products or in their production will satisfy current governmental and safety constraints on restricted, toxic and hazardous materials as well as environmental, [***] considerations that apply to the country of manufacture, sale or destination. [***] of any design, material, process, specification or Product [***]. Supplier will pass through any manufacturers’ warranties for component parts to the extent authorized by such manufacturers. Supplier’s warranty does not cover [***]. The foregoing warranties shall survive delivery, inspection, testing and payment [***].

6.3.    Warranty Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THESE Ts&Cs, SUPPLIER SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

6.4.    Warranty Claims. In the event of a warranty claim, BLI, at its option, may (i) require Supplier to [***] repair or replace the Products, [***]. In the event that Supplier is unable to repair or replace the Products, BLI, at its option, may [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, BLI reserves the right to repair the Products [***]. BLI’s rights in this Section are in addition to its other rights and remedies under these Ts&Cs and applicable law.

7.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

7.1.    BLI Materials. If BLI provides any designs, drawings, information, materials, parts, tools, dies, molds, forms or related equipment (the “BLI Materials”) to Supplier for the performance of the Order(s), Supplier agrees that (i) all right, title and interest in and to the BLI Materials (including all proprietary and intellectual property rights therein) shall be and remain with BLI, (ii) Supplier shall not assign, convey, encumber, license, lease, pledge or transfer the BLI Materials, (iii) BLI Materials will be held by Supplier or by a third party, to the extent that Supplier has transferred possession of BLI Materials to a third party with BLI’s express prior written approval, [***], (iv) the BLI Materials shall be utilized by Supplier exclusively for BLI and for no other person or entity, (v) any products, including the Products, that utilize BLI Materials in their design and/or manufacture shall not be supplied to any third party, and (v) the BLI Materials shall (x) be [***], (y) be kept in good working condition, if applicable, [***], and (z) be shipped to BLI [***] on BLI’s request. [***]. BLI Materials shall at all times be stored in a secure, covered and locked area at the facility to which it is shipped or at such other location as BLI may approve in writing from time to time. Supplier shall not provide any of its employees, or any other person or entity, with access to the BLI Materials, except for those employees of Supplier who have a definable need to access the BLI Materials to permit Supplier to perform the Order(s). [***]. Supplier is [***] responsible for inspecting, testing and approving all BLI Materials prior to any use and [***]. BLI Materials will be housed, maintained, repaired and replaced by Supplier [***] in good working condition capable of producing Products meeting all applicable specifications, will not be used by Supplier for any purpose other than the performance of the Order(s), will be

 

 

6


conspicuously marked by Supplier as the property of BLI, will not be commingled with the property of Supplier or with that of any third party, and [***]. Supplier will insure BLI Materials with [***] insurance for [***]. Any replacement of BLI Materials will become BLI Materials. Supplier may not release or dispose BLI Materials to any third party without the prior written approval of BLI. BLI will have the right to enter Supplier’s premises to inspect BLI Materials and Supplier’s records regarding BLI Materials. [***]. Supplier agrees to cooperate with BLI if BLI [***] upon written notice to Supplier, [***] BLI has [***]. Supplier expressly waives any right to [***] and agrees to provide BLI or its nominee(s) with [***]. At any time and from time to time upon BLI’s request, Supplier shall return the entire BLI Materials to BLI or such other person or entity as is designated by BLI in writing, in any case in accordance with the shipping instructions provided by BLI. Supplier shall return the BLI Materials in the condition in which it was received by Supplier, [***]. Supplier waives any statutory, equitable or other lien or other rights that Supplier might otherwise have on any of BLI Materials, including without limitation [***].

7.2.    BLI Work Product. In the event that an Order provides that Supplier will perform services regarding [***], Supplier agrees to provide deliverables regarding such services, and BLI agrees to pay for such services and deliverables, Supplier agrees that (i) Supplier represents and warrants that such services will be performed in a thorough and professional manner, consistent with high professional and industry standards by personnel with the requisite training, background, experience, technical knowledge and skills to perform such services, (ii) Supplier agrees to deliver to BLI such deliverables [***], and that such deliverables will [***], (iii) Supplier will

disclose in writing and deliver to BLI all designs, drawings, information, materials, works of authorship, algorithms, computer programs, software, hardware, parts, tools, dies, molds, forms, equipment, processes, techniques, know-how and other inventions of any kind that Supplier may make, conceive, develop or reduce to practice, alone or jointly with others, in connection with performing such services, or that [***], whether or not they are eligible for patent, copyright, trade secret or other legal protection (including the deliverables specified in the Order(s), collectively, “BLI Work Product”), (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each item of BLI Work Product shall be a work made for hire owned solely and exclusively by BLI, and Supplier agrees that, regardless of whether an item of BLI Work Product is a work made for hire, all BLI Work Product shall be the sole and exclusive property of BLI, (v) Supplier hereby irrevocably transfers, conveys and assigns to BLI, and agrees to irrevocably transfer, convey and assign to BLI, exclusively and perpetually, all right, title and interest throughout the world in and to the BLI Work Product, including all proprietary and intellectual property rights therein therein, (vi) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Supplier hereby irrevocably transfers, conveys and assigns to BLI, and agrees to irrevocably transfer, convey and assign to BLI, and waives and agrees never to assert, any and all moral rights (i.e., any right to claim authorship of a work, to object to or prevent the modification or destruction of a work, to withdraw from circulation or control the publication or distribution of a work, and any similar right) that Supplier or any Supplier personnel may have in or to any BLI Work Product, during and after the term of these Ts&Cs, (vii) at BLI’s request and [***], during and after the term of these Ts&Cs, Supplier will, and will cause all Supplier personnel to, assist and cooperate with BLI

 

 

7


[***], and Supplier will, and will cause all Supplier personnel to, execute and deliver documents and take such acts reasonably requested by BLI, to enable BLI to acquire, transfer, maintain, perfect and enforce its right, title and interest in and to the BLI Work Product and other legal protections for the BLI Work Product, and Supplier hereby appoints the officers of BLI as Supplier’s attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver such documents and take such acts on behalf of Supplier for this purpose, (viii) to the extent that Supplier owns or controls any patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights or any other proprietary or intellectual property rights that may block or interfere with, or may otherwise be required for, the exercise by BLI of the rights assigned to BLI under this Section (collectively, “Related Rights”), Supplier hereby irrevocably grants or will cause to be granted to BLI a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up, transferable (including sublicensable and through multiple tiers of distribution), worldwide, irrevocable, perpetual license to design, have designed, make, have made, use, integrate, import, execute, reproduce, copy, display, perform, transmit, modify, improve, create derivative works based upon, offer to sell, sell, distribute and sublicense any products, software, hardware, services, methods or materials of any kind that are covered by such Related Rights, to the extent necessary to enable BLI to exercise all of the rights assigned to BLI under this Section, and (ix) [***].

7.3.    Confidentiality. BLI may disclose to Supplier certain confidential, proprietary and/or non-public information, materials or knowledge of BLI, which may be marked or identified as “confidential” at the time of disclosure or which reasonably should be understood to be confidential given the nature of the information, materials or knowledge and/or the circumstances of disclosure (the “BLI Confidential Information”). These

Ts&Cs, any Order(s), the BLI Materials and the BLI Work Product are deemed BLI Confidential Information. Supplier agrees to keep all BLI Confidential Information, including the existence of the discussions and transactions between BLI and Supplier, in the strictest confidence, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Supplier agrees that [***]. Supplier will protect BLI’s Confidential Information from unauthorized use, access, or disclosure in the same manner as Supplier protects its own confidential or proprietary information of a similar nature but with no less than reasonable care. Supplier agrees to use the BLI Confidential Information only for the performance of Order(s), and shall disclose the BLI Confidential Information only to the employees and BLI-approved suppliers and subcontractors of Supplier who have a need to know the BLI Confidential Information in connection with the performance of the Order(s) and who are under a duty of confidentiality no less restrictive than Supplier’s obligations hereunder. In addition to such requirements, for BLI Confidential Information that BLI marks or identifies as “sensitive confidential information”, Supplier shall disclose the “sensitive” BLI Confidential Information only to Supplier’s employees who Supplier has identified in writing to BLI (providing each such employee’s name, title and confidentiality agreement (which may be redacted for provisions unrelated to such employee’s confidentiality obligations)) in advance of any such disclosure, and BLI may, at its option, enter into a separate confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement with such employees for which Supplier agrees to provide reasonable assistance. Supplier agrees to immediately notify BLI in writing of any breach of this Section, including any unauthorized disclosure or use of BLI Confidential Information. Supplier’s obligations under this Section with respect to

 

 

8


BLI Confidential Information will terminate if Supplier can document that such information (i) was already lawfully known to Supplier at the time of disclosure by BLI free from any obligation of confidence, (ii) was disclosed to Supplier by a third party who had the right to make such disclosure without any confidentiality restrictions owed to BLI, (iii) is, or through no fault of Supplier has become, generally available to the public or (iv) was independently developed by Supplier without access to, or use of, BLI Confidential Information. In addition, Supplier may disclose BLI Confidential Information to the extent compelled by law or a court or other judicial or administrative body, provided that Supplier notifies BLI of such compelled disclosure promptly and in writing (to the extent legally permitted) and cooperates with BLI, at BLI’s reasonable request and cost, in any lawful action to contest or limit the scope of such required disclosure. Supplier will return to BLI all BLI Confidential Information, including [***] copies thereof and in whatever form, that contains or relates to BLI Confidential Information, and permanently erase [***] electronic copies of BLI Confidential Information promptly upon BLI’s written request. At BLI’s request, Supplier will certify in writing signed by an officer of Supplier that it has fully complied with its obligations under this Section. Supplier’s obligations under this Section shall survive the fulfillment, cancellation or termination of all Order(s) [***]. Any confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement between the parties that predates the initial Order shall be expressly modified by this Section, and this Section shall govern and control the use and disclosure of BLI Confidential Information.

7.4.    No BLI License. All right, title and interest in and to the BLI Materials and the BLI Confidential Information, including all intellectual property and other proprietary rights therein, are owned by BLI and its

licensors. Supplier acknowledges that nothing in an Order grants, licenses or otherwise provides Supplier, whether by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any rights relating to any patent, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property right of BLI, except the limited right to use the BLI Materials and BLI Confidential Information, as applicable, for the sole purpose of performing the Order(s) in accordance with these Ts&Cs. All rights not expressly granted to Supplier in these Ts&Cs are retained by BLI and its licensors. In addition, Supplier shall not offer, sell, license, lease or otherwise transfer (for payment or otherwise) any Products incorporating BLI Materials, BLI Work Product and/or BLI Confidential Information to a third party, even after fulfillment, cancellation or termination of the Order(s), without BLI’s prior written approval.

7.5.    Supplier License. To the extent that any Product contains software or firmware (collectively and including any [***], the “Supplier Software”), Supplier hereby grants to BLI a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up, transferable (including sublicensable and through multiple tiers of distribution), worldwide, irrevocable, perpetual license to use the Supplier Software in connection with the Products, and to reproduce, translate, publish and use, and to authorize others to do so, any copyrighted or copyrightable materials (including operating and maintenance manuals for the Products) delivered to BLI by Supplier in connection with the performance of the Order(s). All rights in the Supplier Software not expressly granted to BLI in these Ts&Cs are retained by Supplier and its licensors.

 

8.

SUPPLIER RESPONSIBILITY

8.1.    Infringement Notice. Supplier shall [***] notify BLI in writing in the event that Supplier receives notice or otherwise learns

 

 

9


that any Product or component thereof, or any BLI Work Product, or their respective manufacture, use or sale, infringes or misappropriates, or allegedly infringes or misappropriates, any intellectual property right of a third party.

8.2.    Indemnification. Supplier shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless BLI and its customers from and against all claims, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties and expenses (including litigation, arbitration and dispute resolution costs, attorneys’ and other professional fees, settlements and judgments) arising out of or resulting from (i) defective Products, (ii) any actual or alleged injury to or death of any person, or any actual or alleged damage to or loss of any property, including the BLI Materials, caused by Supplier and/or a Product, (iii) [***], (iv) any claim by or on behalf of Supplier’s suppliers, subcontractors or employees for compensation or benefits, and (v) any violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation by Supplier with respect to Supplier’s performance of Order(s); however, Supplier’s total liability under parts (i)-(iii) and (v) of this section shall not exceed $[***].

If the manufacture, use or sale of any Product or component thereof, or any BLI Work Product, is likely to be enjoined, or if any Product or component thereof, or any BLI Work Product is held to infringe or misappropriate an intellectual property right of a third party and manufacture, use or sale of such Product or component thereof, or such BLI Work Product is thereby enjoined, Supplier [***] at its cost, either [***], or [***]. If, despite Supplier’s best efforts, none of the foregoing options are available, BLI may, at its option, return such Products at Supplier’s cost, and Supplier shall refund to BLI [***], and return such BLI Work Product at Supplier’s cost, and Supplier shall refund to BLI the purchase price of such BLI Work

Product. Supplier’s obligations under this paragraph shall be in addition to, and shall not limit, restrict or otherwise affect in any way, the other obligations of Supplier under these Ts&Cs, the Order(s), applicable law or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, [***] shall be reduced to the extent [***] is caused by (a) [***], (b) [***], or (c) [***].

Supplier’s obligations in this Section shall apply even if the claims, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties and expenses are due, or alleged to be due, in part to any indemnitee’s concurrent negligence or other fault, breach of contract or warranty, or strict liability without regard to fault; provided, however, that Supplier’s contractual obligations shall not extend to the percentage of the third party claimant’s damages attributable to the [***] imposed upon the indemnitee as a matter of law.

Supplier will not settle any indemnifiable matter if such settlement requires an admission of wrongdoing from, obligation of, or payment of money by, BLI or any BLI customer without BLI’s prior written approval.

8.3.    Insurance. Supplier agrees to maintain [***] insurance as required by applicable law, and such other insurance from financially sound insurance companies having coverages and limits of liability that are [***]. Such insurance shall be primary to any insurance carried by BLI, and upon request, Supplier will provide BLI with proof of such insurance.

 

9.

PRODUCTION

9.1.    Raw Materials. Supplier shall give BLI at least [***] days prior written notice if Supplier desires to change the source of any of its raw materials utilized in the production

 

 

10


of the Products. Supplier agrees that in connection with any such change, Supplier shall not change the source for a particular raw material without BLI’s prior written approval.

9.2.    Parts. Supplier shall make available to BLI for purchase at the prices set forth in the applicable Order(s), [***] for the Products, for a period of [***] years after acceptance of the Products by BLI. Section 3.2 shall govern the pricing for such parts and tools.

9.3.    Production. Supplier shall give BLI at least [***] days prior written notice of the relocation of production of the Products from its current production site to a new production site. Supplier agrees that in connection with such relocation, Supplier [***] and if [***], Supplier [***].

9.4.    Final Orders. Supplier shall give BLI prompt but no later than [***] days prior written notice of the temporary or permanent discontinuance of production of the Products during which time Supplier shall accept Order(s) from BLI for the quantities of such Products that BLI requests. In the event that at the end of the [***] day period, Supplier has not fulfilled all of BLI’s Order(s), [***].

9.5.    Supply Transition. Within [***] days of the discontinuance of production of the Products, Supplier agrees to provide [***] information and documentation regarding the manufacturing and related processes for the production of the Products or any components thereof, providing [***], including on-site inspections, bill-of-material data, tooling and processes detail, [***]. In connection with the termination of these Ts&Cs or BLI’s decision to transition to alternate source(s) of supply, Supplier will cooperate with BLI in the transition of supply to alternate supplier(s), including the following: (i) [***], and (ii) [***]

(collectively, “Transition Support”) as [***] requested and within the [***] schedule specified, in each case by BLI in writing. [***] as requested and incurred by Supplier, provided that Supplier has advised BLI prior to incurring such amounts of its estimate of such costs and such costs are within such estimates. If the parties disagree on the cost of Transition Support, [***]. In addition, [***].

 

10.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

10.1.    Limitation of Liability. EXCEPT FOR BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY, [***], OR SUPPLIER’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY TYPE OR KIND ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THESE Ts&Cs, THE ORDER(S), THE PRODUCTS, THE BLI WORK PRODUCT, [***], WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL BLI’S LIABILITY TO SUPPLIER EXCEED $[***] OR [***], WHICHEVER IS LESS. FOR CLARITY, THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS SHALL NOT LIMIT BLI’S PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS FOR UNDISPUTED INVOICES OF PRODUCTS AND BLI WORK PRODUCT. The limitations of liability and exclusions of damages in this Section form an essential basis of the bargain between the parties and shall survive and apply even if any remedy specified in these Ts&Cs is found to have failed its essential purpose.

 

 

11


11.

TERMINATION

11.1.    Term. The initial term of these Ts&Cs is [***] months following the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated pursuant to these Ts&Cs. These Ts&Cs will automatically renew for additional and successive [***] months terms unless a party provides written notice of non-renewal to the other party at least [***] days before the end of the then current term.

11.2.    Termination. A party may terminate these Ts&Cs and any Order(s) upon written notice to the other party only (i) if the other party breaches a material term of these Ts&Cs or such Order(s) that is uncured within 30 days after delivery of written notice of such breach, or (ii) if the other party becomes the subject of a petition in bankruptcy or any other proceeding relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation or assignment for the benefit of creditors not dismissed within 30 days. In addition, a party may terminate these Ts&Cs at any time for any reason if the parties do not have any Order(s) outstanding at such time.

11.3.    Effect. Upon termination of these Ts&Cs and any Order(s), (i) the limited licenses granted by BLI to Supplier pursuant to these Ts&Cs will cease immediately, (ii) Supplier will immediately cease all use of the BLI Materials and BLI Confidential Information, and return to BLI all BLI Materials and BLI Confidential Information, (iii) Supplier will deliver all finished Products, BLI Work Product, work in process and other materials pursuant to any outstanding Order(s) that BLI has not cancelled and pursuant to Section 5.7, (iv) BLI shall pay Supplier all undisputed amounts due and payable under the Order(s) for Products and BLI Work Product accepted by BLI pursuant to these Ts&Cs, and any other amounts agreed in writing by BLI to be paid, and (v) upon BLI’s written request,

cooperate with BLI in transferring production of the Products to a different supplier as set forth in Section 9.6. Notwithstanding the expiration or termination of these Ts&Cs, these Ts&Cs will survive and continue to apply to any Order(s) then in effect until the Order(s) are fulfilled, cancelled or terminated pursuant to these Ts&Cs.

11.4.    Survival. Sections 1, 3 through 8, 9.6, and 10 through 12 of these Ts&Cs will survive any fulfillment, cancellation or termination of the Order(s), or the expiration or termination of these Ts&Cs.

 

12.

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1.    Marketing. Neither party may disclose the terms of these Ts&Cs or any Order(s), or issue a public statement or press release regarding these Ts&Cs or any Order(s) without the other party’s prior written consent. Supplier shall not identify BLI as a customer or display or use BLI’s name, mark or logo in any marketing or other materials, including Supplier’s website, and/or to express or imply any endorsement of the Products.

12.2.    Non-Exclusive; Independent Contractors. The parties’ transactions pursuant to these Ts&Cs are non-exclusive. BLI and Supplier are independent contractors with respect to these Ts&Cs. Nothing in these Ts&Cs is intended to, or shall be construed to, create a partnership, agency, joint venture, employment or similar relationship between the parties. Each party does not have, and will not represent that such party has, any authority, power or right to bind the other party, or to assume or create any obligation or responsibility, express or implied, on behalf or in the name of the other party.

12.3.    Export Controls. Each party agrees to comply with, and be responsible for assuring compliance with, all export and

 

 

12


import laws applicable to such party in connection with these Ts&Cs, and agrees to cooperate with the other party as reasonably requested by such other party for such other party to comply with this Section. Each party will not use or transfer any technology or data in violation of such laws. Each party represents that it is not, and is not acting on behalf of, (i) any person who is a citizen, national, or resident of, or who is controlled by the government of any country to which the United States has prohibited export transactions, or (ii) any person or entity listed on the U.S. Treasury Department list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons, or the U.S. Commerce Department Denied Persons List or Entity List.

12.4.    Amendment; Waiver. These Ts&Cs may not be modified and no provision hereof may be waived other than by a written instrument signed by duly authorized officers of the parties.

12.5.    Severability. If any provision of these Ts&Cs is declared or found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, then such provision will be modified to the extent necessary to make it legal, valid, and enforceable while preserving the parties’ original intent to the maximum extent possible. The remaining provisions of these Ts&Cs will remain in full force and effect.

12.6.    Assignment. BLI may assign or transfer these Ts&Cs, in whole or in part, to any affiliate or in connection with any acquisition, consolidation, merger, reorganization, transfer of all or substantially all of its assets or other business combination, or by operation of law without Supplier’s consent and without providing notice. [***]. Subject to the foregoing, these Ts&Cs will bind and benefit the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

12.7.    Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as set forth in these Ts&Cs, nothing in these Ts&Cs, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns any rights or obligations, to enforce these Ts&Cs.

12.8.    Governing Law. These Ts&Cs are to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California, United States without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California, United States. These Ts&Cs shall not be governed by the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods.

12.9.    Dispute Resolution; Injunctive Relief; Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of a dispute (a “Dispute”), a party may provide the other party with written notice of the Dispute, and the parties agree to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to resolve the Dispute in good faith by promptly engaging in discussions through a designated officer of each party, which officers shall participate in at least one in person meeting. A Dispute that cannot be resolved within [***] days following the discussions contemplated by the preceding sentence will, upon written demand of either party, be resolved exclusively by final and binding arbitration. Arbitration will be conducted exclusively in [***] by the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (“JAMS”) pursuant to the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C., Section 1 et seq, and the Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures of JAMS then in effect before a single neutral arbitrator. Each party shall bear its own expenses, and the two parties will share equally the fees of the arbitrator. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

 

13


Notwithstanding anything in these Ts&Cs to the contrary, each party shall have the right, at its election, to seek injunctive or other equitable relief in any U.S. federal or state court of competent jurisdiction located in [***], as applicable, to enforce or obtain compliance with any provision of these Ts&Cs without first submitting such matter to arbitration. If any action is pursued to enforce or obtain compliance with these Ts&Cs, [***]. All rights and remedies hereunder shall be cumulative, may be exercised singularly or concurrently and, unless otherwise stated herein, shall not be deemed exclusive.

12.10.    Force Majeure. A party shall be excused from performance under these Ts&Cs for any period to the extent that such party is prevented from performing any obligation, in whole or in part, as a result of a cause beyond its reasonable control and without its negligence or misconduct, including without limitation, acts of God, natural disasters, war or other hostilities, labor disputes, civil disturbances, or governmental acts, orders or regulations; provided, however, that (i) when an actual or threatened cause delays or is anticipated to delay the timely performance of any obligations under an Order, the affected party shall immediately notify the non-affected party in writing of all relevant information and the anticipated date performance will be completed without limiting any rights or remedies of the non-affected party; and (ii) the non-affected party shall have the right to cancel the Order, in whole or in part, by written notice to Supplier without any liability to Supplier if the delay is more than [***] days.

12.11.    Notices. Any notice under these Ts&Cs shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) when sent, if sent by facsimile during normal business hours of the

recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (ii) [***] days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, from one country to another country, or three days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, within the same country, or (iii) [***] business days after deposit with an internationally recognized express courier, freight prepaid, with written verification of receipt, from one country to another country, or one business day after deposit with an internationally recognized express courier, freight prepaid, with written verification of receipt, within the same country. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by BLI and Supplier, all notices regarding these Ts&Cs shall be sent to (a) the attention of BLI at the address in the Order, and (b) the attention of Supplier’s account manager (or other individual) identified on Supplier’s quotation at the address on such quotation. All notices shall be in the English language.

12.12.    Counterparts. These Ts&Cs may be signed in counterparts, including via facsimile, pdf or other electronic reproduction, and any such counterpart will be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the signatures of authorized individuals of the parties below confirm that these are valid and binding Terms and Conditions of Purchase effective as of the Effective Date.

 

BERKELEY LIGHTS, INC.     Korvis LLC
By:  

/s/ Keith Breinlinger

    By:  

/s/ Ben Wahlstrom

Name:   Keith Breinlinger     Name:   Ben Wahlstrom
Title:   VP, Systems     Title:   President
Date:   2-25-15     Date:   2-25-15

 

15

Exhibit 10.15B

[***] Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10). Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.

Signature Version

Amendment No. 1 to Terms and Conditions of Purchase

This Amendment No. 1 to Terms and Conditions of Purchase (the “Amendment”), effective as of the date of full execution (“Amendment Effective Date”), is entered into by and between:

Berkeley Lights, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“BLI”) with a principal place of business at 5858 Horton Street, Suite 320, Emeryville, California 94608, on the one hand, and

Korvis, LLC, a Limited Liability Company (“Korvis”) with a principal place of business at 2101 NE Jack London St., Corvallis, OR 97330, USA.

WITNESSETH

Whereas, BLI and Korvis have entered into that certain Terms and Conditions of Purchase having an effective date of February 25, 2015 (hereinafter referred to as the “Ts&Cs”);

Whereas, BLI and Korvis wish to amend the Ts&Cs in accordance with the terms set forth in this Amendment;

Whereas, all capitalized terms in this Amendment shall have the meaning ascribed herein or in the Ts&Cs;

Now Therefore, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained and eventual addenda, BLI and Korvis agree to amend the Ts&Cs, with effect from the Amendment Effective Date, as follows:

AMENDMENTS

The Ts&Cs are amended as set forth below:

 

  1)

The following new sentence is added to the end of Section 2.2:

Supplier shall at all times accept a BLI Order if the Order is consistent with a non-binding forecast (provided per Section 2.1) and aligns to Supplier’s then-current lead times.

 

  2)

The following new sentence is added to the end of Section 2.5:

BLI shall make its [***] effort to supply Orders to Supplier in a timely manner [***] between the date the Order is placed and the first identified shipping date for the Beacon Platform (as defined in Section 2.10).

Supplier shall maintain a manufacturing capacity of no less than [***] ([***]) Beacon Platforms (as defined in Section 2.10) per month and shall use its [***] efforts to reduce Beacon Platform lead time from [***] by [***] by the end of the first [***] after the Amendment Effective Date, and by [***] each [***]-months thereafter for the term of these Ts&Cs.

 

Korvis and BLI Confidential


   Signature Version

Amendment No. 1 to Ts&Cs

Page 2 of 5

  

 

  3)

Section 2.6 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

2.6. Delivery; Risk of Loss. [***] with respect to performance of each Order. Supplier agrees to deliver the Products to Supplier’s Platform Inventory (as defined in Section 10) consistent with the then-applicable agreed Platform lead-time. Upon BLI’s issuance of Shipping Instructions (as defined in Section 2.10), Supplier will deliver the Products to the delivery point (“Delivery Point”) identified in the Shipping Instructions. [***] will pay all duty, transportation, shipping, insurance and other charges incurred to ship the Products Platform Inventory to the Delivery Point. Subject to Section 2.10, [***], which actions will not entitle Supplier to [***] and will not subject BLI to [***]. Except to the extent that the Products are damaged during shipping as a result of [***], all risk of loss and damage to the Products shall pass to BLI after [***].

 

  4)

The following new Section 2.10 is added to the Ts&Cs:

2.10. Minimum Finished Goods Inventory. BLI may issue Orders in such volume(s) that require Supplier to maintain, commencing [***] ([***]) days after the Amendment Effective Date and at all times thereafter, at least [***] ([***]) BLI Beacon® opto-fluidic platforms (“Beacon Platforms”) in Supplier’s finished goods inventory (the “Platform Inventory”). The Supplier, at its sole discretion, can build ahead up to [***] ([***]), BLI Beacon® opto-fluidic platforms (“Beacon Platforms”) in Supplier’s finished goods inventory (the “Platform Inventory”). For each BLI Beacon Platform Order, BLI shall have up to [***] ([***]) years from the placement of the Order to issue shipping instructions identifying the specific Beacon Platform(s) to be shipped, the entity to whom shipment is to be made and the method of shipment (each a “Shipping Instructions”) for the number of Beacon Platforms in the Order that contribute, in whole or in part, to the Platform Inventory. For clarity, if Supplier elects to build platforms ahead of BLI placed Orders, BLI shall not be obligated to purchase those platforms. For example, if on [***] there are [***] Beacon Platforms in the Platform Inventory and BLI places an Order for [***] Beacon Platforms, BLI may require Supplier to hold [***] of the [***] Beacon Platforms in its Platform Inventory but must (i) issue purchase and shipping instructions for [***] Beacon Platforms, with such instructions delivered to Supplier within [***] ([***]) days of the platforms being moved from WIP into finished goods inventory, and, further, (ii) must issue purchase and shipping instructions for the [***] Beacon Platforms being held in Platform Inventory (i.e., the [***] Beacon Platforms ordered minus the [***] Beacon Platforms being held in Platform Inventory) on or before [***]. [***] shall hold title and risk of loss for the Platform Inventory. Supplier shall ensure that its Section 8.3 insurance coverage is [***] sufficient to meet its Platform Inventory requirement under this Section 2.10.

 

Korvis and BLI Confidential


   Signature Version

Amendment No. 1 to Ts&Cs

Page 3 of 5

  

 

  5)

The following new Section 3.6 is added to the Ts&Cs:

3.6 Shipping Instructions and Timing of Invoices and Payments. Supplier shall issue invoices for BLI Orders upon [***]. BLI shall pay the invoices [***] from the date of invoice, which shall be dated no earlier than the date of [***]. [***].

 

  6)

The following sentence is added to the end of Section 4.2:

For all products that are Beacon Platforms, Supplier shall [***] (“Beacon Platform Checkout”) by signing the Beacon Platform Checkout and delivering it to BLI within [***] ([***]) business days of actual shipment.

 

  7)

Section 9.4 is amended to require [***] days prior written notice of any temporary or permanent discontinuance of Product production and to confirm the final order obligation shall exist in the case of Supplier’s non-renewal of the Ts&Cs:

9.4 Final Orders. Supplier shall give BLI prompt but no less than [***] days prior written notice of the temporary or permanent discontinuance of production of the Products during which time Supplier shall accept Order(s) from BLI for the quantities of such Products that BLI requests. In the event that at the end of the [***] day period, Supplier has not fulfilled all of BLI’s Order(s), [***]. Supplier’s obligation to accept and fulfill final Orders from BLI shall also exist if Supplier has provided written notice of non-renewal of these Ts&Cs under Section 11.1. To facilitate Supply Transition (as provided for under Section 9.5), BLI may have [***] as Supplier manufactures final orders.

 

  8)

The first sentence of Section 9.5 is amended to clarify the date that information and documentation is provided:

9.5 Supply Transition. Within [***] days of Supplier’s delivery of written notice under Section 9.4, Supplier agrees to provide [***], providing that the same exists, including by way of example, on-site inspections, bill-of-material data, tooling and processes detail, [***].

 

  9)

Section 11.1 is amended to require 90 day notice of non-renewal:

11.1 Term. The initial term of these Ts&Cs is 24 months following the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated pursuant to these Ts&Cs. These Ts&Cs will automatically renew for additional and successive 12 months terms unless a party provides written notice of non-renewal to the other party at least 90 days before the end of the then current term.

 

Korvis and BLI Confidential


   Signature Version

Amendment No. 1 to Ts&Cs

Page 4 of 5

  

 

  10)

Section 11.2 is amended by deleting the second (last) sentence and adding the following sentence:

In addition, a party may terminate these Ts&Cs at any time for any reason if, for any given consecutive 120-day period both (i) the parties do not have any Order(s) outstanding, and (ii) there is no Platform Inventory.

Except as expressly changed by this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Ts&Cs shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

Korvis and BLI Confidential


   Signature Version

Amendment No. 1 to Ts&Cs

Page 5 of 5

  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BLI and Korvis have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

Korvis:     BLI:
Korvis USA     Berkeley Lights, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Richard A Carone

    By:  

/s/ Stuart Merkadeau

Name:   Richard A Carone     Name:   Stuart Merkadeau
Title:   Managing Director     Title:   General Counsel
Date:   4/18/19     Date:   23 April 2019

 

Korvis and BLI Confidential

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of

Berkeley Lights, Inc.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

BLI Europe International, Ltd.

   United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Berkeley Lights, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report dated April 17, 2020, refers to the Company’s change in its method of accounting for leases effective January 1, 2019, due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, Leases, and the related accounting standard updates.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Francisco, California

June 26, 2020